IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) // // ^ \ .<^ ^^^ <' ^"^f^ ^ 4^0 1.0 I.I I u> lii 12.2 m 1^ 12.0 U& L25 HI 1.4 1.6 Photographic Sdaices Carparaflon ^' 23 VVtST MAIN STRUT WltSTiR,N.Y. UStO (716) 172-4503 CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICIVIH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Instituta for Historical IVIicroreproductions / institut Canadian da microraproductiont historiquas Technical and Bibliographic Notas/Notaa tachniquas at bibllographiquaa Tha inatituta has attrmptad to obtain tha baat original copy availabia for filming. Faaturaa of thia copy which may ba bibliographically uniqua, which may altar any of tha imagaa in tha raproduction, or which may aignificantly changa tha uauai mathod of filming, ara chackad balow. D Coiourad covara/ Couvartura da coulaur I I Covara damagad/ Couvartura andommagAa Covara raatorad and/or iaminatad/ Couvartura raataur^a at/ou pailiculAa Covar titia miaaing/ La titra de couvartura manqua Coiourad mapa/ Cartaa gAographiquaa an coulaur Coiourad inic (i.a. othar than blua or black)/ Encra da coulaur (i.a. autra qua blaua ou noira) I I Coiourad piataa and/or illuatrationa/ D D Planchaa at/ou illuatrationa an coulaur Bound with othar matarial/ RailA avac d'autraa documanta Tight binding may cauaa ahadowa or diatortion along intarior margin/ La re llura aarr^a paut cauaar da I'ombra ou da la diatortion la long da la marga intAriaura Blank laavaa addad during raatoration may appear within the text. Whenever poaaibia, theae have been omitted from filming/ il ae peut que certainaa pagea blanchea ajouttea lore d'une reatauration apparaiaaent dana la texte, maia, loraqua cela Atait poaaibia, cea pagea n'ont paa 4tt6 filmtea. L'Inatitut a microfilm* la mailleur exemplaire qu'ii lui a 4t* poaaibia de ae procurer. Lea dttaiia de cet exemplaire qui aont peut-Atra uniquaa du point de vue hibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image repr oduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mAthoda normale de filmage aont indiqute ci-daaaoua. I — I Coiourad pagea/ Pagea da coulaur Pagea damaged/ Pagea andommegtes Pagea raatorad and/oi Pagea reataurtea at/ou peiilculAea Pagea discoloured, stained or foxet Pagea dAcoiortea, tachatAes ou piquAea Pagea detached/ Pages d^tachtea Showthrough> Transparence Quality of prir Quailt^ InAgaia de I'impreaalon Includea aupplamentary matarii Comprend du material suppMmentaire Only edition available/ Seule Mition diaponible I — I Pages damaged/ I — I Pagea raatorad and/or laminated/ ryt Pagea discoloured, stained or foxed/ I I Pagea detached/ Fyj Showthrough/ I I Quality of print variea/ I I Includea aupplamentary material/ I — I Only edition available/ D Pagea wholly or partially obacurad by errata slips, tissuaa, etc., have been ref limed to enaure the best possible image/ Lea pagea totaiement ou partieilement obacurciaa par un tfeuiilet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont M fiimtea A nouveau de fapon A obtenir la meilleure image poaaibia. Additional commenta:/ Commentairea suppifmantalraa: Irregular pagination: xvi, 1-210, 215-495, [4] p. Thia item la filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document eat film* au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X A 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X air* ) d«tailt |UM du t modifiar Igar una I fllmaga / jiaa Tha copy filmad hara hat baan raproducad thanks to tha ganarosity of: Nova Scotia Public Archival Tha Imagas appaaring hara ara tha bast quality pouibia contidaring tha condition and lagibility of tha original copy and in kaaping with tha filming contract tpacifications. Original copias in printad papar covars ara filmad baginning with tha front covar and anding on tha last paga with a printad or illustratad impras- sion, or tha back covar whan appropriata. All othar original copias ara filmad baginning on tha first pa'^a with a printad or illuatratad impras- sion, and anding on tha last paga with a printad or illustratad imprassion. Tha last racordad frama on aach microficha shall contain tha symbc* — <^- (maaning "CON- TINUED"), or tha symbol V (maaning "END"), whichavar applias. L'axamplaira fiimA fut raprodult grica i la gAnArositi da: Nova Scotia Public Archivtt Las imagas suivantas ont itt raproduitas avac la plus grand soin, compta tanu d« la condition at da la nattat* da raxemplaira filmA, at an conformity avac las conditions du contrat da filmaga. Las axamplairas originaux dont la couvartura an papiar ast imprimis sont filmis an commandant par la pramiar plat at an tarminant soit par la darnlAra paga qui comporta una amprainta d'imprassion ou d'illustration, soit par la sacond plat, salon la cas. Tous las autras axamplairas originaux sont fiimis an commandant par la pramlAra paga qui comporta una amprainta d'imprassion ou d'illustration at an tar'^iinant par lai darnlAra paga qui comporta una talla amprainta. Un das symbolas suivants apparattra sur la darniira imaga da chaqua microficha, salon la cas: la symbols — ^ signifia "A SUIVRE". la symbola ▼ aignifia "FIN ". ira >y arrata ad to int n* paluro, i9on it 32X Maps, platas, charts, ate, may ba filmad at diffarant raduction ratios. Thosa too larga to ba antiraiy includad in ona axposura ara filmad baginning in tha uppar laft hand cornar, laft to right and top to bottom, as many framas as raquirad. Tha following diagrams iilustrata tha method: 1 2 3 Las cartas, pianchas, tableaux, ate, pauvant Atra filmis A das taux da reduction diff Grants. Loraqua la document ast trop grand pour Atra reproduit en un seui ciichA, ii est film* A partir da I'angle supArieur gauche, de gauche h droite, et de haut en baa, an prenant la nombra d'images nAcessaire. Las diagrammas suivants iilustrant la mithoda. 1 2 3 4 5 6 i' u 4i., %. > ^s*;, / / 'J Iff /C !^.ri l^U vcs NOVA SCOTIA '^■A,: \ Presented by: Capt. J, D. Hains Halifax, N.3. f..^ ^-^ >. t^ 1954 *• ♦■ ■«*- w"^* ^^ I 1^'^; ■Uf i- •^ •^^'^^ •i-r J» - < h I •>^A^'i r^ -? >t^tTf»^it1^t^''to¥k. •^Myc^- [0*r OLD ESTABLISHED STAND.] .2-':mJi^ I b« eonUMM ANU nHIPiM A TBH'H ASilSTANT, conUiDlns InrorOMtion umM to lU.Ovnvm, anil Alaitert of iihiyt, fcc kc. ,„_„ «'•, froB tbo year 1811 to IW4, iMliulva—te I |lm^ ClljPiT, flxtMdiox fron New York to HavaniiN. IneludInK Hahima RankianiChannelii, iin- ^ . urofMl by a(rtval Purveyaaiiil Vlitoaof liarboun, iuveyed by order of (ha United * . v'MtatwNaff OepartmeDt, laao. , t^ »»i Ay tho MliMWiapt Hiver, aMeDdinc to Now-Orieani,>cladin( Moltllc, he. »Uh "- a MlMtDtf'MlnSm, and tian of Mobtle, oil a Imm waltt from actual Survey. or B|E«Nt Mlk, from aetuf4 forvcy, ttttM ft KloopCMH, in IBM, with eallinc ->-. ri'4«nVo«-Y«rk to Move Sams, extenillng'froM latitude 38" N. tn latttudo 47° < V MfMuorW* Wli to iMHNrle T4 W ineludinK the whole nf Pt. Oeorge'i Bank. UBprovOfI to Au|;uatt8il, by KovarnoMnt and other (urveyn, by which the •«J»tiUHl9 aCSmthehoal of Viaqttwkatwa!! fDUM)4V«aM> and la here, fortheArat flo£iLMiah«dcwrMU ^^ ' '^ ^M^ ""' ' — , ortn Atlantic or W«! ,, fant, parttof which de«cribu dangers lately dUeovered, with original Plana of Harbouri and Views. Av^:?--;^: '!,'■/' r '##»i — — %of the North C'oaat of Braxil, showing the entrances and courseaof tbo Rivers Para and Amazon. , ^oTitte WeKt-IiuHea.on four aheettt whiolx may be bad separate. — •— , ortheCoaitol Ouayana. , of the €08,11 of Braail. , of (b? Island of Bermudas, with Sailing directions on the Chart. . of LoDfr-lslanri Sound, ittprowedtollU.^,. " '*i», of the Coast of Labrador. ^ -, of Newfoundland .jKe.-'" in «f N>w< tt« wiyi> «at; Ar(iiiclalR»' ns ; Bteette, lortn, AmptitoM, itttli,.FOrl(at, Bs I — I " V«Mk ia,fSt itwon ,_j-Ttle»«H«"; :■- TelMcopak, •it|ie» to inroft the ot ataw . It tt ««|il^In- ._ ayi- ai "" Simlhtim 0UUiel nfKnv-Yurk. , B IT REMEMBSRUJD. That oa th« fifteenth da; Alarch, in the forty-sixth year of the Indepeiidance oL United !!>tiite8 or America, EDMUND M BLUNT, oTtha aaid Uixirict, hath deposited in tbia office the title of abook.the right whereof he claims as author, in the words following, to wit : " The American Coast Pilot; containing the courses and distiinccs betwet',) the principal harbtiurs, capes, and headlands, on the coast of North and South America ; with directions for aailiiiK into tiie same ; describing the soundingii, benringa of the lighi-housen enil beacprs fi-om the rocka, xhoala, ledges, be with the (irevciiing winds, settings or tho currents, be. andthe latitudes and longitudes of the principal harbours and capes. Together with a Tide Table, By Edmund M. Blunt Cor- rected and improved by information derived from official do- cuments, actual obaervBtions, and the most experienced pilots. Tenth edition " In conrorm'ty to the Act of the Congress of the United SStatea, entitled " An Act for the encouragement of Leamiog, 1)y neeitring the Copiea of Maps, CItarta, and* Books; toth*' au- thors and proprietors of such copies, during the time therein ed" ,Aod also to an Act, entitled "ap Act, suppla- to ao^jhat, aatitlad an Act-for^ilw^eocauMicepimit fir ig. by iKurin the eopiesof Mapa,Charts,anaBbokk, ' i)«r»i«tid.siimiiitm «C syab ^ia.^riiii tha tr Brass Sextanta for et« ; Jack b Pen- Kolves of varloua kinds; Writing and Letter Paper; Ink and Ink Powder; LtmiandSlalaFM- cili ; Log and Ac- count Books ; lea- men's Journiiils ; — with every article in the Stationary line useful at sea A1n>, every Chart and Navi- oATioN Book re- quired by gentle- men aavigatini; any part of .the globe, It being his sold ob- ject to furnish an universal assort' ment on the iMst entiq „ ^. . and*or _„ tt<|ilrwd. ^ >m(jm. m.jf, m to tb* El- 1^ i (2^ til CbmiHl thJmt\ diA ¥^l N Tha IDIinHlHIiippoi HutPEcirutLY HcroKT, That the Hoiith Mu*t\ ut Nantucket, which hM been hereto^ Int. 40<> 4^', or th«reM>ouu, on the chart* of the Coast ufNortli been placid in lat. 41° 4' on a Chart of part of the Coast of Korth cently piibliHiied hy R. M. Blunt, on tha follotving evidance of ittnoiition 1st. A Hurve« by C'apt. J. Culeaworthy, nniie in June and wk.IIAi, Im account of, and at the expense of Mr. £. M. Slunt. * , 2d. Ot>8t>rvtttiuM of Cvpu f ^oliswui tbl oattu J )th of 8«p(0n*^CtBiiwiML ^ •nsisted by Mr.^alter Fol|(»r7iror?NaScu«kAi;idM MedA^^^ *4W instance of several of th« Inhabitanti of that lalAnd. to detennim wkdRMr i mitttake had or had not been niaao by Capt Colesworthy in hi| provlous aur- veya. At this tin3R, (11th S«pt.) a good nbaerYalton wta had M noon h*lf • milo ■outh of the Shoal lycordinj to the account given by Mr. Folnr. 3d. A survey nude by WilUam Coffin, P. F. CuAii, JonapC. Drigiss, and •evL'rul other experienced nftvigators <»f Nantuclcet, who WMa provide 'with a sloop equipped at the expense of tfia IflfeBbituii^ pf that Isllml,Jby aiil)MB«iption, for the express purpose of survpying tneHoutli Shnak, to ascertno wmther the Shoal surveyed by GiM. ^'otesworttiy wall the " Old SouHt^Skud,** or not. This partT left NanWcet on the Wttk^t October last inl'thti morning, and '* at noon oftkt tame d^obttrved in Mitude 41° 4', by four i^M intirumtnltt the Shoai &i$t tvto m%le$ ditt/tnt. After this th»jy traversed Ao .e S. 8. W. fifoth, East, N. and B*, and N. pn^ W. btttivcen the parallels of 40^ 40' and 4l<^4'. They " liMfl 30 futhotna in 40<^ 40', and on running one hour to th<> south bad 30 fatbomi», ' ^ In traversinj; over the ponition assfgned to the Shoal on the old Charts, thej found 30 fathoma, and not less at atqr time to the touth of 40° 40*^ ; from tbiMt, ' depth the soundings were found rf>gulBr to 15 fetbnraa n«air thf Shoal in41<'47^ Mr. Walter Folger, Jr. says ia a I(|t|er4at0d October 2Jst, " this opening tho\J Vessel arrived here that was sent ouf to An#the South ShnJ in 40*^ 43', on board of which tvere stmie of those \vho were most powtivk that it lay in that hititude. Thev inform me, that tht'y a|Ottld*i|itQii^l«|i than 30 fathoms water on that parallel. They observed yesterday, west from the Shoal that Capt. CoP surveyed 24th Jime and 9th Julv, and tbat we observed at tliu sottth mije distant on the Uth ^ptemW; I eoftU then su tht vesaflj^mmi, This statement is supported bv this lett'ers of William Coffin, Jooa< C. Briggs, and several others, ijrbicb givit particular ae purvey,\and which accompany this H^port. ' tOnr Comnaittee are therefore of^pinion- that the po!)ition n tucl^t South aiio^] by Mr. C M BlUnt, on the Chart recent' him (in lat. 41° 4' N.) i» the true place of the Shoal Your Chmmittee recommend the following resi^lu^ons for adoptioi^ Resolved, That this Society is satisfied that the portion aosiKned tp Nantiidcat South Shoal (lat. 41° 4' N.) by Mr. E. M. Blunt, nn a Chart of part oflhe Coast of North America recently published by him, is the true place of |lCi^nOM|f and that the position of that Shoal in estabiinhed by more snfiicient ffalunony than that of any other Shoal on the Coast of North America. t , ^ .Resolved, That in detecting an error o(22'v% the posititm assi{2,ne4,t&t^^5la^ Sarotis South Shoal of Nantticke: on the Charts heretofore puhlisffed, I. Blunt has rendered an important service to the shipping interest, inaiS«Mgpf the United States. That the Secretary be directed to transmit to Mt. E, 1la» foiei^oing Report and Resolutions. ■^. " "ISTIN, tEl %-i Nan- fcd by -■^ 4igj4^ M^ W^. .1 i^H ^ .'.> DIREOTIONfi FQK THE 0IN0BB. • »• TB\ i/% ISLE OF SABLE • «. . .To face Page 1 PLAN OF PORTLAND HAHBOUR 142 . PORTSMOUTH US .-«- ISLES OF SHOALS . r ; : 147 1 NEWBURYPORT 14» , ANNI8 SLAN OF CHARLESTON HARBOUia 234 r ^y> SAVANNAH ENTRANCE 539 Ll^^ — DOBOY dt 241 —i 1-^ VERA CRUZ ^ 341 % . * 4 nTir". .L l fr T ^'' Or thi been con vention ( er scope line boui recogQiK chaDnels shore at which h€ cy of the it results mariner when ex who are Sften pn ing to m unless tl vessel di are i|)tei and ace their pi which a ments, I a trftckl througl % TO 4.« \x ^-'C;; THE TENTH EIHTI^ « THE jfMERICjlJN* COMT Pi Or the many improvement! which the icicnce of navigation has been continually receiving, in the lapie oC centuries, aii^e the in* vention of the compass, perhaps tl^tck is not one embraftjug |^great- er scope of practical utility, th^ii an accurate descriptiofi^of the ma- rine boundaries of a country, by which the adveniurc M pariaer may recognise his coa^t at ^ distance ; of the soundings and eourses of channels, the knowledge of which enables him to set thi rodcbiQund shore at defiance, and of the aspects and properties of harbours iato which he can securely enter and embay himself from the inclemeri- cy of the elements. This remark is made with more coiifideiicc, as it results from the consideration th'^t the life of the most experienced mariner is more endangered when heiiitilpproaches the coast, th^n when exposed to the tempests which agitate the mid ocean. Bilots, who are not always to be found in the dischai^e of their duty, frc 6ften prevented fr>^m offering their assrsiaace to vessels endeavMjj^' ing tr make a hnrbour, by storms and violent winds. In such cM^, unless the masters are acquainted, with the port, the saf4»y J^irthe vessel depends upon the accuracy of their sailing directions, fplharts are i|)tend€d rather to give a general idea of the coast, than i^inute and accurate descriptions of particular harbours. It .is thcriiB^ to. their printed directions, they must resort to procure iQfo|pation, which at such moments becomes -vitally important. Their instru- ments, by which they have bb on enabled to shape their course througtif a trftckless ocean, are rendered useless by ignorance of the cHinnel through fiiich they are to enter the harbour; and mariners, w;h)ft have escaped all former dangers of the voyage, are ofte%shii H rock, jor unLnanNi shoal, at JP^e knowledge of such dangei^ '1." ?1 merAcc [%^ H it to «eaineii gcnf rally, ii particularly to, to thoMc ol'the tniteJ SUtei. Navigating WAt«rf Ailed with laiKl banki, that In vc beet fonncd by the Gulf Streim, and by the mighty river* which dii. charge themielvei from the eaitcrn couit of the North Americnu continent, they require no ordinary akili and knowledge to avoid those extensive and intricate shoaU that line our shores, rendered still more dangcrouit by rapid currents and eddies peculiar to the American seas, and by a strong current running counter to the Gulf Stream, from the Bank of N^foandland to Cape Florida. The boisterous and variable weather, to common in thin climate, also tends to increase the ditficultios md dangers of our coasting trade. Impressed with these considerations, and sensible of the growing importance of this trade, the author of the American Coast Pilot, about thirty years since, undertook to ac(|uirc and publish informa- *tion concerning the navigation of this country. At that time the American sailor had to contend with the difficulties and dangers in- cident to his profession, unassisted by those aids, which hdve lately made his tasic comparatively easy. No charts or sailing directions for the doast were published in the United States, and, as might have been expected, those published in England, being derived from par- tial information, were full of errors. Pursuing the selfish policy, ofdrawing the most from the colonies at the least expense, the British government caused surveys to be mad^, of the ports most frequented by ships from the mother coun- and left the colonial mariners to acquire a knowledge of thjp it from the shipwrecks of others. The charts of this country were consequently drawn from information giveh by masters of Eng- lish v||sel!), who occasionally visited our ports, and who were defi- cient in that minute knowledge of the coast which belongs solely to the ij^bitauts, and which alone can render charts and directions uscfurf/ ■J Thclhaccuracy of the English charts, which might have been rea- spnably presumed, has been fully proved by late surreys taken by thtf ^ders of the government of the United States, as well as by t.hofJB taken at the expense of the subscriber. In almost every in- sfitiice the old charts have been found to lie incorrect in the deline- rlbe coast, the depth of channels, and the extje;it ^^rfy"*tL ^vttsxtie condition of hydrography. ill 1 79^, mhSk thi^lrst'em- ktiserican Coast I^lbt wai pubMriied, with a delieniihiR'^ i(tt %^" :%r,- w PRBFACM, VII tiun oa tho part ofthu nutbor to advance iu (be lurvey of the coait as hit meiUM anU op|)oriaitiuet would pvfmit. Tho inagiiituda attd rcsponii^ity of tkn tM»k, and ihc gcantiucii of matcriaU, were luf- (iciontlj appHlling) and the pucuniary dilBcullicfl of the governmgit throatuoed to prevent fur an indflinito lime any •urvcjrR at the pub- lie cxponie. The execution of thti dcnigu, however ilitlieult, waa net impracticable, and cvftry lource of Diurinc intelligence which our country, aflufded, ha» been^iucceisively rviurted to. Lctten have been addrcMcd to the coUe<^ia and pilot* in ibc ieveral ports of the United Statet, rcquf^sting ii^tical information, which thejr have givca with commendable promptitlde* I'eraoual applicution bai been made to the moit experienced marineri, who have staled the sound* ingaof channela, tno extent of shoals, the courses to be followed io enteriiig different harbours, and the situations and bearings of va> ridus beacons and laud-marks. VVheoever a vessel waa lout, proper measurea were taken to obtain an accurate description of the rock or shoalfupon which she wasw shipwrecked. Regular surveys too were made a^ |be expense of the author, of the most important har- bours in the Uaited States. In performing these various du|ics, ma- ny expensive journeys were indispensable, and more than once he has been obliged to travel the whole length of the coast. 60 much how«Tar nas M> be done, and so great were the obstacles to be over- come, that lor several years the progress of the work was hardly per- ceptible. The prejudice which exists against every new undertak- ing was to be met and vanquished. The embarrassmeat under which the commerce of the United States laboured during the IM^ bargo, ^e noa-inteccourse, and the war with Great Britain, hemes the pecuniary loss to which it subjected the author, prevented him from prosecuting bis contemplated improveuients. The same rea- sons and their effects', which induced the government to adj||pt the restrictive system, prevented any surveys at the public expeni^i (ex- cept aa uofinished survey of the coast of North Carolina, in, 1805,) until (he year 1819. Notwithstanding these obstacles, many important improvementi and additional directions were inserted in the Coast Pilot aft. each successive edition. In ^806| charts of the coasts of Labrador aii4 Newfoundland, illustrating and conforming to the directions* were publislied } in 1807, a similar chart of the West Indies ; chacU/^^ ■F'^ole q^ast of the United States, to^nrhich -y'^...... *9lf-m 'me- ^^4*' MT-i? <^^ aUr-.^* '*•<•*■ ••#ir -*«» «»*•, *««^«aK ***iiir^- "*'^^IPlWp!|* r= ^uiA.?^ 4 ,;H«^pE^i #-'4,^> I'ur.FAOBt plojr, wti firm to mainint* tin* Soudi Shnal nC Nuntuckel, the extent And nituution of wliK:h Ik* lud lon|{ BUNpct ted were incorrectly de- icribi'i*. It Wii« then ■ncfittiined, (hiit (hi* Shonl, whicii hnd been (•id do« t in all the t^iiKliHJi charts n% extending to the M>uth ai far hh Idt. iO" 'li", in fact t«>rniinaled in lat. 11" i'. The importance ol (his discovery (n the navigation of the United Stntcii, may he easily eoncoived. Ileristoforis inarinern bound tVoni Europe, ur from the ra*(tern portn to New-York, Philadelphia, or any ol' the »uutlu>ru portfl, in their dciirc to avoid thin dangerous Nhoal, kept no far to the •oulh-east, as often to run into the (iulf Stream, and were thereby rotnrded from 60 to 70 miles per dayt Hy this survey, a clear and perfectly safe channel, 'i2 miles wide, is added to the upate suppos- ed to he between tht; stream nnd the shoal, which will enable them to keep more to the north-west, nnd to take advantage of the south* west current on the inner edge of the Ciulf. An average gain of 'i plored, he is sensible that he has undertaken a duty, the perform* ance of which belongs rather to a nation than to an individual. Ot such a momentous ta^k, it is matter of astonishment that so much has been done, and not thai so niuch remains to be performed. During the many years devoted to its execution, his zeal has not been ex- cited, nor his industry quickened by the consciousness that he was engaged in a brilliant undertaking, which would attract the attention of mankind: neither was there opportunity or place in a work ad- dressed to a class, using a peculiar dialect, and who required only perspicuity and accuracy, for the beauties of style and language. His pecuniary reward has been hitherto nothing, the profits of each edition, ha/ing been wholly absorbed in the expenses of subsequent improvements. It is, however, no small satisfaction to reflect, that the average rate of insurance, since the fir^t publication of the Pilot, has been diminished more than one half upon coasting vessels, and four-fifths on vessels bound to New-Orleanij, and that, among other causes, the improvements in hydrography must have contributed to effect this great reduction. Still more satisfactory is the consciousness, de- rived from many public and private acknowledgments, that, in no small number of instances, by following his directions, both vessels and crews have been saved from the rage of a merciless element ; when the pilots were unable to come to their assistance. With such pretensions to patronage, the author is not unwillin to meet the scrutiny of the public, being more desirous that errors should be discovered in his publications, than that mariners should be endangered by inaccuracies, which neither his care nor inuustry could avoid. EDMUND M, BLUNT, March, 182?. PRIOR I'LAN Prom Direci Fort Convi Sandv Port Whitil Port Spry Know Catch Port Charl Gaint Pircci Port Fort ( St. M Sailir Fui Riiinr Direc Descr CONTENTS./; -^v ;c» rage r, Liscomb Hatiipur, . .^ TRbM Cap« Sabia to the Bay nf Fundy Plan of thb Islb or sable : t^rom the Light on Sanili Inland to Cape Sable Directions for Halifax Haibour Fort Alytbury ..... Convey Harbour, Milford Haven, White Haven Sandwich Bay, River St. Mary, Houlton Har Port Stevens ..... White Uiands Harbour, Flemming River, Beaver Harbour^ Port Paiiier <• Port North, Port Palisser . . . . • . • i, , Spry Harbour, Dennu Hiirbour, Saunders Harbour, Tangier Hfir^fiw .t,--r^' Knowles Harbour, Keppel Harbour, Egniont Harbour . . . Catch Harbour, Sanibro' Harbour, Bristol Bay, Prospect Harbour . . Port Durham, Leith Harbour ....... Charlotte Bay, Mecklunhurgh Buy, Lunenburg, King's Bay . . . Gambler Harbour, Port Manstield, ...... Directions fur sailing into Shelt^iroe harbour, N. S. . . . . Port Mills .......... Fort Campbell, Fort Amhurst, Fort Haldimand ..... St. Mary's Bay, Annapolis Roynl ....... Sailing Directions for Sable Island, the Coast of Nova Scotia, and Bay of Fundy Remarks on the same .... .... Directions for Navigating on part of the South Coast of Newfoundland . . Description nf Fortune Bay ....... of Hermitage Bay, Description of the Bay of Despair . Directions fur n'lvigating the West Coast of Newfoundland for Navigating on part of the N. E. side of Newfoundland, and in the Streights of Belle-Isle ........ Description of part of the Coast of Labrador, from Grand Point of Great Mecatina to Shecatica . ........ Courses and distances along shore, passing within the Great Island of Mecatina . and distances from Great island of Mecatina to other places Directions for navigating on that part of the coast of Labrador from Shecatica to Cliateaux, in the streights of Belle-Isle ...... Description of the Coast of Labrador from Cape Charles to Cape Lewis . of the coast of Labrador, from St. Michael to Spotted Island . Remarks made between the Island of Groias and Cape Bonavista . Directions for navigating from Cape Race to Cape Bonavista, with remarks «ipon the Fishing Banks ......... Courses and distanrss on the coast of Newfoundland, between Cape Race and Cape Spear . . . . . ^ . . ' . . The courses and Distances on the Coast of Newfoundland, from Cape Spear to Bay Verds) Bacalicu, and several Ports and Headlands in the Buy of Consumption or Conception ......... Courses and distances from Split Point, which is 1^ mile from Bay Verds head iu Nev.'fouiidland, to several places in the Bay of Trinity .... Depth of \V^ater on the Banic, and oflfthe south part of the Coast of Newfoundland Directions for navigating the Bay of Placentia, on the South Coast of Newfoundland from Cape ChRpeaurouge to Cape St. Mary's ..... Directions for navigating port of the Coast of Newfoundlaiid from Cape St. Mary's to Cape Spear, including St. Mary's and Trospassy Bay Sailing directions for the Gulf of St. Lawrence ..... Lirections for sailing up the River St. Lawrence ..... ~— ' -for parsing the Traverse . ... ... Soundings in the Traverse ...... . . Bearings on the east end of Orleans Ledge, in 4 fathoms at low water . , near the edge of the Middle Ground ..... ——taken from the upper end of the land (offOileans) dry at low water " from another station, near the east end of t)ie said sand, dry above ]j|iniIo JN. 63P E. from the last . . . . Bearings from the west end of Rot Island . . ... ——— fro. .1 the east end of Roi Island . . • « • • .%s 47 58 59 60 63 65 66 68 75 89 —for the west end of Madame Directiont for sailing from Quebec, down the P.iver St. I^awrence . . ... Anchora'je on the edg? of Burnt Cape ledge, in 4 fathoms . . . . Beariagt taken from the west end of Little island, or Gooseberry island, wfaicb U«| ab0l«;N.55°E. . . . . . . . . . u 90 91 92 93 lOS 108 109 115 117 lid ib. ib. ib. 119 ib. ib. ISO ib. M ,^C -«*anw#>d||i{ei' xu (yoiiteiilb. S. Vf. end said island From Cupu Maiilnid In kh cieiir ofrondro Hpit, IV. l„. Iiy N. Directions for the South Channol from St. JuIiii*h I'oint ol' Orleans, to the of Crane Inland, opposite the South llivor Directions to go to tliH eastward of the island of Cnmpo-bollo, between the and the Wolves* Islands ...... Directions for the Eastern Const when you fall in with Grand Manan or Meunt De- eert Hills ..... directions from Machias to I'iisHamaqnoddy .11 — for TItmanan light-house . -from Mount Desert to Goldshorougli iind Machius ••from Long Island to the south west Harbour uf Mount Desert -for sailing through Fox island passage —for White lleari light ..... —from Tcnnant Hnrhour to the Muscle Ridges '. < —from Penmcquid Point tn Bass Harbour . . —from Bass harbour . • • • • —for Dyer's bay, &e. . • . • . . . —from Scuttoc IslaHd ..... —from Titnmnan light to Lndle island ... « — for Cape Splitt Harbour . . . • . —for Pleasant River ..... >-for going through Moose Peck roiicU —for sailing into George's river .... —from Townsend to Manheigin .... —for Townsend harbour ..... —for Kerineheck and Sheepscut rivers ■ • • —for sailing Into New Meadows . . . . —for Hussey'a Sound ..... -for PortUind harbour Plait of Portlaitd HARBotrR .... I^otice to Masters of Vessels . .' • ' • Boon Island light ...... Remarks on the White hills ..... Directions from Cape Porpoise to Wood island light . ' -to sail from Cape Neddock to Cape Porpoise — > -lor Portsmouth harbour .... PtAir OV POATAMOITTH HARBOtTR .... Description of the Isles of Shoals .... Plan ovTHS laLBBoviHOALS . . . • Directions foi Newburyport, Ipswich bay, &c. . . PLAW Of" NKWBORTrORT HARBOVR Signals for Vessels . . . . . . Directions for Annis Squam harbour in Ipswich bay . F't.Air OF AifNis SavAM FIarbour . Directions to go into Cape Ann harbour . • Ten Pound Island light-house . t Directions for Salem harbour . i b.^ections f(tr Beverly and Manchesier > > ■■ " ■ ■ •fo> sailing into Marbleheud . i Bearinji^fl and distances of 4he principal islands, rocks, &c. in from ^akfr's island lights i 0«orge's S'ioals . . t . directions foi sailing into Boston harbour ^LJiir oif Bosto'V Hakbour > r Directions from Boston light-house to Cape Elizabeth tKrections for sailing in and out of Boston Bay, from Cape Boston light house . * : . Directions for Scituate harbour . . Directions for Plymouth harbour - ' for Cape Cod harbour the vicinity of Salem, Cod or Cape Ann, to Description of th© eastern coast of the county of Barnstable from Cape Codf, or Race point, in lati 42° 6' N. to Cape Malebarre, or the Sandy point of Chatham, in lat. 41° 34' N. pointing outthe spots on which the Trustees of the Humane Society have erected huts, and other places where shipwrecked Seaman may look for (Aielter -:-------- Directions for Point Gammon light and Hyaones harbour - - FrpfilJiisouth end of Cape Ceil^Ho Holmes' Hole * * ' ' 131 lb. 122 12J 124 12t> ib. 128 ib. 130 ib. 132 134 134 13.5 ib. ib. ib. 138 il). la? 138 ISO 141 ib. 143 ib. 144 ib. 145 ib. 146 ib. ib. 147 ib. 149 ib. 153 ib. ib. 154 155 157 159 ib. 161 162 165 167 ib. ib. 168 169 171 »mm'^& f^ Chittham harbour ling into Nilntuckot harbour « ' - going into NantL ..et harbour • Hilling into the Itaibour of Nantucket by tbe Buoys 172 17G ib. 17« 179 ib. 180 Mx Contents. JLUl f nurses .nd dlsKuicea from Nantucket I'lRht house *«,.", Direction* for those running for Block Islumi Chaunel, to the «nuliiward of Martha'f Vineyard, Nantuckol Islnnd, and such as ore bound into the Vineyard Sound, and intend going over the Shoals to the unittward Nantucket South Shoal - - - ' " Kxtract Iroin the Orhit's journal - • t Dircrtiuns for Neiv-Bodford . - - - Additiniinl Ileinarl.s . . _ - - Buoys in Buzzard^s Buy .... Bunrings of I.e-rl^es from Clark^s point lif^ht Bird islanil liKlit house, in Buzzard's bay Bearings and distances from Bird island li^ht house Bearings and distnnc.'S of sundry places from Gay head light house Bearings and distances from the light on Ctipe Poge, and depth of water of several most diingernus shoals in sight of Cape Poge light house, and the bearing* of tho East clinj) of Holmes' Hole --.-..- Pi.AN OF Capb Poor ---.-.. Directions for those who fall in with Block island, when they arc bound for Rhode island harbour .....--. Plan of Newport - - . * - Bearings, by compass, from Rhode island light house, of several remarkable places, together with tl)e distances ....•.- Directions for sailing from Newport, through the Sound, to Hunt's harbour, near Hell-gate •-.-..-.- Oyster bay and Huntington -..--.- Huntington bay .- - - -- Hell-gaio - - • . - - - , . Directions from Block island to Gardner's bay ..... Bearings and distances of sundry' places, from the Light-house on Montock point, taken by the Officers of the Revenue Cutter Argus - - . - Description of Long Island ....... Directions from Gardner's Island to Shelter Island .... r— from Gardner's liilnnd to New-London .... ib 181 186 >b. 180 190 191 ib. 192 lb. ib. 193 ib. ih. r4 195 ib. 197 ib. Ib. 198 303 204 ib. ib. for vessels coming from sea, and bound to New-Lon(lnn, or the westward 20S for New Haven '"or sailing by the Light-House on Fayenweather^s Island, at the cntranoe of Black Rock Harbour, on the north shore of Long Island Sound Chart of Lono Isr.ANn Sound - - ... PtAw OP New-Yokic ....... Directions fdr vessels bound to New-York ..... To enter Sandy-hook channel way ...... Bearings, courses and distances of the Buoys placed in the Harbour of New-York Harbour Masters' Regulations of the Port of New-York ... Harbour Mostere* Fees «f the Port of New-York . - . - Description of the Coast to the eastward and westv^ard of Sandy-hook ' New-York bay - . - - . . - Directions for sailing from Sandy-book light-house to Cape May, or light-house on Cape Henlopen ........ Little Egg Harbour ..... Plan of Little Egg Harbour .... Directions for sailing in hy Cape May for sailing in by Cape Henlopen from Reedy island to Philadelphia Tide Table Directions from Cape Henlopen to Cape Henry . Bat and River or Delaware . . • Remarks on the land from Cape Henlopen to Chincoteague shonls Directions for sailing in by Cape Henry light-bouse . General directions for the Horse-shoe . . . Directions for New Point Comfort . .. . " — — : !- for those bound to the Capes of Virginia OfiART OF Chesapeake Entrance, &c. . . Directions for Hampton Roads . . . . , —————— for running from Cape Henry up the Bay to Ballimoro — ■- from New Point Comfort to Potomack river . — — — ^ from Potomack river to Patuxent rivpr for going from Cape-Henry or Lynn Haven Bay, to York River Ca\^e Hatteras Cape Lookout . . Directions for Cape F«ar4ight-lMufe ib. ^ 196 207 ib. SOS 20? ib. 310 ib. 2U ib. 213 ib. ib. 214 31.'; Ib. ib. 316 ib. SIT ib. ib. 218 219 ib. 320 324 SSS ;v« m XIV Contents. The North B«r uf (lie i ib. 246 247 258 260 SCI 262 272 ib. 273 ib. 274 ib. 276 ib. 277 278 280 283 ib. 285 286 ib. 387 290 291 ib. 293 294 296 ib. ib. S96, ib. hhcmWJn the Rlvp" ....... »b. Uirtictioni for veMt'ls bound down the River ..... 297 Directions for vewels bound from the .MissiHsippI through thn Uulf lb. Hniling directions fur tliccoust of St. Uoiniii)(o and Pauages near that Mand 299 Observations on the navigation round tlie (Jonave Islands, and in the Southern Channel ......... 319 In!ni Port Royal to Mornnt Point, or the East end of Jamaica 330 I'rom Morant Point, oi' the East end of Jamaica, to the south shore of Cuba, St. Jago, Cumberland harbour, Occoa bay, and Capo Mayze . - . 33*2 Directions for Cumberland harbour - - ... - 333 Directions for Trinidad (.Cuba) - - - - - - 33 1 From Morant Point or tlie East end of Jamaica, to the Navaxa, Cape Tiburon, and Cape Donna Maria, on Hispaniola ..... 33,', Directions for falling in with the Loggerhead Keys, at Cape Catoche, and to sail from thence to Campeclic ...... 337 Negrillo, in Gulf of Mexico ...... j|,^ Directions fur sailing into and out of Campeche • - - - ib. Winds and Weather in the Ciulf ------ 33« Directions for going to, and sailing into La Vera Cruz ... 341 t'LAN o» Vbra Cruz --■■"--- ib. Remarks on the courses steered by the Spaniards from Vera, Cruz to the H&vanna ib . The Colorados, off Cape Antonio -....- 340 Remarks on the soundings on the Alcoranes Rank, on the part of the Catoche Bank to the westward of Campeche ..... i)). Directions for sailing to the mouth of River Balliz, or Ballse, in the bay of Honduras 343 Other general directions . . . ... 345 Directions for sailing from River Balliz, in the Bay of Honduras, through the South Channel . . . . .... 346 Directions for sailing out of the Bay of Honduras .... ib. General and particular directions for Port Omoa ... . . 347 Directions from Port Omoa to Golfo Dulce, at the S.W. end nf the Bay of Honduras 348 Directions for sailing from Black River, on the Moskito Shore, to the Bay of Hon- duras, through the entrance of the Main Reef at the Zapodilla Keys . 348 Directions for sailing into and out of Truxillo Bay .... 34!> Description of the Coast between Black River, on the Moskito Shore, and San Fer- nando de Omoe ; with directions for Sailing, Anchoring, &c. . . 3oO Directions for sailing to the Moskito Shore, Rattan, and Bay of Honduras, i^c. ;t.'>i2 Description of Porto Bello Harbour ..... '35\ Directions for sailing into and out of Arenas Bay, to the northward of Carthagena, on the Spanish Main . ...... ib. Cacthagrna . . ....... 3&fi Other directions for Carthagena ...... 35t> St. Martha . . ...... 35t( ytom Cape Blanco to Cape St. Roman, Cata Bay, Porto CabcUo, Sic. . ib. From Cape Codera to Cape Blanco — Jasper Bay , . . . 359 From the Dispirited Keys to Cape Codera or Quadera . . . 360 The Dispirited Keys on the Spanish Main ..... ib. Description of the Spanish Main, and the adjacent islands, from Margarita Island to Cape St. Roman — The island of Margarita .... 361 Directions for Cumana — The island of Tortuga • , , . 362 The island of Grenada . ...... 36r{ The Granadines or Granadillos — The island of St. Vincents — The island of St. Lucia 364 The island of Martiiiico . . . . . .. . 365 A Table of the Latitudes and Longitudes of the principal Places and Headlands of Martinico . . ...... 368 Bearingsof sundry Rocks, Points, &c. at Martinico . . . ib. The island of Dominico . ...... ib. The island, of Guadaloupe and its Dependencies .... 369 Beatings and Distances about Guadaloupe, Mariagalante, the Saints, &c. . 371 ■ about Deseada, Petite-Terre, and Mariagalante . . ib. The island of Antigua, with Barbuda ..... 372 instructions for sailing into St. John's harbour, coming from the southward . ib. Sailing Directions for the north side of Antigua . . . . Sf^ The islands of Montserrat, Redondo, Nevis, and St. Kitts . . - f|8' Rem^ks made in Basseterre Road and Old Road . 'gfjji The islands of St. Eustatia ^nd 9aba . . >>. .,' 4j||« xri Contentb. Tim iiiUndN of S(. IJurllioloniew, S». Martin, ami Angtiila, >Ailli bu% UUiid Lad Prickly IVur IiIhikI ........ 371 Venringn lakou anfl remnrki mail* hi t^lliiii lielwtan the above nicfntiOMd iiiandu, by nil experienced imvigutor :...... 3m) The little iilaiid niid the bank of Arks ..... .b. The Virgin Itlnndi . . . ' . . . ih. The iilmidiol SantnCrur, Sl.John, St. Ihoniai, Btci|iie, d:c. . .781 MaynguB Boy (Porto Rico) .... ?M Aquorta Bny (Porto Rico) . . . . Jb. Theidniuli of Tortola, Virgiii^orJn, Aiicgada, &c. . . . ib. The iilNiMl of ^eoinfaTero t . ., .3*5 Porto Rico . . . . . . t . 388 Direction* for tailing along the couth bide of Porto Rico . . . ili. To enter MayagiMi (Porto Rico) . . .... 3l)H Of the North Coast of Porto Rico . .... 3B9 The Silver Key and Trianglea . . . . . ; 390 Directions for Turks liland Paiiage , .... 301 The Caycos Pusssge .. . . «... .192 The Caycos . , , , . . . 39» Mouchoir (^uarrR, or the Square Handkerrliief .... 30« Crooked Island Passage . . .... 397 Directions for anchoring in the Crooked Island Passage , . . ib. Description of the islands of Uonair and Curassoa . • . . 39tt Tonnoge Duty in Cura8n Ganertil Remarks on the Harbour of Rio Janeiro and Cape F/io . . 459 deneral Directions for leaving Rio Janeiro, and bound to the River Pl:ite . 460 Remfrhf concerning the Winds, Weather, Tides, or Currents, Soundings, Sic. in tht RtVer Plata, with a few Instructions f.. navi£;ating therein, by Captain Pe- ter Haywood, of the Royal Navy . . ... 462 Directions foir MAldenado Roads, and for going in a;id out, rotnd the Island Goritta 472 Lqbos de Mer Se^ur* Bay — pobos de Ticrre b^biM Island . ^V0^t9> Islands " U Latitudes and Longitudes li' • • • fttf fiodinc the Moon's age rl^C we Times of High V/ater at the principal Ports aud Harbours an Iff Ainerica, with the 'vertical rise of the Tids in feot 473 474 475 i%' 487 493 493 ■•lid Lad I itUndn, 97t , 3W • •b. ■ . ih. • 9tl t 314 • ib. • ib. • 3115 • 386 • ih. • 308 • 388 • 'Mk • 391 • 3»t • S9S t 9M • 397 • ib. • 39» « 4(10 • 401 • 402 • ib. t 403 • 404 • 406 • ib. • 411 • 412 • ib. , 4I» . 4T4 . 415 . 417 fferen t • 4in itween • 421 , 427 ■ 4S9 431 . 432 , 4J5 . 436 , 43» Rivei olonii) 431) . 441 . 412 • ih. 45ft • 4-.9 . 460 Ic. ill nPc- . 462 oiitta 472 , 473 • 474 . 47.^ • ib. « 478 • 487 « 492 rs on • 493 «". 495 d: ^'i Ktivhi.f^ I i U i 5 I k ^ ^*^ '•''■v/i»,v / >^ 1» i W 5 ■*^ 1^ V » .• »» IBILVSIV^S ASDIBIBIKDAII (pODii'SV IPIIILDV^ FROM CAPE SABLE TO THE DAV OF FUNDY. TUG south cnd'of the South Real U\* bcnrti W. hy N. from Cap«fl«- hic, diHiaiit iihoiit 7 IvuguvH ; between them there are 17 fMtnoms. Abuut 3^ iiiileM S. ^ E. from the S. W. port of the South Seui lole, and VV. 7 Icuguen from Cupu Sable, there is a rock above water, which an* peurs tu l)e very Mmooth ; between this rock and the South Seal iBlanns, there are 9 futhonn. Olf (he west side > it nhniil. Alioiil ^ mllr* %. W. hy W. from tl.r norlh cntrnnrr of th« Uroiit |i..««iigv, i<« the North WvHt Icil^r. 'I lu> uidi'Nt iiiid ilcrpvitt chun- ni*l for iihi|>N that conit; rrotii tht> iouthwunl fot the bay of Fundy, \* he- twc«n thi> North Wviit IimI^o uiid the Wmt M\\\ ixleit ; it in nciirly (] IriiKiii'N widi>. Th«>ri* \% aUo u chiiiiiu'l hvtwft'r (irriit Muiiiin ixhiiid iiiid the |mint of thu luaiu bud to the wuHtwurd of it , thi« chuiVH'l is about I niiU'it wide. Mount DpHcrt rock li«ii ?fl IrnKuon V '" by W. from th« South Seiil iohuidx, 17 hMKueit W. S. VV. from lh« -eal ihIoh, 7 leajjut-H K. \ N. from Woodciiball rock, luul Vi teaKu^" tu. ^ N. from Maiihcit^eii inhmd. From th« Light^ on Sttinl ro hland to Cape Suile, From Sanibro ishind lip;ht-hout«c to the entrance of he Have, the courne in W. ^ S. and the dintuncc 1 1 lt>agueM ; between them are Char^ loiiK*M and KinK** bayH ; the former i^ aUo railed MnrKaret*M bay. About 6 milcM 8. I VV. from the point of land whi( h MeuaratoH the two bay**, lien Green island ; it iit small, and lies 7 leagues VV. N. VV. | VV. from Sambro island. From the entrance of Le Have to Hope iHland, the course i* 9. W. by W. I VV. and the distance about 1 1 leagues ; between them lie Port Jack- ion, Liverpool, and Gaml)ier harbours. Port JackHon is called by some Port Mctway, and Gambicr harbour inalfo called Fort Mattuon. between Port Jackson and Liverpool is Cape Mctway. From Hope island to the entrance of Port Mills, or Ragged Island Har« hour, the course is VV. S. VV. | W. iind the distance f)J leagues ; between them lie Stormont river, Port Mansfield, and Penton river. Port Muns- field is Also called Fort Herbert. From the entrance of Fort Mills to thnt of Port Haldermand, the course IB S. W. by W. I VV. and the distance about 6 leagues ; between them lie Boiler bay, Fort Campbell, and Port Amherst. Fort Campbell is also called Port Uoseway ; this is deemed an excellent harbour. From the entrance of Port Halderman to Cape Sable, the course is W, I S. nud the distance 10 miles ; between them lies Barrlogton bay. Fort Haldermand is also called Port Latour. The Brazil rock lies 6 miles S. \ W. from the point of land which se- parates the entrance of Fort Haldermand from Barrington bay ; and 6^ miles S. E. by E. from Cape Sable ; on this rock there are 10 feet ; be> tweeu it and Cape Sable there are 17 fathoms,, Cupe Sable is a low sandy point ; it may be known by several sandy hills lying just within and by the land a little further in or to the north- ward of the sand hills, which appear higher. The east end of Baron bank lies 9 leagues S. W. by W. from Cape Sa- ble ; it thence extends W. S. W. ^ W. 7 miles, is about 4 miles broad, and has 20 and 21 fathoms on it. Between this bank and Cape Sable there are 33 fathoms. The tide flows here, on the change and full days of the moon, at eight o'clock. From Cape Sable a reef of rocks extends W. by S. about 3 miles, on which the sea always breaks unless the water be very smooth. A light-house has been erected on Cranberry Island, Nova Scotia, and wa:> lit on the first of November, 1818. To distinguish it from Sambro light, off Halifax, it has two lights, the upper one large, and the lower 00 3 small. * Sambro ligtit, kt the entrance of Halifax harbour, it 210 feet atrave tho sea leteU ttt bf isvcB oil iMspa } sMnds io U<. 440 81' t6" N. tong. idP W 30" W. 10 KilU. BlunfH American Const Pilot 3 Directions for Iliilifiix lmrl)our. SAMnnu iaiiinti lit(ht-hoiiiii* m in liititudi; It" 128' S&" North, and longi* t«ul«' «i;»» ;k/ :u)' Wt-Bt. Fni") tlit^ wi>iitwiir(l, tirinii ttio linht to hmr N. K. ; if it hour mort ciiMti'iiy, <«tr(>t<'li to tin* •^outliwanl till it Im'iu'h N. K. iiiiiI im iimch mora northerly iim you plottMc, (li<*r'> liriii^ no mIioiiI or Ictl^i' to tin* nuuthwiird ; thfii k(U!|> it o|»(;n on ycnir larliour l»ow ; ^ivu it muri; than u niilu itful • hair hirth, an much nitirr uh yon (llca4«^ Note. — The wimtvrn li'd^cM hi> from thn light M. W. diittant two mi1o«, thi> other W. S. W. about onu ItMiguu ; thv tMMttMn UmIk«ii \'\c. in a rm\\ifi nt^arly, «om«t nhovo wiitor ; the uutcrinuHt, one mile and u halt' from th« light, hiMinng from it K. N. K. Whrn tho light benrN north, distant about 2 milcn, run N. V\. 4 milef, then north will carry you to Chcduhucto hcnd, ut n proper diMtunco cleur of all danger. When a-brentt of Chedabucto Head, run N. \ W. for the Houth point of (leorge'rt inland. When within A n mile of George'n inland, you mny enter the harbour west of it in 12 nithomx, or eaut of it in ITi. In pacing between Sandwich noint and Meagery*M beach, nin rather neareot the point, to ithun atthoal which runti ofl'.S. W. from the beuch. There it nliio a ohoal lying one mile Houth of Sandwich point. Coming from the eaHtward, run for the light, and you cannot fail seeing Chedabucto Head aH you open Halifax harbour ; the light being 4^ miles liistnnt from the Head to the S. W. Bearingi and Diitances from Samhro Island light-houi*. Chednbucto Hentl N. E. 4^ niilti. Cap* Le ilnvo W. ^ S. 33 mile*. Livurpool light W. Iiy S. 5J inilr*. Three Fnthoin Harbour E. N. K. 16 milei. Jedure Hend E. by N. 4 N- 34 miles. Jedore outer ledge E. i&i nillei. Var. 170 28' W. Fort Ayleihury. You have regular soundingH and deep water ns far up as point Bruce, where a rocky shoal extends near one-third of the way across the chan- nel ; when you arc abreast of it, steer for the small island on the eastern shore, and under a short sail, haul ro^ndits west side, giving it but a small birth, to avoid a rocky flat running fiom the western shore, within the distance of 60 fathoms from the isle. You may anchor under the west side of the isle, or farther up. There is n passage, at high water, from this to the Bay of Rocks, for boats and small craft only. Port Hood is situated on the north-western extremity of the island of Cape Breton, bears by compass north 4 degrees east, distant 20 miles from the north entrance of the gut of Canso, and east 8 degrees south 17^ miles from Cape George. The flood tide sets from the northward at the rate of 1^ mile an hour : and on the days of full and change, it is high wa- ter at half-past seven ; common spring tides rise about 6 feet, 'i'o sail ia, keep your course to the eastward, till Point Emerson is on with the gut of Canso ; this direction will lead you into no less than 6 fathoms ; and close by the end of the sand flat which runs from the south-east part of the f^^ insula : — here arc two small remarkable white beaches at the botiioilii-^ t./ Blunts Amrrican Conit Pilot. 10 Kdit th(> rliflt ; wh«nlh« notithrrnmoat hrnrs W. Iiy H. you mny litiiil rntiml to th« nnrhoriiKt* in 4 iind r» liithoniM, mmltly lioltom, whrrw ■Iii|ih muy lir w«ll «hflltprr«l frnm nil wituU. Th«* wtiti*r on tlu* lltitH ii|i|MMirii very wliitt*, HHii brciiku whtMi tlir witu\ liluwa Mrong from tlit> noiitliniiril. 'I'licrv M a puMoge fur tniiill v«*iiymoiir UIon, ant) Iiiin (wo rntnuirei. SiiiliuK into the w«aternino«t, in oriU*r to hvokI llrnry IpiIkp, k«i<|> thr atiir* Itoiinl nliori' on boiinl ; and on yoiii' lurlioiinl tackN.obdrrvr not (o borrow Dcarrr thNii (i (lithonw, whirli will kcrp you rU>nr of tbi* tail of the vnnt re«r, mill of a ftmall Hunkm rock about a rabln*N diiitanrt* totbr N. K. from it. Tbc t'i fi'Pt mIiomI lim "i'iO fHtlionm iiiNtaiiri< from Park InU>, and K. by S. f)(K) fatboinn diMtHnrn from Fifth beach. 'I'o Hail into the wcMtorn entriiirn, come not nearer Seymour IhIch than fathomn : HhaiiinK y""r couTM^tutlie northward, until you open the North Sta);e mid-channel ; then litorr for it, nnd you may anchor in G, U, and 10 fathoiiM, good hold- iuf gruuiid. MUford Itaren. The hendof the Bay ChcdHburtoiit Hiirrounded with nand flat*, tint non(> extend farther from the nhore than 2(M) fathomn, excepting Stony litle ■houl, running olf iouth near half a mile, and meetit Toby-head Hhoal, which maken a bar of Jj fathoms acroMH the channel intoMilford llnvcn. At the beginning of the tfoudand ebb, the tide HtreamH with great velocity in the Narrown between Stony Inle and the wentern ithore. Within (he harbour, between Elixa point and the beach, there ih u bar .1^ fiitbomn., above which is deep water for Heveral miles up into the country. Sal- mon river in fit only fur the smallest bouts. White Haven. White-Ifeud inland is very high, nnd the rocks that surround it, with those olT the entrance of While llavcn, westward to Cape Martingo, in- clusively, are high, nnd remarkably white also. There are several pas- sages between these rocks ; the best is between the Gulf rock nnd the west breaker. You mny sail close by Turtle rock ; then shape your course N. W. by N. keeping near Three-top island, to avoid a ridge of sunkeo rocks which extend from the eastern shore one-third of the way across the channel, and run up to anchor in 10 and 12 fathoms, muddy bottom. Port How is a good snug harbour, but there nre several breakers in the entrance. To sail into it, bring the body of Middle Isle to bear N. j E. then steer for it till you are above Iron-Mead, to which, on account of some rocks southward of it, you are to give a good birth ; and you may anchor under Middle Isle in 7 ond 8 fathoms, good holding ground, or in the north-west branch going up to it ; keep nearest the western shore. Grow harbour, or the south shore of Chedabucto bay, W. N. W. 4 leagues from Canso, has deep water, with good bottom, and may afl'ord receptioa for i or 3 ships of war. The best channel is on the west side of Rook Isle, between it and Corby, which is a shoal extending eastward about 70 fathoms from 2 small red heads on the western shore. Isle Hook is bold too. Philip inlet is shoal, and lies open to the north winds. A soiall schooner may lie sheltered within White Point in Shallop Cove. „d^mi' 10 Edit. Blunt*8 American Coail Pilot. Sandwich Huy, Tlirri* iirr *»(«> iim) r»»y |>iiii»iik(>« for Ihr liirK«*"t ahiim of war lM>tw««o llir rorki), IimIki**, iiiitl lir«Mik«T«, tiliuut (lu> iMitrMiin* of tlii« hoy, Irailinfup to thi* ttrvrrtil luirbourN hruiu Iiiiik out from i(. Country liMrhour u im- vi|(MWIr II ircul Wiiy up, mu\ nfTonlo Kooti ■nrhnrHKw in mud buttoui. I'ort I lini'hiiiWrokn hu* iiUo midiricnt tlrptliN ol'wHtiT tor iiny olup. and kooK '*' **'" ^i^'' ulmoitt Hnv wind. Th« Nouth «Mid of WilliMtii iKliind i« oho.il for u i(uart«'r of a mile. A rocky rt'vf I'XtiMidM about halt' a milo 8. S. K. from Cape Mur.odomff. I'olluS •hi'lvcN to the N. W. but in bold to on th» aoutb Miid ratt •idi"). From Or* phiMiM IcdKC It iit ahoHl abo\(> a miio to tliv 8. S. vuntward, and h quurtcr of II mile to thr N. N. wc>Mtward. Thv Fliitts a Munkni rock, Ilea S. E. ^\f(^. S. '2 milcN iVum Cape IV1o(-odoiii«>, and N. K. bv K. uno miU and thr«ie (piartcrii from I'ollux, and S. VV. by W. ^ W. \\ mil(»t from tirceo inland. Thr Fiddle, another Munkon rock, liflH S. K. neur 4 mileii from Cupn Morodome, ami K. J 8. ;{ milcM from I'ollux. The nomioonii ftwo breakerit) lio Houth above I] mile from Urecn inhiiid, and K. by N. \ N. bpnile* from Pollux. I'ort Hickerton in a Hafe little harbour. The nouth ond of Rich«rd I«l« in nhoul for about the diMtancn of a cable*H length. Ilummlkk Head ii fiurrounded with high btack rockii — itM interior part ia barren : a ship may anchor within the head on the eiw^tern xhore. in running fuither upi keep the atarboard shore on board to avoid Murray'n ledge, part of which ii dry at low water. River St. Mary. At the entrance the soundings are irregular, and the bottom rocky ; it is navigable for sloops and schooners by a narrow channel, wimling through extciiHive llatx, part of which, at low wutcr, arc left dry, leading to the fresh water fidls. JTouhon Harbour . Flint Isle is surrounded with shoaN nnd breakers. From John Isle there arc rocky rcef^t Htrctrhing out near one mile south and S. E. You may sail on cither side of Mill Rock, it being steep to. Clamb Kock it dry at low water in spring tides. The best channel in between it and the biutr head on the east shore. Liscomb Harbour, The rocks nnd breakers extending from Cape Amelia are observed at a con^idcruble distance, as the sea breaks over them at all times. Coming from the eastward, be careful of a sunken rock lying S. VV. J mile from Cape Amelia. Within the entrance of the harbour there is a blind rock, lying three quarters of a cable's length from Point Pitt. Vou may anchor ■any wiicrc in this hurbour, in b or b^ fathoms, and good holding ground. Port Stevens. There are some ledges and breakers which lie scattered from the E. to the ^- K. within 3 miles of Cape Philip. The best channel is between Taurus and aoother shoal extending about half a mile S. E. from White niunt^s American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. 10 point, to which come no nearer than 5 fnthom?, whence you may n»\\ through between Breyenton iaiand and Duck isle, and anclior at pleasure in the harbour. White Islands Harbour. The sunken rocks, which extend about half a mile S. S. E. from the eastern end of White ialundn, are steep too, and must be avoided by keep- ing mid-channel between them and Crane island. These islands, being re- markably high and iron bound, with white rocks, may be distinguished from the offing. Flemming River. The channel into this river being rocky and intricate, is scarcely fit for any but fishing and other small craft. Beaver Harbour. The Beaver isles are very remarkable to ships sailing along the coast, particularly Bald Isle, the westernmost, which is a high and darkish barren rock. A shoal spreads easterly near 200 fathoms from the eastern ex- tremity of South isle, and about three quarters of a mile N. ^ W. from it, lies Bounce, a small sunken rock, with 15 fathoms close to it on all sides ; and farther, in N. 3** £. 1 j miles distant are the Twins. Black rock, in the fair-way going up the harbour, has on its side 13 fa- thoms, and 16 on its westernmost side ; you may anchor in B fathoms within Edward and Meadow isles. The red cliff on the south end of Edward's isle makes this harbour remarkable from the ofhng, being the only one between Egmont harbour and Liscomb. Sailing into Mackerel basin, give birth to the shoal which extends northerly above a cable's length off the beach, on the east side of its entrance. The interior part of this beach is so steep too, that a vessel of 100 tons may, at all times of tide, lie afloat with her side touching. There arc 3 fathoms and mud bottom through- out the basin. Port Parker. At the entrance of this port the bottom is Uiieven and rocky within. Bridge Cove is good anchorage in 3 and 3^ fathoms, sound bottom. Port J^orth. Off Cape Hide are two ledges, linked and surrounded by sunken rocks, commonly named Pegasus' Wing, to which come not nearer than 12 fa- thoms ; the best way into this harbour is oi i the west side of them, and thence steer for Rock isle, which is steep too, and run up through between Banbury and Guilford isles, where you will have from 9 to 14 fathoms. N- 10" W. 570 fathoms distant from the N. E. end of Banbury Isle, and E. by N. 2<» N. from Stony island, lies a sunken rock, on th*^ shoalest part of which there are no more than two feet ; when above it, you shape your course north-easterly up the river, and anchor at pleasure in 7, 8, and 9 fathoms, mud bottom. Port Palisser. OS the entrance of this port E. S. E. 7^® S. 500 fathoms distant from the Hug, lies a sunken r6ck, with deep water on all sides around It; II to 1 whe leadi Cal mnkcl lower sevei than rock E. 21 10 Edit. oil mny Hjiil ' ut pleasure E. from the ed by keep- tl», being re - istinguiHbed rcely fit for g the coast, kkh barren eastern ex- W. from it, n all sidea ; side 13fa- oms within r Edward's J only one lasin, give ;th off the this beach , lie afloat through- :y within, til. en rocks, m 12 fa- lem, and between fathoms, ry Isle, on the bove it, leasure distant around 10 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. it ; in sailing thence up the harbour, the soundings are irregular from 4^ to 10 fathoms. The best anchorage is within Hugh and Palisser islands, where you have from 6 to 8 fathoms, mud bottom : and the best channel leading to it is between them. Spry Harbour. Cape Southampton is high, rocky and barren ; two trees on the top make it very remarkable from the eastward and westward. Cape Spry is lower, and likewise barren ; and on account of two flat stony isles and several breakers extending south-westerly, not safe to approach nearer than 7 fathoms. You may sail up the harbour on either side of Cornish rock ; S. S. E. 2* E. 630 fathoms distant from this rock, aid E. N. E. 2" E. from Cape Spry, lies a breaker, on which are 4 fathoms. — Aries is a blind rock, which shews itself at low water spring tides, and is steep too on all sides ; it lies N. N. E. 4^° E. 2 iO fathoms distant from Point Richard. From the ancuoring place in 7 and 8 fathoms, mud boi. tom, you have a passage for small vessels, , leading through within the islands into Deane harbour. Deane Harbour. To sail into the harbour, keep mid-channel between Cape Southamp- ton and the Calibian ledge. Above Urn isle is good anchorage in 5 and 6 fathoms stiff blue clay. t Saunders Harbour. Excepting the shoal and a breaker, east one mile off Comptroller's ledge, this harbour has a fair entrance, and regular souudings all the way up, and good anchorage in stiff blue clay. Tangier Harbour. To avoid Calibian ledges, and the shoal half a mile to S. S. E. keep the shore of Tangier island on board ; you may anchor any where above Fisher's Nose in 4 fathoms, mud bottom. Knowles Harbour, You may sail on either side of Bold rock, the N. E. side of which is steep too, but has a dhoal extending from its S. W. side about 2 cables' length. From Hiron island there is a ledge and a shoal running easterly 3 quarters of a mile. Centaur is a blind rock, off the east point, at the entrance of Charles river, which shews itself at a quarter ebb. The bot- tom is a stiff blue clay throughout the harbour. Keppel Harbour. Owl Head makes this harbour very remarkable from the south-east- ward. In the offing the shore appears in white spots from its entrance upwards. The best channel is on the west side of Hiron island ; there is no danger but what shews itself, excepting Hervey breakers, on which are 3i fathoms, and which break only in bad weather. Saihng up, you shoal your water gradually from 17 to 6 and 4 fathoms, muddy bottom. Egmont Harbour. To sail through the best channel into this harbour, on the east side of ?.&i^j, Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. Thorn shoal, on which there are 1 1 feet lying S. E. by S. 300 futhoms from Point Darby, shiipe your course towurd^ M'Bride point, which is bold too, observing to keep it open with the north end of Little Prpinsula ; and when the highest part of Wintor rocli bears south, you will be on the east side of Thorn shoal ; whence sail northwards, until you shut in Lit- tle Peninsula with M'Bride's point, and steer northwesterly for Black rock, to avoid the dry sand flats on your starboard hand, within a ship's length of which the water deepens to 5 and 6 fathoms ; whence you may run up to anchor at pleasure. In Watering cove, or further up there is good and well sheltered am borage, without the harbour, between Isle James and Isle Worth. Bank's inlet leaves bet^ /een the eiftensive dry flats, at its en- trance, bui a narrow ana winding passage ibr tlie smallest tishing crafts. Catch Harbour y 'Has a bar across its entrance with 9 feet at low water, and it breaks Hrhen the wind blows upon the shore ; it is frequented by small vessels only. Samhro* Harbour. Coming from the westward, the best passage is between Cape Palisser and the Bull rock ; from the eastward, you may run up between Sambro' island and Inner ledge. The anchoring ground is within the Isle of Man, in 3 fathoms, mud bottom. The gut leading to Loudy basin has from 2 to 3 fathoms, and is very narrow. Bristol Bay. On the days of full and new moon it flows till three quarters past 7 o'clock, and the common spring tides rise eight feet. To ru:. up to an- chor in Shuldum harbour, when coming from the westward, bring Point Mackworth to bear north, and pass between White rocks and the rocks which lie ofl" Point Mackworth. There is a good channel also between Cape Palisser and Hervey isle, with good anchoring ground in 7 and 8 fathoms. Prospect Harbour. The soundings on the entrance of the harbour are irregular. About two cables' length east of Dormon rock is a breaker, with 3 fathoms on it. There is good anchorage above Pyramid isle for the largest ships, and within Betsey's isles for small vessels, in 4^ fathoms, stiff blue clay. Port Durham^ Has a suflicient depth of water, but the entrances into it are very nar- row. Sailing in through the east jwssage, whic*" is the best, give birth to the ledge extending E. S. E. half a mile from Inchkeith island. Leith Harbour.. ' From Inchkeith island E. S. E. about 1^ mile lies the Hog, a sunken rock, on which there are but 6 feet ; it may easily be perceived by a rip- pling of the tide in fair weather, or by a swell and breaking of the sea when the wind blows on the shore ; there are good channels on both sides of it. The channel on the west side of the Hog is more difficult, on account of the ledge extending E. S. E. about half a mile from the east- ern extremity of Inchkeith island. 10 Edit. 300 futhomH int, which is e Poqinsula ; i^ill be on the u shut in Li4- r BiHck rock, !«hip*8 length I may run up 'e is good and !e Janics and lata, at its en- ling crafts. nd it breaks mall vessels ape Palisser een Sambro' isle of Man, las from 2 to rters past 7 v.. up to an- bring Point the rocks tween Cape 8 fathoms. ar. About 3 fathoms ,he largest horns, stiff very nar- gjve birth ind. a sunken iby a rip- if the sea i on both fficult, on the east- 10 Edit. Blanks American Coast Pilot. 9 Charlotte Bay. In this bay are noveral harbours fit to receive armed ships of any rate. The high lands at llaapotageon, on the west, between it and King's bay, are very remarkable at a considerable distance in tho offing. The shores on the entrance are high white rocks, and steep ioo : on the west side, <;oming in, you perceive a Dog (a ledge) almost covered and surround- ed with breakers, which lies S. by £. 3" £. near 1^ mile distant from the south end of Holdorness island, and bears W. 3° S. from the south- ernmost point of Inchkeith island. You have good channels on both sides uf the small island which shelters the south west harbour. In Fit/roy river, ships may lie land-locked in 5 or 6 fathoms ; sailing into it lies Black ledge, with deep water close to it, and lying S. W. 4 S. 300 fathoms distant from Warren head, appears at uU times of tide. Vessels may ride half a mile below the falls of Ethngham rivers. In Delivpare river the largest ships may lie in the greatest safety. Convay cove has also a sufficient depth of water for any ships, and sheltered from all winds. •Sailing into it, keep nearest the starboard point of the entrance. Within Hertford basin you have from 8 to 10 Htthoms throughout. Mecklenburg isle affords a commodious shelter ; and further up, any where within Stre- litz isles, you may anchor very secure. Mecklenbvrg Bay. This bay is full of the finest harbours ; and there are deep passages within almost every island in it, with convenient anchorage for all kinds of shipping. To sail from the southward into Prince harbour, when you are. as high up as Royal George island, steer for Roltinson's rock, which is always above water, until the north point of Louis inland opens with the north end of William Henry island, whence you may shape your course to any part of the harbour, and anchor at pleasure in 4, 6 or 9 fathoms, good holding ground. There are several good channels leading into the Royal arm ; about the middle part of it, S. W. ^ S. 300 fathoms distant from the south end of Jarvis isle, and E. | S. distant 600 fathoms from the south point of Barring- ton island, lies a ledge, dry at low water. . The navigation into Cumberland arm, Chester, and the other harbours in this bay, is so easy and safe, that the sole inspection of the draft will give every information necessary on the subject. Lunenburg. There are good passages in Lunenburg on either side of Prince of Wales' island ; sailing in on the east side, keep mid-channel, in order to avoid the shoals which extend from the north part of the island, and from Colesworth point. Sailing in through the best channel, on the west side of the island, incline towards the Ovens ; then shape your course N. N. W. \ W. over towards Battery cliff, in order to avoid the Cat, which lies N. by E. 1 mile distant from the Ovens, and on which are but 8 feet ; and keeping the fort well open with Moreau point, you may safely run up to anchor in 3 fathoms, and good hold ground. King's Bay. «^^ This bay is parted from Charlotte's bay by a neck of land about ^ inites over, whereon the highlands of Haspotageon siand, whose appeanaoce, 2 10 Blunf s American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. ill three regular swoUiiiRfl, render it very remarkable at a great distance in the ofling. Between the islands are good channels, leading up intd leveral 6ne harbours within the bay. The outer breaker lies N. N. E. 1 mile and two thirds distant from the sooth east end of Duck island, and W. 7° S. 3^ miles distant from the S. W. point of Green island. From this, about 3 miles northward, lies the Bull (a blind rock, visible at three quarters ebb) bearing W. S. W. 1200 fathoms distant from the S. Yi. «;nd of Flat is»land, and S. S. E. | E. 2 J miles distant from the west point of Royal George island. And further up W. by N. 8" N. 400 fa- thoms distant from West point, lies Rocky shoal, within which and Royal George island is deep water. The Coachman is a blind ledge within Mucklenburg bay, visible -at low water only. The east ends of Royal Geoive't and Flat islands in one, will lead you clear on the east side of it. The west end of iron bound island open with the west point of the Litlle Tancock island, will clear you on its south side ; and Governor's island on witl. West point, carries you safe on its north side. Gambler Harbour. On both sides of Portsmouth rocks, which are always above water, you have deep channels, and of a sufhcient width for ships to turn into the har- bour ; with a leading wind you may steer up N. W. until you bring Sad- dle island to bear S. W. byS. and haul up S. W. to the anchoring ground. Small vessels may pass on the west side of Matoon island, between the Bull and the western shore. Port Mansfield. Green Island, without the entrarce of this port, is remarkable from the westward, having no trees o.i it. The channel leading to the anchor- ing ground in 3 fathoms, is not more than 60 fathoms wide, between Bridge's rock and Stony beach, above which are flats with narrow winding chan- nels through the mud. ll Directions for sailing into Shelburne harbour, N. S. Shelburne is a safe harbour against any wind, except a violent storm from the S. S. W. At town the wind from S. by E. does no harm, but from S. by W. to S. W. by S. if blowing hard for any considerable time, it is apt to set the small vessels adrift at the wharves ; but in the stream, with good ca!.les and anchors, no wind can hurt you. Shelburne light-house is built on the south-eastern end of M'Knutt's island, and forms the western side of the entrance into the harbour. — About half way from its base to the upper lantern is a small lantern, shewing a distinguishing light. Generally, it is well attended to, and shews as well as any light on the. coast. Tha light may be approached with safety in the night, from any situation, when it bears from N. N. E. to W. N. W. There is water enough for a first rate man of war, within a ca- ble's length of the point on which it stands. A vessel going in at night, having got sight of the light and bringing it to bear any way between N. N. E. and W. N. W. ought to run for it until pretty near to it, so as (if it if not very dark) to see or he^T the surf on the shore ; then leave it on fhe larboard band, and still keeping the larboard shore on board until they 10 Edit. »at distnnce ng up into N. N.E. 1 inland, and ind. From , visible at rom the S. m the west N. 400 fa- h and Royal ;dge within Is of Royal east side of toint of the Governor's I water, you nto the har- I bring Sad- 'ing ground, etween the rkable from the anchor- en Bridge's ding chan- K s. lent storm harm, but pable time, le stream, iM'Knutt's larbour. — \\ lantern, and shews :hed with E. to W. Ithin a co- at night, Itween N. as (if it lave it on intil they 10 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 11 find by their lead good anchorage, which will be 4 or 5 miles abore the light-h'^use. The bottom is good from the light-house to Sandy vn\»ty about 8 miles over, a depth of water from 12 to 6 fathoms ; a vesseVihay turn jp without meeting any obstruction whatev^y except the shore ow each side, taking care to keep the lead going, in order to discover the •hore soundings, when, the weather is so dark as to hide the land off the shore on both sides. The passstge is n«t more than 1^ mile wide frotn the middle head of the island (which is about 3 miles above the light on the same side) ever to the eastern shore. Coming from the eastward, or seaward, there is a rock, which is seldom, if ever, covered'with water, called the Bell, (by some it is called the Bull, and others the Cow) whitih bears from the light, E. 20^ N. 2^ miles distant. It is bold too', on any side of it, and may be passed at a pistol shot with safety ; and a run of 4 or 6 miles N. W. from it, will bring you up to some where about the Middle head, whence you proceed up channel about N. N, W. to S^ndy point, off which runs a spit of sand, which must be avoided by keeping further to the westward. This is the only obstacle in the whole passafte, and you may anchor below it if night, as it would not be proper, or even necessary, for a stranger to attempt it, finding such good anchorage before you come to it. After rounding Sandy point, the town appears, and you may run up without difficulty. \. «;, [Shelburne affords an excellent port of shelter to vuteh in distrest, of any kind, as a small supply of cordage and duck cany almost at any time, be had- Carpenters can be procured/or repairing ; pump, block, and sail-makers also. It affords plenty of spars and provisions of every kind, in tolerable plenty. JVater is easily provided, of an excellent quality. If a vessel enters at the Cuslom-hou/e, the charges aire, high ; that, howevcTf it seldom necessary.] The fellowing bearings and di$tance$ were taken at the light-house. From the light-house to Berry^s or Sunbridge point, N. 40° E. 2 miles. From ditto to Straptub rock, of! the above, N. 45° E. 2 miles. From ditto to the Bell rock, E. 20° N. 2^ miles. From ditto to the south end of the weMernnost Bagged island, N. 84° E. 7 miles. From ditto to the eaeternmost Ragged island, N 86° SO' £. 10) miles. From ditto to the S. W. breaker of the-Racged isJands, S. 81° 34' E. 8 miles. From ditto to Cape Negro, S. 39° IV. 9 rnHes. From ditto to the Jig rock, (wliich almost always breaks, and lies in shore of the track into Shelburne) S. 28° W. IJ mile. Latitude of the light-house, - • 43° 42' 30^' N. Longitude from London, - - 65° 8' W. Variation of tlie compass, 13° westerly. Port Mills. The entrance of Port Mills has a vfery rugged appearance, several ledges and breakers lying scattered before it. Conting from the eastward, when you have passed Thomas' island, which has hi^rodky cliffs on the east side, and sunken rocks, extending in a S. W. direction near onfe mile from its southern point, keep a good look out for the Tigef, $ breaker, lying south, half a mile from Rug point, \^hich ydti will leaV% without you, and haul up N. W. by N. sloping your course along Muffat island, to avoid the shoal stretching midway over from the eastern sh. W. at the rate of half ti mile an hour ; hut it altcrH its couriic, and incrtuweM itn velocity near the endn of thf> inland : ut half Hood it Htreamn north, and south at half cbh, ^vith great Aviftne^H acroHH theiiorth-caxt and north-west barn, therefore dangcrouH to approach without a commanding breexc. The north-cai*t bar runs out F. N. E. about 4 leagueiit from the eastern extremity of the iHland, all which Hiii very nhoal, having in few places more than 2, 3, or 4 fothomo ; whence it continues emt and K. by S. deepening giaduullv to 2, 15, and 18 fa- thoms at the dit*tance of 8 or 10 leagues, and shapes to the south and 8outh-ea<«loping gcptly to tiO and 70 fathoms. '1 o the northward and eastward it is very steep ; and in n run of 3 miles, the water will deepen to 130 fathoms. Abreast the body of the isle the soundings arc more gra* dual. The shoal ground of the northwest bar, shapes to the westward, and deepens gradually to 70 fathoms, at the distance of 20 or 26 leagues from the isle, and winds easterly and southerly until it meets the sound- ings of the north-east bar. The quahty of the bottom in general, is very fine su^nd, with a fewitmall transparent stones : to the northward, iutd close to the north-east bar, the sand is mixed with many black specks ; but near the north-wfst bar, the sand has a greenish colour. The north-east bar breaks in bad weather, at the distance of 8 and 10 leagues from the island ; but in moderate weather, a ship may cross it, at 5 leagues distance, with great safety, in no less than 8 or 9 fathoms ; and if the weather is clear, the island may be seen thence very distinctly from a boat. The north-west bar breaks in bad weather, at 7, and sometimes at 8 miles from the island ; but when the sea is smooth, ships may cross it, within the distance of 4 miles in 7 fathoms. Along^fhe north and the south sides of the island are many spits of sand, extending nearly parallel, and within a mile from the shore. Vessels may anchor on the north side of the island, between these spits, and not be liable to be drove off by southerly winds. On the south side it is boldest off the body of the island, having 10 and 12 fathoms; within a mile from the shore : but towards the bar it is more shoal, and dangerous to ap- proach, for the currents, which are uncertain, are in a great degree influ- enced by the winds which have preceded. The surf beats continually on the shore, and in cntly MU to the douth- rant. The nuked stiiitl hillM nrc IM\ feet of periK'ii(li«',ular height iihove the level o{ high WHter murk, ..;. ' iilwuyH appear rory white. Mount Knight ix in the nhape of a pyramid, nitunted in a follow between % nteep rlifl'M. Mount Luttrel, iH a remHrkahle hummock on the ton of a lurgt; Kwellinft >» the land. Onitia hill iH a knob at the top of aclifl, the heigat of which iH 126 feet perpendicular above hiuh water murk. The Vnle of Misery in alHO remarkable aH in Sniith'H Flag-Atatf, a bir^e hill, with a regular ascent every way. From the offing, the south side of the inland appcnrn like a long ridge of nandy cliftn, lensening towards the west end, which is very low. The Nova Scotia Banks extend nearly 70 lehgnes, iu a westerly direc- tion, from the isle of Sable : they arc from 20 to 25 leagues wide ; untf their inner edges are from M to 18 leagues off shore ; they are intersect- ed by narrow winding channels (the bottom of which ih mud) running north-west and south-east. Between these banks and the shore, are se- veral small inner banks, with deep water and muddy bottom. The water deepens gradually from the isle of Sable, to the distance of 22 leagues, in 50 fathoms, fine gravel ; thence proceeding westward, the gravel be- comes coarser ; at the distance of 23 leagues, and south from Prospect harbour, you have from 30 to 35 fathoms, large stones ; and continuing westward to the western extremity of the banks, the soundings are rocky and shoal to 18 and 15 fathoms, Cape Sable bearing N. by W. distance Id let^ues. The south-west extremity of bank Q,uero lies 26 miles E. N. E. ^ N. from the east end of the isle of Sable. This bank extends E. by N. 35 leagues in width ; its shoalest part is about 5 leagues from its eastern ex- tremity, in 16 and 18 fathoms, slimy sand and clams ; from whence it deepens regularly every way to 60 and 70 fathoms towards the edges pf the bank. This bank is st*"'p to : and from its soundings on the north side, you will fall immediately in 90 or 100 fathoms, black mud, and in 120 fathoms on the south side. ^ [See CHART of tht before-mentioned Coast, published bi/ E. M. BLUJ^, 1820.] REMARKS. - The eastern extremity of Great Breton island (which ships sailing from Europe to Nova Scotia, in general choose to make) appears on the sea shore, and some way back into the country, barren and rocky ; and the tops of the hills being so much alike, have nothing remarkable. The light-house and town of Louisburg, on making that part of the island, are immediately seen. The coast to the westward continues rocky on the shore, with a few banks of red earth, and appears less barren. Cape Blancherotte is a remarkable cliff of whitish earth, lying just on the east of the isle of Saint Esprit (which is a small woody island, 2 miles distant from the shore with a breaker 1 mile and a half without it) from whence *he land is low to the Richmond isles, on which appear several small banks of bright red earth, and beaches between them. Albion cliff is rocky, and remarkably high and steep. In sailing through the gut of Canso, ships pass between it and the isles of Canso, which are surrounded with many low white rocks, and breakers extending from them. The south shore of the bay of Chedabucto is iron bound and steep too ; ^nd the north shore mostly red cliffs and beaches. From the southern entruacc northward through the |ut, the west shore **-! It> Rliinffl Amrrican Count Pilot. 10 F.ay Vutte, and fw far m port Chediack and Cocaigne, the ithore in bound with red cliffH and beacheH undei them. The inland country between Frederick's bay and the bu«iu ot' Cobei^uid, appear* remarkably high to veviieltt iu the offing. From Caniio, westward to Torbny, the nhore makeit in several white rocky head* and points ; here the country in much broken ; and near White head, many white i>toncM appear from the oiling, like nheep in the woodfl ; thence to LiHCumb harbour there are baiikx of red earth and beacheH, and from Liitcumb harbour to the rugged iitlandM (excepting th(> white islands, which arc white rockH) the capen and outer ixlandii are bound with black slaty rocka, generally running out in iipitH from cast to weHt ; and from the rugged islands to the Devil's island, at the entrance of the harbour of Halifax you have several remarkable steep red clifl's linked with beacheH. From. Halifax, westward to Charlotte bay, the country from the offing is very rocky and broken ; the shore is steep too, and bound with white, rocky cliffs. The high lands of Haspotageen, on the eost side of Mecki lenburg bay, are very remarkable ; from whence proceeding westward, the rocks which surround the shore are black, with some banks of red earth. Between cape Le Have (which is a remarkable promontory, bald •n the top, with u red bank under it, facing the south westward) and Port Jackson, there are some hummocln within land about which the country i|ppears lo'v and level from the sea ; and on the shore white rocks and stony beaches, with several low bald points, from whence to Port Camp- bell the land is woody. About the entrance of Port Haldimand, and with- in land, are several barren spots, which, from the olhng, are easily dis- cerned ; from whence to Cape bable the land appears level and bnv ; and on the shore are some cliffs of exceeding white sund, particularly in the entrance of Port Haldimand, and on Cape Sable where they are very ob- servable from sea. From Cape Sable, sailing up the Bay of Fundy, you pass the Seal Islcfi and Tusket Bald Isles ; the latter of which are small green isles, with red banks of earth ; the shore between this and Cape St. Mary is surrounded with banks of red earth, and the country within appears even und weU clothed with wood. The coast from the south part of Long island to the gut of Annapolis is nearly straight ; the shore is bound with high rocky cliffs, al^^ve which is a range of hills, which rise to a considerable height ; their tops appear smooth and unbroken, excepting near the Great passage. Little passage, Sandy Cove, and Gulliver's Hole, where those hills sink in a valley. From the gut of Annapolis up the bav to Cape Split, the coast continues straight and nearly in the same direction, witli a few rocky cliffs near the gut, and many banks of red earth under high lands, which appear very even. In the gut leading into the basin of mines from Cape Split to Cape Blow-me-down, and from Cape Dore, on the uo^b side, to P^ridge isl- 10 Edit \\e^ lo tli«' rocky re«l be gut iiutt irh iippvur i(H to|» br- p«Mi it 1111(1 )in tlu* rr- irtliUttrol, my Vt'tt**, [| with rcil 'ri»«lcrick'i ihcIh ill the ffttl white ; tind near loep in tho ciii'th mill cptiiiK th<> » arc buuixi it to went ; ince of the lifl'M htikud n the offing with white, » of Mccki I wcHtward, nks of red ntory, bsild 1) and Port he country rockH and 'ort Camp* , and with- easily diti- d \m\ ; and rly in the e very ob- Seal Isles [», with red lurrounded In und well Annapolis )ve which )ps appear le passage, a valley, continues fs near the jpear very |lit to Cape tridge wl- 10 Bdit. Blunt'o American ConHt Pilot. 17 mid, the land ri«i»"i ntinoMt iMrp^mliruInr from tho «horr to a very j^rpiit hi'i^ht. Between Capf Hbiw-niCMlown, und l'artrid|{(> i«laiid, theii' in ii Ki'eat diiplh of wat«>r, and ihi* HtrtMni of the tui-rciit, cvuii ut the limeN i)t' ncup tidcH i|oi"4 not run Ii-mi than five or Nix kiiul<«. ( ape liore aiul Cape Chii^iierto are hijch landM, with very atr^prliirii of rorkn and red <}frth, and deep water ('lo<«e under 'hem ; ^«>u have nearly the name kind of nhore to llii> head of (^hiKuerlo Ray, where very ex- teiiHive tlatrt of mud and qiiirkMaiidn are |et\ dry at low water. The ti to 7U feet perpendicular. Thu Ule llanto it* roinarkable for tlu! i^eat height nnd ittcppnciiM of the rocky clitVii, which neeni to overhang on iln wc«t nido. Directions for JVavigutini( on part of the South Coast of Nrwrutindluiid. (N. B. All Dearings antt Coune$ Itereafter mentioned are the true Beartngi and Coursen, and not by Coinpa$i,] Capk Chapeaurou^e, or the mountain of the Red Hat, is Hitiiated on the wetit Hide of i'lucentia bay, in the latitude of 46" 63' North, and lief nearly west 17 or Hi leagues from Cape St. Maries ; it is the higheat and moMt remarkable land on that part of the coast, appearing above tha rest somewhat like the crown of a hat, and may be seen in clear weather 12 leagues. Close to the eastward of Cape Chapeaurouge are the harboun of Great and Little St. Lawrence. To sail into Ureat St. Lawrence, which is the westernmost, there is no danger but what lies very near the 8)u)rc ; tak- ing care with westerly, and particularly S. W. wiuds, not to come too near the Hat Mountain, to avoid the fferrys and eddy winds under the high lands. The course in, is first N. W. till you open the upper part of the harbour, then N. N. W. ^ W. ; the best pl^cc lor large shipa to anchor, and the best ground is before a cove on the euMt side of the harbour in 13 fathoais water, a little above Blue Beach Point, which is the lirst point on the west side ; here you lie only two points open : you may anchor any where between this point and the point of Low Be'ich, on the samo side near the head of the harbour, observing that close to the west shore, the ground is not so good as on the other side. Fishing vessels lay at the head of the harbour above the beach, sheltered from all winds. To sail into Little St. Lawrence, you must keep the west shore on board, in order to avoid a sunken rock which lies a Kttic without the point of the Peninsula, which stretches off from the east side of the harbour <• you anchor above this Peninsula (which cover? you from the >ea winds) in 3 andiA fathoms water, a 6ne shndy bottom. In these harbours are |i|^od fishing conveniences, and plenty of wood and water. Ships may anchor without the Peninsula in 12 fathoms good ground, but open to the S. S. E. Sanker head lies 3 miles to the eastward of Cape Chapeaurouge ; it is a pretty high roimd point, off which lie some aunkwi CQcks, about a cablets length from the shore. -'"'* Garden bank, whereon is from 7 to 17 fathoms waf^r, lies about half a 18 Rliinfi; Amrricnti Con.tt Pilot. 10 Edit. milt* oflf (mm l.iKlfl St. I^imrencc, with Uluc Bench Foinl on with the OA-t |Niint of (ircnt St. Luwrrtir«. Frrr^liinil KctMi, ho* S. \V. I mile rmm Cap« ChtpcniiroiiKP ; it in a high ro'ky i<«lanii, jiiMt ii(>|inriitiiil itixl Cnp4! ChiilH*:itiroiig(>, iiri* Niilhricht muikM to ktmw thit luuhoiirit of St. liiiwrrncr. VV«iit h liiiU'H rmm K(>ri')liittil >l«>ii«l, Ucm thr hay ot' liaiiii, in thr hi>(o torn of whicli arc ttvi umiill inU*t«, nillcii (iicat luxl l.ittir liHiiti. Litth? Latin, whirh in thr Ciwti'rnin«)!*t, Uv* «»|mmi t«» thr .s. W. winiU, wliirh gc- n«rnlly prevail upon thin r«)iiitt ; nmi thcrft'oi-f* no pliiro to anchor in. (Iri'iit liaini h«>M Ml nliont N. hy K. 'i mit('«, in ;H>ar half ii niih^ mkU', whereon ii tVoni 14 to :» t'atlionH water. Ti* i^ail into it, yoti inu» and Tj t'atlioniH ; the hotlom in pretty Kood ; iinil you ure Mheltered (Voin all uindx, wnU', Ml ll)«l*>t Im> ' II niilo oflf >itl(>, iiIm>ii( ri'tty KOod ; kvhii'h blow ii bur hill- I'ur ii iislie* mil*, not far W. Hoiitb- tnilo to the 11 very bwd ul ihcy ure vrstwiinl of ii i|Uiirtcr of out n low )ovc water, k lieu W. a 5 to the off is W. ? N. ry shallow der water, west point the nioun* I W. by S. s may an- rably well age, goinc; )y keeping ist side. — ater, by a N. W. arm ences for a oint of the I Lamelin leave this and Point :m being 3 u mu6t not 10 edit. Blunt*>4 Amorirnn CooMt Pilot, 19 briiif the iMliindu of Lunirlni to the Mouthwiird of raHl, until Point May, or thi^ wvatrni cxlreinily of llif t.uid hvnr N. by ii. from you ; you ni.iy tli«*ii ■teor to tbr tiortliwiird Willi <«.iti-t>, bi*tivt*rn I'oiiit iMuy uhil (iiiMMi Inland. In ttif tii((bt, ttr toKxy w«Mitbi-r, you ou^bt to hv vory <'iir«*ful not to ap* prourh Ibr^f liulgt-i witbin M) fithoinM wiiIim'. lot you get i>titiingl«<(| uniong^t tbiuii. Ui'tweiMi tbtun and the main arc varioun HoundiugN from' IG to .') fathom*. All th«* land about Cape rb:ipf>iiuroug(> and l.auii, is high and hilly r|o<«e to the Men ; from Laiiii i«laii)l~ to liamrliii it in of ii modcnile bright \ from I.amelin to I'oint May, the land near the xhore i« v^ry low, with nandy beac-lu'M, but a little way iidaiul are mountaiiiH. The loland of St. i'eti'r'x li«><4 in the latitude Ul** IH' north, W. by S. near r^leagucH I'rom Cape (baprHUroiigr, anil W. by S. \ S. h loagues frotn the iMlaniU of I -Ii high, le iMlaiKiH oi i.unielln ; it i!t alioiK :i leagues in ciitiiu, mid pretty in, with ii craggy, broken, uneven Hurface. Coming frwm the woittwurd, n« Mooii iiH you raise (tallantry Mead, whirh in the rtouth pcunt of the iidnud, it will make in u lound hummock, like a small island, and appeam as if Heparatcd from St. I'eter'«. On the east sido «if the islaiul, a little to th« N. K. of (Jalluntry Head, lie three Hmall islands, the iiinermust of which in the largest, called Dog Island ; within this island is the road and bnr< hour of St. I'eter's ; the harbour is but small, and hath in it from Ii to Hi) feet water ; but there is aburucross the eutranec, whereon there in but feet at low water, and 12 or 14 feet at high water. The road which yes on the N. VV.oidu of Dog Uland will admit »«hips uf any burthen, but it is only lit fur the summer season being open to the N. K. winds ; you may lie in B, 10, or 1'^ fathoms, and for the most part is u hard rocky bol< tom ; there is very little clear ground ; ships of war commonly buoy thei; cables ; the best ground is near the north shore. Going in or out, y<> ; must not range too near the east side of Hoar Island, which is the »'asier . most of the three islands above mentioned, for fear of some sunke?i •'». ' which lie cast about 1 mile from it, and which is the only danger ubuuk m. Peter's, but what lies very near the shore. The island of Columbo is a small circuit, hut pretty high, and lies very near the N. K. point of St. Peter's ; between them is a very good psiss- nge, ^ of a mile wide, wherein is 12 fathoms water. On the north sido of the island is a rock pretty high ijbove water called little Columbo : and about a (piartcr of a mile N. K. from this rock is a nunken rock, whereou is 2 fathoms water. The island of Langly, which lies on the N. W. nide of St. Peter's, is about 8 leagues in circuit, of a moderate and pretty equal height, except the north end, which is a low point, with sand hills along it ; it is flat a little way ofl' the low land on both sides of it ; but all the high pfirt of the i-^lnnd is very bold too, and the passage between it and St. Peter's (which is 1 league broad) is clear of danger. Von may anchor on the N. E. side of the island, a little to the southward of the Sand Hills, in Tj and 6 fathoms, a tine sandy bottom, sheltered from the southerly, S. W. and N. W. winds. There is no passage between the north point of Langly arwl the south point of the island of Miquelon, which island is 4 luaaiues in length from north to south, but of an unequal breadth ; the middle of the island is high land, called the high land of Dunn ; but down by the shore it is low, except Cape Miquelon, which is a lofty promontory at. the noi'ihcrn ex- tremity of the island. On the S. E. side of the Hiiuid, to the southward of the high laad, is tt if> 20 Blunf 8 American C6ast Pilot. 10 Edit. pretty large bar harbour, caUe«l Dunn Harbour, which will admit fishing shallops at half flood, bj't can never be of any utility for a fishery. Miquciou Ilork stretches ofl' from the east point of the iriland, under the hijjfh land 1^ mile to the eantwar.i, some are above and Home un- der water ; the outermost of these rocks are above water, and you have 12 fathoms close to them, and 18 and 20 fathoms 1 mile ofl". N. E. •J N. 4 or b miles from these rocks lies Miquelon bank, whereon is 6 fa- thoms water. The roaa8sage which you must be aware of. You may anchor any where undef the shore, between Grand Bank and Great Garnish in 8 and 10 fathopai^^ water, but yuu are only sheltered from the land winda. 22 Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. Point Enragee is but low, but a little way in the country is high land ; this point may be known by two hummocks upon it cJose to the shore, but you mirst be very near, otherwise the elevation of the high lands will hinder you from discovering them ; close to the point is a rock un- der water. From Point Enragee to the head of the bay the course is first N. E. | E. 3 leagues to Grand Jervey ; then N. E. by E. -J E. 7^ leagues to the head of the bay ; the land in general along the south side is high, bold too, and of an uneven height, with hills and vallies of various extent ; the vallies for the most part clothed with wood, and watered with small rivulets. Seven leagues to the eastward of Point Enragee, is the bay L'Argent, wherein you may anchor in 30 or 40 fathoms water, sheltered from all winds. Xhe entrance of harbour Mille is to the eastward of the east point of L'Argent ; before this harbour and the bay L'Argent, is a remarkable rock, that at a distance appears like a shallop under sail. Harbour Mille branches into two arms, one lying in to the N. E. and the other toward« the E. at the upper part of both is good anchorage, and various sorts of wood. Between this harbour and Point Enragee, are several bar har- bours in small bays, wherein are sandy beaches, off which vessels may anchor, but they must be very near the shore to be in a moderate depth of water. Cape Mille lies N. N. E. J^ L. 1 league from the before mentioned Shallop rock, and near 3 leagues from the head of Fortune bay is a high, reddish barren rock. The width of Forttme bay at Cape Mille, does not exceed half a league, but immediately below it, it is twice as wide, by which this cape may easily be known : above this cape the land on both sides is high, with steep craggy cliffs. The head of the bay is terminated by a low beach, behind which is a large pond or bar harboar, into which boats can go at quarter flood. In this and Ml the bar harbours between it and Grank bank, are convenient places for building of stages, and good beaches for drying of fish, for great numbers of boats. Grand L'Pierre is a good harbour, situated on the north side of the bay, half a league from the head ; you can see no entrance until you are abreast of it ; there is not the least danger in going in. And you may an- chor in any depth from 8 to 4 fathoms, sheltered from all winds. English harbour lies a little to the westward of Grand L'Pierre ; it is very small and fit only for boats and small vessels. To the westward of English harbour ie a small bay called Little bay de Leau, wherein are some small islands, behind which is shelter for small vessels. New harbour is situated opposite Cape Mille, to the westward of Bay de Leau ; it is but a small inlet, yet hath good anchorage on the west side in 9, 8, 7, and 5 fathoms water sheltered from the S. W. winds. Harbour Femme, which lies half a league to the westward of New harbour, lies in N. E. hulf a league, is very narrow, and hath in it 23 fathoms water ; before the entrance is an island, near to which are some rocks above water : the passage into tlve harbour is to the eastward of the island. One league to the westward of Harbour Femmc, is a small cove called Brewer's Hole, wherein is shelter for fishing boats ; before this cove is a small island near the shore, and some rocks above water. Harbour le Conte is situated 1 mile to the westward of Brewer's Hole, 10 Edit. ligh land ; he shore, ligh lands a rock un- st N. E. I los to the high, bold 19 extent ; ^ith small L'Argent, d from all »9t point of emarkable bour Mille er toward« js sorts of 1 bar har- !ssels may rate depth mentioned ^ is a high, 5, does not I wide, by d on both erminated nto which jetween it and good if the bay, you are may an- rre ; it is e bay de for small rd of Bay west side 1 of New in it 23 are some tward of ve called s cove is r's Hole, 10 Edit. Blunfs American Coast Pilot. 2j» before which are two inlands, one without the other ; the outermost of which is the largest, is of a tolerable height, and lies in a line with the coast, and is not easy to be distinguished from the main in sailing along the shore. To sail into this harbour, the best passage is on the west side of the outer island, and between the two ; as soon as you begin to open the harbour, you must keep the inner island close on board, in order to avoid some sunken r©cks that lay near a small island, which you will discover between the N. E. point of the outer island and the opposite point on the main ; and likewise another rock under water, which lays higher up on the side of the main ; this rock appears at low water. As soon as you are above these dangers, you may steer up in the middle of the channel, until you open a fine spacious basin, wherein you may anchor in any depth from .*j to 17 fathoms water, shut up from all winds ; the bottom is sand and mud. In to the eastward of the out«r island, is a small cove fit for small vessels and boats, and conveniences for the fishery. Long harbour lies 4 miles to the westward of harbour le Conte, and'N. E. by N. 5 leagues from Point Enragee ; it may be known by a small island in the mouth of it, called Gull island ; and half a mile without this island is a rock above water, that hath the appearance of a small boat. There is a passage into the harbour on each side of the island, but the broadest is the westernmost. Nearly in the middle of this passage, a lit- tle without the island, is a ledge of rocks, whereon is 2 fathoms water : a little within the island on the S. E. are some sunken rocks, about 2 cables length from the shore, lying off two sandy coves ; some of these rock* appear at low water. On the N. W. side of the harbour 2 miles within the island is Morgan's Cove, wherein you may anchor in 15 fathoms wa- ter, and the only place you can anchor unless you run into, or above the Narrows, being every where else very deep water. This harbour runs 5 leagues into the country, at the head of which is a salmon fishery. A little to the westward of Long harbour is Bell bay, which extends 3 leagues every way, and contains several bays and harbours. On the east point of this bay is Hare harbour, which is fit only for small vessels andr boats, before which are two small islands, and some rocks above and un- der water. Two miles to the northward of Hare harbour, or the point of Bell bay, is Mall bay, being a narrow arm, lying in N. E. by N. 3 miles, where- in is deep water, and no anchorage until at the head. Rencontre islands lie to the westward of Mall bay, near the shore ; the westernmost which is the largest, has a communication with the main at low water ; in and about this island are shelter for smr.U vessels and boats. Bell harbour lies 1 league to the westward of Rencontre islands : the passage into the harbour is on the west side of the island : in the mouth of it, as soon as you are within the island, you will open a small cove on the east side wherein small vessels anchor, but large ships must run up to the head of the harbour, and anchor in 20 fathoms water, there being most room. Lally cove lies a little to the westward of Bell harbour : it is a very snug place for small vessels, being covered from all winds behind the island in the cove. Lally head is the west point of Lally cove ; it is a high bluff white point : to the northward of the head is Lally cove back cove, wherein you may anchor in 16 fathoms water. Two miles *.o the northward of Lally cove head, is the bay of the east, and bay ef the north ; in both is deep water, and no anchorag;e|^ualc3S / 24 Blunl'rt American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit very near the shore. At the head of the north bay in the largest river in Fortune bay, and 8cem« a good place for a salmon fishery. The bay of Cincj isles lies to the southward of the North bay ; and op- posite to Lidly cove head there is tolerable good anchorage for large ships on the iS. VV. side of the island in the bottom of the bay. The north arm is a very snug place for bmall vessels ; at the head of this arm is a sal- mon river. A little to the southward of the bay of Cinq isles is Corben bay, wherein is good anchorage for any ships in 22 or 24 fathoms water. S. E. about 2 miles from Lally cove head, are 2 islands about a mile from each other ; the north easternmost is called Bell Island, and the other Do;; Island ; they are of a tolerable height, and bold too all round. Between Dog Island and Lord and Lady Island, which lies oif the south point of Corben bay, is a sunken rock (somewhat nearer to Lord and Lady, than Dog Island) whereon the sea breaks in very bad weather, and every where round it very deep water. About a quarter of a mile to the northward of the north end of Lord and Lady Island, is a rock that ap- pears at low water. Bande de La'rier bay lies on the west point of Bell bay and N. N. W. A W. near 3 leagues from Point Enragee ; it may be known by a very high mountain over the baj', which rises almost perpendicular n-om the sea, called Iron head. Chappel Island, which forms the east side of the bay, is high land also. The harbour lies on the west side of the bay, just within the point, formed by a narrow low beach ; it is very small, but a snug place, and conveniently situated for the cod fishery. There is a to- lerable good anchorage along the west side of the bay, from the harbour up towards Iron head in 18 and 20 fathoms water. The bank of Bande de La'rier, whereon is no less than 7 fathoms, lies with the beach of Bande de La'rier harbour, just open of the west point of the bay, and Boxy point on with the north end of St. Jaques island. Two miles to the westward of Bande de La'rier, is the harbour of St. Jaques, which may be easily known by the island before it. This island is high at each end, and low in the middle, and at a distance looks like 2 islands, it lies N. 30** E. 8J- leagues f;om the cape of Grand bank, and N. E. by E. 7 leagues from the east end of Brunet. The passage into the harbour is on the west side of the island ; there is not the least danger in going in, or in any p.irt of the harbour ; you may anchor in any depth from 17 to 4 fathoms. , Two miles to the westward of St. Jaques is the harbour of Blue Pin- ion ; it is not near so large, or so safe as that of St. Jaques ; near to the head of the harbour, on the west side, is a shoal, whereon is two fathoms at low water. , A little to the westward of Blue Pinion is English cove, which is very email, wherein small vessels and boats can anchor ; before it and very near the shore is a small island. Boxy point lies S. W. by W. J W. 2^ leagues from St. Jaques island, N. N. E. near 7 leagues from the cape of Grand Bank, and N. E. a E. 13 miles from the east end of Brunet island ; it is of a moderate height, the most advanced to the southward of any land on the coast, and may be dis- tinguished at a considerable distance ; there are some sunken rocks otf it, but they lay very near the shore, and are no way dangerous. N. N. E. 3 miles from Boxy point, is the harbour of Boxy ; to sail into it you must keep Boxy point just open of Freyer's head (a black head a little yt^in the point) in this directjion you will keep in the middle of the 10 Edit. 10 Edit. BluDl's Aineiicau Coast Pilot. 2^ It i-iver in ; an«l op- irge ships north arm n id u sul- , wherein ml n mile , and the all round. ' the south Lord and i\ther, and nile to the k that ap- N. N. W. very high n the sea, >[ the bay, I bay, just nail, but a ;re is a to- le harbour horns, lies west point ; island. our of St. his island ks like 2 ik, andN. into the danger in [any depth Ifilue Pin- ;ar to the rq fathoms |h is very land very lies island, J E. 13 |eight, the jy be dis- [cks otf it, |o sail into ck head a ^le of the channel between the Hhoals which lay off from each point of the harbour, where the stages are ; as soon us you are within these shoals which co- vox you from the sea winds, you may anchor in 5 and 4 fathoms water, fine sandy ground. West 1 mile from Boxy point is the island of St. John's, which is of a tolerable height, and steep too, except at the N. E. point where is a shoal a little way off. N. W. half a league from St. John's island is St. John's head, which is a high, steep, craggy point. Hotween St. John's head and Boxy point is St. John's bay, in the bottom of which is St. John's harbour, wherein is only water for boats. On the north side of St. John's head are two rocky islands, called the Gull and Shag ; at the west end of these islands are some sunken rocks. One league and a half to the northward of St. John's head is the Great bay de Lean, wherein is good anchorage in various depths of water, shel- tered from ail winds. The best passage in, is on the ea/. aiAe of the isl- and, lying in the mouth of it ; nothing can enter in on the west side but small vessels and shallops. To the westward of Bay de Lean, .3 miles N. N. W. from St. John's head is Little Bay Barrisway, on the west side of which is good anchorage for lirge ships in 7, 8, or 10 fathoms w.itcr : here is good fishing conve* niencies, with plenty of wood and W'>fer. Harbour Britain lies to the westward of Little Bay Barrisway, north 1^ league from the island of Sagona, and N. by E. from the east end of Brunet. The two heads which form the Entrance of this harbour or bay are pretty high, and lay from each other E. N. E. and W. S. W. above two miles ; near the east head is a rock above water, by which it may be known ; there are no dangers in going in until you are the length of the south point of the S. W. arm, which is more than a mile within the west head ; from off this point stretches out a ledge of rocks N. E. about two cables length ; the only place for king's ships to anchor is above this point, before the S. W. arm, in 16 or 18 fathoms water, mooring nearly E. and W. and so near the shore as to have the east head on with the point above mentioned ; the bottom is very good ^nd the place convenient for wood- ing and watering. In the S. W. arm is roonti for a great number of mer- chant ships, and many conveniencies for fishing vessels. Opposite to the S. W. arm is the N. E. arm, or Jerseyman's harbour, which is capable of holding a great number of ships securely sheltered from all winds. To sail into it you must keep the point of Thompson's beach (which is the beach point at the entrance into the S. W. arm) open of Jerseyman's head (which is a high bluff head at the north entrance in- to Jerseyman's harbour) this mark will lead you over the bar in the best channel, where you will have 3 fathoms at low water ; as soon as you open the harbour, haul up noi'th, and anchor where it is most contenient, in 8^ 7, or 6 fathoms water, good ground, and sheltered from all winds. In this harbour are several convenient places for erecting many stages, and good beach room. Jerseymen generally lay their ships up in this harbour, and cure their fish at Fortune and Grand bank. From harbour Briton to the west end of Brunet, and to the Plate isl- ands, the course is S. W. by S. 6^ leagues to the southernmost Plate. From the harbour Briton to Cape Miquelonia S. W. | W. 10 leagues. From the west head of harbour Briton to Cannaigre head, the course is W. by S. distant 2 leagues ; between them are Gull island and Deadman's hay. Gull island lies close under the land, 2 jniles to the westward of 4 26 Blunt^ti American Coast Pilot. 10Eint, which lay, is of a it to Pass It. •t, is hilly, tend 4 or The land to that OQ er clothed ie face of on ; it is shore, is side are from the of a mile which is 1 you may tuated for ! no great deceived re, and in several of its contained bays and harbours, than in the middle of the bny itHcir Dticription of Hennitdj^r Bay. From Ph»m inland ta GreiU Jarviu harbour, at the entrance into the bay «f Oospiiir, the course m N. by K. ^ K. near ;j leagues ; and from Pass island to the west e\\A of Long island, the course is N. N. E. 8 miles, be^ Iween them is the bay of lleriqjtage, which Ues in ^. N. £. 8 leagues from Piiss island, ivith very deep water in most parts of it. The t^o Fox itilunds^ which are but small, lie nearly in the middle of Hermitage bay, 3 leagues and a half from Pass island ; near to these islr ands is good fishing ground. Hermitage coyc i^ «ii the south side of the bay, opposite to Fox's isl- ands : to sail into it« you must keep between the islands and the south shore, where there is Qo,t the least danger ; in this cove is good anchorage ibr shipping io 8 and 10 iitthon^s water, and good fishing conveniences with plenty of wood and water. Long island whjch separates the bay of Despair from Hermitage, is of a triangular form, about 8 leagues in circuit, of a tolerable height, is hilly, uneven, and barren. The east entrance into the bay of Despair from Hermitage bay, is by the west end of Long island : about | a mile from the S. W. point of the said island, are 2 rocks above water« with deep water all roiuid them. Long island harbour* lies on the st^uth side of Long island, 2| miles from the west end ; before which is an island, and several rocks above water <, there is a narrow piissage into the harbour on each side of the island ; this harbour is foraged by 2 arms, one lying into the north, and the other to the eastward ; they are both very narrow, and have in them from 42 to 7 fathoms watejr ; the casjt aim is the deepest and best anchorage. Round harbour, wherein is 6 fathoms water, lies near 2 miles to the eastward of Long island harbour, and is idso in Long island ; it will only admit very small vessels, by reason the channel going in is very narrow. Harbour Picarre lies N. by W. \ a league from Little Fox island, (which is the westernmost of Fox islands ;), to sail into it, you must keep near the west point, to avoid some sunken rocks off the other, and an.- chor in the first cove on the east side, in 9 or 1.0 fathoms, sheltei%d from all winds. Galtaus harbour, which is but small, lies near the east point of Long island ; at the entrance are several rocky islands. The best channel into the harbour^ is on the west side of these islands, wherein is 4 fathoms water, but in the harbour is from 15 to 24 fathoms. Here are several places proper for erecting stages ; and both this harhour and Picarre are conveniently situated for a fishery, they lying contigiious to the fishing grounds about Fox islands. between the east end of Long island and the main, is a very good'pasr sage out of Hermitage bay, into the bay of Despair. • » description of the Bay of Despair, The entranpe of the bay of Despair lies between the west end of Long i^aikl and Great Jervis island (an island in the mouth of the harhour iiy, botwren it ami Farhoux, in Muh- ketn covr, u nniall iul«t, wlu'icih is from 30 to 17 iHthoiiiH of water. Tho (Mitruiice of the buys of Facheux und DraRon, lies went 4 milon from hoiiiu* hay, and N. VV. hy N. near 3 loaKUfA from 1'iish island ; tliJH entrance is very conspicuous at sea, hy which this part of the coast is easily known. Facheux, which is the easternmost liraiuh, lies in north 2 leagues, and is a third of a mile broad in the narrowest [nxri, which is at the entrance, with deep water in most pnrts of it. One mile up the bay on the west side is a cove, wherein is anchorage in 10 fathoms, with gra- dual soundings into the shore, and a clear bottom ; and farther up the bay, on the same side, arc 2 other coves, wherein is anchorage and plenty of wood and wi..or. Drau;on bay lies in W. N. VV. 1 league, and is near hall u mile broad, wherein is GO and 70 fathoms water, and no anchorage till you come to the head, and then you must be very near the shore toh«; in a moderate depth of water. One mile to the westwani of Facheux is little hole, wherein is shelter for shallops. And one league to the westward of Facheux is Rirhanrs harbour, a snug place for small vessels and tishing shallops, wherein is not more than 23 fathoms. The cast point of this harbour is a very conspi. cuoushigh head, lying W. \ S. 7 miles from Bonne buy, and N. W. > W. 3 leagues from Pass island. VV. by N. l^ league from Richard^s harbour, is Hare bay, which lies in north about 5 miles, is about a third of a mile broad in the narrowest part, with very high land on both sides, and deep water close home to both shores in most parts of it. Near 1 mile up the bay, on the castsid^, is a small cove, wherein is anchorage in 20 fatnoms, with gradual sound- ings into the shore, and 1 league up the bay on the west side, is a very {{ood harbour, wherein is good anchorage in 8, 10, 12 and 16 fathoms, and plenty of wood and water. VV. by N. 4 miles from Hare bay and 1 league N. by VV. from Hare'g Kars point is Devirs bay, a narrow inlet, lying into the northward 1 league, wherein is deep water, and no anchorage till you come close to the head. The bay of Rencontre, which lies to the northward of Hare's Ear point lies in VV. by N. 2 leagues, it is near 4 a mile broad in the narrowest part, with deep water in most parts of it. To anchor in this bay, you must run up above a low woody point on the south side, then haul under the south shore until you are land-locked and anchor in 30 fathoms water. Hare's Ear's point is a pretty large point, with a ragged rock upon it, that frotn some points of view looks like the cars of a hare ; it lies west southerly 11 miles from the point of Richard's harbour, and W. by N, half N. 6 leagues from Pass island : off this point is a tishing bank that extends a mile from the shore, whereon is from 20 to 36 fathoms water. One mile to the northward of Hare's Ears point, at the S. W. en- trance into Rencontre is New harbour, a small harbour, •vherein is anchorage for small vessels in 16 fathoms water, and goo<^ conveniences for a fishery. ^ West 2 miles from Hare's Ears point is the bay of «-''haleur, which lies in first N. VV. then more northerly, in the whole ^ leagues : it is about half a mile broad, and hath very deep water ir«no8t parts* At the north entrance into the bay, close to the shore, if* small island of a tolerable ' -.. N. E. sidfe of thetjay, »e side, is a height, and half a league within the island, ^^'' ^ E« i is a rock above water ; a little within tW-'^^'*' on the FMuiiiV* AriKTic'uii Coast Pilot. 10 Rdiu 10 fliniill rovo nitli a Handy brnrh, ufT which you mny anchor in 20 futhomA u (mIiI«''m Irttj^th from the xhorc. VV. N. W. ncur half a Unij^m*' from Um hay ut'Cliah>iii-, in the liay Fran- coi'^, uliich is a Hmall iiili't, \y\uti in N, N VV. i W. I uuU' ; it in nt'ur | of a niilt! Iiroad at th>> ctitrniK c, and 17 filhuniH il«'('|i ; luit junt within \n 60 and (!(< titthoinn ; at thi' head \n from MO to !JOfathoni<«,go()d ancliuinKt- . and ('.onv't-nicncoN for a tiwhtry. VV. S. VV. H Oar hay ; oO the vt\nt point of the entranct' in a hiw rocky inl- and, ch)Mi> to the ••hore ; from thix point to the entrance into tho hay ol Dc'Mpuir, the (-oiirite in VV. -^ N. hMigncit. In the m«>nth of thin bay i» n rocky inland, and a paM!Ha^o on eacli (tide of it : the bay hen in tirtit N.N. H. n(Mir one h.>aKue, then norths miles ; >t ih one-third of a mile brondin thv narrowest part, with deep water cloHe to both Mhoresall the way up ; the leuMt water irt at (he entrance : at the heiui in a Hniall »*nnK harhonr, lit only for Nmall vcHHeln and fiNhingf^hallopH, wherein in r> iathoiPH water : at the west side of the entrance into the bay N. W. by N. from the rocky island before mentioned, in h Hmall Muig cove, culled Cul de «Sac, wherein is li and 4 fathoms water and good Mhelter for fiKhing vefltteU. Cape la Hunc in the nouthernmoNt point of land on this part of the roast, and lies in the latitude of 47" 31 42 ' N. W. | N. from Fans island, and N. VV. ^ N. lU^ leuguea from Cape Miquilon ; itmay be easily known by its figure, which much resembles u Mugar loaf; but in order to distin- guish this, you must approach the shore at least within 3 leugueH, (unless you are directly to the eastward or westward of it) otherwise the eleva- tion of the high land within it, will hinder you from distinguishing the su- gar loaf hill ; but the cape may always be known by the high land of lu Hune, which lies one league to the westward of it : this land rises di- rectly from the sea to a tolerable height, appears pretty flat at top, and may be seen in clear weather 16 leagues. South 29^ W. 3^ leagues from Cape In Hune, und north 61° W. near 10 leagues from Cape Miquilon, lies the Penguin islands, which are u par- cel of barren rocks lying near to each other, and altogether about two leagues in circuit ; you may approach these islands in the day time to half a league all round, there being no danger at that distance off. On the S. W. side of the large island which is the highest, is a small cove, wherein is shelter for fishing shallops, and good conveniences for a fishery, and there is good fishing round about the island. East 3*^ north, 7 miles from the Penguin islands, and south 0° £. 3 leagues from Cape la Hune, is a dangeroud rock called the Whale rock, whereon the ^a generally breaks ; it is about 100 fathoms in circuit, with 10, 12, and 14 fathoms water close too all round it. From this rock stretches out a narrow bank 1 league to the westward, and half a league to the eastward, whereon is from 24 to 68 fathoms, a rocky and gravelly bottom. In the channel between the shore and this rock, also between the shore and Penguin islands is 120 and 130 fathoms water, a muddy bottom, and the same bottom, and nearly the same depth of water one league without. Round the west poi,t of Cupe la Hune is la Hune bay, which lies in north near 2 leagues, airt is about one-third of a mile broad in the nar- rowest part, which is at the entrance, with deep water in most parts of it. In sailing in or out of tb*»-feiy^ you must keep the cape or east shore on boatd,in order to avoid a ^"^-^^ock which lies off the west point of the ne«r one>*t,jj^ ' r *7'**'»nnel over. Two miles up the entrance into Ae bay, 10 Edit. Bluiit*H AmericttnCoaMt Pilot. 31 htiy, 'tn th^ onnt aido in Liincc covo, wh«r«*in it anrhnrngr in tt^ u.v* 14 ttitlioiDH tviitor, iltMir Kroiiiui, aiul kou«I convciiienrrM tor ii fishery : I «'ii- hIcN Icni^th otV from the Huuth point of tlu* ruvn (whu It in low) i<« a itiiiall tfhuiil, M hereon it l| fathoma, aii the point of the cape, or enMt cntranre into the \r.\y open of a red cUtf point on the Nume mkU', (oR' whi<'h in a rork almve water) until a rouml hill you will nee ovsr the valley of the cove, he brought on the north suU' of the vulley ; yj... will tlu'ii he tthovc the hIiohI, and may haul into the cove with safety. There in a narrow bank which Mtretclien (piite acruxM the hay, from the >4outh point of the cove, to u point on the oppovite iihore, whereon in fnun 27 to 46 fathonm. La Hune hnrbour, wherein is only room for the adinittance of Hniall ve)i« 4elitopen to the wenterly windH, lien half a league to the woNtward of Cap« la Hune ; before which in nn inland close under the Hhore. The passaKR into the harbour in on the N. VV. itide t)f the inland ; there ih no danger in going in, and you muHt anchor clofte up to the head, in 10 fathoms water. Thiit harbour is well situated for a Anhery, there being good fiHhtng ground about it, and other convcnienccn. Much ai« a large ttcach (piite acroHs from the head of the harbour tola Huno bay, which \h UUO feet, exposed to an open nir, which it* a great »dvHnta;<;e for drying of tiHh. Hctween Cape la Hune and Littl" river, tlic land iH t^derable high, and the shore forms a bay, wherein lie several «mall islandrf and rockn above water, the outcrmoHt of which Uch north !i Ica^ueM from tho Penguin isl- irndx ; near theoc rocky and within them are xunken rockn and foul ground ; the pasflAge m very Hafe between the rocks and the Penguin island)*. W. by S. 4 leagues from Cape hi Hune, is the entrance of Little river, which may be known by the land near it, which forms a very conspicuous point on the coast, and tolerable high ; the river in about lUO fathoms broad ot the entrance, and 10 fathoms deep, and affords good anch>r.ige a little way up it, in 10, 8, and 7 fathoms water : its banks are tolerable high and clothed with wood. S. I E. 2 leagues from the entrance of Little river, N. W. ^ N. 2i[ leagues from the Penguin islands, and E. S. E. i[ E. 3> leagues from the isles of Ramea, lie the Little river rocks, which are just above water, and of a very small circuit, with very deep water dl around them. The isles of Ramea, which arc of various extent both for height and circuit, lay N. VV. ^ N. near 6 leagues from the Penguin islands and 1 league from the main ; they extend E. and W. 5 miles, and N. and S. 2 miles : there are several rocks and breakers about them, but more on the S. side than the N. the easternmost i, land, which is the largest, is very high and hilly ; and the westernmost, called Columbe, is u remark- able high round island, of a small circuit, near to which are some rocky islands and sunken rocks. The harbour of Ramea (which is a small commodious harbour for fish- ing vessels) is formed by the islands which lie between Great Ramea and Columbe, the entrance from the westward (which is the broadest) lies £. from Columbe, give the S. point of the entrance a small birth, (off which iire some rocks above water) and steer N. E. into the harbour, keeping in the middle of the channel which is more than a cable's length broad in the narrowest part, and anchor in Ship cove, which is the second on the N. W. side, in 6 fathoms clear ground, and sheltered from all winds. To «ail into it from the eastward, keep the north side of Great Ramea on ■[ i liliint'H Ainrririiii Conni Pilot. 10R ilii'fcti'tl. In thin litirhoiir, iiiui iilioiit llii'Mr iNliiiwU, lire! Ncvrrni ronvrnit'nl (tliM.i'n lor <>riM'ting ol' ktugi'it undilr^iiig ol' fiiih, iiiiil Hcnii wvW tutuali'il ior (liiit |Mir|ioai>. S. K. } S. 4 iniluit fruui KiiiniM, i»r«' 'J rockn iihovr wiiirr, rlom* to (Mich other, catli-il Kiinicu riM:kM : S. W. I Iruguc rruiii IIii'nc rorkn in ii •iniiill H<«hiti|( hnnk, \\ii«-rroii in C tHtluuiiN tviitiT ; it lien, with th«> ruckH nhovt> iiK'iitionctl, on with the W. rnlninc<> ol' Littif* rivnr, lininnK N. K. iinil UauH'ii Coluinhf on with ii hii^li Nadtllc hill, (ralliMl Kirhunl'M hcail) on thr main within thv iNl«M ol' liiirKvn, ht'HriiiK lit'aily N. VV. Nearly in the mititlle hetween Uainea and the ('engiiin iNlandw, '2 lea^ueN iVoni the land, IH a (iNliiiiK hank, whereon in tVotn oO tu 14 ialhotUN. 'I'o run U|ion the Mhoule«it part ol' thin hank, hritiK th« two Kiuiieu rorkn (which lie S. V.. ^ S. I'roiii Kainea ii«landH) on with the S. VV. part of the iNlnndM, or he* Iween them and Culumhe, and Ihu entrance into liiitle river to hear N. by K. J K. Four ntiUs to the wintward ol' Little river, and N, K. hy K. I'roni Ka> inea isJandH, i» OhI Man*H bay, which lien in N. 7 mitcH, and it a mile broad at the entrance, with deep water in ino«t partii of it. N. K. half a league up the bay on the ua^l Hide, in Aduarii island, Ix .ond which i»H the wind ix favoiiralde, by reason the entrance in ho very narrow Tbeiiig but 40 futhoniH broad) and the land high on both »i4t» ; the S. K. point of the entrance into the harbour it* u high white rock ; near acahle'N length from this white rock, or point, iH a black rock above water, on the Houtit Hide of which in a sunken rock, whereon the Hea breakn : from thin black rock to the narrow entrance into the har> iKfiir, is N. VV. ] of a mile. In Hailing in or out of the harbour, give the black rock a nmidl birth, and keep the W. nide inoHton board, it being the nafent. If you ftru obliged to anchor, you muot be verv brink 'n getting a rope on shore, \cAt you tail upon the rockn. In the harbour is from 16 to 30 fathomn, every where good anchorage, and plenty of wood and wa- ter, and fishing conveniencen. In the Narrows ia 12 futhums bold to both Hhores there ; with southerly tuid cantcrly winds it blown right in, with northerly windn out, and with westerly winds it is either calm, or blows in variable puffs. Fox island harbour, which is formed by an island of the same name, lies N. E. by N. from Ramea isles, and half a league to the westward of Musketa harbour ; between them are several rocky islands, and some sunken rocks. This harbour may be known by a high white rock, lying S. ^ a mile from the outer part of the island. There are two passages into the harbour, one on each side of the island, and no danger in either of them but what discovers itself ; it is a small commodious harbour for the fishery, wherein is 6, 8, and 10 fathoms water, and.some beach. White Bear bay lies 2 miles to the westward of Fox island harbour, and N. 1 league from Kuroea islea ; there are several islands in the mouth of it. The best passiige into the bay is to the eastward of all the islands ; it lies in N. E. by G. ^ E. 4 leagues, and is near half a mile broad in the narrowest part, with high land on both sides, and deep water close to both file in ) Ktlit. \h*' hiir- I til loiv lit tht'HP lr>inK«»l" to ltn riMo tlit> ^riMintl lit uui «' to ') i.illioiiK, ,tri>i will .il\*'i'WtiitU liiivo ({riitliiiil 1111111111- itii(" up to tlir hfiiii, iiii'l ^ooil >in('lionii{i*. A littio wiiy inluiul iVoiii tlii> tit'iiil mI' till' hiiy, yiMi li.iv«* il \t'V\ cktcnaivr priMptTt ot' tin* iiitorioi' piirt • tl' iIm> I oiiiitr), uliii II .ip|M',ii'« to Im' iill u liiirri'ii rock, o|' n |tt'ctly <-v«*ii iii'ii^hl, .iiiil wiili'ml Uy n ^^v^\M iHiinhcr ol' iiontU, with wlm li llii< wholt* I'onittry very nuirh iiliotuitU. On tli<> S. W. nidt* of Hear ixland (which il till' •< itteriiiiioHt iind liir;{i"«t in tlir niotiih ot'th«> bay) im a Hin.dl hiirliour, lyiiiX iti K. N. K. } a null', vvlicri'in ih iVoin Id to li iatlioiii>« water, liiiiiru the iiioiith of whiehare Miiiik. n rock* that doth not break but in biul wen< thur. At till' we'«t eiilranec into white Hear bay, m a hii
  • lanil H a black rock above watiT. The bi'Mt |ia<«^aKi' into lli«> bay IV4land of tlic Maine name, l,>in^ clo<«i> under the land ; thai lying to the; westward of the i«latid in the lar^c^t and beNt, wherein is I'roiii 10 to (i fathoiii'', go'>d anchorage : lo m.m! into il, keep the iHlatid clofte aboard, the outer part of which t'* red ^teup clill'^. N. W. by W. U leaf;ue^ iVoin Hamea (,'o|iimbe, lie the Hiirijeo iHltin, which are a cluster uf ii^lamU extending aloni; tlu; !«liorc, eani and we*afi')4t passage is on the N. I!, side of lio-ii- island, which is the north- ermnost, i.nd lies N. W. from Kamea C'uluinbe ; ^. l<.. by K. ' a jiMigue from Ibis island in a rock thai uncovers :;l low water, on which the sea ge- nerally breaks ; yon nuiy go on uny wide of thiH ro.k, there being very deep water all round il ; as soon as you are to the N. W. of it, keep tho north side of Hoar island on boinl, and )-leer W. liy S. k 8. for t-ratidy'rt cove, the north point of which is ihe tirst low point on your sturbo ird bow, haul round that point, and anchor in the cove in 14 faUiofiis, and moor with a fast on sliore : but the bi:>l place for great ships to anchor, is belwoen Grandy's cove and a small i-'lanJ lying near the w.'->t P'jint of Boar i.-'land, in '20 or 21 fathoms, v^ood ground uad sheltered from all wind**. To sail into (irandy's cove from the westward wilhin the islands, it in dangerous, unless well acipiuinted, by reason of sunkc.'ii rocks indie pas- sage ; but there io a good passage from the southward between Burgo Columbe, which is a high round islanil, and Rencontre (which is the highest of all the islands) you must steer in N. W. between tiie rocks above water lying to the eastward of C'olumbe, itnd then to the south- ward of Rencontre ; as soon as you are within these locks, keep the islands on board ; there are several safe passages in from the south- ward and eastward, between the inlands, and good anchorage ; and ia bad weather "'i the sunken rocks discover themselves, and you may run in any where without fear ; these isles do not abound with either wood or water. Wolfe bay lies in N, E. ^ N. 1 league, the entrance is N. E. Smiles from Boar island, and 2 miles to the westward of Fox islan■( ther. Near the head of the bay i» tolerable good anchorage, nnd plenty of wood i.nd water. Round the west point of Wolfe bay Ix Kin(;*» harbour, which lie» in N. E. by N. J of a mile, before the mouth of winch is a cluster of lillle isl- ands, 1 of - , hich i» pretty high : to aail into it keep the east point of the islands on hoard, and steer N. W. by N. and X. N. W. for the entrance of the harbour, aud anchor under the east shore, in 9 fathoms water. On the south sides of the islands, before King's harbour, and N. N. E. X mi'ktt from Boar island, is the entrance into the Ha Ha, which lies in west 1 mile, is afjout ^ of a mile broad, wherein is from 20 to 10 fa- thoms, and good ancho" ige in every part of it : over the south point of the entrance inio this harbour is a high green hill, and a cable's length and a half from the point, is a sunken r ock that always shews itself: over the head of the Ha Ha, is Hichard's head, mentioned as a mark for run- nine upon Ramea shoal. ir our miles to the westward of the Burgto isles is the Great Barrysway point, whicis is a low white rocky point, and N. W. by N. h'.If a league from this point is the west entrance into the Great Barrysway , wherein is room and depth of w.iter for small vessels : between the Bur^eo isles and the Great Barrysway , oint are several sunken rocks, some of which are half a league from thi; shore. N. W. by W. j W. 4 leagues from the Burgeo isles is the lay of Con- noir, the east point of which is something remarkable, rising wth an easy ascent to a moderate height, ar o much higher than the land within it ; the top of it is green, but down by the shore is white ; the west point of the bay is low and flat, to the westward of which are several small islands : the bay lies in N. by E. 1 league from the entrance to the middle head, which lies between the two arms, and is half a league Iroad, with 14, 12, 10, and 8 fathoms close to both shores, good anchorage and clear ground, open to the S. S. W . and i^outherly wind?. ; but the N. E. arm attbrds shelter for small vessels from all winds. To sail into it, keep the star- board shore best on board, and anchur before a small cove on the same side near the head of the arm, in 3i fathoms ; towards the head of the arm, on the N. W. side is a bank of sand and mud, whereon one might run a ship and receive no damage. Two leagues to the westward of Connoir, lies the bay of Cutteau, wherein is only shelter and depth of water for small vessels and fishing shallops : in saiUng \n or out of the bay keep the west point close on board, in order to avoid the many sunken rocks in the mouth of it. Round the west point of Cutteau is Cinq Serf, wherein are a great ma- ny islands which form several small snug harbours, wherein is room and depth of water sufficient for fishing vessels, with convenienccb' for fishe- ries. Right off Cinq Serf, about half a league from the shore, is a low rocky island. The safest passage into the largest harbour is to the west- ward of this rock, keep in pretty near it, and steer in N. E. | E. keeping the S. E. shore on board, until you are abreast of a small woody island, which is the easternmost but one, and lies about j^ of a mile to the N. E. of a white rock in the middle of the passage, then haul short round this island, and anchor behind it in 7 fathoms water, covered from all winds, or you may continue your course up to the head of the arm and anchor in 4 fathoms water. Four tailed' to the westward of the rocky island off Cinq Serf, is the harbour of Grand Bruit, which is a small commodious harbour, and well dituKted for a fishery : it may be known by a very high remarkable msua- Edit. 1(1 plenty ies in N. little Ul- nt 1)1' the trance of N. N. E. ;h liea in to 10 fa- 1 point of ;'s length elf: over for run- iarrysway I a league vherein is D isles and vhich are y of Con- th an easy lin it ; the lint of the II islands : Idle head, ithl4, 12, kr ground, 'HI allbrds the star- the same If the arm, jght run a Cuttcau, id fishing close on it. [great ma- Jroom and Ifor fishc- is a low the west- keeping ly island, theN. E. )und this Iwinds, or ichor in 4 rf, is the and well ble meua- 10 Edit. Blunf s American Coast Pilot. 3b tain over it, | a league inland, which in the highest land on all the coast, down which runs a considerable brook, which empties itself in a cascade into the harbour of Grand Bruit. Before the mouth of the harbour are ?4evcrul small islands the largest of which is of a tolerable height with three green hillocks upon it. A little without this island is a round rock, pretty high above water, called Columbe of Grand Bruit ; and \ of a mile to the southward of this rock, is a low rock ; in the direct line between this low rock and the rocky island off Cinq Serf, ^ a league from the for- mer, is a sunken rock, whereon the sea doth not break in fine weather. The safest passage into Grand Bruit is to the N. E. of this rock, and off the islands lying before the harbour between them and the 3 islands (which are low and lay under the shore) and after you are to the northwaid of the sunken rock above mentioned there is no danger but what shews it- »elf The passage into the harbour is very narrow, but bold to both sides. The harbour lies in north | a mile and is ^ of a mile broad in the broad- est part, wherein is from 4 to 7 fathoms water. To the westward of Grand Bruit, between it and La Foil bay, lies the bay of Rotte, wherein are a great many islands and sunken rocks. The southernmost island is a remarkable high round rock, called Coluuibe of Rotte, and lies W. by N. 9 leagues from the southernmost of the Bur- geos. Between this island and Grand Bruit is a reef of rocks, some above and some underwater, but do not lay to the southward of the direct line between the islands. Within the isles of Rotte is shelter for ship- ping. The safest passage in, is to the westward of the islands between them and the island called Little Ireland, which lies off the east point of La Foil bay. The bay of La Foil, which is large and spacious, with several commo- BluntV American Const Pilot. lOKdil. bonrd ; yon mnst anchor a» soon hs you am within thn iiuior souUi point, in{> or 10 fathoms, good ground, nnd sheltered t'roui all winds. 'JVo miles to the northward of Tooth's head, on the same side of the bay, is Hroad <'ovc, wherein is fijood anchorage in 12 and 14 fathoms wa- ter. Ofi' tVoni the north point of the rove, stretches out a hank into the middle of the hay, whereon is from 20 to 30 fathom", a stony and gravelly bottom. One milo to the northward of Gaily Hoys harbour, hrlween two «andy coves on tiie east »idc of the bay, and near 2 cables' length fronj the shore, is a sunken rock that just uncovers at low water. Two leagues up the hay, on the east side, is the N. E. arm, which is a sp'icious, sale, and conmiodious harbour. To sail into it give the low sandy point on the S. E. side a small hirth, and anchor ahove it where you please, in 10 fathoms water, good holding ground, and sheltered from all winds, and very convenient for wooding and watering, A little within the west point of La Toil hay, is Indian harliour, and do Plate, two small coves conveniently situated for a lishery, and into which small vessels can go at high water. From Little Ireland island to harbour La Cove, and Moine bay, the course is W. | S, 4 leagues ; hetween them lies the bay of Garia, and se- veral small coves, wherein are shelter for small vessels, and conveniences for fisheries ; before v/hich are several small islands, and sunken rocks lying along the shore, but none of them lie without the above course. In bad weather the sunken rocks all discover themselves. To sail into the bay of Garia, which lies midway between Foil and harhour La Cove, you will, in coasting along the shore, discover a white head, which is the south point of an island lying under the land, off the east point of the bay, a little to the westward of 2 green hillocks on the main : you must bring this white point to bear north, and steer in directly for it ; keep between it and the several islands that lie to the S. W. from it; From this point, the course into the bay is N. W. by N. keeping the east point on hoard, which is low. In this bay is plenty of tiniber, not only for erecting ot stages, but large enough i^or building of shipping. The S. W. point of the entrance into harbour La Cove, called Rose Blanche point (near to which are rocks above water) is tolerable high, and the land near the shore over harbour lia Cove and La Moine bay is much higher than any land near them, by v/hich they may be known La Moine bay lies in N. N. E. f E. 1^ league, and is } of a mile broad in the narrowest part. Off the east point are some small islands, and rocks above water. To sail into it, keep the west point on board until you have entered the bay, then edge over to the east shore and steer up to the head of the bay, where there is good anchorage in 10 and 1 1 fathoms, and plenty of wood and water. Your course into harbour La Cove, which lies at the west entrance into La Moine bay, is N. W. between a rock above water in the mouth of the harbour, and the west shore ; as soen as you are within the rock, haul to the westward, into the harbour, and an- chor in 8 or 6 fathoms water, and moored with a fast on shore ; or yon may steer uito the arm, which lies in N, E. by N. from the harbour, and anchor in 20 fathoms, sheltered from all winds. Harbour La Cove is a small snug harbour for small vessels, and well situated for a fishery, where there has been one for several years. Round to the westward of Rose Blanche point, is the harbour of the eame name, a small snug harbour, well situated for a fishery, with good conveniences. The channel into the harbour is between the island ly- ing off the west point, and Rose Blanche point ; you must give the island Kdil. iOKdit. Blunt's American ,CoaBt Pilot. 3t l4li point. lo of the iom« wii- { into tho I |rravell_Y v/vA't\ two ijrtli from kvhich is a e the low I it where erpil from nr, and do into which \i bay, the •ia, and se- iveniences ikcn rocks course. In nil into the Cove, you 8 the south the bay, a must bring p between this point, on board, ;;rccting of ailed Rose able high, loine bay is nown La ■oad in the and rocks until you [teer up to 1 fathoms, ive, which len a rock as soen as r, and an- ; or yon •bour, and ICove is a !ry, where )ur of the Iwith good island ly- I the island H good birth, because of some siuiken rocks which lie on Ihc east side A it, and kecj) the west side of a "urall island, which lies close under Point Blanche, cloac on board, and anchor within the N. E. point of the said island, in 9 f.ithonis water. I'o sail into the N. VV. part of the harbour is dangerous, uidess acquainted, by reason of several small islands, and sunken rocks in it. Mull Face is a small cove 2 miles to the westward of Rose Blanche point, wherein is anchorage for small vessels in 4 fethoms. Oif the west point of the cove are two small islands, and several sunken rocks. Thf passage in, is to the eastward of the islands and sunken rocks. Two leagues to the westward of Rose Blanche point are the Burnt isles, which lie close under the shore, aiul are not to be distinguished from it, behind which are shelter for small vessels, and good Hshing con- veniences. Off these islands, are sunken rocks, some of which are -» a mile from the shore. ^ Three leagues and a half to the westward of Rose Blanche point, is Conny bay, and Otter bay ; in the latter is good anchorage for shipping^ in 7, 8, and 9 fathoms, but it is dangeroua going in, because of several sunken rocks without the passage, which in line weather do not shew themselves. West f S, 4 leagues from Rose Blanche point, are t!ie Dead islands, which lay close under the shore ; in the passage between them and the main is good anchorage for shipping, in 6, 7, aad 8 fathoms, sheltered from all winds, but it is very dangerous going in unless well acquainted, by rea- son of several sunken rocks lying in both the east and west entrance. The entrance from the eastward may be known by a very white spot on. one of the islands ; bring this white spot to bear N: W. by N. and steer in for it, keeping the rocks on the starboard hand nearest on board, and leave the island on which the white spot is on your larboard side. The west entrance may be known by a tolerable high white point on the main, a little to the westward of the islands ; on the west part of this point is u green hillock ; keep this white point close on board, until you are within a little round rock, lying close to the westernmost island at the eastpoinr of the entrance ; then haul over to the eastward for the Great island, (on which is a high hill) and steer in N. E. by E. k E. keeping the little rock before mentioned in sight. From the Dead isles to Port aux Basque, the course is w est 4 miles : between them lie several small islands close under the shore, a!»d sunken rocks, some of which are a a mile from the shore. Port aux Basque?, which is a small commodious harbour, lies 2^ leagues to the eastward of Cape Ray. To steer in for it, bring the Sufj;ar Loaf over Cape Ray to bear N. W, i VV. or the west end of the Ti»ole mountains lo bear N. VV.- Steer in for the land, with either of them as above, and yon will fall di- rectly in with the harbour, the S. W. point of which is of a moderate height, and white, called Point Blanche, but the N. E. point is low and riat, close to which is a black rock above water ; in order to avoid the outer shoal (on which is 3 fathoms) and which lies cast ^ of a mile from Point Blanche, keep the said point on board, and bring the flag-staff which IS on the hill, that is over the west side of the head of the harbour, on with the S. W. point of Road island, and keeping in that direction will carry you in the middle of the channel, between the east and west rocks, the former of which always shew themselves, and which you leave on your starboard hand. You must continue thi« course up to Road island, «nd keep the Avest point on board, in order to avoid the Frying-pan rock, '. ^1 38 Bluni'8 American Coast. Pilot. 10 Edit. which stretches out from a cove on the west shore, opposite the island ; and as soon as you nre ahovc the island, haul to the N. E. and anchor be- tween it and harbour ishind, where it is most convenient in 9 or 10 fa- thoms, {^ood ground, and sheltered from all winds ; this is what is culled the Road or Outer harbour, and is the only anchoring place for men of war : but Bshing ships always lie up in the inner harbour. To sail into it, you must stetr in between the west shore and the S. W. end of Har- bour island, and anchor behind the said island, in 3 or 4 fathorr.... In some parts of this harbour ships can lie their broadsides so near the shore as to readh it with a plank. This harbour hath been frequented by tishern ^ for many years, and is well situated for that purpose, and has excellent conveniences. One mile to the eastward of Port aux Basque is Littl" bay, a narrow creek, lying in N. E. near half a league, wherein is ro i and depth of water sufficlftbt for small vessels. Two milesto the westward of Port aux Basque is Grand bay, in and before which are several islands and sunken rocks, the outermost of which are not above a quarter of a mile from the shore, on which the sea |;;ene- rally breaks. In this bay is anchorage for small vessels, but not water sufficient for large ships. From Port avx Basque to Cape Ray, the course is west 1 league t'" point Enragee, then N. W. 1^ league to the cape ; off point Enragee (which is a low point) and to the eastward of it arc some sunken rocks, one mile from the shore on which the sea breaks. Cape Ray is the S. W. extremity of Newfoundland, situated in the lati- tude 47° 37' N. The iandof the cape is very remarkable near the shore ; it is low, and 3 miles inland is a very high Table mountain, which rises almost perpendicular from the low land, and appears to be quite flat at top, except a small hillock on the S. W. point of it. This land may be seen in clear weather 16 or 18 leagues. Close to the foot of the Table mountain, betwer » it and the point of the cape, is a high round hill, re- sembling a sugar loaf (called the Sugar Loaf of cape Ray) whose summit is something lower than the top of the Table mountain ; and to the north- ward of this hill, under the Table mountain, are 2 other hills resembling sugar loaves, which are not so high as the former ; one or other of those Sugar Loaf hills are from all points of view seen detached from the Ta- ble mountain. On the east side of the cape, between it and point Enra- gee, is a sandy bay, wherein shipping may anchor with N. W. northerly and N. E. winds, but they must take care not to be surprised there with the S. W. winds, which blow right in and cause a great sea, and the ground is not the best for holding, being all a fine sand. Towards the east side of this bay is a small ledge of rocks, 1 mile from the shore, on which the sea does not break in tine weather. The best place for great ships to an- chor is to bring the point of the cape to bear W. by N. and the high white sand hill i»> tiie bottom of the bay N. N. E. in 10 fathoms water, but small vessels may lie much farther in. You must take care not to run so far to the eastward as to bring the end of the Table mountain on with the sand hill in the bottom of the bay, for fear of the ledge of rocks before mentioned. W. by N. ^ N. near 1 mile from the point of the cape, is a small ledge of rocks, whereon the sea always breaks ; and 1 mile to the northward of the cape, close under the land, is a low rocky island in the channel between the ledge and the cape : also between it and the isl- and is 14 and 15 fathoms, but it is not safe for shipping, on account of the tides, which ran here with great rapidity. The soundings under 100 fa- thoms do not extend above 1 league from the land to the westward and 10 Edit. le iHlund ; nchoT be- or 10 fa- t is called )r men of o sail into d of Har- 10 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 39 luIT Ir a near the requented 'pose, and , a narrow 1 depth of »y in and jt of which ! sea gene- not water the course ; cape ; off t arc some :s. in the lati- the shore ; irhich rises |uite flat at nd may be the Table \A hill, re- )se summit the north- resembling »r of those m the Ta- oint Enra- northerly here with ;he ground le east side which the [hips to an- the high Ims water, lare not to untain on le of rocks the cape, 1 mile to island in Ind the isl- unt of the T 100 fa- ;ward and northward of the cape, nor to the southward and eastward of it, except on a bank which lies off Port »ux Hasque, between ii or 3 leagues from the land, whereon in from 70 to IdO fathoms good tishing ground. S. E. by E. J^ E. leai^ues fn m Port aux basque, in the latitude of 47° 14' N. '\n a bank whereon i* 70 fathoms. JVote. — The true form and extent of these banks are not yet sufficiently known to be described in the Ameri* CAN Coast Pilot. From Cape Kay to Cape Angnille, the course is N. 16° W. distant 6 lca( Fortuae bay it sets to the eastward, and on the north side to the westward. Be- •veen Cape la Hunc and Cape Ray, the flood sets to the westward in the 40 filiinl's American (Joaul Pilot. 10 t:clil. odhig, Humctitncs 2 or '.i hours idlor it in liii;li water by thp uhore ; but this tide or current (wbicli is no wbere stroun l)ut at C.ipe liay) is very Variable*, both with respect to its coursr and velocity, sometimes it sets quite the contrary to what mij^bt be expected tVoin tl»e common coursn. of the tides, and much utron^er at one time than another, which irre- fjularities cannot be accounted lor with certainty, but seem to depend mostly on the winds. N. B. The Burgeo isles, by iin obsurvation of the eclipse of tlir sun, on the fltli nl August, 17ti6, i>i'«W' oO' 4" ur ^T"- 31' W. ftom the ineridiiin uf Loudon. From this observation the longitude of the following places are de- duced, and their latitudes are from astronomical observations made on •shore, except thai cf Cape Race, which was observed nt sea ; some one of those places being generally the lirst that ships make bound to south- ern parts of Newfoundland, or into the gulf or river of St. Lawrence, oi from which they take their departure, at leaving those parts ; it is hopcil the determining their true position will prove usefi;! to navigators. LntiiuHe. Burgeo Isles 47 36 N. Cape Ray 47 37 Island of St. Paul 47 ISI Cnpe North, N. E. extremity of Cape Breton, 47 S Island of Scatarin, which lies off the S. E. point of? .ir i Cape Breton ^ .... 40 i Island of St. Peter's 46 46 Cape Chapeauroui;e, or the Mountain of the Red Hat.. . . 46 ^'>:3 Cape Race 46 40 St. John's 47 34 Longitude .57 31 U 5!) ^l &!» hi 60 o 61 67 .■56 6 65 17 62 3ri 02 ii; Directions for navigating the IVcst Coast of Newfound land, [N. B. Jill Bearings and CQiimes hereafter lacntioned arc the true Bearin<^\ and Courses, and not by Compass.l Cape Anguille lies C leagues to the northward of Capo R.-tV, N. E. hr N. 17 leagues from the ishmd of St. Paul, and is in the latitude of 47" bit' N. it is high laed, covered with wood ; 2 miU.-s to the southward of this cape lies the small island and harbour of Cod Roy belbrn described. From Cape Anguille to Cape St. George, the course is N. -^ K. distant 1 ! leagues 4 these two capes form the bay of Si. CJeurge, which lies in N. K. 18 leagues from the former, and east 15 leagues iVom the latter ; at the head of this bay on the south side round a low point of land is a ver;, ^ood harbour, wherein is good anchorage in 8, 10 or 12 futliom^:- water. In several parts about this harbour are convenient jiliiccs for fishing works, with large beaches, and good fishing ground in the buy, wiii ,h ear- ly in the spring abound with fish, and formerly vvas much frequento.i ; a very considerable river empties itself into the head of this iiay, !)i-.t it ia not navigable for any thing but boats, by reason of a bar across the en- trance, which lies exposed to the westerly winds. On tlie north side of this bar, before the Isthmus of Port-a-Port, is sood anchorage in 7 or B fathoms water, with northerly winds ; from off this place strelchc.^ out a OEdii. ore ; but ) i« vcr> es it sets )ii courrt**. lirli iiTO- depend I the 5tii of s arc dc- ni:ulc oit sonic one to 8oiith- rcnce, 01 t is hoped rs. Longitude, .07 31 W 6!) 1; 6!) /)7 CO 8 Gl 67 56 5.5 6 17 11; tKlla,i)(i, Bearing) N. }•:. br Je of 47"" tlnvard of Jescribed. distant 1 ! lies in N. latter ; at I is a ver;, nl^:. water. or fishing viiioh e;u'- lento.t ; a , biU it ii3 ss tbe en- 'th side of in 7 or 8 die."* out a 10 Edit. Blunt^s American CoaHt Pilot. 41 bihing bank two thirds acroii the bay, whereon in from 7 to 18 fathoms water, a dark sandy bottom. Ciipe St. George lies in the latitude of 18° 20' ; it may be easily known, not only by its being the north point of the bay of the name name, but by the steep cliflH on the north part of it, which rises prrpendiculHr from the sea to a considerable height, tiiid by Kcd island whu h lies 5 miles to the northward of the cape, and half a mil« from the shore : this island is about 1 league in circuit, and tolerable high, and the steep clifl's round >t iire of a reddish colour. Under the N. E. end of the island, and before a sandy cove on the main, which lies just to the northward of the steep cliffs, IS anchorage in la or 14 fathoms water, where you are covered from the S. W. winds by the island, and from the southerly ai^d easterly winds by the main, but there is no riding here with northerly and N. W. winds ; this place formerly was much frequented by fishci's. From Red island to Long point, at the entrance into the bay of Port-a- Port, the course is N. 62" E. di.stant 7^ leagues. From Red island to Guernsey island in the mouth of the bay of islands, the course is N. E. f N. 164 leagues. Froiu Red island to Cape St. Gregory, the course is N. E. I N. 20 leagues. From Rod island to the bay of Ingornachoix, the course is N. N. E. ^ K. distant 4iJ leagues ; and from Red island to Point Rich, the coui-se is 5f. 29" E. distant 4l> lejigues and 2 miles. The land between Red island and the entrance into Port-a-Port, is of a moderate height, or rather low, with sandy beaches, except one remarka- ble high hillock (called Round-he.'id) close to the shore, and is 2 leagues to the N. E. of ed islannt about ) the Hpit ailed the observe he south keep this ht to the then be uthw(.rd, up the the fore- arer the ! the isl- best an- veen the leS. W. between gh stone lire with beach is or which he north adjacent sea coast. ' islands, of Port- lear the s of con- shore. — mouth of md Pearl main ; ii' 1^. side of nsey isl- • 10 Edit. i Blunts American Coast Pilot. 43 nnd and the Houth head, either of which you may approach a** near an yon pIcHfe ; but with S. S. VV. and southerly winds come not near the south iiead, for fear of calmrt nnd gUHts of wiiul under the hi^h land, where you ■ annot anchor with safety ; you may siiil in or out of the bay by several other channrls, formed by the dilVcrent ir^lands, there bein^ no danger l>ut what shews itself, except a HUiall ledge of rockn which lies hidf a mile from the north Shag rock, and in a line with the>two Shag rocks in one ; if you bring the south Shag rock open on either side of the north rock, you will be clear either to the eastward or W4>stward of the ledge ; the nnfest pas- nage into this bay from the northward, in between the two Shag rocks, imd then between Tweed island and Pearl island. From (Jucrnsey island to Tortoise head (which is the north point of York harbour, and the S. K. point of Lark harbour) the course is S. by E. 5 miles ; Lark harbour lies in S. W. near 2 miles, and is one-third of a mile broad in the narrowest part, which is at the entrance. To sail into it with large ships keep the larboard shore on board, but with small vessels there is no danger, you may anchor with a low point on the starboard side bearing west, N. W. or north, and ride secure from all winds. From Tortoise head into York harbour, the course is S. W. near one league ; between the said head and Governor's island, which lies before the harbour, is good room to turn, and anchorage all the way, but regard must be had to a shoal which spits otY trom a low beach point (called Sword point) on the west end of Governor's island ; to avoid which keepii good part of Seal island open to the northward of Governor's island, until you are above this point ; in turning up the harbour, stand not nearer the next point on the island (oif which it is Hat) then to bring Tortoise head touch- ing Sword point, the best anchorages is to keep Tortoise head open to the said point, and anchor in 10 fathoms along the sandy beach on the main ; farther up within the island is too deep water for anchoring all the way through the passage within the island : this harbour is very convenient to wood and water at. W. S. W. and S. \V. winds blow here sometimes with great violence, occasioned by the nature of the lands, there being a valley or low land between this harbour and Coal river, which is bounded on each side with high hills ; this causeth these winds to blow very strong over the low land. Harbour island lies at the entrance of the river Humber, and S. E. 7 miles from Guernsey island at the S. W. point of which is a small snug harbour (called Wood's harbour) wherein is 5 and 4 fathoms water, but the entrance is too narrow for strangers to attempt, nnd but 2 fathoms deep. The river Humber, at about 5 leagues within the entrance, becomes narrow, and the stream is so rapid in places, for about 4 leagues up, to a lake, that it is with great ditKculty a boat can be got up it ; and at some- times quite impracticable ; this lake, which stretches N. E. ^ N. is in length 7 or 8 leagues, and from 2 to 5 miles broad : the banks of this ri- ver, and the shores of the lake are well clothed with tirabor, such as are common in this country. This river is said to abound with salmon, in which has been formerly a very great salmon fishery. The north and south arms are only long inlets, in which is very deep water until you come to their heads. A little within the entrance of the north arm, on the starboard side, is a small cove, wherein a vessel might anchor in 30 fathoms water ; 1 league within the entrance of the south arm, on the starboard side, is a sandy cove (being the second on that side) wherein is anchorage in 16 fathoms water, and a good place to wood and water at ; kaul into the cove until it BIuhI'h Atiirnrnii ConHt Pilot. loKdiL the wosl poinf oi' it in broiifiht on with thi* north point of thr i>ntriinc«* ol this iirni, unci thnru iinclior ; if v'mi humh Inyinu hold of thin sinrhoriuK f{i-(>un' ■■•Itintl, l>t>l v > the north iind Moutli iirnis, i* iinrhuniK*^ in i\, 10, or I'.' liithoms wiitcr -in.K'r the north »idr of lliirliotir inland in f(ond .'uu-honiK* with S. W. w |«, iit » (pinrtrr of u inilo iVoin lh(< islitnd yon will liavr n muddy bottom : nupositc to thn S. K. end of Miirlinnr iHland,on lli«> Muuth Mid(*ot'thirt Imy, in r rcnchiniurHCOvc, whfrt'iii iit Kood anrhuniKc in '20, lO or 12 futhomit water ; it i« very probii- ble III. it none of thf.'^o iinchoraKC!* will errr hv frc(pi('ntr!d by uhipping ; yet it in ii(M't>i«f>iiry to point tlicni unt, a» it may hnpyen, that in coniinic into th(> hny with a |{alo of wind at S. \V. it may blow mo hard out of York harbour, tlnit no vummcI ran carry xail to work into anchoring; (ground ; at i^urh tiinm they will bi> glad to ^ot to un anchor in any placi^ of Kafcty. 'i'hr IJiiy of hlandrt linH hern niin"li fri'ipnMiled formerly for the rod fifilu'ry ; llu' host pinro for fiHhin^ nliipH to «'rrrl MtajiCH and keep boats, i* in i^ni.dl harbour, uhirh lirs a little without the .South head, and the large bciirh on Sword point, on Governor'^ island, is an excellent place for dry- ing of lisli. From (iiiprni^ey i.sl.ind to Ijonne bay, the course in lir»t N. N V.. i\ leagues, tlien N. K. M leagues : the land near the whore, from the north Shug rock to Cape St. Gregory, is low, along which lay sunken rocks, 8ome of which are | of a mile from the shore, but a very little way inl md, it riites into a mountiiin terminating at top in round hills : from Cape Ht. Gregory to Bonne bay, the land rises in hills directly from the sea to ii considerable height : Cape St. Gregory is high, and the northern- most land voii can see, when coasting along shore between Red island and the Bay ol Islands. Bonne bay m.iy be easily known if you are not above 4 or 6 leagues oft* at J>ea by the lands about it, all the land on the S. W. side of the bay be- ing voty hi|L:;h ,\ns\ hilly ; the land on the N. E. side, and from thence alnng the sea const to the northward, is low and flat; but about 1 league up inland, are a range of mountains which run parallel with the sea coast: you cannot distinguish the low land if you are 6 or 7 leagues off at sen. Over the south side of this bay is a very high mountain, terminating at top ill a remarkable round hill, which is very conspicuous when you are to the northward of the bay. This bay lies in S. E. two leagues, then branches into two arms, one tending to the southward and the other to the eastward ; the best anchorage is in the southern arm ; small vessels must anchor just above a low woody point (which is on the starboard side of the bay, at the entrance into this arm) before a sandy beach, in 8 or 10 fa- thoms water, about a cable's length from the shore : but large ships must run higher up, unless they moor to the shore, they cannot anchor in less than 30 or 40 fathoms, but at the head of the arm, where there is but 24 fathoms ; notwithstanding the great depth of water, you lay every where in perfect security, and very convenient to wood and water, there being great plenty of both. To sail into the east arm, keep the S. E. point or starboard shore on board ; short round that point is a small snug cove, wherein is good anchorage in 16 or !8 fathoms water, and moor to the shore ; a little within the north point of thia arai is a very snug harbour for small vessels, v.hercin i^ 7 and 6 famoms water. In sailing in or out of this bay with S. W. wi.ids come not near the weather shore, for fear of being becalmed under the high land, or meeting with heavy ) KdiL 10 Kdit. Blunt^M AnuMMiuii Conni Pilot. 45 rancf nt imrh nl 1(1 HOIltll M-tK Kiiir ter of li th« S. K. ii'HCOvr, •y probii- liippiriK ; I (-tiniiuK il out ul' nchoring ny plm'«» llie rod hoHtt, i» the iHigi* ! tor dry- N K. « he north >n nx ks, ittle way Ih : from from the lorthern- sUind and iHgueti o(i 1 buy be- [I thciicp 1 league iCH coast : [T :it nev. nating ut I you are les, then jer to the sels must ideof the or 10 fa- ups must or in less is but 24 ry where re being point or lUg cove, )r to the harbour ling m or lore, for th heavy i^iiNtH of wiiui, which in *ttill worMo, unri (he depth uf water la too great to anchor. From liorine bay to Point Uich. thr course idong »»hoit' is N. N. E. dis- tant ? t lea^iieM ; Ixit iii coiiiiiiK oiil ol' tli«> \tAy, you inii-^t tir«t tteer N. N. VV.uiitl N. hy \V. (orthe lir»t .'( U-iigni"*, iti order to H;<>t an otfuig. Ten milex to the northward of lionne bay \n a prt'tty high white point (culled Martin point) three quarter" of a mile right ott from Ihi^ point in a Hniull ledge ul rockn whereon the itva breakM : one league to th«' nortliwurd of IVlartin point, ix a low white rocky point (called lirooni point) ; half a mile S. NV . from thin point lien a •uinken rock that Heldoin itheWN ilttelf. On the N. K. wide of liroom pomt liin ihr bay of Ht. Paul, wherein vew^eU may anchor with Huulhcrly uiul fa»terly uiniN, but lioH tjuite expoiied to the Mcu wiiuU. One league to the northward of the bay of St. Paul, i^ a pretty high point of land ((alirdCow luiid) ; il will have tbi> appearance of an i!<-k of land ; 4 of a mile otf this heap lies Steering islainl, which is low and rocky, and (he only island on the coast In tweeii the Hay of Ulandx and Point Rich. On the south side ol Ctiw head is Cow cove, wherein is shelter for ves- sels with easterly and northerly winds ; and on the north side of this head is Shallow bay, wherein is water sufficient for small vessels, and good fish- ing conveniences ; at the N. K. entrance into this bay are u cluster of rocky islands, whic^h rang*' tln'insidves N. K and S. VV. and at the S. W. en- trance are 2 rocks close to each other, which generally shew themselves ; they lay a full cable's length from the «hore, and there is a channel into the bay on either side of them. In sailing in or out of this bay, you may go 011 either side of Steering island, which lies right before it, but come not too near the N, K. end there being sunken rocks oft* that end. This place is the best situated for a tishcry of any on the coast, there being ex- cellent tbhing ground about it. From Steering island to Point Kich, the course is N. 20" 46' E. distance 17 leagues : from Shallow bay to the south part of Ingornachoix bay is nearly a straight shore all the way, and neither creek or cove where a vessel can shelter herself from the sea winds ; there arc some small san- rly bays, where vessels may anchor w itii thd huul winds ; 6 leagues to the northward oi Steering island, and about | a mile inland, is a remarkable hill (called Portland); it makes not unlike Portland in the English channel, and alters not in its appearance from any point of view. Hnwke's harbour and Port Saunders are safe and commodious harbours, situated in the bay of Ingornachoix, S. E. 2 leagues from Point Rich ; at the entrance of these harbours lies an island (called Keppel island) which is not easily to be distinguished by rtrangers from the main ; the channel into Hawke's harbour (which i« the southernmost) lies between the isl- and and the south shore ; on the starboard shore entering into this har- bour, and opposite to the west end of the island begins a shoal, which stretches up along that shore 1 mile, the middle of which runs out into the harbour ^ the breadth thereof, great part of this shoal dries at low wa- ter : your course into the harbour is east, keeping mid-channel, or rather nearest to Keppel island, until the east end thereof (which is a low stone beach) bears N. by E. or N. then steer S. E. i E. for a small island you will see up the harbour, keemng the N. E. or larboard shore pretty well onboard, and steer for the said little island ; as soon as you have brought the point at the south entrance of the harbour to bear W. by N. i N. and are the length of the S. E. point of a bay which is on the starboard *Ji 40 nitinrH AiiiriH'Uii CoA.4( Pilot. 10 Rdit. oiilt' of' ili«< liiirlHMir, you \^ill IIh-m ti«> ii)»ov«> (lir uliniil, iiimI iii;i) luirlMir in \'i I'li'ioiiix tvttirr, or ytMi tiiiiv run williin ^ ii ntili* ot the orniill ihIiukI iiimI thri'tt iiiM'lior, wlivnt ynu will luy nutrv rorivrtiiiMil In tiiki* m wouti iiml wiitor. To ••ml into Fori SumHlrr". tlii'iT in imt llii* l«'ti»l «liiiij(«'r ; h'livc Kr|)|)i>i ik|aiiur, k«'«>|i llic liirtiu.iitl xlioir on lioiinl, in oi'il I- to ii\nii| u \vt\nv of nx ItM tvlni'li Iicm nciirly in tlit* innlillc ol' (hr hnrlioiir. Tliin in the lirot liurlionr Tor »hi^ to lay in (hat ar<> hound to lh(> f«outhH':ird, tin tilt' othor !» lor lh()«<> hound to tin* northward ; all the land* nrar \hvMv harhourx arc in f;<'i«'ral lou, •ti hay ol'lngor- luiihoix, a<-<'ordinK u^ tho winiU arc. Totnt Un h li« •« in the latitud« ol :.!'» M' MO" : it is tho S. W. point of a iM'iiinHula, which m iiltuoxt ^urroundrd l.y lli<> nvn ; it in ovcry uhorr ot a inodrratc and |iirlty npial lu'iKlit, and m thr nioHt rrniarkahlc poini of land alon^ the w«"«| hu\o of Ncwfoundliind, it projf'clinK out into the ncd fartlitT than any olhc-r, from wtifiitc tho roax' cacti way takcM a ditVcrcnt dirc' tion. Two miles \. K. from I'oint Kich in tlii' hiiiboiir of Fort-aux-Choix ; it is but >)nnll, yrt will admit of ••hipi of large hnrtlu'ii, but they muHt moor licad and Hicni, there not bein;; roont to moor othtM'wise. 'i'u sail into it, keep the >'tarboard slioie on board, and aiirlior Just above* a vniall island which lies in the middle of the hiirlM)ur. In this harbour, and in lioat rove, wliirli lies a little to the northward, urc Hcverul stugeH, and good places fo: dryingof tish. Kound the N. K. point of the peninsula, lies the hirbour of old I'ort- idix-Choix, which is a small but safe harbour in the entrance of wliicli lic8 a huiall island called Harbour island, and between this island and the west point of the harbour are rockrt, nimie above and some under water. To sail into this harbour on th(> west side of the island, keep the island close on boiird ; but to ."ail in on the east side, give the N. K. point of this island a small itirth ; you may anchor any whore on the S. V,. or Inrboard side of tli<^ harlioiii', but come not near the N. W. or starboard side, there hein:; a slioal of >'.nid and iinid all along that side. Trom I'oinl Rich to the T»vin islands (which are low, and tin- outer- most islunils ill tlie b.iy of St. .lohn) thi- coiirHO i* N. N. K. distance 4 league^, ami tVom the Twin inlands to Point l'crolle,thn course is N. K. ^ N. 1 1 miles. The l)ay of St. John lies betwe.'i Point Rich and Point Fcrolle ; there are iu il a great many islands am! sunken rocks ; tho only island of any extent is that of St. John, which lies N. K. '.i leagues from Point Rich ; on the S. VV. side of this island is :i smalWiarbour, which seems not badly situated for the cod fishery, anji it hath good conveniences for that pur- pose, but it is not a good place for shipping — they would be too much ex- posed to the S. W. winds, whit.b send in a great sea. On the S. E. side of this island, opposite to the west end of iiead island, is a small bay, wherein is anchora:fe in IG oc 14 fathoms water, and sheltered from most winds, and is the only anchoring place in the whole bay. From the south part of Point FeroHc stretches out a ledge of rocks S. S. W. near 1 league ; and along the shore to the river of Casters (which is in the bottom of St. John's bay) are sunKn rocks 2 miles off. Over the middle of (he bay of St. John, is high table land, which i« Dt ^, ) Rtlti. K lior III iiml lui'l itoti iiixl • ; ll'llVC I »r« li •• r«in lip tniinl, III Ic of tho lioiiiul t'» ; till till- ih wooil ; of li»««»r . |M>inl nl' ry wlicro Mv point ilo till' wru I tliflVrcnl L'hoix ; il niuHt inoui- miil into it, mill im|)ii)(1 11(1 III Boat , mul Kooil f oia INnt- . of wliirli III iuul tlu' iUt wiitrr. tho isliuiti oint ofthif* )!• I.uboani P^'ulr, there I the outcr- lilistnnce 4 irtN.E.i i)Ue ; thero Lnd of an) joint Kich ; \a not biuUy that pur- much ex- S. E. sitU- small bay, fiom most )f rocks S. jrs (which I, which i? 10 KUit. Bliiiit'>4 AmericniiCtMiHt Pilot. 17 vrry •tt'pp on ihM «i*l«* ii«rininiito«i Itint rhiiin ol' inmin- (•iiii( which ruti« iiarallcl with (hi* hck rouNt iVuiii Hotim* hay. The rtmrKt' ot thi' tiirni hertnftor mtnilnnvc), nre On irua Bairln|i nnd Courici t ''(I lint by Ooiiiputt.] On tho N. R. coniif];ii<>M from th(> main, are 2 iHland)*, the northernmo arm, Zealot, Fishot, (Jooso cove, Craimiliere, St. Anthony, and St. Lunare, which are not yet accu- rately described ; there is no danger on the coast but whal lies very near the shore ; except the small shoal of Rraha, which lies directly off the bay of the same name, 4 miles from the land on which the sea breaks in bad weather. The bay of Griguet is situated on the N. E. coast of Newfoundland, in the latitude of 51" 32' north ; it is formed by Stormy cape to the north, nnd White cape to the south, and contains several good harbours for ship- ping of all kinds, wherein are many Hshing conveniences. Camel island lies in Griguet bay, is very high in the middle, like the back of a camel, and in sailing along the shore, is diflicult to be distin- guished from the main. The north harbour lies within Stormy cape, at the entrance of which is a rock above water : you may go on either side of this rock, it being bold too all round, and anchor i^ar the head of the harbour, in 6 fathoms water ; in the entrance that leaflsto the N. W. and S. W. Iiarbours, is n small rocky island, which makes the passage into those harbours narrow: the safest passage is to the northward of this ixbrnd. giving tho point at 48 Blunt's Amrrican Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. the entrance of the N. VV. harbour a little birth ; hs soon as you arc within the island, you will open the two hnrbotir;4 ; that of the N. W. which is the lurgcyt, runs in N. VV. near 2 miles ; to sail up to the head of the harbour, the wewlside is the safest ; you will at first have 14, 1(5, ^ and 18 fathoms water, and after you are a little within the point, will meet with a bank whereon ift 7 and 8 fathoms ; beinii; over it, you will again have i6 and 17 fithoms, and as you approach the head, will shoalou youl" wattir gradually to b fathoms, every where good anchoring, and sheltered from all winds. The iS. W. harbour runs in near 2 miles behind Camel's island : it is but a narrow arm, and hath in it from 10 to 4 fathoms water ; there is a shoal at the entratice, but neither it nor the harbour are yet sufficiently examined, to give any direction about it here. The two islands of Griguet lay on the out«ide of Camel's island, and together form between them several small, but very snug harbours for fishing vessels. From Stormy cape to Cape de Grat, on the island of Q,uirpon, is N. by E. distant 3^ miles : between which is the harbour of Little Quirpon, formed by the island of that name ; there is no danger going in, but the shore itself; it is a small, safe, snug harbour, where tishing ships moor head and stern. Quirpon island, which is the S. E. point that forms the entrance of the Streights of Belle-isle, is barren and mountainous ; Cape de Grat on the S. E. i!ide, and the highest part of this island may be seen in olear wea- ther 12 leagues. White islands lay between Griguet and Cape de Grat, about 2^ miles from the land ; they are but small, and of a mo( rate height ; on thein- fiide of them are some rocks, both above and under water, but not danger- ous, as they discover themselves even in fine weather ; and the passage between them and the main, which is ^ a league wide, is very safe. De Grat and Pigeon coves lay on the S. E. side of the island of Q,uir- pon, and to the northward of Cape de Grat, in the mouth of which are t and, on the east side of the harbour, is a stage, and very convenient rooms for many fishing ships. In turning up towards Quirpon and Noddy harbour, you may staijd pretty near to the Bull rock and Maria ledge, which are above water ; and both of thoni about ^ a league from the land of Quirpon ; the passage be- tween them is also A a league wide, and very safe, taking care only to keep near to Gull rock, to avoid the N. W. ledge, which ledge does not appear but in bad weather ; in the passage between the N. \V. ledge and the main, are many rocks and shallow water. Tlic course from Bauld cape, which is the northern extremity of Q,uir- pon, to the Great Sacred island, is west 2 leagues ; this course will carry you the same distance without Gull rock, as you pass without }3auld cape. Little Sacred island lies E. S. K. from the great island, 1 mile, the pass- age between them is very safe, and you may sail round them botii ; they are high and bold : within them, to the S. W. is Sacred bay, which is pretty large, wherein are a great number of small islands, and rocks above water ; the land at the bottom of this bay is covered with wood : this place is only resorted to for wood for the use of the fishery at Q,uirpon, Griguet, and places adjacent, where wood is scarce. From Great Sacred island to Cape Norman, the course is west 13 miles, and to Cape Onion is S. W. by W. 2 miles ; this cape is the north point of Sacred bay ; it is pretty high and steep, near to which '\s a very re- markable rock, calleu the Mewstone ; to the southward of the Mewstone is a small cove, where a vessel may lie in safety. From Cape Onion to Burnt cape, the course is VV. S. W. distance 5 miles ; tht^ shore between them is bold, and of a moderate height ; Burnt cape appears white, and rises gradually front the sea to a tolerable height: on the east side of the cape lies the entrance to the bay Ha-ha, which runs in S. S. W. 2 miles ; when without Burnt cape, you may anchor in 6 or 7 fathoms, open only to the N. E. winds ; or you may run up into the harbour, where you lie land-locked in 8 fathoms : here are good con- veniences for fishing ships, and plenty of wood for their use. Cape Nor- man from Burnt cape bears N. W. by »V. | W. 7 miles ; between thfem is the bay of Pistolet, which runs in S. S. vV. and extends several miles every way, with good anchoring in most parts of it, particularly on the west side, a little above the islands, which lie on the same side, in 5 fa- thoms water ; the shore about this bay is tolerably well covered with wood ; boats frequently come here for wood from Qjuirpon. Cook's harbour is small, and lies within the islands, at the N. W. part of Pistolet bay, and 2 miles to the S. E. of Cape Norman ; to sail into it you must take care and give the Norman ledges, which lie E. N. E. 1 mile off the north point, a good birth : in going along shore, the mark to keep without these ledges is, to keep all the land of Burnt cape open without the outermost rocks, Avhich lie on the south side of the entrance to this harbour ; if you are going in, as soon as you judge yourself to be to the southward of the Norman ledges, you must steer inf or the harbour, leav- 7 f^ii r 50 Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. ing the islands on your larboard side ; you must keep the south 8hor<» close on board, for tear of a ledge of rocks which spits out frcmi a stnaH rocky island on the other side ; as soofi us you are within that island, you must haul over for the ncrth shore, and anchor in 4 or b fathoms water. In this harbour might be made several very convenient fishing roonris, and in the coves between it and Cape Normun, might be built stages for the boats to resort to, and to cure fish. Cape Norman is the northerimiost point of land in Newfoundland, lie» in the latitude of 51" 38' 23" N. is of a moderate and even height, and a barren rock for some miles in the country : from Cape Norman, a VV. S. W. cotirse, between 9 and 10 leagues, will carry you a league without Green island ; all the shore between thtin is bold, and of a moderate and equal height for several miles into the country ; but a good way inland, is a chain of high mountains, lying parallel with the coast : between 3 and 4 miles to the westward of the cape is a cove, wherein small vessels and boats may lie very secure from all winds, except N. E. ; from this place to Green island there is no shelter on the coast. In turning between Cape Norman and Green island in the night, or foggy weather, you may stand in for the land with great safety, in 25 fathoms water, until you are nearly the length of Green island : you will then have that depth of wa- ter very near the shore, and likewise on the outside of the island itself. Green island lies ^ of a mile from the main, is | of a mile in length. Very low, narrow, and agreeable in colour to the name it bears ; from the east end stretches out a ledge of rocks | of a miles to the eastward, whereon the sea breaks in bad weather : the channel between the island and the main, wherein is 4 and 6 fathoms water, is very safe, and where vessels may anchor if they find occasion : tho only winds that can make a sea here, are from the W. S. W. aAd E. N. E. ; to go in from the west- ward, keep the point of the island on board for the deepest water, which is 4 fathom^, and going in from the eastward, keep the mciin on board. The distance from this island to the opposite pfci''t of the coast of Labra- dor, called Castles, or Red Clifls, doth not exceed 3^ leagues ; they bear from each other N. W. and S. E. and is the narrowest part of the Streights of Belle-isle. From Green island to Flower ledge (which lies near| a league from the shore) a W. S. VV. course, 3 leagues, will carry you ^ a league with- out the ledge : from Flower ledge to the bay of St. Barbe, the course is S. S. W. 5 miles, and to point Ferolle, S. W. ^ S. 7 leagues i 5 miles to the westward of Green island is Sandy bay, wherein small vessels might ride in 3 and 4 fathoms water, with southerly and S. W. winds : between drreen island and Sandy bay is Double ledge, which stretches off from the shore near half a mile, whereon is 8 and 9 feet Water. Savage cove, which is 2 miles to the westward of Sandy bay, is small, will admit only small vessels and boats, in the mouth of which is a small, low island ; the passage in (which is very narrow) is on the east side of the island, and you must anchor as soon as you are within it, in 2i and 2 fathoms Water : one mile to the westward of this cove is Mistaken cove, which is something larger than Savage Cove, but not near so good, being shoal water ih every part of it. Nameless cove lies 1 mile farther to the westward, whei*ein is very shoal water, and several sunken rocks : one mile right off from the east point of this cove lies Flower ledge, part of which just appears at low water ; you will have 10 fathoms water close to the off side of it : between it and Mistaken cove, l a mile from the land, lies GrenviUe ledge, whereon is 6 feet water. Flower cove (where- ^ 10 Edit. Blunt' s American Coast Pilot. » in is 2 J fathoms water) lies just to the southward pf Nameless cove ; it may be known by some white rocky ishinds, called Seal islands, lying a little to the westward of it ; you must not come too near the outermost of these islands, for fear of some sunken rocks near it, A little witbm the entrance lies a rock above water, and a channel on each side of it ; this cove lies in east, as docs Nameless cove, and you must mind not to mistake one for the other : between Seal islands and the main is a passage for boats, and conveniences for a seal fishery. From Seal islands to Anchor point, which is the cast point of the bay of St. Barbe, the course is S. W. by S. 1 league ; there is no danger but what lies very nepr the shore, until you are the length of the point, where lies a rocky island, from which stretches out a ledji^e of rocks S. S. W. ^ of a mile, which you must be mindful of in going in or out of the bay of St. Barbe. A little within Anchor point, is Anchor cove, wherein is 3 fathoms water ; it is so very small, that there is no room in it to bring a ship up, unless it be little wind or calm ; the safest way is to anchor without, and warp in ; there is room in it for 1 ship, and is a very snug and convenient place for 1 lishing ship, and for a seal fishery. The bay of St. Barbe lies between Anchor point and St Barbe's point, which is the S. W. point of the bay ; they lie from each other S. by E, and N. by W. half a league ; it lies in S. E. about 2 miles from Anchor point ; to sail into the bottom of the bay or harbour, you must give An-f chor point a good bi th, and all the east side of the bay, to avoid the sun- ken rocks which lay along that shore ; the bay will not appear to be of any depth, and you must be well in before you can discover the entrance into the harbour, which is but narrow : you must then steer in S. S. E, keeping in the middle of the channel, and anchor as soon as you are with- in the two points, in a small cove, Kn the west side, in 5 fathoms water ; the bottom is sand and mud, and you lay land-locked. Near this place branches out two arms or rivers, one called the south and the other the east : in the east river is 3 ftithoms water a good way up, but the other is shoal ; in these rivers are plenty of salmon, and their banks are stored with various sorts of wood. Between the S. W. point of the bay and west point of the harbour is a cove, wherein are sunken rocks, which stretch off a little without the line of the two points ; in the open bay is 7, 8 and 9 fathoms water, but no safe anchorage, because of the N. W. and W. winds, which blow right in, and cause a very great sea. About 1 league to the S. W. of the bay of St. Barbe lies the bay of St. Genevieve ; in and before this bay lie several small islands, 2 only of which are of any considerable extent ; the northernmost of these two, wliich is the largest, called Current island, is of a moderate height, and when you are to the N. E. of it, the west point will appear bluff, but is not high ; if to the westward, it will appear flat, and white like stone beach ; near half a mile S. W. by S. from the point is a shoal, upon which is 3 fathoms water ; the other island (called the Gooseberry island) lying to the southward (and withjn Current island) hath a cross on the S. W. point of it, from which point stretches out a ledge of rocks, near half a mile to the southward ; on the south point of this ledge is a rock that just covers at high water ; the best channel into the bay is to the sou^^^hward of these islands, between the rocks above mentioned, and a small island lying south from it (which island lies near the south shore) ; this channel is very narrow, and hath not less than 5 fathoms at lo# water in it ; the course is E. by N. before you come the length of the aforementioned rock, you must be careful not to approach too near the S. W. end pf 52 Blunt's American Coast Pilot. lOEdil. GooHcberry island, nor yet to the main, but keep nearly in the middle be- tween both ; if you get out of the channel on either side, you will im- n||pdiatoly fall into 3 and 2 fathoms water ; an soon as you arc within the ftitiall island above mentioned, you must haul to the southward, and brinf? St. Cicnevieve head (which is the S. W. point of the bay) between the small island and the main, in order to avoid the middle it)ank ; you may either anchor behind the small island in 6 and 6 fathoms water, or steer ovar with the said mark into the middle of the bay, and anchor, with the S. W. arm open, in 7 and 8 fathoms water ; it is very good anchoring in most parts of the bay, and pretty convenient for wooding and watering ; the best place is in the S. W. arm, the channel going into which is nar- row, and 4 fathoms deep. There is a channel into the l>ay between Current island and Gooseberry island, wherein is not less than 3 fa- thoms water, it is but narrow, and lies close to the N. E. end of (ioose- berry island ; there is also a channel for boats to the eastward of all the islands. The middle bank is a shoal lying in the middle of the bay, and nearly dries at low water ; it is pretty large, and hath not less than 4 fa- thoms water all round it. Four miles to the westward of the bay of St. Genevieve, is the har- bour of Old Ferolle, which is a very good and safe harbour, formed by an island called Ferolle island, lying parallel with the shore. The best passage into this harbour is at the S. W. end of the island, passing to the southward of a small island, in the entrance, which island is very bold too : when you are within this island you must haul up N. E. and anchor be- hind the S. W. end of Ferolle island, in 8 and 9 fathoms water, where you lie land-locked in good ground : you may also anchor any where along the inside of the said island, and find a good channel up to the N. E. end thereof, where there is an exceedingPgood place for fishing ships to lie in, like a basin, in 6 and 6 fathoms water, formed by 3 islands, lying at the N. E. end of Ferolle island ; there is also a narrow channel into this place from the sea, of 2 fathoms at low water, between the northernmost of these islands and the main ; here are convenient places for many fis'Mng ships, and plenty of wood and water ; on the outside of these islands are some ledges of rocks a small distance off. From the S. W. end of Ferolle island to Dog island, is W. S. W. be- tween 4 and 5 miles ; Dog island is only divided from the main at high water, is much higher than any land near it, which makes it appear when you are a good way to the eastward to be some distance from the main. From Dog island to Point Ferolle is W. S. W. 3 miles : between them is the bay of St. Margaret, which is large and spacious, with several arms and islands in the bottom of it, abounding with great plenty of timber of the spruce and fir kind, and watered by small rivers ; it affords good an- chorage in many parts of it, particularly on the west side which is the best place, as being the clearest of danger, and most convenient for wood and water. Between St. Margaret's bay and Point Ferolle, is a small bay, called New Ferolle, which lies in S. S. W. about 1 mile, and is quite flat all over, having not quite^ fathoms in any part of it, and in some places not more than 2, fftid open to the N. E. winds ; there is a stage on each side of the bay, and room for as many more. Point Ferolle b situated in latitude 51" Q2' N. is 2 miles in length, of a moderate height, and joins to the main by a low neck of land, which di- vides New Ferolle bay from the bay of St. John's, which makes it appear like an island at a distance ; all the north side of the point is very bold EdiU 10 Edit. Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot. 53 Idle be ail iin- hin the 1(1 hriug jcn the on may or steer vith the aring in itering ; is nar- letween m 3 fa- ' Goose- f all the y,\y and lan 4 fa- thc har- rmed by rhe best ig to the jold too : chor be- here you along the f. E. end to lie in, at the N. his place nmost of ly fis^'ing ands are W. be- at high ear when main, een them eral arms imber oi good an- ch 19 the for wood •y^ called all over, not more de of the igth, of a hich di- it appear ery bold too, having 20 fathoms water very near it ; but from the S. W. part stretches out a ledge of rockH into the bay of St. John's. This port of the coast may be easily known by a long table mountaioi in the country above the bay of St. John's : the west end of this moun- tain, from the middle of the point of Ferollc, bears S. by K. and the east end S. .^!)» 30' E. In turning between Green island and Point Perolle, you ought not to stand nearer the shore (until you are to the westward of Flower ledge) than half a Icsigue, unless well acquainted ; you will have for the most part, at that distance off, 20 and 24 fathoms water ; after you are above the ledges (that is to the westward of them) the sh(»re is much bolder, but the soundings not quite so regular ; you will have in some places 15 and 16 fathoms water close to the shore, and in others not above that depth 2 miles off : the land between Green island and St. Barbe, next the sea, is very low, and in tiome places woody. The land l)ctweea the bay of St. Barbe and Point Ferolle is higher and hilly, the most part covered '.vith wood, and watered with numbers of ponds and small rivers. The tides in the harbour of Griguet, '^uirpon, and Noddy harbour, flows full and change about E. by N. in the bay of Pistolet, and places adjacent, E. by S. In all which places it flows up and down, or upon a perpendicular, spring tides 6 feet, and neap tides 3 feet. At Green island S. E. bay St. Barbe and bay St. Genevieve, S. S. E. Old and New Ferolle about S. by E. In all which places it flows up and down, or upon a perpendicular, spring tides 7 feet, and neap tides 4 feet. Before Q,uirpon, in settl 'd weather, the tide or current sets to the southward nine hours out of twelve, and stronger than the other stream ; in the streights the flood in the offing sets to the westward two hours after it is high water by the shore, but this stream is subject to alteration in blowing weather. On the coast of Labrador, a little way inland from Labrador harbour, or bay Phillippeaux, is a very remarkable mountain, forming at the top three round hills called Our Ladies Bubbles'. This mountain bears from the bay of St. Barbe N. W. } N. from the bay of St. Genevieve N. 30*» W. and from Dog islJind N. 14° 45' W. Belle-isle, which lies at the entrance of the streights to which it gives name, is about 7 leagues in circuit, and pretty high ; on the N. VV. side of it is a very small harbour, fit for small craft, called Lark harbour, with- in a little island that lies close to the shore ; and at the east point of the island is a small cove, that will only admit fishing shallops ; 2 miles N. by E. from this point lies a ledge of rocks, part of which appears above wa- ter, and on which the sea always breaks very high ; you will have 20 fa- thoms close to this ledge, and 55 fathoms between it and the island ; all about this island is irregular soundings, but you will not find less than 20 fathoms home to the island, excepting on a small bank lying N. W. 4 miles from the N. E. end, whereon is only 5 fathoms. Red bay, on the coast of Labrador, about 8 leagues to the westward of Chateaux, is an exceeding good ha»*bour, with excellent conveniences for the fishery. York, or Chateaux bay, on the coast of Labrador, hes W. N. W. | W. 5i leagues from the west end of Belle-isle, and N. W. I N. 8^ leagues from the island of Quirpon. In crossing the streight from Quirpon tQ % 54 Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. JO Ed Chntcaux bny, it is ndviscnble to tall in with the const n little to the west- ward of the bay, imles."* the wind be eastwnrdly, and clear weather, a-* there is not the least danger to the westward, but to the enslward are se- veral low rocky islands. This bay may be known liy two very rentarka- blc rocky hills on Castle and Henley islands, which islands lie in the mouth of the bay ; those hills are flat at top, and the steep clitTs round them have somcthinjj; the resemblance of castle walls ; but as these hills are not distin)i|uishable at a distance, because of th(> highland on the main within them, the best marks for knowing the bay, when in the ofling, is 08 follows : all the land to the westward of it is high, of a uniform even figure, terminating at the west side of the bay with a conspicuous nob or hillock ; about Cliateaux bay, and to the eastward of it, is hilly, broken lands, with many islands along shore, but there is no islands to tiie west- ward of it : to sail into the bay, you leave both the islands on which stand 2 castle hills, on the starboard side : and for large ships to keep clear ol all danger, they must keep point OJrenville (which point is known by a beacon upon it) on with the west point of Henley island (which point is a smooth black rock, and may be known by a small black rock just above water, about a cable's length without it) until you are abreast of the east point of Whale island : then to avoid the middle rock, on which is only I) feet, and which lies nearly in the middle between the east point of Whale island and the said black point of Henley island, you must haul over either close to the little black rock, lying ofl' the said point of Henley island, or else borrow on the Whale island, but not too near it, it being flat a little way ofl" ; when you are so far in as to open the narrow passage into Tem- ple bay, in order to sail up into Pitt's harbour, haul to the westward, un- til you bring the outer point of Castle island a little open with Whale isl- and ; that mark will lead you up into Pitt's harbour, which is large and spa- cious, with a good bottom in every part of it, and covered from all winds ; you lie in 10 or 14 fathoms ; here are excellent conveniences for the lishery, and plenty of timber at hand ; formerly ships from France car- ried on a most valuable fishery at this place for whale, cod and seals. There is a good though narrow passage into the northward of Henley isl- and, through which you carry 3 J fathoms water ; 1 mile to the eastward of Henley islands lie Seal islands, from them to Duck island is 3^ miles ; between Seal islands and Duck island is Bad bay, which is open to the easterly winds, and full of rocks, some above and some under water. Crossing the streights from Quirpon to Chateaux, you will meet with irregular soundings, from 20 to 30 fathoms on the Newfoundland side, and in places near the shore you will have 30 to 40 fathoms : in the middle of the streights in the stream of Belle-isle, is from 20 to 30 fathoms, and be- tween that and Chateaux bay from 45 to 80 fathoms ; within a mile of the coast of Labrador, to the westward of Chateaux bay, you will have 26, 30, and 35 fathoms ; further up the streights, as far as Cape Norman and Green island, you will have 40 and 45 fathoms in the middle, less towards Newfoundland, and more towards the cojist of Labrador. About V miles to the eastward of Seal islands, is St. Peter's islands, a parcel of small barren rocks ; within them is St. Peter's bay, which is a good bay, open only to the S. E. winds. Cape Charles makes with a high steep towards the sea, and sloping in- land, so that when you are to the westward of Chateaux, Cape Charles will make like an island. Frmn St. Petsr's islands to Cape Charles island, the course is N. E. ^ N. distance oear 4 leagues ; between them lies Niger sound, which is an inlet 2 I the nor the cou thorns \\ From the Car northeri miles ; 1 harbour ly 3 fatli a small i westwar anchor f the savai call Ikkc Betwc which ai From shore, ai within th small C01 very nan From bayt' the head to t bay runs bottom o point of : till very broad, th the narr( harbour broad, w lie entire Point Sp bay and of Petty Spear harbour ; two islant the 2 isla thoms alo ands, stci where is islands ; the south island wil within th( From W. N. W lying wit! bold too, E. head o together, 10 Edit. Bluiifs Aniericjin CoaHt Pilot. 5rt 1 a inlet 2 lciigiu>s docii, before wiiirh Vim aevcnil iMliitulif. You mny pn.ss to the northward or Httuthwnrd of nny of thoHC islands into the Hoiind ; the courite in, is N. W. the best iinciiomge in on the north hide, in islands and the great Caribou island is a good harbour for small vessels ; the south entrance is very narrow, and has on- ly 3 fathoms water ; this entrance is not easily distinguished, by reason of a small island before it ; the north entrance is much wider, passing to the westward of the three small northernmost of the Battle islands ; you may unchor from 5 to 10 futhoms water. This place is much resorted to by the savages, and is by them named Ca-tuc-to ; and Cape Charles they call Ikkegauchcacteuc. Between the Caribou islands and Cape Lewis, Mes St. Lewis' bay, in which are many islands and inlets which have not yet been examined. From the north part of Cape Lewis, at a quarter of a mile from the shore, arc two flat rocks, and also several sunken rocks, all which are within that distance from the shore ; round this point is the entrance of n small cove, running in S. S. W.^ a mile, named Ueep-water creek, but very narrow, and has from 20 to 40 fathoms water in it. From the north part of Point Lewis to the south head of Petty harbour bayf'the course is north 1^ mile ; it ii^ n high bold shore ; from the south head to the orth head of this bay, the course is N. i E. 1^ mile ; this bay runs up W. N. W. 1 mile ; in it is 20 to 40 fathoms water. At the bottom of it is Petty harbour ; the entrance is to the northward of a low point of land which shuts the harbour in from the sea, so as not to be seen till very near it ; the entrance is very narrow, it is not above 60 fathoms broad, there is 5 fathoms in the middle and 3 fathoms close to the sides ; the narrow part is but short, and after you are within the entrance the harbour becomes wider, running up W. by N. 1 J mile, and ^ of a mile broad, wherein ships may anchor in any part, from 12 to 7 fathoms, and lie entirely land-locked. From the north head of Petty harbour bay to Point Spear, the course is N. ^ E. 2\ miles ; between them is Barren bay and Spear harbour ; Barren bay is to the northward of the north head of Petty harbour bay, in it is no shelter. Spear harbour is to the southward of Spear point : this is a very good harbour ; coming from the northward, about Point Spear, you will open two islands in the bottom of a small bay ; the best passage in, is between the 2 islands, and to keep the north island close on board ; there is 4 fa- thoms along side of it ; after you are half a cable's length within the isl- ands, steer fqr the middle of the harbour, and anchor in 7 or 8 fathoms, where is good room to moor ; small vessels may go on either side of the islands ; there is 2 fathoms at low water ; but observe, in coming from the southward you will only distinguish one island, for the northernmost island will be shut in under the land so as not to be discerned till you get within the heads^ From Point Spear to the entrance of the Three harbours the course is W. N. W. ; about 3 miles between them are several small high islands lying within half a mile of the shore, called Spear islands ; they are all bold too, and ♦here is 20 fathoms within them : N. N. E. \ E. from the S. E. head of the entrance of the Three harbours, lies 2 small islands close together, called Double island, aVout as high as they are broad, and about Titf Hlunl\ AiiK I icjui (/OJirt^ l*iIol. lOKdiU half a nililf'rt toiiKtli to tin* p.-iHtWiiriJ of (lia hrcakH in liad ucalliti-. Noail) in (lie niitlillc of tlic rnliMnce of tlu> Throe harhours li<^ ^ JHlandH cIohc lt);^«'tlu'r, (vlnclunoMt* ly appear as one islaiul by being mo close together, iUvy are steep too : f*hip!> may \\i\)*» m either side ol' th<;ui in 1'^ and 11 t'athoniH, and anchor within thent, iii (^iicen road, in Ki tathornM ; by the S. K. cMid of the isl- andH is the widest pas-iajjic, and ro'>rii lor nhips to work in or out. I'hc tirst and .soul lie rnniost harbour within (|iieen road \h Sophia har- bour ; it runs up S. hy K. 1^ mile, and has from 15 to 10 fathoms water foi th it distance ; then it tends away round a low point to the eastward, Hnd becomes a mile broad liul thence is very shoal water, und only til for small vessels. Port '^harlotte is the middle harbour, and a very good one for any ships ; there is a low tlat i huul m the starboard side of the entrance, anil from this island ru*- a reei" of rocks a third of the channcd over to the «outh side ; to avo^.* '. Ha'*' kc^ep the south side nenrest on board, for it is steep toe, having . iho ji; close to the shore, therefore keep the south Hide nearest until you are a i, .•••ter of a mile within the entrance, then you may anchor in any part of liie harbour between 12 and 17 fathoms, only giving the starboard side a birth of half a cable's length, to avoid u small reef that lies along that side. Mecklinburg harbour is the northernmost of the 3, a^^d Mcs up N. W. ^ W. and VV. N. W. 2 miles ; in the lower part of this harbour is 20 fa- thoms, but in the upper part is no more than 12 fathoms room for ships to moor ; to sail up to the head, keep tlie larboard side nearest, to avoid the ledge of rocks that lie along the. starboard sitle, about 30 fathoms from the shore. These rocks lie within the narrowest part of the harbour, and above the low point on the starboard side ; the best anchorage is at the head of tlie harl)our. From the islaruis at the entrance of tiie Three harbours to Cape St. Trancis, the course is N. J E. about 5 miles ; between them is the en- trance into St. Francis or Alexis river, between 2 low points about a nlile across ; this river runs up about 10 leagues, wiiere the water is fresh, and a very strong tide ; In it are many bays, harbours and islands ; the first part of this river runs up W. N. W. 3 miles and a half. There are 4 islands within the entrance, 2 of which are on the larboard side, and further up, 2 on the starboard side ; the oulerinost island on the larboard side, which is about a mile within the entrance, is a high round island in the shape of a sugar-loaf, with the top part cut ofl', and is a very good mark to sail in by ; there is a ledge of rocks about half a cable's length from the S. E. point of the entrance ; and E. S. E. half a mile from the said point, there is a flat rock, always above water, with a ledge of sunken rocks half a cable's length to tlie N. E. froni it, and half a mile without this flat rock, on the same line with the point there is another flat island with a Iedg.3 of sunken rocks a cable's length to the N. E. from it. In sailing into this river, to avoid these ledges, keep to the northward of the flat islands, till you bring the Sugar-loaf island, which is within the river, a third of the channel over from the S. E. point : that m^rk will keep you clear of the ledges, and to the northward of them you may either sail or work in, taking care not to shut the Sugar-loaf island in with the N. W. point and bripg it no nearer the S. E. point than a third of the breadth of the channel ; after being within the points, there is no danger but what is to To th« let whici into St. h ''ontinuo! broad, wi danger in of Leg is within th hours, wi island the is from 6( Gilbert's i a mile ver divid< .S. W. 6 both thesi side, but fathoms ; Cape St. Francis is within Ha round the ter within is Fishing a mile to tween the N. W. W. up the room for one to the DEiillr 10 Edit. Blunt'» American Coast Pilot. 67 II rockH, .• of tliu ell in«i!4 vviitei" sastwiirtl, i «>iily til for any ance, ami vr to the iird, lor il thr south nee, then rathoins, to avoid m iCB uj) N. ur is'^Ofa- I for ships t, to av«)il, tho rout'xc iK N. I>y W. | W. ilintauct; () uiiU;re in no dantfcr in thiH harbour, bqth nideH beuix t»tcep too ; and about 2 miles up tlioro in ^uud anchor:i<{e in 7 and 10 fatlionia ; the wind« between the high land at liie entrance alwayn neta right int( thtr harbour, or right out. From Cape St. Michael (o Cape Blufl", the course in N. by W. 4 leugueH ; thoHe 2 rape»» lorm the groat bay of St. Michael, which con- tains a great number of islands, inlets, ri>er.«, iic. which are not yet known. Cape lllufr is a \mi,h liiutl' land, and may be tteen Ui iu* lt> leagued ; thr; best place yet known for large nhips to anchor within St. Michaerx bay, is on the »outh aide, that is firat keep Cape St. Michael ahore on board, then keep along the aouth aide of the first island you meet with, which is called Long island, till you come nc:tr as far as the went end of it, and there anchor from 12 to 20 fathoma, you will there lie land-locked, and may work out again to sea on either aide of Long isl- and. At the entrance of this bay is a large aquiirc ialund» within which are many small islands, which form several harbours. The land from Cape Bluff to the northward lies N . N. E. 5 or 6lcagues, and makes in several high joints. Description of part of the Coast of Labrador, from Grand Point of Great Mccatina to Shecatica. [N. B. All DearingB ami Courtei hereafter mentionerl, are the true Bearings and Covries, and not by Compasi.J Courstft and distances from island to island along the coast, between Grand Point and Shecatica, "which courses carry you without all other islands and rocks. worn Grand Point to outer rocks ofl' the islands of Entrance, tlie course is S. E. by E. i £. 2| miles. From the outer rocks of the islands of Entrance, to the Murr rocks, the course is E. by S. j^ C. 3| miles. From Murr rocks to Flat islnnri, the course is iV. E. ^ E. distance 5 miles. From Flat island to Treble hill island, the course is N. by E. 5| miles. From Treble hill island to Fox islands (which are a cluster ot islands, lying S. S. E. ^ E. from Ragle harbour) the course is N. | E. 3 leagues. ^ From Fu;i islands to the rocks off the entrance of the port of St. Augustine, called St. Aiigiis'ine's chain, the rourse is N.,E. by E. 5 leagues. ' From the rocks called St. Auglistine's chain to Shag island, the course is N.£. J^ E. 2j| leagues. From St. Augustine's chain to the rocks without Shag island, called Shag rocks, the course j8 H K. by E. distance! 3 leagues. From the Shag rocks to the rocks off the vast end of the island of Shecatica, ttae course is ^f. E. } E. 3^ leagues. Couriei From III N. W. hy From III the ci)ur»«i Fititii till mile. From 111 4 E. I llM^ without (ii From (m course ii N Fruui ',.H Fruiii Lit From Du E. i F.. 14 Fidiii Ki) league. From IU leaving nil From l,n From Lu From U(i( The Oi und is tlu main. T to a mode unds and r is a small point. T the outerii Grand poi From are the so most Muri a mile. 1 of a niodei S. E. of tl are above Murr islan rally breal From ]VI The land ( entrance li You may s ern passagi in the entr and safe i'o at low wal avoid 2 sur The north and the sou Vessels nu Seal rocks, The har islands, aui ) Edit. A hath 7 '(ftr Ihcmc St. Mi- t uf th«> )iuil liar* n ror.k»«. li«' c\o*c e to thiK lt>H, thvn xuji, »tcep fathoms ; t iiiti> thtt by W. 4 hich con- » not yet Ih (tf- 10 rvithin St. . Mirhaol ishiiul you far n» the will thore Long isl- \\m whicli 6 leagues, Grand nd Coynes, ten Grand ter islands S. E. by E. courie is E. ig S. S. E. i e,^a)led St. r. £. ii E. H g rocksi the ,, the course 10 Edit. Blunt*s American Cotkni Pilot. 0% Courtet find iHttaneen along shore, pasting tvitkin the Great Island of Mteaiina. Frflin ll)« niitnr rocks off ih* IslniiiH of Kiitiaiica (o lh« {Uy dc Potta^i, ihi count || N. W. by N.4 W. 4 inilitt. 9 From Iha outar rock* olf lit* liUiidi of Fiitranca to outt< point uf Mncaiiim liland, ih« cour»a it IN. by W. ^ W. 4 niilt*. Kioiii ihe oular poliM uf Macntiiia lilniid to (lull liluiiJ, tha couria U N. F.. by F. | mile. From Uull Island to CUaan island, ut Ilia unlrauco oi Had bayttlia course Is N. N.K. A E. I lt, the cuursa is N. \ K. 1 league. Fioin Lu Uoule inck to (ionse iilund, iIih course is N. V,. 6^ miles. From Uoosp islands tu 1-ux inland*, tho course is N. E. by N. 2 Ivugues. The (JrnntI Point of Groat Mecutina lies in the httitude of SO* 41' N. und is the extreme point of a promontory whioli stretches oiT from the main. The exlrentt; of tltis point is low : from thence it rises Kraduulhr to it moderate heif^ht, and may be easily known from several adjacent isT* ands and rockt, which lie oil* S. E. hy K. \ E. from it ; the nearest of which is a small low rock, und is within one third of a cable's length from the point. Two of these islands are much larger and higher than the others ; the outermost are small low rocky islands, and lie 2^ miles from the Grand point. From Grand point, E. by S. b\ miles, lie the two Murr islands, which are the southernmost islands on this part of the coast. The northern* most Murr island, lies from the other N. N. W. \ W. about a quarter of a mile. These islands are Very remarkable, being two flat barren rocks, of a nioderate height, and steep cliffs all round. About half a mile to tKe S. E. of the touthcrmnost Murr island, lie the two Murr rocks, which are above water. And E. N. E. ^ E. \\ mile from the southernmost Murr island, lies a ledge of rocks under water, on which the sua gene- rally breaks. From Murr islands N. W. by VV. 2 leagues, lies the Bay de Portage. The land over this bay makes in a valley, each side being liigh ; at the cntr;«nce lies an island of a moderate height, which forms the harbour. You may sail into this harbour on either side of the island, but the east- ern passage is only fit for small vessel there being only 2 fathoms water in the entrance at low water. The western passage is sufficiently large and safe fur any vessel to turn in, there being in it from 6 to 8 mthoms at low water. Large vessels bound for this harbour must be careful to avoid 2 sunken rocks, on which there is 2} fathoms water at low water. The northernmost of these rocks lies from Mutton island, S. by E. 1^ mile> and the southernmost lies from the Seal rocks, N. by E. \ E. half a mile. Vessels may borrow within one cable's length of Mutton island, or Seal rocks. The harbour of Great Mecatina lies N. W. i W. 2 leagues from Murr islands, uud N. by £. 2^ miles from Grand point. T||i|ie barbgur is form* 60 RluntV America tiCoAht Pilof. 10 Rr ii» •itlxT iiaiiNHKr III low wiiiiT ; but tltcv niunt moor hfinl iuirn, not bt*- iiiK !•>«»» t*> niocM' othvrwiM*. 'I'o xtul uitu tlim liurlMtur lliiuuKh (In* wviit* «m iMMnagc, tli«*r«' in not th«> l<'it«l ilnriKcr. To i^iul m through ihv vimI* rrn |>uHi«n|^i!, obitcrvi! th«< i'ollowiiiK iiNti>rii point of tb<* ixliinU, run N. N. W. lor lb<> uuu\, iiiul kc(<|t tli<> m.iiii i 1ohi> on bourij, till vou briiiK tin* wi>»t«'i'n poiiit of lli«> isLinil on with th«' point of Dmd covo (lhi> in n muiill cuvc on the nitiin, which lii>« open tu th<> I'liHtwiirci ; \\w lund which I'ovux* it in vcrv low, with moiiu' liruHh wooil ttii it j iiiui 4iul in thnt dirrrtion till ytm iiri* iihovr u nUmy piunt, whicli iitlu* nortli point of thi! Huiti cov<>, or till you brinir the north point of (iull iwl.iud (which ig H uniall iMiiintI lyin^ N. V.. by K. 1 niil<> tVoni Mi'ciitinii iilnud) on with the N. K. point of IVIrcatina iHtand, y«Hi will thon be witliin u Mpit of ruc.kH, which Btrotclu'H ntV from Mrcatina itlantl, aiui must then haul directly ovor for IVIrcatinu iMiimd, in order to avoid n UmIku which Ntri'lchi>» off from tht! !*outh |M)int of I)«!ad cove, aiitl may anchor, wlu-n y opcu, in (> or 7 fathoniH \vatcr in ^rcat >«ati>ty. Voh- MeU cumiiiK from tli« vntttward, and bound for the harbour of Mrcatinii. and would paMN to the northward > a cove, which runs in S. by W. ^ W. about 1^ mile from the said islands t vessels may anchor in thist cove, in great safety, from 14 to 20 fathoms water, good ground. Here is wood and water to be had. The great island of Mecatina heint^the most remarkable land about thin part of the coast from whence vessels may best shape a course for other places, I will here give the bearings and distances of the most remarkable points, head lands, rocks and harbours from it. , Courses and distances from Great island of Mecatina to other places. From the Round head of the Qieat iiland of Mecatinn to Mecatina island, the cour!i- ii Yf. by S. } W. Sli miles. From Kound head to the outer rucka oflf the islands of Entrance, Uie course is S. S. W. I W. 5 miles. From Round head to Murr islands, the course is S. ^ E. 5 miles nearly. From the Blufl' head of the Graat island of MecaUna to Flat island, the course ia S. E. by S. 5 miles. From Rluff head to Loon islands, the courae is N. by W. ^ W. 4 miles. From Bluff bead to Hound island, at the entrance of lla l-ia bay, thecnur.sc isN. W. by N. i \y. 6| miles. This course leaves Loon islands on the starboard side, and Ducl^ island on the larboard side. From Bluff bead to Treble hill island, the course is E. N. E. | E. 3j miles. From Bluff head to Double hill island, the course is N. 5^ miles. FroAi Biuff bead to Goose islands, the course is N. by E. | E. 5^ miles. From Bluff head to the Foxialands. the course is N. N. £.j| E. 11 miles. From'Bluff head to St. A(%a8tine*8 chain,-the course is N. £.35 miles. JF'roni>Bluff head to Shag island, the coursH is N. E. 10^ leagues. ^roni'BIuC head tu Slicatica, tl^a coursa ia N. E. i E. 13i leagues. 10 Edit. Thu bar I'ormed by ttn Aithrr ai bay to the i always to b Wood iNlaii water. V( H fathoms w is both wool into thiH hai where then Hetweeii able high n mark tor kn The bay lu the mouti ages, iiut till islundrt on th no danger b miles, at th< within theHi from 9 tu 'i( the eastern t on the wcstt of the west i half u mile, i have 12fnth( either side o After you I sight of the hid from you so numei'wus. guished us isl Amongst tl of the best ai Eagle harb cluster of islii This hurhoui curity, havin/ to be distingi course as bef ands, which Ii i £. 1^ mile, to the castwai vast number, must iirst ste< you will obse which to the i hour, where \ em passage ii sets, being a coast is very < reason of the, der water. 10 FAii. Bluiit'it American Coottt Pilot. 61 iumf b. \v. lis S. W. )ucW Tilt) harbour of Little ri«h \\v» in PMt uihI woitt, ii hut 1011111, nnJ U forni«'«l hy nu ialuiul t-ovorfd with wood. You muy «ail into tbia bai*l»our ttii nitbcr •iilc of tbr ulaini, but to tb«' iiorthwuril i^ tbi* bcit |>a«BUKf. In tbA luiy to tbr noutbw.ird ot tb«> i«tltiii(l, liei u lt>(lK« oi' roc k«, uurt oC whicbia ulwiiya t«) hr tvvu. K. by S. oix* tbiril ot* a mil<> from tnt- funt point ot* Wood iNliind, li^M H rork, 011 wbicb th«rt> ia only ^ fiitbutnt wutcr ut low water. You may anchor in tliu harbour nt tbt* ()nck of thv ialuud in 7 or M futhomi wati'r, K<><>d bottom, and bavo roooi Niitfiricnt to moor. Ilcru iri both wood and water to Ih< had. (Mf thv north<>rn point of the (Mitranri* into tbiH harbour, callod Sttal point, Ilea 'i aniull iaiuiiaa, iind n ttindy covr, wb«rc tbvn* ixuHcal hnhi'ry rarri(;d on. Hctwccn the harbour of I.ittiA Kiah and th<* buy of Ma Ifn, la n rpmiirk* ablv IiikIi round bill, which makra in a ncak, and may icrve tu n guud mark tor knowiiii^ cithfT of tboao plarca by. Th«> bay of Ha Ha Wch from La MoiiU* point, N. N. W. { W. f,[ milri, iu thln«'(Mi Seal noint and Uound ialand, luaviMg all tho iaiundri on the Mtarboard niiiv ; thia la u wide und aafe pa!4!«aK«, tlipro boiii|( no danger but what appears above wator. Thia bay runa up north 7 inilva, Ht the brad of wIik^Ii on the Htarboard Hide are Neveral ialands : within thcMC iitlandtt, tu the eaatwurd, ure mnny Koo miles to the N. E. from the entrance oi Ciiniberlund harbour, and runs many m«'es up the country to the north- ward, in several branches and narrow crooked passaj^c.;, with many islands, which form several good harbours ; the passages are too narrow for ves- sels to attempt without being very well acquainted. To the eastward of the buy of Shecatica, and N. N. E. ^- E. 2^ leagues from the outer Shag rocks, lies the island of Mistanogue ; within it, to the northward, irid before the mouth of the bay of the same name, is very good anchorage, from 20 to 16 fathoms water, good ground, and sufficient room to moor : To go into the road, you may pass round the west end of the isl- and, which is bold too, or round the east end between it and the island of Shecatica, but this last passage is only for small vessels. There is good anchorage quite to the head of tlie bay of jMistanogue, which is long and narrow. This island and the main land about it is high and barren, but there is both wood and water to be had in the bay Mistanogue. A little to the eastward bos the island of Siiecatica, between it and the main is a good passage for small vessels where there is a considerable seal fishery carried on. Three miles to the N. E. of the island of Shecatica lies the bay of Fetit Pene, which runs up north 5 miles, but is not tit for vessels to anchor in, being deep water, narrow, bad ground, and entirely exposed to the southerly winds. N. B. All the -"lar s along the coast arc ((uite barren, the outer ones bein^ small and low rot:ky isi . the inner ones are large and high, covered mostly with green moss. No wood to be goi cks, the :lifts from Directions for navigating on thai part of the coast o/* Labrador from Shecatica to Chateaux, in the streights of Belle-Isle. [N. B. All bearings and Courses hereafter mentioned, are the true Bearings and Courses, and not by compass; the variation was 26'^ W. in the year 1769.] Bowl island lies E. by N. 2 leagues from the island of Shecatica, and 1 mile from the main ; is a remarkable round island of a moderate height. About this island, and between it and Shecatica, are a number of small islands and sunken rocks, which renders this part of the coast dangerous, unless there is a fresh wind, and then the sea breaks on the rocks. From Bowl island to the entran(^ of bay D'omar, the course is N. E. by N. i E. distance 2 miles. This bay runs up N. by E. nearly three miles, with high land on both sides ; is about 2 cables length oft" shore. Off thp coves it is wider. The western shore is the highest. Without the east point lie two small islands about 1 cable's length oflf shore. In this bay there is very good anchorage, the best being at about 2 miles within the entrance, opposite a woody cove on the west side, where you may lie secure from all winds in 14 or 16 fathoms water, and be very handy for wooding and watering. About 1 mile within the entrance on tiie west side, lies a remarkable green cove, off r/hich it is shoal a small distance from the shore ; one mile to the eastward of Bay D'omar hes little Bay, H Pii» Blanj^> American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. in which is tolerable good anchorage for small vesHels. E. N. £. | E. distant 3 leagues from Bowl island, begins a chain of islands and rocks, ly- ing E. N. E. 3 leagues, and from 3 to 6 miles distant from the main, the easternmost of which is called Outer, or Esquimaux islands : the middle part is called Old Fort islands ; and the westernmost is called Dog isl- ands. Within these islands on the main are several good bays and har- bor rs, but are too difficult to attempt, unless very well acquainted, the pas- sa;;cs being very narrow, and a number of sunken rocks. N. I W. 4 miles from the west side of the outer Esquimaux islands, is very good anchorage for small vessels, between two high islands. Within these islands lies the river Esquimaux. From outer Esquimaux island to point Belles Amour, the course is N. 59° E. distant 13 miles. This point is low and green, but about 1 mile in- land is high. Round this point to the eastward is a cove, in which is an- chorage for small vessels in 7 fathoms water, but open to easterly winds. From Point Belles Amour to the entrance of the harbour of Bradore, the course is E. by N. 2 leagues nearly. This harbour is to be known by the land between it and point Belles Amour, being high table land, the land on the east side of it being low near the sea, and tending to the south- ward, or by our Ladies Bubbies, which are three remarkable round hills, seen all along this coast, lying N. by E. J E. 2 leagues from the island of Ledges, which forms this harbour. ' This island is of a moderate height, having a great number of small islands and rocks about it. On the east side of this island is a cove, called Blubber cove, wherein is anchorage in 2^ fathoms water, for small vessels. There are two pa^;- ges into the har- bour of Bradore ; but that to the northward of the island of Ledges is by no means safe, there being a number of sunken rocks in that passage. The eastern passage io safe, taking care to avoid a small rock, which lies S. 32° W. J of a mile from the low point on the main where the houses stand. On this rock the sea mostly breaks, and shews above water at ^ ebb. On the east side, within the rock, is a small cove, called Shallop cove. From the point above the cove, called shallop cove head, stretches off a shoul, one cable's length from the shore, and continues near the same distance, quite to the head of the harbour. From the island of Ledges to green island, the course is S. 30** W. dis- tant 6 miles. On the east side of this island is a cove, wherein a fishery is carried on. Between this island and the main, and between it and the island Bois, is a clear, safe passage. The island of Bois lies 2 miles to the eastward of Green island, and is of a moderate height, and a safe passage all round it. To the northward of this island, lies Blanche Sablon, in which is anchorage, but th^ ground is not very good, being a loose sand. From the south point of the Isle aux Bans, to the west point of For- teauit bay, the course is N, 70" E. distant 8i miles. This bay is 3 miles broad, and nearly the same depth, at the head of which, on the west side, is good anchorage, from 10 to IG fathoms water, but is open to the south- ward. Off the east p^i* islj'tu'* ar'l ll e main ; in this harbour is very good anchorage from 17 tu '^" fn- ii.on.A water, muddy. You may sail into it on eitlier side of Crjire »>*l- und, but to the northward of it is the best passage. From Cape Charles island to the Battle islands, the course is N. N. E.. bj[ miles. This course will carry you to the eastward of the rocks, which lie 1 mile to the eastward of the northernmost Battle island. This island is high anc round at tlie top. From th"! northernmost Battle island to the River islands, the course is N. 76" W. distance 7^ miles. To the westward of the easternmost Ri- ,ver island, is anchorage for vessels in 30 or Jo fathoms water, nmddy bot- tom. Vessels may j.ass to the southward of thfcse islands, up the river St. Lew.s. From the south point of the easternmost River island to Cutter har- bour, the course is S. 50° W. distant 1 mile. In this harbour there is tolerable good anchorage for small vessels. From the northernmost Battle island to the entrance of the river St. Lewis the course is N. Gl** W. 7^ miles ; from thence the course up the river i^^ W. by N. 5 miles ; tlien N. o8" W. 8 miles to Woody island. (The north point of the river is low land for about 2 miles up, then the land is rather high on both sides and woody ; at the head of the river is very tine wood of ditferent kinds, such as birch, tir, jimiper, and spr'icc: th'tS river seems to be well stored with salmon.) At about 4 miles i:\j< the river is very good anchorage, and continues so till you come up as h ;^h as Woody island ; but above this iiland there are several sho;ils. One mile to tiie northwi.rd of the north of St. Lewis' riven, lies the entrance of St. Louis' sound, which runs up W. by N. 1 league, at the head of which is very good juichoragc, in taking care to avoid a shoal which stretches oft' from a sandy beach on the larboard ;>ide at about L' miles within the entrance. From the northernmost Battle island to the entrance of Deer harbour, the course is N. i'l* W. distance 3 lea«;»u;s. This is a very good harbour, in which you anci or from 18 to 10 fal; 'Ctr- water, secure from all wind;?. To sail into this i urbour there is not '!:'. 'east danger, and the best an- chorage is at tlie b.ick of Deer island. From the northernmost BatMe island to Cape St. Lewis, the course is N. N. W. J- W. 6 miles. This cape is high, ragged land ; ]i mile to the N. W. of the cape lies Fox harbour, which is but small, and only tit. for small vessels, but seems to be very convenient lor a fishery. Description of the coast of Labrad or, from St. Michael lo Spotted Island. [N. B. The Bearings hereafter meiiliuned, are ihc true Bearings, and not by Conipaai; ; the vnr'atioii was 32° W. in the year 1770] Ctpo'St. Michael Ues in the latitude of 52« 46' N. is high land and steep to>vi«')]g the sea, and is to be known by a large bay which forms to the northward of it, having a number of large and small islands in it ; tin' '•n.i i' ,j iiu The hesi south side ; along the s Long island rhor from .vork oat ajj From Ca course Js N island, of a island, then The N. I coming fron a low narro' lies the enti sels, and is between tin Cape Blu vi very high form tlie ba; wood. Cape Blu sail into it, 1 and, and tlit From Ca{ league. Fr is W. distanr anchorage, One mile main within of which is what shows On the w( scis, callec west point vva^er, and great, safety Hawke is Hawke islai and then bri tlie other W are within 1 of both arn; On the so good anchoi sels may an' On the m bay, lies Ca ty of wood Partri*' very ^-oor^ of a r.i ifibe TheLndhr V ♦ 10 Rdit. Bliint's Amorican Coast Pilot. 67 lar) • I oT i[\e.«e islaii(is, riilhul Si^uurc island, lie* it^ tUu inoull> of the buy, "Mil i- .J iiiiicH long, and very lii^li land. Tho best anchorage for lar^ijo vohhi'Is in St. Mic''a»^l'.» 'ay, is -i the .south side ; that ih, keep Ca|»! M. Miriiaol's shoio on board, then ''<.rp alonjj; the south side of the \ b.invn ; till the land between thin hill and Cape St. Michael being high, the l.md to the northward of it low. From Cape St. Michael to 9eul iHlands, the course in N. ^ K. distance 11 leagues. From Seal iMbinds to Hound hill island, the course is N. { E. dis- tance 13 mile». This island i» the (MMternnioHt land on this part of the coast, and may l>e known by a remnrkable high round hill on the we«t part of it. From Round hill island to Spotted island the course is N. 36° W. dis- tance 2 league. From Spotted island the land tends away to the N. W. and appears to he several large islands. From Seal isbuids to White rock, the cmirse is N. by W. J- W. distance 2 leagues. From this rock, the course into Shallow bay is S. W. dis- tance 2 miles. Here is tolerable good anchorage in this bay, and no danger, except a «mall rock which lies ofT a cove on the larboard hand, and about | of the bay over ; this rock showeth above water, at low water. There is very little wood in this bay. From White rock to Porcupine island, the course is N. 52" W. dis- tance 2 leagues. This island is high and barren. You may pass on ei- ther side of this island into Porcupine bay, where is very good anchor- age, but no wood. Sandy bay lies on the S. E. part of the island of Ponds, and N. W. by N. I W. distance 5niilep from White Rock. lu it is very good anchor- age in 10 fathoms water, sandy bottom, and seems very handy for a lish- ery, except the want of wood. Between this bay and Spotted island are a great number of islands and rocks, which makes this part of the coast dangerous. Remarks niude between the Island of Groias and Cape Bonavista. lie? 2 leagues from the main, is about 5 leagues The island (iroiat round. The north end of it lies in the latitude of 51" N. off from which (it 1| mile distance are several rocks, high above water, also off from the N. VV, piut ; otherwise this island is bold too all round. Between it and the main is from 9.Q to 40 fathoms water. The harbours uf Great and Little St. Julien's and Grandsway, lie with- in the i>d ind of St. ^ulien, which bears N. W. 2. N. distant 8i miles from the nortl; eutl of Gj oas. The S. \V. end of it is but very little separated from the n tin, aid is i ot to be distinguished as an island, till you are near it. There is no pu.^sage at the S. W, end but for boats. To sail into these harbours, t.oii m f. keep close to the N. E. end of the island, as you pass which Ihe h:irbours will appear open to you. There is no dan- ger in the way to Great St. .Julien's, which is the easternmost harbour, until yow are within the entrance, then the starboard side is shoal near \ over , when you arc j^ast the first stages, you may anchor from 8 to 4 fathoms water : to sail into Little St. .luhens, you must (to avoid a sunken rock, wni Ii lies directly before the mouth of the harbour) first steer di- rectly for Great St. Julien's, till you are abreast of the entrance of Grands- *yay ; then you may steer directly into Little Julien's, and anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms \ and stern. (} rands w craft. Croque I has been b< Fourmih is above 20 this island ti are some oi casionally, s. s. w. bears VV. ^ within the e W. the othe «hoaI, on wl either side ( ground : Th is not so goc 8. S. W. ; head, round anchorage, v water. It ii About 2 1 the French ping, but coi Four mile This harbou: this place, y which forma until you art haul round being shoal thorns, xery is too smal which runs chorage, it and there is for boats, fr< water, or, at Canada ba point that foi bay cannot b ter in case o of easterly w in this bay, f sm-all rocky you will ob? above it. Ofl fore keep th cept a rock a rows ; leave water, and y( after you are H) Edit. Blunt^s Ampru'an Const Pilot. 60 bour, ear ^ to 4 tnken jr di- ands- 4 or 5 fathoms water. Hhipa m both these hurbuurs commonly moor bead unci rttcrn. GrandHway is not u hnrbour for Hbips : but very convotiicnt for Hshinj;; craft. Croque burboiir Ues 4 miles to the southward of St. JiiUen*(t island, and huH been before duscribed. Four miles and a half to the southward of Groins lies Belle inle, which is above 20 miles round ; there in a little harbour at the south part of this island tit for fishing craft, but it is too ditVicult for shipping. There are some other coves about this island, where shallops may shelter oc- casionally. S. S. W. 7 miles from Croque harbour lies Carouge harbour, which bears VV. ^ N. from the south end of the idand Groia«». Immediately within the entrance of this harbour it divides into two arms, one to the N. VV. the other to the S. VV. Directly in the midJle of the S. W. arm is a fhoal, on which is only 7 or feet water at low water ; you may pass on either side of it, and anchor from 20 to 8 fathoms water, in good holding ground : There is also good anchoring in the N. VV. arm ; but, in general is not so good as in the S. VV. arm. S. S. VV. 3 miles from the south pomt of Carouge harbour lies Fox head, round which, to the N. VV. lies Conch harbour, in which is good anchorage, well up to the head of it, in good holding ground, in 1 1 fathoms water. It is open to the S, S. E. About 2 leagues to the S. W. from Conch, is Milliard's harbour, by the French called Botitot ; this is but a very inditTerent place for ship- ping, but convenient for fishing craft. Four miles and a half further to the S. S. W. is the harbour of Englee. This harbour is situated on the north side of Canada bay. To sail into this place, you must pass a remarkable low white point on Kuglee island, which forms the north entrance of Canada bay ; then keep near the shore, until you are abreast of the next point which makes the iiarbour ; then haul round to the S. E. taking care not to borrow too near the point, it being shoal a cable's length off; and you may anchor from 15 to 7 fii- thoms, very good holding ground ; but this is well up in the cove, which is too small to lie in, unless moored head and stern. In Bide'a arm. which runs up north from Englee, near 2 leagues, there is no j^ood an- chorage, it being very deep water : Within the south end '>f Englee isl- and there is a good harbour for shallops ; but there is no passage even for boats, from thence to the place where the ships lie, except at high water, or, at least, half tide. Canada bay lies up N. N. W. from Point Canada, (which is the south point that forms the entrance of Canada bay) upwards of H league". Thisi bay cannot be of any use for shipping, otherwise than as a place of shel- ter in case of necessity. On being caught near i^ shore in a hard gale of easterly wind, ships may, with the greatest sarety, run up and anchor in this bay, free from all danger. In such case, when you are above 2 small rocky isles, which lie near Bide's head, called the Cross islands, you will observe a low white point, and another^low black one a little above it. Off the latter a sunken rock lies about 2 cables' length ; there- fore keep the middle of the bay, and you will meet with no danger, ex-* cept a rock above water, which lies a mile below the point of the nar- rows ; leave this rock on the larboard hand, keeping the middle of the water, and you will carry 1 8 fathoms through the narrowest part ; soon after you are above which, the bay widens to upwards of a mile across ; 70 Blurtl's Aniorican Conni Pilot. 10 Edit. 10 Relit. 1111(1)0(1 mny nurhor in 10 and "iS) tathoinii water, gooil Iwiltling groiiiul, and st'cuiT tVoiii nil wiikIh. 'I'liroc iniU's Moiith from Canada point in ('jinada lioad. It in protty hijrii. and vt>i' di S. VV. from Ciinada head in Mooping hnr- Itoiir, l»y the F'rKurh railed San^ford. This place has 2 arnis, or rather l).t)H, the one lyiiiy u\t the northward, and t!n' other to tin; wentward. There is very de. jt water in the n»trth arm, until you approach near the head ; it is .) I i'>se sandy 'oettoin, entirely op«'n to sonlherly winds, and not a place of safety for shipping:;. In the westward arm a ship may safely and or ii\ a niod( rate depth of wat"r. Al;oiit 4 niihis to the southward of Hooping harbour is Kouchee. There is no anchoraj^e in this phice until you approach near the h(uid, vhcrt! there is a cove on the north tide. The land is I'Xtrcmely high on both sides, and deep water close to the shore. This cove is about '2 or Smiles from the entrance, in wliich there is anchorage in 1(1 fathoms water, but So small, that a ship must moor head and stern. There is another a.'m, which runs near '2 miles above this ; it is extremely nar- row, and so deep water, that it is never used by shipping. Three leagues to the S. VV. from Forichf'e, is Great harbour deep, by the French called Hay Orange : It may be known from any other place, by the land at its entrance being much lower than any laud on the north side of White's bay, and l)ears N. W. ^ N. from Partridge point. This is a large bay. A little within liie entrance there is a small cove on osich side, generally used by the tlshing ships, though very dangerous for a ship to lie in : 'I'lioy always moor head and stern ; notwithstanding, if a gale of wind happens to tiie eastward, they are in the greatest danger. Near 3 miles within the erttrance of this bay, it branches out in .3 arms. In the north arm, w hich is much the largest, there is so deep water, you will have no ancliorage until you approach near the head ; the middle arm is the best p.n*'e for ships to anchor, in 7 fathoms water, and a good bottom. F'rom Oi.mge bay, 2 leagues to the S. \V. is Grandfather's cove, by the French called TAnce TUnion. This is an inlet of about 2 miles, directly open to the S. E. winds ; it may be known when near the shore, by the north point of it appearing like an island, and bears N. W. by W. i W. from Partridge point. It is but an indifl'erent harbour for shipping. Scarce- ly 2 miles further, is another inlet, called Little harbour deep, by the French, la Vache. This is also directly open to the S. E. winds ; off the north point of this inlet, are some rocks, i a mile from the shore, which always shew above water, about which is good fishing ground ; the water is not very deep in any part of this inlet, and when you are half way from the entrance to the head, it becomes quite shoal. About 2 leagues further to the S. W. is Little cat arm, which is an inlet tliat lies up west 2 miles. This inlet is about 2 miles from Great cat arm. Off the north head there arc some rocks, which shew above water ; to avoid which, in sailing in, keep nearest to the south side ; but you will find no anchorage till you approach near the head of this arm, where you will be securely land-locked. Upwards of 3 leagues to the S. S. W. from Great cat arm, is Coney arm head. This is the most remarkable land on the west side of White bay : it bears W. S. W. distance 3 leagues from Partridge point. The land, all the way, runs nearly straight, until you come to this head, which pro- jcct» out n( Coney arm, W. from Ih fur tishing c From Co Frenchman From Fr« low ragged I in a small c( stern. Thi From Jat <^nd of Sop' from Partrii Gout island, north of whi .Sop's island- island. Thi fore you c(»i a cove at tin coves oppos is carried on within Goat From the bay, the dist Here the riv Near 6 lej of the bay, li and atlbrds iv hies' length ( Nearly abre; bay, is Purw veniencies fo W. by S. J- i This arm liei in about 18 f its entrance : where small thorns water ferent place, the point on i Two Icagu about S. E. b this arm is a shoal, wherec best piiasage i this is not pi point lie the About 1,', n ward arm, ie ly land-locke( there is good you are near 's a mussel bar and above this 10 Edit. Biuiit*tf Atnrricnii Coast Pilot. 71 all Iro- ject^t uut titrurlv 1} miU>, I'orininit u deep lu^lit, wliicli U ciiilril Great Coney arm. 'I'livro. is no ktiui or^^licltcr for HluppiiiK at tliin place. N. W. from thi' IkmkI, is Little iUmvy arm, which i« a roiivi'iiiciit little placH fur fiMliiri){ craft, but at thu cutraitcc it in too Hhallow for a ^liip. Fruiii Coney head, about 4 miles further up the Itay, in a cove culled Freiichman'M cove, in which a 4hi|> might Hafely anchor. l''rom l''renchmun'H cove, about a league further to the houIIi, round n low ragj^etl point, i« JackHon's arm, in which in pretty deep water, except in a small cove on the starboard hand, where a Hhi|) may moor head and btern. This place ulfords the larK«*Nt timber in White's bay. From Jiickson^s arm, l miles further to the southward, is the north end of Sop's island, which bears S. VV. J VV. distance about 10^ miles from l'artrid;j;e point. This^island is 1 1 miles in circuit, by which, anti Goal island, is formetl a lon^ passage, or ai n», called .Sop's arm ; in the north of which a hbip may safely anchor, just within the north end of Hop's island. The best passable into this arm is by the north wide of Sop'H island. There is also aiiclioniii^e l)etween .Sop's island and the main, be- tbre you come the length of (Joat island, but the water is deep ; there i!4 a cove at the north cind of tliis island, called Sop's cove, and iJ other small coves opposite on the mam, called Hart's coves, in iiil of which n fishery iH carried on, but ship^ generally anchor in the upper part of the arm, within Gont island. From the north end of Sop's island, to the river at the head of the bay, the distance is upwards of leagues. This place iii called gold cove. Here the river brancheH out into several small streams of water. Near 5 leagues down from the river head, and nearest the S. E. side of the bay, lies Granby's island, by some called Mid-bay island. This isl- and aflbrds no cove nor shelter for boats. On the S. K. part, about 2 ca- bles' length olV, there is a shoal, whereon is not above 1^ fathoms water. Nearly abreast, or rather below this island, on the S. K. side of the White bay, is Purwick cove, in which shipping may safely anchor, and good con- veniencies for the Jisherv. About .0 miles to the N. E. of this cove, and W. by S. J S. from the north end of Sop's island, lies Westward arm. This arm lies up about S. E. 4 miles, in which ships may safely anchor, in about 18 fathoms water : there is a cove on each side of this arm, at its entrance ; that on the N. E. side, culled Bear cove, is much the best, where small ships may securely moor, sheltered from all winds, in 12 fa- thoms water ; the other cove, which is called Wild cove, is but an indif- ferent place, being open to the N. W. winds, and a foul rocky bottom i the point on the N. E. side of Western arm, is called Hauling point. Two leagues to the N. E. of Hauling point, is another arm, lying up about S. E. by S. 3 or 4 miles, called Middle arm. At the entrance of this arm is a rocky island, from which, quite home to both shores, is a shoal, whereon is from 1 to 2, and in some places 3 fathoms water. The best piiasage into this arm is, to keep the larboard shore on board ; but this is not proper for large shipping. Between this arm and Hauling point lie the Pigeon islands, about which is good fishing ground. About 1^ mile to tiie N. E. from Middle arm, is another, called South- ward arm, ii> whicli a ship may safely anchor in 17 fathoms water, entire- ly land-lock«nl ; here she will be nearly 3 miles within the heads, but there is good anchorage in any part below, from 20 to 25 fathoms, beiore you are near so far up. A little above the inner point, on the north side, is a mussel bank entirely across the arm, which is nearly dry at low water ; and above this bank you will again have 11 and 1'2 fathoms, and contiouesi II' *.. 4 7S Hluriffl Amrricftn Con.st Pilo^ 10 R<1it. 10 Edit. (ieup to (lit* river luMid. Thiv urrn is iiciiiiy 5 U'liKnn ulmvo I'artriilKn point, tind inti^ Ix^ known, when miIimk uii tlio S. K. nu\(\ of the Whiti* h;iy, by it» hoin^ th«' firnt inlot, nnd hearn W. by S. Ironi C<»n«') ami h^Hil, which hi'H on the other aide of the bay, nnd which hisid it idwHyH vory conMpicnoiifl. Near a Icugtir ri'«)ni Soiithwiii'd arm, towardi Partridge point, in Lolmter Harbour. 'I'hiN is a Nniidl round harbour, with a iihoid narrow iMitrance ; at low waler, at «onio places in tin' * iilrance, tlwre in nul iihovi! H or !) feet water, but after yon are in, you will have I'i and IM CathomH all over the harbour. Small Nhip>< may enter at proper limen of tide. It n<»w« fHi full and <,liiiinrc day-*, nean-Mt K. by S. and VV. by N. in all placeM in White bay. From Canada bead the current ^ <>nerally MetM up the White bay, on the N. W. Hide, anil down the bay on the oth<>r fide ; and between rartrid^e point and r;ipe John, it generally nioH about M. K. Iiy K. It is obtierved that the Hood or ebb, Mcaroe ever niakco any altera- tion in the conrHe of the riirrrnt. From Canada head to Fleiir de [,ys, the course Ih south nearly 10 league:). This harbour in Hituatt^i about 4 inilento (be S. I), from Partridge point, and bears S. W. by W. ^ W. diHtnncc about 10 iiiiIoh from the went <;nd of the westernmost of the Horse i^l»Il(l^. 'I'he tntra'ice of thi(* har- bour is not distinguishable, until you come pretty near Ine shore : but it maybe known at a distance, by a iuoin|ipeariii); something like the top of a fleur de lyj, from whi^h it takes it* name. There is no danger in sailing into this harbour, until you rotne within 2 cables' length of the harbour island, which ix on the south j^ide, at which distance there lies n rock, whereon there is not above (5 feet at low water ; it is shoal from this rock li('nu> to the island ; to avoid which keep the starboaid or north shore on board, and you may come too in any part of this harbour nbove the said inland, in ijf and 5 fathoms water, sheltered from all «vinds. The two Horse islands are situated between Partridge point and cape John. The west end of the weeternmost Morse island bears E. |^. dis- tance 10 or 1 1 iniles ftom Partridgr noint ; and the S. E. p9irt'o£tlk east- ernmost island bears N. W. by W . from cape John, distance near h leagues. These inlands are about 6 leagues in circuit, and tolerable high { there arc 3 rocks above water, lying to the northward of the easternmost, afid pn the cast side of the said island arc sunken rocks, at some places near a mile from the shore. There is a small harbour, lit for shallops, at the S. E. part of this island. Bay Verte and Mynx lie to the S. E. from Fleur de Lys, are small places not tit for shipping. At Mynx it is impossible for more than one ship to lie, which is between a small rock island and the main, moored head and stern. Between these places is bay of Verte or Little bay, which runs up S. E. full 3 leagues ; and towants the hea.i tb-'re is plenty of i^ood timber. Bay of Pine, or Mynx, is an inlet ofaboui five miles, ntr rds no anchorage, ex- cept at Mynx, which is at the entracre as beiiire riirntioned. Near 5 leagues to S. E. from Flour de Lys, is the harbour of Pacquet, at ^ a mile within the entrance. This harbour divides into 2 arms, the one extending to the N. W. and the other to the S. W. The N. W. arm is a very good place for shipping to lie in entirely land-locked ; the S. W. arm is a mile long, but narron , yet is a safe snug harbour. This harbour is not very distinguishable until you approach pretty near ; it bears S. ^ W. from the passage between the Horse islands, and may be known by the south ;k mountain ; the north point is rather low, off being a high which liA J unchor in I .Vboiit 2 'I'hw H a ci niuling into inner point! hour, »hi( I (it for ^liipi Mandy botto About t I Cey. 'lln. Hig in ; you water. Cape Job t>' N. and III island, beai'i From cap distflnce i I 1 it being dire sea. N. i W on «\bich, in and tite shor Wiif r »p( Twiliu^ali.- ix only. From Capi or 18 leii^ue.- This is a j)ie tricate and d; and coming ti very bold to .scarcely half the Hiidllc, a you are throu if you intend bring the'poii hour rock, w low water spr from (5 to J fat Coming fro Fogo head, oti iterally (more to the eastwar Coming from 1 (which is a sui harbour) whe (by compass) i in the hollow i Tickle, which which makes t cover the entr; is that on Sim' the south side, immediately w .ft-fe,. 10 Edit. Blunt% Amrrican Coast Pilot. 7J laces lie, lern. E. |Bay ex- It, at lone is a arm not Irom )uth off which lie '^ rook inlcs ; holh «hnrcH «r«» hold too. Sti»«»r throctty in, nml uiichor in th«' N. W. uim, mi alxtiit I I liitiionH >vi4t>i. Ahont '.' Ici)((nes tVnrn I'll* t|(K't, to (lu> 8. t). i«i Grnit ruiiiul hiithonr. ThiM IH a rtiiivcinciit httlt< liiirlMtiii' I'm- liMhiii)^! round a point to lh«- N. K. I'lom (hm, h not lit i'or '•luppini;; it it only a cuvi', v^hvruin in hot 2 I'athoniM, and a looxn miiikIv bottom. Aliont I niilt'H to the S. \V. tVom c\i\w John, m the Hiniill harhonr of La Cvy. 'I'liii \A.uA'. i>i opi'ri to tlw N. N. VV. 'I'Immt is ru» dangi>i' in «Hil- "■K ''* « y*>" ""^y anchor in any^ depth yon pluane, iVoui U tu 3 luthuuit water. Cape .lohn i>* a lofty ra^-^fd poini of hind. It Vu"i in ihi' latitude of .^jO* G' N. and may he known l»y the ihill ish*, whnli is a Miiall, hiKh, round island, hearinK nearly eaHt, ahont I inih'H from the pil( li oI'iIm* rap<>. From cap!' John to tho hay of I'wilin^^ate, the course jh .S, K. Uy K, diHtnnce 1 1 or \2 harm's. i'hiH i« hut an indilVerent place for »'hi|»pinK, it hfiiij; directly open to th»' N. K. winds, which heave in a vt'iy );reat »eM. N. I VV. ahont \ miles from the entraiKU- of this hay, there i^ a hunk, on wiiich, in the winter, the Mca hasi Ixmmi rtct>n to hrcak, hi-twccn whieU and tlie shore liiere arc from hi) U> >U» fithomn naier. Wii'f' ripe cove, which lien on the went side of the westernmoHt Twilm^alc inland, that makes Twilingate bay, h u place for fiHhing craft only. From Cape John to Fojro head, theconrtic is K. hy 8. \ .S. distance 17 or IB lea;;uef*. Iimin'dialely to the eastward of this head is Foj^o harbour. This is a pretty i^o()«l harbour for lishiiin ships, &,c. but the entrance is in- tricate and daiiii;eroii>. 'J'o sail into Ibis harbour with a westerly wind, and coming from the westward, keep close on hoanl of Fogo head ; it in very bold too, imd nothinj; to lear until you open a narrow entrance, scarcely half a cable's length wide. Steer directly in, keopuig right in the Hiidlk', aaityoi. will carry from 8 to \ fathoms water Ihrough. When you are through this paisaj^e, which is commonly called the West Tickle, if you intend to anchor in the westward highf, steer to tlu; S. K. till you liring the'poinl between the bights to hear W. hy N. to avoid tlie har- bour rock, which in a sunken rock, that »icarcely ever shows but at dead low water spring tides ; tlion you may haul up to the westward, and anchor from Gto J fathoms, good holding ground, and sheltered from all winds. Coming from the westwarJ, you must not he afraid to make hold with Fogo head, otherwise you will lni^s the West Tickle : and as there isge- i>erally (more particularly with a westerly wind) a strong current running to the eastward, ships making that mistakf ^ seldom can work up again ; Coming from the eastward, and bound into Fogo, to avoid Dean's rock, (which is a simken rock, in the passage between Joe Batt's point and Fogo harbour) when abreast of Joe Batt'ii point, you must steer W. N. W. (by compass) until a remarkable round hill, called Brimstone hill, appears in the hollow of the harbour. Then you may steer directly for the East Tickle, which may he known by the lantern on the top of Sim's isle, which makes the west side of the Tickle ; as you ajjproach, you will dis- cover the entrance. Give birth to the point on the siariioard hand, which is that on Sim's isle, and steer directly up the harbour, keeping nearest the south side, and you will carry from 5 to 3 fathoms water through : immediately when you are round the point, steer S. S. W. to avoid the 10 A^< 0>^».^' IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I ■u lU 122 2.0 lU lU u 140 IJi& III '-2^ 1 '' u^ ^ 6" » <^ VQ '■>. Photographic Sciences CorpQration 23 WBT MAIN STRliT WIBSTM.N.Y. MSM (716)172-4503 4' <> o z ^ .^' <> % ^^ 74 Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot. TO Edi(. harbour rock, and follow the above directions for anchoring. As there are 2 entrances to thij^arbour,- and both narrow, you may choose accord- ing to the wind. The middU Tickle is .nly fit, and even intricate*, for shallops, though it apfipars the widest. About 7 miles to the K. E. from the entrance of Fogo harbour lie^ Little Fogo island ; from which, above 2 leagues distance, to the north- ward, eastward, and westward, lie a great number of small rocks, above and under water, which makes this part of the coast exceeding dangerous, especially in foggy weather. Between the bay of Twilingate and Fogo head, nearly midway, lief> the isle of Bacalean. To the S. W. from this island, near 3 miles, is the harbour of Herring neck, which is a fine harbour, sufficient for any ships From the round head of Fogo, which is the N. E. part of the i. l,tnd, to the outermost Wadhnm's island, the course is S. E. by E. distance 14 or 16 miles. There is a very good passage between these islands, often used by shipping. This passage is above a mile wide, and is between the second and third island ; that is, you are to leave 2 of the islands with- out, or to the northward of you. Those islands are about 6 lenguafe iii circuit, and lie near 2 leagues from the main land. From the outermost of Wadham's islands, that is the N. E. isle lo the Gull isles off Cape Freels, the course is S. E. distance 10 leagues. Gull isle is a small rock island, and lies about a mile and a half from the pitch of Cape Freels, which is a low point of land ; between this cape and T Green's pond island are several small islands and sunken rocks along shore. There is no passage from the cape towards Green's pond for shipping within the Stinking isles, without being very well acquainted. The Stinking islands lie S. S. E. 2 leagues from Gull island, and N. N. W> 13 leagues from Cape Bonavista. N. \ E. from Cape Bonavista, and N. 27'^ E. ^bout, 10 leagues from Cape Freels, lies Funk island. This island Ue« in the latitude of 49° 52' N . it is but small and low, not to be seen above 4 or 5 leagues in clear weather. There are 2 small isles, or rather rocks, at a small distance from the N. W. part. This island is much frequented by sea birds of various kinds. About W. N. W. distance 7 leagues from Funk island, lie the danger- ous rocks, called Darel's ledge, upon which the sea almost always breaks. Green's pond harbour is situated on the .v 3St side of Bonavista bay» and bears from the Stinking isles, S. 63" W. du:tance upwards of 4 j^eagues. It may be known by the Copper islands, which lie to the southward of the harbour, and are pretty high, and sugar-loaf topped. This harbour is formed by several islands, that are detached about half a mile from the main land, the largest of which is called Pond isle^ and makes the north side of the harbour. This island is tolerable high, and near 5 miles in circuit. The other islands, making the south side, ar^ but small. This is but a small harbour. Towards the upper part 2 ship? can scarcely lie abreast. There is no danger in jsailing into this harbour, until you ap- proach its entrance, where you must be cMireful of a shoal ; it is but of very small extent, whereon is not above 6. or 7 feet at low water ; you may pass on either side of this shoal ; but the north side is the widest and best passage. S. 70** W. about 4 miles from the Copper island is Shoe cove point. About 2 miles to the northward of this point lies New harbour, in which siiipa may safely aniphor, though it is but a small harbour. riry- Edit. As there ! accord- cat <•, for )our lieu le north- C8, above tngerouu, way, lies es, is the iny ^hipg . 1. land, to uce 14 or nds, often tween the mds with- e.'igna^ iii ale lo the les. Gull the pitch cupc aud >ck3 along 8 pond for aiutcd. and N. N. tgues from ide of 49° es in clear il distance a birds of le danger- lys breaks, ivista bay, 4 leagues, ithward of is harbour e from the the north 5 miles in all. This n scarcely til you ap- t is but of ater ; you he widest ove point. , in which 10 Edit. BItiriVs American Coast Pilot. n Indian bay runs up west about 4 leagues aboTe this harbour ; at the head of which there is plenty of good timber. From Copper island to the Gull isle of Cape Bonavista, the course il «S. E. \ S. distance 10^ leagues ; and S. 20^ W. distance 2 leagues from ;mall drift, by reason of shoals about you, and a S. S. E. wind brings in a great sea, so that it is very bad riding, and only used in summer time : the harbour lies N. W. about a league in ; but you must keep the south side going in, for that is the clearest. Off the south point of the entrance of the harbour is an island, a small ilistance from the shore ; and off the said south point of the harbour, S. E. by E. about half a league, is a great rock high above water, called Re- nowes rock, which you may see at least 3 leagues off in fair weather, but the rock is bold to go on either side. From Renowes point to.Fermowes is 1 J league N. E. by N. N. E. and N. tending about, but being a little without Renowes, the course will be N. N. E. till you come open of the harbour of Fermowes. Between the said two harbours is a cove, called Bears' cove : a place only for boats to stop at if the wind be contrary, but no inhabitants. Fermowes is a very good harbour, and bold going in, no danger but the shore itself; it lies in N. W. and N. W. by W. Being past the entrance, there are several coves on each side of the harbour, where ships may and often do ride ; the first cove on the starboard side (going in) or north side, is called Clear's cove, where ship's seldom (but may) ride ; the next within it, a little distance on the north side, is the Adiaural's cove (where BlutifH American Coast Pilot. lOEdrt. Uvea a plnntfr ;) in this raw yoii lie land-lockod from »U winds, utid ride in 7 or fathoms, good ground. The Vice AdtniraPs cove (so called) is on the south sick;, farther in. or more westerly, and in a very roo to tiHli, but not lurHhips to ride. A little without Toad's cove (or to the eastward) is Boxes island, be- tween which and it is no passsige, but only for boats to go through nt high water. From Balinc head to the Momables bay is N. by E. about 4 miles, and lies N. W. near 2 miles ; it lies open to the sea, yet is a good place I'orfishing. rrom Bnline head to the north point of Momables bay (which is the south point of Whitless bay) the course is N. N. E. northerly 4 miles oft*, which point ig a shoul of rocks that lie a great way off, so that men must be kell acquainted to go with ships between tl)^ said point and Green isl- andf which is a small island right oiT against tKe said point, a little more than n mile ; for if you intend to come through between them, then it is beajt to keep the island side, which is clearest. Prom the said shoril point or south point of Whitless bay, the land on the south side of the bay li*^ in, first part N. N. W. and after more westerly. From the south point of Whitless bay to the north point of the said bay 19 N. E. by N. about a league, so that it is a large going into the bay, lid about a league within Gull island to the head of the bay,, there is turning in or out, but about half way into the bay on the north side (where the planters live and the Admiral's stage is) there is a ledge of rocks which you must avoid : the most paitt of them may be seen above water : you may lie but little without the outermost, which appears dry. This is a far better bjiy than Momables, by reason of the Gull and Green isl- and lying without before it ; you may sail between the islands, or between Green island and the south point of Bay Bulls, yet ships, after the be- ginning of September, will not care to ride in Whitless bay, but rather come to Bay Bulls, which is but 1^ league by sea to it, and not above 2^ miles over land. From Cape Broyle to Bay Bulls is N. N. E. half easterly, 5 Ie.agues from the south head of Bay bulls to the north head, called bull head, the course is N. E. northerly, 1} mile, or thereabouts, between which 2 heads go in the Bay Bulls, lying W. N. W. for at least two miles, and after that N. W. for about a mile, to the river head. In this bay is good riding, from Sx") fathoms at the first entrance between the heads, to 18, 16, &c. after you are shot within Bread and Cheese point, which is a point half the bay in, on the north side, where there is a cove in which the Admi- rals keep th<^, ir stage. You must give this point a little birth, for a sunken rock that lies off that point not | a cable's length, else all the bay is bold too, and nothing to hurt you but what you see. Being past that point, run up and anchor (or turn up) against the high hills called Joan Clay's hill (bring it N. E.) in 13 or 14 fathoms, which you will have there almost from side to side, but merchantmen run farther in, and anchor, some in 10, 9, or 8 fathoms, not above a point open, and others not above ^ a point. Men of war ride not 3 points open. Here, generally, the fleet is made up ; that is, here they meet ready to sail (commonly for the Streights) by the 16th or 20th of September. It is from side to side against Joan Clay^s hill as aforesaid, 430 fathoms, so that it wants 4)ut 10 fathoms of half an English mile broad. Frwn BffjrIBulls to Petty harbour, the course is N, E. by N. 3i or 4 leagues » between which is nothing remarkable of bays or coves, but a steep dead shore only. About midway is a place called the Spout, being ) Edit. lives, a »nd, be- ll lit high 4 miles, h\ place ',h ia the miles oft*, ncn miiHt irecn isl- tlc more thon it is the land ter more r the snid > the bay, , there is le (where ! of rocks ve water : ry. This jreen isl- r between r the be- mt rather above 2^ 5 le.agues head, the which 2 and ailer )od riding, , 16, &c. [point half the Admi- a sunken [ay is bold lat point, tan Clay's >re almost some in Jabove ^ a Ihc fleet is for the [de to side. Its ^ut 10 31 or 4 |ves, but a )ut, being 10 Edit. Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot. 7ft a hollow place which the seu rum into, und having u vent on the top uf the land, near the water side, spouts up the water in such u manner that you may ticc it u great way off, especially if there be any sea, which cautics the greater violence. The entrance to Petty harbour is a large bay, for from the south point to the north point is a league distance, N. N. E. and S. S. W. and it is u league in, where the ships ride that tish there, being but a litlk cuvc. It lies in W. N. W. From the north point of Petty harbour to Cape Spear, the course is N. K. by N. 2 miloH, or thcrcubouts, und from thence the land tends into the N. W. to Black head, and so to the harbour of St. John's. From Cape Spear to the harbour of St. John's is N. W. by N. 4 mi^s ; between which arc threeMpyH * the first is from Cupc Spear to B(ack head, and is called Cape uay ; the second is from Black head to Low point, and is called Deadman's buy, several men and boats being formerlv lost in that bay ; thv third is from Low point to St. John's harbour, hikIis called Fresh water bay. ' The harbour of St. John's is an excellent good harbour, (though nar- row in the entrance) and the chief in Newfoundland, for the number of ships used und employed in fishing, and fur smacks ; as also for the num- ber of inhabitants here dwelling and remaining all the year ; it is narrow going in, not above 160 fathoms broad from jjkfi south point to the north point, but bold to the very rockn, on shore itself, and you have 16 or 17 fathoms, the deepest between the two heads ; it lies N. *'. W. but it is yet more narrow pft(^|the first entrance, by reason of two rocks lying within, on each 8ide,^it above water, between which you are to sail, it being just 05 fathoms broad between them. But being past them you may run in boldly, (it being then wider by a great deal,) and can take no hurt but from the shore, only within the aforesaid rock. On the south side of it, a point within .Ring-noon (which is a small bay) there lies a sunken rock about 30 fathoms off the shore, which has not above 8 feet water oit it. Being in the harbour, you may anchor in 8, 7, 6, 5, or 4 fathoms, a» you please, and be land-locked from all winds, for it lies up W. S. VV. You must observe that you cannot expect to sail in, unless the wind be at S. W. or to the southward of it, and then the wind casts in betv/een the two hills, till you are quite within the narrow, and there you have roomi enough. But if it be W. S. VV. or more westerly, the wind will cast out, and you must warp in. But be sure, if unacquainted, that you mistake not the harbour of St.. John's for a place called (C^uiddj^ Viddy or) Kitty Vitty, which is within s mile of it, and shews an opening like a good harbour, as St. John's, but ig not so, being a place -only for boats to go in ; it is narrow and dangerous,, even for boats, at low water ; you may know it by a round bare hill (head like) in the form of a hay-cock, which is called Cuckold's head, and is just at the south part of the entrance of this Kitty Vitty, and to the north- ward of St. John's f of a mile, or more : but besides this your courue from Cape Spear will guide you. From St. John's to Torljay, the course is between N. by E. (being at a little distance without the harbour) and N. About 2| leagues between St. John's and*Torbay, are several points which have names given them, that is, from St. Johd's to Cuckold's head, going into Kitty Vitty ; the pextis SmalUpoint, which lies N. E. by ^l. about 2 miles from St. John's ; the third is Sugar-loaf point, and lies N. by E. from Small point, { a league ; the fourth is Red head, and lies north from Sugar loaf; a^bout 2 fMI Blunt^b American Coast Pilot 10 Edit. milcfl Wtwccri which, that ix, Sugar loafniul Red hcnd, 19 a hay, railed Lo]ry hay ; odd the fifth point iH the Houth point of Torhav, and Iich N. hy W. \ II point woHti'ily, from hed h«!ad, iihoiit '2 inilcrt, 'I'lie point of Tor- hay is luw(>r than all the rest. From the Haid Houth point of 1 or hay to th(> anchoring place \vh«Ti> HliipH UHually ride, the ronrMc is \V. hy N. '2 milcH and more, where you aix hor in 14 fathoms agninHt Green cove. liu' if yon arc open of the hay, the course iH W. 8. VV. for the hay ist large, and at ^a^t I league from the Kouth point to the north point, wliich north point is called Flat rock ; Mothatif ^ou come from the northward hy Flat rock (which is a low hiack point, with a Hut rock lying otT it, and hreakfl on it) your course then into '1 or hay i» S. W. i\ league. 'I'hi^re live 2 plan- ters at 'J'orhay. It is a bad place for ships to ride in with the wind out at dca, for being open to the ocean there falls in a4|||reat 8ca. Froir the north point of Tor!«ay (called Flat rock) to Red head hy N. the course is N. hy VV. about \ a league ; hut from Flat rock to llli.ck head by N. the course is N. by \V. ^ VV. 2 leuguen. Frouj Black head to Cape St. Francis is N. VV. 5 miles ; Cape St Francis is a whitish point, and low in comparison to the other land, but at tea the high land over it is taken for the cape. Within the point of ihe cape to the southward of it is a cove, calle«l Shoe cove, where hoats used to come a tilting (using the fisherman's expression) that is, to split and salt the tish they catch, w^ui blowing hard and is bad weather, cannot get the places they belong to in time. In this cove you may haul up a boat to save her, it the wind be out, for with northerly, westerly, and south- erly winds you will lie safe. There is a good plafl^lTit to catch tish. About A a league off, triangular-ways, from CapOTBt. Francis, lie sunken rocks ; the ou'^^ripost lie F.. N. E. from the cape, about 1| mile. There are also grea* (:X8 above water, like small islands, the outermost of which lies about J .iiile east from tlic capo ; and the innermost not half n mile offshore, be^.teun which rocks (or island) and the gunken rocks you may go (as \vm been done) with boats, and tind water enough for any Hhip ; but men are unwilling to venture, there being no advantage in the catse. These great rocks make the aforesaid Shoe cove the better and more safe. There is also another cove to the northward of the point of the cape, for boats when the wind is off the shore, but else not safe. From Cape St. Fiancis to Belle Isle is S. VV. and S. W. by S. 6 or 6^ leagues, being a birge island, not above a league from the shore, against which island, on the main, is a cove called Portugal cove, where they used to catch and cure fish in summer time, and lies to eastward. Belle isle is about 2 leagues in length, and about 3 miles broati, and th& ships that fish there lie in a little cove on the south side ofthe island, which will contain 5 or 6 ships, accordmg to the rate as they lie in Bay Verds. From cape St. Francis to the island of Bacalieu, is N. by E. about 10 leagues. Bacalieu is an island 2 leagues long, and above ^ a league broad, about which boats used to tish ; there are no inhabitants on it, but abundance of fowls of several sorts, which breed there in the summer time. Between this island and the main is about a league, where you may sail through with ships, if you plense. Bay of Vcrd's head and the S. W. end of Bacalieu lie E. by N. and W. by S. one from the'other about 1^ leagues. From Cape St. Francis to the bay of Verd's head, is ^. about 8^ leagues ; and from the head, to the bay or cove where ships ride, is about j of a mile to the westward ofthe head ; the place where ships ride is -%=»* lOLdit ly, rulled icM N. I>y it of lor- orbiiy to . i»y N. 2 ovf. Hu» iti large, ich north a by Kliit briMikn on 2 1*1 a II' ind out at nu\ \yy N. to lili.ck Cape St nni(tli tiom the atageM. 'J'he ship j^nat plenty ol fish, and they being »o near them, make tishing ships desire that place the more, althougli there are rtuvcral incouvenicnccs in it, us being u very bad place for wood and water, kc. The ships lie open to the 8. W. in i:he bay of Consumption. There i« a cove also on the east side of the bay Verd's head, about a musket shot over from bay Verds itself, culled Uluck cove, where stage:^ ar<::, and boats ktpt to catch fish. Bay Verds is easily to be known by the island Bav^alieu, luid also by another head within Uacalieu, shooting out, called Split point, and also Bay Verds head itself, which is the westernmost ; these 3 heads shew very bluH', and ve^y like one another, when you come from the south- ward ; there is no d:i>iger in going into Buy Ver 'a but what y virda a mile off the point of the beach (within which the ahipa ride ;) you may then keep the north ahore, becauae there ia a bar or ledge ahoota over from the aouth aide, almoat to the north ahore. To know when you are near the suid bar, or ledge, observe thiH tntu-k : you will aee two white rocka on ^he land, hy the water side, in a bank on the north side ; which ahewa whiter than any place else, and is about n mile below, or to the eastward of the beach, which is good to be known, being a low point, nothing but beach for . some distance ; keep the naid north ahore pretty near, where vou will have 3^ fathoms on the bar, and presently after 4, 5, 6, and 7 fathoms ; but ii you t»tand over to the south- ward till you are got within the said bar or ledge, you will not have above 7, 8, and 9 feet water : this sand tends S. C from athwart the aforesaid two white rocks, and runa'over close to the aouth side, bul being past that as aforesaid, you may turn from aifle to Mde, till within the beach, and ride land-locked in 4, 5, or 6 fathoms, or higher up ia 7, 8, 9, or lU futhomn. as you please. The harbour or river runs up S. W. by W. ut lea4||twu leagues above the beach, nnvigabte. Being bound to Harbour Grace, be sure to go to the northward of Har- bour Grace islands, which lie before the harbour, abovea mile off, for (he southward of the islands, between it and the aouth shore of tlte har- bour, is foul ground : the harbour lies in W. S. W. From Harbour Grace to Cape St. Francis, is £. northerly, 7^ leagues. From Harbour Grace to Bryitt*^ cove, ii- S. W. about ^ a league, but is no place where ships use : one pbnter lives th^re, it being a good pbco for catching of fish. In the entrance of this cove lies a rock in the mid- dle, but above water. You may t{0 in on either side with a ship, and have 4 or 6 fathoms, and anchor withiil4tin clean ground. From Harbour Grace to Spaniard's bay, s S. S. W. about 3 lenguej^. J EdiL 10 Edit. Btunf n Afnrrirun CoAfit Pilot, rancc ol Inch ■iil« abuut » and. > it. «t an other Ic to Ki'dc, en, which )ck on tht; the north iicdlesM for ight above I, you may lile off the n keep the I the south thiH inurk : a bank on is about it be known, the Haiti »e bar, and he south- lave above aforesaid ngpu^tthat I, and ride U fathoms. it Ica^twu ird of Har- klc off, for f tlie hac- 1^ league*, igue, but is good plnc(> n the mid- ), and have 3 leagues. This hay is d«>i>p nrxi lnrgt>, almoot hke Bay Roberts : hut thrrr are no inhnhitaiits, neither do men »nv thin place fur rtshi.ig, but there is good anchoring all over the hay ; it is but a sifiaJI neck of l.md over Bay RohertM. From Si)Mninrd*N bay to Bay Uoherti is S. F.. by F.. southerly, about 2 miles. TniH btiy is about 'i\ nnles broad, from the north point to the south point, which lie N. W. and S. hi. one from the other ; there is ve- ry good turning into the bay, and no danger but what you see. Vou may borrow on cither side, and go dose to the island, which lies on the star- board side going in. The bay is, at least 9 leagues long from the first en- trance ; it runs up with twn arms, afler you are a league in, the one lies up W. N. W. and is the deepcMt, and the other S. W. iSeing past the isl- and, or to the westward of it, which is bold too, you may run up about u mile and lie land-locked in Oor 10 fathoms, within the island. From Bay Koberts to Port Grave is :> or 4 miles about the point ; this bay is large, deep and very bold, as the other bays are ; there is a cove on (he starboard side going into thit bay, called Hhecp's cove, where you may moor your ship by head and stern, and ridt> in 'i[ and 5 fathoms, but your anchor to thtHi*rii lli«< Orttlt** ihhI tin* |MMiit i« a Uny, ivhcrr hoiiiM inny lir ivitti it tvtnti oil iliu Itiiid vi' iiifttk h«'itr( point ; tlivre in H U'tipt of r* 'krtii-iin, tlii» rourn*' ii H. VV. hv S. h or •! rnilrH. 'I o ilii* nonlhwHrtl of Hr«>iik liiMiii point \* a Aniiiil iHliiml Koint* little iliMtniirv oil the Mliorc, nillnl Snu vy lulnnd ; liclwrrn thf *.\u\ inIkimI hihI Shrrwirk point riin<« in ii pnMty i\vr\t \u\y, nn«l liro in S. K. from ShtTwirk point, iiIkhiI J of ti milr. Slirrwirk point m lmlr ; tliiw point i» the north point of OM rrrlioin. Thom* who iin> hoiiml to Old I'lrlinm, ninnot no with a ithip to tin* iiorthwiinl of th<> ialanil, thitt im«« u fnir p i«hiikc, y<>t it ix iil- toK<*ther foul ground, nmi a ithoni of rockii from the main to the inland (which inland in about a mil** and ] round, nnd uhuut \ a niilo in length ;) therefore whoever intpndn for Old Frrlirnn with anhip, inu»t go to the Moiithwnrd of the inlan W, by N. uIkxiI u mill* In iho Aiimiriir* •Itifi*. 'I'tio port iliMitiviMiliirv lie* within ttvi» •mall i*ltiiitU, h«'twin wliirh you Ktiil III, liMl yon iiiiiv Ko on «>ilhi!i' oiili' ol' tli« i«l«iul l»i«twi'i*u thnt hiiiI thi* main, it* yon huvc »i l«>ui|iiia; wifui tm iliiiiKi>r, iin«l hiivi* I nr .'» iathumi iit li'itKi, iinil rnn withni thi* <*inil i*«liiiiil->, nnti iint'lior in Ihut ry • curt* |ilii<'i' i'or hoiit* in l«iir'« hoiim* on tlit> Ittrboani •lUe; thin y\nv« will rontmn iiliovt* 1 00 boiitt in »tM-urity< Tn«>r<> u an inlainl wlnrh lir** otV tlio wvntur<% thi; one i** tVoro the port M. S. W. /> or (» iiiili'M, i'uIIimI (jret'ii i^laiwl, which it a pretty larKf imLiiiiI, anil you ^4'«> it a* »oon um you rom« out of Trinity harbour, in lair wi'uther ; anotbnr itiaiul In « H. \V. by •S. 3 inilcH, and another iitland without that, about 1 or Ti iiiil«><« iVoni Hona- vnnture : the rourne i" S. \V. by S. From HonavfMituri' Ih'iuI to the HorHt'chopM iN K. N. K. ii^ li'aa;ii(t«. From lionavekitun* head to Trinity liiiibt>ur, in N. K. by N. about J Umikui'm : b<>tW(M>n which are nonte bayii, but iu>t for nhips to ride in, un lemi the wind ii oA' the iihure. The flonschopH and hhurwirk point (beiiiK t^'*^ north point of Trinity harbour) lie W. N. W. und K. S. K. one from th:; oth<'r, Z len«uoH. Ur- twceii the HorHecliopH and Trinity harbour are two plareM where ship* UMcd to fixh ; the one ih F.ngliitli harbour, and in W. N. W. from the Horscchops 'Z milett, and ul\er yoii are about a point, tend** K. N. F. a^^ain; it in n clean bay, und you ride in 4 or 6 fathoiiM water : a planter or two live here. From FiiKltHh harbour to Salmon cove, the courMe in N, VV. by W, weRterly about half a IcRgue ; it \h a place for tixhiiiK, and there i:* a rivet which ruuH up about 2 milen to the northward. Without Salmon cove in a headland, called Foxch inland, yet joinN to the main by the neck of beach. To the northward of the Haiti island, or head- land, between it und Sherwick point, ruiiH in u bay, called lini>in lIoodN ; and in the said bay behind a point which lien out, small ships riile, and tish there. From the Homechops to Trinity harbour, the course Ih VV. N. W. about 2 leagues. Trinity harbour is the beiit and largest harbour in ail the land, having several arms and coves, where many hundred ships may all ride land-locked : It is n place which you may turn in or out, being bold too on either side, neither is there any dani^er but what you see, on- ly going into the^S. W. arm, where the Adinind's stage usually is, lien a shoal called the Muschel bank, which shoots off from the point, within the small island, on the larboard side going in, and lies over N. VV. about a third of the breadth of that arm which you must avoid : Being within that bank, which will discover itself by the colour of the water, you may edge close to the south shore, if you please, or keep your lead going, to avoid the Muschel bank, giving it a little distance ; you may anchor in It, 12 or 10 fathoms, and you may come so near to the stage on shore, us to make a stage with topmasts to your stage on shore, to lade or unlade your ship. It is a most excellent harbour ; tor after you are in this S. W. arm, there is another runs up W. N. W. n^ 2 miles, and near the head of that another runs up S. S. W. but the^ps a bar or ledge, at the entrance of this S. S. VV. arm, but the former W. N. W. is a large place, and good 80 Blunt^s American Coast^ilot. 10 Edit. anchoring tor 600 sail of ihips. You have besiclea fken^i aforementioned iirms, the main harbour, turning or lying up N. N. \V. and being within the hnrbour'8 mouth, you may ride in a cove, large and good on the Htar- board or east side, and land-locked in good ground, where planters live ; and over against that cove, on the larbourd or west side, are two other coves ; the northernmost of them is called the Vice Admiral's cove, for the conveniency of cr.ring (ish ; and above, or to the northward of this, is a large cove or arm, called God Almighty's cove, where there is room enough for 3 or 400 sail of ships to ride, all in clear ground, neither winds nor 6ea can hurt you, nor any tide, in which place ships may lay undiscovered, until you run up so far as to brin{; it open. Several other places there are in this excellent harbour, good clean ground, tough clay in all the arms and coves of Trinity, and have 4 and 5 fathoms water, with- in two boat's length, off the shore, any where, and 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, and 14 fathoms, and some places more, in the middle of the arms and chan- nels, as you please ; you may turn in or out as aforesaid, observing your tide, which rises there about 4 feet, sometimes more. For not only Sl^erwick point is bold, which is the northernmost, but also Salvages which is the southernmost. From the Horsechops to the south head of Cattolina bay, is N. E. by N. and N. E. 6 leagues. About a league to the northwar-^ of the Horsechops, is Green bay which runs pretty deep in, but no place where ships use to ride or lish. Being past Green bay, there is no place or cove for boats, till you come to flagged Harbour, or Catalina. From the south head of Cattalina bay to the north head, is N. N. E. 3 leagues, between which two heads ia Ragged harbour and Cattalina har- bour. Cattalina harbour lies from the south head N. by E. northerly about two miles. Ragged harbour is so called by reason of the abundance of ragged and craggy ro);ks, which lie before and within the harbour ; there is no going into the southward, with ships, but only for boats, and that you must be well acquainted with, for there are v6ry many rocks above and under water. Those who intend for Ragged harbour, with a ship, must go to the northward of all the aforesaid ragged rocks or islands, that lie before it (which make the harbour) and run so far to the northward till they bring ragged harbour open ; then sail in between a round island which lies close to the main, and a great black rock, which lies off the north end of all the ragged islands ; sail in till they are about the middle of the afore- Siwd i5':>nds, which will be to seaward of them and anchor there. There is I n\er of fresh water at the head of the harbour, but no inhabitants. . ^^o mi'es to the northward of Ragged harbour, is the harbour of Cat- alnia, 'viiich is a very good and safe harbour, and good ground, not above 8 "^thorns, from 3 to 4, 6, 6, 7 or 8 fathoms, as you please. You may, v'ith a leading wind, sail between the small island, which is a little to the southward of the harbour, and have 4 or 6 fathoms at the least going through, but it is not above a cable's length broad ; or you may go without the said island, to the eastward of it, giving the island a small birth, and so sail in with the middle of the harbour ; for about a mile distance from the south point of the harbour, E. N. E. is a shoal, upon which, if there be ever so small a sea it breaks ; but ; ou may sai' between the island and the sHvlv Oa y ships use r cove for ^, N. E. 3 Ltalina har- northerly ragged and is no going )u must be and under go to the e before it they bring which lies jrth end of the afore - re. There labitants. our of Cat- not above You may, ittle to the least going go without rth, and so se from the if there be island and e shoal and Little Cat- 10 Edit Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 87 Being '' harbour, which has but 9 or 10 feet water on it ; however, it is easily avoided, if any such, by keeping something nearer to the north shore, till you are shut within the said point ; for all the harbour over is good sounding. Close to the s) e within the harbour, you may anchor in 6 fathoms, land-locked. In tl..; S. W. arm the harbour lies in W. S. W. or you may anchor in 3^ fathoips within, to the southward of the little small green island, within the sMd harbour, or run tip 2 miles towards the river head, where fresh water runs down. In this harbour you may anchor in 7, 6, 5 or 4 fathoms. There is u kind of a boar rises in this place very oAen, that will cause the water to rise 3 feet suddenly, and then down again, and you have it t or 3timcs in 3 or 4 hours at certam seasons. It is a very good harbour, and abundance of herb Alexander grows ou that small island in the har- bour. Here is store of salmon to be caught at the head of the harbour, if you have nets ; and near a small cove in the W. N. W. within the small island, is a fire stone, of a glittering colour, a kind of mineral ; excellent good wheel-locks growing in the rocks. From Cattalina harbour to Little Cattalina is N. N. E. about half a league ; it seems to be a good sandy bay. From Cattalina harbour to the north head of the bay, is N. E. Easter- ly 1^ league. From the north head of Cattalina bay to Flower's point, the course is N. by E. 1^ league, off which point are sunken rocks, called Flower's rocks : the sea breaks upon them in a swelling (or great) sea, and they discover themselves plain, they lie about half a league off shore ; you may go between the point of the Flowei's (which has some rocks lying off it) and the said sunken rocks : you have a mark, tf in the day time, to go without them, which is to keep Cape Larjan open to Bird^s island, and that will carry you clear without, to the eastward of them, with any ship. From Flower's point to Bird's island the course is N. by W. about 3| miles. Within the said Bird's island is a large bay, one arm within the south point of the land, which runs up W. S. W. a good distance, where ships may ride ; there is another arm also runs up 4vithin some rocks„ whicL are above water ; the bay runs to Cape Larjan. Bird's isl'i'.nd abounds with willocks, pigeons, gulls, &c. which breed there in summer. From Bird's island to Cape Laijan, the course is north easterly, be-< twf 3n 2 and 3 miles. From Flower's, point to Cape Larjan is N. half a point westerly ; Cape Larjan is but a low point, off which lies a great rock, above water. From Cape Larjan to Spiller's point is N. N. W. a small league ; be- tween which cape and Spiller's point runs in a pretty deep bay, over which point between that and Cape Larjan, you will see the high land of Port Bonavista, when you are a good distaoce off at sea, being high land, Spiller'3 point is indifferent high, steep up and bold too. From Spiller's point to Cape Bonavista, the course is N. N. W. about a league, between which is a very great and deep bay, so that men unac- quainted, would judge that there went in th harbour of Bonavista. It is but a small distance of 2^ miles over.*fB|m the bottom of the bay to Port Bonavista, by land, and is but a mere n^R of land. From Red head bay to this bay is not above half a musket shot. The head of Cape Bonavis^ '#1 ^ 88 ^uiit^s American Coast Pilot. lOEiSit. appcai'n at a distance of a skv colour. About | of |kmile N. by *W. from the cape is a amali island, called Gull island, easy tcHic known, b«ing dif- ferent heiglils, and highest in the middle, and makes something like the form of a Fleur de Lys, or a hat with great brims ; you may see it 4 or 5 leagues off, in clear weather ; and N. E. about a league from Cape Bo- navl^ta, iQ^a ledge of about 10 fathoms water on it, where boats use to fish. Cap* Bonavifta lies in hit. 49'' M/. From Cape Bonayista, to Fort Bonavista, the course is S. W. about 6 miles. If you come from the southward, and intend for Bonavista, you n!ay sail between Gull island and the cape, they being bold too, and about ^ of a mile asunder, but you must leave Green island on your larboard 8ide, going to Bonavista, for between it and the main in but narrow, and jsome places shoal rocks, not safe for ships to jiass tlirough ; but you may sail between the said Green island and the Stone island, with any ship without danger, being safe and bokt ; or you may go to the west- ward of Stone island and run to the southward till you open the bay or harbour of Bonavista and are past Moses point, and so to the southward of the rocks, called the Sweercs, which are high rocks, within which you ride (for there is no passage to the northward of them) and lie in 1 ] , 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 or 5 fathoms, as you please, and must always have a good anchor in the S. W. and another fast in the Sweeres, or anchor in the N. W. for westerly winds blow right into the road. It flows generally to the northward about Bonavista, and the places adjacent, W. N. W. that is, a W. N. W. moon makes the highest water, which most masters of ships us- ing these parts have observed. With small vessels you may go between Qreeg island and the main (but not with great ships) and so to ^ Red head ; but the bay between the points (over against Green island) and Red head, is all foul ground to anchor in. A little distance, about f' cable's length from the shore, is a sunken rock, but with boats you may go between the shore and it ; the sea breaks on it. Being past Red head, you sail S. W. to Moses point ; between which 2 points is a large bay or cove, called Baylis cove, where y6u may anchor on occasion. There is a stage kept generally for fishing every year, on |he larbour or north side of the bay. From the east part of the Grand Bank of Newfoundland, in latitude 46° 06' to the east part of the bank Qjueco, in lat. 44** 16' is considered by those who havefun it, 12C leagues distant. The north part of the bank Queco, in lat. 45° 06'— the S. W. of Q,ueco, in 44® 16' and the Isle of Sables, in the latitude 44^ 16', and about 14 leagues to the westward of bank^ueco ; the N. part of Qjueco, on a west course, is about 18 leagues in length ; from the N. W. part of Queco, to the harbour of Cause, is N. W. by W. i W. 39 leagues, after you have lost soundings off Queco, on whicii te commonly about 35 fathoms, unless on the S. £. part, where (and on a certain spot near the middle) there is but 18 fathoms af- ter you are to the westward of Qjueco, and also before you have 100 and 95 fathoms black mud ; there is a smsil narrow bank, about 2 leagues to the N. W. of the middle of Qyeco, but k reaches not so far to the north- ward as the north part of Queco : about 20 leagues W. N. W. from the N. W. point of Q,ueco you will strike gcound on Frenchman's bank, which is a narrow bank, that stretches £. S. E.- and W. N. W. athwart the har- bour of Causo, about 9 leagues off ; you must keep your lead going when you reckon yourself nigh this^ak, or else on the N W. course you will soon be over it, being not pit 3 leagues hvm 1, and wben over it you will have 100 and 95 fathoms, black mud ; it is the best way to fall to the 9 Edit. ff. from eing (lif- like the it 4 or 6 ape Bo- e to fish. . about 5 ista, you inii about larboard rrow, and , you may any ship ;he west- he bay or southward hin which [ lie in 1 1 , ive a good ■ in the N. ally to the . that is, a )fshipsu8- i main (but 1 the points anchor in. nken rock, reaks on it. n which 2 lay anchor year, on in latitude considered >art of the ind the Isle 3 westward 9 about 18 harbour of undings off S. E.part. fathoms af- ve 100 and leagues to the north- . from the ank, which irt the har- 'oing when [course you over it you fall to the JO Edit. Blurit^s American Coast Pilot. 89 westward of Cans^ because on the French coast you have no soundings, and the winds in the summer are generally S. W. and W. S. W. and very often fogpy. Tlie ground to the westward of Causo rises very sudden from 100, 95, 70 to 40 fathoms, hard ground ; then you are not past 2 or 3 miles off the land ; be careful of saihng in with Causo in foggy weather, for S. E. and G. S. E. from it lie sunken rocks, which in fair weather sej^om appear at high water. CourjM and distances on the coast of J^ewfovndlandy between Cape Race and Cape Spear. O* Thew courses nttt by a Meridian Compasi, with allowance for Variation. From Cape Race to Cape Ballard Cape Ballard to the south point of Renowes . Cape Ballard to Renowes rock, which is high above water Caipe Ballard to Ferryland head, . Kenowes point to Fernowes, N. E. by N. and N. N. E. and N. Benowes to Ferryland head Fernowes to Bald head .... Bald head to Ferryland head Bald head to Black head .... Black head to Ferryland head Blackhead to Agua Fort .... Agua Fort to Ferryland head, the 80i.th part of the head Agua Fort to Crow island . . • Crow island to Ferryland head Ferryland head to Cape Broyl head the East end of Buoy island to Cape Broyl head Ferryland head to the S. of OuU island, which is off Whitless bay Ferryland head to Cape Spear . . . , Cape Broyl head the bay or. harbour Cape Broyl lies in Cape Broyl head to the N. head of Cape Broyl har bour, br Brigus point .... the said N. point of Cape Broyl harbour into Brigus, is Cape Broyl head to Cape Noddick Cape Neddick to Baline head . . . ' Cape Broyl to Baline head Baline head to Baline, is N. W. and N. W. by W I of a mile Baline head to Isles de Spear, the body of them Baline head to the S. E. end of Spear island Baline head to the S. E. end of Goose island Baline head to Qreen island Baline head to Guil island Baline head to Bay Builds head Baline head to the N. point of- Momable bay, or S. point of Whitless bay .... the North point of Moinable^s bay, or South point of Whitless bay, to Bay Bulls, South poiiit the said point of Momables to Green island tile said point of Momables to the N. W. and of Gull island .... *lr iie said point to the South end of Gull ialand n * Courses. N.N. E. N. N. E. N. E. i Northerly N. E. by N. d N. N. N. E. A E. N. E. by N. il N. N. N.E. N. E.byN. iNIy. N. N. E. by E. N. W. by N. East Northerly E. k N. E. by E. E. by S. N. by E. N. N. E. N.N. E. N. N. E. d E. W. N. W. N. byW. N.W.JW. N. by E. Northerly N. E. by N. N.N. E. jNly. N. W, by W. N. N. fi. N.E, E. by N, N. E. i Northerly N. E. by N. N. E. by N. N. N. E. i Nly. N. E. by N. S. E. N.E. E. N. E. LeaguM. 3ior4 2 2 5 51 h 1 1 n 2 H H 1 5| 11 «• h I 2 1-6 J 2 9a Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot. ^ W 10 £dit. riom the south jpohil of Bay Bulli to the N. point n( Bay Bulls Bay Bulls to tlio loutk paint of Petty hurbour, the Spout between the south point or I'etty haibdur to the north point nf Petty harbour . . the north point of Petty harbour to Cape Spear Cape de Spear to St. John's harbokr Ceuraef. Leagues tV. E. north«rly 1^ N. E. by N. 3 N. N. E. N. E. by N. N. W. byK. 1 1 The courses and Distances on the Coast of Newfoundland, from Cape Spear to Bay Verds^ Bacalieu, and several Ports and Headlands in the Bay of Consumption or Conception. * from Cape Spenr to Cape St. Crancis, N. and N. by W and N. W. by N. Cape S',>L'ar to St. John's Cape Spear to Sugarloaf ' C&pe Spear to Red head Si. Jiihn'sto Small point Small point to Sugarloaf S'it^aloal toEedhedd Rf .: IfHfi to fie South point of Torbay till' ' n !i point or Toibay to the Green cove, or an- r;,!'.!!!'^ place ^ the (.~i poir.t of Torbay to the north point, called ^ Fl.li. roik the noitii poi.'.t of Torbay, or Flat rock, to Red head Fiiit v.)rk 10 CIiT-''-. liead (by north) Bla.'V. if'i to Capf St. Francis . . • . Cnpr <\' Francis t.. Buy Verds head Ci.pe C( Francis lo itland Bacalicu Cap' St. S'lnncis to Dpile Isle, in the bay of Con f.nnptioii ...... Ca|ir Si. Fraiici| to Green bay, in the bay of Con sumption Capo St. Francis to Black Head, in tiie bay of Con ^tiinptinn • Capij '^'it. Fruncisto the north point of Carbonera Cnpe St. Francis to SpaiiiarcPs bay Cape Hi. Fnnois to Pert Grove Capo St Franris to Hvlyhead, which is the bottom of ConsiMi^ption bay Hrly lO'.d to Harbour Main Hrrhoiit Main to Salnioi) Cove S.ilmoi) Cove to Collier's bay C'^likr's b;iy to Hrigus (by nortli) Urigii;- to Burnt head (which is the south point of Porto Grove Bay) .... Haiboui- Main to fiiiVnt head . . Bi.rnt I'tad to the south part of Great Belle Isle Burtit li'> It! to the north part of Great Belle Isle Bu.nt iititd to Capo St. Fr:tncis Bti-rl hp.ad to tho south point of Bay Roberts Burnt heal tr. Cupid's Cove tTie soot!) point of Bay Roberts to the riorth point of Bay I^obprts the south point of Bay Roberts to the South point of Belle Ule ...... the north point of Hay Roberts to the north point of Spaniard's bay Spaniai'd's B^ty to the south poinl^f Harbour Grac the north point of Harbour Gracti to Carbouera. CoHrses. N. by W. N. W.byN. N. J:^^^)>r^i. N. E. by N. N. by E. N. N. by W. i westerly W.byJtf. N. E. N. by W. N. by W. A westerly N. W. N. N.by E. S. W. & S. W.byS. N. W. H N. N. VV. W. i N. W.S. W.iS. S.VV. by W. S. W.byS. N.W. by W. N. VV. N. N. N. C. N. by W. N. iE. E. by N. N. E. by E. i E. N. E. by E. Nly. N. byE. w. s. w. N.W. E. S. £. easterly N. by W. northerly N. N. E. N.byE. • Leagues. U 2 1-5 3j 1 h 2 1| 8| or 9 9 5| 61 6 7 9 9| or 10 12^ or 13 s. i 1 3| or 4 3 4 10 1* 1 3 1 H ILeaguM. 14» 3 1 1 'ape Spear he Bay of Leaguet. H 2 1-5 2i 10 Edit. Bhinf s American Coast Pilot. FioiD Carbonera to Bay VerHi, N. E. by N. and N. £. Carbonera to Black hear! (N. E. iinrlhurly) Bay Vcrri* to Flambuiouj^h head Bay Vards head to the S. W. end of Bacniieu- Buy Verda head tu Split point, wliich ii aKKinit Ba calteu iiland Cnurtoa. N. E. nortlieily N. E. northerly S. W. by W. E. byN. E. N. E. Leaguaa. ^ 2 Couriet and distances from Split Point , which is l\ mile from Bay Vcrds head in Newfoundland^ to several places in the Bay of Trinity. riy prly 2 8| or 9 9 51 61 6 7 9 9i or 10 124 or 13 i. 3J or 4 3 4 10 1* 1 «ly 3 1 14 From Split point to the Grates .... the point of Urates to the N. W. or N. end of Ba calieu . . • the Orates to Break Heart point, N. by W. and W. by N. ... Break Heart point to Shcrwick point, near Old Perlican ..... She vick point is about a mile or more into the road, but no passage for a ship to the nortliward of the island ..... the Grates to the south head of Catalina bay the Grates to the Horsechops the Grates to Bunuventure harbour is N. W. bv \V. 4 westerly, and . . . . ? the north end of Bacalieu to Catalina harbour, N. N. W. northeriy .... Sherwick point, at Old Perlican, to the soutli bead at Catalina ..... Sherwick point to the middle of the highland of Green Bay Sherwick point to the highlands of the Horsechops Sherwick to Bonaventure head (the high land of it) Sherwick to Salvages point Sherwick or Old Perlican to New Perlican Old Perlican to Silly Cove . Silly Cove to Random head ' Silly Cove to Bonaventure head Bonaventure head to Bonaventure, N. W. by W. &i N.W.byN Bonaventure head to Ireland's Eye Bonaventure head to Trinity harbour Bonaventure head to the Horsechops the Hoi-sechoiis to Sherwick point, being the north point of Trinity harbour the Horsechops to tne South head the south head of Catalina bay to th^ northward the south head of Catalina bay to Catalina harbour the north head of Catalina bay to Flower^s point the Flowers rocks sunken are about a mile and a half from off the shore Flower's point to Bird's island Flower's point to Cape Larjan Cape Larjan to Spiller's point Cape Larjan to Cape Bonavista Cape BonaViSta to Moses point, entering l*ort Bo navista Cape Bonavista to GuU island Cape Bonavista to Cape FreeU Cape Bonavista to Salvages Cape Bonavistr *<> Stone island, over thp nprth end of Green island . Port Bonavista (o Keel's point W. 5 leagues, Salvages lying to the Qorttiward of Keels about 3 leagues Courses. N. N. W. E. by S. N. W. by W. north. S.W. byS, S. S. W. N. by E. ^ N.VV.byN.*^ S. E.byE. ^easter. N. N. W. 4 norther N. a little easterly N. by W. westerly N. N. W. northerly N. W. northerly W. by S. w. s. w. w! s! W. southerly N.W. N. by E. N.by W. w. s. w. N. N. E. E. N.E. W.byN. N.W.byN. • N. N. E. N.N. E. N. by £. northerly E. N.byW. N. 4 westerly N. N. W. N. N. W. i norther; S.W. N. by W. N. N. W. W. N. W. W. Leagues. n 1| H 14 ta 9 11 or 12 13 It 94 9 li 04 or 6 "9 1 2 S4 34 24 1 14 4 2 1 2 1% 4 10 or 12 9 •^.^feti^^ . >wi" '-<■". ^w. ..i*'S- .91 Blunted American Coast Pilot. lOEdk. H D^pth of Water on the Bank, and off tin eoutk part of the Coatt of J^ev- foundland. t'lp* Rm« Wmi, and | Cwe Race W. 43 letRUM, and Cap* Bptar N.W. < 40 faliii. rough aiblog giound, CapaSpearN.W. b|W. t by '*. little naaterly, 39 Icaguii, you have ( iiiiMlttoDei,iaiidanpieelii. Platti anA LaHlwtti. aod and R«no«ea and Cape Hpear Fernowei and Cap* Spear Vervylaod head Cape Spear and Bay Bulla Ferryland head Cape Bpter rerryltnd head Cape Broyle Bay Bulla and Cape tlpear ferryland head Bay BuUi Verryland head Cspe Broyle Ferrylaod hf ad Bay Bulla Cape Broyle Cape Broyle and ~ay Bulls if, Bulla Whitleai Bay and Cape Spear Torbay 4«0 4S' 47© as' 4S«> 48' 470 aa' 460 50' 470 470 460 50' 470 5j' 460 50' 4B0 54' 470 n 470 23 460 M* 50' J V I' I' and 470 11 460 60' 460 54' 1 460 SO' > , 4V0 ll'J ^460 54' 460 54' 47«» ir ditio ditto ditto 470 08' ) 470 22' i 470 33' Plaeti 7TC w. W. N. W. W. N. W. Nly W. by northerly W. by N, Nly W. 1<. W. A if.\y W, by N. Nly W. by N. N.ly W. by N. N.ly W. by N. W. by N. W. by N. W.by N. N.ly W. N. W. W. 8. W. Wiy N. W. by \t. W. by N. 4 N.i" W. by N. N.ly W. by N. N.ly W. N. W. N. W. by W. W. N. W. •TOT \FalH$ 44 30 37 33 31 30 ^9 SC S8 38 21 17 13 13 la 10 1 i5 I •0 34 > 65 60 50 44 63 63 80 85 53 58 80 85 95 64 57 60 45 64 lot lif ytuii. 46O 45' 460 40' 4f.O 6»' 460 .iH' 460 ,7 460 45. 4tiO :»(.•' 460 a4' 46041 4';0(>3 480 33' 460 54' 46* 40' 460 46' 4C0 4;)' 47O 03' 4P.0 45' 4 O 4.J' ^C- il' 4(0 0?" 460 14/ 46° 37. 460 3 J, 460 05, 4«o 45 470 17' Sand. fine ifhH^ taod. Fine laud. n'^nl kind i>J' Orcufiui. :^' Oozy ground. Fine laiid. ' [atones. Hack sand and lome imali kiiUKh g.-ound. Fine 8aiiil and atonea. Fine sand. Rough ground. [N, U. The Virffins are rocks lying about 23 leagues east from Cape Rice ; they lie E. N. E. about 4 iniles in length, and the shoalest is about 20 feet water. Sometimes the sea breaks very high upon them, which renders them very dangerous, besides a very strong cun^nt often sets about them. Ships sometimes anchor nn them a fishing, in about ^.2 and 14 fathoms. As to tbabank of Newfoundland, there are soundings from the outer edge of the main bank to the height of the ground, where generally ships lie to catch fish, and which is about 40 leagues distant from the land, und then the soundings in along are uncertain. The bank goes quite to the land to the northward of Cape Ballard, where the bank falls more to the eastward, and the water is deeper, ai.d so increases along to the northward. To the southward of Cape Race, and to the westward, is shoal water, 2 leagueb off the shore, not above 20 or 22 fathnnio t and to the westward of Cape Fine it is still shoaler, at the same distance. The outer or false bank is about 110 or 115 leagues from the land, and is thought to be about 14 or 15 leagues broad in the middle; and from the inner edge of it to the main bank are near 30 leagues and no soundings between them. lo the sprint; of the year many islands of ice lie between these banks, very dangerous, when foggy. The best part for fishing is from 100 to 140 miles off the shore, which is the shoalest part of the bank. From Mistaken point to the Powles, or entering of Trespassy, is W, N. W. 3 leagues ; there is a deep bay on the back side or eaiit side of Powlr>9, and a neck of be:: ~h, so that you see the ship's roasts over it, but very dangerous to bo embayed in that place, the sea commonly falling in there, and no current to help you out ; therefore, if you intend for Trespai%, stand ever to Cape Pine till yon see the harbour open, and then bear into the harbour accordrng as you have the wind. Cape Pine being safe a.ud bold to sail aloni^ that side, &c. .0^ .V mM^^ 10 E^lit. Blunt*8 Ameriich have also been described. From Sauker^iead to Small point (which is the lowest land hereabouts) the course io N. 63* E. 2 miles : And from Small point to Corbin head, (which is a very high bluff head) is N. E. 2^ miles : There are many liigh head lands between them, which form several coves, the bottom of which may be seen in sailing along shore. Ttic coast in clear of rocks, and 30 lathoms close to the shore, but no shelter for uny thing. From Corbin head to Shalloway ^ ihc woM shon; on l>oard, in order to nvoiii n Miiriken rock on the ciMiern iWire wt about linlf th# wiiy up, lind nbout half ii cal)lo*H length from the iKorc, din>rtly ot)', is n ri'mniknble holv in t!i<> rork on the ituuu- «iid(! rind ii rcmafkubh' gully in the land, front tho top to t!ie bottom, on the iife.Htern shore. There in luiothcr rock, on wiach is only 2J fathoniN »tatt of which is very good anchorage. The S. W. entrance into Burin harbour, which is one quarter or a mile wide, is formed by Shalloway island and the Neck pomt, in which there is no danger ^ing a birth to Poor island on the larboard side. When in Burin bay, the course through the S. W. entrance into the harbour is £. N. E. and when past the points that form the entrance, the course is north up the harbour, which is better than one quarter of a mile wide, and 1^ mile long up to Ship's cove, where it is half a mile wide every way. This is the best anchorage. There are only two duigers within Burin harbour that do not appear above water : the iirst is a small shoal on the starboard side, nbout half way up the harbour, directly off a remarkable hole in the cliff on the starboard side, going up, called the Oven, and about half a cab'e's length from the shore ; there is also on the other side, directly opposite, a re< markable gully in the land, from the top to the bottom. The long mark to keep to the westward of this rock is, not to bring Little Burin island to the eastward of Neck point. The other shoal, on which there is 8 fa- thoms, is very small, and lies about a cable's length S. S. W. from Har- bour point. The east passage into Burin harbour is not very safe to sail in without a commanding gale, and that between the N. N. E. and S. E. To sail in- to this passage, and coming from the westward, come not within 2 miles of the shore on the east side of Burin island, (because of several clusters of rocks) till you bring the north point of Pardy's island open to the north- ward of Iron island ; then sail right in for Iron island» leaving it on your larboard side going in ; then steer for the said point of Pardy's island, and that will avoid all danger. It must be observed, with the aforementioned winds there is commotily a great swell sets to the shore on the starboard side going in ; therefore, in case of little winds, (vrhich oflen happens when you are past Iron island) endeavour to borrow on Pardy's island, except the wind be from the N. E. At the bottom of Burin bay there is an inlet, which runs inland 5 miles ; there is a small woody island just before the entrance ; ships may sail on either side ; the eaift side is the widest. A little within the east head that forms the entrance, and half a cable's length from the shore, there is a sunken rock, which is dry at low water ; therefore, iii sailing into the in- lOGdil. FMuiifH American Con»t Pilot. 95 Int. keep the went shore close uii boaril, lur uhoiit a mih* up ; it Itei noitli, tind is nhoiit 2 cult 'ex' length wiiie, thrn N. N. \V. fur n S|Q#, nnd ih there hall' a mile wi:le with a fcuiiken ruck riKht in the iiiidd|t ; to thf westward of that rock there is gouti room and k<><><' anchorage, from 7 to 12 and 16 fathoniM water in the entrance, and in the middle, 2 miles up, M from 15 to m fathoms, and from thence up to the head ih from 10 to 6 fathoms. • Iron island is a small high inland, lying N. N. R. k K. I leaipie from (he 8. E. point of (treat Uurin is^land, and S. S. W. I W. 1 mile from Mortier west head, und K. 1^ mile from the north part ofl'ardy'H island. Vesseln bound for the harbours of Huriu may pass on either side of Iron island, the only danger pasting to the northward is the Brandys, which almost always break ; they lie near a quarter of a mile to the southward of a low rock above water, close vnder the land of Mortier west head. If the wind should take you a-hcad al\er you aro within Iron island, take care to keep Mortier W~st head open to the westward of Iron inlar'!, in order to avoid Grigory'c rock, on which is only 2 fathoms water, 'i .le mark to carry you on this rock is, to brins; the flag-staff on St. Georgc*s island (in the centre of the passage between Great Burin and Fardy's islands and Mortkmcr west head) on with the west side of Iron inland ; this rock al- most always breaks : Vessels may pass with safety between this rock and Iron island, taking care to give Iron island a birth of one cable's length. On the main within Tardy's island, are two remarkable white marks in the rocks ; the northernmost of these mnrks brought on with the north part of Pardy's island and Iron island, N. by E. j E. will carry you on the Galloping Andrew, a shopi on which is 5 fathoms water. S. W. 1 mile from Iron islan 1 lies a !>hoal on which is 8 fathoms water, called the White Horse. Doddir.g rock lies about one quarter of u mile from the easternmost part of Great Burin island. Mortier bank lies E. by S. 2 leagues from Iron island, and N. 25*' E. 5 leagues from Cape Jude : the nhoal part of this bank is about 1 league over. On it you have not less tKan 7 fathoms water, but, uy the fisher- man's accouat, there is not more than 4 fathoms on one part of it ; in bad weather, ihc sea breaks very high on it. About 3 miles to the N. N. E. from Iron island is the opening of Mor- tier bay, at the entrance of which is a round island, called Mortier island, lying a third of the distance from the west side. Ships may sail in on ei- ther side of it. It i^ bold too all around. Close to the first point beyond the island, on the larboard side going in, is another little island, scarcely perceptible, as it lies close under the land ; and, two cables' length from it, in r, direct line towards the outer island, is a sunken rock, on which the sea breaks in bad weather ; there is no other danger in this bay. At the bottom of it, 1^ mile from Mortier ishnd, on the east side, there is a cove, called Fox cove, wherein is good anchorage, and room for 1 ship to moor in 9 fathoms, good holding ground. They will lie two points open to the sea, that h from S.'S. E. to S. £. A ground sw^ll tumbles into the cove in bat' weather, but no anchor was ever known to come home here. Fishing ships sometimes ride here the season. On the west side of the bay is the harbour, which is small and narrow, but a very good one for small vessels, where they lie moored to the shore. There is 7 and 8 fathoms through the entrance, and 2 fathoms when in the harbour, and sufficient room for 50 shallops at the head of it. OIT the starboard point ^oing in, is a rock, which at high water-is always covered. -UkiP- i •cd'i; m iilunl'ri Americnn CoiMt Pilot. 10 KAH. CruDCy inlaiMl linn N. by K. n«>..iiy 'i nuU^n from Morlivr runt po'ttt. Thiit if • round inliiiid, iiml livn cIoni* to thv Mliorc Two 0)U«ii and ii hiilt' from Cronrv ialand ih thi* ftitninrr into Mortii r boy ; at thp entrMiici* on the wmt iii(M> i» a nnuiW tiarlMtiii , « idird Holtoy ; in it IN 9 fi>ct water nt low wati>r. Tlic cuiiriir into Mortii-r hay n* north, for ahout 2 uiilon, and in l of a niih' wide, in whith you have li<>ni hi) to .70 I'uthoniM wutiT, tlio huid on carh widr hcioK 'liK'* = '^ ^l'*'! i'^"* to liic w<>stwnrd about 2 niilcH, and \n ii(>ar 2 mili!N wid(>. In the S. **' .er <><'thc bay ia i* rivor, which run'* to th(> S. W. altout 7 utile*, t . eMt ..ide, at about .1 niili*!* from the entrance, i<« an exrrrdinK i(ood harbour, called Spanish room, in which you may anchor from 1 to (> fathonn wain, good bottom, and lie Mecure from all wind*. There in not the Icuitl dan- ger in nailing into thin harbour, giving the low rnclcH above wuler at the entrance on the larb )ard hand, a birth of one calde'ii length. Two mil«>n to the ^J. K. of the entrance into Mortier buy Vu"* Uo<'k har- bour, fit only for boat* by reason of the infinite number of rockrt in it, both above and under water. From Mortier cant point to John the bay piunt, the coiithc \n N. 25" E. dintcnce 8 miles. Between .John the bay point and Hock hurboiir, lie 2 HUiikcn rocks, half a mile from the shore. Two miloB to the N. W. )f .lohn the bay poinl Iiom .John the bay, in which ifl tolorable good anchorage, in about H fathoms water, with Handy bottom. The Saddle back iH a huihII ii^lan^ lying N. 1 7*^ K. leaguen from Cor- bin head, and N. />6'' K. frOm Mortier west point, and N. 8.'i° E. 3 league!- from John the bay point, liotween it and the main are a :reat number of rocks and iHlandn, which render i\u» part of the coast very dangeroiH. There is a chain of rocks lying M mile to the N. E. by N. of the Saddle tack. Cape Jude is an i^iland about 2| miles in length, and 2 in breadth ; i( lies 1^ miles to the N. N. W. of the Saddle back ; on the south end of it is a remarkable round hill, which is culled the Cape, fictwcen this isl- Hnd and the main are a cluster of i&lanfls and low rocks, with a great num- ber of sunken rocks about them, called the Flat islands, the innermost of which lies about 1 mile from the main. Audearn island lies half a mile to the northward of Cape Jude island, on the west side of which is a tolerable good harbour. Vessels bound for this harbour may pass between Cape Jnde island and Audearn island, and between Crow and Patrick's island, which are two small islands, lying off the S. VV. point of Audearn island. About a cable's length from Audearn island, to the southward of the harbour, is a sunken rock ; the mark for avoiding it in coming from the southward, is, not to haul in for the har- bour till you open a remarkable green point on the south side of the har- bour. The best anchorage is on the north shore, just within a small isl- and. There is a spit of rocks stretches just off the Green point on the south shore, which are covered at high water. Off the east point of Audearn island is a small island, called Ford's isf- and, on the west side of which is a sunken rock about a cable's length from the island, and another on the east side, which almost always breaks. Broad cove lies on the main, W. { N. 5^ miles from Ford's island ; in this cove is exceeding good anchorage, in 8 or 9 fathoms water. Cross island lies 3 'miles to the N. W. of Ford's island, is about If mile ia length, and 1 mile in breadth ; is high woody land ; between this island and the main are several other islands. Bane harbour lies on the 10 Edit. 10 Edit. Blunfs American Const Pilot. 97 I'HMt |iu*nt. to Miirtii t- I'ti Hoiioy ; V It north, IriMM M) to -HUM to liir •rr tiant i hiiihour, >ni«» wiitiT, IuuhI rolls. the Saddle )readth ; il th end of it en this isl- grnat num- inermoBt of ude island, s bound for island, and i8, lyinf; off m Audearn e mark for or the har- of the har- a small isl- loint on the 1 Ford's !»!- lie's length ays breaks. ) island ; in r. is about If etween this ' lies on the mam. Within llieic itUnda la in i>xc«*«>diii|C gouil hiiriKjur for wmII vc«- acli, the |>aMHKc into it i« very imrrow, nnd hath in it i fatlKNna wuler, but whrn in, there it ■ufficifnt room to moor in 3 fathoniM, good hottom. boat harbour lien abuut I inilf to the northward of Cro»« iaiand, and ruiia u|i N. N. K I Iciinur, Hith de«*|» wiiter to ubout hull u mile of the heud ; rloae i«Mind the fiixtciit |Huiit .J* Hoiit harbour lien Kuy du Leau, which runa III N. N. K. \ K. brttiT than u leuipie. LouK iaiand ia about 4 mitua long, mid not half a mile broad, ia high liiiul making in aeveral peaka ; the anuth poilft of il liet N. M" E. t ieuguea fnmi the Jaddle buck, and V.. by S. li inile^ from Ford'aialund. N. W. 9 milea from the aoutb |>oiut of Long ialantl, iiiul N. K. by E. U mile from Ford'n iainnd, liea u •mull Green iaiand, wiiich hua u ahoal aA round near i cable'a length. From Oreen Iilund N. W. 2^ milea, and N. I0« K. :\ iniica from Ford'a iaiund, lien Cireaf gullowa hurbour iaiand, which ia lii^h lund. Vcaaela muy iiaaa on either aide of **)ia iaiuud into (ireut gullowa biirbour, which liea 1 mile to the N. K. of the iMiand. In thia hurbour ia exccudiug good anchorage in 7 fiithoma water uit the ttarboard aide, juat within a low •tony point, ttikint; cnr» to give the point a aiuull birth, in order to uvoid u rock, which in covered ut high water. Little gallowa harbour lie* cloae round (u the eastward of (jrcat gal- Iowa harbour, and ia only tit for amiilt voaaela, which mutt lie moored to the shore. Above a ruck above water, on the larboard hand, Little giil- lows harbour ihIuiuI lies before the uiouth of the harbour. Cape Roger harbour liea close to^thc westward of Cape *loger, which is a high round barren head, lying N. 1')^ W. 3^ miles from the aouth point of Long island. There are several low rocks and iitlands lying off the east point of the entrance. In the harbour, 1| mile within the en- trance, on the west aide, Kcs a miiibII island ; to the northward of it, be- tween that and the main, ia very good anchorage in 7 or U fathoms water ; or vou m.iy run further up, and anchor in or 7 fathoms. One mile and a quarter to the eastward of Cape Roger hurbour liea Nonsuch ; there arc several islands lying in the mouth of it, and no safe anchorage till you get within all of them. Petit fort is a very good harbour, having in it from 14 to 7 fathoms wa- ter, good bottom. The entrance into it is better than one quarter of a mile wide, and lies N. N. £. 5 miles from the south point of Long island, and N. by W. 2|^ milef from the north point of Long island. There is not the least danger in sailing into this harbour ; the best anchorage is on the star- board side, the 8. E. winds heaving in a great iwcll on the west shore when they blow hard. One mile to the eastward of Petit fort lies the entrance into F.^n dise sound, which runs up N. E. by E. 4^ leagues, and is about 1 mile br jad ; in it is very deep water, and no safe anchorage till you get near the head of it. Just within the entrance on the east side, is a cove (in which arc several rocks above water) is 10 fathoms water, but not safe to anchor in, the bottom being rockv. From Corbin head to Marticot island, the course is N. 48'* E. 11^ leagues, nearly ; this course will carry you just without the Saddle back. Between Marticot and the main is Fox island ; there is a safe passage for vessels between these islands, with not less than 9 fathoms water, but no passage between Fox island and the main. On the main, within I^articot island, lie the harbours of Great and Little Paradise. The harbour of Great Paradise is only fit for boats. The harbour of Little Paradise lies 98 Ulunf • Amfrican C'oant Pilot. 10 iUliL one mil* to tb« northward of ihi raft point of Mmlicot itUnd : tlio only •iifo anchoraff* >' >" a r.ovo, at th« h«ad, on th« larboard auU ; hero thoy li« moored to the thor* and ar« ontiroljr latid-lockrd. One miU to the eaatward of Little Paradiar lies I41 Percbe, in which ia no aafe anchorage, the ground. lH>ing bad, and liea entirely eipoaed to the &. E. wind*. K. N. E. 8 milet from Marticot iaiand is a rock above water, called the BWk rock ; one quarter of a mile within this rock hes a sunken rock ; N. N. E. ^ F.. i milfs from this rock l*es Fresque ; in it is very deep water, but no safe paNsaf;r into it, by reason of a number of rocks, both above and under water, lyiiin before the entrance. East 1 mile" from Fresque, and N. E. by E. 6 leagtiea (Vom the Saddle bark, lies thi; we«it point of Merasheen island. This island is high, and runs to the N. E. by N. better than 6 leagues, and is very narrow, the broadest part not being more than 9 miles. .4t the 8. part of the island, near the west end, is a vrry good harbour, but small, in which is from ti to 10 fnthoms water. To sail into it keep the starboard shore on boerd, in order to avoid n sunken rock that lies one cable's length off a ragged rocky point on the larboard hand going in. Indiun htirbour lieN on the east side of Meriisheen island, nt iil>out .'i leagues from the south point ; this harbour is formed by a small island, on either side of which is a safe passage into it ; the only anchorage is to tho westward of the island, and between it and the main, and here the ground is uncertain. ^ N. SO* W. il miles from the west point of Merasheen island is the Little isle of Vulen ; this is high and round, and lies within about half a mile of the maiti ; one quarter of a mile from Little isle of Valen lies the Great isle of Valen, on the S. E. part of rrhich is a small harbour. On the main, within the Great Isle of Valen lies Clatise harbour ; the entrance into it is about half H mile wide : in it is 40 or 50 fa' thoms water. The best anchorage is in the west cove, which is a mile long, but not a quarter of a mile broad ; in it is from 17 to SO fntbomM water, good bottom. G rummer's rocks are low rocks above water, and he 1^ mile from the north end of Great isle ofValen. Little Sandy harbour lies on the nuiin, on4>> > tolerable good harbour ; in it you havt; 6 and 7 fathonu water, good bottom ; in the mouth of which is a low rock above water. Vessels bound for the harbouc most pass to the northward of this rock. This harbour may be known by the island callec* Bell island which lies E. S. E. ^ E. 1| mile from the mouth of it, and > by E. I E. 13 miles from the west point of Merasheen island ; off the south point of the island is a remarkable rock, resemfiling a bell with the bottom upwards. Great Sandy harbour lies J of a mile to the northward of Little »iandy harbour ; the passage into it is narrow, but in it you have 6 or 7 fathoms water. There are two arms in this harbour, one running to the S. W. which almost drie» at low water : the other runs to the N. E. in which io tolerable good anchorage. There are several low rocks and islands tying before this harbour. Barren island is about 3| miles long, and 1 mile broad, is high land and lies better than one league from the north part of Merasheen island, and about half a mile from the main. On the east side of this island, near the south end, is a cove in which is tolerable good anchorage, from 10 to 19 Tx. .-'iV.' ^,£^,1^^ VO edit. Blunt^t American Coast Pilot. (H» falhoma ivatar. Ak)nf th«i WMt uJo of tbia taliind, brtWMn it tnJ \k$ main, is v«ry good ancliorafc. Oil ihn nmiii, o|i|K>«il« lb* north rn«l of B«rr«n UUnd, lin l habitants' houses and h fort, lietwet^n this point and Castle hill is the entrance into Flacentia harbour, which is very narrow, in which is 3^ fathoms water, but within tl^c narrows it widens to ^ of a mile broad, and runs up N. N. E. above l, mile, where ships may lie in perfect se- curity, in 6 or "■ fathoms. To sail in you must keep nearest to the star- board side. Near the bottom of Placcntia road, on the north shore, at the top of a hill, stands a castle ; when you have this castle open to the northward ot Point Verd. you may haul in for the road in safety, taking care to give Point Verd a birth of near 2 cable's length. The best anchorage in the road is under the Castle hill, in about 6 fathoms water.- The entrance into the harbour is very narrow ; in it you have 3J fathoms water ; after you are within the narrows it is about ^ of a mile broad, and about 1^ mile long ; here you may anchor in perfect safety, in 6 or 7 fathoms water. »• The coast is easily known in clear weather, by the Chapeaurouge, and other remarkable head lands. The best directions that can be given in coming in with it in thick weather, are to observe that between Burin and Laun there are no islands except Ferryland head, which is very near the main, so as not to be distinguished as an isljtnd till very close to the shore ; also, that th#islands about Burin are large and full as high as the main land ; those about Laun are small, and scarce half the height of the main land, and the Lamelins are 2 low flat islands. There are several small rocks just above water between Laun and Lameline, and there are none such any where else along th^ cc ist. The land from Mortier head up the b^y, is high, rocky, and uneven, with several islands near the coast, which form many 6apes and ragged points. From Mortier head to Red island, the course is N. £. by E. distance IG leagues. This island is high, and may be seen in clear weather 12 leagues from the deck. The south end of it bears from Flacentia road N. W. disuince 4^ leagues. Red island is high barren land, about 5 miles long and 3 miles broitd. The south point lies N. \V. 11 miles from Placentia road. On the east side near the north end is a small harbour, which is only fit for shallops. Point Latin™ lies about 5 miles to the northward of Flacentia road ; be- tween these places the land is low and even near the sea, but j'jst within it high and ragged ; there are several sunken rocks lying along the shore about half a mile off. Point Roche lies more than a mile to the eastward of Point Latina ; there is a shoal stretches oft^ Point Roche more than J of a mile. S. E. by S. IE. 1| mile from Point Roche is the entrance into the har- bour of Little Placentia, which runs up S. W. by W. ^ W. about 1^ mile» and is near half a mile broad ; there is exceeding good anchorage in this harbour, in a cove on the north shore ; this cove may be known by the west point being woody, and the lan.dtothe eastward being barren ; ofl^the east peint of the eove lies a shoal for near i the distance over to the south Bide of the harbour ; in this cove is 7 and 8 fathotns water, v From Point Latina to Ship harbour, the course is E. N. E. distance 6^ nliiles. This harbour runs up north 2| miles, and is about | of a mile fOEdit. ^road ; the thorns wutc] Fox islai Point Latini low stony p between F c ther break N. W. 1 Fishing rod almost alwa; The Rani the N. N. I of Ram islai danger in sa eastward of secure from From Rai several low not the least Little harboi entirely exp From Poi by W. I W. the south po the island, a tolerable gO( thorns water westward, tl arm, in a bo islands that Buffet islanc into it you n About 4 n Muscle harb island and B and about ^ lies opposite point on you this harbour thorns water Little 30ut fore the moi you must le; ther side of shore, withi the shox ?, V, are some ro< one third eb with 7 fathoi Great Sou harbour ; th anchorage ii One mile a high roun( fO Edit. Biunt's American Coast Pilot. 101 bronil ; the bent anchornpe is in n rove on the west side in about 10 fu- ' thorns water, sit about I mile from the entrance. Fox island is a small round island, lying N. by E. | E. 3 miles from Point Latina, and W. by N. 1 league from Ship harbour point, which is a low stony point, lying about 1^ miletto the westward of Ship harbour ; between l ox island and this point are a range of rocks, which in bad wea- ther break almost quite across. N. W. 1 \ mile from Fox island, is a steep rock above water, called Fishing rock ; north 1| mile from Fishing rock liei a sunken rock, which almost always breaks. The Ram islands are a cluster of high islands, lyjng about 3 miles to the N. N. E. 1 E. of Fox island. E. N. E. 3 miles from the south point of Ram islands is the entrance into Long harbour ; there is not the least danger in sailing into it ; the best anchorage is on the north side to the eastward of Harbour island, between it and the main ; hce you will lie secure from all winds in 7 or 8 fathoms water. From Ram islands to Little harbour is north itbout 5 leagues ; there are several low islands and rocks along shore ; between these places there is not the least shelter for vessels, or scarcely for boats, along that coast. Little harbour is small, with 7 fathoms water ; the ground is bad, and lies entirely exposed to the S. W. winds, which heave in a very great sea. From Point Latina to the south point of Long island, the course is N. by W. I W. 4^ leagues ; this island is near 3 leagues long, is high land, the south point being remarkable high steep rocks. ^On the east side of the island, about i league from the south point, lies 'Harbour Buffet, a tolerable good harbour ; the entrance into it is narrow, but has l3 fa- thoms water in it. There are 2 arms in this harbour, one running to the westward, the other to the northward ; the best anchorsige is in the nprth arm, in about 15 fathonis water. This harbour may be known by the islands that lie in the mouth and to the southward of it, and by Harbour Buffet island, that lies E. N. E. ^ E. 1 mile from the entrance. To sail into it you must pass to the northward of the islands in the mouth. About 4 miles from the south point of Long island, on the west side, lies Muscle harbo'jr ; vessels bound for this harbpur may pass between Long island and Barren island, which is a high barren island, about a mile long, and about ^ of a mile from Long island. The entrance into the harbour' lies opposite the north end of Barren island, and is between a low green point on your starboard hand, and a small island on your larboard hand ; this harbour is near 2 miles long, and 1 broad ; in it is from 10 to 22 fa- thoms water, rocky bottom. Little 30uth harbour lies 1 mile to the westvvard of Little harbour ; be- fore the mouth of it are s.everal rocky islands : in sailing into the harbour you must leave all the islaufds on your starboard hand, except one, < i ei- ther side of which is a safe passage of 15 fathoms water. On the east shore, within the islands, is a sunken rock about one cable's length from the shoi?, which generally bre^iks : nearly opposite, on tl^ w^st shore, are some rocks about half a cable's length from the shore, that shew at one third ebb. This harbour is about li mile long, near half a mile wide, with 7 fathoms water, good bottom. Great South harbour lies about 1 mile to the northward of Little South harbour ; there is no dangei; in sailing into it ; near the head is very good anchorage in 6 or 7 fathoms water. One mile to the westward of Great South harbour is Isle au Bordeaux, a high round island near the main. 102 BIudI'h American Coast Pilot. lOEditf The entrance in Comc-by-chnnce lies north 4 miles from Isle au Bor* ileaux, und runs up N. E. by N. 3 miles ; in it is from 20 to 3 tathoms wa- ter, sandj bottom ; is entirely expoued to the S. W. winds, which heave in a very great swell. North harbour is N. V7. 2,} milae from Come-by-chancc, and S. E. by £. S| miles from Piper's hole ; about 2 miles from the entrance is good anchorage in 7 fathoms water, and no danger sailing into it. Directions for uahi^ating pari of the Coast of Nrwfoundland, from Cape St. Mary's to Cape Spear, including St. Mary's md Trespassy Bay. [N. B. All Ueariogs and Courses lietenfler mentioned, are thv. true Bearings and Coui»es, and not by Compass.] IHie entrance of St. Mary's Bay is formed by Cape Lance on the west, and Cape Pine on the east side. The land from Point Lance lies E. by N. ^ N. 3 leajjTues, to a high bluff cape, from which the land along the west side of the bay hes N. E. by N. and S. W. by S. 10 leagues up to the head of the bay. From the afore-mentioned blujQT cape to Cape Eng- lish, on the cast shore, the course is S. E. | E. distance 6 leagues. Cape St. Mary's is a very high bluff point, makes, in all directions, much like Cape St. Vincent on the coast of Portugal, and the land along shore from it, for a considerable distance, appears even, and nearly of equal height with the cape itself, which lies due west, distance between 17 or 18 leagues from Cape Chapeaurouge, and' is in latitude 46" 52' N. A little to the northward of this cape is a small cdve, where fishing shal- lops shelter with southerly and easterly winds. From Cape St. Mar/s a. E. by E. distance 5| miles, lie the Bull and Cow rocks, ;which are two flat rocks, and very near together, with seve- ral smaller rocks about them, all above water ; they may be seen 4 leagues from the deck, when open, from the land, but when shut on with the land, they are not distinguishable so far. They bear west, distant 3 miles from Point Luuce, which is a low ragged point, which forans the en- trance on the west side of St. Mary's bay. The Bull aod Cow lie 1 mile from the nearest part of the main land ; at | of the distance from them to the main, is a small rock that appears above water at half tide ; there is 10 fathoms between this rock and the main, and 15 fathoms between it and the Bull and Cow. Ships may safely pass within the Bull and Cow occasionally. St. Mary's rocks lie S. by W. distant 7^ miles from Cape St. Mary's, and S. W. by W. from Point Lance, and S. W. ^ W. from the Bull and Cow. Tiiesf are two rocks which appear just above water, upon which the sea almost always breaks rei'y high. They lie S. E. and N. W. from each other, distance about 3 cable's length ; in the middle, between them, is a channel of a cable's length broad, in which is 15 fathoms water ; there is also lo fathoms at a cable's length all round them, except to the S. E. at two cable's length ; distance is 6 fathoms. Between these rocks, and Cape St. Mak7*s, is 25 and 30 fathoms water, ana all about Cape St. Mary's, at 2 and 3 leagues distance, is the same depth of water. Point Lance is a law point near the sea> but the land within it is high, JO Edit. and is the \ latitude 46 Frcm Po the entrant 22 miles, good harboi mostly barr From the N. 41*' W. about 1 mih From the 20« W. disti the main Ian are close in From Gul leagues ; thi forming a ba this bay is a pond, runnin 2 or 3 broad like an i8lan W. distant 4 miles. This island is small, of the same height with the main land, and so near it that it cannot be distinguished, uq^ess you are close in shore. From Gull island to Cape English, the course is N. 7" W. distance 2 leagues ; this cape is high table land, terminating in a low, rocky point, forming a bay about a mile deep to the southward of it ; at the bottom of this bay is a low stony beach within which is a pond, calUd Holy Rood pond, running to the N. E. for about 7 leagues, and is from half a mile to 2 or 3 broad ; this pond makes Cape English appear from the southward like an island. From Cape English to False Cape, the course is N. 20° E. 1 mile. From Cape English to Point le Haye, the course is N. E. 3 leagues. This is a low point off from which there runs n ridge of rocks of | of a mile to the sea, and above a mile along shore, on which the sea breaks in bad weather. This is the only danger in all St. Mary's bay, that will take a ship up. From Point le Hay« to the south point of the entrance into St. Mary's harbour (called Double road point) the course is N. E. distance Umilc; the land between these points is low and barren. From Point le Haye to the low point on th6 starboard side going into St. Mary's harbour, called Ellis' point, the course is N. E. by E. 2 miles, and from Point Lance to St. Mary's harbour, is E.| N . distance 9 leagues. The entrance to thil^arbouT is above -ajnile wide. Withiil'^tlie points that form the entrance, it divides into twff^brahches, one to the E. S. E. the other to the N. E. When you are past Ellis' point, haul in to the southward, and anchor abreast of the fishing stages and houses, upon a flat, in 4 or 5 fathoms. Here you will lie land-locked. This flat runs off about half a mile from the shore, without it is from 16 to 40 fathoms water over to the other side ; but the best anchorage in this harbour is about 2 miles above the town, where it is above half a mile wide, oppo- site Brown's pond, which is on the starboard side, and may be' seen over the low beach ; here you will lie land-locked in 12 fathoms, and excellent ground all the way up to the head of the harbour. One mile above the said point on the opposite <>hore, is a beach point, ciose to' which is 4 fa- th"im9, where ships may ht «j down ; and here is plenty of wood and wa-» ter. The N. E. arm of St. Mary's harbour runs up 2 miles from the en- trance ; about half way up it is a mile broad, and abo^e that it is half a mile broad, where ships may anchor, but being open to the sea, this place is not reported to by ships.. Two leagues above 3t. Mary's harbour, lie t- o islands, th6 largest of which is about 2 leagues loig. There is agood paii^ngc for ships betweei;i those islands, also between them and each shore." 'J'he passage on the Kest fide is 2|^ leagues wide. Above those island?, arc many good au- .4H: ,l^..„/:-i;33j?^ 104 Blant^s American Coemi Pilot. lOEdit J^BAEUl choring plHccB on ench shore, and at the head of the bay is afreih water river, which is navigable 2 or 3 leagucH up. Mall bay lies to the westward of North Cast point, and is about 1 mile broad and better than 2 miles deep. There is no good anchorage in this bay, being open to the sea, and generally a heavy swell setting into it : vessels may occasionally anchor near the head in 5 or 6 fathoms water, good ground. *" From Cape English to the south part of Great Colinot island, the course is N. 10^ W. distance 3 leagues. This island* is of a moderate height, about 1 league long, and 1 mile broad. On either side of this island is a safe passage up the bay, taking care to give Shoal buy point a birth of u quarter o( a mile, there being several sunken rocks lying off this point. Shoal|jbay point lies 1 mile distant off the east side of Great Cohnst Isl- and. On the north side of Great Colinet Island, is a stony bench, from off which lies a bank for about } of a mile, on which is from 7 to 17 fathoms water, rocky bottom. Little Colinet island lies 1^ mile from Great Colinet island, is about 1 mile long, and half a mile broad. The entrance into Great Salmon river lies N. 50** E. distance 2 leagues from the north point of Little Colinet island, is about | of a mile broad, and runs to the N. E. 7 or 8 miles ; in it is very good anchorage ; the best is about 3 miles from the entrance on tlie nortii side, in a sandy cove, in 5 or 6 fathoms water. ' North harbour lies N. by W. 4 of a mile from the north part of Little CoUnet island, is about a mile broad at the entrance, and run»totbe northward about 3 miles ; in it is- very good anchorage, w about 6 or 7 fathoms water, at about 2 miles from the entrance, where it is not above half a mile wide ; or you may run up the narrows^ which are formed by two low sandy points, about half, a cable's length asunder, taking care to keep the starboard point close on board, and anchor close within the point on the starHbard shore. Colinet bay lies N. N. E. | E. 5^ miles from the north part of Little CoHnet island ; in it is very good anchorage from 6 to 12 fathoms water. From ttft eastern head of St^^hot's the land to th|[eastward tends awav E, by S. \ S. for about 1 milcfflhen E. J S. 1 tnile to Gape Freels. From Cape Freels to Cape P4ne, the course is E. N. E. 1^ mile. The land about Cape Pine, to the eastward and westward, is moderately high and barren. From Cape Pine to Mistaken point, the course is &. | N. distance 4^ leagues. Between these points he9 Trepassey bay, in which is Trepas- sey harbour. !,!?•«>:. «, .The entrance of Trepassey harbour lies 2 miles to the N. E. of Cape Pine, is about f ofa mile wide, and ruhs nearly the same breadth fbr about 2^ miles and is4iere little more than a quarter ofa mile wide, but afterwards increases to | of a mile wide ; here vessels generally rid s. The dan- gers in sailing into this harbour are a small rock that lies on the east shore, about a mile within the entrance and is about ^ of a cable's length from th^ shore ; and on the west shore, within the harbour, off a stony beach, lies a shoal, and runs along shore, up the harbour, to a low green point. Baker's point, on with a low rocky point in the entran<^ of the harbour will carry you Q}ear of this shoal. When you are nearly up with the low green point, you may borrow more to the westward, and anchoi- either in the N. W. dr«N. E. arm, whereigrou will be very handy for wooding and watering. 10 Edit. From tl hour) to ( tbeHc poin 3 fathoms in scparat beach, ov( Biscay I trance of from to ,' From JM W. distunci From Fi distance 8 The lane league, tljc moderate h several smii titude of 4C From Ca 3 leagues ; black head, to the westi black rock ! Due east fishing bank broad ; on i From Ca| '-f leagues, from the ma From Rei W. ^ W. dii above 15 or several rod To sail into Fermoust harbours We length from there being cable's leng small cove i about a qua called Adrai in 7 or 8 lat boar is a co anchorage here you wj same side hi near the mj only 9 feet BaHheac From Ra From BlJ course is n] water. Tl 10 Edit. Blunf s American Coast Pilot. lOd From the Powle? (the cast point of the entnince into Trepasaey har- bour) to Cripe Mutton, the course is E. ^ N. distance 1 mile. Between thenc points lies Mutton buy, and is aiiout 'i miles ducp ; in it is from 12 to 3 fathoms water, rocky bottom. The N. W. part of the head of this bay is separated from the harl)oiir of Trepasscy l>y a low, narrow, stony beach, over which may be seen the voisels in the harbour. Biscay bay lies about 1^ mile to the eastward of Mutton bay, the en- trance of which is about 1 mile wide, and about 2 miles deep ; in it is from to 3 fathoms water, sandy bottom, but is quite open to the sea. From Mistaken point to French Mistaken point, the course is N. 80' W. distance 2 milc^. From French Mistaken point to the Powlos, the coursp is W, N. W. distance 8 miles. The land from Mistaken point to the eastward tends away E. N. E. I league, then N. l^. by E. 1^ mile to Cape Race, which is table land of a moderate height, having a high black rock lying close oif the cape, with several small low rocks to the northward of it. This cape lies in the la- titude of 46'^ 42 N. From Cape Race to Cape Ballard, the course is N. E. by N. distance 3 leagues ; nearly 1 mile to the southward of Cape Ballard, lies a high black head, called Chain cove head. Between these points is a cove, and to the westward of Chaip cove head lies Chain cove, before which lies a black rock above water. Due east from Cape Race, and S. by E. | E. from Cape Ballard lies a fishing bank, called New bank, about 5 miles long, and nearly 2 miles broad ; on it is from 9 to 25 fathoms water. From Cape Ballard to Renowe'a rocks, the course is N. 20° E. distance 9. leagues. These rocks are small, of a moderate height, and lie 1 mile from the main land, and are bold too. From Renowe's rocks to the harbour of Renowe, the course is N. by W. ^ W. distance 2| miles. This is but a small harbour, and hath not above 15 or 16 feet at low water ; it is but an indifferent harbour, having several rocks in the entrance, and the S. E. winds heave in a great sea. To sail into it, you must keep the north shore on board. Fermouse harbour lies about 3^ miles from Renowe's ; between th ;se harbours lies Bear's cove, off which lies a dunken rock, about a cable's length from shore. Fermouse harbour is an exceeding good harbour, there being no danger in sailing into it. The entrance is not more than a cable's length wide : just within the entrance, on the north shore, is a small cove in which a fishery is carried on but no safe place for anchoring, about a quarter of a mile farther in, on the same side, lies another cove, called Admiral's cove ; in this cove the merchant's ships generally ride, in 7 or 8 lathoms water, land-locked. About 1 mile farther up the har- bour is a cove, called Vice-Admiral's cove. On the south side is the best anchorage for large ships, in 12 or 16 fathoms water, muddy ground ; here you will be handy for wooding and watering. Farther up on the same side lies a cove, called Sheep's head cove. Directly off this cove, near the middle of the passage up the harbour, lies a shoal, on which is only 9 feet water. This is the only danger in this harbour. BaHhead lies N. 30° E. 1 mile nearly from Fermouse harbour. From Bald head to Black head, the course is N. by W. 1 mile. From Black head to the entrance into the harbour of Aqua fort, the course is N. W. by N. 1 mile nearly ; in the entrance is a high rock abo^ve water. The passage into the harbour is to the northward of this rocl^ in 14 106 Blunt^s Americnn Coast Pilot. 10 BdfC. 10 Edit. whic!i yoti have 15 fathoms water. This harbour lies in west about 3 miles ; at about 2\ miles from the entrance it is very narrow, where you have 4 fnlhoms water ; but just within the narrows, on the north shore, is a small cove, in which you w'il have 7 fathoms water; this is a good place for vessels to heave down, .lie shore being steep. To sail up through the narrows, take care to give the stony beach on the north shore, with- out the narrows, a birth, it being n shoal along that beach, except at the point of the narrows, which is bold too. Ferryland bend lies ¥!,. N. E. I E. distant 2 miles from Aqua fort, and N. 30" E. distant 3^ miles from Fermouse. Fcrrylnnd head is moderately high, having 2 high rocks above water lying close oiT the head, called the Harc'd cars. This head is not easily distinguished by reason of the main land within it being much higher. The entrance into Ferryland har- bour lies to the northward of Ferryland head, between it and Isle Bois, and is little more than half u cable's length wide ; but after you are with- in isle Lois, it is better than a quarter of a mile wide, and tolerable good anchorage, in 8 or 10 fathoms water ; but the N. E. winds heave in a very great sea over the low rocks that run from Isle Bois to the main. From Isle Bois to Goose island the course is N. ^ E. distant ^ a mile ; and from Goose island to Stone island, the course h N. 5° W. distant half a mile. Caplin bay runs in N. W. by W. distant 2^ miles from Goose island, is a tolerable good bay, with a safe passage into it on either side of Goose island. To the northward of Goose island, between it and Stone islands, there is not the least danger, the island being bold too. If you pass to the southward of Goose island, between it and Isle iJois, be suve to keep the point of Ferryland head open to the eastward of Isle Bois, in order to avoid a sunken rock, on which is onlv 2 fathoms water, and lies nearly midway between Goose island, and Cold East point ; after you are within this rock, there is not the least danger in sailing up the bay. The best anchon'.ge is abreast of a cove on the larboard hand, about ^ a mile within Scogin's head in 16 or 17 fathoms water. From the Hare's ear? off Ferryland head, to Cape Broyle, the course is N. I ^V. distant 2| miles. This cape is high table land, and makes in a saddle, either cominj:; from the northward or southward. From the north part of the cape E. S. E. ^ of a mile, lies a small rock, called Old Harry, on which is only 3 fathoms water ; but between it and the main is upwards of 20 fathoms water. About J of a mile to the N. E. of the north part of Cape Broyle lies a ledge of rocks, called Horse rocks, on which you hp.ve from 7 to 14 fathoms water. In bad weather the sea breaks Very high on these rocks. The mark for these rocks is a white house on Ferryland downs, open with Stone islands, and the head of Cape Broyle harbour open will catty you on them. From the north part of Cape Broyle to the south part of Brigus head, the course is N. W. by N. distance 1^ mile. These points form the en- trance ' -o Cape Broyle harbour, which runs 3J miles up. About 1^ mile within the entrance on the north shore, is a cove, called Admiral's cove, in which you may anchor in about 12 fathoms water good ground ; but here you will lie open to the south east. ■ The best anchorage is above the narrows, in abouf 7 fathoms water. The only danger in sailing4ip the harbour is a ledge, called Saturday's ledge, and lies about 1^ cables" length without the narrows, on the north shore ; if you are coming in firom the nortbward, keep the saddle on Brigus head open with the point ef Admirall} (Sove, it will carry you clear off this ledge. After you are ^hove the ground. I Brigus b the norths Cape N« tancc 7J ni land, of a n From Ci I ^ mile. Baline heai From Ca 40° E. dist a moderate From Bsi Nearly witi the bottom 1 Toad's c( and is only About 4 from this p( Whitless ba bay is an o| . Green isl point of Wh the distance The Sout of Green is and is prett Whitless rate depth c up on the i above watei One mile of the entra of said bay, The best ar the head in up, and moc dangers in t is not above Magotty cov From Bu N. E. distan one quarter From the N. by E. I hour bay, v where a fish From the N. E. i E. may be knoT ■:;ii; »?«(,■'*% 10 Edit Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot. 107 4bove the narroMrs, you may unchor in about 7 fathoms water, good ground. Here you will be very Itandy for wooding and watering. BriguH by Houtli \h a small hurbuur, only tit for boutfl, and lies close to the northward of Krigus head. Cnpe Neddick lies N. 6 miles from Cape Broyle. and N. 2® W. dis- tance 7| miles from the Hare*8 cars ofl' Ferryland. This cape is tabic land, of a moderate height, and sleep towards the sea. From Cupe Neddick to Haline head the course is N. 16° E. distance 1^ mile. Balinc cove is about one quarter of a mile to the northward of Baline head. This is but a small cove, tit only for boats. From Cape Neddick to the outer point of Great island, the course is N. 40** E. distance 2^ miles. This island is about ^ a mile in length, and of a moderate height. From Haline head to Isle Spear, the course is N. ^ E. distance 1 mile. Nearly within this island a tishery is carried on, but no safe anchorage, the bottom being rocky. Toad's cove is a small cove, about 1 mile to the northward of Isle Spear, and is only tit for boats. About 1 ^ mile from Isle Spear, lies the south point of Momable's bay ; from this point to the north point of the said bay, being the south point of Whitless bay, the course is N. E. by E. distance IJ mile. Momablc's bay is an open bay, about one mile deep. . Green island is a small round island, about | of a mile from the south point of Whitless bay. Oom this point lies a ledge of rocks, about ^ of the distance over to Green island. The South point of Gull island lies about j of a mile to the northward of Green island, and is about 1 mile long, and one quarter of a mile broad, and is pretty high land. Whitless bay runs in about 2 miles from Gull island. In it is a mode- rate depth of water, good ground but open to the sea. About half way up on the north shore, lies a ledge of rocks ; part of these rocks shew above water at about half tide. One mile and a half to the northward of Gull island lies the south point of the entrance into the bay of Bulls ; from this point to the north point of said bay, called Bull head, the co'irse is N. E. | E. distance 1 mile. The best anchorage in this bay for large vessels is about half a mile from the head in about 14 fathoms water ; but small vessels may ancbor higher up, and moor to the north shore, and will then lie land-locked. The only dangers in this harbour are, a small rock off Bread and .Cheese point, but is not above 20 yards off, and a rock on which is 9 feet water lying off Magotty cove, about half a cable's length off shore. From Bull's head to the south point of Petty harbour, the course is N. N. E. distance 8^ miles. From this point runs a ledge of rocks for about one quarter of a mile. From the south point of Petty harbour to the north point, the course is N. by E.^ E. distance 2^ miles. Between these points lies Petty har- bour bay, which runs in about 2 miles. At the bottom is a small cove, where a fishery is carried on. From the north point of Petty harbour to Cape Spear, the course is N. N. E. ^ E. distance 2 miles. This point is rather low and ragged, and may be known by the land to the northward tending away to the W. N. W. 106 BluntV American Coah; Pilot. IOK4HI Sailing directiom for the Gulf of -St. Lawrence. From Tdp* North, in Ihr \%Uni\ of Tape Urfion, tnCupe fUjr, in DewlnnndliinH, iltr COnrM (■ tl N. K. 19 or 20 liiiKiirN. From Cap* North to thu middle of the ipland of St. Paul* the cnuma ii K. N. E. <| N. dlilanca 4 Ungiiiii. From St. Puul't iiland to Va\\w Rny, the courM is R. N. K. | K. 16 lea;r,ii<>ii. [All theie heniingi are l>y rnm|jaiiii and the variation It! or \T^ \V. ; and thfa dittiinCe* ire found bj trigonometrical calrulntion liy several hearingi taken, k.t.^ From Cape North in the Bird itlnndt, the course is N. 9^ W. 17 or 18 leaKue«. From St. Paul's ifiand to the Bird islands, the course is N. 24'^ W. distance 1&4 leagues. From Ciipe Ray to the Bird islands, the cour<>n is W. 3<>^ N. diittviica 22 leagues. From the Bird islands to the north (tart of Isle Briun, ii W. } S. 5 or 6 leaguei.— AU the above courses are by compass. RKiMARKS. The fiird islands are but Hmall and not far nstmder ; the passage be- tween is a rocky ledt^e. They are of a inoderate lui^fht, and white at to|>, the northernmost being the largest, from the cant end of which runs a siiiiill ledge of rocks. Th<; passage between Little Bird island and the Isle of Brion is about 6 leagues. SOUNDINGS. Body of the Tslnnd Brion, B. and S. ^ \V. 4 leagues, 35 fathoms, brown sand. N. ttiul of ditto, S. VV. by S. 36 I'uthoms, same ground. N. W. ond "f ditto, S. -10 fathoms, rocky witli small shells. Body of ditto, S. by £. 7 or 8 leagues, 45 fathoms, sand and stones. From Island Brion to Cape Rosiere, the course is N. W. by W. 39 leagues. Here the variation is 17°. From Cape Roftiere to the N. W. end of Anticosti, the course is N. N. W. 20 leagues. Here the variation is 17° 3U'. REMARKS. The channel between Anticosti and the main land of Nova Scotia i>( about 14 or 15 leagues, and in the middle is very deep water, sometimes fto ground with 180 to 200 fathoms line. To the westward of Anticosti is a bank, the extent of which is not known. LATITUDES. " ' • Cape North 47° 6' K. St. Paul 8 island 47 14 Cape Ray 47 40 Bird island 47 62 North part of Brion island 47 60 Cane Gaspee 48 44 N. W. end of Anticosti 49 4C l*he islands of Mingan are 10 leagues N. £. from the island of Anticosti, in lathude fio" 15' N. REMARKS. The halpbour of Mingan is very secure iot ships in all weathers ; there is good anchorage all withm the Parekett and other islands, and great Senty of codfish. It appears to be very convenient for the cod, seal, and Imon fishery,' am) has the additional advantage, of a level good soil, profitable Indian trade. The tide flows here full and change, at 3 10 Edit. oVIrtrk, a the wenth The baj Venre, bo It hen in h i!6 ieaguetj N. B. Ths Di From the N. From Ct Chatmel, | some very Several sui, of wind, w drove on b very great und the dan From Cape C N. W. end of W. in 58 fa N. W. Mount Uppern Two li About Mount • Wester 170 fat; This beii Ihat it was another. About ! Mount Westeri Two lit Neares Mount I River We8tp< A strong c monstration coast, «ad n( 10 Edit Bliiiit'HAmcncAnConftt Pilot. 109 n\-li>rk, nmi rifiefl nhuut 10 or H (nei ; but much of the (idei dppcnd on tht* w«nthor. The hny of Seven inlands i« on the north side of the river St. Lnw- Yv.nro, bein^ n very necure horhour for a number of Hhi|w in nuy wind. It heft in hitit.ide 50" 20' N. and \\nn N. from Mount Lewis and VV. N. W. S6 lenguea from the N. VV. end of Anticosti, by the compasi. N. 0. Th« tid« dowi S. S. W. tiiei IS or 19 iMt ipring, and 10 Ht ui«p tidvi. latitude Directions for sailing up the River St. Lawrence. From thfl N. W. end of Anticoali to Cap«9 Chat, the count it W. S. W. 36 or 3R lea|uli. REMARKS. From Cape Chat it is best never to stand «o far northward as Mid Channel, particularly when abreast of Manicouugan shoal, where urn Home very strong and irregular eddies that will set you on that shoal. Several sail of men of war have been caught in them in a fresh breeze of wind, when not a single ship could answer its helm ; sonic of them drove on board each other, and it was not without much difliculty that very great mischief was prevented by their running foul of each other, »nd the danger of driving on the shoals of Manicouagan. From Cap* Chat to the island of St. Barnaby, tht count i« VV. S. W. ^ W. distance 2R lenguti. SOUNDINGS. H. W. end of Anticosti, E. ^ S. 6 leagues, and the Lady's Mountains, S. W. by W. | W. in 58 Tathoms. N. W. end of Anticosti, E. by S. 7 or 8 leagues, 44 fathom^. Mount Camille, S. W. by W. Uppermott of the Lady^tMountaint, • - - S. E. ^ E. Two little paps near the shore, - - - - S. W. i W. About 2 leagues i'rom the south shore, 93 fathonio, soft mud. Mount Camilla, - - S. W. J S. ■ Westernmost Lady's Mountain, - • - - S. 50° E. 170 fathoms, soft mud. REMARKS. This being the nearest to the north shore, the current was so strong, that it was with difliculty the ships were kept from driving on board on6 another. About 2 leagues off the south shore, 80 fathoms, soft mud. Mount Camille, S. 50>3 W. Westernmost Lady^s Mountain, - - - - S. 59° £. Two little paps nn the south shore, - - - - S. 20° E. Nearest the north shore, 160 or 170 fathoms, soft black mud. Mount Camille, S. 28"^ W. River Manicouagan, - - - - - - N. by W. i W. West point of ditto, low land, - - - • N.65°W. REMARKS. A strong current here which sets towards the north shore, c'>d is a de- monstration that the sbuth shore is most proper to keepon, as it is a clear coast, «nd no visible current there. ^ 1 10 Blani> Ampriraii CoaMt Pilot. 10 lidit. About « lc4nua Troni iha toiKh Ihora, If Ulh«mi| muddy txtliom. Mount Ctmilli), • • • • • . 8. K. A K. Knit pnrt of tha Ula of At. Haiiiab/, • • • 3. W.by H, Fii(hr<( Point V. 38 futhonu, niiddla ((round. ANCHORAGE. InlTfnthnmi, muddj holtoni, 4 or .'> inilaa froiii (ha ihora, the bank ihotli Kiaduatty In Id fiithuini, wiiliin 2^ inilos of thn there. liL- Father |»olm, S. 8. E. \^^ Kntt point of iha Ida of St. Barnahy, • • . 8. W. A S. !•«« Blc, . . W. by S. ' The hifftcit of Ric hillt, in a Hno with tha ouiar part of St. B«rnaby*i iilanil, ban ini W. i 8. 7^ luthoin*. Ditto IMnuiituii) on the middle of the iiliind about half n mile from nhore, 6 fathnmi. The outer out of Bic hiifh Ijiuf, iuit without the i»lnnd, 5 lutliomk, all lolt mud. From St. Harnnby to the i«lr of Bic, the couiie by compaii ii VV. i H, diitanca ■< leagues ; hi moit pUcei 16 fathoma water. Jlnchoraiff. at Bic in 1 2 fathoim wat«r. South end of Bic iiland, .>.... W. by S. North par*, of ditto, W. by N. < St. Barnahy'i iile, K. A N. Mount Camille, F. j S. Euet partof BirhilU, S. At the upper end of Bic iilandi, about 3 milei from the itiand, in 9 fathomi water- Bic(|uet iNland, - - - • • • • N. ) F^ WeaternmoRt rock of Birtjuet in light, • • • M. by VV. Kockf off the eait end of Bic, • - • • JV. L. | E. West pnrt of Bic iiland, • - - • • N. by E. ^ E. REMARKS. Bic ifl a low woody island, about 4 milcH from the • > • • WIS. Ki^it point oMiritan liland, • • • • • S. VV. ^ W. Morlh p4iini ol tiratn litaiid, • • • ■ MidiHa of Appla IduntJ, ....•> Enlranca of Mafiiaiiajr rlvar, . . . • . Waiiariimuit rock* baiwvvii B.«i(|ua ami Appta UUiidi, • Wad 011(1 ol lia»qu« iiltiiid, Kait and of Uat<|« a ledge of rocks that cjifend if 112 Blunft AmtricAii CoamI Pilot. 10 Edit. 1^> ■( kii<( 'i\ l(*a|iiM A>om iHq «Mt *>ii(l of Ifure ulnnd ; Ihia ktlga inntiKh from hII duuK^r, und Miirhor, bvuiK hII good liuldiiif ground, rUyry bottom Anchor ag« in 1 1 fathomt, cluyty ground. Wlilit UlnnJ, ...» Hrniidy I'oi UlKnd, « • « • ^uM end of W'litM tiUn«l Icili* in ttfhl, Urotn ikUiitJi .... I'^fttl polril uf tiara lilitnii, • * H. \\ . |ii«rnnio»l I'ilKtim Ulnnilt • • N. ». W. 1 W W. M. W.lS. N. by i:. f i:. t. N. K. i N. ». W.by VV. W.M. W.iO. 8.S. W.I VV. h W. i b' Th(* I'ilKriina urt> hi);h rofky iNliuido, idiriMiat the ut>|)(>r end of Kart: ialntid iiri niiddlt! of the channel, which [% now- called the Middlt! bank. REMARKS. The true extent of thiH bank in not yet known ; there in in lome pla^a more water than in others ; in one place, at the east end of it, there i« no more than IU feet at low water. There iM likewi^ie a bank or shoal ofl* the S. W, end of Hare inland, nvhich extendH alinont to the middle bank and makeH the paitHago very narrow, io which there in depth enough at low water for a ahip of great draught. PaMsing by Brandy Pot islands, which have 10 fathoms very near them, and keeping along by Hare island, at about 1^ mile distance iVom it, is all along regular soundings, 14 and 16 fathoms, till you come to | of the length of Hare island, und then coming over for the Pilgrims, you have Mhoal water all at once, from 7 fatli >ms to G, 5|, 5, and 4} : at one-third flood, you must heave the lead as Ini^t us possible ; White island will Ih> almost in a line with the east end of Hare island (between it and Hnindy Pot island, and a white house ou the south shore, near the river side) al- iDOst shut in with the rocks off the east end of the N. K. Pilgrim. Though the strong flood tide here will set you very fust towards the shoal otf the S. W. end of fJure island, yet be very cautious how you steer your ship to the westward, because the water shoals very much, but haul up to the southward, and you will directly get into 6 or 6 fa- thoms water. The tdbre-inentioncd white house being juflt in a line with the rocks off the east end of the N. E. Pilgrim, and White island just open of the east end of Hare island ; it is shoal near the N. E. Pilgrim, therefore it is not proper to come too near it. Being above the N. E. Pilgrim, you may approach the others pretty near, and steer away for the great island of Kamouraeca, which you will see about S. W. from you, and all along in this direction are regular soundings, from 10 or 12 to 14 or 16 fathoms, till near the greatest and N. easternmost Kamourasca ; when abreast of it (and very near) you will have very deep water ; but at some distance is a very good bank to anchor on, in any depth, from ft to 14 or 16 fathoms, and gdod holduig ground. \ Ml Rflit. Coming n too)stiM'r II • •liMld t)pc|| Ki'i'p idong thM dircctK thf Kiimoiii N. U. It flood. ' f f C I I t A U S, ^ II w When the tt little ninuiit lunM Kamour When the I breadth of Ca hill iirul island When the s crnmost Kiinn of Cape Sain When the and ihc south 41 fathoms. When the n 2 miles off the When the s Grosse N. W. When Cape *>y E. i E. you \\ ■ y Kl Rdit. Blnnt^t Al1l^nnln Const Pilot. Il.t H the you nuch, 6fa- i with just grim, E. arthe you, to 14 asca ; , but om f> 7V> ftrafu iktihtHifrr iif lh« .MuUlt Hank. ('oininf nwiiy rroiii Hriunly i'ol \*\.»tt\ (whuli you niuy pitna frr^ iiriir too)t(«(*r iiliMiy \ty Mure ialiiml iii turli a iuumimm iIkiI ynu in.iy ««•« White Ki't'p iiloni^iii thi>i |tu«iti(>ti until th<-y lu'tii' iilM>ut S. hy W. ^ \\ . luitl with thi4 iliriM iioii you may rronn (hi- hunk with Nufcty : iht'ii oUmt iiwiiy tor tht* Kiiinoiirii'trii iNltiuiiit, mm hi'loi-p, N. |l. It i« ii«t *»(>' to ri-o<«« thin hunk with ii liir|{i* «hip. till it i» hull* ilooti. wuftr. .1«M Aor(ii(r IN VV J'athomi high Th«l,ow«i !MUrtm iiImiuU Tlin bowti K'tuii)u(ti»cit MUn|'l< (tOllkl) . • • • . I.uwar Kninuuiaica . • • • lliiru ii)laiiaHt point of the westerik* most Kamourasca islandn, yon have 'ifj fathoms. When the land to the westward of Cape (loose is open about a sail'g breadth of Capo Goose, Cape Salmon is just open of Cape KaKlc,undthe hill and island as before, you have '25 fathoms. When the south mountain is quite open to the westward of the west* crnmost Kainuurasca island, and the land to the north-eastward just open of Cape Salmon, you have 19 fathoms, soft j;n»und. When the west point of Mai bay river is jufit opening of Cape Grosse, and ihc south part of the isle of Coudre bears S. W. by W. you will have 41 fathoms. When the north part of the island of Coudre bears W. by S. ^ S. about 2 miles olT the island, you will have 3d fathoms. When the south part of the island of Coudre bears W. by S. and Cape GroBse N. W. by W. you will have 14 fathoms. When Cape Grosse is N. W. by W. 4 or 6 miles, and Mai bay river N, by E. { E. you will have 10 fathoms. 15 ^»i 114 Blunt^s Ameiican Coast Pilot. 10 Edit, When the south part of Coudre in W. by S. ^ S. and Cape Grosse W. N. W. 2 cr 3 nulei,you will have 15 fathoms, the water deepening tothf northward. When the south part of Coudre iu.S. W. and the north pa.i, of it W. ~ S. about 2 or 3 mileH from the east part of the island, the great rock bearing N; N. £. | E. 17 fathoms. ^ Anchorage in 26 fathoms, rocky ground. Capo Torment South part of Coudre North part of Coudre Cape Grosse S. W. by W. W. S. W. i s. W. by S. N. iE. BEARINOV BT COMPASS. Cape Orosse and Cape Salmon South part of f'oudrc and Cape Torment N. E. i N. and S. W. i S. N. E. i E. and S. W. i W, You may moor at Coudre in 17 fathoms, coarse sand. Cape Grosse just open of the land to the westward of it, bearing E. by N. J N. a con- siderable fall of water on the north shore N. by W, | W. and the east end of Coudre E. ^ S. In this place the tide runs very strong, which cause» the ship always to swing round with the sun. You may also moor at Coudre in 1 7 fathoms at low water, sand and mud. Capo GroEW Cape Torment Easi point of St. PauPs bay Water stream on the north shore E. by N. i N. S. W. I w. VV. by N. 3 N. N. Five fjithoms water, half a mile from Coudre, till almost close to the shore, and then 3^ fathoms at low water mark, a]I clear ground. The tides at Coudre, both ebb and flood, are very strong yet at the Meadows is good anchorage, but not near the north shore. It is high water at Coudre, by the shore, at half past 4, at the full and change of the moon, and i: -uns off in the road an hour longer. There is a very long reef of rocks runs off the N. W. of the island, which are all cover- ed at high water. v Bearings from the end of the Ledge that is dry at low xeater. St. Paul's church 'just open) .... N. 41° W. East bluff poini ut St. Paul's bay (called Cape Diable) N. 27° W. '1 he watcr*fall on the north shore - - - N. 27° E. N.W.bluffpoiut of tbe island .... S. 22° W, The N. E. bluff of do. off which is a reef of rocks, £. 9° N. N. B. The part of this reef which is dry at low water lies to the westward, about 9- W. and N. £. and the eastward about cast and west. Near the length of a cable, far- ther out, is 5 fathoms at low water. The tide, both tljb and flood, sets into St. Paul's baj , which is shoal and rocky some disirnce off (from whence is given to it the name of the whirlpool) so that passing either up or down this river it is proper to go 5^ nigh the reef as you can, to keep out of the contrary current ; and iibr the greatest safety it is proper to buoy the end of the ledge, in about 6 fathoms, at low water, and it shoals out afterwards pretty gradually. If you pass it in about 8 fathoms (which id far enough off, with a breeze of wind to command the ship) you will be much nearer the island than the main land, and having passed the ledge, you will have 16 and 18 fathoms at a convenient distance from the island. ^^; 10 Edit. 'Blunt^s American Coast t'ilot. 115 the There is a flhoal or ledge of rocks off the north shore, nil the way from the west point of FauKs bay, or Cape Raven, to Cape Hog, which is about a league above Cape Maillurd. This shoal lies not a great way off, but farther in some places than others. In coming away from Cou-> dre, and sailing up the river, it is proper to keep three capes, which you will see to the westward, open one of another, nil the way from Coudre, till you come past the little river settlement, or lo bring the church of it to bear about N. W . by N. is a very rocky bottom, and then begins good ground. Anchorage in 1 G fathoms, sand and mud. Cape Maiilard, distance about 1^ mile - - N. W. by N. Soutli part of Coudre JN.E. i^E. Pillar island S. E. i £. Snchorage about one mile from ti.e nort^hore, in 9 fathoms, at low water sand and mud. Pillar island, in one with a * rocky island - - E. 4° N. Cape (Srosse, almost one with the S. £. pMI of Coudre N. 48*^ E. Cape Torment, a little open with Burnt Cape - S. 72° W. The south part of Orleans island - - - - S. «3° W. Cape Race, just open ofXape Maillard - - N. 'JU° £. North part of Coudie N. 360E. [Ohsened the latitude here to be 47.04.] * Bearingt taken from the said rocky island. Cape Grosse, a sail's breadth open of the S. E. part of Coudre, N. 50^ E. North part of Coudre - N. 40° E. . Cape Corbeau, or Cape Raven - . - - . N. 35° E. Cape Maillard N. 22° E. Cape Torment S. 65° VV. South part of Orleans, in sight ----- S. 55° W. In one with the east end of rocky ledge. Pillar island E. 1° N. This rocky island is about half a cable's length, dry at low water, and very craggy ; it is never covered, although the sea may break all over it in bad weather. A white house, on the south shore, open of 'the east end of the Isle o{ Madame (and when it is quite shut in) being very near the north shore, you will nave 1 1 fathoms. A little mountain open of the west end of Rot island, being near the north shore, you will have 9 and 8 fathoms. The same mountain on the east end of the Isle of Madame, about a quarter of a mile from the shore, you will have 10 fathoms ; then haul over for the Traverse. m Directions for passing the Traverse. ^ BEING past Burnt cape, or when it bears N. N. E. from you, haul over for the Traverse, which ought to be passed in a very clear day. If the points of the shoals are not buoyed, which for greater safety should be done, because in hazy weather the land marks cannot be seen, which are three mountains very far inland, an^^a little round hill to the west- ward, may likewise be made use of, which after you are past Burnt cape, and crossing in the Traverse, must alwtiyR be kept to the westward of 116 Blunfn American Coast Pilot.. 10 Edit." 10 Edit. the east end of Madame, or otherwise you will certainly be on a sand flhoal, which extends itself from Burnt cape ledge. This mountain, in clear weather, may always be seen, and keeping it a ship's length toAhe westward of the east end of Madame, is the l)est mark for the Traverse ; and this course should be continued until two points on the south sid^ of Orleans are opened a good ship's length off each other, that is, St. John's point, with the point of Dauphine river, and then you may bear up, and steer up along with the point of St. John, still a little less open, as you go farther up towards the island of Orleans, to avoid a little shoal that is oil' the east end of Orleans, on which there is not quite three fathoms, at low water, ofl' which there is no danger for any ship, except it should be dead low water ; yet St. John's point should not be shut in with Dauphine point (o'l vhc you may be on the shoal that reaches from the east end of Orleans) til) you are almost abreast of Cape Torment, or until it bears N. There is another mark to knllw when you are far enough over from Burnt cape, and that you may bear up, observe on the south shore a little round mountain, (there being no other near) when you have brought this little mountain open to the westward of the Two-head island, you may bear up for Orleans, &c. ''As the Two-head island cannot be well distinguished by a stranger, from the other islands, so it may be supposed a stranger, will not attempt to pass the Traverse, without first acquainting himself with it. This little mountain, when open of the Two-head island will bear S. 69' E. 'here is no danger in standing farther to the southward, as the channel is pietty wide ; but as there is a shoal between you and Rot island, on which is but 9 feet at low water, and uneven rocks ; to avoid this shoal you should observe the point of Orleans for marks, as aforesaid. There is a mark to know when you are coming on the edge of this shoal, which is, observe to the eastward, on the south main land, a moun- tain, which appears to have three points, of an equal distance ; when this mountain is brought on the east point of Canoe island, you are coming on the edge of this shoal ; there is likewise a little rocky island off Burnt cape, which, when you are on the end of this shoal, will be about 2 chip's length open of Cape Grosse. When you are on the shoal, the island will be nearly in a line with Cape Grosse, and the Thite-pointed mountain with Canoe island. To make use of the three mountains aforesaid. In coming up past Burnt cape, when you have brought the west end of the westernmost mountain on with the east end of Kot island, you may steer over with them in one line, until you open St. John's point, as afore- said. Nor is there any danger in bringing the east end of the westernmost mountain on with the east end of Hot island, but it should not be brou"ht to the westward of it until you have open St. John's point. You might by this last mark go over near Rot island, and go up to the southward of the middle shoal, with St. John's church just open of the point ; in this chan- nel is deep water, but it is narrow ; it is called tlie Old Traverse, and the •ther is called the New Traverse. It is not pro»>er for the Old Traverse to be made use of, as the passage between the middle shoal and the sand off Burnt cape ledge is narrow, and you will be so much the longer going across the tide, which may carry you out of the way if you are not very attentive to the marks. The middle shoal reaches up the river until you have got Bellchase church a good deal open of the west end of Roi island, but as a mark of this kind is very deceiving, it reaches until you have brought the east end of the middle mountaiQ^n the west end of Rot isl- and, and the the island of anclior bctw pleasure. I vers*, and tl ed, 'it, might of Rot island should not b< opened St. J But as the! is acquainted the greatest ( to open St. J long going ac of a mile wid( likewise obse Butt (which i and appears I inent ; that is N. of you, 01 edge of this U thorns, and at shore. It ma ing, there is r leans shoal ai but after you 1 ter, within a s Abreast of! the E. end of. The same m The E. end and the little o of Madame, 64 The W. ent and Little mou Little mount mountain on th The little m and the W. en easternmost m( A white hous of the E. end mountain on The W. end point well open The middle tie mountain j point well ope N. B. Keep of Madame. The E. end i white houses wi open 0| ^.v 10 Edit. BlunCs American Coast Pilot. 117 this loun- mting; urnt hip's will ntai{i [i end may ifore- iniost lought )fthe Ichan- id the Iverse sand [going very |il you Island, have lot isl- and, and then you will be paHt it, and have the channel open from near the island of Orleans, to very near the west end of Hot island, and may anchor between Orleans and Madame islands, or proceed up the river, at pleasure. If it should be thick weather, and you would pass the Tra- ver8«, and the mountains cannot be seen, nor the ends of the shoals buoy- ed, 'it, might be done by keeping one or two houses open of the east end of Rot island, or the third house may be brought in a line with it, but should not be opened ; and these marks may be observed until you have opened St. John's point, as aforesaid. But as these houses may be mistaken for others, even by a person who is acquainted with the Traverse, it is not safe to use them. It is certain, the greatest difticulty of the Traverse is in coming over from Burnt cape, to open St. John's point, as the channel is but narrow, and you are so long going across the tide ; and at Burnt cape the channel is not above # of a mile wide between the cape and the point of the ledge. You should likewise observe here, to keep clear of the ledge, to keep a part of the Butt (which is a high spot of land in the middle of St. Joachim's meadow, and appears like a platform or island) always shut in behind Cape Tor- ment ; that is, you must not open it all of the cape until Burnt cape bears N. of you, or you will certainly be on the ledge. The soundings at the edge of this ledge are very uncertain, for at one cast you will have 5 fa- thoms, and at the very next cast (heaving the lead fast) you may be on shore. It may be observed, that just as you have St. John's point open- ing, there is not any more water any where in the channel, between Or- leans shoal and the shoal oft' Burnt cape, than 5 fathoms, at low water ; but after you have bore up for Orleans there is 6 and 7 fiithoms at low wa- ter, within a ship's length of the sands that dry. Soundings in the Traverse. Abreast of Burnt cape, a little round mountain to the westward, on with the E. eiid of Madame, 5 fathoms. The same mountain between Rot island and Madame, 4 and 4^ fathoms. The E. end of the first W. mountain on the W. end of Grosse island, and the little one to the westward, a little to the westward of the east end of Madame, 5^ fathoms. The W. end of the second mountain on the W. end of Grosse island, and Little mountain on the east end of Madame, 2f fathoms. Little mountain on the E. end of Madame, and the E. end of the second mountain on the W. end of Grosse island, 2f fathoms. The little mountain, a little to the westward of the E. end of Madame, and the W. end of Grosse island in the middle, between the second and easternmost mountain 6 fathoms. ^ A white house just open of Madame, and the hill a little to the westward of the E. end of Madame, and the E. end of the third, and easternmost mountain on with the W. end of Grosse island, 6 fathoms. The W. end of the first mountain on the E. end of Rot island, St. John's point well open, b\ fathoms. (Steer by it.) The middle of the first mountain on the E. end of Rot island, the Lit- tle mountain just to the westward of the E. end of Madame, St. John's point well open, 4| fathoms. . N. B. Keep the Little mountain always to the westward of the E. end of Madame. The E. end of the firs4: mountain on the E. end of Rot island, two white houses open of Mada(||«, the Little mountain just opening to the E. .#: 118 Blunt^s American Coast "Pilot. 10 Edit 20 Edit. end of Madame, 4} fathoms (never open the Little mountain.) The W. end of the iirat mountain on the Vista in Rot island, St. John's point well open, 5 fathoms. The E. end of the first mountain on the Vista, St. John's point well open, 5 fathoms. The second mountain on the Vista, and another little hill near the other, on the W. end of Madame, St. John's point well open, C;^ fathoms. Marks on the little shoal near the E. end of Orleans. The W. end of the second mountain on the W. end of Rot island shoal, and the west trees of Rot island, about the middle of the same mountain ; the W. part of the three-pointed mountain on the E. point af Canoe isl- and ; St. John's point a good deal open of Dauphine. The E. point of Orleans, on the Little Valley, at the W. end of the Saddle mountain. Bearings on the east end of Orleans Ledge, in 4 fathoms at low water. N. 68° E. N. 2 E. The Little Rocky island Cape Torment ........ West end of Rot island E. end of Rot island, and E. end of the Second mountain W. end of Grosse island W. end of tlie Two-head island, and the Little mountain, just to the westward of it .... W. part of the Three-pointed mountain, on the W. part of Goose island St. John's point « good deal open .... W. end of Madame E. end of Madame E. end of the First mountain, about one-fifth the distance of Rot island from the E. end .... Cape Grosse ........ Bearings near the edge of the Middle Ground. E. end of Orleans .... A buoy on a little shoal, near Orleans, St. John's point . . ^ . . St. Francis* church .... West end of Rot island Bearings taken from the upper end of the land {off Orleans) dry at low water. s. s. s. 30 ^ 134 ^• 28 E. s. 69 £. N. s. s. s. 83 E. S2i W. 40i W. 34i W. s. N. 6 E. 52i £. nd. N. N. S. S. s. 63° W. 54 W. 53j W. 79i W. 6 £. The W. end of Rot island S. 3i0W. E. end of Rot island, with the W. end of Grosse island H. 5Si £. Cape Torment N. 31 £. St. Joachim^s farm ...... N. 12i W. St. Joachim's church N. 62 W. £. point of OrMkus ^ N. point of OrHAns *...... N. 71 W. W. The Little island N. 60 E. Bearings from another station, near the east end of the said sand, dry about 1| mile ^•. 63° E. from the last. W. end of Rot island £. end of Rot island W. end of Grosse island Little island * t ' Burnt Cape « Cape Torment £. end of Orleans . * Point of Dauphine*8 river . . St. Joachim*s farm w The shoal to the eastward . . . . ^ . M. 51^ £. s. 22° W. s. 251 E. s. 36 £. N. 63 E. N. 39 £. N. 14 E. s. 64i W. s. 52 W. N. S3i W Cape! .St. Jou £■ part S. W. , Little II E. end E. end V\'e»twt Middle St. Thoa W. end» £. end d £■ end o Bellchas( Middle o The marl St. VaJie N. £. pa w. E. ;,„ S. W pai Litti^ isia Houses bi "W. end ol £• end of Two puiii St. Franci St. John's Port St. L St. Valier'i The mark ^ St. Thoma Bellchase c The niiddlj K. end of t Dauphin ri Little moun South part South part ( S. part of J Cape Ravei Cape Tonne E. point of St. Francis' From Point { about a mile froi 18 fathoms, rod At Point St. L mont) keep the moiit, which are the stream, till n da rocks, keep n fourths of a mile bearing W. S. V/ or you may proc 2 cable's length < inond bearing S. r. u ill 8l- ;he low 10 Edit. BluntV American Coast Pildt. Bearings from the west tnd of Rot island. 119 Caps Torment , . N. 10° E. Kt. Joacliiin^K farm • • . N. 3i W. K. uart of Urlcaiit a, Vv. end 01° Giotte island . , N. 384 W. S. B9 E. Little mountain , , S. 82 E. E. end of the third , , a? E. K. end of the second , , s. 18 £. Westward ot the fust mountain s. 7 E. Middle of BcUchuie island • 8. 19 W. Bearings Jrom the east end of Rot islam • St. Thojnas's church • • • s. 53° E. VV. end tif the first mountain s. 2 E. E. end ditto • t • s. 7 E. £. end of the second ditto • 1 s. 14i E. Bellchase • • s. 27 W. Middle of Bellchase island s. 364 AV. The mark windmill • • s. 43 W. St. Valler's church • • s. 47 W. N. £. part ol Grosse island N. 83 E. N. E. part ol Crane island N. 80 E. S. W part of the Two heads Little island , N. 78 E. • N. 33 E. Houses below St. Joachim^s N. 28^ W. W. end of the Butt a , N. 61 V\ E. end of Saddle hill , , N. 64 W. Two points oA' Orleans • , N. 75J W. St. Francises church « • • S. 864 W. Bearings for ' the tuett end Oj fMi xdame. St. John^s church s. 71° W. Port St. Lawrence s. 68 W. St. Valier's church s. 28^ W. The mark church s. 174 \y. 8S E. St. Thomas's church , • s. Bellchase church ^ s. 40 E. The middle of Bellchase island s. 25 E. E. end of the first west mountain s. 184 E. Dauphin river • • • N. 60 W Little mountain • • > • E. South part of Crane island • • • 1 N. 79 E. South part of G-osse • • • • N. 704 E. S. part of St. Margaret, on the three pointed n lount ains N. 734 E. Cape Raven • • • • N. 404 E. Cape Torment • • « « N. 29 E. E. point of Orleans • • • • N. 19 E. St. Francis^ church • *• « N. 5 E. tbont From Point St. John to Point St. Lawrence there is no danger, and- about a mile from the shore of Orleans you will have 7^, 10, 13, 16, and 18 fathoms, rocky ground. At Point St. Lawrence you must (in order to avoid the shoals of Beau- mont) keep the starboard shore till you have passed the falls of Beau- mout, which are on the south shore, and then steer up in the middle of the stream, till near the west end of Orleans, when, to avoid the Moran- da rocks, keep nearest to the south shore, and you may anchor at three- fourths of a mile from the south shore, in 9 fathoms water. Point Levy bearing W. S. W. and the west point of Orleans N. N. E. rocky ground, or you may proceed with the tide directly for Quebec, and anchor within 2 cable's length of the town, in 15 fathoms, muddy ground. Cape Dia- mond bearing S. W. | W. — "S. end of the Barbet battery W. by N. 1 20 ftlunt'n American Co.iHt Pilot. 10 Edit. THE VIOB FLOWS FVl.t AND CHAJfUC. At Qiiiibuc, hiiir an liuur aiierS. Ibit! M.i(lain, ill U. Ciipu Mitlllaru, at 7. Islu of Coudrit, at tf. The KainotitUKcn, at | pnit 5. Tliu lM|{iiiiique islands — the bbb of the river Sanguina uniting here, it runs full 7 knots in spring tides. Directions for sailing from Quebec, down the River St. Law- rence. From Point Levy to Point 8t. Lawrencn, the course is E. | N. From Point St. Lawrence to St. John's, the course is N. E. by E. From St. John's to St. Francis, N. E. | N. keeping upon the ishtnd side, all the way having from 10 to 16 fathoms. When abreast of St. Francis, steer N. N. E. until you bring St. John's point a handspike length open with Dauphin point ; with that mark steer N. E. J E. at which time a round rock will be right ahead of you ; con- tinue this course until a high hill on the south shore will be just on with the east end of Rot island, at which time the trees on the said island will be just abreast of you, and then steer N. by E. for Cape Torment ; keep very near Burnt Cape, on account of Burnt Cape ledge, that lie* opposite to it. Anchorage on the edge of Burnt Cape ledge, in 4 fatho^ins. East end of Rot island S. 14° W. West end of Grosse island S. West end of the first mountain, about a saiPs breadth to the } eastward of Grosse island ^ Middle of Little island E. 3 S. Burnt Cape . . . . . . . . N. 25 W. REMARKS. The Little Hummoc, or rising on the high land of Coudre, must never be open of Cape Maillard, till you are below Burnt Cape, nor all the Butt, by any means kept open of Cape Torment, if you would keep the chan- nel, which is bw three-fourths of a mile wide at Burnt cape. Bearings taken from the west end of Little island, or Goosebefry island, which lies about JV. 65® E. West end of the Butt , S. 77i JW Cape Torment a S. 85 W Burnt Cape , N. 69k 36i W. Cape ^.?.aillard • N. E. Cape R.iven , . N. 37 E. Cape Grosse N. 52 E. Neptune Rock N. SSI E. The middle of Tbree-pointe d mountain on the east end of Grgsse island • i N. 84 E. The westernmost rock dry • « S. 58 E. 10 Edit. The] West '''ast ( vVest East < Woit You must which is verj From In sailing go as near i end of the i The first that if you miles of the The momer chor) haul i good ground The course I From the mi From the Bi Directions leans, tc ■River. There is a 60° W. from are very dar the end of it by the water way back in Traverse ;) of the weste; the west end tains cannot church S. 86 10® S. and th the north pai the windmill i next church t die of a little the end of th( kept open to and should a while you are fair wind, you the channel b bear N. 70o \ rection begin 10 Edit. Blunf s American Coaut Pilot 121 Th« LUtle raounttin Weit oiiid nf Crnne iilund •'ait end of the firit mountain vVeit end of Groiie leland Ku«i end of Hot island Weil end of Madaina • • 8. 57° E. S. 30 E. S. 4 E'. K. 15i W. 8. 39i W. S. 46 W. You muit (lien eteer N. E. for Cape Mailiard, Ice^ping tlie nortli tliore on board, wbicli if verj bold. From Cape Mailiard to go clear of Coudre Spit, JV". E. by jV. In sailing from Cape Mailiard to Coudre, with the tide of ebb, you must go as near its possible to the point of the shoal which lies off the N. VV. end of theislund, till you come in 8 fathoms water. The first of the tide sets directly on Cape Diable from this point ; so that if you have but little wind you must anchor before yon get within 8 miles of the point. At half ebb the tide runs truer through the channel. The moment you get to the eastward of the point (if you intend to an> chor) haul up for the meadows, otherwise you will not be able to get in good ground. The couiM from Coudre to the Kamouraocas and Pilgrinii is N. G. by E. From the middle ol the Pilgrims to the lirandy Pots, tlic course is N. K. | N. From the Brandy Pots tu the Ible of Bic, is N- E. by E. | N. S- never Butt, chan- island* Directions for the South Channel from St. John^s Point of Or- ' leans, to the S. W. end of Crane Island, opposite the South River, There is n ledge of rocks lies off the S. W. end of Madame about S. 60° W. from it, and in a line for a point on the south shore ; these rocki are very dangerous and dry at low water. To know when you are at the end of it, and that the channel is all clear, observe on the high land by the water side on the south shore, a windi!hill and 3 mountains, a great way back in the country (the same 3 mountains taken notice of for the Traverse ;) when this windmill is brought in a line with the east end of the westernmost of the three mountains, you are just oil and on of the west end of the shoal. But as it may be often hazy that the moun- tains cannot be seen, the windmill will then bear S. 22^ E. St. John's church S. 85" W. St. Francis' church, N. N. E. Bellchase islands, E. 10® S. and the north part of Rot island about two ships' length open of the north part of Madame : therefore, tc be quite clear of the ledge, the windmill should bear S. 30'* E. then St. Valier's church (which is th« next church to the westward of it) will bear about S. 12° E. and the mid- dle of a little wood by the water side, on Orleans, N. W. Being below the end of the ledge, going down, a part of Rot island should always be kept open to the southward of Madame (as in the north channel Rot isl- and should always be kept quite open to the northward of Madame, while you are between the ledge and Orleans island :) and if you have a fair wind, you may steer away directly for the South part of Crane island, the channel being clear and open until you bring St. Francis' church to bear N. 10° W. or the east end of Rot island, N. 38° W. for in that di- rection begins a shoal off the south shore, a little above a point called 16 122 Blunt^B American CoaBt Pilot. 10 Edit. (^iiail point. Thia nhonl Ih very wide, and extends hulf the hreudth of the channel of St. Thomns' church, and (he south rivtr ; and to Iceep clear of this shoal, you should nlways see a part of the Urosse island open to the northward of Crane islaiuf. The channel is very near Cram- island ; here is every where good anchorage, clay l>ottom, and in the channel, in most places, 7 fathoms water. The south shore is every where else pretty bold too, and there is deep water very near Bellchase islands. In turning between St. Margaret's island and the shoal, you tn.iy stand to the southward until- the Grosse islands are almost shut in by the N. part of Crane island, and to the N. until the Grosse isl- ands are quite shut in (to the north) by the south part of Moiac isl- and, or until Canoe island is almost all open to the northward of Moiac iHJiuui, but not any farther, nor even so far with a large ship. The isl'.iid St. Margaret is pretty bold, only a few rocks lie ofl' it, and those not far ; tho farthest off is n single rock olf the S. W. end, and there- lore it is not proper to come too near the island here. There are likewise some few rocks oK Grosse island, and not far off Kot island is a Hat or sand bank, which lies above half a mile into the channel ; it is likewise sho-.d to the southward of Madame, but not far off ; but iis it is bold towards the south shore, it is not proper to come too near those islands. Crane island is bold too, and the best of the channel is very near to it. On the N. W. end of Crane island (the South river falls, S. 4^ E. St. Thomas' church, S. 22« W. Bellchase church, S. 60" W. — west end of Grosse island, S. 33° 30' W.) a base line of 1 mile was measured to the south part of the island called La Point au Pain, or Bread point, by which the breadth of the channel and the extent of the shoal ofl' the south river (on the edge of which a sloop was anchored) were determined as follows : From the west part of Crane island to St. Thomas' church, 3 miles. From ditto to the South river falls, 3^ miles. From dittb to the edge of the shoal in a line with St. Thomas' church, 1^ mile. N. B. For a greater certainty of keeping in the channel, you may lieep a Jiigh moun- tain (at a pretty gresit distance on the south shore) in a line with the south part of Crane island or Bread point. This mountain bears with tlie said point N. 71° E. and P. 71° W, and tlien you will have all along about 7 fathoms water and exceeding good holding ground, clay bottom ; nor are the tides near so strung as in the north channel. (n/* -^t the Editor has now completed Directions relating to the LABRADOR, he begs leave to inform the public he has just published a complete Chart oftfial Coast, on a lat-^e Kale, which for accuracy surpasses any extant, improved to 1820. j^ Directions to go to the eastward of the island of Campo-bcllo, between the said island^ and the Wolves' Islands. If you are bound to the fiver of* Pdssamaquoddy, in a large vessel, your best way is to go to the eastward of Campo-bcllo, keeping your course N. E. by E. which will carry you to the Wolves, distant about 3 « There are three rivers which fall into Passamaquoddy bay ; the largest is called by fhe modern Indians the Schoodick, but by De Mens and Champlaines, Etchemins. Its tnaiii gourde! i^ Bear Panobscot river. The mouth of tJie liver has 25 fathoms water, arid lite lund irirery bluff. 10 Edit. leagues fro '•»»!, and wl VV. N. W. stiirboord I White horm l»elIo. Vol bite, and wi the White h which is sufi ter between 100 fathoms you will hm hII winds, where you n best harboui Ihem either toc river, high water a Macey's bi anchorage, miles, steer point bears J hand, which i chorage. T both on the n running into I ands, and whl hour, lies a r If you fall N. E. by N. t before. In crossing for the currei Should you Latonge, brin which will ca directions J These place Desert hills m of them, you tide of flood si are 9 or 10 le S. W. westwar If you fall Mount Desert «long shore, ti 10 Edit. Blunt^H Amoricaii CoqhI Pilot. 123 le)it{ucs from Campo-hello. Th<> Wolves lie about K. S. K. from nnid ittl* iiiid, and tvht'ii thi> paxMii^e liolwrcti ('am|>0'b(!llu and tlu> Wliitc lioi'tte heurs W. N. W. you munt steer W. N. VV. leaving the White horse on your Htiirhoord hand and keep (\unp-hello inland best un board. The White horso is a larj^e white rock, which lie* off tlic N. K. end oi'Campo.- bello. Vou will see a fine harbour, called by the French, Harbour De* lute, and will leave nrin(; from thr N. W. to N. N. W. o< tlu'm. Whi'n you pasfl the iMlc-Hu-linnt, in •leering W. H. \V. ynu »iU !«• tVK >i>.ntini- CU^islnndy W. If you go into tliii pn)*Nnge you leave Mimtiuirus iHJund on your ntarboard, and the two Ureeu islandn on your larboard hand, steering north westerly 4 leagues, and if bound up the bay, follow your dircctionM for t'enobxcot bay. If you come in from sea and make the island of Manheigin, when it bears N. or N. N. W. it appears like two islands ; but when it bears east or west, it appears in one island. Damiscove islands lie to the \V. by N. of it, which are all bare of trees except the north uart. The rocks called Bantam ledge, lie two miles from Damivcove, S. V\ . or W. S. W. When you are 6 or 7 leagues off at sea, vou will have 70 or 80 fathoms water, with a S. W. current. In general, between Damiscove and Manheigin island, the flood tide parts and sets E. N. E. to the eastward, and W. 8. VV. to the westward as far as the island of .Seguine, and to the northward up to Broad buy, Sheepscut and Kennebcck rivers, and the ebb sets the con- trary way. « Directions from Machais to tPaesamaquoddy. When you leave Machais and are bound to Passamaquoddy, bring Grass island to bear S. W. by W. and steer N. E. by E. distant 9 leagues to West Passamaquoddy light-house, near which is an ALARM BELL, which will, during foggy weather, strike ten times in a minute, the sound of which may, when calm, be heard five miles. But if the wind takes you to the eastward, there is a good harbour about two leagues to the N. E. of |Cross island. This harbour bears due west from the middle of Grand Manan island, and is called Little river, but you cannot see it except you are near the north shore. You must not run in for it before it bears N. W. or N. N. W. There is a bluff point of rocks on the starboard hand as you go in, and an island in the middle of the harbour. As you pass in leave the island on your larboard hand, and when you have passed it half a mile, you may anchor in 4 or 6 fathoms, muddy bottom, and remain safe from all winds. Your course from this harbour to West Passamaquoddy light is N. E. by E. distant 7 leagues. When you come from the S. W. and are bound into West Passamaquoddy, you must give the Sail rocks a * The Iile-au-haut is remarkable land, which malies with a large bay on each side of it, and the highest part of the island is in the middle. t Passamaquoddy light is situated on West Quoddy head. The lantern is elevated 90 feet above the level of the sea, and contains a fixed light, which may be seen at the distance of 7 leagues in clear weather. ^ Cross island lies on the east side Of Machias bay. A light-house will be erected on this island th^ present year (1821) as a law has passed making appropriations, when di- rections wllt.be immediately published by 'the author of the Pilot, and delivered gratis to tliMe whO' have purchased the 10th edition, unless it should be completed previous, in t^bi^b cftse> h will fw inserted in tht Appendix, to which tho reader is referred. hirth of thn there is u wl from thin pd about half pi There i of tliu moon about hnlf past II oV.lock. Thrrn it a Kuod hay that licM about W. S, W. from thin point, whcrtf you muy anchor, if thr tidu iIoch not suit to go ov(>r the bar ; but if t||e tide Huitu, you may procvrd, kvopmg to the wonttvard till the bar bean N. N. VV. which course you may Htevr till you get up to AIKmi')! island. In steering tliiH course you will see a boune that Imim two doors in it on AU len*9 island, which house you must keep open with a little green island which lies in the middle ol the pa>4sage. VVheu vou get over the bar thin iiouHc must be brought open to the westward df the island, and you may go on cither side of it, us the wind should favour you. If you go to the westward of it, with the tide of flood, and the wind fails you, the tide wiU carry you into a large bay on vour larboard hand. The first island yon come to is the Collector's, which lies on your larboard hand, and the next to this is Allen's island. When you come to the westward o' the little island, you may anchor opposite the long house on Allen's island, or di* rect your course N. N. E. distant 3 miles to Moose island. In the pas- sage of West Passamaquoddy, the tide sets N. N. W. over the bn-, two hours before it rises one foot, and likewise sets S. S. E. two hours before high water. When up as fur as Allen's island, if you leave iv' with t'le tide of flood, steer N. N. E. .*) miles, when you^will have the tide againit you 4 hours ; and two hours before high water the tide sets S. S. W. till you comu down to the Collector's island, when it sets over the bar 8. S. £. The tide rises here 25 feet. There is u fine cove on the south end of Moose island, where a ship of 500 tons may lie, moored head and stern, safe from all winds, but the anchors are very much exposed with the wind to the eastward or E. N. E. If you are bound up Scuttoc river from Moose island, as you pasii Bald head, give it a birth of half a mile as there is a large ledge of rocks that lies off from it. When you have passed this point your course is N. N. W. distant 8 or 9 leagues to the Devil's head, or Oak point (so called) the Devil's head you leave on your larboard hand, which is very high land and may be seen 10 or 12 leagues. Your course from said head is W. N. W. 1 league, when you will come to a large ledge of rocks that you must leave on your larboard hand, which is bare at two hours ebb, and extends half way across the river. Keep your starboard hand on board, and when you pass this ledge your course is W. S. W. distant one mile to Pumroy's point, and from said point to the harbour your course is N. W. by N. distant 3 miles, and the next reach to the Falls is W. N. W. distant one mile ; the tide flows here 25 feet, and there are only 6 or 7 feet in the channel at low water, with long flats of mud on both sides. There are several good harbours on the west side of this river, and all the difficulty is the great depth of water, which is, in general, from 18 to 24'fathom8. There is also a good harbour on your starboard hand going into Deer island, which lies to the southward of St. Andrews, 2 leagues distant. It may be easily known as there is a large bay between the two islands, which lie? N. E. from the river St. Croix, 3 leagues distant. St. Croix lies in lat, 46° 07' N. h lid Htiitit*H Amrrirnn f *onHl Pilot. Directions for *'rilinaii(ui light-house. 10 Edit. liR cotninK Crorn the wt'ntwiinl, lioiiiul to I'ii^roii hill or ItolioiMi hur* hour, hntiK tlio \iv,\\i to limr S. VV. iiiul run tor it, kiviiik it u lurtli ot*oiii>- Toiirth of a mmI», wiitl lii«'ii ttcwr N. | VV. I niiU>ii ; in NiofrioK tint roiir«t' you will Umvo tho Kgx ro<'k on vour MtiirboiirtI liiind, whrnyou will niitkr thi* wmtiM'ty NJioro, Ki^"*Kit ii birth of hnlt' « niilf ; thi*n »tiM'r N. N. K. onn milr, when yon >vill tx* oii|K)«it(' Dycr'a Iiounc, where yon nniy an- ,f I chor, Mali' froni all wind*, in •') fathonnt water In cominK I'rorn th«> t'a^ttwanl, Itoniwi to Dyt^r'N hay, give tho iM|an«l halt' n mile hirtli, htavniK it on j(onr xtarhoanl hund ; hriiiK tlit* linlit to heu'- N. K. thr«M' -fourth'* of a miU' diHtanc-f, thru »tc«r N. hy W. which will carry iron into the mouth of tlip bay, U>nvinK u larK<' dry XvA^v on your larboard land ; whon abreast of thi* h' which in bold too, ^\\o. it a birth of /'i or (S rodn, thiMi ntvcr N. 1 K. t or b iniicM, where yuu riiuy anchor, itafe from all wii.dx, in t or Tj rathonit, muddy bottom. GohlMboro^Kb harbour lien N. N. VV. from the lii^ht-houflo, two leaguoH difltant, leaving one inland, covered with treeM, on your Ntnrhoard hand, und two on your larboard hanoard hand ; your course from Cranberry rock point in, is N. VV. by N. In case you should not make the point, continue your course VV. N. VV. until you make the weHtcrn shore, giv- ing it a birth of half a mile, then steer N. N. E. until you open the har- bour, thf 1 steer N. VV. which course will carry you safe in. If you fall in with S( iittoc island, and are Itound to Prospect, give it a birth of three- fourths of a mile, then steer N. N. E. which course will carry you safe into the harbour. In running \\\\* course, you will leave the two black ledges on your starboard hand, giving them a birth of three-fourths of u mile. Moulton's ledge bears from the light-house W. hy N. four miles dis- tance ; this ledge is not bare except at low tides ; strangers should not ap- proach too near it ; it lies due south from Qoldsborough harbour. There is a sunken ledge that lies S. E. by E. from the light-house, 5 miles dis- tant, on which there is but 7 feet at low water. S. S. W. 4 miles distance from the light-house lies a sunken ledge, on which there are 12 feet at low water. Direetions from Mount Desert to Goldsborough and '^4;^ Machias. In going from Mount Desert to Goldsborough, you must steer E. \ N. * Titinanan light-house stands on the S. E. part of Titmanan island. It is a stone building, 25 feet high, coptaius a lixed light from lamps fiftjr-tbtee feet above the level of the sea. JU Edit. for •Scultoc |i I her »iide of. •teer N. v.. a\ harbour. Vo hour ; you mi pastagr. In i which has a Ii your Ntarbonrt tant lieM a ledfi length of, whe when bound e bo a handspik near the bar, n which will cloi the channel go bar that runs i from the land. water. If yoi from Mount D steering the ab your larboard I vers, Moose F( hours, hut too ty. If you cai K. N. E. there which lie due ! careful of in tli leagues before S. VV. from Or you make thes< to bear S. K. ai make the S. VV VV. by N. for \ island, which y steering this co hand, and if yo to the wes^wan bring u high roi you may anchoi harbour, but if north till you p: may shape youi vered with your there is nothing after you pass tl you may run up but if you are b ^vestward. Wh are on the starb westward of tht on your starbonr • There are five and at a distance t\ JO Edit. RliintV American CoAHl Pilot. 121 on 1 stone level for *8cuttoc point, -t Ioiiku***, whcr<> u an i«lun«l winrli yon may piwa n- thf>r Aid* of, but it in bcit to Icuvf it on your larlioiini linm!, ihkI thm •itciT N. P.. uhont .'tj h'tixnr*, tvhirli will <-iirry >•»> up uitli (ntliMMtrougli liiirbour. You will »cr Ibrcc mlanda wbi«'b iu^ in (b<* iiimitli ti|' tlu> bar- bonr ; you mu»t b'tivt* tbi*m on your larbonnl banti, ami 1(0 in tb<< enMlorn imaoaKi*. In 4tan*linK hi lor tbnt plun* you will «c>c Titmanan'it i<«tand, wbicli bax a liKbt-bonnc on it containing a llxcd liulit. tbat you leave on your Mtarboanl band. Nortli iVom 'rilniaiiati oni'-fiKbtb «it° a niiU> dia- tant lif'N a \vi\f^v. barr at bait' ti«l«>, wbicb you ki't'|i witbin lialf a (-ablc*« Irngtii ol, wbni koiiik over tbp K. S. K. on«> balf a niib' di<'tant, wbicb will clear a \tu\)^v bavins U foot water at low water, (hat Iiom K. ol* the rbannel goitiK over tbe bar, one-foiirtb ol' a mile dintant. Tbere ih u bar tbat ruiDt from tbe Nborc to thin little inland, wbicb in about 1 leauuo from tbe land. Tbiit bar bait 'A\ t'atboniH at bii(b wat(>r, and i> feet at low water. If you are bound to IViacbiaH or I'a<«Mama<|uoddy, your course from Mount DeHcrt i« H. N. K. diNtunt to AlurbiaM about 17 lengucH. In steering tbe above courne and diMtance, you paMi by nntliin^ but iHlandt on your larboard band, witb inletH and sundry good hiirbouiH, pleasant ri- ven*, Moose Peck reacb and Cbaudler*!! river, wbicb are all good bur- bourn, but too intricate to be described for Htrnngers to attempt with safe- ty. If you cannot steer your course as above directed, in •standing to the K. N. K. there are three low islands to the S. W. of (i ran' Vlanan island, which lie due S. K. from Machias, distant 4 leagues, whi' U you must bo careful of in the night. You may «ec the island of Grand Manan 2 or 3 leagues before you come to it, and when it bears N. R. these islands run S. VV. from Grand Manan about 2 leagues distant, and in thick weather if you make these islands, you may run for Machias, bringing Grand Manan to bear S. K. and then run N. VV. for the entrance of Machias : or if you make the S. VV. end of Grand Munan, bring it to bear E. by S. and steer VV. by N. for Machias, 6 leagues distant, and when you have passed Cross island, which you leave on your starboard hand, you may steer north. In steering this course you will leave a large white rock on your larboard hand, and if you do not want to go into Machias harbour, you may haul to the westward. AAer you have passed this rock about half a mile, bring u high round island that is covered with trees to bear north, when you may anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms, muddy bottom. This is called Jones' harbour, but if you mean to go up to Machais, you must keep your course north till you pass a round high island on your larboard hand, when you may shape your course W. N. VV. or N. VV. by W. for a point that is co- vered with young birch trees, and a house on it, for on tbe starboard hand there is nothing but flats and shoals ; you may keep your larboard hand after you pass this house until the river opens to the northward, when you may run up to Cross river, where you may anchor in four fathoms ; but if you are bound up to the S. W. mills, you must haul away to the ■westward. When you get up with Mr. J'jrkcr's house and barn, which arc on the starboard hand, you must leave the barn open to the south- westward of the Pott head : this Pott head is a large hill that you leave on your starboard hand. * There are five hills on Scuttoc, reinarkablo from an^ hille iii the eastern cuuntrv-^- and at a distance thoy appear round. 128 Blunfs American Coaelt Pilot. 10 Edit. lOBdit. Directions from Long Island to the jouth west Harbour of Mount Desert. You»" course is N. N. E. distant ''v Ictigucs. You must leave the two Duck islands on yoiT starboard hand, and three islands on your larboard hand. It is not safe ihr a stranger to rui. here in the night, as there is a large le^ge that is cove^'ed at high water, and bare at half tide. 1 ou leave this ledge on your starbonrd Land, which is about one mile from the har- bour. There is a long lerlge c. the larboard hand which runs off half a mile, but there is a goc! turning channel betwee" them. The S. W. pas- sage is not fit to ente; with a large vesse! at low water, but at high water you may '^^ter with any vessel, keeping nearest the starboard hand as you •go in, for there is a long point that lies about half a mile off from the lar- board hand. Off this point you will find 6 or 7 feet of water at low tide. When you pass the point on your larboard hand you have the hrrbour open, and must bear up N. W. or W. N. W. and anchor well up the har- bour in 5 or G fathoms, muddy bottom, where you may lie safe from all winds. If you are in a large vessel and make the Isle-au-haut, bring it to bear W. by S. and steer E. by N. 10 Uagues, which course and distance will carry you up the eastern passage going into Mount Desert . you must leave all the islands to the north .-ard, and go to the northward of Motflpt pesert rock, which lies E. S. E from the hle-au^haut, S. E. by S. from lM^ island, and S. from the Duck islands. Wher you bring the har- bour to bear W. N. W. you may steer directly in, for you may go about with a first rate man of war in this passage, i on may steer in this chan- nel with a fair wind, from W. N. W. to W. by N. till you come to Lang> ley's island, which lies about 1 league up the harbour and makes the star- board hand of the river that runs from the N. E. Be careful of this isl- and, as there is a sunken ledge of rocks ab 'oast of 't,, near half a mila off. The river above mentioned has water enou^ii xVr any ship to go ia, and is i'i safe harbour. Directions for sailing through Fox island passage. ' When bound from the westward, and inveilB going through Fox island passage, bring ''^Owl's head island to bear W. by S. and steer E. by N. from Owl's head, 4 leagues distant. \f you have a head wind and are obliged to go into the mouth of the bay, be careful of a ledge of rocks that bears from Crab Tree point S. W. or S. W. by S. distant 4 or 5 miles. This passage has rocks on both sides. Crab Tree point is on the larboard hand. It is on the northern Fox island, and there is a long point of rocks near one league to the S. W. of it. This passage is not fit to enter in the night, unless you arc well acquainted. When you get in,, bring Crab Tree point to bear W. by S. and steer E. by N. about 3Jeagues, which will bring you to, Young's narrow. In steering this course you will make two large bate rS^ks, called the Sugar-loaves, which you may go on ei- * OwPs head, a head land on the west side of Penobscot bay, in the state of Maine. It las a good harbour on the larboard hand as you go to the eastward. The harbour tnav.es with a deep cove, has 4 fathoms water, and a muddy bottom. It is open to the E. by N. and £. N. E. winds: but in all other winds you may lie safe. The tide of klood sets to t«te eastwardi and the tide of ebb S. W. through the Muscle ridges. thrr sidn starboard third of a low water ter. rh€ mile to th 3 fslands passage is When yo !stiirl)oard niuKe Dec very high may run i or come t Tneets, oni makes an vith any -vard, you come up t soon as sa rows. NVh in the mid rovered al may go on Continue starboard your larbo eastern Uii bear S. S. Avhich is s main in th ward of a back to th you must a large b.i lies N. an from the au-haut, the south [N. B. entrance of the Fox'ish hand ; but island, wlii Union river W. which c leaving the and near tt trees, on wl it a birth o When you thorns watc the northw are bound t fit for a stri • The 6 lance, and ^^ I i -\«l;»v.-ui^^MfcHtiJa.'.-jfett *fl [) Edit. mr of the two nrboHril ere is a ou leave the har- ff half a W. pas- h water id as you the lar- ow tide. hf rbour the har- from all jt, bring urse and Desert . jrthward . E. by S. ; the har- go about [lis chan- to Lang- I the star- f this isl- i mila off. iu, »nd is 10 Edit. Blunfs American Coaat Pilot. 129 ox island E. by N. 1 and are of rocks r 5 miles. larboard ; of rocks ter in the 'ing Crab s, which vill make go on ei- of Maine, he harbour ^pen to the The tide of thrr Hidn of, but to follow your directions you must leave them on your starboard hflhd, and also be careful of a ledge that lies about north one- third of a mile from them. Tlie cntriince to Young's jioint is narrow at low water, off which lies a ledge of rocks which are covered at high wa- ter, fhere is alno a quantity ot' sunken toi'.k» at the larboard hand, near a mile to the Wv N. W. which lie off tlie Duinplins. These Dumplins are 3 islands which you leave on your larboard hand. Your course in this passage is E. S. E. and W. N. W. keeping your starboard hand on boiird. When you pass this point on your starboard hand, you must keep your starboard hand on board, and steer E. S. E. about 2 miles, when you will inaKe Deep cove on your starboard haiul, which lies to the eastward of a very high bluff of rocks. If you have neither cables nor anchors, you may run into said cove, or secure your vessel with the main or fore-sheet, or come to anchor iu 7 fathoms water off the said cove. There the flood :neets, one from the W. N, W. and the other from the E. N. E. which makes an eddy against this cove and higii land : '.lere you may ride safe vith any wind. When you leave this place, and .ire bound to the east- .vard, you steer E. S. E. and keep your starboard hand on board till you come up to a clear spot of land where the trees have been cut off. An soon as said spot bears W. S. W. you steer E. N. E. for the middle nar- rows. When you draw near the narrows you will see 2 large white rocks in the middle of the passage, unless at high water, at which time they are < overed about one hour, but may be seen at all other times of Hide. You may go on either side, but the deepest water is at the southward of them. Continue your course E. N. E. about 1 league, whea you must keep your starboard hand on board, as there are several sunken rocks and ledges on your larboard hand which are covered at high water. You will make the eastern narrows on your starboard hand, and as soon as you bring it to bear S. S. E. you may rur through, where you will have a fine harbottr^ which is safe to ride in with all winds except at E. N. E. but you may re- main in the west passage with the wind at E. N. E. or anchor at the nortfi- uard of a bare island, that you will see on your starboard hand as you go back to the westward. When you pass the eastern passage of Fox island you must steer E. N. E. .ibout 4 miles, which course will carry you into a large bay that lies between Fox island and the Isle-au-haut. This bay lies N. and S. and about 4 leagues E. and W.' When you get into this bay from the iibove-mentioned passage, and are bound to the eastward of Isle- au-haut, you may steer E. S. E. (J leagues, which course will carry you to the south\yard of the Isle-aU-haut. [N. B. When you come from the woslward and pass the island of Manheigin and thu entrance of Peivohscot bay, you niny steer E. N. E. which course will carry you betweeit the Fox'ishuids knd Mantinicus islanils, leaving all the Fox islands un your larboard hand; but bring tlW Isle-au-haut to bear W. N. W. and steer E.N. E. 7 leagues to Long island, which you leave on your larboard hand. If you are bound to Blue hill D^y or Union river, as soon as you pass Long island you will open a large sound to the N. N. W. which course you are to steer 7 leagues, when you Will be up with Robertson's island, leaving the *Ship and Barge on your larboard hand. Robertson's island is the only isl- and near that place that has a house on it. The souih part of the island is cleiV of trees, on which the house stands. When you come near the south part of the island, |ive it a birth of three-quarters r*" a mile, as there are several sunken rocks off 'said poiht. When you bring this island to bear from S. V\^ to N. W^ you may anchor in 6 pr I &• thorns water, muddy bottom ; but if you are bound to Blue bill bay, you may stand. to the northward direct for the Blue hills, which you may see 10 or 15 leagues off. If you are bound for Union river, you had better take a pilot at Robertson's island, for It is not fit for a stranger to go without one.] • The Ship is an island that has '.hree trees on it, and appears like a ship at a dis- tance, and the Barge is a dry rock which appears like a barge» 17 / . \ 1^ K'Wi*R issitiiat<^d on an island near t)te month of Kennebec river. The lantern is^ elevat6«1 200 feet abovo ihe level of the sen, and contains a fixtd lij^ht of the first inaK<^itHdtf, and may be $<-en at the distance of 9 or 10 leagues in clear weather. t Caldwey's isiiiii J lies mi the east side of George's river, about 9J miles from the en- trani^6.;'it Mi.it W^h roHiul .island^ co96liiyer*s bay, leave it on your starboard 10 Cldit. Bliinrn American Coast Pilot. 135 hnnd, aritl steer north for the onstcrn heud. You lenvc n large dry dock on your larboard Ituiid, which, when you pusH, you will sceaamsdl li^land, covered with trecsi, which you leave ou your starboard hand ; then haul round said ii*land, where you will be sale iVoiii all winds. Directions from Scuttoc Island. When you come from the westward, and bound to Titmannn, you pass Scuttoc island ; steer E. N. K. from bcuttoc island, 5 leagues, to Titma- nun light. Directions from Titmanan light to Ladle island. When you pass the light, bring it to bear S. W. and steer N. E. about •1^ leagues, which course will carry you to Ladle isle. This isle has a re- markable appearance, being tbrmed exactly like a ladle, and has a large black rock to the S. W. a little distance from the island. You may go any side of this island, but the best channel is to the S. £. of it. Directions for Cape Splitt liarbouft t % * ■ When you pass Titmanan light, bring it to bear S. W. ^ S. and stfeer N. E, y N . for Cape Splitt, distance 6 leagues, which course will carry yoo safe into the harbour. In steering said course, you will make a black rock, which you leave on your starboard hand, distance 1 mile from Cape Splitt. This harbour is safe from all winds but S. W. which blows right is ; but if you anchor in a cove on the starboard side, and moor N. W. an4 S. E- vou will lie safe from all winds. i Directions for Pleasant rivel*. I When you come from the westward, and bound to Pleasant iircr, in passing Titmanan light, bring it to bear S. W. by S. and steer N. E. by N, 5 leagues distance. In steering said course, if it is clear weather, you will see Oapt. Wasse's house open between the island and main land ; but this passage will not do at low water. You must leave this island (and a high dry ledge of rocks that lie to the westward of the island) on your starboard hand ; when you pasip the bare ledge » you will see a bare isle, which you leave on yojir starboard hand ; then you may haul up for Capt. Wasse^s house and anchot) and take a pilot for Pleasant river, as it is not safe going without one, except yo^ arc well acquainted. Narrow-guages is one mile to the westward of Pleasant river, too diffi< cult to be described, as there are sundry small islands at the mouth of the harbour or bay. The best way for a stranger is to go into Cape Splitt har- bour and get a pilot, as there i^ no difficulty in going into Cape Splitt in th« day-time, keeping the larboard haad best on board. i:)ii Blunt*8 Ainrricnii Coubl Pilot. Directions fyr Moo«e Peck reach. lOKdit. When you come from the westward, nnd piiMi Lmlln islfind on your hi- bonrd liaiid, Ht*lfk^4 i'*S^ " on the north 6ni of Franklin island, near the entranice of CSeorge^il'SiVer. The l&Qteffn is elevated SO feet above the level of the sea, and contaius a flxtfd; light. 10 Edit till up wi( leagues di» ward, you ward of tl New Ilaili leave on low water very high. Other di passed Frai the middle ofCapt. n red) togeth After you h; on board, ai two-thirds ii barns on yc a mile of. In runnin f'on's house tioned ledge Hiand with t with a large to the castw; ings, the lar^ Knox, Esq. and run said. «t|^anger to g Hat on each > from E. N. E N. B. Wh '-iuine light to /J When you I'or the island dry islands an of the island) ands ^nd Man leagues, throt islands (whic island has no south from tin Old Woman, i from the shon do not appear, lake you ahea^ you bring the will carry you :*':r iO Edit. Blunfn Aftmricuii Coast V'iUA. 137 till up with PleuHiint point, wbicli lie* on the larhount hunJ, about four leuKuoH iliHtiuit. If you huvu a hcati wind and nre ohli^vd to turn to wind- tvard, you must not, uAi r pns^inx PiMtnioiiuid point, stand to thr north- tvani ol* the western Kgg rock, as there are two Hunkcn ledger, called New Harbour ledges, between the naid point and rock, which you must leave on your larboard hand. Thei^e Ied^e8 are never liar*', but at low wiiter ; with the wind to the uattwurd, the water broaku over thum very hi^h. Other directions for milinir into Gtnrne^s river are. After you have passed Franklin island lii^ht, steer V.. N. K. about 'if^ h'agueM, keeping in the middle of the river, which course and distance will carry you in night of Capt. Ilenderson^H bouse and store (the house is white and the store red) together with a umall wharf on your larboard hand, close to the river. Alter you huvc passed this house;, you njusl keep the starboard shore be«t on board, as there is a ledge of rocks on your larboard hand extending two-thirds across the river. You will also see two small bouses and two barns on your starboard hand, which you may run within u ipiarter of n mile of. In running up or down this river, you must not shut in Capt. Hender- son's house with the north shore, until you have pa»acd the above men- tioned ledge. The best marks to clear this ledge are to shut in Culdwcir$« island with the eastern part of IVI'Cobb's narrows. When you arc up with a large broad cove on your larboard hand you may be certain you arc to the castwaril of the ledge, and you will be also in sight of 3 large build- ings, the largest of which is u spacious house, built by the late Henry Knox, Esq. ' When said house bears N. N. E. you may steer N. E. by N. and run said^io'irse till within a musket shot of it. The best time for a stranger to go up this river is at low water, as it is very crooked, and the Hat on each side can then be seen. The river runs from Franklin's island from E. N. E. to N. E. by N. about 6 or 6 leagues distant. N. B. When you go to the eastward of Damiscove island, you bring Se- jjuine light to bear W. S. W. and steer E. N. E. for George's river. I the Pen- ', and or the d light ou will eagues near m your ut dan- ntinue tranjce of contaiiit Directions from Towiiseiul lo iMaiiheigin. When you take your departure from Squirrel island, you steer E. S. E# Tor the island of Manheigin (on the north side of which are some small dry islands and ledges, but good water between them and the other sides of the island) keeping that course until the passage between George's isl- ands ^nd Manhcigip bears N. E. You may then steer N. E. about seven leagues, through a fair open sound, for White Head light, leaving George's islands (which are 3 in number) on your larboard hand. The eastern island has no trees on it. There are two dangerous rocks bearing due south from the middle of the middle island, called the Old Man and the Old Woman, which are bare before low water. Tliey lie about one mile from the shore, and at high water, when the wind blows oft' the land, they do not appear. If you are bound to the eastward, and the v^ind should lake you ahead, when you are between Manheigin and George *9 islauds, you bring the middle of Manheigin to bear S. and run in N. which course will carry von between the eastern George's island and the Qii,ddte island. '18 .V 138 liluitl'H AirH'ru!un Coa.^t Pilot. 10 R tniiMIi* i)tliiii«l liiiH a Iftt^o of roikn (h;il li(< to tlii> ir<> iil- vrnyn dry, uliirli you art^ to Nmvr on yo\ir lurlioanl liaiiii yoii gel to tli<> iiot'tl)\vii|-(l of tlii4 inlaiid, you triiwt haul to tli<- (voxtn'artl and r\iri U|» l>ettV(>cii it ami tlio wr^tcni Mlatxl, no a>« to \n\tm the liotly ol° thn mitlilU' i>«lan«l to lu'ar N. 1^. of you. Ilt you moor yuur vchhcI if yoii Itay any time. If you ar«! bourul to tlu- rnnlwanl from tliin i^Iaml, you riny K'> to tlir nortliward of the car-tern iiland, l>ut you inuAt Im' larvful of a I'mIkc that lici to i\i9 (>af>t\varil of Haiti iMhind, which you inu^t ItMivt; on your star- board hand ; and uhcn you hrini; IManlu haul up ahnul N. K. hy N. tor 'l'«'nant\ harbour, which lies about J! I('ague>4 from (tGor^(''N itfinds. Vou cannot mi>cti( you may li( 'f you CO I»yramid,^H i guine light, •••ust sieor K it a birth oi "iouth, you SI river, leavin VV. froiri Seg from Seguint *ets out very not a good br an hour. W course is N. the Sugar-loii N- VV. about lihiir of rock of a shoal tJa iiead. Keep should be ag; and which lie Jng tiie island proceed to f ver is not to o'' the tide ai ed, or have a Seguine ish J'ond island lit two miles froi Small Point b(, tant. There the light as fo] mile— Ellenw* N. E. half a water— Wood] N. N. E. lam KenncbecJj ril H n'iles long, Ijesl .#- lOKdit. BliinrH Aim>ricuii Cout>t Pilot. 139 Mini- on your liiilioanl li:itnl. TIm' linrhntir ix liol.l. hut yoii mint W rnrv, fill if \oii hIioiiIiI (TO tilioiil, not tn stiiiitl too ikmj- tlir Mi.trlioiirtI IiimmI, whirh Uv.n nriir D.iiiiorix'otti riviT. WIhmi vmi p^M-« ri«!ii>rniiin'M i^laiul, yoii ronlinih' your roitritc VV. N. W. for tli»' multlli' "f S.|uirr»'l iMltinii, which you uitl niiiko riKlit iihciitl, im flicii' iir«> ■;i.-h D.tiiuniHrulti riv«'r, jl ixlaml^, tiut with ti fmr wind ^tw it H hirtti of hiilf u inih-, and thoti ulcrr N. VV. for tin- harbour, and foMow tho diri'cliont you havo for ({oin^ into the harhour of 'l'uwnn«;nd, where 5011 uiii}' lie Kai'u from ai) wind*. ^ Icavr cr N- if it your )ring >1 Int. in )ve isl- [d, which lof which JJtrcciwnsfur *Kc'iii»ebt'C'lv tmd Shut'pacut rivefs. If yuii come from the wentward, hriii); Cape Kli/.aheth (on which is a |»yramitl,^H fully dettcrihed in pa^c I I'J) to hear we«it, aiul Mteer CHut for Se- Kuine light, 10 lca){ue>4. If you arv bound into Kenneheck river, you uiuHt ^teer I'. \ N. und leave Seguine li;.(rd hand, Kiving it n birth ol about half a mile, and as souii as you bring xaid liu;ht to bcur <40uth, you Nte(!r due north, which rour*te will carry yuii into Kennebeck river, leaving tl'ond isihmd light on your larboard hand, which bear'< N. ^ VV. from Scguine light, and lies at tlie mouth of the river, distant Ij mile from Srguine island. Vou must have regard to the tide, for the tide uf ebb Hets out very strong due south, right on Segnine island, thercfort' il'yoii have not a good breeze of wind you cannot stem the title, as it sets 4 or f) knots an hour. When you come into the entrance of Kenueheck river, your course ie N. W. to the Sugar-loave-«, a ([uarler of a mile distant. Leave the Sugar-loavos on your starboard hand, from w hioh your course is N. N. VV. about two miles to Cock'n head ; this Cock's head is a very high bluff of rocks, which you leave on your larboard hand ; but be careful of n shoal flat that lies on your lurboartl hand, before you come to Cock's head. Keep nearest to the starboard shore In case the winti and tide should be against you, you may anchor to the southward of I'erkiu's isN and which lies on the starboard hand, where" you may lie safe after bring-> ing the island to bear north of you ; but with u fair wind and tide you may proceed to Parker's tlats, which Uc a little above Cock's head. This ri- ver is not to be attempted above Parker's tlats^ on account of the strength of the tide and crookedness of the channel, unless youarje well acquaint- cd, or have a pilot. Seguine island, on which a light-l.ausc is erected, bearing S. ^ E. from Pond island light, is remarkable when bearing east or west. It lies nearly two miles from land, and when it bears north, shuts in with it. Cape Small Point bears N. W. from it, and Wood island N. N. W. 1| mile dis» tant. There are several rocky ledges lying near Seguine, and bear from the light as follow : 5 fathoms ledge S. by W. distant three-quarters of ft mile — Ellenwood's rock north one quarter of a mile — Seguine ledges N. N. E. half a mile, always dry — Jacknife ledge W.N. W. 1| mile, 8 feet water — Wood island reef N. N. W. li mile, 4 feet water — Whale's back N. N. E. 13 mile. You have deep water to the eastward of Seguine. At " Kennebeck river is one of the most important in the stale of Maine. Swan i««aiKl, 44 miles long, lies 30 miles Iroin the mouth of the river, and S miles from tiie chops. , t Se« Appendix. pfw j ';» ■ "Sk: MMMM 110 Uliiiit'tt American Coqh( Pilot. lOKclil 10£ait the wmtwanl, thf ti northwRnt into Ni*m MniilowN iinil VV. N. VV. into Hru.ul Sound, iin f>til> tjili* the rcviTHo. Your ■ouutling*, l)«twiM*n SrKtiini» nmt ('iiof FJi/.iih(>th, iirr viiriouit ; iit tini«"t yoti hiivr IH or '.'(» ialiiom*, rorkv bottom, iiml within u cublc'a length yuu will t'liid 'Mi ur 35 I'nthonm, inutf- djr hottoni. The liiti I licttv«<<>n S<>){iiinr mid ('ii|i<> Kii/tdirth H nil in isliuidii : on the ni|M* iH Si pyramid Immi-ihij; S, I'' \V, iVom I'ortliind iight hotuc, i mil#M di«tiiiit, and i uiiitl-miil to the wr«luiird, nnir iticliinoiid'ii iNliind wliii In* tho iirxt wind null yon •*<>(• when romiiiK iVom IIm' niMtwiird. HirliMond'* iiilinid lit'H I U'ii|{U(* W. o|' rortliitid, and has a had li'dKn lyiiiK ahont .S. K. from llir N. K. fnd ot il, haU'a niih; di>ttaiit. If you ar«' hound to Shi'rpKnit rivrr, from the wi'Htwurd, and nmkr Se- Kuirti> li^hl, you may leave it on your ttarhoard hand, K>vr it » hirdi ol halt' a mile, when you pana it to the cantward you muitt brin^it to hear S. VV. by S. and sti't'r N. K. by N. wliirh rour'*r will carry you to Kluui- rook harbour, distant ■') Iimikuc'*, IraviiiK ''dry l(>d^(>ii on y(Mir Mturbourd liand, and one on your larboard ; thii harb«)iir io very narrow ut thf i-n- trance, but makvM a lar^e baMin when you ^ct into it ; in the entninct it lie* K. N. K. You cannot net in here with a N. K. oreahterly uind, but muxt have the wind Houth or westerly : at'ter you uet into tliin liarbotii you nim*t haul up N. V.. or N. K. by N. tor there are ««everal fiunkeri rock* on the Htnrboard hand a^ you ^o in, which you ufc to aviiid. The brxt anchorage is agninnt Capt. Smith')* wharf, whero^nre -1 i.ithomii, niuddi bottom ; and you will lie nxi'e from all winds. But if you are bound up Sheepscut river in a large vesnel, and come from the we<'t on board ; there are muny rock« and ledgeu, some of them above anj;<>t up un high jim Ebcnicook you leave the two Mark iidandii on your larboard hand, keep- ing your cour>«e north, a little easterly, but if you otdy come here to make a harbour, when you get up to (\ipl. Hodgson's you will heeii bare ledge on your larboard band, if it n low water, wliich is covered at high uatcr ; you n): Hilhin large rock may go on the CHutwa N. VV. whi «iid, whici \n\nniu\ thin Htarboard > place to (uii of rocks, tl You may ai be at the w t'» the rust] iind atK'hori' from Hear Hail of ves Sinnll |ioiiit. It'jriMi oIhmiIiI i'all into till* buy witit till' wniii iil M. K. or S. S. K. iinti liountt to llii' vantwnnl, you may makr a Kood liiirl)oiir in the aliov«> nv<*r. In MtandiiiK to thi' north- mini yuii Hilt have a liirxf I'ounil ir(*d with ii|>nicf trc««, toK«;tli»r with two largo rocki, oin* rallnl llir llrown Cow, anil tin* othrr \\\v Whitf Hull, ulii* li uri* itonir diMtann' iVoin «'a« h othrr. Y(»u niiiit li*avf> thv Hrown Cow on your •tarbouni, and tin- Whili; Hull on 3 our larboaid band, tlic latter of wbirb you mnv K*' Mitbm a cu* blc'n b'tigtb ot', andHbi'ii you have piuiicd it, munt Mtand over for HorRt* itiand, tbat lict on tb«> Mtarboard, wbicb Iuh a hour ■ on it, that you inny Ko uilbin a ((uartt'r of u unio of. To tbc vM>«twaid of the* iMiand lii>< a Inrgc rock, wbit'li in roverod at liiKli watrr, but bnrt> at half tide ; you may go on fitbcr nidi; of it wlirn it i^ in Hii{lit, but tbc widi'«t |)a< careful of a ledge of rockx, that runn to the Siorthward of this iHland, about half a mile otV. You may anchor in thiit buy according a." the wind may be ; M it Hhould be nt the weulward, you may anchor on the went aide of the bay ; md if to the eaHtwnrd, unchor on the caist Hide. 11 you have lo^t your cablea nod aiicliorrt, there v: a large cove on the Hturboard hand, about two milcH from Hear iaiand, beating about N. which in sutlicient to hold M or 40 mil of vea serveu, you may be out to seu in one hour. I Directions for Portland harbour. Coming from the south-westward, when within half a mile of ^Lai»e Elizabeth, the red buoy on Broad cove rock may be seen ; it bears N. N. £. from the pitch of the cape, distance 1^ mile, and lies in 24 feet water. When up with this buoy, leave it on the larboard hand, half a cable's length distant, and steer N. by E. } E. 1 mile, which will carry you up with the white buoy on Trundy's reef, which lies in 16 feet water. Giv- ing it the same birth as the other, you may then run N. by W. J W. for Portland t light-house, 3 m.leH distant. When up with the head, on which the light-house stands, give it a small birth, and steer N. by W. leaving Bang's island op the starboard hand, till you come to House island, the S. W. point of which bears N. from the light-house, distant almost 2 miles. Before you are up with this island, the black buoy on Spring point ledge may be seen ; it bears N. W. by W. from the S. W. p&it of House island, distant half a mile, and lies in 14 feet water. [When up with this buoy, you open the town.] Giving the black buoy a small birth, you may haul ' I ' — , ' ■ * A culuinn or dtstinguibhing land-mark in the form of a Pyramid, is erected on Ca|.s Elizabeth, one-oightli of a mile J^. W. from the south eastern extremity of the cape — it is built uf stone, the lower half painted white, the upper black — height 50 feet from the foundation, and 125 feet above the leveiof the sea. Bearing t distance, «S'C. of several dangerous rocks near the entrance of Port' land harbour. The column bears from Portland light, S. 1° W. distant 4 miles. From the column to the outer part of Trundy reef, N. 20° E. distant 2i miles. Do. to Broad cove rork Do. to New ledge Po. to Alden's rod. Do. to Taylor's ref;f. E. Do. to do. ito. VV. point point JV. N. S. s. s. 2i° E. li do. 74° E. 6.1 do. 6F E. si do. 41° E. 1 do. 24° E. 1 do. s. s. s. s. s. 42° W. 67° E. 6| miles. 20° E. 64 do. 150 E. 2i do, 9° E. 3i do. C^i^*; From S. E. point of the cape to the outer part of Wattes ledge, which tends off from Richmond island. iS ' From Portland light to New ledge _ - - . Do. to Alden's rock ---..- Do. to Trundy reef -.-... Do. to Broad cove rock, - - - - . The above bearings are by compass. The variation ascertained at tl)e same time to be «P 30' W. The following depths are calculated for low water spring tides — Trundy's reef, ex* ttods from the shore, the depth agreeable to the above bearing 15 feet. Proad cove rock is nearly dry — there is a channel between it and the shore, vith four fathoms water, lai^dy bottom. Alden's rock, depth 8 feet. ' ' ' New ledge extends about E. N. £. and W. S. VV. one quarter of a mile. Depth 11 to 15 feet. Taylor's ledge extends E. N. E. and W. S. W. near one quarter of a mile ; on the eastern. end, 5 lathoms, western do. 15 feet. , ^ There is also aooth^r sitiall rock, a cable'» length within the latter, depth 15 or 16 ftet — between the'se and the cape there is a very good and safe channel, with 7, 8, and 9 fathomiB) orie quarter or. three quarters of a mile from the shore. ' > t I^oi^Uarl Jight-JltMJ«0 b oft'^ {Mint of land, called jPortl and Head, at the entrance of tfM. Ktflfbbiur. It i».a.Mc.sif b<1^^ 72 feet high, exclusive of the lantern, which b 13 ya;i^eoB(ain» « Aice^ liglrt;. ' I ■. g- If .im .'^Ht. .,\vv n o/» ^ POUTli AND ^ ^ f 1 SlahUt tliUt \ I ) V-^'.-; . \ -'. \ 1^^- -' iVnr !?»•*. PttMiitted tjt EO^nuid Ar.UluiU. fff W^Uefker. V" 1322. .^•"^■•'* ■J' 10 Ec upN. 14 feel iiig the anchor [N. 1 huiid, ii conrses Thei nt the I dom U8( the red in, you keep m into Shi Note. dir Wher land, gi\ birth of house to will pen N. W. y carry yo lund soui ♦he latte Portland .'«s soon f you mus of rocks and, call Iiouse ing abou about ^ hand ; X. W. b course, house the hous thorns of a hill, ha that has to avoid. Spring p( other thr a buoy or in length, water, and wher marks wi is a pilot «t N. E. ; w w 10 Edit. Blunt'b American Coast Pilot. 143 up N. W. for the white biioy or» StanlbrtPs ledge ; this buoy lies also in 14 feet water, »\n\ one mile distnnt from Spring point ledge buoy. Giv- ing the white buoy a small birth, you may keep up midway the river and anchor opposite the town, where you please, in safety. [N. B. All the beforotirtentioned buoys are to be left on the larboard hand, in coming in, and the depth of water put down, isut low water ; the courses are by compass.] There are also two small btioys, on two ledges in Whitehead passage, at the N. E. part of Bang's island. 'J'hii passage is narrow, and but sel- dom used with large vessels. By keeping midway between the two buoys, the red on the starboard, and the white on the larboard hand, in coming in, you will have not less tlum 5 fathoms water. After passing the buoys keep midway the passage, and run one mile distance, which will carry you into Ship channel, the same as if you had passed the light-house. XoTE. If by accident either of the buoys should be removed, the following directions for sailing into Portland harbour will be found useful: When you come from the south-weslvmird, and intend to go into Port- land, give Cape Elizabeth (on which is a Pyramid as before described) a birth of half a mile, and steer N. N. E. until you bring Portland light- house to bear N. N. W. when you must liaul up N. N. W. if the wind will permit ; but if you are in a large ship, and the wind N. W. or W. N. W. your safest way is to' continue your course N. N. E. which will carry you safe into llussey's sound, allowing it to be tide of flood, as Port- land sound is narrow, but bold between the light-house and Bang's island, ♦he latter of which is on your starboard hand. If you should turn into Portland in the night, in standing to the south-westward you must go about as soon as the light bears N. N. W. and in standing tC'the eastward, you you must go about as soon as the light bears W. N. W. for there is a ledge of rocks that bears S. by E. from Portland light-house, and also a low isl- and, called Ram island, east-northerly, one mile distant from the light- house ; but if you have a leading wind, you may go in without fear, keep- ing about middle of the channel way, and when abreast of the light, steer about N. by W. for House island, which you leave on your starboard hand ; when you pass House island, bring it to bear S. E. by E. and steer X. W. by W. or W. N. W. with the tide of flood. In steering the above course, you will see a round bushy tree to the north of the town, and a house with a red roof, and one chimney ; bring the tree to the west of the house, which course will carry you up the channel way, in 6 or 7 fa- thoms of water ; but when you come abreast of the fort, which stands on a hill, haul away W. S. W. as there is a shoal bank on your starboard hand that has not more than 10 or 12 feet on it at high water, which you are to avoid. Here you will be careful of two ledges of rocks, one called Spring point ledge, two miles N. by W. \ W. from the light-house, and the other three miles bearing N. by W. ^ W. called Stanford's ledge, which baa. a buoy on it, and stretches oflf from your larboard hand near half a mile in length. They lie to the S. W. of House island, and are all bare at low water. If you are obliged to turn in here, they are much in the way, and when you are standing to the southward, be careful of thftm. The marks will do in the day-time, but are of no service in the night. There is a pilot who generally attends here. This harbour is open to the wind At N. E. and E. N. E. If you should come in in a dark night, your best 1: :M f-^ 144 Bluiit's American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. way M to j^o into Hou; islund roiul, which may bo done by steering hs fol- lows : — When }<)u puss the Iight-boii»e, steer N. by W. until you pass Bang's island, which you will leave on your starboard hand ; in stoerinj; this course, you will make House island, which you will leave on your larboard hand ; when you are between both of these islands, you steer N. E. i>y E. till you come to the second island on your starboard hand. If it Is • ly ti.no, you will see a large house on said island, and may an- chor as soon as abreast of it, in 10 or 12 fathoms, muddy bottom. If you should fall itito the eastward of Portland, and make Seguine light, bring it to bear E. and steer W. which course you are to continue till you make Po Mand light to bear from N. VV. to NV. N. VV. when you may run for it without fear. N. B. You must have some regard to the tide of flood, which sets very strong between the islands to the eastward of Portland. [0:^ See the Plate.] Js'oticc to Masters of Vessels. „ Miisicrs who sail from Portland, or port.-t ndjacent, aic inrorined, that from the Ob- Skrvatory, oh Fort hill, by nieiiiis of the 'ri;lescope placed there, vessels approaching the roast may he discovered at 15 leagues distance ; and their colours or private signals <;au be distinguished t1 leagues, if the weather should be clear and the colours hoisted, or suspended in such a manner as to present them fair to the Observatory. Should any need assistance, they will set their ensign over their private si(;nals ; and may he assur- ed, if they can be discerneil, thut their situation will be made known to their owners. The Observatory bears N. N. VV. ^ W. from Portland light-house, 4 miles distance ; and these in range are a good mark to clear AlHen's rock ; which, keeping the above in range, you will bo nearly three quarters of a mile to the eastward of it. The Observatory is nn an eminence 141 feel above high water mark; and the building 32 I'oet high, painted red, and the telescope is placed near the top. Boon island light. Boon island is very low land, about one quarter of a mile in length, and has a light-house on it, which bears S. E. ^ S. from Cape Keddock, distant 2 leagues. It is built on the .vest part of the island, where the monument formerly stood ; the edifice is stone, contains a fixed light, elevated 32 feet above the level of the sea, and may bo seen, in clear weather, 6 or 7 leagues. Two other buildings are erected near it ; one for a dwelling house ; the other for an oil house. From Boon island to Boon island ledge the course is east, distant one league. It is not safe for strangers to go very near this ledge, for several of the rocks are to be seen long before low water. From Agamenticus hill. Boon island bears S. E. dis- tant 6 or 6 leagues ; and when you come in from sea, and make Agamen- ticus hill, bearing N. W. by N. you are then to the westward of Boon isl- and ledge ; but when said hill bears N. W. by W. you may be sure you are to the eastward of it. ^~m^ -iftijf^'^ 10 Edit Biunfs American Coast Pilot. 145 Remarks on the White hills. % These hills lie N. VV. from roftliin.l, and N. N. W. from *Wood island light-house. You may see them in clear wuathcr, when no other part of the land is in sight. At the (irst Hi^ht they appear like a cloud, and are nlways white, occasioned, it in fluid, by their being covered with white moss. They have been seen when in lat. 43* 10' N, being 46 miles from the Pyramid on Cape Elizabeth. The depth of water in the above lati- tude is 80 fathoms, muddy bottom. When you steer N. W. or \V. N. >V. from this latitude, you will make Agumenticus hills, and when bearing W. by N. 6 or 7 leagues, they appear like three hills, and the smallest of \hem to the eastward. At the same time, you will make WelPs hills b«ar- ing W. N. W. and when you are on the northern part of Jeffrey's ledge.l in 45 fathoms water, you will see the hills of Agamenticus bearing W. by N. orW, N. W. 1 would recommend to all muiiners, in coming from the eastward, not to go to the northward of lat. 43® TO* N. in thick weather, unless they are well acquainted, and judge themselves to be to the westward of Boon island ledge, as this has proved fatal to many who were unucqua.i.tcd. Between Jeffrey's and the Isles of Shoals, you will have 70 and 75 fa- thoms water, nmddy bottom, and a strong current setting to the S. W. — You may see the Isles of Shoals 6 or 6 leagues, when you are to the east- ward of them, but tirst see the light-house which is on White island, and the meeting-house on Star island, bearing N. E. and S. W. from each other, distant seven-eighths of a mile. 1 Directions from Cape Porpoise to Wood island light. '.Vood island (on which a light-house is erected containing a repeating lij?ht, as described in note) is high woody land, very even, and lies N. E. 3 leagues distant from Cape Pornoise. In running for the light, bring it to bear N. N. W. or N. W. and run till \Vithin a cable's length with safe- ty. You may go into this harbour either at the eastward or westward of the island. There are several rocks to the westward of the island, and likewise a long bar which lies to the S. W. about three quarters of a mile distant. When you have the wind to the southward, you may lay your course in, and anchor near Stage island ; this is called Winter harbour. You may go in the eastern way, and have room to turn your vessel (which is an advantage you caimot have in going in to the westward) ; but here you are exposed to the wind at N. £. and £. N. E. but if your cables and anchors are not good, you may run into the Pool, and lie safe from all winds. In running in the eastern passage, you open a small channel for boats only, between Wood island ah J Negro island, but no man of experience * Wood island-light is situated near the entrance of Saco river, on the east side of the island. The lantern is elevated 45 feet above the level of the s«a,^nd coutainn a re- volving light, which may be seen 7 or 8 leagues distant. When you fi"st make it, the eclipse will be total, until you are within 6 or 7 mileiof it, when the light will not wholly disapp,^ar, but in the revolutions the greatest power of light wilt be to the least as 24 to 1. t Jeffrey's ledge lies between 42'' 20' and 43« 37' 30" north latitude, and between 68° 52' 30" and 69° 45' \v«st longitude. 19 4 ui rTT7 Blunf 8 American (Joast Pilot. 10 Edit lv#itld muttiike i(. Nftgro itltiid it small, having two stores on it, and b left oti the lart)oard Imnd. ^ Saoo lies about a leagife to ^e ifornKire^st, but is a barred place, and hm not above 10 feet, tit high wntei^f which makes it not fit for a strtaiger to go in ; there is, kowever, considerable nu4rigation owned here, aiid4he inhabitatifs are enterpribing. The iiejit place to Wocd island is Richmond's iplaod, which lies about N. E. northerly, 4 leagues ) this pin«if is only tit tor snuill vessels, such ns coasters — but few vessels put ia here, it being unly one league to the irestward of Portland, which is the principal port in the state. In sailing by Richmond's island you must be careful uf a sunken ledge, * ji^»* (^** ^*"'* '**"^) ** **" entrllw,;^^ of the harbour. IV. ■.'i^^^^iifriv^mi3i»i high water at Att and chan{e. \ t ■r ■>4. lof Um r. N. f w -wwsr /; rJunr .FfTJ :^^£ W-Y AlLLKJ;iJgLI:JHKJ> BrEJUiLII^T •Matoa —"-' /•./!'■/•/( '•. ^ s,„l"Lt,l,ff /■.' '•? // ,*» /I- ; .V // ,» J .V ')ii«l Sislrr* '.'V X/J' .-. '" "^ H 1^ f ^**«*' 1 > .> ^' S 10 10 i 10 ^5 Ml i 4Q^HV>| tistori It li /3 '4 7l i»t 4 4 I ' /* l\ir d" 4,'i.'fr /H/7. >un Bual Shiia.1 left mfk Im« not) lo go in inhnbiti N. i:. m coMterNl ircittwari In Mil VV| Inil oi but you n\ turning tol Dircctti Your c( leagucit. you ar« wc pmall iHlaudd be known y When the *1 point on yoi As Hoon 88 y\ Btarbourd hs when you nX wjuirf' A V4 harbour is soj of the sea, atl I ' If you fall il to Ports|nouth] W. 4 leagues, )ight-fiouse (o then stee^ N. you must steer at low water, gc . if, when c6t eastward of the^ era isle, then stel (blloVtr your direil * At th« eMtBrni % I 1 '.•• t Cf If » i*W I « t « V i s i < i^- ; V. % ^ •r. •r. /'.•./.- /// ^ff c % t w ,, •^ h '.,:'^^%'"'\ * *J f' «* * * ■ . J s t i' A/ •«• ■( ^ L * 1 s A .•^*. I ,; % /T*--,'.* '• * f ** y ^7 - I ^ \- ^\^-=^ . hi ^ f , - H » s 1 '^ t ... « 9, 1 » 5 ? • •• % w f< ^ ■.M , '-■■mi •^ 'II i rJ ?^l I 10 Edit. If you roi tight a hirth by \V. for !■ and obHg;cd rock, at the on it, and S sunken rock buoys a goo When yo ward of the W. or N.i fron> v/hich ♦o btiT east tk'^i 'vind sh saio port, y light to beai ing to the t until you g( ing from the sunken rock land ; likew back, which you arc bo>u league fro^n Neddock, v come from t from Swett' lies S. W. o at low watei bare at half The next lies S. E. \ pass Boon i you must tal distant. [N. B. I the ledge til took me froi way, I hov€ sandy bottoi vessel draw ing entirely fathoms wit lOfaet,] By the b< ftubscriptioi tovVns, a tfir islands.") ^^^> N. 10 Edit. Blunf t» American Coast Pilot. 147 If you come to the wostw.ird of the ixlcs of Shoals, give White iiland light a hirth of one mile hikI a hulf, bring it to bcric east, and then run N. by VI. for Portsmouth Uiiht, 9 nules distant. If you have a head wind, and obliged to lieat into the harbour, ym mii<^t observe there is u flunken rock, at the east ^i'ie of the entrance, Ci'llcd Kitt's rock, whi<'h has a buoy on it, and S. by W. one quarter of a mile from the Ught-house, lies a sunken rock, culled Stillman's rock, which also has a buoy on it. Give the buoys a good birth, and thgrc is no danger. When you come from the S. W. and mjjke Cape Ann, and to tke east' ward of the Dry Salvages, bring them to bear S. by E. and steer N. by W. or N. ^ W. Id atoering this course you will make the Isles of Shoals, from v*^hich you may take a new departure, by bringing the light-house ♦i) bttr eastt distant 1^ mile, and run N. by W. lor Portsmouth light. If tk><; <,vind should come to the northward, and you are obliged to turn into saio port, you must stand to the westward no farther than to bring the light to bear N. ^ W. till you get within Ouiorne's point, and when dtand* ing to the eastward, to go. about as soon as' the light bears N. N. W, until you get within Wood island. Be careful of Odiorne's point, com- ing from the south-west waril, for it hes off morp than half a miie, with sunken rocks, Which do not show themselves when the wind is off the land ; likewise in standing to the east, you must be careful of the Whale's back, which lies S. S. W. of Wood island, and is covered at half tide. If you are b^pd to the eastivard from this port, yoM bl°er S. by E. one league frofh the light-house, then steer N. N ", or 01<' York or Cape Neddock, which is 4 leagues from Portsn.outi. ut if the wind should come from the northward you must be careful of i ork ledj.';e, which bears from Swell's point S. E. dist;mt 2 leagues. There is a sunken ledge that lies S. W. one mile from York ledge— it is never bare, but always breaks at low water, and is called the Triangle. Some part of York ledge is bare at half tide. The next you come to is Boon island (on which is a light-house, which lies S. E. ^ S. from Cape Neddock, or the Nubble, so called.) When you pass Boon island, bound to the eastward, and take the wind at N. N. E. you must take care of a ledge of rocks due N. from Boon island, one riiile distant. [N. B. I have passed this place several timeS, but never discovered the ledge till the year 1703, when being bound to the eastward, the wind took me from the westward, but the vessel having no more than steerage way, 1 hove over a line to catch fish, and found T had 24 fathoms water, sandy bottom, and in a few minutes I had but ten feet of water, and n?y vessel drawing 9 ; all that save^ me from strikiqg was, that the water be^ ing entirely smooth, the current set me to the eastward, and 1 got into 24 fathoms within the length of the vessel from where I sounded and had but 10f«et,] l(fCr See the plate.) - Dmription of the Isles of Shoals. By the benevolence of the Massachusetts Missionary Society, aided by subscriptions of several gentlemen in Newburyport and the neighbouring tovVns, a ipieeting-hovse has been erected on Star island Cone of the abovf islands.) .H^'-v- 148 Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. The following is the description and relative situation of the islands : White island fthe sotith westernmost island) is a rocky island, three- quarters of a mile in length, from S. E. to N. W. and about one mile and three quarters distant from the meeting-house. There is a reef that ex- tends about one-third of n mile from the N. W. end, which in passing you must give a good birth. The S. E. end bears from the meeting-house S. tV. I S. the N. W. end S. W. by W. J W. On this island is a light-house with a lantern elevated 67 feet from high water mark, containing 15 patent lamps with reflectors on a revolving tri- angle, which will make one complete revolution in three minjites and thirty seconds ; cxhibiting^^n one side a bright red light, on one side a blue, and on the other the natural colour of the light. Each light may be distinctly seen about 50 seconds, at the distance of miles ; the light will be wholly eclipsed, about ten seconds, between each colour ; within that distance, the light will not eniifely clisappearin clear weather ; but taking the medium, the greatest power, of light will- be to the least as 40 \o 1. The bright, or naturd K|fat, will be first disco- vered in clear weather at the distance of aboot 7 leagifel, and, oil ap- proaching, the red and blue in succession. The btight^jight may be seen two or three miles farther than the red, and the red atkiiit the same dis- tance farther than the blue. A bell of 800 lbs. weight is suspended in the tower of the Ught-bpuse*, which will be kept tolling by machinery at the rate of about ten strokes a minute, by night and day, whenever from fog, or any other cquse, tbft light or light-house cannot be seen at least four miles ; at which distance it ist^alculated the bell may be heard in moderate weather, * The following bearings from White island light-house are the mean of a number of experiments by compass. Portsmouth light-house bears N. N. VV. distance 9 miles — Square rock lies directly io llie range, distance from White island five-eightbs of a mile. Boor island light, N. E. by N. distant 12 miles. Cape Ann light, S. | W. distant 21 miles. Rye meeting-house, N. W. by W. J VV. distant 9 miles. Star island meeting-house, N. E. distant 7-8tli8 of a mile. There is a rock, called Innesis* rock, bearing S. W. by S. from this island, two miles distant, bare before low water. North-west point of Hog island, N. by E. | E. Cedar island ledge, E.by N. ^ N. distant li mile. Anderson's ledge, S. E. by £. i^ E. distant IJ mile. White island ledge, VV. S. W. distant one-third of a mile. Londoner's (or Lounging) island lies about I -J- mile to the northward of White island, is about five-eighths of a mile in length from S. to N. and is high at each end : in high tides the middle is sometimes covered ; a num- ber of rocks lie close about the island, in almost every direction, some of which are always bare. The south end bears W. from the meeting-house ; the north end W. N. W. ^ W. about half a mile distant. About halfway between this island and Star island, lies a rock which is bare at low wa- ter ; it bears from the meeting-house N. W. by W. i W. one-third of a mile distant. Star island (where the meeting-house stands) is about thrcc-fourllis ct a mile in length from S. E. to N. W. and about half a mile in breadth ; it js covered with buildings on the north side. The meeting-lioiise stands on an eminence a little to the northwai-d of the middle of the island ; is R* feet high from the foundation to the roof; to the (op of the stcople i- !• . . . ^^' / a- a of it is i.» I f I. !■ //■' • V — »•* ** / / <5i / Z^^i^^'^^ Uun * '^ .- •ft "^ / ■ ■.'*. •: •■ y:-^,^^ii^"- \ .,,».«ii»'»" ,.-•:''"'' 10 Edit. JO i'cct in.. fe :t : 't i buiWinfe ; 8 0" H l;?jf xAwnS iig.'x by E. 6{ leagues dii distant ; fr erA do. S. tant ; from S. W. by thrce-quar at hall' tide house S. S Cedar is to W. situa nel betweei attempted \ } N. and th rock lies oi tide, bearin timutty-ri half a mile part of the where l.i . veral buiit'i island and near the mi bears from about ti". e-e Hog i?bi and ; is 'ib( from N . to east end of Duck isli parts of it i rection, es] It is the m( to be avoid S. E.— the end N. by D When y< of the dry W. 3| Icaj bury port b not approa sunken roc 10 Edit. Blant^b American Coast Pilot. 149 J as I I JO I'cct in»,r(^ , the wiiolc heigti' '"rrrr ihr mrftucn ol the water is about G5 fe :t : it i' » d^*fid white, and t ■ r - !e is placed in the middle of the buiMin^ ; n stuiK^'^ f^'utitnig t>.e west, and may be seen at the distance of 8 0* v^ }au«;ues, a almost any direction at sea ; it bears from i'hutcher'H iitlatu^ ligiiiS (Cup»- Ann) N. | £. 6^ leagues distant ; fi\ m Pigeon hill N. by E. 6:| iieapt'' 1 distant ; from Newburyport light-houses N. K. j K. 6 leagues distant ; from Portsmouth light-house S. S, E. | E. 3| leagues distant ; from the western A ramonticus mountain S. ^ E. from the cast- erA do. S. } E. from Boon island light-huuse S. W. i S. 4} leagues dis- tant ; from Boon i'«land ledge ('vhicb lies one league E. from Boon island) S. W. by W. 4| leagues distant. Olf the south end of this island, about three-quarters of a mile from shore, lies Anderson's rock, which is bare at half tide ; in passing, give it a good birth ; it lies from the meeting- house S. S. E. Cedar island is small, and about one-third of a mile in length from E. to W. situated between Star and Smutty-nose islands. There is a chan- nel between it and Smutty-nose island, but it is crooked, and not fit to be attempted by strangers. The east end bears from the meeting-house E. \ N. and the west end E. N. E. ^ E. three-eighths of a mile distant. A rock lies ofT the S. E. end of this island half a mile distant, bare at half tide, bearing from the meeting-house E. by S. Smutty-nose island is about one mile in length from E. to W. and about half a mile in breadth, and may be known "by a wind-mill on the north part of the island ; at the W. end is a fine harbour, called Haley's cove, where Ir? j.v 20 small vessels may lie safe from all winds. There are se- veral bnilc'Jugs near this harbour. There is a fine channel between this island and Hog island, where is water sufficient for any vessel, keeping near the middle of the passage. The west end of Smutty-nose island bears from the meeting-house N. by E. \ E. and the east end E. N. E. about five-eighths of a mile distant. Hog i?Lind is a high island, lying to the northward of Smutty-nose isl- and ; is iboutone mile in length from E. to W. and five-eighths of a Miile from N lo 8. The west end lies frofn the meetiil^-house N. by W, | W. east end of do. "tf . N. E. seven-eighths of a mile distant. Duck island (the northernmost island) is a long low rocky island ; some parts of it are covered at high water, with rocks projecting in every di- rection, especially at the N. W. end, where a ledge runs off half a mile. It is the most dangerous of any of the Isles of Shoals, and ought carefully to be avoided ; it is about seven-eighths of a mile in length fromN. W. ttH S. E. — the E. end bears from the meeting-house N. N. E. | E. — the west end N. by W. I W. about 3^ miles distant. [OCr Sec the Plate.] ■^f i l,i •V, Directions for Newburyport, IpsWich bay, 8fc. When you come round Cape Ann, and are two miles to the northward of the dry Salvage rock, bring said rock to bear S. E. and steer N. W. by W. 3| leagues, which course and distance will carry you up with New- buryport bar. In runnini; for the bar fr? n +he eastward, strangers should not approach too near Har^pton har!ptnn hurbillir N. by £. ^ E. from the lights on 'Plumb inland, 3 milen diitanl,licN another dan- * I'luinb iitiaad, lo called, is lituMtrd batwcen the mouth of Mttnimack river, on ihc north, and Ipiwich bay, on the south, and ii separated I'roni the main* land by a narrow sound. lU length is about 8i miles, and its width tiom the tea to the main, not more than 3ti0 paces. Un ihu iN. end of the islaud are two li|ht-houNs,conlnining fixed llf^hts, which are constantly llj^hted i.t night, ano so conitructed ai to be easily moved ; u cir- cumstance rcqiiiiiite, fro'ii 'li" fr'^quent shifting of the bar at tbe mouth of Newburyport hurboui. This bar Ih pio^.iMy toimcd by the curreni of the river in its progress out, moetihg the driit of thv ki:n uii'l opposing winds, and by that means forming a bank of loose siinrl, 'vhich the iiirijiij>in of the tide is insufficient to force out. It extends across from Plumb island, about a mile below the lights, to Salisbury beach. The channel over it is extremely narrow, nnd terminated on each side by very dangerous shoals ; that on the north, called the North breaker, and that on the south, the C«uth breaker. The light-hnutos are always so situated as to be brought in a range by the mariner coi i- ing over the bar ; and as by the violence of winds or tides, the bar shifts, the light-houses are shifittd to conform to it. By keeping the lights in one, vessels may, by day or night, come in with safety, and find good anchorage, in 4 or 5 fathoms water, abreast or be- tween the two lights. That part of the island, bounding an the sea and extending above half its width, con- sists entirely of yellow sand, perfectly smooth on the beach, but farther from the sea, driven by the wind into hillocks, or heaps of fantastic forms, and preserved in that ahape by the successive growth of grass and shrubs. On the back part of the island, where it is washed by the sound, is an extent of salt marsh, bounding its whole length. The products of Plumb island are scarcely worthy remark ; beach grass >v the principal, and is used only for manufacturing brooms. A species of plumb, from v hich the island derives its name, grows here in tolerable abundance. It is produced on low running ■hrubi, on the summit and sides of tho sand hillocks, is pleasant to the tnste, and, ge- nerally in its season, an article for the market. Tiiere is likewise tlie beach pea, of vrhlch little or no use lias ever been made ; and indeed it is not found in sufficient plenty to become niucl.' more than nn article of curiosity. At the southernmost end of the island there are several houses, with families, an'l n considerable spot of land, in good cultivation. To the northward of this, there is a grove of pine trees, of a mile and a half in extent. The Marine Society of Newburyport eiccted, some years since, at their dwn expense, several huts at proper distances troin each otiicr, nnd from tbe shore, and supplied them with fire-works, fuel;, straw, &c. — but owing o the strong winds, driving the sand from their foundations, and thu inhaman conduc* <>( people who visited the island in . .nmer, these huts were, in a fc^v years, totally destroyrs resolutions into lull ofTect. The ' xertions of tl.is benevolent institution will be, in futi it, to prriserv; these huts in repair, and in perfect supply af materials for tire, and other neces&aries fur the support and pre- servation of lifi>. Many, no doubt, will owe their lives to the humanity of this design, and with grateial feelings contribute themselvck to the preservation of others. The ex- pense and trouble will be trivial in cc^nparison with the noble purposes it may answer : and the hope of its answering these p^.-poses will ^j alone a sufficient remuneration to the generous p: jjectors. From the rep ;.t of a committee, appointed b/ the society, we have the following de- scription of the hjt£, and directions to the ;.-.arinci :o find them : The house for the keeper of the lighto, MCted h;- «ti^ United States, is about 20 rods south from the light-houses. About 2500 paces, or 1^ mile south f.om this Lvj >te ixin the lights, on the inside of the island, is the first hut, to which the marinet, iu day-':ght, may be directed by a beacon about 300 paces to the E. with a hand pointing to li)^ hui. 2900 paces, or about 1| mile south from this, irthe seco. -i hut, with a similar beacon about 400 paces S. £. pointing to it. 1700 paces, or about one mile south from this, is a third, with a beacon, bearing E. 500 paces distant. 5000 paces, or about 3 miles S. of tLij, is a house, occupied by Mr. Spiller aifi) fami- ly, which is about one mile from the F end of the island, ond about W. onr; mile from the S. end of the island, are two oth r house.'- with famines. These liutt, together with the othtt hous<'s mentioned, form a chain from one extreroJ-> )■ peni0. d them id from .amer, [his g/c- 'arino |t, until isoliue- |ol9.te a e huts The [repair, id prc- esign, he ex- swer : ion to |ng de- BO rods I of the peacon beacon 500 faroi- from Itreroi-" to Edit. Blunt*8 American Coasl Pilot. 151 )' / I gerous rock, having only 3^ feet water on it. If vou go no further to the westward than for the hghtH on I'lumb island to bear S. W. there is no danger from either of the above-mentioned rocks, but that course to the bar would run you on the north breaker ; therefore you must bring the lights to bear W. by S. and anchor in 1 1 or 12 fathoms water, if the tid0 will not permit your coming in. No vessel in coming in, ought to go neat' er the South breaker ^an 7 futhomn water, nor nearer the North breaker, incoming from the eastward, than 9 fathoms. There are Hever.il pilots belonging to this harbour, who will, if pooHible, be outside the bar, to take command of every vessel wanting their assistance. If they cannot, ou must keep the lights in range, and run fur them till within a cable's ength of the eastern light, when you must haul to the westward, and an- chor between the two lights in 4 fathoms water. A vessel that draws 10 feet water may come in at two-thirds ilood. They should always keep tA the windward of the bar, unless the wind should be fair. If the ^ea is 10 great as to prevent the pilots getting over, a signal will be made by him, when you must run direct for his bout, keeping the lights in range, which will carry you safe over. If your cahle» and anchors are not good, you may bring the western light-house to bear S. E. by 8. and run N. W. by N. for ^Salisbury point ; but as soon as you make said point, you must ty of the island to the other. The unfortunate mariner, whose fate ma} wreck him on (his shore, can, by noticing the point of compass from which the wind blows at the time of his being wrecked, be governed in his course across the island, where he will find him- self under the lee of the higher land, and protected, in some measure, from the violence of the tempest. By keeping along the margin of the island, where the travelling is good, and before coming quite to the marsh, either N- or S. he will be certain of meeting with one of these huts or houses, where he may find temporary relief. To facilitate still fur- ther the means of conveying immediate assistanta to those unfortunate mariners vrho may be wrecked on this island, a number of gMitlemen were incorporated for the pur- pose, and have completed a bridge and turnpike rond from Newburyport to Plumb isl- and. This road leads in a soutli-easterly direction from Newburyport, and the bridge crosses Plumb island near about one-quarter of a mile to the S. VV. of Seal island.— An elegant Hotel has been erected at the east end of the bridge, within 100 rods of the sea shore, one mile south from the lights, and about three-fourths of a mile northerly from the northernmost house erected by the Merrimack Humane Society before-mention- ed. The Hotel is painted white, has three ivhite chimneys, and may serve as a land- mark for seamen. If a vessel, by stress of weather, should be obliged to run ashore on this island, and the master can make any choice of place, it is most eligible to run on as nrarly o|^o- site this house as possible, as assistance and slieltcr can be more promptly alibrded, and the communication more direct with Newburyport. It rarely happens that any life is lost on this beach, in attempting to escape from the wreck, when the crew remain on board until low tide. Unless the vessel is in imminent danger of going to pieces immediately, the seamen should never take to their boat. * In a course nearly N. from the light-houses on Plumb island, and about half a mile distant, across the mouth of Merrimack river, is the southern extremity of Salisbury beach, called Salisbury point. From this point a sand beach extends on the verge of the ocean, without an inlet or interruption of any consetiuence, until it reachuR l^ampton river. This beach is connected with the main land by a salt marsh of considerable ex- tent, intersected by a Variety of small rivulets and creeks, which render it impose^ible for a ship-wrecked mariner to reach the inhabited parts of Salisbury. Flere too the hapless seaman is sometimes destined to suffer the minortunes of shipwreck, and to reach a de- iiolate and inhospitable shore, only to aggravate the horrors of his death. If he can at- tain the first and wished-for object, in evading the jaws of the angry ocean, he yet finds himself a solitary wanderer on the coast, without shelter and without sustenance ; and in his fruitless search for them, must inevitably perish. As the N. E. storms are gene- rally most fatal to vessels on this part of the coast, Salisbury beach is not so often a place • bf shiffsweck as Plumb island. But to guard against a possibility of accident, which must sometimes happen to the unskilful or inexperienced navigator, the Marine Society erected a hut, similar to those on Plumb island. Here they deposited every thing neces- sary for the relief of such as might need it, and were at the pains and expense fre^uent- ij to inspect it, and renew thtir generosity by replenishing it ' but this has shared the -1^ r V,7 t.52 BliintV American CorhI Pilot. lOKdit. haul up N. W. which course will rarry you rU-nr of 'Bndger'a rockn, IMark rnrkH, nnd the Hump MuruiM. Acrustn the ( hiuiitd from th(> Mump dimdii to Klark rork creek, lie 7 or tl piers, on whirh are from 7 to 'i}^ feel water, at low water, which were Hunk in the year 1776, and have not winco been removed ; the mark to on^tH Itetween them \h to bring the beacon, at the west end of the town of Sfewburyport Twhich miiy be diMtincUy «een in clear weather) over the south corner of tne north mectin^-houne. The JIump saii.l* lie S. W. iiom Salinbury point, whicn maken the channel very narrow, and difhcuit f^jr strnngerH. When you pass the Black rock* you must haul up W. by S. ^ S. whtrh will bring you in channel way, and l^od anchorage. And if it be in the niglit, or dark weather, when you judge yourself about half a mile from Black rock, you may come too with tiafety. I would recommend to all masters, whether they belong to New- buryport or not, to avoid attempting that port in a gale of easterly wind, except they are well acquainted, and have a good prospect of getting in, as no pilot can get over the bar when it blows n gale from the castw.ird. And if you should make Cape Ann lights, and bring them to bear S. I»y E. or the Dry Salvages to bear S. by E. you m^y run with safety N. by VV. or N. .} W» distant 10 leagues from Cape Ann to Portsmouth. In running the aliove course, you will make the Isles of Shoals, if it is any way clear, from which you take a new departure ; when you pass the said islands, you bring Star island (on which the meeting-house stands) to bear S. S. E. and then steer N. N. W. distant from said island 3 leagues to Ports- mouth, or give White island light a l>irth of a mile and a half, bringing it to bear east, and then run N. by VV. for Portsmouth light (White island ii the south-western island.) There is a very good harbour in the Isles of Shoals, from the wind from north- easterly round to southerly, and you may lie land-locked with any of them ; but if the wind hauls to the S. W. or W. N. W, you may run in between Smutty-nose island (which has a wind-mill on it) and Hog island, where there is water enough for a first rate man of war ; and where you anchor, have 12 fathoms, muddy bottom. In going into Portsmouth, von may bring the light-house to bear N. N. W. till you get within Woii- island. Then you may haul away N. or N. by E. till you pass the light-house ; you may then haul up W.N. W. or N. W. by W. and bring the light-house point to shut in with Wood isl- and, where you will be safe from all winds, and may anchor in 8 or 9 fa- .thoms water. tome fate with those on Plumb island, not co much, iinwever, ftoni llic insufficiency oi its foundation, or the violence of the winds, as from the wantonness of individuals and cornpanieb, who frequent this spot in the warm season on parties of pleasure. The Mer- rimack Humane Society have extended their t)enevolent views to this part of the coast, nnd have erected a hut about three-quarters of a mile north from Black rocks, so called, and about 150 paces frotn the sea shore. This hut will be maintained in commodious repair, nnd provided with every thing suitable for those who may be so unfortunate as to need itfi shelter. Others on the same coast will be erected as speedily as the funds of the society, and the charities of individuals will render it possible, and will be conve- niently furnished and provided for the same laudable purpose. * Badger's rocks bcarN. W. ^ N. from the light*houses, distant half a mile, and are covered at two-lhiids flood, which you leave on your starboard hand. Black rocks bear N. W. from the light-houses three-quarters of a mile distant, are always dry, which you also leave on your starboard hand. Half tide rocks (on which is placed a pier) bear W. by S. I S. Irom Black rocks, distant one mile and a half, are bare at half tide, which jou leave on your larboard hand. North rocks (which also have a pier on them) bear W. by S. from Black rocks, distant one mile and a half, and are seen only at very low tides, which you leave on your starboard band, between whith and Half ti^p rocks is the channel. OEdit 'b rockd, le Mump ;o «4 feel not Kinco lencoii, Ht ctly seen iwe. The channel lick rockfl way, and yhen you ; too with ^ to New- riy wind, getting in, eastward. rS. l.yE. N. by VV. n running ivay clear, d islands, jear S. S, to Ports - tringing it hite island the Isles y, and you to the S. which haa I for a first 18, muddy o bear N. way N. or W. N. W. Wood isl- 8 or 9 fa- \ , / v-' sufficiency ol Uviduals and f. The Mer- of the coast, ks, so called, commodious nfortunate as ; the funds of JU be convc- nile, and are .ck rocks bear ry, which you a pier) bear If tide, which n them) bear ' at very low f ti4p tocks is i'lh \f t /;».» /:»*. /.<.i I ( harboi import stress a cabit Hails, • •'.arry rlear a« •Sqiiam, S. S. Squa from W ilallow * Aiiiii Jii^h, cor roinmon other lij J'orts!ii-)i '.itii-l 'i;ii- ■c ill lOKdit Riijiil\ Aini'i'icaiiC'oust Pii<»l. I5.i Wlini \«)ii roiiiM tV'>tn tliv ciixiwiird, udli tliu wiikI tit K. or K. -S. K »Mlli H'hicli u'irul viMi riHiiiot ui'tillicr IIH4V C'.ipc Ann, aiwl yon iii-<* tu thf iiorlliwiini of tli<* \>Uiu it( ShniiU, your only •^Inii i>« tu I'oi-lnniuiilli, mu{ you ai't' obli}{(>il to mil to I'lr to lli«' tvc-^twiirit a* to liriiiv *.\u\ pint to Itciir N. N. VV. iH ijrftitM'iiii \ llio >\iiiil 'il t'.. It -^iM IiiimU I>vo Of titi'i'i' |toint>* tA the hortiiH- ird, wliicli iiiiikt-i it ii linul vviiiil. [0^ ^' ff>f /*/«(/*/] SKiNAL^ KOH VKSSEI.S, VVIiRii ill tiiihr, fu^Mmiiril lo Im htitiml for N«wliuiy|)ori, uml itin ■«« U in lnr|« on ih« bur tlini piliits i:uiiit» nvci ili* bur nl iik.ii water, • i«t)ii!< Id Mixiilfipleitry uf thti ll uill h« huikli-it up uml n pknu- AN r iHiiii^r i' ;iir1 IIS aooii u« tlioiir kigiptU uiu nfiii Imin th<- vl•K^f I in ilu* tniy, ^Iid iiiuit Keni iiJt', iiiHl It" Miiiifl otlicr port, \Tiiiin tbii II Mill) i;);(»itli r>ii vvxtoli art krpl iipi ilin vamrl must lay olf iiiid on nt th« linr, liiti'piiif 10 \v)iiih> itril, moil mifiiiili Itn niadn lor lii-i iq rotmi in; itml wlirn o (i u «uilr Inn tfd hulf itmut : ih« iimv ihi'ii < nnitt in, kai'pin* tlii> I^Iiih in rtniKr. Wlii'ii .1 rKNDAKT r Ik lioiniml ji.tll iiiiikt till' vri«el inuy I'ume in, keeping ijio li|liu « |i|. Ill' opi'ii to till niH'iliMiirii. When ;i Bi.i !•'. MVHURr in li«isu>(( half mail tho vridtl nmy onmi; in, krepingt ''>< IikIiH u Iim|i« oiioii III ilip Ml iihw-.int. Wnt'n ii veii«*'l is >< en iti I'le li ly, nii'l doei not cmnu in lii*l<)ii> itiKlit rtniint nii, ilia fol* Idwin;; lii(lil» w >\l lii> III') lift, vi/.. For ii vrN<->!l lu ki< | olf, iiutiitr, VVhi'M tlii'it' In II propi-r tlniu I'nr a vpmm'I io roiiii' in ovrr (lie har during the niclil, two LANTKiixs will In; lioiRird, oiM' : Kip oi tlic lliiK-sinfl, iiiid ttii< otluT hairiiin>t ImkIi. 'I'liu vi-hhi'l iin-i liion lay olV iiii ' on ut tii ' li^ir until ii lii^lit i% nindr in tliu iMkiitrii hf^hi- liouse, iit :i uinilow ;ib(iiii I'iclit I'm I Uriow 'lifl Iniiterii. Thi" v»" bur, k-i'piof^ till' li;;!?!!! in riii';i-, and wlicn he can carry double reefed sails, !• he may run S. S. K. 6 Ieaj];nes, whir. It course, if made good, will carry her a little to tho eastward of Squani bar ; and if the weather is jo clear as to see half a mile when you make the land to the eastward of Squam, you may run within a cable's length of the shore ; yQUi course is s. s. w. Squam bar bears from Hallowboat point (the N. R. point of Cape Ann) from W. S. W.. to S. VV. distant about two leagties. In running from Hallowboat point, you must be careful of Plumb cove ledge, which shews * Aiinis Squam ii!>ht-house it* u wooden Ir.iii.lin!;, of nn octngunal form, about 'iOfect lii^h, contdinin;^ a fnod light, tdevatcd about i,\) ft-ot above the surface of the water nt iDinnioii high tides. It is jiaiuted white, and may be known hy bein^ lower than idiy • itiier r.^^litlionse on tiie cuust of Maxsachii^'ttii, a:ul its iiilund situation It bears fruiii l'ort.orl li:ir S. S 1". u li^nfrnt's. w 'JO \ "-. •H \ / 1 ^^iJ^ li aB- 1.. i IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) 1.0 I.I bi|2£ 125 |jo "^^ IH^H m fSi §2.2 U£ 1 1.25 II 1.4 III 16 ^ 11^ IIIh ^ 6" ► Photographic Sdences Corporation 23 WEST .^IN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. I45S0 (716) 872-4503 y. * 154 Blunrs American Coast Pilot. . JOEclit. itself till near high water, and bears from Squam light N. N. E. a little northerly, distance five-eighths of a mile. When you have passed this ledge, you leave a deep cove, called Hodgkin's cove, and » long point or neck of land, called Davis' neck, on your larboard hand. When up with this neck, haul S. W. or S. W. by W. for Squam bar. In sailing into this harbour bring the light to bear due S. when at the distance of 1 mile, and run directly for it, leaving Haradan's rock (which lies N. by E. } E. from the light, distant thrce-eigliths of a mile) on your larboard hand ; continue vour course till within 50 yards of the light- bouse, then haul up S. S. W. for the Bar ruck, leaving the light-house on your larboard, and the bar, which runs nearly N. E. and S. VV. (leaving the river about 90 fathoms broad, opposite the light-house) on your star- board hand. In running this course you will leave the Lobster rocks (which lie S. by W. from the light-house, distant 200 yards, and are dry at low water) on your larboard hand. When up with the Bar rocks (which lie on the starboard band, and are dry till nearly high water) steer S. by E. I E. till you open the houses, and you may anchor in from 3^ to 5 fa- thoms, clear sandy bottom ;. or run your vessel on shore on the starboard hand, in case you have neither cables nor anchors. When a stranger is obliged to run for Squam harbour, and is doubtful whether to enter on account of the depth of water, he had best anchor back of the bar, and he will immediately have assistance from the light- house, if it is possible for a boat to live ; if the weather is so boisterous that a boat cannot come off, a flag will be hoisted on shore near the light- house, as soon as there is water enough for a vessel on the bar, when he may run in as above directed. If you are bound to Ipswich, your course from Hallowboat point to the mouth of the channel that leads into the harbour, is W. ^ N. distant about 8 miles^ There are two beacons erected a small distance to the south- ward of Cnstle hill, which may be run for, but as the bar is often removed by storms, it is not safe to run into the harbour unless acquainted. [ft5" See plan of Annis Squam.} Directions to go into Cape Ann harbour. When you come from the eastward, :;nd make *Cape Ann lights in the night, bring them to bear S. W. and run direct for them, which course if will carry you within the Londoner, and when you pass the said rocks, bring the two lights in one, at which time they will bear N. by E. | E. and then steer S. S. W. | W. keeping said course about one mile, which will carry you clear of Milk island, which is very low and cannot be seen in a dark night. When you judge yourself to the westward of said isl- and, you haul to the westward until you bring the lights to bear E. N. E. when you must steer W. S. W. about Smiles, which course will carry you to Eastern point. When you pass said point, keep your course W. S. W. until you bring Norman's Woe, which is the highest land on the north side of the harbour, to bear N. N. W. then run N. N. W. till you shut the light in, then N. N. E. will carry you safe in. * Cape Ann light-houses arc built on ThatcherV idand^ which lies about two miles E. of the S. E. point of Cape Ann, and forms the northern K^hts of Massachusetts bay.- The lantajrns are elevated about 90 feet above the level of tbt, sea, and contain fixed lights \vliit:h mity be s^ 7 or 8 leagues distant. Edit> 10 Edit. Blunf s American Coast Pilot. 155 1. a HUle ised thi» point or > op with en at the k (which I on your he light- -house on , (leaving your star- ter rocks id are dry ks (which eer S. hy 3^ to 5 fa- starboard is doubtful est sinchor 1 the light- boisterous r the light - •, when he point to the istant about the south- n removed ted. ights in the lich course said rocks, byE. f E. lile, which [not be seen of said isl- lar E. N. E. II carry you SeW.S.W. t^€ north fou shut the ; two miles E. Jettsbay.' The in fixed light? If you want to go inside the Salvages, keep close aboard Hallowboat point, which has a tree on the eastern part of it, and steer S. S. E. for tSraight's mouth island, but be careful to avoid Avery's rock, by keeping the lights on the dry point of Straight's mouth island, till you get up cloie aboard, (hen haul round the point, and S. S. E. will carry you to the lights. To avoid the Londoner, you must keep the lights close aboard the body of the island, on which they ^tand ; the Londoner lies half a mile oil, breaks at all times of tide, is quite dry at low water, and bears E. S. E. from the middle of Thatcher'* island. A long shoal runs off. N. E. half a mile distant from the Londoner. Between the Londoner and Thatcher's island there are 3^ fathoms at low water. From the Salvages to Hallowboat point and Sandy bay, there lies a large spot of flat ground, which, at low water, will i.ike up a small vessel. Outside the Salvages is very bold. Hallowboat point bears from the Salvages W. N. W. 2i miles distant, and the Salvages bear from the lights N. N. E. .3 miles distant. Ten *Poun(l island light-house. Vessels bound for Cape Ann harbour and falling in to the eastward of the eastern poibt, must give the point a birth of about one mile, and when the light oiji Ten Pound island bears N. N. E. you are then to the west- ward of tfa'e ledge that extends off from the point, and may steer dirc^ct for the light (this ledge bears from the light on Ten Pound island S. by W. ^ W. and is about half or three-quarters- of a mile from the shore.) Running this N, N. E. course will carry you between 1 en Pound island and Ten Pound ledge ; this ledge bears from the light S. W. | W. about f of a mile distance, and has but 6 feet water at low spring tides, is about 10 fa- thoms diameter. Passing between the island and the ledge, you will have 13 to 1 5 feet water at low spring tides ; the east end of Ten Pound island is foul ground, and no S'*fe passage ; the south, west and north sides are bold and may be approached within 40 to 60 fathon)s at low water ; give the west end of the island a birth of 50 to 70 fathoms, and steer in for the inner harbour N. E. ; you may/ anchor at any distance from 100 fathoms to three-quar- ters of a mile from the island ; the light will then bear from S, to S. W. anchor in G, 5, 4 or 3 fathoms spring low tides, muddy bottom ; this inner harbour is safe against all winds that blow. Bound for Cape Ann harbour and falling in to the westward, as far as Half-way rock, take care not to bring the light on Ten Pound island .to bear to the eastward of N. E. by N. until you are a mile ar a mile and a half to the eastward of Half-way rock, to avoid theS. E. breakers that extend from Baker's island, and which bear from the lights on Baker's isl- and S. E. ^ S. to S. S. E. i E. and about 2^ miles dika^. tOn the S. E. part of these breakers is placed a spar buoy, painted |l«idk,:bQaring from Half-way rock N. E. by E. about one mile distant, and from the lights on Baker's island S. S. E. a E. 2^ miles. When passed fo thie a«id(iV«|id of these breakers, you may then bring the light on Ten Pound island 4q bear N. E. and run for it ; on this course you will leave Ten PoQQd.leid|e <3^ your starboard hand, and the ledges off Norman's Woe rock anil Fr^ish ■■- — -■ --— -.- -— .. — ■ ■■ ^ ■ " ' ■ " ■■ ■ — — -■■■■■I ■ ■ I ■ !■ I iirw.B,,, . , * Ten Pound island lies in the harbour of Cape Ann. There is a light-house oh Jt, the base of which is about 25 feet above th« level of the lea, and the tow#r 30 ft«t l^i. . i56 Bluiit's American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit %ater cdve on your larboard hand ; when up ivith Ten Pound isliind, an- chor M above directed. The outer harbour of C'npe Ann is n safe and G;ood anchoran;c against a hortherly or cast windj when you may anchor in 7^ to 6J riithotns, low tides, muddy bottotn, the light-hoiiHC bcarinp; about S. E. by K. diutanf about one mib; or a mile and a half. The 8. E. harbour in alcjo a nafe and good »iirhoriij2;c against » northerly, cast, and to S. E. winds ; bring the light to l>eiir from N. by E. to N. N. W. ; Huchor in 9, 8, 7 or 6 fathohis at low spring tides, muddy bottom : distance from the light one-eighth to half a mile. Bearings of several ledges from the li'glit on Ten Pound island, viz. — The leHge that iii.ike* ot^' fioiii the patitern point, bonrs from the li^ht S. I)y W. i W. Hlinut 2 mili-s iliMiint, uiul hust fVointt to 10 rei-t water at low tides; this lodge lieii otfl'roin thi! PM stern point ubont half a niih:. Till 10 is !i single rock that lies about midway betwcpn thiM'nstern point and Norn)Hn'.« Wne land, called tito lUiund rock, and has 12 Cuet water on it at low spring tidct ; bear^i from »he liRht S. VV. i S. About 30 fathoms off from Norman's Woe point is a iarjie Iiiiih rock, of -20 to iJOfflthonis dlnitieter, and about 100 fathoms oflT this rock, in a snuthei ly (Jhection, is a ledge that hns t 01 » feet w ater on it at low tides. About one ((uaiter of a mile ofl' fiom Frcsh-wnter cove lieb a ledge, with only 3 feet wntev, low spiing tides, bears fioni the light W. i N. dibtniit about 2 miles. Hulf-way rock and the light on Ten Pound island, bear Hi W. ^ VV . und N. E. i V.i uf each other) (liitance about 8 or 9 miles. Remarks on Cashe's ledg^. (by an experienced navigator.) I took my departure frotn Thatcher's island, which lies 2 miles to tiie, eastward of Cape Ann ; the island bore frdin me N. 3 miles distant : from the bearing I steered E. 4 N, 65 miles; with a fair wind, and fell in with the north part of the bank, where Cashe's ledge is, about 2 leagues to the Qorthwahl of the shoal, in 60 fethoms, hard black clay. This bank lies N. andS. 7 leagues^ aod east and west 2 leagues ; and in the centre of the bank is the shoalest ground. Its length and breadth is one-quarter of a mile. There are on it in some parts 10 fathoms, in others only 4^, all' isxceeding rocl(^. In the length of a boat you wiil have fro^ 10 to 4 J fathoms j and there are 17 fathoms within a cable's length of the shoal, ^^i[)ich gradually deepens as you stand from it, all over the bank, to 20 •'.^IhQms ; at this sounding you are on the edge of the bankl You will, in ' general, have upon the bank oozy and sandy bpttom, with blitck stones xmd broken shells ^ till you get ihto 26 or ^0 fathoms j it then becomes rocky. The current sets exceeding strong and irregular ; in less than an hour it will run all round the compass. All ships and vessels should en- deavour to steer clear of this shoal, for I am persuaded, that in a fresh gale of wind they must stl*ike ; if hot, the sea must run so as to founder them. By four days' observation, the weather being exceeding clear, found the tlioal to lie io lat. 43® 04' N. long. 69« 11' \y , , tW^ :!SL ■■'■ . g-t i-^ji _ v.... ■ 10 Edit. IMunf s American Coast Pilot. I.'>7 Directions for Sniem harbour. Veoiii'ls inwnrd hniiiu), and fulling in Vvith Cnpe Ann, mu»t observe the following dirertionfl, viz. — When uhrenst of Cape Ann lights, hcarinjjN. N. W. about two miles distant, steer W. S. W. about M leagues, which will carry them up with the eastern point of CapcfAnn, then steer W. by S. \ S. 7^ miles, which will carry them up with the lights on («) Baker's island. Ships bound to Salem, fulling to the southward, and running fur the lights, must, when they have made them, keep the northern or lowe^' light open to the eastward of the southern light, and run for them, which will carry thenr^ to the eastward, and clear of the south breaker of Bak- er's island, which bears from the lights S|«E. by S. two miles distant, and is very dangbrous. Vessels bound to Salem, having made the lights with a westerly wind, in heating un, must not stand to the southward or westward, further than to shut one light in with the other, on account of the South breaker, nor to the northward further than to bring the lights to bear W. by S. ^ S. on account of Gale's ledge, which bears from the lights N. E. by E. | E. 1 J mile distant, having but 4 feet water at low tides. In going into Salem, by the common or ship channel, between Baker's island and (6) Misery island, being up with Baker's island, you may pass within 100 fathoms of it, and steer W. Jby N. for the (c) Haste ; this course will carry you clear of (rf) Hardy's rocks, leaving them to the southward, and will leave (e) Bowditch's ledge to the northward. If you are in the mid-pjitjage between Baker's island and the Misery, you may steer VV.N.W. till you have passed Bowditch's ledge, or till you get (/)Cat NOTES. (rt) Baiter's island lies on the soutlj side of the principal entrance of Salem harbour, is about a third of ntiiiie in length, finin N. to S. beaviilg E. fioni Foit Pickering, distant about 5 miles cast from tlic town of Salem. There are now two light-houses on BukCr^ island, tho bases of wiiich are about 45 feet above tlic 1 ' of tlic sea. Cue is 25 fe«t and the other S6j feet hi(',h. They stand 40 feet apart, and near fiom each other N. W. [ W. and S, E. \ E. Tin; soutliern \\^\\l '•■.■ tlie highest, and may hn seen from 6 J to 1 leagues. The water is deep near the island, but there is no convenient landing-place« ; The N. andE. sides are high and rocky. There is a small chamiel between the S. rocki* and the dry breakers, but is safe only to those who arc ac(juaiited with it. (6) Misery island lies from Baker's island aLout one mile, is joined by a bar to Little Misery, which makes the N. side of the channel opfosite Baker's island. Misery ledge has 8 feet water at low spring tides, and J^cars fiom the light-hout>e JV. VV. by W . ^ W. I4 iriile distant. Misery island, or Great Misery, is 174 rods in length fiom JS. to S. and 9t> luds in breadth. Little Misery is 40 rods in length, with i'" most western {loint projecting into the channel. South pait of Little Misery island bears from tkc lights N..VV. ^ JS . three-quarters of a mile distant. (r) The Haste rock is n broken rock above wnter, lying near the channel, bearing from Baker's island lights W. i^ N. distant 2^ miles, and 1| mile from Salem neck. (rf) Hardy's rocks (on which a beacon is everted) bear W. f N. from Baker's island lights, distant fiye-eighths of a mile; they are covered at high water, and are datigcrons. ■ At half tide they appear. (e) Bowditch's ledge, on whith a black spar buoy is placed, bears from Baker's island light-house W. N. W. li mile distant. (/) Cat island.U situated about S. W. by W. from Baker's island, 2 miles dist&nt^ anA abo!it 1| mile from Marblehead neck, and ranges from Baker's island just clear of ll^ar- blehead neck. On the N. W. end is a high beach, directly opposite thepoiiU of Matb^-' head, called Peach's point. The shore is irregular and rooky. Bej'ond amd «n a line wiHi I the island are two other heads, of nearly the same projection : and on tb^ southern sidv arc three high.jrocks, bjat not so large as the former. Two of them are cofhnec^ with the islanci by bars of sand, out of water at the ebb ; the other stands boldly Op within ■V .»?. 158 Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. \ ■i island open to the westward of (g) Eagle island, then haul up for the Haste ; any stranger may there anchor in safety, in about b fathoms of water, good unchonige ; but if you choose to proceed into Salem har- bour, you must steer about W. for the Haste, which you will leave on your larboard hand, about half 'i mile distant, then steer S. W. by W. which will carry you into Salem harbour ; but you must observe, that there is a ledge runs off from the N. E. end ot'^(rt) Winter ifiland, and that Abbot's rock lies abreast of it ; to avoid which you must keep above n quarter of a mile from the shore. Abbot's rock is found by bringing Castle hill and house into the cove N. of Fort Pickering, and Beverly meeting-house well in with Juniper point (or S. E. point of Salem neck.) Abbot's rock has 7 feet at common ebb. The mean of common tides is 12 feet. In keeping off 8bor<§| to avoid Abbot's rock, you must not go too far off, for fear of the Aquse VitsE, which are sunken rocks, lying E. S. E. from Fort Pickering, distant nearly half a mile. When coming from the southward, if you are near Cat island, you may pass to the eastward or westward of it ; if you are to the eastward, you must give a birth of u quarter of a mile, and steer N. by W. 4 W. or N. N. W. leaving the (t) Brimblcs and Eagle island to the starboard, and (j) Coney island ledge to the larboard — that course will carry you clear of Eagle island bar ; continue upon the s^ame course till you have passed the Haste, and got into the common ship channel, or you may continue the same course till you get under the north shore, where there is good an- choragc. If you are to the westward of Cat island, you may pass in t!ic middle channel, between that island and (fc)Marblehead rock, and steer over N. for the ship channel, leaving (/) Gray's rock and Coney island to the west- ward. After passing the Haste, and entering the ship channel, you may proceed as before directed. If in coming from the southward and eastward you p.hould tind your- self near (m) Half-way rock, you may bring it to bear S. E. and steer N. IVOTES. thes? two, but more southerly. The Marhlehead Marine Society has erected on Cat isl- and rock, a spur 40 feet high, to the top of which is annexed a cask of about '13U gallons measure, which is seen at sea 20 or 30 feet above the land. (§■) Eagle island is about 1| mile from Peach's point, and bears from the light-house W.by S. ^ S. distant 1^ mile ; a bar runs off from the western point of this island, in a N. W. direction. (ft) Winter island lies on the north side of the entrance of Salem harbour, about half a mile in leneth ; the highest part is on the south of the island, opposite a point of rocks on t'^e neck (which is a point of land running viorth-eastcrly from the town about one mile.) It has a store and wharf on the southern end, at the entrance of Cat cove. On the eastern point stands Fort Pickering. (i) The Brimbles bear S. W. by \V. from the light-house, distant 1} mile, S. S. E- from Eagle island nearjy half a mile distant. 1 hey are sunken rocks, bare at low wa- ter ; near to it is a spar buoy, painted red. It comes out of water at half ebb. (^f) Coney island is a small island, that lies near the mouth o^Salem harbour ; it bears from Marblehead point N. E. 1 mile distant ; from Fort Pickering, on Winter island, E. J S. two miles distant ; and from Baker's island light, W. ^ S. 2^ miles distant. (k) Marblehead rock bears S. W. from the western part of Cat island, distant three- fourths of a mile ; it is above water, and may be approached on eitlicr side, very near, with safety. (I) Gray's rock bears N, W. ffom Cat island, distant three-quarters of a mile ; W. by S. I»mIk<> ; Uumi IiimiI ((» tlir N. W. to brinu the lights to Ixiiir N. K. hy K. niid ntiMT A. W. )ty W. loi the «>itiit- ern point, which iHiihout 7^ riiilcH ih^tant tVorn 'rhiiU'lit>r*M iihiiid. 'VUvw your course i» W. bv S. diHtant 7J inilos, for th« hKlil-t on IJiikijr'H island, VcsscIh bound to Marblchead,iind falhug to the suuthtviird, and ruiiniujj; for the lii^ltts, after making them, munt keep the north and hxver <»ie open to the eatttward of tin; Houthcrn lia;ht, and run for them, which will curry them to the eastward, and clear of the south breakers^ olV Maker'.-* i>*land, which bear from the lights from S. C. | H. to S. S. K. | K. distant tMo miles. Having made the lights with a westerly wind, and beating, when within 2| miles of them, you must not stand to the southward and westwanl ao far an to shut the north light up with the south light, on acrouht of thr south breakers, nor to the northward further than to bring the lights t'> bear W. by S. J S. on account of Gale's ledge, which bei.rs from the lights N. E. by E. ^ E. distant 1^ mile. Drawing near to the lights, take cure of a ledge, called the Wifialc's back, which bears from the lights N. by E. distant four-nfths of a mile, and comes out of water at quar- ter ebb. In going into Marblehead, and being up with the lights, give the no/'th point of Baker's island a birth of one-quarter of n rniic or less. Having the lights one in with the othev, vou are up with the point. When the south light is open witli the north light, you have then passed the point Heaving the Misery island on your starboard hand, which bears from the lights N. W. ^ N. three-fourths of a mile.) Then steer S. W. by S. or S. S. W. until you bring the south light to bear N. E. by E. \ E. then steer S. W. *^y W. I W. distant 3 miles, for Marblehead harbour. You will le'.'. ' Hardy's rocks. Eagle island, and Gray's rock, on the starboard hand; f.'<. (1 b head ^which is a large high rock, bearing S. W. by W. from the li^tus, two-thirds of a miie di^ttnnt) Brimbles, and north point of Cat isl- and, on the larboard hand. The Brimbles bear from Eagle island S. S. E. ^ E. distant half a mile : and Gray's rock from the north point of Cat island N. W. by W. seven-eighths of a mile. Falling in vith the south point of Baker's island, and it blowing hard from the eastward, if you cannot avoid it you may pass the point by keep- ing it well on board, say at the distance of from 20 to 60 fatnoms from the shore, wliere you will have from 4 to 6 fathoms water. When up with the S. W. point, ?.teer W. S. W. which will carry you between the north Googeberry island (which bears S. W. ^ S. from the lights, distant two- thirds of a mile) and Pope's head, leavirc the former on your larboard hand, and Pope's head on your starboard rano, betwe'::n which you will have from 3^ to 5 fathoms of water. As soon as you have passed Pope's head, haul to the northward, until the south light bears N. E. by E. | £. then steer S. W. by W. } W. for Marblehead harbour. Vessels coming from the eastward and running for Half-way rock (which is a high hold rock of about 30 fathoms diameter, lying S. \ £. from Baker*8 island lights, distant two qMles) must not bring the rock to bear to the southn^d of W. S. W. to avoid the south breaker, which bears from Half-way; irock N. E. | E. distant one mile. Being up with Half-way rock, andrbo^d into Marblehead, bring the rock to bear E. by S. | S. and steer Wf by ^^ I H. Tor Fort head, distant 3iniles, leaving Cat island on the Y 9t^bM« ouni lirh Hill ciirrv tak«'r'H ii^lmul, K. (Ii»litnt two ;, when wJtiMii 1 woHtwanl •<) iccoiiht of till'. ? the lightH t'> 'i.rs from the to the lights, from the lights ruter at qiiar- give the no^tii lesa. Having it. When the issed the point bears front the W. byS. orS. \ E. then steer uv. You will itarbonrdhand; y W. from the oint of Catisl' •le island S. S. h point of Cat t blowing hard point by keep- tnoms from the When up with vp.en the north distant two- I your larboard which you will ; passed Pope's . E. by E. i E. ay rock (which g S. \ E. from rock to bear to lich bears from Half-way rock, k i 9. and steer (t island on the . W. distant If 10 Edit. Blunf 8 American Coa^t Pilot. Idl tnilc, and Marblehead rock* on the larboard hand, which heart from Half-way rork W. } N. diiitaiit two milen. Ulack rock bears from Half- «vuy rock N. W. by W. distnnt \^ mile, (^at island ruck and Point neck bear cast and went of each oilrur, di!»tant about one mile. Vessels being up in Bo«t)>n bay, may, by bringing lioston light to bear 8. S. W. run N. N. E. fur Marblehead ruck — they are distant from earh other about I'i miles. Ilnlf-way rock and Boston light liear of each other S. VV. and N. E. distant 15 miles. Hurdy'n rocks are covered at high water, and may be seen at q.iarter ebb. Whale's back is covered at high water, and may be seen at (|uarter ebb. (inle'.i rocks have bu< 4 feet water at low tide* and bear N. E. by E. I E. from the lights, distant 1| mile. The i»outh breakers, off Baker's island, arc always covered. The Brimbles are covered at high water, and i.rc seen ut half tide. Black rock is always out of water, but low. <'at island rock. Half-way rock, Marblehead rock, Giny's rock, and Pope's head, are large, and higli above water. Hilf-way ruck is very bold all round it. Eagle island is bold only on the south and cast ; from the N. E. part of it, quite to llurdy's rocks, is very shoal water, und no passage fur ships. Btaringt and distance! of the principal islands, rocks, ^c. in the vicinity of Salem, from Baker' n island lights. Enitorn pniiit uf Lape Aim bears (ialu'v lc(ljj;e .... House iKliiiid .... K. part of Wliale^i) back • . Cireat Aliser .... S. part of LUtifl Misery Howdilrh^R ledt;e . . . IV. part nr Hardy*: rocks N. part of Haste rock S. part of Coney island NagMS head, or Marblehead shore 1« ray's rock N. part of Eagle island S. part of Marblehead neck N. part of Cat island . . Middle of Pope's head N. part of Western Gooseberry South Gooseberry Satan, or Black rock EastMn Gooseberry Half-^y rock S. Brflakcisoflf Baker's island E. by N. i N. ff^ miles tiistant. N.E. byE. |E.l|i^iie do N.N. E. luiile N. by E. I mile N.by W. JW. 1 mile N. W.iN. W. N. W W I N. V- Jmilo mile I milo 2i mile 2^ milr is. 2i mile S. 1^ mile VV. w. w. is. W. by S. W. by S. _ 9. W. by W. 1 W. S. W. by W. 2 miles S. W. by W. i mile S. W. i S. } luiltf S. S. W. 4 W. S mile S. W. by S. 1 } niile S. S. W. 4 W. I mile S.^E. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do> do. do. do. do. do. do. do. 2 miles S. E. by S. 3| miles Archer's ror.k, on which is a spar buoy, painted red, has 7 feet at low tides, S. W. by W. i W. 2| miles distant. Outer Breakem, known generally by the names of Outer, Middle, and Inner Brjakers; this is a very extensive and dangerous shoal, extending from Searl's rocks, in a S. E. di« rection, about two miics, and in a westerly direction about three quarterp of a mile, baar* iiig from the lights S. E. J^ S. to S. S. E. i E. 2^ miles ; to pass to the eastward of this (iangerous shoal, have the northern or low light a little open of the eastward of tba high light. WOTE. * On this rork is erected » monument, paiiUed wliite at the bottom and blaek at tha top, being about 8 feet in the base, and 15 in height. Strangers will obaarve, that tha course from Half-way rock to Marblehead fort is W. by N. ^ N. 3 i 59' W. The N. E. point is in latitude 41" 4U' N. and lontjtudc 67" 47' W. The CH. ' 10 Ldit. Bluiit'H Ainericnii(.'oaiil Pilot. lOJ S. W. aidA which imliciiteil rocky holtom, in lirivrn itilhoinii ; but 1 be- lieve it to hnvc been mtnw ahurp atone t^:it thv Inid olrui k on, although 1 hMVO marked it acrordinx to tht> a|»iH>ui.knr(>, on thi* (.'h irt.* The centre of ih«! northern ihoal u in hititnd.' 11" iM' ilO*' N. and lon- gitude 07'* 4:)' W. It I'Xti'nda eant and Wcat about four mih*. The nhoalcitt part huvitiK "it fulhorns, in wry narrow, iind coiu|i»Mi>d of hard •and. Hut th(>r<> i« not inort* than lw«'lv(> fiithouix of watt'r (iur thr<>(> mil«a •outh o( the iiliovo latitude. On the north Hide, at two rableH* length from the ahoul, the HJoop dropped into X\ fnthomM. The brenkeri on thift ahoal are very heavy, am! when there should be a nutlii ient aea to endanger a veaael, they mii^y sot strongest at W. S W. and E. N.E. and which is undoubtedly the strength of the flood and ebb. From tiiese causes ami variety in the tides, urines a principal danger i.i approaching the shoaN. When under weigh about the shoals, in a few hours' time wc found ourselves drifted fur out of our reckonings, and to ascertain our situations, when both vessels were under weigh, wc took continued observations for the longitude by the chrono- meters, and at the same time double altitudes for the latitudes ; which lut-. ter were calculated by Brosius' new and certain method. By uHowing for the sets of tides, as ascertained at anchor, the observations and reck- onings agreed very nearly ; so that the latitude and longitude uf every sounding placed on the chart may be considered as certain. Should uny vessel fall in with the shoals, i\ knowledge of the course and strength of the tides would be of the greatcrtt importance. And they can be calculated for any day and hour by the preceding facts. In going from Cape Cod to the Shoals, at 5 leagues from the light, there are 86 fathoms, muddy bottom. The water gradually deepens to 1.33 fa- thomg ; and then gradually decreases towards the shoal s. In lat. 41°5VN. * Tl>ii Ciurt is publiibed by the author vl the Americta Coait FUgt. M4 Blunt*! American ("oast Pilot, lUfliiit. I. f >nd Inn. 61^ 1 1 W. th* r» arc IK> r«ili«>mi. In Int. 41' M N. ami km Ar' tr W. tht'e urv }t> fulliduis, Miiii uihI Krittfl, uii ihr Hralitrn viici* of lh« bank. TUm water Ihf'n tilioiiU fiiat. Tti lltr itiifthwMrtl of (hi< ^ttoal, lit l.«l. 41" 6W N. am) tou. HT' :>t' >N . on lh« H, sitlt* of ilo' iiorili t liuiiiifl, l|i«*rr arr (Mt faihonm, Mifl mud. In iMt. W ' 1/ N. ami loo. (U :>l W. Ilirrr arr lOtt ralhuni«. In Ui. U * lO* r. and loo. H1^ IH' W. (Iii- Hiiok. In Imo mlkm nontliwaril nrilio b« !"*•■ |M>int of lliM •liotil'«,th«>rf DM- I'ruiii ^(Mo .'<> fHtlioiiM of WMttr, which •oond- inCH t'oiitiiiUH for at Ifuitt .Ml iiiil«*t to |Im> •oulhwiiid and nfMlnitriJ. Thi) hottom on tlitt liAnk, no Ur it* mi* aiici-rlMin«*d it, ii of »orIi n narrow cha- radar, that it i* diHUMill for ii v<>»««'l to n«ci-rtuin hi^r ■itiiutlon by il. Wr oftio found a ^rrut vnrn'ty of iii(tiii|i(H in h vi-ry ulioit diHtuni-c ; niu-h im annd* of various coloun, mid diflVrfiitly inixfd, roHrH«< Miid Ana, Kra***! p«il«hli*»of VHrioii> colour*, «toti«!«, iipoHK*>, and alirlln. Of all tlirin, ificitpt nand, i navi'd ,« nuiiih«r of kpiM'iiiH'nn, witii iniirki t<> nnli« Ihr placwH from whi-r« ihry wMrti lak»-n.* Notwilhntandini; tliiii varirtj, •oinc Kfn«*rul i-!iMritrti>r nf^lha MoiiiidiiiK* mny he iiiffful. M'oiiii tv«*ntwarduf till* Mliuali<,aiid at Konin diNlanca from Ihrm, tlir bo|toiu ia conr <> -n.), bLif k •Mill yollow «aud. I o ihn N. Iilnrk and wliitn mind. Tn lh« N. K. chirfly gr 'I I itoti |)i ltlil«'««. . TnlhcK- tlii«i>vhitf and yi'llow aniid; and In hit. 11'^ 57' N. ami lun. 'ill' lO' W. moou' wliili* nioM. To the ■'^. !'•■ fltir whitti and ^rhow iiand. Al th« alio. K art' apiiniarht'd, in Mhuttti-r dirui lion, IIm* koiindingi become coaraf, and an; fri'qunntly initcd with Nhclln of diiriTrnt kitidx. N«-ar thr nhnal much of th«* hottom it p«-blihm ; and to thn K. .of thu Inr^t'it and duii|;(Toua ■hnal, tliiTi' aro utoneii of the »ix*i of hi'n'n fi/iv^n, with iiioti< arid npongi* on HOina of thtim. Nvnr tli point in from 15 to 20 f:ithoiiia, a pr.tvaihiiK cbarartcr of tha aoundinga ia graan ahella, and chiefly of the Npvciea uaually railed aen-fKRN. If a vitsael he far I'nough M. to avoid dangfr, ahe tvill have no alu'lln. Ttiv ipia- lity of thf aonndiiiKs, aa far an w» were uUW to Hurvi>v thi^ hunk, will b« heat un- daratood from the chart, wh^ •■» they hnv« hoen cnreiully rated. The time and weather prevented making a rompi%>tM aiirvey of nil parts of the Rank. And although wn aicertained the bniindHrirs of it tn tha wentward and northward,! have not delim-nted it on the chart, beinp; iinwiHiiig to horrow •ny thing from chnrta, which disagree an raHcntinlly, and whirh we found very Incorrect in the material nointa. Of the ahoala themneUea, I do not helieve n more {Nsrf'tct survey can be made; iinleflM in a cahn time, the main almal could be penetrated. Thia however, does not aeem to bo an object, aa no vessel would be safe in attempting to paaa over it. The reports that rockH have been neen on the ShonlK, are undoubtedly incor- rect. Had tliere been any there, we could not have failed of discovering them. and H«.'a ueeu, whrieh, ut a distance, had-tho apiMarnoce nf rucka. But on Bound- ing, tve found good watttr, and a rc^ul(lr nn«l ch'nr hutlom. It will he Keen, hy tha bottom, tliat the hohlin^ ground ia not good. Itut the Tessels employed in the nurv«>y, hy hnving u long scope of cable, rode nut a con- aiderahle gale of wind, for 'ii lionrM, on Ihe iwial side of the main shoal, and to ifriodwurd of it. At this time the sea brukc very high in 10 fathoms water. C. PELCH. 9 :» r ' ' NOTE. — In coining from thcMonthward for George's bank, you will get sound- ings in Wl. 40^' V N.ifon iff S.S.W. part of the bank. Hhotildyou not get sound- ing" in the lat. «»f iO" 30' N. ynn may be rertain you are to tne eastward of the shoal, when you mn»t direct your eourh** accordingly to ch-ar it, when your first soundings will be in from 75 to 60 fathoms. When steering to the northward, you will shualen your water grndiinlly tu '.'A fathoms, when yoij^will he in lat.41°2(i'N. wfiichdepthof water you will hav&IO or I 'i leagues distanf, either east or west. Soundings from George's bonk continues its course W. by H. until you are nearly abreast of the ea^tend of Long Island ; thirn southward to Cape Ilatterts, * It iM« be worthy of remarlc, that it one cait of tb« lead, nn eaamlDing (be arDlng, 1 found enaibird Wiek nod, 0Be4U>rA« bite, aadon«.tliirdsr««B abella, id u dbtioot tfineasion u (bey could biva %tfn i^^P-, .J^. lOlIJit. n«l km 6H-' « Vr. Ih« bank. Ilin 41" 5«' N. nni\ M) falhoniM, iM>ri IM. In ImI. U ' Tn tli« ttnRiwMrd Milhwanl oftho i-r, whtfhaoiiml- iil. Ii H iiurrow cliN y if. Wn ofli »i Kiu-h tilt »nihI* iif 'lihh'w of VHrioir> kiivhI .1 hiiiiil)«r irti iMkfn* itouiKiiiix* mny fruin lhrm,llif nixturr of wliit«s thwN.E.chiclljr Inlnl. 41" ftTN. ml yellow »ai)d. inditig<< iM-coniP Nfar llifi Hlinnl t and dMn|«*rou» Rpongf! on Home tiiiliiiK rbanctvr ' cullrd Nra-i-siKH. ivlln. Ttiv qiiN- , v«ill Ih! hcMtun- y of nil pnrti of to (l)« wfHtwNrd 'illing to horrow I wu I'oiind vi!ry Jo not lifliftvi' II nain mIiouI could no vessel would Inuht^dly incnr* pcovfiring thvm. unntitirs of knln But on sound- ^ood. Hut :hi^ rode nut a con- in siioal, and to loma water. C. FEWJH. u will get sound- u not get sound- cpstWHrd of the when your first northward, you |:inlat.4|0 2(/N. !r east or west. 8. until you are > Cape Ilatteras, lag, I found ^iiAHbird btycould biV4 %tfh •^/ ! 0' f ."ikv* t [| *■. ,)rS7 •P ^ > \^\. "— h « r ^'tiiihr iViffg V9r '^u'-yv "f s-.- ■ t*_ ! *•*• o /• .(. < / 'Uc \ / ^/^O-^' ^i^. t!*: / 10 Edit. i Blunf s American Coast RiJot. H6 Directions for nailing into Boston Harbour. From Cape Ann to *Bo8lon light-house, the course » S. W. \ S. dis- tance 8^ leagues. After making the light, with the wind fair, you will bring it to l|)ar W. by N. or VV. N. W. md then run for it, till you come within tv cables' leni^th of it. If the weather is bad, and you cannot get a pilot from the light-house, after running abreast of it «o as to bring it to bear N. by K. you may run W. by S. about 1 ^ mile to .utasket road, where you may anchor in from 7 to ^> tuthoms in safety. To work into Boston bay you muy stand to the southward trll you bring the Hght to bear W. N. W. nnd to the northward till you bring it to bear W. S. W. till you come within one league of the lijs,ht ; then you must not stand to the northward any farther thim to bring it to bear W. by N. and to the southward to bring it to bear VV. N. W. You may anchor in the bay with safety if the wind is offshore. If you fall to the southward of Boston harbour, be careful to avoid Cohasset rocks, which lie above water some distance from the land, the outer part of which, callud Mi- not's rock, has a black buoy on it, that lies in 5 fathoms water, which yoa leave on your larboard hand. Your course from this buoy to the light- house is N. W. by W. distant 3 leagues. In running the above course and distance, you will pass a white buoy which lies in 4 tathoms water, that is on th« N. E. part of Harden's rocks, and bears S. E. \ S. from the ^ght-house, distant 1 i leagues, which rocks may be seen two hours be- Hore low water, that you also leave on your larboard hand!. There it another buoy on your larboard hand, which is red, that lies in three fa- thoms water on Point Alderton. When in ihe middle of the light-house channel steer W. by N. 1 mile distant, to the beacon on the spit, which you.may run within one-quaf ter of a cable's length of, leaving it on your starboard hand, opposite to which lies a black buoy in 2 fathoms water, on George's island rocks, between the light-house and George's island lies a rock, called the Centurion, in mid-channel, with 15 feet water on it. Your course from this to Gallop's island point, is N. W. by N. half a mile distant. From thence through the narrows, by Nick's mate, your course is N. N. W. half a mile distant. Nick's mate has a monument on it, and must be leflt on your larboard hand, i cable's length distant, and then steer W. by N. forCastle island, distant 4 miles. In runningW. by N. from Nick's mate, you will Krst leave a white spar buoy on the lower middle on your starboard hand, distant 3 miles from Nick's mate, then three-quarters of a mile distant, you will see a while buoy, which is on the Castle rocks in two fathoms, which you leave on your larboard hand. When abreast of the Castle, steer N. N. W. one-quarter of a mile, to clear the upper mid- dle ground, which has a black buoy on. it in two fathoms water, that you leave on your larboard hand ; if the buoy should be removed, run N. N. W. till you bring the two northernmost steeples in Boston a handspike'k length open, then stee. N. W. by Vf. 2^ miles, which will carry you op- posite the town. Broad Sound, which is the north entrance of Boston harbour, ia not^ proper channel for large vessels, but those who frequent it will foilQi directions here given : when up with the Graves, M^h at«f a |>^St:.„«.-T> dry rocks that appear white, you must leave them on ytour larboaitf1hs|B4^ 2 cables' length distant, then bring then» to beariSi E. and tm^^f^ ■4i|»' • Boston light-house is situated on an island at the entrance o^the Wl>our.. 83 teet above the levei of the sea, aud contains a revolving light, w1)ich ma; ^ ^Hifein tmce. When at the distance of 7 or 8 leagues, the time of darliDisas will be twiib« ttit^i approach it, the time of darkness nill decrease, and that of ligbi increiae, MtV a' ' if->. leagues of It, when the light wiU not wholly diiappear ; bu least, »u to 1 Two buts are erected at Long beach (oaf Sutlsket^^Cir ttieib wrecked Mamen. -» > , ^ ■''f]'''M-A »•» 106 Bluiit^s American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. 4 milea. vfhet^pon will be up with Long island light, which is clcvatetl on n towur 20 fcety on which id a lantern 7 feet hij^h, bearing from the oKI li-ht-house W. ^. N. It is lighted with 10 patent liitnps. You leave it on your larboard hand. In passing from tho Graves to Long island light, yod will sec two buoys on your larboard hand, one of which is on a reef, called the Devil's back, id painted red, and lies in 4 fathoms water ; the other is on Kani-hcad bar, painted bbirk, and lies in 15 feet water; you will also pass a white buoy );i your »>t:irboiud hand, which lies on the N. E. point of Faun bar, (at Wiiich time Loii;^ island Iieail light will bear S. W.) in 2^ fathoms, when you must follow the directions above for the town. A black buoy with a white vane has been placed near to the Barrel rock, which lies in the Broad Sound channel, ai the entrance of Bo.ston harbour. 'I'lie buoy is moored about 7 fathoms N. E. from the rock, in 3^ fathoms water, about 1{ mile W. by S. from the body of the Graves — one half mile N. W. from the Devil's back — W. N. VV. from the house on Green island — and N. E. ^ E. from the tree on Long island head. This rock is 10 or 12 feet long, and 6 or feet wide, ranging N. N. \V. andS. S. E. having 4 or 5 feet of Wfiter upon it at low tide, and 3^ fathoms round it — vessels may pass with safety either side of the buoy, giving it a birth of 12 or 15 fathoms. The Lower middle ground lying in the way, ,thc directions are as fol- low, viz. — On the Lower middle ground, which lies on the north side of the chan- nel, a little above Spectacle island (which is in part dry at low water) on the eastern part of which is a red buoy, and ou the western part a black buoy, in two fathoms water, which you must leave on your starboard band. Pudding point, or Shirley gut entrance, is between Faun biar and Win- ship's bar. You must bring it to bear S. W. and run for It, leaving Shirley point on the starboard and ''^ Deer island on the larboard hand. The channel from this gut to Boston is so crooked and narrow, that no person should attempt to go in with a large vessel, unless acquainted, without a pilot. Vessels outward bound, from Boston light-house, who would wish to fall in with tCupe Cod, the course is S. E. by E. ^ E. distant 1 1 league:^, thence 3 leagues id the light house. When up with the light-house, and it bears S. W. 2 leagues distant, you may then steer S. S. E. which will carry you out of the sor.tn channel. Vessels in Boston bay. who put away for Cape Cod harbour, must en- deavour to fall in with Race point light-house, which contains a revolving light (see page 171.) Should you first make Cape Cod light, bring it to bear E. by N. and run for it until you have soundings in 14 or 15 fathoms water, then steer N. E. until the light bears E. by S. then run in N. W. for the harbour. When between Cape Ann and Cape Cod, you will have from 35 to 19 fathoms water, which latter sounding is within 2 leagues of Boston light- house ; the quality of the soundings is more to be depended on than the depth of w^ter. As you will find a difference of 5 or 6 fathoms in run- * In tlie course oftbe winte* of 1810-11, Deer island point waslied away, so that it is nour covered ^t high water, aad renders it dangerous for vessels contiug in and going out through Broad Sound ; a black buoy is therefore now placed near the point. Vessels must pass to the southward of said buoy. i Cape Cod is low and sandy land. Cape An - .s middling high, with many trees on. it. On the latter is a lemackabU land called Pigeon hilli which appears like a boat , hottom up. •-> ^ , '. ■ V "*1 10 Edit. BlunOs American Coast Pilot. 16T mst en- tvolving ling it to IfathoiDB N. W. to 19 )n light- than the in run- that it is I goin|;out Vessels ky trees on. at a bottt ■4 , '.■ ning a cable's length, you will observe that the quah^y of so'indings ii rough on Cape Ann side, and sandy on Cape Cod. At fuH and change, it is high water off Race point at 10 o'clock^and 45 minutes. Vessels in leaving*. Cape Cod, bound to Boston, should calculate the tide, as the flood sets strong to the S. W. N. B. The upper buoys will be taken up during the winter season. [Ob^ See the Plate.] Half-way rocit bears from Long island light N. K. The east point of Nahanl bears from Long island light N- E> by iV. f Directions from Boston light-house to Cape Elizabctli. From Boston light-house to Thatcher's island lights, which lies '2 miles E. from Cape Ann, the course is N. E. i N. and the distance 8^ leagues ; butto cli;ar the Londoner, which you leave on your larboard hand when bound to Cape Elizabeth, the course is N. E. by E. About half way, and near the north shore, is a high bold rock, called Half-way rock, of about 30 fathoms diameter (on which is a monument) bearing S. VV. by W. distant 7a miles from the eastern point of Cape Ann. From Thatcher's island, E. S. E. one-half of a mile, lies a ledge of rocks, called the Londoner, which show themselves at half tide, and ex- tend E. N. E. and W. S. W. distant two miles from the island. |f you should be forced to the northward of Cape Ann, there is n very clear bay, called Ipswich bay, and N. E. from it lies the harbour of Portsmouth, the entrance to which is formed by Great island on the west, and Ger- rish's island on the cast ; on the former of which the town of New Cas- tle is built. From Cape Ann lights to the Isles-ofShoals the course isN. i E. distant 6i leagues. These isles h.e low and level, and near two miles in length. South from their west end, half a mile distant, lies a rock, which may be seen at half tide, and by giving the west end of these islands a birth of 1| mile, a N. by W. course will carry you to the entrance of Portsmouth harbour, 9 miles distant. The southernmest of these islands has a light- house on it, as more fully described in page 148. Strangers should never attempt to go found the east end of these isl- ands ; but if driven thereto, give them a birth of half a mile, and steer N. W. by N. which will carry you to Portsmouth. N. E. from the east end of these islands, 4 miles distant, lies York ledf;e, which is always to be seen, and extends N. £. and S. W. two miles. From York ledge to Boon island light the course is E. N. E. distant 9 miles. From Boon isl- and light to Boon island r^ck (on which the sea always breaks) the course is E. and tbe distance 3 miles. From Boon island light to Wood island light, the couLse is N. N. E. distant 12 leagues, and from thence to Ckpe Elizabeth the course is N. E. -} E. and distance 4 leagues. [Seepage 147.] :i\ Directions for sailing in and out of Boston Bay, from Calpe Cod or Cape Ann, to Boston-light house. Boston light-house, as before mentioned, stands on a small islan^^t t^Q entrance of the channel, and is about 82 fieet high, including the tb;ntern^ To steer for it from Cape Cod, wlien in 5 fathoms off PeelcQf^ hi4l bsjft your course is N. VV. by W. i W. 14 leagues. Should it be tljiick w.ea- ther, and you should fall in with the south shore of 9citu(i(!d'^q, 1$ fa* thoms, steer N. till you get into 16 fathoms, when Boston J^tftwill^AilSW W. N. W. ..v-,.: _;■■., f From ,^the Race point light-house to Boston light-house, is aWj^t 1 1, -^ *.' ■«■■• i 168 Blunts American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. leagues. From Cape Aon lights to Boston light, (Tic course is S. W. i S. dis' tant 8^ leagues. 4 There arc two \'\^\i% on Thatcher*s island. This inland contains about 30 acres of land, secured by an iron bound shore, and is situated about tvvo miles east uf ibc mtiin land of Cape Ann. it ulfords no harbour, nor is there anv safe anchorai^e very near it ; there is a passage between that and the main, through which small vessels may pass even at low tide ; but the water is shoal and the bottom covered by a collection of large round ■tones. The light-li|0U3C9 were erected there for the boueflt of vessels coining in from sea, as well as for tliose coasting around tho shores. As eoon as these lights are discovered they can know their real situation ; for being two lights, they cannot be taken for the sing\|p revolving light at Boston harbour, or for the Plymouth lights, where there are also two, but the distance between them is only 1 1 feet 6 inches, while the distance be- tween those oil Thatcher's island is about one-third of a mile, and can be brought to range one with the other when you are abreast of the island, and bear N. by K. J E. and S. by W, J W. from each other, and those on Plumb island bear E. by N. and W. by S. from each other. The lights on this island are of great use to all vessels in their passage in or out, as they point out the situation of the Salvages on the north, and the London- er on the south. Besides, from the different bearings of the lights, a safe departure may be taken foi' the diiTere nt harbours in the bay, as well as for those bound northerly and to sea. For remarks more minute, you will find them in t'ie directions for sailing to Boston light, to Baker's isl- and lights, and to Uiose on Plumb island, at the mouth of Newburyport harbour. Directions for Scituate harbour. The light-house at the entrance of Scituate harbour was erected more ioT the benelit of ibreigners, who fall into the bay southward of Coh^p- set rocks, and as a guide to southern coasters to avoid Cedar point, which is flat, and projects into the hay beyond the Clifts, than for any advan- tages to be derived from the harbour, which is small^ having only about 12 feet water on the bar at high water, middling tides. There is one light, which is fixed, elevated 30 feet above the level of the sea, 4 miles t« the southward of Cohasset rocks, andthereby distinguishable from Bos- ton light, on thetiorth, which is a repeating light ; and Plymouth lights on the south, which show two lights (or lanterns on the same building.) Sci- tuate light-house is erected on Cedar point, which makes the north chop «f the harbour, the first clift (so called) making the south chop. There are four of these cliAs extending towards the north main ; the southern- most of which is the highest. From the body of the light-house, the northerly part of Cedar point and a ledge called Long ledge, extends N. N. W. nearly one mile ; so that vessels falling in a little more than one mile northward of the light, may bring the light to bear south ; and if they make good their course north, they will clear the outer ledges of Cohasset rocks ; half a mile east of the body of the I'ght will clear Cedar point. Long ledge, and the first Cliflledge. [Note — there are ledges extending from all the 4 clifts, but none between them, and half a mile from the shore will clear all ex- cept frigates and large vessels.] .^ From the body of the light, running S. S. E. will clear^ranche's point ; consequently, giving the tight half a mile birth, there will be no danger 4n running S. S. E. There is a passage within Cabasset rocks, used by coasters, tvhich is ^i^^-C Edit. I S. dii' is about (1 about ur, nor ten that ide ; but ;e round I vessels 68. As Luation ; I light at two, but ance be- d can be. land, and those on he lights r out, as London- its, a safe ts well as nute, you iker's isl- ^buryport ;ted more of Cohs^p- int, which ly advan- mly about jre is one a, 4 miles from Bos- 1 lights on ing.) Sci- |orth chop . There southern- idar point mile ; so the light, jir course jalf a mile (e, and the le 4 clifts, jar all ex- [e's point ; 10 danger L which is 10 Edit^ Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 169 ' found by giring the light half a mile birth, and running N. W. by N. to the southerly entering rock. There is a meeting-house about two miles W. by N. from the light ; and a farm-house near the northwest side of the harbour, with two large barns a little north. To go into the harbour ^the ^mouth of which is about one-third of a mile wide) bring the meetmg-house or farm-house (^ to bear about W. by N. from the middle of the entrance of the harbour, and rpn in W. by N. for the farm-house, until you have palled the bar, ;,' ^ ^^('cM is a hr.rd bed of stones and gravel, that does not shift ; and aAer «4 ^sing the bar, and coming on sandy bottom, haul up and anchor near the b^h on the south side of the harbour. Directions for *Plymouth harbour. The high land of the Monument bears from the lights S. ^ W. 3 miles, And tMonument point S. S. E. 3 leagues, and Branche's point N. ^ W. about 3 leagues, Saquash head W. | S. 3 miles, the easternmost part of Brown's 'i«l|y|ds or shoal that dries, S. S. W. l^mile, and the Gurnet rock from me body of the light-house E. by S. f S. one-third part of a mile ; on this rock you have but 3 feet at low water, at which time all the soundings were taken. When you have shut in the Sandy hill with the Gurnet head, you are clear of the rock ; afler which you must miod not to haul iii>too close to the head, as there are many sunken rocks some dis- tance from the shore. When you bring Saquash head to bear W. by N. you may then steer up W. by S. and if you are bound for Plymouth, you must keep that courseifor a large red cliflT on the main, which is a very good mark to carry you clear of Dick's flat ; then you must steer more southerly for Beach point, or run up until^ou are abreast of Saquash head, giving it one-quarter of a mile distance ; then steer W. by S. | 8. which #ill clear you of Dick's flat, and carry you directly for Beach point, keeping within 15 or 20 yards of the Sandy point, steering away for the southward, keeping that distance until you have shut in the lights, where you may anchor in 3 and 4 rauioms, but the channel is very nar- row, having nothing but a flat all the way to Plymouth, except this small channel, which runs close by this neck of land ; you will have 4 and 6 fathoms close to this point. If you are bound into the Cow -yard, you must steer as before directed, which will clear you of the stone monu* ment oii Dick's flat and that on the Muscle bank, both which you leave oa'yoat litarboard hand, when you may anchor in 7 or 8 fathoms water. . — ■ ''I'll '*' This harbour is capacious, but shaHow, and is formed by a long and narrow neck of l»nd, called Salt-house beach, extending southerly from Marshfield, and terminating at the Gurnet hsad, and by a smaller beach within, running in an op^site direction, and ^ rt)nHecled with the main land near Eel river, about 3 miles from the to#R. There are two ^l^ght-houses on the Gurnet, which are about 86 feet above the surfocfrW the sea, 15 feet *; apart, containing fixed lights, and cannot be brought into one to tllb iM-rthward, uolpss you are on the shore. But to tlie southward you may bring them ia one, #h!cii is a vei^good mark to clear you of Brown's island or sand bank. On Salt-house beach is placed dM'of the huts erected find niaintained by the Humane Society of Massachusetts, Mr the recep* tion and relief of shipwrecked mariners. There is a breach in the inner beach, which ex- puses the shipping, even ^t the wharves, during an easterly storm. ThQ Gurnet imn eminence at the souUiem extremity of the beach. ,' ^ t Monuk. nt Bay ffrom which the point takes its name) is formed bj the beiKjiug of Cnpfr Cod. It is spacious and convenient for the protection of shippins. - - I 170 BlunOs American Coast Pilots 4QEdii> If bound to Kingston you will keep the house on Gurnet head just open with SnquRsh heud, until you have opened the high pines with Clerk** island ; Ihcn you are clear of the Muscle bonk, when you may steer N. W. until ^ou have 3 fathoms at low water« not running into lens. In coming 'rom the northward, bound into Plymouth, you must not bring the lights mure southerly than S. by W. to avoid High Fine ledge, which lies north from the Gurnet head about 2^ or 3 miles. VVhcu you are on the ahoiilcst^rt of this ledge, some part of which appears at low ebbx, you will have the high pines in range with Captain's hill, which willNien bear W. by S. This ledge of rocks lies 1| mile from the shore, extend'* ing about N. N. E. for near n mile, and close to this ledge yoa wiil*|iave 4 and b fatiioma, which deepens gradually as you run from it. to thfe east- ward ; within one mile you will have 10 and 12 fathoms. ' ( In coming from the soutliwurd, bound into Plymouth, you must not open the northern light to the westward, but keep them in om^ which will car* ry you in 5 fathoms by the easternmost part of Brown^s islands or shoal, keeping that course until you are within half a mile of Gurnet head, or nigher, where you will huve but 4 fii^homs ; then Saquash head will bear VV. by N. a little northerly, and the two outermost trees on the head in one ; then you may steer directly for them, until you bring the lights to bear £. N. E. and the house on Saquash head to bear N. W.>ju8t open , with the first Sandy beach, where you may anchor in 4 fathoms in Saqtiash road.^ood clear bottom ; but if you ai &; bound for Plymouth, or the Cow> ^i\rd», ^ ou must steer as before directed. If in the night, it is best to ' jtnchor here, at it h diflicult to make Beach point (as it is mostly covered .?{}*■■ ^fii high water) if dark, or to go into the Cow-yard. -rr In turning into Plymouth, you must not stand to the northward into less f^ than 3 fathoms, as it runs a flat u long way fron^ the Gurnet head to Saquash ; and from both the heads lies otf a point of rocka, a good way from the shore, many of them but just under water at low ebbs. And all the way (fum ^iacn'ish to the Muscle bank, you have shoal water ; so that you Qiost not Htuud in less than before mentioned. And in standing over for the sands to the southward, you must go about as soon as you have«hoalen your v/ater to 4 fathoms, as it is bold too, and you may observe the rips, unless it is very smooth. This san^ extends from abreast of the lights to Beach point, most of which is dry %t lovv ebbs. From the easternmost gart of this sand to Dick's flat it rounds with a considerable sweep ; you ave but 5 fathoms watei* from the easternmost part of Brown's island to >t)i!? G.qrnct head, and not more than 7 or 8 until you are abreast of Dick's fla^i where you will have 13 oi^ 14 fathoms in a deep hole, and then shoalen to 5 fathoms abreast of Beach point. * If you should fall into the southward of Brown's islands or shoal, be* tween them and the Monument land, where you have 20 fathoms in some places, you must not attempt to run for the lights, until you have them shut in one with the other, when they will bear N. N. W. i W. ; if you do, you may depend on being on Brown's islands or shoals, cs there is no passage for even a boat at low water. In v'.oming in from the northward in the night, you must not bring the light to bear more southerly tha%f9t by W. to avoid High Pice ledge, and keep that course until you have them to bear N. W, orN. W. by W. when you will be clear of the rock, and may stder oip W. hv S. until you have the lights to bear £. N. E. where you had best anohor in the night. Here the tide runs strong channel course from the Garnet to the Race point of Cape Cod ; tb^ course is £. ^ N. about 6 leagues distance ; aad from the byN. Vess* bring th for Bost Wher the west fish-hou! is called from the water. In pas mile, as point, cove. * There REVOLVI on highlaiK S. S. W. i 155 feet fro t The li| vated «^>ou nNt Bbor* , A?' . not get into Plymouth, yo< may tht>n run for Cape Cod harbour, bring- ing the lights to bear W. by N. and atoer directly for the harbour, which you mar do unless it is vcrj^ dark, as it is bold too — and you may see the Sandy hills before you can g'jt on yhore. You mav keep within 100 yards of the shore until you are up with the point that runs out to tli« eastward, which you roust give a quarter of o mile distance, and then steer up N. W. If it should blow so hard thct you cannot turn up the harbour, you may anchor off the point, clear bottom ; you have 8 and 9 fathoms very nigh the shore, so that there is no danger of being on it, ud- less very dark. At the Gurnet and Plymouth the tides arc much the same as at Boston ; that is, a 3. E. moon mukes full seu. Directions for Cape Cod harbour. If you wish to go into Cape Cod harbour, you may pass within one- quarter of a mile of the light on *Race point. After pissing it, bring it to bear N. N. W. and run S. S. E. ; run until the light on the highland bears * £. by N. ; then run for it !2 or 3 nflibs, when you will be clear of Wood end bar ; then N. E. to bring the light on the highland to bear E. | % when haul up N. W. for the harbour, and anchor in 4 fathoms, when thie light will bear E. by S. 4 S. 5 or 6 mii«is distant. In going into Cape Cod harbour in the night, you may follow the above directions till the light on the highland bears E. by N. when you may run for it till you get into 6 fathoms, when you must steer N. W. for Province- town, keeping same soundings, about 3 miles distant. Good anchorage may be found it) a N. E. gale, by running for the light, giving it one-third of a mile distanqe as you pass it ; as soon as it bears E. by N. haul up E. S. £. and anchor in from 10. to 4 fathoms. Vessels inward bound, who fall in with the back of Cape Cod, may bring the thght to bear S. W. 2 ietigues distant, and then steer W. N. W. for Boston light-house, which contains a revolving light. When up with Race point, you will tind it very bold about one mile to the westtvard of the light- hou^e, and it majp-be known by a number of fish-house? on it. About one mile to the southward of Race point is what is called Herring cove, wheie you may have good anchorage half a mile from the shore, the ^nd from E. to N. N. E. in 4, or even in 3 fathoms water. In passing Race point to the southward, you must give it a birth of one mile, as there is a long flat of sand that lies to the southward of said point. You must not haul to the eastward till you come near Herring cove. * There is a light-house erected on the extreme point of Race (ioint, which contain* * REVOLVING LIGHT (on the lame plan as Boston light) to distinguish it (tarn the on* on highland of Cape Cod, but it cannot be seen from vessels coming from sea until U beait S. S. W. I S. when they run for it. The light is 25 feet above the level of the ssa, and ,r 155 feet from Ugh Water mark. , <• t The lighthouse is erected on land at the •Clay pound3 (high land of Cape Cod) frlv^' vated M>out 150 feet, which, with the elevation of the lantern, makes the whole Ittlght^OO f«et abov* high water mark. It contains a Fit ED LIG HT. f 172 Blunfs American Coast Pilot. 10 Eiia. In running from Ruce point to Wood ' nd, after you pass the Block Innd or Hummocki, yon will conne up with a low nandy beach which rorma the harbour, extending between two and three niilet to Wood end, which if difficult to be diitinguiahv:d in the night ; it ia very bold, and you will have 26 fathomi water within one^quurter of a ncile of the ihore. In beating into Cane Cod harbonr you moat keep the cnatern fihore aboard until you get into 5 futhoini wuler. ^tund no further to tho went- wjird than to bring the light to bear E. by S. ns there t)i u loiignptt of Hntut runa off from the western ohore, which being very hold, you will huve 1 1 litthnmtt water within a stone's throw o( the Hhorc. If it blows so hard that vou cannot beat into tlie harbour, you will have good anchoring without, from 10 to 15 fathoms water. Or, if it bVowa hard at N. E. bring Race point to bear N. W. bv N. and steer S. E. by S. 7 leagues, which course will carry you into WclKlect, formerly , The curvatu'c of the shore, on the west sido of Proviiicctowii, ami noirth of Race pohit, is called Herring cove, which in three miles in lenf^th. There is goixi anchuriiif; ground here, and vessels may ride safely in four or five futhonia water, wlicn the wind is from north-east to somh-east. On Raccpoint stand ahout a dozen fishing huts, contninii){{ fire-places and otiicr conve- niences. The distance from tliese huts to Provincctowu, which lies on Cape Cod harbour, is three miles. The passage is over a sandy beach, without grnw, or any otiier vcgftabi>- growing on it, to the woods, through which is a winding road to ihc town. It woula be difficult, if not impossible, for a stranger to find his uay thither in the dark; |kid the woods are so full of ponds and entangling swumps, that if the road was missed, (I^Btruction would* probably be the consequence of attempting to penetrate them in the -oil^t. ' Tsatfyit (torn Raise point commences a ridge, which extends to the head of Stout's creeic. ' Whh ijie face torthe east, on the left hand of the ridge, is the sandy shoi e : on the right '^''■WSlB^ sandy^alley ; beyond which is naked sand, reaching to the hills and woods of m. 'This rijge is weU^covered w)th beach grass, and appears to owe its ex- tat vegetaMe. grass, during the spring and summer, grows about two feet and a iialf. If sur- totijlied by naked beach, the storms of autumn and^winter heiip up the snnd on nil tides, and^ cause it to rise nearly to the top of the plant. In the ensuir. ' spring, the grass Sprouts anew ; it again covered with sand in the winter, and thus a hill or ridge continues to ascend, as long as there is a sufficient base to support it, or till the cir- cumscribing s^nd, being also covered with beach grass, will no longer yield to the force of the win^f. On tbis'ri^ge, half way between Race point and the head of Stout's creek, the Trus- tees of the Humane Society have erected a hut. ft stands a mile from Pecked hill, a land-mark well known to seamen, and is about 2^ miles from Race point. Seamen, cast away on this part of the coaFt, will find a shelter here ; and in north-east storms, should they strike to the leeward of it, anc< be unable to turn their faces to tht windward, by passing on to Race point, they will soon come to the fishing huts before mentioned.' At the head of Stout's creek tlie Trustees have built a second hut. Stout's creek is n small branch of East harbour in Truro. Many years ago there was a body of salt mar^.t on it ; and it then deserted tite name of a creek. Bjt the marsh was long sinro destroy. ed ; and the creek, now scarcely exists, appearing only Jil^e a small depression in the sand, heiag entirely dry, and now principally covered with beach grass. Thc'creek runs fioMi 10 Edit. BlunOi American Coast Pilot. 1^3 nutlh-watt to south-flaK, and U iMttily parallal with the ■hor» on Iha a«ann, froin wkicli it \t u nu airal dtilaiice. Not f«r from It, tha hUli ot I'lovtncetown ttrmtnata i and •lioulil i ul tno hut b« fouiui, by walking round ttia hrad of tha craak, with lha faca to tha west, th 'hklU on thu il^ht hand, and kaepin|cloM to tha thoraon iliaharbot ■, InUia than •u hour tha t)ikpa looiiar than at Hoston. Tha Humana Suctety, laverul yoari u(o, arectad a hu. Bt tha hrad of Slout'a rraak t but it wai built in an improper irtanhr- having a chimney In It^ and woa plitced on • luot where no bcnrh grititi Kr«w. Tha itroiiK winJi blew the land Irora ilN fuundalioit, Mtul the weight of the cliimnty brought it lo the KrountI, to that in January, 1802, it wa« an- lirt'ly demoli«lied. Thii rvent looli place uOoul lix weeki brfora tha Brutui wat riil away. If it had rimuined it Ih probable that lh« whole of Iha unfortunate crew of that ihtp would have been lavod*, at they gained the ihora a few ro Ictice, has undertaken, iIioukIi luinole from the place, the lume charge. From the head uf Stuut'i creek to the tcrminution of the tall marih. which liei on both sidci and at the henil of Kuit harbour river, the diitance is about 3i iitilea. A narrow beach icpaialei this river from the ocean. It ii not lO regular a ridge ai that before dc- Bciihed, an there are on it one or two hilU which the neighbouring inhabitanli call iilaodi. It may without much difllculiy be croiicd every where, except over thoie elevationi. By tiieHe hilU, even duiing the niKht, the beath may be diitinguiihed ''rom thoHi hereaflei to be mentioned. !. lief from N. W, to S. F,. and ia in most parti covered with beach gfaii. The hilli have a few xhrubi on the declivities next the river. At the end of the marsh tlia beach suhiiden a little, and there it an easy paitinge into a valley in which we »ituat«4 two or three dwelling Iioums. TIte Krst on the left iiand, or ^nth, is a few rods only from the ocean. The shore, which cxt.>nds from this valley to Race point, ii unquestionably the part of the coast the most expo8>^d to ihipwrecks. A N. £. storm, the most violent, and fatal to tienmen, ci it is frequently accumpanif d with snow, blows directly on the land ; a itronn cut'cnt sets aJoug tt'.! thought necessary by many judicious persons. To this opinion the Trustees are disposed to pay due respect ; and iierenftcr, if the funds of the Society increase, new huts will be built here for the relief of thti unfortunate. ' From the valley above mentioned the lead rises, and less than.a qile fhmi it ttie high . land coMmences. On the first efevated spot (the Cla^ Pounds) standsftthe UghMrausfl* which contains a FIXED LIGHT, which every navigator should in^press on :l|l[iriidiid4*' The Shore here turns to the south ; and the hiEh land extends to the tal^ lu||,VC'£ast-r bhPi. This high land approachen the ocean with steep and lofty banks which it^ ttlnnie- ly difficult to climb, especially in a storm. In violent tempests, during very high tidei^ the sea breaks' against the foot of them, rendering it then unsafe to walk on the st^d^ which lies between them and the ocean, ijhould tne seaman succeed in his attempt to ascend them, he must forbear to penetrate into the country, as houses are generally so re* mote, that they would eccape hit research during the night ; he must pass 'on to toe val- leys, by which the banks are intersected. These valleys, which the inhabitants call bol> lows, run at right angles with the shore ; and in the middle, or lowest part of them, a road leads from the drirelling-houses to the sea. The first of these valleys is Dyer's hollowj 1) mile south of the light-house. It is a wida opening, being 200 lods broad, from summit to summit. In it stands a dwelling-house, a quarter of a mile from the beach. . . A *nilv and a half south of Dyer*s hollow, is a second valley, cdUed Harding's liollow. At the entrance of thb valley the sand has gathered, so t'lat at present a little qlhnbiog i» necessary. Passing over several fences, and taking heed not to enter the wood on thu d^t hand, at the distance of three-quarters of a mile a liouse is to be found. This bouMfl^ii^l on the south side of the road ; and not fai- from it, on the south, is Panwl rivec, wbiciMr(int from east to west through a body of salt marsh. .^y^ i' The third valley, half ai mile south of Harding's hollow, is head of Plip^ bQ)lfnr. U may with case be distinguished fiom the othet hollows mentioned, as if iapitide opuAagf tT. # ;f^ *q 174 Blunt*ft Ameriran Cotst Pilot. 10 Edit. •iMf Iradi imimttlauly ovar a b«arh lo lh« anil marih At tha htad of PaiMt fivar. In ih* mUilo/ iha hollow ihr land kaa ifaii rattfd by a bruth feticr, rnrrlvfl arrnta ifiomiMititi lii louili. 'I'hl* mutl h« |iaM«H, and iha thlpwrrrknl mailiirr mUI mioii mm* to a Ivikm wItlrliavpainiKi what l« calird lli« mud frnin iha marih. If h« lumt to Iha h(\ haiid, oi •oulh, al Iha dlilaiwi nl a quarlar of n mllt<, h« will ditrovar a hontn ll hr lui -it In Uia rt(hi hand, ai ihc diaiitiua of half a mila, ha will Aiid Uia nnw houM which t* mt lUiuntJ in Ihft fora^olni paragraph. Tha fourth npanliig, ihrKn-qiiarlart nf a mile Miuth of llaad of I'amri, |< Brum vnllrjr. Thta holtnw U narrow, and rjlndilng la narnttary. Knlcrlnc ll, and Inclliiinf » > iha right, ihrae qi.arturi of a mlla will bring aaaman lo tha houia, which la ■lin.ite'* ■>• tha haad of Pamai. Hy proceading t'ralghl forward, and puMlng uv«r rlilng ( Hhar huuw may ba dlKovarvd, hut with mora dlffirully. Thaiti ihraa hollowt, lying naar logethar, tarvn in daslgnaia rnrh other. Either of ihrni may b«i u.light; but in a snow storm, which ragos here with excessive I'ury, it would be almost impossible to discover them either by night or by day. Not far from this shore, south, the Trustees have erected a third hut, on IVauset beach. IVauset beach begins in latitude 41" 51', and extends south to latitndo 41° 41'. It is di- vided into two parts by a breach which the ocean has made through it. This breach is the Mouth of Nauaet or Stage harbour ; and from the openinK, the beach extends north f I miles, till it joins tbe main land. It is about a furlong wiae, and forms Nauset har- bour, which is of ilttl^ value, its entrance being obstructed bjr a bar. This northern part of the beach majr be distinguished from the southern part by its being of a less regular form. Storms have made frequent irruptions throiub the ridge, on which beach glass growM ,pn an elevated part of the beach, standi tW hut, about 1^ mile N. of the mouth of iNiiuiet harbour. Eastham meeting-bouse lies fttm it W. S. W. distant 1| mile. The me«tinf-house is without a steeple ; but it mtiy be distinguished from the dwelling-houses near "it by its situation, which is bcitween two small groves of locusts, one on the south, and one on the north, that on the south being three-times as long as the other. About 1| mile from the hut, W. by N. appear the top and arms of a wind- mill. The Rev. Mr. Shaw, and Eliiha Mayo, Esq. of Eastham, have engaged to inspect thia building. The ioutbern part ef Nauset beach, most commonly called Chatham beach, and by a lew persons Potanumaqunt beach, begins at the mouth of Nauset harbour, and extends 8 or f 4UHaB south to the mouth of uhaUiam harbour. It ia about 60 rod* wide. A regular weU-AMatd ridga, which, In th« most okvated pait of it it 40 fttt bifh, iium the whQle 10 Edit. Blutit^H American Coait Pilot. 173 •et beach. It it di- breaoh is indi north .uMt h«r- northexn of a leas on which i mile N. . diftant from the if locuiti, at long at if a wind- to inspect and by a extends 8 A regular tbe whole Unflll nf ll ( ami, with the •arwpliuii of • Ufw tpoli, ts cuveiad whh li«Hch %i»m. Tkie baach form* iho barrUr nf Chatham harbour, which, Irom Kirong kslaiiil, north, racwivas the nairM of Pl«a»«nt bay. A mtld Miuih of the eatranc« of NauMi harbour, it join* tha main land nf Orleans, atcapt In very high tk« tafaly lordail at uny Ikrrta ; hut sirangert inusi iinl vanlurn lo pass ii, when rovarad with wnlar, ni belaw, tha ihaiiiinl Is 7 faalitaap. On ibli heiirh, about hiiir way tMlwean tha aiilrancat of Naiii«i ancitcie stands on still higher ground. The mrptlng-house of Chntham !• tituated from it M. W. This meeiing-hoiiso is also without a steepla, nnd is concealed by Great hill, a noted Innil-marli. The hill appears with two suminlls, which are a ijuarter of a mile npurt. The hut lies east from Hampnon'ii liland in IMeasant bay. Timothy Bascum, of Orleans, hai uiidertalirn to In* sped this hut. Lest seamen should miss this hut, by striking to the leeward of it, the Trustees have •reeled another on the tumc beach. It siaitds a mile north of the mouth of Chatham bar* hour, east of the m0'4a rttat ami tmni rnma In ImnA. U a *a**al tacaii awajf ai low waur, ll Aught lo Im lafl wllh ■• much ai|Md a apaady oonvay- •aea from PaUaouib. 10 Relit. Bltin(*H Amc*riciiii Convt Pilot. 177 £. 3| iMftiM, you m\\ |>ii«t ll>«* IN)ll«><:k n|>, in :t or I iulhotii* Hiitf>r ; aiuJ if tUv MrvMlhtT m rieur, ymi will iiitik«lb«*liKlit-houM«' m\ Suuily |ioini (Nm* tiir.kit ialiiinl) r>( Ii'iii^ui'm ilmUiit, wtiirii In mi; In hrtir ^. W. \ VV. then alrrr for tin* liKiil-liotiHi', kroiiiiiK it m ll>i« tliriM (ton, iiiul >oii will ^tW l>rlMriM>ii till* (irnituiMl Littli* HoiiikI uliutiU, on llii> t'ornirr •>! Hliich if'li |liliH'k buoy, iinil on tlit; lutti'r u twiiitr liiioy, with ;i mniill |>uli> m (lu«tfby S. irom I'luli otiii i , ilmimit yi inil««. .ShoiilcNt wulcr uii (irvut Uoumi ihuHl, b I'eot : do. un I.titlv Uuuitd tfhoHl, 7 I'oi't. On th<> f>ii«t rnd of Pollock rip in ii roil buoy, in 14 A <*t wat^r, hAHrIng from (liiitb.iiii ligliit S. J K. II inilr* ; iVuni Mununioy |ioiiit F.. 1 N. 7 miles ; iiikI tVoni l.ittio Uouiifl Hhoul bii«)y N. E. bv N. t mile*, sfiouli'tt vviitvr on ihit ri|> •'> t'«>rt. WIkmi you arc witbin iibout tliri'i* rnilvt o( (ht liKbt-liuuMU steer W. } S. until you ttru pNtt tbe I'uint Ki|> on thu N. K. end ufwbicb i* t. |red buoy, in II feet wuter, btntriiiK '"*'» ^'iiuuly licMid N. bvW, I U'limie*; from Niintucket lij^bt N. K. by E. ^ K, J niilt!«, luid iVom the pliirk buoy on the llor»e-tli<)(< K. S. K. <> leiiKueH. Mhoulcxt wuter un Puint l(i|i H (Vet : or you iiiiiy bring the liKht-bou«« to beiir K. by S. ). S. und steer VV. by N. \ N. tuking cure to miiko your coiirne good (or llolineH* Hide light, II leagues distant, observing, while running froiu Nan- tucket light to Holm«H* Hole, yuu leave on your lurlioard hinid t( 'ape i'ogti light, which mu8t bear VV. J S. to clear the (^roHn rip, on the N. O. part ot which in a {while buoy, in 15 feet watei, bearing (roin Cape I'ogu light K. by S. b luuguen ; iVoin 'I'uckernuc inland N. by VV. lit leugueii ; and from the |red buoy on SuuaMh meadow, E. by S. j S. & league*. Shuul- est water on thm rip I'i teet. To go through the north Hhip chnimel, bring Chatham lights to bear \. N. VV. and Hteer S. S. E. i)^ Icigtieit, when yuu will pant) the l'oll({ck rip m 3 or 4 futhoimt wuter, when you inuHt ttteer VV. ^ S. 6 inileM for liutler*!! hole, in 16 fathomn water, when you will Hec a white bui y to the north of you which lien in the S. S. VV. paHwagc, when you must run VV. S. VV. for the ftouth part of the IJuiidkerchict', which han a |white buoy on the west end of it, bearing from Monomoy point S. 8. W. ^ VV. 2 miles ; from Nantucket light N. by E. ^ E. 4 leagues, (\nd from the |red buoy on Pollock rip VV. by S. ^ S. 3lengueM. Croshing the Handkerchief on a VV. S. VV. course in 3 or 4 fathomsi water, you will run VV. for the |blnok buoy on the iIorse*shoc, 11^ miles, leaving it on the larboard hand, when you will continue your course VV. for llolmes' Hole light, 41 leagues distant. As 'ou enter the Swash, in the Horse-s^e, Hyanncs light vvill bear N. N, •:.— Cape Poge light ^S. VV.— }Iolmes' Hole light VV. Part of the Handkerchief dry at low water. There is a channel of i> feet still north of the above, which may be found by bringing Chatham lights to bear N, W. when in 7 fathoms, and runnings. S. VV. for the Sandy point of Monomoy 6^ miles distant, which will bring you to Stewart's bend, which are sundy hummocks on your starboard hand 1^ mile from Ifonomoy ; then haul in for the land till you get into 3 fathoms water, which will be within one and n half cable's length of the surf, when you may keep the shore on board till you come into 7 fathoms water, which will be near the Sandy point of Monomoy, where * Nantucket light-house is on {hi lottli point of Kantucket itlaud. X The buoyi nn Nantucket shouls oitd the Vineyard nound wore ulaced bv Capl. Tr«- vett, in tho Revenue Cutter, and Win. Daggett, branch pilot fur the Vineyard thosls, knd from ilieir uuthoiity we publibh titero. t Capn I'iine liglii i* ttitnaUil on iho N. E. point of Mutthn'si Vineyard. Tiie Unterft Is elevated oi feet above the It^vel of the sen, and contuini a fi<(ed light. 23 i ^t\: 178 Blunt's Amcrici .i Const Pilot 10 Edit you may an red^ yeHow and White in streaks. 10 Edit. Bluut^s American Coast Pilot. 183 In steering from *BlocV island for Gay head, you must be careful to avoid the Sow and Pigs ; they make u ledge o( rocks, some of which nrc above and others unde* water. These rocks lie 2^ mile* S. W. by W. from the westernmost of Elizabeth isles, and N. W. by W. from Gay head 3^ leagues distant : the first of the Hood tide sets itrong to the north- ward over them into Buzzard's bay, which is very foul. Within Gay head there is a fair sandy bay, called Nimshe bite, with from 5 to 10 fa- thoms, in which is very good anchoring with south and south-esistcrly winds. Your course along Elizabeth isles is E. N. E. in 15, 14, 12, 8, 15, IG, and 17 fathoms water ; give the isles a birth of about three-quar- ters of a mile. In running from Gay head light into Vineyard Sound, if yoti wish to make a harbour on the north side, brinj( Gay head light to bear S. W. and run N. E. 4 leagues, which will carry you up with Tarpaulin cove light, where you may anchor in from 4 to 18 fathoms, the latter of which is rine sand, the light bearing from W. by N. to S. W. When coming from sea, you may run for Gay head light, when it bears from N. N. E. to E. S. E. giving it a birth of two cniles to clear the De- vil's bridge, which bears from the light N. W. by N. 1^ mile distant. As measuring the distance in the night would be uncertain, you must keep your lead gol.ig, and if you should have 7 or 8 fathoms when the light bears 8. E. by E. or S. E. haul up north till you have 10 or 12 fathoms ; then with flood, steer N. E. and with ebb, N. E. by E. 3 leagues ; then E. N. E. will be the course of the sound, which will carry you to the northward of the Middle ground (which has a Jblack buoy on the east end, in 16 feel water, bearing from Tarpaulin cove light E. 4 leagues ; from West chop tlight N. W. by W. half a mile ; and from the black buoy on Hedge Fence W. | N. 3 leagues, shoalest water on Middle ground 2 feet) when iiyou will see the West chop of Holmes' Hole light, which you may run for, but keep one mile distant from the shore till you open the East chop one cable's length ; and with a flood tide steer direct for it, and with ebb keep it one point open, till you open a wind-mill, on the west side of the harbour, about one cable's length ; then run up in the middle of the river, till you come to 4 or 3 fathoms, where you may anchor on good ground. The usual mark for anchoring is the West chop bearing from N. N. W. to N. W. by N. ; but if you lie any time here, the best anchoring is well up the harbour, and close to the shore, mooring S. E. and N. W. in 4 or 5 fathoms water. In this har- bour, which is about two miles deep, you will lie secure from all winds except a northerly one. You must not keep further than two miles from the West chop, as there is a shoal, called Hedge Fence, on the east end of which is a |black buoy, in 16 feet water, bearing from West chop east 6 miles ; and trom the black buoy", on Middle ground, E. | S. 3 leagues. The Hedge Fence lies about 3i miles N. E. by N. from Holmes' Hole light, and ex- tends W. N. W. and E. S. E. 6 miles, is about half a mile broad, and has 4 feet water on the shoalest part. Between this shoal and Holme&' Hole, there are from 8 to 12 fathoms water. If you make the chop in the night, * Block island is about 9 miles in leiigtii, extending N. by E. and S. by W. and 5 milas in breadth. X See note cespecting buoys, page 177. i A linht-hoiise, containing a fixed light, is erected on the \Vf?t chop of Holmes' Hc!t'. 164 Blunfs American Coawt Pilof,. 10 Edit when it bears S. E. you ure clcnr of the Middle ground. Steer for thr catit side uf it till you Htrike in 4 or 3 fathomH, on tlie flat ground near the. chop ; then Hteer S. E. hy E. observing not to go nearer the land than 3 fathoms. If in runninjr S. E. by E. you fall into (i or 7 fathomst, haul up S. bv W, or S. S. W. and run into 4 or 3 fathoms, tw before directed. If bound into Vineyard iSoiuid, with the wind at the eastward, and you are neur the icuth side of Martha's Vineyard, to go betwean S(|uibnocket wkl the Old Man, run round Squibnocket in 3^ and 4 fathoms water, con- tinuing N. N. W. alongthe beach till you come to Guy head light, and if ebb tide anchor in 5 fathoms, the light 6'earing from N. to N. E. In coming into the sound in the night, with a strong north-westerly wind, haul to the northward till vou have smooth water under the Eliza- beth i!!ilands, where you may unnhor in 14 or 10 fathoms. Should you have the wind to the Houthward, it will be best to run down through the Jouth channel or Vineyard side. When Gay head light bears S. S. E. your course is N. E. by E. J E. or E. N. E. observing not to come nearer the land than into 7 fathoms water, till you are abreast of Lumbcrt'scove, in which is good anchoring, with southerly or easterly winds, and may be known by a high sand bank, called Necunkey cliff, on the east side of it, about midway the cove, opposite which you may come too in 5 or 3 fa- thoms, sandy bottom, where is the best anchoring. The Middle ground lies about two miles without the cove, and has 12 feet water on it. If you intend running down for Holmes's Hole, your course, when opposite Ne- cunkey point, is E. by N. keeping near the land to clear the Middle ground. You may track the shore by the lead in from 7 to 4 fathoms, till you come near the light ; but come no nearer than 3 fathoms, and you may track the chop around the same as running down to the northward of the Middle ground. There is good anchoring along this shore, in 6 or 4 fathoms, after you are to the eastward of Necunkey point, till you come near the West chop. If you wish to make a harbour after entering the Vineyard Sound, bring Gay head light to bear W. distant 8 miles, and run S. E. till you come in 7 fathoms water, which will be on the east side of the bay in Nimshe bite, near Clark's spring, where the best water may be had in great abundance, and lie in good anchorage-«-Gay head light bearing W. by N. Your course from Gay head light to Tarpaulin cove light, is N. E. by N. and the distance 4 leagues; In this harbour you may anchor in from 4 to 2\ fathoms, and lie safe, with the wind from N. E. by E. to south. It will be best to anchor in 3 fathoms, as with that water you will be out of the tide, where the ground is good for holding. The tide flows at change and full days of the moon, at 9 o'clock, but in the channel betiveen Elizabeth's island and Martha's Vineyard the flood runs until 11 o'clock. In this channel there is a Middle ground, which is a narrow shoal of sand, '"le eastern end of which bears N. W. by N. from the light. There is not more than 3 or 4 feet water on the eastern end. N. W. from Necun- key cliff is 3 and 4 fathoms across the ground. Opposite Lumbert's cove is 12 feet, and to the westward of that is 3 or 4 fathoms. The shoal lies W. by S. and E. by N. is about 4 leagues in length, and has several swashes on it. When the East chop of Holmes' Hole comes open of the West chop, you are to the eastward of the Middle ground. Your course from Tarpaulin cove to Holmes' Hole light, is E. i N. dis- tance 3 leagues. In steering this course, yoia- must have regard to the tide, as the ebb may set you too far to the southward, and the flood too fut* -'.t-. ■I#*-*^ 10 Edit. BlunCs American Coant Pilot. 185 N. ais- to the d too lai' to the nvrthwHnl, und Mtaitd in for the harbour, when you have opened the EiiMt chop lis bct'ore directed. From Holnica' Hole \\fi,\\t to Cape Toge h|;ht the course » K. S. E. and the diMtiuice nliout '.i IcagueH ; in th ; channel between them there arc 12 and 1 1 I'athoniH water. In going over the rtboaU throu};h tliis chan- nel, you must be cnretul to keep your lead going, in order to avoid a dan- ^erouH Hand which lien on the north tiide ot'it, called th(; i ft .'ne-iiboe, diHtant tVoni Cape Foge 3 leagues. The channel between this Hand and Cape I'oge, and also Itcteeen the former and Tiickernur shoni, i.s narrow ; in it there are from 12to4^ tathonisr water, tile latter of which \n between the eant end of the Hor8C-8hoe and 'J'uckernuc Hhoal. When Tuckernuc inland bears S. 8. W. you are to the caotward of the Horse*shoe. On the ttouth nidc of the channel aUo there are several spots of shoal, to avoid which, you muHt keep your lead going. The ha hour of Pklgartown lies between Martha's Vineyard and Cape Poge, in which you may anchor. In proceeding for this harbour, pass within a mile of Cape Poge, and then steer south along the low san- ily beach on the west sidf^ in 5 fathoms water, until you come to the southernmost part of it, then aail more easterly about a mile, until you bring tm town, which is a bay to the westward, fairly open, and then steer directly S. S. VV. into the harbour, until you get within half a mile of the town, leaving a black buoy on the starboard hand, where you may anchor in 4 or 3 fathoms water. This harbour is a gut between Martha's Vineyard and Cape Foge, and is formed by a shoal which lies on the N. W. and W. sides of the entrance, and the beach to the south- ward. The tide runs strong in this harbour, and affords excellent an- chorage. Or you may, if bound from Holmes' Hole to Edgartown, bring the East chop to bear N. W. by W. and run S. E. by E. 2i leagues, which will carry you over the flats m 3 fathoms water, on which lies a black buoy, which you leave on your starboard hand when you will drop into 4 la- thoms, and then steer S. S. W. 4 miles, which brings you up to the en- trance of'the harbour, from which, to the wharf, isW. N. W. one mile. In leaving Holmes' Hole to pass over, the shoals, keep the West chop open to the northward of the East chop until you have passed Squash Meadow ahoal, on the N. W . end of ^ich is a *red buoy, with a small pole in the end of it, placed in 16 feet water, bearing from Cape Poge light N. W. -^ W. 6 miles ; from West chop light &. E. by E. ^ E. 6 miles ; and from the Black buoy on Hedge Fence S. by E. 2 miles. Shoalest water 5 feet. The buoy lies about 2^ miles from the East chop, must be left on the starboard hand, when your coure will be E. by S. in JO or 12«fa- thorns water, which course you must continue till you pass Cape Fbge hght. If itshould be tide of flood, you must steer E. by S. ^ S. as the tide of flood sets very strong to the northward, between Cape Foge and Tuc- kernuc island, and the tide of ebb to the southward, so that you must go- vern your course by the'tide. In clear weather you may see Nantucket light-house 18 miles, which you must bring to bear E. by S. ^ S. which course you are to steer till you pass it one league, when you nkust bring it to bear west and steer east, taking care to make this course good, which will carry you over the shoals in ship channel ; the ground is very un- even, and you will have from 4 to 8 fathoms water. When you have passed over the sho<|)K, yy Ntcciiii);; north, yoii Hill inakr ('ii|H! CimI liKl)(-li()ii>t«? (winch roti ttiinM ;i lixtMl liKht) (liHl.tnl IR ItMKneN. ']%> 0,0 l«t llu; northNv.iiil of thi- (irout Kound shoal (on tho riortlMTly fmri o( which is i< *hlac.k \nioy, which yon h'nv»» on your Mturhoartl hiitul, placrd in 14 iVet wiit»M , bearinn iVoniSanroly hrml N. Uy V. .j K. b\cn^\u^n, from Niintiirkcl li«ht K. N. K. J N. lOnnh;-*, tmd from tin; 'hmI huf»y on Point Uij> K. N. K. ;3 UsigurH : shoak-st watrr fj lurt) yon nin.st |irocc«Ml Rcconlin^ to llio fon'^oing dirtM-tionH, until you pa»rt the li^ht-hou!<«(^ Mini brtn); it to hcnr S. \V. \ \V. then, hy making » N. K. .J i'^.^uPHe go »d, yon wil' go hciwccn the Cheat and IiitHl> Konn4|HlioaU (on ffle Nouth piirt of which i^ a white hnoy with a nniRll polo in the end of it, placed in 14 feet water, hearing from Ciiatham li^ht S. by VV. 4^ leagues ; from Nan- tucket light N. K. .'3 leagues* ; and from Uie black liuoy on the (ireat Round Hhoal N. W. hy N. 2^ miles : shoalest \vater 7 feet) in 2^, 3, 4, and b fa- thonu-i water, unlil you have crOHsed the Pollock rip, where you ^11 have about 3 or 4 fathoms water, dn which is a/ed buoy, which you leave on your larboard hand. The Little Round shoal bears N. W. from the great one, distant about 2^ miles. Continue your j^. K. ^ E. course until you deepen your water to 12 or 13 fathoms, and then steer north for Cape Cod light-house. ^ Nantucket South'Shoal. This dangerous shoal, which lies in lat. 41° 04' N. long. 6y«> 6(J' W. bears 8. by E. from Sancoty head, 4 leagues distant. It is composed of hard white sand, over which the sea breaks in the most tremendous man- oer, having on it, in many parts, 3 feet water. It extends from east to west one mile, and is in breadth two cables' length. It oftea breaks in 5 fathoms on the east and west of the shoal. The rip which extends from the western end has about 7 fathoms water on it. The tides ^n round the compass in 12^ hours, but the southern tide has the greatest duration^ and runs the strongest. Extract from the Orbit^s journal. '" " Sandoty head bearing N. W. ^ Came to a large swash through Siasconset town N. W. ^ N. J the Bass rip, with 5 fathoms. Southernmost land Wi ) Standing on the rip had from 9 feet to 2 fiUhoms, hard sand. " Sancoty head bearing N. by W. Siascoiiset N. N. W- Tom Ncver's head N.W.byN Southernmost land W. N. W. ** Kept standing on to the southward in a channel of from 6, 7, and 8 fathoms, Sancoty head bearing N. by W. 8 tniles, crossed a dangp''ous rip in 2^ fathoms, lying S. W. by S. From this rip E. S. E. 3 mil stant, is another rip^ between which are 9, 15, 17, 14, 6, and 4 fathoms, wliich is the shoalesl water «n the rip ; then standing east, had 7 and 8 fathoms ; three cables' lengttli fronot this rip came to imother with 4 fathoms water ; from this, at«qual distance, came to a third, tj tfa a £aurth, all which were -r On the south breaker of Bass rip, in 9, 8 feet, ard less. ^ See authority tOf tiie buvyg in * note t^i iiijtt-A i*"^' y^' » >-«i .f^% *• 10 Eilit. Rlunf 8 Aincricnn Const Pilot. 187 within th/limitn of 3 inilpn, and liiy N. ond H. AllhouKh thoy hnve (h« H|)|H>arniir(> of diinf^cr, tluMc in not \e*» thim 1 fiithoinH on Ihv. flhoiilett piU't. AAur cro<4»ing the fnnrth ri|>, ciinir ini>. *-. west* word ; had 7., 4, G, 5, and 7 fathomn ; doubled round the west end in 3 futhomn, Hn« sand ; wh|||iover hAd 7 futhomn, the tide flettiiiK N. N. W. Kept along the north side in 2^, 2|, and 2 futi.omH, one cahle'fl length from the breakers. When about mtdwny the shou!, perceived a swnfth, throu|;h which crossed between the breakers in aS. 8. K. direction, had 2^ and 2 fathoms, and one cast 9 feet at w hich time it way^ about half-tide. In H few moments, deepened to 4, 6, <>, and 7 fathomt:, 2 caldes' length from the shoal, hard white sand. From this steered S. ^ W. to make a south course good, kept the lead going, and increased the soundinms gra- dually to 10 fathoniH, fme black and white sand, then one mile from the shoal. From this sounded erery 3 miles, depth increasing about one fa- thom per mile, till at the distance of 7 leagues from the South shoal, where we found 28 fathoms, fme black and white sand. [This was in lat. 40" 42' N. long. 69" bti VV.] The same quality of soundings continue till you get in lat. 40'^ 31', ivhen you will have soft mud, 40 fathoms, from which it continues muddy bottom till ofl' soundings, and in 40*^ 00' no bot- • tom with 120 fathoms." NOTE. — The Orbit was sent by the author of this work to ascertain the exact situation of the South shoal, which ditTering so much in latitude from what it had been before laid down, induced several gentlemen in Nantucket ngain to engage in the enterpri/e, who confirm the surveys made in that vessel, and make the following report : — " Observed in lat. 41" 4' 1 1' N. abreast of the shoal, as laid down by Capt. Colesworthy ; steered off S. by W. 22 miles, and regularly deepened the water to 35 fathoms : steered E. N. E. 12 miles, to 30 fathoms ; N. W. 20 miles, to 18 fathoms ; S. S. W. 10 miles, to 30 fathoms,^nd l^' N. W. 14 miles, regularly shoal- ing until 6 A. M. made the Mills, and came in at 1 P. M. These several courses formed a track over whete Paul Pinkham has laid the South sihoal of Nantucket, amfon which there are 28 fathoms." Eight or ten* leagues S. E. from the south part of George's bank Vtv.n the Gulf Stream, where there is a strong E. N. E. current, and if you are bound to the westward, you had better go very near the bank, quite on soundings, till you are abreast of the South shoal of Nantucket, where you have 30 leagues from bank to current, and by doing which you will probably shorten your passage. Seven leagues to the westward of the Sooth shoal, in 25 or 30 fathoms, you will have black mud of a shining smooth nature, when you will be ii) Tuckernuc channel. To the westward of the South shoal of Nantucket, you have no shoali, nps, nor tide to hurt you, until you come near the land, but clear sea, good navigation, and regular soundings. To the eastward and northward of the South shoal you will have a rapid tide, •« A shoal, called POCHICK RIP, lies off the S. E. part of Nantucket island. It commences a few rods south of Siasconset town, and then runs E. S. E. one mile, when you come to a corner on which are G feet at lovr water ; behveen this corner and the '''l^d t^ere are n few swashes froa^ lly Blunt^s AmGricaii Coant Pilot. 10 Edit. Sj^ to 3 fiithomi, through which vmioIh miiy-|>iiiiM. From the tiornfr th« rip ruriH Hoiith 1^ mile, when von conic* tu iiiiothi'r Nwmh, hiilt' u mile wide, with 7 riithomN ; W. S. \V. one-qniirter of ii m\\v from thin rlinn- iicl in II wry mIiouI Mpot.with C feet, which riinn S. W. hy W. oiu'-qiinrtcr of a niilo, wlirii yuii fail iiito.a HWiith 40 rods wide, Tom Never'ii hcml beiiriiiKW N. VV. .'i milen dintnnt. Yon tln!n come to the eimt end of the OM) MAN, which nuiH W. S. VV. nbont 4 milcn, on which are from 9 feet to 3 falhoniH ; when over the Old Man you will dro|) into 7 fathomM, tine Miind with hlack niie«!kH. Uetween the Old Man, Tom Never*ii head, ni^l'ochick rip, there inn very go«)«l roadntead or anchorage : TomNiverti head hearing K. N. K. \ N. the Houlhernmorit land VV. Iiy N. you will have Ti fathomM, cuarne Hand, from which to the OhI Man you will have 5, (!, 0\, 7, (i, f>, 10 to 14 fa- thoina, red Maud, then halfway hetween the two ; from thin you Hhoalen to lit, 1 1, U, 7, 5, 4, and 3 tiithomH, fine sand with black H)>ecks. The (treat rip it ahout 4i|^ leaguen from Sancoty head ; on this rip, about K. S. t. from Sancoty head, there are 4 feet water, antl ea»*t from Sqiiam there are 6, but on many other parts of it there are 2\, 3, and 4 fathomn water. Fixhinj; rip is about 1 1 .^ leagues from Snncofy head, and hnn from !> to 7 fathoms water on it. Between thin and the Great rip, the ground is un- even ; there are 12, 22, and 15 fathoms water. These two rips stretch nearly north and south, and are altout 12 miles in length. Oil' the K. part of Nantucket inland, lies the Buss rip, about 3 miles from Sancoty head." • Around the coast of Nantucket and the shoals, you will have snndy bottom, and in moderate weather had better anchor than be driven about by the tide, which is very rapid. The course of the tides at and over Nantucket shoals, is nearly N. K. and S. W. and regular. The N. E. tide makes l^ood. S. S. E. moon mnkea high water. South moon makes full sea at Nantucket Jvubour. S. S. E. and W. N. VV. mf^on makes high water on the tthoals*; the tide of tlood sets N. E. by E. and ebb S. VV. by W. from 2 to 3 knots an hour. It ebbs and flows about b Jr 6 fe«t. If, when coming from sea you fall into Block island channel, you will have soundings in lat. 40*^ N. M)0 fathoms, mud and oo/e, which quality of soundings continue, decreasing graduWly, till you get in 40 fa- thoms. In 313 fathoms, Block island bearing N. by VV. 4,1 leagues distant, you will have fine red and black sand ; two and one-hall leagues distant, game bearing, you will have 28 fathoms, coarse sand. When Block isl- und bears N. distant 4 or 6 leagues, you cannot see any land to the north- ward or eastward ; but as you uiiproach the island you will see Montuck point to the westward, making :i long low point to the eastward. In sail- ing VV. S. W. you will make no remarkable land on Long island, from the eastward of said island to the westward, its broken land appearing at h distance like islands. You will have 20 or 22 fathoms water out-siglit of the land, sandy bottom in some and clay in other places. When you come in sight of Sandv-hook light-house, you will see the Highlands of Nevef- sink, which lie VV. S. W, from Sandy »hook, and is the most remarkable land on that shore. South of Noman's-land island, in 20 or 26 fathoms, you will have coarse sand like gravel stones ; and S. S. W. from it, in 20 or 30 fathoms, coarse red sand ; S. S. E. from Block island, which is in Block island channel, ill 40 or 50 fath to the piuiagv throuKh tlic ixltuitlM, which t'orriiM ({uick*» hulc, which yuu niuit untir m nciir the niiildli' us |io«Mihl(> ; but if jrou th'viiito, kt>fi» the ktarlMKirii hund bent on board, to avoid u Mpit or lint ivhu'li ruttn of) Iroin the S. L! jKiint of Nuithawinu, on thn larboard liiuid, when you will hiivt> frutn r> to (S lit* thoniN ; then haul it(|uar(^ into tb(> hole, k«>v|iinK the Urboiird hand \hM uii bou^'d. lolbminK Mtun«>wl^it thi> b«nd oi' the ahori*. V ou will k«'<>|i (iny head light o|icn about a Hhip'n lenj^th by the S. \\. point ol' Nanhawinii. till you are at leuHt one mile north of the hole, which will carry you to the eutttward of u ledge and ro»tward of which iit a good chaiuiel, nnd fathoiuHall round. Then ^teer N. i VV. till you strike hard botlurn in 5 fathoniii water, on the S. K. corner ol the CJreat ledm", which in on the weHtern «ide of the t^haiuiel ; then N. K. by N. about Ibree-fourtliA of a mile, till in h\ or (i fathomit, itucky liottom, when the li^ht will bear N. N. W. ; then steer N. by VV. and run into the river.* Alter |iaruon us you find yourself in 7 fathoms water, you may be Mure that you are abreast of the Great ledge, or have passed it. t Clark's point light is situated at the entrance of Ncw-Bedfurd harbour. The lan- trrn is elevated lOU lect above the level of the sea, and contains a fixed light. i '-> ^ * * 190 Btunrt Amrriran Ooa.hI Pilof. 10 F!<1it. Aci«rit Inrtli, thi* onljr liongrr to ba ii«oiil«ii in ii|iiiroorhiii| IVtiilioia pniril, it • rtK-k wliK h Urn nIxmiI one mil** S. W. I»y S. Irom it, on whirh then* i« only U ft'iit wiiti'i'.^ IInvuik pi^*<'*t MiNlutni point, you ttuty «lfi'r ilimtly for tlu* DiiMiplin ruck*, oft llii! Koum) liilli, tntl hIikIi may lio |iiiiw iH N. N. K. l>iit tonvoiil thi* Midillr Irdgr (on wlii< h tli«-rr i* u rtii\ Idioy) 1111(1 (vliicli lift very nt'ur in ii dirrrt (-ouriii> iVotn tho oiitrr Diiiniilin (o the liulit, it la brttrr to alriT N. V.. liy N. uboiit tiniilc, iiml then biitil up N. N. K. when you will Wmivc tb«! locl|{c on your larbounl hiintl. ^ <>u may uUo «Mrry in 4 futboniM to th« HCHtfviinl of (bi> U'An^, but (lie rhiinni'l bctwovn it uiiil the Lou« ro<.-k, which hea N. W. from it, it niirrow. From Srnronnrt rorka (nivinj; th«»ni n birth of ono mile) to thr rn- Irunrn of nu/./iinl'i bav, tliv rourao ia K. } S. By tbia rniirae madr Kond, sill tht* danui'ra od tbi> llrn tind (bickrnt will m iivoided. Soundin);*, S(i*n(> rally, from !> to 7 falboma, and moatly hnrd botton, till dtrpon^ to Iti fathoms, Niicky boltom, vvhcn Cuttcrhunk iaiund will ho iipwaitU ol :« milo diatani, and (Mark'a point light will bear N.N. K. and you may run directly for th<> light till up with tho Dumplin ro<-ka, to which aauflicicnt birth iniHt bi> given. Or you may aland onthia coiirao of N. N. V.. till in 7 fathoma, aucky bottom (which will be betwtuMi Mithom point and the Hound hillM) and conn to anchor. Or otherwiae, ateer N.N. K. till I'une iaiund beara S. K. (UmI then K. N. R. for the Huick'a hide channel, aa be- fore directed. It may be well to observe, that if when you have atood in from Sen- connet point toivarda Culterhunk, and the light on Clark*a point ia not to be neen, but you can ace (iay bond light, you may etand on your couiae K. \ S. till you abut it in behind the weat end of Cutterhunk, but inuat then immediately change your courac to N. N. V.. if neither light ia to be seen, the aoundinga are Ihu only dependence, und muat be very cure- fully attended to. Additional Remarki, To the S. E. of the Dumplin rockt, one*hnlf to three-nuartert of u mile distant, ia a aand spit with only 7 feet of water on it. 15e(w'ecn this npit and the rocks there are 6 fathoms water. Lone rock, N. W. of the Middle ledge, nearly half a mile distant, im nearly or quite dry at low water, when there are S^ fathoma round it Between this rock and the Husse^- rock is the entrance to Aponeganaet ri- ver ; depth of water, in the channel, 3\ fathoms. There la alao a chan- nel between the HuHHey rock and White rock. Course from Q,uick*t hole to entrance of Aponeganset river, N. N. W. The White rock appears considerably high above water, and the two rocks to westward of it, called the Kagged rocks, are always to be seen. A small rock to the S. W. of the North ledge (about one mile distant from the buoy) with only 7 feet water on it, and another small rock to the N. E. of the same ledge (about half a mile distant from the buoy) with 10 feet water on it, were recently discovered by Capt. Mosher. On the % Thtre il alio a \tdgt dtrectljriouth of Miihom point, onn mile distant, on which there ia not more than 3 faUtomt at low water, and, at very low tides, still lest ][J' When bound to'iea,a S. W. by S. course from the Dumplin rocks will carry you just without this ledge, and inflir channel way between the Sow and Pigs and Hen and Chicktoa. f. #. X lOPJit. ntiinrH Ainrnmii Coam( Pilot. 191 formrr hi> •lr»rk willi Ihr brig ComniMlore Uttcutur, uiul on (ha latlrr witli lilt' liriK r.li/.iilM'lh. pMckct rork, n utiiiill «iiiikrn rtick, on wMrh ihrr** m 4 iVt«l wiiU'i-, li«« liiilf It mill' §r iipwtirtU W. hy N. Iroiir Hliick riM-k. TIm* piitoiiK** tor ('l).l«llllK V«'ll lIllHillld lilii«:k ro<*k. Till' '•oiiiiiliiig^ tit-iiit(iilar, varying i'runi r> (u 10 uui\ Ih l.tllioiim, uihI bnitoiti k«- ncraliy hiifii. A S. y,. moon niakfH UimJit ivu(<'r in lli«> l>iiy, unil thr iivcrnge Meiol'(ido ia 1| kiiuU ttuoij* in fiutfortl't nay, Thrr<* nro i\ve bnoyM plartMl in Hn/xanl^H liay, vix. — nyollnw huny on thi* H. v.. part of thi> N«m'1Ii lf«li(«>, in 'J^ rMthonvt wntcr. A red buoy, ly- ing in very xhoal wattM' on thn riMitrc of th*' Muldb*, which ih n Mniull bulKu. A wbit(> biiuy on the S. K. part of tiio Great b'dt^i;, in 'i fathom* wntf'r. A bluck buoy on the S. W. part oC WilkfA' U'^t^n, in 2^ t'atliomi watnr. All on the wcMtiMu Ridt* o( the bay. And u white buoy in i liithomt Water, on WeHt'it i^lAnd led^e, on the eautern nide. All the - . . - N. by W. I W, about Mme diatauce* 192 Blunt^H American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. r-V From 1Vest\s islutnl leHge, L^ht-iinuKC, Mislioni, Litiin Hliick rork, BInck roik, N. W. by W. \v. s. w. JV. by K. N. VV. l W. liird island light-house, vi Buzzard^i hay. Birti island is on tliu north shore of Buzzard's bay, near the east side i)f Sippican harbour, in the town of Rochester ; about 12 miles E. N. E. from New-Bedford Ught-hoiise. It^ is small, not containing more than three acres of land, and is about five feet above the level of the sea. " The light and dwelling-houses are built of stone, and are white-washed. The tower of the former is 26 feet high, on which is o lantern 7 feet high, that is lighted with ten patent lamps, with a 16 inch reflector to each, fitted on two sides of an oblong square, which revolves round once in 3^ minutes, at the distance of 6 leagues, which is as far as it can be seen for the land. The time of total darkness is twice to that of light. As you appro.ich it, the time of total darkness increases, until you get within two miles of it, when there will not be a total darkness, but the greatest strength of light will be as 40 to 1 , over that of the lea^it light in the course of the revolution of the apparatus. Bearings and distances from Bird island light-house. S. W. I W. 10 miles. S. W.i W. 11 miles. S. W. by S. 26 miles. S. 10 1 ^':^fe4:lK; ^*h thfe wmd from E. N, E. to W. S. W. l^^^di^taQt 1 6 lesignes. "^/^P^jN.'W. cUstaht 12 le?^es. \ *f-'! oEdlt. ^Jt \ cost flide E. N. E. lore than sea. ;-washed. feet high, to each, nee m 3^ ! seen for As you within two ! greatest he course miles, miles, miles. \ miles. IJ; * K ^Wk, 9.S. E. by head irds of the s a passage must keep ! 7 fathoms cks which lost of the ound, with have good or W. \ S. ■IM'^ £ti.-li'-.'..-'SJ 1. /;/,y/V/,A /.''.» to X V / / Ri a. < .v>- •■■■;■ ;. -U:^;v^•^•■ \ ;:i>"* s »>■■ 3 > S: ffff y~-X 10 Edit. Bearings at several m bearingi East chop Squash nioadc Nfirtoii's shor Moik«ekett L Tuckernuc shi South end Ho Dry spots Hai Swash of Hor Tuckernuc sh( light Hnrso-shoe fro Coast frnin Ne westward From Cape Pc Hawse's shoal In bad we and the wini and run VV. bears W. b}i until yoa ge to the norths S. VV. you w 5i or 6 fatht E. I E. ther in case youi to go into th( by VV. until mile, and yc board hand < thoms water tackling is p If you wii Poge light t run for the hand ; get 3 you deepen Hole roadstc West chop a Directions From the course is N. tween tliem, Block island, thoms water, * T^ja Ught-i f«et ab««# the i 10 Edit Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. / 193 Bearings and diitances from the light on Cape Poge, and depth of water of several most dangerous shoals in sight of Cape Pogc light-house, anW the bearings of the Last chop of Holmes' Hole. East chop .... Squash nioadow shoal Ndrtoii's shonl Motk«ekett Long shoal • Tuckernuc shea! South end Horse-shoe Dry spots Hvrse-shoe Swash uf Horse-shoe Tuckernuc shoal horn Nantucket ^ ur i, i\r light ^w.bylN. Horso-shoe from do. - - N. W. by W. Coast frnm Nantucket light bound ) ^^ . » ■ lu westward ^ w. oy in. j i^. From Cape Poge to Skiflf 's island S. J W. dry Hawsers shoal, the shoalest part S. £. i E. 6 N. W. by W. i VV. from said light 7i miles distant N. W. 1 W. K. * S/ K. IS. E. I S. E. i N. N. E. iN. E.N.E. 5 feet at low water 5^ 9 6 7 7 dry 12 do. do. do. do. do. H B 14 10 9 do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. 9 3i do. do. In bad weather, coining from the eastward, and you wish for a harbour, and the wind admitting, you may bring Nantucket light to bear E. S. E. and run W. N. W. making your course good, until Cape Foge light-house bears W. by S. if bound into Edgartown harbour, tlien steer for the light until you get in 3 fathoms water ; then run W. N. W. if it shoalens haul to the northward ; if not, keep on until the light bears south, then run W. S. W. you will have 3 and 4 fathoms hard bottom. As soon as you get 5^ or 6 flUhoms sucky bottom, then run S. S. W. until the light bears N. E. ^ E. then you may anchor in about 5 or 6 fathoms water with safety, in case your cables and anchors are sea-worthy ; otherwise, if you wish to go into the harbour, when the light bears N. E. ^ E. you may run S. W. by W. until you get 3^ fathoms hard bottom, then run W. about half a mile, and you will be within the flats, which you leave to your star- board hand coming in ; you will find it smooth, and about 3 and 4 fa- thoms water, where you may anchor with safety, though your ground' tackling is poor. If you wish to go to Holmes's Hole, or through the sound, bring Cape Poge Ught to bear S. E. by E. { E. and run N. W. by W. 1 W. you will run for the East chop, and leave Squash Meadow shoal on your starboard hand ; get 3 fathoms water on the chop, then haul to the N. N. W. until you deepen to 7, 8 or 9 fathoms ; then run S. W. by W. for Holmes* Hole roadstead, in 4 fathoms or 3^ or N. W. for the Sound, to clear the West chop and middle ground. Directions for those who fall in with Block island, when they are 6oM?ic/ ybr Rhode-island harbour. From the S. E. part of Block island to Rhode island light-house the course is N. by E, ^ E. and the distance 8 leagues ; about midway be- tween titem, there are 24 fathoms water. If you are on the west side of Block island, with the body of the island bearing E. N. E. in 8 or 10 fa- thoms water, your course to Point Judith ''^light is N. E. by E. about 6 * T^e Ipight-house on Point Judith is a sto)ie edifice, 40 feet high. The lamps are 60 fei;t ab«»«» the level of the sea, and contain a BEVOtViNG LIGHT, to distinguish it .25 ' ' . ii ' it 194 Blunt*8 American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. p,. leagtiei. This point (ippe^rfl like a rag's head, and ih pretty bold ; be* twccn BlocL island and the point there urc from 30 to 6 fathomt< water, except a (tninU shoni ground, which, in thick weather, is oAcn a good de- parture, sajr 4 to 6 fathoiat. Froni Point Judith (when not more than a quarter of a mile from the point) to Rhode island harbour, your course is N. E. and the distance iH about 5 leagues. When in 13 iiithoms water. Point Judith light bearing W. or W. by N. (lie course to Rhode island harbour is N. E. by N. ' N. and the distance to the light-house 3 leagues. The light-house, together with the Dumphns, must be left on your lar- board hand ; it stands on the south part of^Conannicut island ; this point is called the Beaver's tail, and is about 3 leagues distant from Point Ju- dith. After leaving the light-house on your larboard side, there is a sunken roc!^ due south from the light-house, about 200 yards distant, . called Newton rock. You must take care to avoid the rocks which lie off south from Castle hill, some of which are above water. Castle hill is on thd east side of Rhode island harbour. If you steer N E. from the light-house, 3 miles distance, you will have good anchoring without Goat island (off the N. E. point of which is a buoy in 16 feet water ;) the shore is hard and rocky. A little within the light-house, and near to the shore oil the west side there is a cove called Mackeral cove, the entrance to which is shoal and dangerous. About 5 miles within the light-house there is an island called Goat island^ on which the fort stands ; it lies be- fore the town, and stretches about N. E and S. W. Aftef^yoa pass the light-house, bring it to bear S. W. by W. and steer N. E. by E. 3 miles, which will carry you between Brenton's point and the south Dumplin, back of Goat island, in good anchorage and is the only course which will ■ carry you clear. As both ends of these islands are pretty bold, you may pass into the anchoring at either end, and ride nearer to Goat island side thati to that of Rhode island, as the other parts of the harbour are grassy, aiiu) would be apt to choak your anchors. Rhode island is navigable all roiind, by keeping in the middle of the channel* Narraganset bay lies between Conannicut island and the main. Your course in, is about north, taking care to avoid the Whale rock : you rnay pass in on either side, and anchoi' where you please. From the light- bouse on Conannicut island to Gay-hrnd, in AIartha*s Vineyard island, the course is E. by S. J S. and the distance It leagues. In little wind you iliUil>^take care that the flood tide does not carry you into Buzzard's bay, oir on the Sow and Pigs. Providence is situated ibout 30 miles N. by W. ^ W. from Newport, and 35 miles from the sea, being the head navigation of Narraganset bay. Ships that draw from 15 to 18 feet water, may sail up and down the chail- nel, which is marked out by stakes, erected at points of shoals and beds lying in the river. [0:^ See the Plati.] ■-' " ' ■ - ... .•■^- ..--■.. — from Newport light, which stanrts on Conannicut island, which is a fixed one. The dis- tance from the light-house to high water tnnik is as folh)ws : east from the light-house to higii water marli, 16 rods ; S. £. 14 rods ; S. 18 rods ; S. S. W. 23 rods, which is the extreme part of the pdiftt) to which a good birth should be given. The llKht on Point Judith, bears S. W. ^ S. 3 lea^qes distant, froih Ndwport (Rhode island) light-house. Point Judith light may be dlsttjaguishcd from Watch hitl light by the light not whollj disappearing when within tlitee leagues of it. * Condhnicut |^and lies about 3 miles \vest of Newpcv t| tb« touth end4af which (call- •(l'th« ^ea.ver*« tait^ ntt whi^h the light-bouse standt^ i)xtci|dti«bout as far $oisih as the i^JlKht eud!of lUiDdto ialaod. thi ea>t shore forms U^. west part of Newport hafi»Aur. THt; grouiid thA.^htrhoifiae ttanida upon is about IS^teet 8bov« the siuface of the t^a at bigh water. ll|(oiftht^ greimd t* the. top of the cornice is 50 feet, round wbicb is tkp^' vjtiyiaad withmih^t stands tlte lantern, which is about 11 feet high, ana Si^ft iit^nM' iSjSfl It contains a fiW lUfht. ,/«».*/:'y /."/ I ^ f\ ':'U tiooktr Snilpat, tOOKER, 1822. t:ti,tr,i>e,i /!>,' t/ii- .hii,-n,\tn / '• 'i/>/ iMjft /i NEW-YORK. PUBLISHED 'Sy E.M..BBU1 • • • ' • • • • '•II-,- J A"',- ifir . h>l,Th-%IH /'. r/t/ ;r^.tr rSHED '%Y E.M.BI4U1 /■^HOOKER, f822. «..'.;.. '- t>' ^ 1 Edit. Blunt*s American ('oack Pilot 196 Thf follrtwinf^ art ihe biarinff*, fry rotn/Miu, from Khotie illMnii tight'kout§, oj teveral remarkable pluiei, together xrif/t ihJ di$Uincf$. vij. Block iUaiid (8. F. iwint) S. W. by 8. i H. Pninl JuilKli liKhl. H. W, 4S. itiiiinl :i lui«{iiM. niork itlniid (S. E. immt) ». W. | S. or M. W. by 8. iicftrlf. Ulflck inUni! ( middU) H. W. A H. dttlHiii 8 Icngut*. Itturk ikiuixi (8 K. end) H. \V. by ». i b. Whnlo lock, W. I 8. . Bffnion'ireef, K. S. E. ^ E. Souili iwint uf Khodi! itlniid, E. | 8. lliKhrat (iiirt u( ('uille hill, K. N. E. 4 E Brriitnii'H |ioiitt, N. K. by K. Fori uii (ioHi ulnixl, E, N. K. i N. tiuuth en«t«rninokt Duin()lip N. E. ) E. Keltiv lldltuiii, N. E. N«w(uii\ rork, h. itoar 200 ynrdi. N. D. The ttiichoriiie place betwet'n the town of Rhode island and C'oiiter** haibour. N. E. by E. wBa Directions for sailing from Newport, through the Sound, to Hunt^s harbour, near Hell-gate. • e The first couwe from Newport light-house it S. W. by S. distant three leagues, to Point Judith light : thence from Point Judith light, through th« Race to the ^Little Gull i.>ilaiul light, the course is W. by S. 16 leagues distance (leaving fWatch hill point light and Fisher's island on yuufstar- board hand, from the W. point of which a dangerous reef runs nK about one mile W. 8. W. which in passing you must be careful to avoid, and the Little Gull light on your lurhuitrd hand, which bear from each other N. E. I E. and S. W. ^ W. distunco 9J miles) or you may continue your W. by S. course till the Little Gull light bears W. ^ N. 3 miles distant, and then run N. W. S| miles, when, with New-London tlight bearing N. distant 2| leagues, yon steer W. 10 lei:^ues, which will oring you within 2 leagues of §Faulkland island light, bearing about W. by N. \ N. from you, when you must steer W. S. W. 12 leagues, which will carry you within 5| leagues of Eaton's neck light-house, bearing from you W. 4 8. when you must steer W. 9 leagues, then W. S. W. 4 leagoes, after which 8. W. 41 miles, which will carry you up with || Sands' point light-house on your larboard hand, and the Execution rocks on your starboard hand, which have a spear on them. In case of a flood tide and a southerly wind, when you come through the Uace, your course should be W. until * Little Gull li«;ht, ia situated on Little Gull island, at the entrance of Long island Sound, through the tlace. This light may be considered as the key to the Sound. Tb* lantern is elevated 50 feet above the Iftvel of tjMipitmiLcontains a fixed light. t Watch hill light is situated on Watch hi|i^MtfM^imince of Fishei*s island Sound. The lantern is elevated 50 feet above the liMM ttf tfW' cea, and contains a ttvoIviM light. "-^^-r- -• X New-Londnn light is situated at the entrs^^ioe of the harbour, on the western itds. The lantern is elevated 80 feet above the levtl of the sea, and contains a fiked Hght. } There are two of these islands, on the largpSt oC which is a lightpii'ttlliMi. {|, :£, from the light, four mihs distant, you will have 3 aud 4 fathoms, and on ^^3^ ^M S. sides it is very bold. The light-house contains a fixed light, filevated 7^ rai^l^Uovit the sea. / H Sanils* point light-house is at the bead of f.onf island Snrnid, containing a lanitra. 40 ft.-et Hbote the sou, showine a fined light. '■^.'■ V1 1 ;1: t ^ I 'i: iw Bluut'i American Coast Pilot 10 Edit. t.hrd/ jou come up with Rnton'f nock, tukinx care tu make proper RllonrMucn for tlir tide, wfiirh riiiii very wtronf^, iiii«i flowH on the chHOKf iind full diiyt of the moon hulf pust II o'clock, unti the wuter riae« b or (> fent. If you are bf>und into Ne«vetit courae would be WM»t to *Stratford point, and would afford the lar^eMt run of any one course. If bound up8o^nd, iteer W. by H. 'i8 leugue tant 10 miles, good soundings, borrowing on Lon|( island to 7 fathoms. The course from Matinecock point to Sands' pomt light is W. S. W. distant two leagues ; between these two points is a bay, called Ham- stead's bay, in which is excellent anchoring, keeping the eastern shore aboard. To the northward of Sands' point light, distant one-quarter of a league, lie the Execution rocks, which have a tpear on them with a board pointing to the S. W. which yon must take care to avoid, leaving them on your starboard hand. Froni Sands' point light the course is S. W. 4 miles to Hart island, to the west of which, between that and City itlaud, there is good anchorage for vessels of any size. If u vessel, in ' * Oo Stratford point a light-houw i« erected, for defcriptio«i of which, aiid directlouii M«e Appendix. Tt 73 feet i\i)|h ; the fivight of Ute walls rij;h wnter marii to the light i» 12S feel. It ^rk, ia a lingle fixed.lighi, rnd painted hlacii bnttom. t The light-bouae stan is 50 feet nnore. The stands about 300 feet from hi and white in stripes, from the tpu I t Bearinga of tha Shoal — Str ^ilT(near Black rock harhonf; 'ntN.K.W.— Mount Misery S. J W.— Grover'a The length of the shoal 1 leiigue, runuing N. by £. and IS. by W. Light-houaS^'imiaton^s neck W. by S. | S. The shallowest put ia near tho middle of the shoal, from whence the obsenraiions wera taken, where theck are 3 feet water in common tides. The centre of the sltoal is near the middle of the joand, perhaps half a league nearest Long island shore. A light-house is erect«il on Stratford poitiv ftiiA (br tke healings of the shoal from it, see Appendix. I I u w» Edit. \er for Itiya ui of the N. N. , bring :tlv for y have inK uut [o DPar wnliT, tli« N. |> could Kikd to VM(t to ne. If ip with I) IfHve ,ong itl- n to get e«gtt««, houl or two feet out you ['ito 17 me mile I ; be- • ibip •boara. S. dis- fathomit. '. S. W, Ham* :n »hore Irter of a with a leuving |-se is S. ind City !wel, in llitectlouii I tite wall* feet. It kted black }rOTer« king li- by l«t pMt ■• 1 thelk aie Ibe joandi ISttAtford /,<,./• V • \ ir ^ ' it H ■ u r-_.. ,. , /itim tUm $9*f»n**i^^» '^ ^***t9>m /rmtf t^f l-<)N(; ISLAND U\JJ !• ir I li 'C> ^ ^^' 1 ^ 11. A ^ / .•. ^' Afi,- ih* ruhiuMihy K4k»Mui M /t/i, tut, If* n^*«l H* <*r ••• \ t^ V T II (T U T / « 1 ^ a 1 '. i* ^1^ ^^^"^ . » Mw *»» .™«« l»«l IttlitAJ I f>» *1t •••■••• ■••• ..4A... J A'"' «# i^ :^« **"/f •i-^- V»>. /*tfi/ .vi 1, A t^ » i# H«v / .>.>.iA,U B^-'^ !i its^^r^ " /.••iMHIvy/iN #.' i7 ^-i^Wife 'V ».i »v *. ^" u.,n,t, Vi/<< 7(» AfH-rfri ttihluhtJ hy t ibnim.l M Hliott . for H' tl», /? r /J 9C K^ JL.^/ 18 ^C '^ VHIorl "aTA Jsliind '9 «J s.' #'<' Hjoktr Sc \ ■ !■ ) Ontii t**^ 10 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 197 Making this course good, is obliged to turn to windward, they must be careful of two rocks, one called Gangway rock, which bears W. 28^ S. from Sands' point light-house, distant about 1^ knile, with a black spar floating perpendicular, which should be left 00 the larboar^^teod ; and the other, called Success rock, bearing N. W. by N. from tll« eMt bluff of Cow bay, half a mile distant, on which an iron spindle is erected. On Gangway rock, which runs quite to a point, there arc 6 feet at low water, making it very dangerous. Success rock is bare at low water ; be- tween the two there is a channel of about 2^ fathoms ; they bear from each other N. 40*^ W. and S. 40^ E. distant about one-third of a mile. The course from thence to *Frog*s point is S. S. W. distant two leagues, taking care to avoid the Stepping stones, one of which has a spear on it, which lie on your larboard hand, and are steep too ; the soundings on your starboard hand are regular to 3 fathoms. From Frog^s point to Hunt's harbour the course is W. keeping as near the middle of the Sound as you can conveniently. Oyster bay and Huntington, Are principal harbours on the north shore of Long island, about 10 leagues to the eastward of Hell-gate. The channel into Oyster bay lies over towards Lloyd's neck until you have passed the tail of the JViiddle (which is a sand-flat extending from Hog island towards the neck, within the distance of 180 fathoms) thence the bay is ctear with good anchor- age throughout. iT- Huntington bay, Has a fair entrance and sound ground. There are from 3 to 4 fathoms of water and muddy bottom within Lloyd's harbour on the W. and Cow harbour on the £. side of the bay. Fresh N. E. wiods will swell the tides, which commonly rise about 7 feet perpendicular, to 10 er 11 fi^et. Hell-gate, And the narrow pass leading into Long island Sound, at the time of slack water and with a leading wind, may safely be attempted with frigates. Small ships and vessels, with a commanding breeze, pass at all times with the tide. On the flood, bound into the Sound, you pass to the southward of the Flood roeiTT which is the southernmost of the three remarkable rocks in the passage. On the ebb you go the northward of the l^iH i ^ . i ,i., l u,M.^. I^ .| i ^ «> H | | f * On this foiot a li^t-kouse will be arfcted during} the pieaent yvjikf ^ O^^^ 198 Bluni's American Coast Pilot 10 Edit. Directions from Block island to Gardner's bay. * Montock point, the easternmost part of ^Long island, which has alight- house on ft, is 7 leagues W. by S. from the S. W. point of Block island ; between the island and the point there are 16 and 18 fathoms water. As you approach the point you will quickly come into 9, 7, and 5 fathoms water. A flat runs oft from the above point, on the outer part of which are 5 fathoms water, rocky bottom. ' Between Montock point and Block island there is a shoal, with only 4^ fathoms on its shoalest part, on which the sea breaks in moderate gales from the southward. It lies nearly half way between the point of Mon^ toCk and the S. W. part of the island. W. by S. from the latter, and about E. ^ N. from the light-house on Montock, distant 84 miles, you suddenly shoalen your water from 13 to 6 fathoms on the N. W. side of the shoal, and before you get a second cast of the lead you are over the shoalest part, into 7, 8, 10, and 12, and then into 14 fathoms. The rip- pUng of the tide is very onspicuous when approaching the shoaTin Hne weather ; and the sea breaks on it so in bad weather that, even in siflaU. vessels, it is recommended to avoid coming near it, especially in souther- ly orS. W. gales. You will suddenly shoal from 13 to 9 fathoms, and Montock light bearing W. ^ S. 8 miles distant, you will have 5| fathoms. The soundings from the shoal towards Montock are 6, 9, 14, 13, 11, 10, and 9, fathoms. Towardi the light-house when it bears from W. to S. W. by W. the bottom is strong ; towards the shoal the bottom is coarse sand, and a very strong tide. From Montock point a reef runs off in a N. E. direction, 1| mile, having a bed of rocks on its outer end, with 10 and 8 feet on them, on which the sea constantly breaks, or the tide causes a great rippling. — They may be easily avoided by keeping a good lead going. In rounding Montock come no nearer than 9 fathoms, or keep the two bluffs, or high parts of the land (to the westward of Montock) open one of the other, until Willis' point comes open of Montock False point. These marks will carry you clear of all the shoals in 3^ and 9 fathoms, and a N* by W. course will then carry you clear of the Shagesagonuck reef, which lies N. W. I N. 6| miles from Montock light-house, and has 6 feet on its shoalest part, ti fathoms on the N. E. and N. W. side, 3 and 4 fathoms on the S. E. and S. W. side, and 3, 4, and 5 fathoms between the shoal and Montock False point. The tides set strong round Montock point ; the flood N. E. and ebb to the contrary. At the Shagesagonuck the flood sets W. by S. and ebb to the contrary. When on the Shagesagonuck, in 6 feet, anchored a boat and took the following marks : 1st. Willis' point in aline with the westernmost point of Ford Pond bay, or the bay closed by the points being brought in a line S. W. by W. |W. 2d. Mqntock False point S. about 3 miles. 3d. The white cliff, or high sand hills on the west end of Fisher's isl- and, called Mount Prospect, N. by W. | W. 4th. The Gull islands W. N. W. and the bluff sand cliff of Gardner's island W. S. W. ^ W. Montock False point is 3 miles N. W. from the light-house, Willis' point is the easternmost point of Fort Pond bay. * The light-house on Monto^ point is on the east end of Long island, beaiing W. by S. from the S. W. point of BTock island, 7 leagues distant. From Montotk I'lgh'- house to the west point of Fishcr^s idand, N. N. W. 8 leagues distant. The light-house contains ■ fixed light, elevated 100 feet above the level of the sea, and ma; be seen 9 or lOlaaguec. .^^^ Sdit, light- land -, ['. Ah Ihoms which h only e gales ■ Mon- !r, and ,8, you side of rer the he rip- : in tine in siftaU.. outher- ms, and 'athoms. ,11,10, N. to S. } coarse ll| mile, lem, on pling.— rounding or high e other, e marks ^. by W. lich lies let on its ;hom9 on Ihoal and lint; the lood sets |ck, in 6 )rd Pond Is. W. by liher's isl- rardner's I from the bay. IbeariDg W. Iitotk I'-S""' lUgbt-houst; Ibe seen 9 *>^' 10 Edit Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot. 199 In rounding Montock in the night (when the land or light can be fieen) with westerly gales, you may anchor when the light-house bears S. W. by S. in 8 or 9 fathoms, coarse sand. Having brought Montock to the southward of west, the weather thick, you cannot clearly ascertain the distance you are from the point ; the lend must be your guide. Steer as high as W. N. W. until you have got into 9 fathoms. Steer off again into 13, and if you suddenly shoalen from 10 to 6, steer off E. by N. until you are in 11 or 12, which suddenly deepens fas a bank of not more than 5^ fathoms extends from the N. E. reef to the Shagesugonuck) atid a good lead kept going will prevent you from going too near tnese shoab, by steering off into 1? and 13 fathoms, before you attempt to steer to the westward, after having sounded in 6 or 7 fathoms. In the day-time, hav- ing rounded MontOck and bound to Gardner's bay, steer N. by VV. until you clearly discover that Fort Pond bay, and the red clifl' on the western point are open of Williss's point ; you may then steer VV. by S. for the bluff point of Gardner's island, and will pass between ^e Shagesagonuck and Middle ground, or Cerberus shbale. The Middle ground or Cerberus, is a rocky shoal, having from 2^ to 5 fathoms on the shoalest part : the N. and E. sides are steep, having 10 and 15 fathoms within half a cable's length of the shoalest part. It ex- tends N. by E. and S. by W. three-quarters of a mile. The south and west sides shoalen gradually from 13, 10, 9, 8, 7, to 5 fathoms, sandy bot- tom. It lies N. W. byN. 9i miles from Montock light-house ; E. S. E. 9 miles from the Gull light ; S. W. by S. 10| miles from the light-house on Watch hill point ; 6^ miles S. by E. ^ E. from Mount Prospect, or the high sand hills on the west end of Fisher's island. The tide, in general, makes a great rippling over the shoalest part. To avoid these rocks, in the day-4ime, observe a conspicuous hill with a notch in its centre at the back of New-London, called Pole's hill. This kept a ship's length open, either to the eastward or westward of Mount Prospect, (or the sand hills of Fisher's island) will keep clear of the rocky shoal, in 10 or 15 fathoms to the eastward, and in 8 or 9 fathoms to the westward. The tide sets strong over the shoal. In calms or little winds, ships should anchor be- fore any of the marks or bearings are too near. Being bound for New- London, and having brought the Gull light W. by N. or the light on Watch hill N. E. steer so as to open New-London light-house of Fisher^s isl- and ; and when the spire of New-London church is in one with the gap on Pole's hill, steering with it in that direction will carry you, between the Race rock (on which is a spindle or beacon) and the middle Race rock, on which are 17 feet at half ilood, and lies about half way from the Race beacon and the Gull light : or you may bring New-London light- house a sail's breadth to the eastward of the church spire, bearing N. 5® E. will carry you to the westward of the middle Race rock, or between that and the Gull light-house. You may then steer direct for New-Lon- don light-house. About 4 miles within Montock point, 1^ mile from the shore, lies a reef, bearing N. W. ^ N. from the point, on which there are 6 feet wa- ter, which is very dangerous. S. by W. about 9 miles from Montock, is a small fishing bank, having 10, 11, and 12 fathoms on it. In the ofling, between Montock and Block island, it is high water at half past 10, full and change, but on the shore two hours sooner.. Montock False point is about Smiles N. W. from the true point. The Shagesagonuck, (or Six feet rocky shoal, lies N. 3 miles from it, and has < 200 Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit 10 E< been previously described. Willis' poi'nt is on the E. side of the entrance of Fort Pond bay. This bay is very convenient for wooding oimI water- ing ; the xround is ctear and good, and you may anchor in any depth you phrase. In a large ship you may bring Willis* point to bear. N. £. and even N. E. by N. and then have in the middle about 7 fathoms water. Near the shore, at the bottom of the bay, there is a pond of fresh water. The N. E. part of Gardner's island is b}, leagues W. N. W. from Mon- tock point ; with westerly winds you may anchor off this paft of the isl- and, which is sandy ; the marks fur anchoring are the high lands of Plumb island N. W. and the S. part of Gardner's island in sight, bearing S. by W. or S. ; you will have 12 o** 10 fathoms water. The bottom is sand and mud. About 4 miles ounin Montock point, 1^ mile from the shore, lies a reef bearing N. W. i N. from the point, on which there are 6 feet water, which is very dangerous. The entrance of Gardner's bay is formed by the north end of Gard- ner's island, and the south end of Plumb island. If you are bound through the Sound toward New- York, your passage from Gardner's bay is be- tween the west end of Plumb island and Oyster pond, through which channel you will have from 4 to 20 fathoms water. When going into the bay you may go within a cable's length o^ Gardner's island, where you will have 10 fathoms water. You should be careful not to go too nigh Gull rock, as there is a rocky spoi 1^ mile from it, on which there are about 3 fathoms at low water. This shoal lies with the following marks and bcj.trings, namely — a house on Plumb island (standing about one-third of the way botween the middle and ihe N. E end)eyond the house ; the N. end of Gull island to bear N. N. W. or N. by W. | W. ; and the southernmost end of Plumb island on with the northernmost point of Long island. In order to avoid this rock, when going into or coming out of Gardner's bay, you must be sure to keep the 8. point of Plumb island open of the N. W. point of Long island, whilst {the house on Plumb island is on with the northernmost of the two trees, as before mentioned. There are several trees, but they appear, when viewed at a distance, to be only two* trees. This shoal is called, by some, the Bedford rock, because the English ship Bedford grounded on it, Aug. 16, 1780. E.by N. 1 league from Plumb island, lies a dangerous reef, which extends to the Gull islands, and the passage between is not fit to be attempted, as there are several rocks, some of which may be seen. In Gardner's bay you may anchor in what depth of water you please, from 6 to 8 fathoms. On the S. W. side of Gardner's island there is very good riding. If you are to the eastward of this island, with an easterly wind, and wish to take shelter under the S. W. side, you must give the N. W. end of the island a large birth, as above directed, and as you open the W. side of the island, you may haul round the N. W. point, and anchor where you please. The soundings are regular. Ships in turning up into Gardner's bay, and standing to the southward, will observe a single conspicuous tree on the S. E. part of Plumb island, and tacking before it is brought to touch the south end of the wood on Plumb island, will avoid the Superb's reef, which lies E. by N. ^ N. from the low point of Gardner's island, one-third of a mile distant. It then ex- tends S. E. by E. about two-thirds of a mile and is about 200 yards broad. Three fathoms on the middle, ti fathoms close to the N. W. end, 4, 4^, and 5 fathoms close to the S. £. end ; 5 and 6 fathoms close to the east side, lying parallel with the low point of the island. To avoid this shoal.. 10 Edit. Blunf 8 American Obast Pilot. 201 the leading murk into Gardner's bny is, to keep Plumb gut a ship's breadth open. Stand to the northward until Plumb gut is nearly cloning on 4ho N. K. bluff of Long island, nearly touching the S. C. point ot' Plumb isl- and, and until New-London light-house is nrought to the north and west of the Gull light-house ; but tack before the points close, or stand into no less than 7 fathon(>9 water, othtM'ways you may shoot over on the Bed- ford reef, which is a bed of rocks, about 30 yards broad, and 400 yardn long, lying S. E. and N. W. with i6 or 17 feet on its shoaFhst part. V'ou may anchor m Gardner's bay in 5 or 6 fathoms. New-London light-house kept a ship's breadth open to the eastward of Plumb island, will run you up into the middle of the bay, in the deepest water, and out of the tkde. Ships, going in through the Race, or going out of New-London, in or- der to avoid the Middle Race rock (which has only 17 feet on it, at half Hood, and lies about half way from the Race beacon and the Gull light- house) having from 30 to 32 fathoms on the north side, and from 10 to 30 on iis south side, should observe tlie following marks : — Going out of the rouds, and to the westward of the rock, which is the best channel, bring the spire of New-London church a sail's breadth open to the west- ward of the light-house ; keep this mark until a grove of trees, standiug on a high hill, on Fisher's island, comes on with the east side of Mount Prospect, or the white sand hills, - the S. W. side of Fislier's island, N. 60' E. or the Gull light VV. S. W. The tide Hows at the Gull, 1 1 h. 30 tn. full and change. To go to the northward of this rock, and to the southward of Race rock beacon, bring New-London church spire in one with the middle of the gap on Pole's hill at the back of New-London N. 8" W. Keep this mark until Watch hill light-house comes a I-^tle open of the south side of Fisher's island N. 70° E. and when the Gull light-house is in one with the middle of Great Gull island S. 73° W. you are then to the eastward of the rock. Coming up the Sound through the Race, bring Watch hill light-house just open of the south side of Fisher's island, until the south Dumplin comeS open to the northward of the north part of Fisher's isl- and, or until New-London light-house bears north ; you are then to the westward of the Race rock, and may steer for the light-hguse of New- London and anchor in the roads, with Montock light-house S. E. by S. then just open of the west point of Fisher's i»\and, Gull light-house S. W. by S. and New-London light-house N. by V^. and the gap and spire of the church in one ; you will have 12 fathoms, stiff clay bottom. Going to the westward through the Race, and lo the southward of the Race rock, steer for the Gull light-house, keeping it to the northward of west until New-London light-house bears N. i E. then steer for it, leav- ing the Gull light-house lialf a mile on the larboard hand. The above to be observed in case the weather should be thick, and New-London church spire not to be seen, or when the Gull light-house bears S. by W. you may then steer N. N. E. for the roads, making allowances for tides, which are very strong in the Race. Flood runs to the westward till 1 1 h. 30 m, full and change days of the moon : but in New-London roads only 9 h. 30 m. It rises 5 or 6 feet spring tides. The flood sets through the roads, first half flood W. N. W.— last half, W. S. W.— Ebb, first quarter sets S. S. E. — the last three-quarters, S. E. for the S. W. point of Fisher's island. To go through Plumb gut to the westward, give Pine point, which is steep, a birth of 2^ cables' length, and steer so as to bring the north bluff of Plumb island N. by W. \ W. Keep it in that bearing until yon have "26 202 Blunt^s Afterican Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. brought the poplar tree clear of the east end of Mr. Jerome's house, or until you have got Fine point to the Hoathward of east ; you will then ob- serve a wood close iuland of the high bluff of Long island, which when bearing W. ^ S. will be in one with the rocky point, which is the next point to th'* Oyster pond point. Steering with the wood and this point in one, will carry you clear of the reef, which lies off the north bluff. In running through to the eastward, keep the point over the middle of the wood befofe mentioned, until the poplar tree is to the we&t end of the house ; then steer to the southward, giving I'ine point a birth as before. Pine point E. j S. will lead clear of the shoals coming to the eastward. The tide runs 6 or 7 knots in the gut. The flood nets about N. N. Vf. and thi ebb S. S. £. It flows ut 10 o'clock in the full and change days of the moc i. Marks for the Valianl't or Middle Race rock, which hat only 17 fttt on it at hal/Jlood, and liei about half wuy from the Race beacmi, and the Gull iight-houte. 1. New-London light-house in one with two conspicuous trees, which siand on the declivity of a hill, at the buck of Mcw-Loudon, being remackMl-le for a gnp on its summit, N. 40 W. 2. The west side of the south Dumplin just toucliing with the north hilt or point of Fisher's island, N. 41° E. 3. The east blulT point of the Great Gull island in one with the west lower extreme of Little Gull island, or the Gull light-house, a small sail's breadth open to the eastward of the east part of Great Gull island, S. 64° VV. 4. The north end of Long island just shut in with the N. W. point of Plumb island, S. 76° W. Gull light S. 63° W. and Mount Prospect or High white sand hills on Fisher^s island, N. 60° E. ' Marks for the J^ew-Bedford reef, a bed of rocks, about 30 yards broad, and 400 yards long, lying a, E. and Jf. IV. with 16 or 17 feet on its shoalcst part. 1. The N. E. end of the northernmost grove of trees on Plumb island, touching the §outh declining end of the southernmost of the White sand hilU on Pluiub island. These sand hills are the two next south of the houses in the bay. 2. A large notch or gap in a wood on the main land, to the westward of Black point, a sail's breadth open to the northward, of a single bluck lock, which is between the south end of Great Gull islandi and theN. E. end of Plumb island N. W. by N. Thus appears the rock d Marks for a bedi^f rocks about 40 yards square, lying three-quarters of a mile off short) on the S. E. side of Plumb island. Jit loto water the shoatett part has not more than ^yeet on them, and about the size of a small boat^s bottom. It may be seen at low water. Three fathoms all around, not more than 8 feet from the rock. Other parts of the reef 9 fathoms are around the shoal, 1. The largest house with two chimneys in the bay, east side of Plumb island, in one with a large stone or rock on a hill behind the house, N. 33° W. & The Gull light-house touching the eastend of Great Gull island, N. 65° E. 3. The White sand hills on the south side of Fisher's island, or Mount Prospect, half way open to the westward of Great Gull island. S. £. part of Plumb island, S. 74° W. and the N. E. end of ditto, N. 45° E. Marks for a shoal in the middle of Plumb gut, which is a compound of rocks and large atones, with only 16 feet on it, having 16 and 17 fathoms on the JV. E. side, 20 on the JV". fV, and 6 and 7 on the south side. When on the shoals took tlu following marks: — 1. A small poplar tree in one with Mr. Jerome's door, N. N. E. 3. A single conspicuous tree itiona with the east side of a Gray cliff on Gardner's isl- and, S. E. by E. 3. Oyster pond point W. i N. aud the S. E. or Pine point of Plumb island E. by N. and the rocky point or bluff point of Plumb island north. The passage through Plumb l^ut it to the northward of ihis rock. There is another roek, with only 24 feat upon it, about 400 yards from the rocky or Mttf point of Plumb island. spear fixed li( Bartl from thi LittU the buo The N. E. The miles The mile di The 10 Edit. Blunt^B American Obast Pilot. 203 Marki for anchoring in Plumb island rotKb. Mount Proipact, or tha high white tnnd hlll> of Fi»h«r^i iiland, touchinc the Gull ll|bt> houie, N. 62° E. and iha N. C. part n Long iiland in one with tlie S. E. end of Plumb ikiand, bearing VVeit; or the eait blufT |)oinli of Oardner*i island in one with the low baach, which extendi from the north tide of the iilaud, S. 45" K. With these marktyou will have from 7 to S fathomii loft inudi and quite out of the tide, and not more than three-quartere of a mile from the ihorc of Plumb iiland, where there ii very convenient and good water. From Block island a reef of rocks Itei one mile distant from the N. end of the island. Southwest ledge lies W. S. W. from Block island, 5 miles distant, hav- ing 4) fathoms at low water, and breaks a heavy sea. As you open the passage between Montock and Block island, you will deepen your water and have soft bottom on an E. N. E. course, and when abreast of Block island, you will shoalen your water to sandy bottom ; when past it you will agam deepen to soft bottom. [For more particular directions for passing Block i8Tand,see page 181.J Bearingt and distances of sundry places^ from the light-house on Montock point, taken by the Officers of the Revenue Cutter Argus. The S. part of Block iiland bears E. by N. from the light-houie on Montock poiut| 20 m'les distant. The eastern rips lie E. by N. 1| mile from the light-houso. The northern rips lie N. £. I £. 3 miles from the light-houie. [These rips, although they may appear to the ina> riner dangerous, may be crossed with any draft, in 6, 7, 8, and 9 fathoms.] Shagesagonuck reef, on which a spear is placed, bearu Ji. W. ^ N. from the light-house on Montock point, 5i miles distant ; thr reef ranges N. by £. and S. by W. about one* quarter of a mile in length. There is a good channel way between the reef and Long island, about two miles wide, in 3, 4, and 5 fathoms water. Frisbe^s ledge is only a place of hard rocky bottom before you a|)proach the light- house to the westward, from 8 to 15 fathoms, and nowise dangerous to any vessel. — You may keep the shore ou board from the high lands (say three-quarters of a mile) and haul round Montock. The east end of fisher's island bears N. by W. from the light-house on Montock, 17 miles. Watch hill paint light-house (which contains a repeating light) bears nearly N. from Montock point light-house, distant 18 miles ; there is a reef extending from Fisher's isl- and to Watch hill point, leaving a passage between the E. end of the reef and Watch point, half a mile. The Race rock, where tliere is an iron spear placed, bearing S. W, by W. three-quar- ters of a mile from the W. point of Fisher's island, bears from Montock light-house N> W. 16 miles distant. The Gull islands bear W. S. W. from' the Race rock, 6 miles distant. The light-house standing on the West chop of New-London harbour bears N. N. W. 9 miles from the spear on the Race rook. On the Little Gull island there is a light-house, containing a Oxed light bearing W. S W. from the west point of Fisher's island, 6 miles distant. Bartlet*s reef, on which a buoy is placed, bears N. W. by W. j^ W. 8 miles distance from the Race rocks. Little Goshen reef, where a buoy is placed, bears N. £. by E. about 3 miles distan . from the buoy on Bartlet's reef. The light-house at New-London harbour bears from the buoy on Little Goshen leef N. N. £• i E. about 2 miles distant, and contains a fined light. The S. W. ledge, where a buoy is placed, bears N. by W. from the Race rock, 7i| miles distant. The £. chop of New-London harbour beacB N. by £. i £. from the S. W. ledge, IJ mile distant. The light-house bears from the buoy on B. W. ledge N. W. by N. 1^ mile distant. rQsr^i 204 Blunt ^6 Afhrrican Const Pilot. fJescription of *Long inland. 10 Eifit. l.«ng isl;iiid, from Montock point to Ued hook, oxtttuls W. by S. about 10? niilcH, iind ii at the hroiuieHt part nl)uiit 25 tiiili"* itcroHH. 'I'hu land is goti' nlly protty low ond b'vrl, »«x<-cplirii!; a Itw bilU, which lie uboiit 40 mil." to 111.' wfst^wnrd of Mctiitork point, atid llrtnpstead hill, which is 31!> IV et above tlie level of the 8e». Along the south side of the island n flat extends tiiout a nnle from the shore ; in some places it runs out a mile au«l a half. Your course aloti^ this flat from Montock point to Sandy-hook is iS. W. by W, ^ VV, It leagues; and then W. by S. 22 leagues. The K. end of the Hat is sand, the middle and west parts arc sand and stones. About 4 leagues distant from the island there arc from 16 tn 10 fathoms water, and from that distance to 20 leagues, the water deepens to CU fathoms ; in the latter depli) you will have oozy ground, nnd sand with blue specks on it. About 4 htagues oH' the E. end of the island, you will have course sand and small stones ; and at the same dis- trtnCG from the middle and west end, there is sninll white sand and gravel with black specks. From tlie S. W. end a sh«):d extends about G miles to- wards Sandy-hook, which forms the East bank. Directions from Gardiicr^s islantl to Shelter island. If you fall in with Gardner's island, you must sail on the N. side of it till you come up with n low sandy point ut the W. end, which puts off two miles from the high land. Yon may bring the island to bear east, and anchor in 7 or 8 fathoms water, as soon as within the low sanJy point. Directions from Gardncv^a island to New-London. Youf course from Gardner's island to New-London is N. J E. about 5 leagues^ In steering this course, you will leave Plumb island and Gull islands Ob your larboard, and Fisher^s island on your starboard hand. In this pass you will go thi'ough the Horse race, where you will have a strong tide. The flood sets VV. N. W. and the ebb K, S. E. This place breaks when thefe is any wind, especially when it blows against the tide. Your soundings will sometimes be 5 fathoms, at others 15 and 20. In passing the west end of Fisher's island, you must give it a birth of 3 J miles, as there are several rocks to the westward of it ; then your course to the tlight-house is N. N. W. distant two leagues ; but in going in here you must not make long hitches ; you will leave a sunken ledge on your larboard, and one on your starboard handt When within one mile of the light-house, you may stand on to the eastward till the light bears N. N. W. and then run up about N N. E. till abreast of the light, where you may eafely anch- r, or run N. for the town* See page 201 for sailing out of New-London harbour. * Lon^ island Sound, is a kind or-inland sea, rommencing at Sand's point, and ex- tending to Gull island light. It is from 3 to 25 miles broad) dividing it from Connecticut, and affords a ^afe and convenient inland navigation. i New-Ldndon light-housb stands on the west side of the harbour, and projects con- siderably into the Houod. ItcoDtains a fixed light. 10 Relit. Blunt't) Amrrionn Connt Pilot. SOd f)ircrtions for vessfis cotnifiu from sen, nmfbouml to New- l^oiuloii, 01- the urstirnnf. KcM'|» (lull i<«liitul liuht to liour W. N. W. iititil you jii li;;lit, your coiirite lIuMi to Nc\v-I.oii(foii light (Hflfryoii [);i!*x Wm'v rock, which ho« W. S. W. iVorn the j»oii»l of Kiithor'tf ishind, (hstuiice thrcc'-(|Uiutns of ;i iitih)) is H. N. W. In «:omiii;; in or goinv; out of Now-liondoii (uhni o[>|)OHile the (iiill h^lit) hrii)}; thn Gull li^ht to hi'iir S. S. W. :irui New-l.otulon light N. N. K. lenvc tlir li^ht oil your larho ml hand in u.>>\u'i into lh>> hut hour ; kurp wctll to (Ik; \V. if it be winter st-aiton, und tht into lO fathoms of walrr, muddy bottom. Anchor ns noon us po»- HJblo ; you will be between Hatchet's reef iuid lllark point ; tliH 14 the best place you can ride in, if you have a N. K. i!,<\\c, and tfiick weather, und cannot ^et into New-London. Sayl)riiok li^ht will then l>ear W. by N. or VV. N. W. which is a IJxed light, elevatcMJ 35 feet above the level of the »fi\. What make:! mc give these direction? i* because Saybrook is no har- bour for vessels either day or night, except for those who are well ac- quainted ; it will be well to give Saybrook light a birth of 3 or 4 miles, nnd steer W. by S '22 miles. Vou will make Faulkland island light, which give a birth of .3^ miles, leaving it on the starboard hand ; your Sound course then is VV. 8. W. k W. 4b miles distant, which will carry you up to Eaton's neck, leaving ^Stratford shoal on the starboard hand. This shoal bearH N. N. VV. from Satinet (Lung island) and south from Strat- ford point light. In leaving Fuinkland island light 3 miles, steer VV. until you get into 5 or 7 fathoms water, distance 25 miles to Stratford point light, hard bottom, which leaves Stratford shoal, that bears south from the light, on the larboard hand ; then jour course is VV. S. VV, to T iim Cock point. Directions for New-Haven. From Faulkland island (E. S. E. fr6m which is a hard ridge, on which the tide rips and you have bold water all round) bound into ISew-IIaven, give the island light a birth of 10 or 12 miles, then haul up N. VV. giving New-Haven flight atiirth of two miles, on account of a ledge bearing S. W. from the east point of thfe harbour, on which is a black buoy, bearing S. VV. by S. from the light-house, distant ]^ mile, r.nd from the ivhite buoy on Adams' Fall S. by W. distant three-quarters of a mile, "j'here is a spindle on Q,uickses rock, which bears from the light S. by E. distant three-quarters of a mile. The buoy on Adams' Fall bears from the spin- dle N. W. by VV. distant three-quarters of a mile. The buoy on S. W. ledge bears from the spindle W. S. VV. distant half a mile. Vessels bound in from the eastward, may pass between the buoy on S. W. ledge and the spindle, as there are three fathoms water in this chan- * For description of Stratford shoal, sec note to page 196. t New-Havon light-hoiitie is situated on Five Mile point, at the entrance of the har- bour, aud lies on the starboard hand. The lantern is elevated '3a feet above the sea, ftud contains a fixed light, ^ s % , 206 Blunted Atnrriran CofiHt Pilot. laEdit. nel, keMing ubont tiidwuy ht^twi^cn (hem, riuI lunving thfl white buoy on Adnma'Tiili to the CMtWHrd of thcni '^0 roiN, hikI Ihm uticr for the cnil of the whnrf. On thinithnre, in chiinncl wuy, you will huve 3, 4 and U fathoma water, muddy bottom, liringing the light to bear S. K. vou may imchor in Morriii' cove, near the eunt nhorc, in two fathoniM wh'' mud- dy bottom. Your coiirte from thi* up the harbour, with a fair (id, in north. Give the Fort rock, in running for the pier, a •mall bii%.i V«Mel» bound in from the we«fw »rd, will leave both bu©y« on the utar- honrd hand, and they may paia with nafrty within 20 roiia of either of thorn. If beating in, your finundiiigH will be from 'I to S and 4 fathoma. iStand in no farther thna 2 fathoma upon the weat ahore, on whi<:h yon will have hard bottom. In beating up, after getting in muddy bottom (which ia rhtinnol aoundinga) it ia beat to keep tl.c lend a going ofton o% account of bordering on the weat ahore, where you will have hard bottom and aoon aground. Directions for saiiiufr by the lif(ht'housc on Fnyenwoather's island, at the entrance of Black Kock harbour on the north shore of Long island iSound. The harbour of Black rock, although aafu and easy of acceas, la ho Hituated that no direct oourae can be given to ateer for the *light, that will carry you direct into the harbour, a« that dependa wholly on the dintance you are from the light at the time you make for it ; therefore judgment 18 to be aacd in varying the bearing of^the light na you draw n«ar in, which is eaaily done by observing the following rules. In coming from the westward, if you mean to harbour, to avoid the reef called the Cows, you may bring the light to bear N. by W. and run directly for it until within three-quarters or half a mile distance, when, if occatiion requires, you may stretch into the westward in a fine beating channel, having from 5 to 3 fathoms water, and good ground. As you approach the light, which stands on the E. side of the harbour, the water grows gradually shoaler to about two fathoms. The mouth of the harbour, although not very wide, is not di(Hcult ; the light bearing east brings you completely into the har||pur. The island on which the light standi, and the reef called the Cows on the south and west side from the harbour of Black rock. On the easternmost rock of this reef stands aspinile, distant from the light half a league, and from which the light bears N. The light stands 44 rods from the south point of said islapd, at low water. From this point puts off a single rock, 30 rods distant, on which is U feet at high water, making in all about 74 rods distance. The light bears from this rock, N. by R. | £. As aoon as you pass this point or rock, the harbour is fairly opened to the northward, in any point from N. to W. N. W. You con run for the light with safety; observing, as you draw nearly in, the above directions, and a due attetition to the lead. The bottom for some .distance from this rock southerly, 'vs hard, but you may continue your <:o«ne, and it, i^ill soon deepen. It is acfe and good anchorage tq the eastward of the light, for all winds from W. S. W. i:o N. N. E. quit&.dbwD ■X.. ,... '. — - — . ■ — • ■ ■ ' ■ i *. .,.>^ Black totk light was eiacted on If ayenweatbi Uland, near Bridgeport, nt ttie en- ,tfanc8tOf Gilack rock harbour, but blown down in Jent. 1821. We mention the subject presuniing it will bv^e-built on the same spot, when tbeie directions will apply. It con^ Uiiwd B nxfd light^ v ^ 10 Kail. >, e huuy on r the end t and h vou may mud- Hi, i* n llie utar- I'ithcr of t iittlioms. Itich yon Illy bottom oflon oA uid bottom vrathor's the north ,1 ;ce88, IS HO [)t, that will he dintancc e judgmonl iw n«ar in, oming from d the Cows, for it until m requires, liaving from light, which ally shouler h not very completely id the reef \xr of Black distant from I light stands From this feet nt high rs from this the harbour N.W. You arly in, the m ibr some •ntinue your irage tq the . quite^dbwD r^^ ort, nt the en* ion the subject ipply. It COM- •♦/»; .'.'; .H'Kj 1 "07 O > i-),...'^"'.TV. ■* ^ S w fe i ^t'fr ,^/';' / lOEdi to the m The sho libourd < point of and Brid in Lon^ (hen bea light clo! keep 801 (huu 8. If you dent to k 4 to 6 le of that r no other |)as8ing I which CO Egg hnrb with sma your wat gat, whic in a S. E shells, an tend bey( f^is shon h would at least, i on, that t when yoi theji may shore in i 'jiit, I W( with the having nc lands, an( tends to I be knowr see a Ion; long, knoi rectly in ward, yo certainly rectly in Swamp, that the < Great Sw or 10 mil Egg harb< frem San( »-^ *1f ^ ! 11 10 Edit Blttnt*B American Coast Pilot. 207 to the mouth of Bridgeport harbour, which ii distant aboat two miles. The shore on the eastern sidfe of the light m bold too, in 3 fathomi close tibourd the light, and ao continues until you are quite down to the south point of the islaad. This bay to the leeward of the light, between that and Bridgeport, is one of the ')e8t bays for anchorage on the north shore ii? Long island Sound, and affords from 4 to 3 fathoms water, the light (hen bearing west. In coming from the eastward, crossing Stratford point light close aboard, your course to Black rock light is W. by N. and yom keep sounding!) on the starboard hand, nut less than 4 fathoms nor more (hun 8. 4 • Directions for vessels hound to New-York. If you fall into the southward, and make Cape May, it would be pru- dent to keep about 3 leagues off, to avoid Herreford bar, which liei *;om 4 to 6 leagues from the cape, to the northward, and 8 miles from the inlet of that name. This inlet is frequented by the Delaware pilots, having no other harbour to the northward until they reach Egg harbour. After |iassing Herreford liar, you may then haul up N. E. in 9 fathoms water, which course continued will draw you into 5 fa^ms : as you approach Egg harbour, you will there have tine white ancn)lack sand intermixed with small broken shells ; by continuing the same course, you will deepen your water to 8 or 9 fathoms, and so continue till you draw near Bame- gat, which will alter your soundings materially, as there is a channel runt in a S. E. direction from Barnegat. The soundings off the shoal is mud, shells, and gravel, mixed together. The shoal off Barnegat does not ex- tend beyond 3 miles from the beoch, and is very steep too ; you may tam tVis shoni in 6 fathoms water, .^^ithin pistol shot of the outward breaker. !t would always be prudent in night-time to keep in 9 or 10 fathoms water at least, in turning this shoal. The soundings are so much to be depended on, that the moment you loose the above soundings you are past the shoal, when you will have fme black and white sand and very hard bottom ; you the^i may haul in for the land N. by E. which course will bring you alod|| shore in from .16 to 17 fathoms water ; hue if the wind and weather per« ;nit, I would recommend hauling in N. N. W. which will bring you is with the southenmyst part of the Woodlands, which is very remarkable, having no other iuch land in the distance from Cape May up to the High- lands, and can be distinguished by its being very near the beach, and ex- tends to Longbr;\nch. By passing Barnegat in the tiay-time, it may easily be known ; riiould you he so far off as not to see the breakers, you will see a long grove of wood back in the country, apparently 3 or 4 miles long, known to the coasters by the name of the Little Swamp, and lies di- rectly in the rear of the inlet of Barnegat, so that by sailing to the north- ward, your having the north end of this land directly abreast, you are certainly to the northward of Barnegat ; there is also another grove di- rectly in the rear of Egg harbour, known by the name of the Ore^t Swamp, which has the same references as respects Egg harbour — but that the one may not be taken for the other, it must be observed, the Great Swamp of Egg harbour will appear much higher, and in lei^b 8 or 10 miles : neither can they be seen at the same time, as Bamegll^igH^ Egg harbour are 15 miles apart. Barnegat bears due S. by W. 4&f frera Sandy-hook. In hauling ia for the Woodland before meiitioBeiiy] ■4 .'i 208 Blunt*8 American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. may, it' the wind is off the 9hore, keep within n cable's length of it ull the way, until up with the Highlands, nnd should your vpsHcl not draw more thnn 10 I'eet water, you may continue until yon come up with the northernn^ost part of the cedars that atund on Snndyvliook ; then you must steer N. N. E. to give the False hook a birth, keeping about half a mile from the beach, until you bring the ^light-honle to bear S. W. > S. then steer W. by N. till you bring the light-house open with the east point of the Highlands, \hen steer N. by W. which will carry you through the swash channel up with tlie buoy of the Middle leaving it on the star- board hand. [NOTK. S. J K. from Sandy-hook light, 14 miles distant, is a ledge, about 3 niilos from the shore, with not less than i^ fathoms un it.] • I. 7(0 eni( r Saiuly-hook channel way. When up with the Highlands, keep 3 miles from the shore to avoid tlje Outward Midtllc, steering to the northward until you bring tlje hght-house to bear VV. then steer in for it, as the flood outside sets to the northward, but when a little way in, it sets to the westward. In approaching the light-house, you must net haul too nigh the shore, on account of the False hook — by keeping a nrtHe from the beach you will avoid that sho.d ; when you have got in so far as the point of the hook, where the beacon stands, you must then haul in the bay W. S. VV. but if you mean to anchor in the bay, haul in S. W. giving the point the distance befo/e mentioned, un- til you bring the light-house to bear E. by N. or E. N. E. where you may anchor in from 3 to 7 fathoms water, soft muddy bottom. But should you wish to proceed to New- York, when you have come in as before directed, and got abreast of the beacon, or the point of Sandy-hoo!:, steer up W. by N. until you bring the light-house to bear S. E. and Brown's hollow to bear S. ^ E. you must then steer up N. by E. ^ E.for the bluff of Statcn island, which will at that time bear exactly north from you ; and that you may not be deceived with respect to Brown's hollow, it is the hollow which makes the termination of the high lands to the westward ; by steering then as before directed, you will turn the S. W. spit — continue steering N. by E. ^ E. until you shoal your water, which you soon will do if it is young flood, as it sets from 2^ to 3 knots, to the westward ; here you will observe, at the time you turn the spit before mentioned on the Jersey shore, above the Narrows, two hMmmocks of land, each forming as it were a saddle, thus : The easternmost of the two is the mark for coming up the channel, so as to avoid the Upper Middle, by keeping it just open with the bluff of Staten island, which will be the case if you turn the spit as before directed ; this will bring you up channel way, when you have sailed 5 or 6 miles the course described, and with this mark open, then you must haul more to the eastward, until you open the other hummock, which is called the Westernmost hummock ; by keeping both easterly and westerly hummocks open to your view, you ■ II ■■ - ■■ II ■ ■ ■ — ■ ' ■ .—...—..,.. M ■■ ■■■—I—I- 1^. -— I ■ . ■ — |.._M. ■■■ ^ I !■ * The light-house on Sandy-hook contains a FIXED LIGHT. It is lighted with 18 patent lamps, to each of which is fixed aneighteen-inch metallic reflector. Tne strength of light in tliis lantern is greater than vmj other on the coast, and if properly attended may be seen at the distance of 10 leagues. The b:a( miles. The whil tant, and S chatinel. The blac The whit miles. The blac The whit 10 Erife JBliit's AInc rican Coast Pilot 209 avoid the Middle and WtfH^okfl eptirdly, and come up channel way through the Narrows. Vfwin thus ||lr, you must* to pass Fort Diamond, keep Staten island fhore aboartt. The IDark to puss Fort Diamond is to kcpp Bedlow's or Pcsto island open with thi^point of Long island ; for if you CUD see Bedlow's Uiliq4, in comftig thr■ The black buoy on S. W. spit, Sl^lesfrom the light-house, bearing N. W. by W. The white buoy of the Nole, bflp%ig N. W. by ff. from the light-liouse, distant Si miles. * '' The black h^oy of the Middle, distant 7| miles from the light-house, beaiing N. A W. The wMit bSoy of the West bank, N. | W. from the light-house, 9J miles distant. Port of ^ew-York.-— Harbour Masters^ Regulations. 1. No vessel shall lie moored in the stream nearer than two-thirds the distanct from the wharves to Lung island; nor shall aoy vessel lie at single anchor, within that dils at tbp end of a wharf orpt^r, shall haul either way, to accommodate vefcselaguing in or coining out. t ^ 5. All vatfcttls not (^(-harging or receiving cargoes, shall niako^om for vessels needing jmiiiodiate accomni«aiitioBi, vesst- Is wishiiig to discLaiao, to liavrtlir preference of biitli to those loiiding. VeoscU^turning, or putting into |K>rt in distress, always to be first accomrtiodatfd. As to tlio fact of vusseU being bon»^r employed in these particulars, the Harbonrnuaster is sol^ judge. "^ 6. All vussvnfclull have on board a ship-keeper, or person to take care of them — and, if any vessel shall be re({uire(l lo rctiUlvc, ui|d no person be found on board for that purpo>fe||^j ... -^^^^ /i * This t This of Chesa sea, cont: liD Edit. ill be liablu inleuollitii- I yardi well ritiail yaidt ichort taken hrough fall- ill be liable ccoininodate leU needing ince of biitli B to be first particulars, them — and, ard for that pense of the med by such dull, ill any of tliis city, w low watei rk. spars, boats, be permitted I board any ill discharge mrvos, piers, ssel at any of be dune on >f the wharf, I a penalty of by law to eii- ci load or iin- lu tonnage iu ayiiig double any sloop or lavins ciiarcc Iward of shoals, and loundings of « 00' north, lifficalties of How this di- 10 Edit. Blunt^B American Coaot Pilot. 216 Directions from Reedy island to Philadelphia. When you pass Reedy island, bo careful of a long shoul that lies to the N. N. W. of it 1^ mile in length, called the Pec Patch, which you have on your starboard hand. In passing said shoal point, keep your larboard hand best on board till you bring the river to bear N. £. or N. E. by N. when you may stand up for New-Castlc. This place is 40 miles from Phi- ladelphia. When you have paissed it about a mile, you give the larboard hand a birth, as there is a flat s)ioul near half a mile off. If you have a fair wind, you may keep in the middle of the river. This river winds from New-Castle to Marcus hook, from N. E. to £. N. E. distant 20 miles. Your course from this to Chester island is N. E. by E. 4 miles. You leave said island and a long low point that lies \V. S. W. from it, on your larboard hand, giving it a good birth, and kccpin^ your starboard hand best on board, till you come up with ^Billings' port (which is 1'.^ miles from Philadelphia) when you will haul up fur Mud fort ; but before you come up witli this fort you tvill see a black buoy, in channel way, which you may go close to. Kun direct tor this fort, which ■ an E. N. E. course, till you are abreast of it, when you will see a small island on your lar- board, and another on your starboard hand, which you must go between. When you have passed between these islands, steer E. by N. two miles, when you must haul up N. E. by N. for Gloucester point, di<;tant 1 mile, from which you must keep your larboard hand best on board, and steer north 3 miles, which will carry you opposite Philadelphia. TIDE TABLE. Cape May. Cape Henlopcii. ) Bombay hook. Reedy island. iNew-Custle. Chester. Philadelphia. SITTING OF THE TIDES WITHIN THE BAY OF THE CAFES. First quarter flood, W. N. W. Second to last quarter, N. N. W. First quarter ebb, E. S. E. Second to last quarter, - - - - - - S. S. £. Moorf make full sea at Directions from, Cape Henlopen to fCape Henry. When you leave Cape Henlopen, bound to Cape Henry, give it a birth of 3 or 4 miles, .md steer S. S. E. 11^ leagues, as there is a shoal bank that lies S. by E. ^ E. from Cape Henlopen, 1 1 leagues distant, called Fin- wick's island shoal, and 3 leagues from Finwick's shoal, S. by E. lies Winter Q,uarter shoal ; the former has 10 feet water, and the latter 13 * This is a high sandy point and blu£ t This cape lies 12 miles S. by W. of Cape Charles, both of which form the uiitrance of Chesapeake bay. On it is a light-house whose lantern i' elevated 1'20 ff-ef ahnvc the sea, containing a fixrA light. r * y 216 Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit feet on it. They lie about 5 leagues from land. If you turn in or out by Cape Henlopen, be careful of the Hen and Chickens, which lie S. by L. from Hnid Cape, one league distant. There is a bunk that Kcs S. R. by S. from the lifi;ht-houae, distant 5 leagues, which has not more than dfnthoma water on it. When ypu ^udge yourself to the southward of Winter Quarter shoal, then you ma^ Hteer S. by W. 5 or 6 leagues, which will bnng you the length of Chincotcaguc sjioals, which lit in latitude 37* 6y' N. bearing due louth from Cape Henlopen, 17^ leagues distant, and 2 leagues from land : between it and the shore there are 10 and 12 feet water. 4 Hemarks on the land from Cape Henlopen to Chiiicoteague shoals. Rehoboth bay lies 9 miles to the southward of the light-house. This ay is only for small v^essels that draw not more than G feet water, 'i i.^ N. end of Finwick's island lies 1 5 miles to the southward of the light-house , which island parts Delaware from Maryland. It has a grove of trees on it, and you will have 6 or 7 Atthoms water, within a league of the land, and a strong current setting to the southward. When you are within half a mile of Finwick and Chincoteague shoals, you will have 12 fathoms water. The land from Chincoteague to Cape Charles' makes broken land, with islands, and several small inlets. There is a good harbour within Chincoteague shoals, which goes by the same name. You leave Chincoteague shoals on your larboard hand, and Matomkin harbour about 3 leagues W. S. W. from Chincoteague. Matomkin harbour has 12 feet water on the bar nt spring tides. In running in for the bar vou will have gradual soundings from 7 ia- thqtaas. One cable's length from the bar you will have 2 j to 2 fathoms. In running over the bar, keep the north shore on board and steer S. W. On the larboard !iand, one mile from the bar, give the point a small birth, and round in to tae N. W. and anchor in 4 fathoms water. To the northward of the bar, one-quarter of a mile, lies the wreck of a Vi^ssel. From the bar up the inlet the navigation is very dangerous, be- ing filled with oyster beds. V I'hese are very danger'' istrbours in a gale of wind, but you may ride along shore with the wini ui N. W. to S. W, When the wind blows kard at N. E. or E. N. E. jind'you are in sight of Chincoteague shoals, your only chance for safety is to stand to the southward, for you cannot clear the land to the northw&rd, or go into the harbour of Chincoteague, which lies about N. W. 6 miles from the southr end of the shoals. When the wind is to the eastward it is generally thick weather on the coast. Af- ter you pass the southward of Chincoteague, steer S. S. W. for the light- house on Cape Henry, for the northern parts of Machapungo shoals lie 4 or 5 leagues to the northward of Smith's island, and the southern part of Uiem comes near abreast of said island. In steering to the S. W. west- ward 5 or 6 leagues S.^. of Smith's island, you will have 12 or 13 fa- thoms, and in some places 3 and 4 fathoms. When you are 20 leagues from land, in the latitude of 37/* 30', you will have from 30 to 36 fathoms ; but when to the southward of Cape Henry, you will have from 7 to 8 fa- Ihoms, within a league of the land, and a strong southerly current, whkh neral runs from 2 to 2^ knots an hour. <«^c }m I* 1 6" 4 OEdit [>r out by S. by L. E. by S. 3 fiithoms f Winter hich will tode 37* itant, Hnd ) U leet teague e. This ;r. 'il.^ bt-housc, trees on the hind, ithin half : fathoms i brokeit i harbour ou leave 9ur about 18 12 feet om 7 fa- ithoms. erS.W. lall birth, reck of a rous, be- may ride ad blows i shoals, )U cannot oteague, . When oast. Af- :he lig^t- Dals lie 4 n part of V. west- r 13 fa- ) leagues fathoms ; 7 to 8 fa- it, whkb .'.'»'./... li./ //'/ f/l/- ./l>Ufll»/H I'liHf /'l •L. /•■■ \r ■«'. ^i c •«•/'■ .-■^tC, .■ .■ 'JSrm% .'■h r />/ -i'ft ■> ?<••;-.' 'A^r-- ",' „ / ■//i1 \n. M ;*^. *^ tfi' i7 ' »' r^ . 1 ••- n 1% to 9. ■ ''9 ,' 8 8 \' €K n/rtfer.! liiitt ! - / 'rewn-uulU fiilfl 8 \f'^ ! '^'^' ■■■" ' -6 ^^^ ' "'_Z—'-i, V'->-^-— 1— ' '*■■' *•'* ,fr7r-> ji' GrtM E.,),i H c^ I » \: ^?>>?f^ -..6 JViii' JBt* .PuNuhfd In- Eilmutul M. Bl 10 1 wi, sound the by th« colour of the «vuter. On the south edge of the bank you will have 40 fathoms wa> ter, which will shoal to 30, and still decrease as you approach the shore, generally sandy bottom. In clear weather, you ma^ see the land when in about 10 or 11 fathoms, regular soundings, at which time you will be about 6 loagueH to the southward of it. To the northward of the land, in G fathumM, the soundingn ar(> irregular, and the ground coarser. In coming in, ^vith the wiiul northwardly, you must be careful of the outer part of the Middle ground, which lies 9^ miles E. N. K. from Cape Hen* ry, and 7 miluH S. K. by E. from Cape Charles. You may go so near it at to bring Cape Henry to bear W. 1 S. which will carry you round the tail of it in 4^ or 5 fathoms water, when you will deepen into It, 12, or 13 fathoms, and then haul away for the bay, the cape being ntecp too. The channel between the cape and Middle ground, is about 4 imleH wide, and 6 and 6 fathoms water close to the latter. With a fair wind you may bring the light-house to iM'ar west ; b . if you have the wind ahead, and are obliged to turn in, you may stand tn the southward till the light-house bears N. W. by N. and to the north, -ar4 till it bears W. by S. You will hav6 9 or 10 fathoms within a mile of the light-house, and from 6 to 5 fathoms close to the Middle groimd. General dircciwns for the Horse-shoe. In coming in by Cape Henry, and no pilot, with a free wind and com- manding breeze, tide either ebb or flood, bring Cape Henry light to bear E. S. E. and steer W. N. W. and you will get soundings on the Shoe 7, 6, to 5 fathoms, as after described ; after that make towards the south side and follow directions given for Hampton Roads, page 219. Directions for *Ncw Point Comfort. When you bring Cape Henry to bear S. S. E. you may steer N. N. W. \i leagues, which course and distance will carry you to New Point Com> fort. There is a shoal which lies east from the point, distant 2 miles, and four rivers that empty into this bay or harbour, viz. Severn river. Way river. North river, and East river. These rivers are all navigable for vessels of 50 or 60 tons, and considerable places of trade. Vessels at anchor in New Point Comfort are exposed to the wind from £. S. E. to S. E. and I would therefore recommend in that case to go into Severn river, where they will lie safe from all winds. Your directions for this port are to bring the south point of New Point Comfort to bear E. by S. and steer W. by N. 2 leagues, which course you will continue till Stfrt- ern river bears W. S. W. when you must steer into the river W. S. W. or S. W. by W. which will carry you safe, where you may lie ladd-locked * On New Point Comfort is a llgbt-liouse containing a fixed light. ' ' 28 218 Blunt** Amefica^Coftst Pilot. 10 EUIlt. from all wtinfi. In ninning for Ihii rivtr Toa will rnnka two bunchei o( trees on your larboanl hnml, which t«t • dlttiince iippcur like two hiliindai but M you npprnHrh th«m you will find they are on '.he mnin IhimI. Id ko* IbK into the river, you nuAt keep yiur lend %ni\g, md keep in thi> mid* die, and go between two point» of mtimli, and you will hHV« no mort! than 3 fathoim between New Point Comfort and Seveni river, mud False Cape and Cape Henry makes in like a bay, fMnnething like Lynn^Ha>en bay^ And in thick weather a stranger might MAslake it for Lynn-Haven bay^ and False Cape for Cape Henry, if it k %• thick that the Ught-hooie oh the tattei canhot H *eeii ; but in roan4 Rtlt. ;hea of Irro- )« niiti- re than )olloin. W. a. nake ah* I a MniiiU >m each I Ioni(e# k iM on ind, yott and, be- ll not to iiin 7 fk" re men- 's which up with get near from N. I i(t com* iin for it, ! f:)thom8 nd when le North tito 6 fa* the mid- )m8, ship ;arry you When at W. ) in 7 fa* about 7 thorns, H he north* oms (ship he aouna* )e Henry, ike a bay, iger m^bC ry, ifitii >t in roan4 ■■m ..//>r iW t^^^ i,,^, r^i /»«»X^ I £mU'' . H. 1 1 L i ir"- ^.'" ' M j V ^' 10 Edit. Blunt'g American Coast Pilot. 219 Falie Cape . it is all hard bottom, and in LjraiflHaven bay it is soft or sticky bottom, and in some places very t0U|^h bottom- The passage between Cape Charles and Outer Middle is little known, and not frequented by large vessels. It is only used by small vessels of 3 or 10 feet water. DireetiqM for Hampton Roads. When abreast of *Cape Henry lighCstetr W. by N. or W. ^ N. till you get on the Horsc'Shoe, in 5 fiithoms, sandy b ottjgjT ^here are no sound* iogs at 5 fathoms on those courses hetvEi9i^Cflffll:H^ry and the Shoe. , The lirst soundings on the Shoe, on thtfie %#<0L^<'l'e 6 or 7 fathonM, « sticky or tough bottoui, and the distance i^MHufimles from Cape Henry light, but the 5 fathom9*Bandy is about a jaile farther on the snore (say about 6 miles from Cape Henry light) where vessels can anchor. Tnen steer west until you get on the south side of the channel for an ebb tide ; but tide aflood, steer W. ^ N. or W. by N, Those courses will carry you into 6 fathoms on the south side, then you may steer W. N. W. which will carry you into 6 or 7 fathoms, sticky, bottom, until nearly up with tWilloughby's point ; then brir^; Old Point Comfort \ight to bear west, or W. by S. and run for it uni; • .»rly up with it (saj^within half a mile) but take care and go no nearer v ' ampton bar oq thif (lorth siide, than 10 fa- thoms, it being steep tob ; then. haul wp S. W, by W. till you bring Old Point Comfort light to bear about N, W. then steer S, W. for the Hoads, 5, 6, or 7, fathoms, good anchoring, but go no nearer to the south shore than 9 fathoms, lest the bar off Soweirs point hooks you in. Should you, after passing Willoughby's point, fall in i4 or 15 fathoms, JOld Point Comfort Ught'house bearing W. N, W. steer up S. W. by W. but go no nearer to Hampton bar on the north side than 10 fathoms, '.," being steep too, unti' you .pass SowelPs ppint, when Old Point Conifort i>Hiring N. E. you will mi irto 7, 8, and 9 fathoms, good anchoring. Remark. In steering W. N. W. as above, should you deepen your wa- ter to 9, 10 fathoms, or more, you may know.you have passed the bar off Willoughby's point. I * Cape Henry light-houte is situated on the larboard hand (joing in, is about 120 feughby'8 bluff, S. S. E. - .- F«gfeip-Raps, W. S. W. - - - - VesKdsJI^lng out nr coming into Hampton Roads, should not pan to tbe 80utbiran|-i$ (he liglK^^Eset — she may be distinguished from the light at Old Point, by baviorSfaiB* terns— >one more eievated.^an the other. .:J^^ Each vessel is furnished \itb a bell, which will be rung in foggy w«atlter. - \,,. :( Old 'Point Comfort light-house lies on the starboard hand, bea^s W. Ji}. ||;^^sy|^ Caj>e'Ht>nry light, 5 leagup* distant, and is the ^lide to ve.'^sels bound to ]Vi " tiTer. It pontaine Hissed lislit. 2 miles. 3| do. n do. 9 da. i do. :5- %' -\ iiffp^i^ y-i m ■i^^'-'- A v^' 220 Blunf B American Coast Pilot. lOEdit. If goint; along on the south side you shoalen your water from 5 fa- thoms, haul off* to the northward and keep in about 6 or 7 fathoms, till you judge yourself nearly up with Willoughby's point ; go no nearer to it than 7 fathoms. By hauling to the northward you will deepen your water. On the Hors '-shoe side, the bottom is hard sand*, and on the south side it is soil bottom until drawing on to Willoughby's point, where it it hard : therefore being on the south side where the ground is soft, you may al- ways know drawing up with Willoughby's as soon as you get hard sand bottom. Then haul oft' as before directed for Old Point Comfort light. Of the Thimble. It49 o small lump S. W. from the Horse-shoe, with about 2 fathoms watePVi'''*c' '^ '^ steep too, say 7 fathoms, but being smull it is quickly pMse^. 'It ties a little below Willoughby's point, on the oppo-site side, toliVDid wi^iph is the reason why it is necessary to get soundingi first on the Horse-s))oe. The Thimble is about 1^ or 2 miles off the shore. Near the Thimble you will have sticky bottom, and on the Horse-shoe hard sand. Bliick river point bearing N. N. W. you are abreast of the Thimble. There is good anchoring all over the Shoe, from 3^ to 4 miles from land to the tail or outer part of it, and nigher in shore for small vessels. As the setting of the tide varies much at different stages thereof, atten- tion should be paid as well to the bearing of the light as the soundings, when running up frooft'^the cape to Willoughby's point lest you crns^ Uie channel. From Hampton Road to Norfolk the channel is too intricate for stran- gers to approach without a pilot, and they must anchor in the road. A vessel having a light at her matt-head has been placed at tlie extremity of Craney island flats in Elizabeth river, in 41^ fathoms water. Note. — For the benefit of strangers we add, that the present regulations for pilots are : — If you are bound into Hampton Roads, and are so far in as touring Cape Henry light to bear S. by E. before you receive a pilot, a Hampton pilot caAnot dffnand more than half pilotage, which is six dollars; twelve dollars is full pilotage for large or smalt vessels up to the Boads ; after that, there is another pilotage, at a certain rate, which is 88 cents per foot. Directions for running from Cape Henry up the Bay to Baltimore. When you come in from sea and are bound up the bay, bring Cape Henry light to bear S. S. E. and steer N. N. W. about 4 leagues, which will carry you to the northward and westward of the Middle groflnd that lies between the two capes, and when you have Smith's island ( ^ Cape Charles) to bear E. by S. you will be to the northward of the shoal art. If you have the wind ahead, and are obliged to turn to windward, you .^ust not stand further to the eastward after the light-house (or the cape) bears S. S. E. as the western part of the Middle ground is steep. In standing to the westward, you may go into 3|^ and 4 fathoms without danger ; but in standing to the eastward, you must not go into less than 8 fathoms as you will be near the Middle ground. If you wish to anchor at New Point :dit. 10 Edit. Blunt* s American Coast Pilot. 221 6fa- loms, earer your hard : lay al- d sand ght. , with t being lint, on r to get 2 miles i on the nble. om land s. if, atten- iindings, rosi4 the )r stran- id. ,f Craney for pilots ^pe Henry land more or small \, which is Comfort, which bears from the cape about N. W. by N. distant 8 leagues, you must take care of the spit that runs otf the point about S. E. Smiles, keep to the westward of this point of sand, and you may run in under the point and anchor in 4 or 6 fathoms water, line bottom, where you will be secure from northerly or N. L. winds. In running from York river, when you open Iron point east of New point light, and bound up the bay, you will pass York spit, in 3 fathoms water. After you are clear of the Mid- dle ground, as before directed, and hate the cape to bear S. S. E. and a fair wind, you may steer up the bay north ; come not to the westward of north till you have Gwin's island to bear W. to avoid a shoal called the Wolf trap, which lies N. N. E. 9^ leagues from New Point Comfort, and S. E. by E. 1} league from Gwi:/s island, which is but small. [Gwin's island lies oif Hills bay, nortii from Point Comfort, 3 leagues distant.] — From the Wolf trap steer N. about 16 leagues, which will carry you to the mouth of the Potomack. When you have New Point Comfort to bear west, you are within \0 leagues of Watts' island. In ruuning the above course and distance you will have from 10 to 4 liithoms before you come up with the islands. If you should come into 3 fathoms as you approach these islands, you may haul a little to the westward, when you will deep- en your water. Off Watts' and Tangier's isL|i^s tlies^idings shoal gra- dually. If you v/ant to go into fiMff«MriMrrivt!f^Which is about 6 leagues to the northward and westward of New Point Comfort, and 1^ league from Gwin's island, you must, when it bears about N. W. run for it, leaving Piahitank on your larboard hand, where you will have from 7 to 3 fathoms. As you come up with the larboard head of the river, keep your soundings on the larboard hand from 3 to 7 fathoms, and not deepen your water more than 7 fathoms to the northward, to avoid a long spit of sand that runs off 2 miles S. E. from the northern head of the river, which is very steep,;}but keep round the southern head, in the above depth of water, where you may anchor in 7 or 8 fathoms, good bottom, and lie safe from all winds. After yon are up the bay, as far as Watts' island, and have it to bear about E. S. E. you will deep/ n your water from 5 fathoms to 10 and 12, muddy bottom. Continue your course N. until Watts' island bears S. E. and *Smith's point light (which is the southern head going into Potomack river) bears W. southerly, wht.i you will be in 10 or 12 fathoms water. If you deepen your water to 16 or 20 fathoms, you will be very near the bad spit or shoal that runs off from Smith's point into the bay ] ^- league. Keep your soundings into 10 or 12 fathoms on the Tangier's side, as be- fore directed ; you may then haul up N. W. by N. for Point Lookdut, which is the northern point of Potomack river, and come to within 1 mile of the point on the western side of the bay, and have 4 and 6 fathoms wa- ter, muddy bottom. When you are up with Potomack river, and would wish to harbour, having the wind down the bay, you may run in round Point Logout, giving it a small birth, and anchor, where you will be sheltereArom all northerly wind^. !)[ « ' — — . * A light-house has been erected on Smith's point, at the entrance of the Potomaclc, containing a fixed light. Off this^int is a shoal, on which a floating light vessel has been stationed, in 4| fathoms water, titiewing but one light : — It bears from Smith's point light E. i N. 4^ miles. , Vessels passing MP nr down the bay, shonld avoid going between the light vess«>l' qi)d[ Pmith's point. . 'fit' 222 Blunt^s American Coast .Pilot. 10 Edit. Ml f ri When you are upas far as Point Lookout, and have the wind aheat^, you have a a^ood channc* * > beat in, up m far an Patuxent river. You niny stand n^. eacli ' i''k to 1 < 5 fHthonis ; but in standing to the enstntrd, when 3'on h ive 1) or 10 f'utiioma, it is best to tack, as the ground rises gUiSdtMi, n 4 or 5 futhoms, and then lessens into 2, hard sand ; thcwe^t- «rr« -i»«c is mor« reguhir. Your course from Point Lookout to Patuxenl river, wiih a fair wind, is N. by W. J^ W. and the distance 6 leagues, in 7 bnd 10 fathoms water, which will carry you up with Cordar point, which is pretty boUl, and n akes the south point of Patuxenl river. If the wind is to the northward, i nd you cannot get into Patuxent (which is oflten the case) you may run in under Cordar puint, and anchor in 3 or 4 fatb jms, good bottom, and secure from the wind down the bay. Patuxent is as remarkable a river as any in the bay, having very high land on the north side of the river with red banks or clifts. If you go into this river, give Cordar point a small birth, and stand to the north- ward till you have the river open, when you may run in for Drum point, whici) is on your starboard hand. This is a sandy bold point, with some small bualies on it. Double this point, and come to in 2^ and 3 fUhoDis water, where you will be secure from all winds. In beating into this place, you may jitand to tl^^north side lor the high red clifts to 3 fathoms, and to the sout^wl? to iPHtomiS'Water, and in the channel you will have 7 fathoms wiiter. When standing to the south side of the river, you will see some buildings on the north side of the piver, above Drum point ; as soon as these buildings come on with Drum point you must tack, to avoid a spit that runs off from the south side of the mouth of the river. If you cannot get up the bay, you may iU!!i water. About 'i\ leaRUOs N. N. K. Irom N'MV I'oint Ct^infort, and two leagues H. from Iron point, lies the Wolf-trap rock, on which there are \'Z feet at low water ; between this rock and i'oint Comfort there are 8 and 9 fathoms. From the spit, which runs olf from New Point Comfort, to the entrance of Rappaha- nock river, the course is N. by W. and the distance G leagues. You may keep in 5 or C fathoms water. Near to the Wolf-trap rock, there are 7 fathoms. From the entrance of Rappahanock to the flat which runs off from ^Smith's point light (which is the south side of Potomack river) the course is N. and the distance G leagues. You may run in 5, 6, or 7 fathoms water. When you draw near the shoal which runs off from Smith's point, you should not go into less than 7 fathoms. This shoal extends about 2| miles E. S. £. from Smith's island ; on its extremity there arc only 2 fathoms water, and very near to it, eastward, there arc 10 or 12 fathoms. The mark for the shoalest part of this sand, is a house with a white chimney, standing among the trees on the shore within Smith's island, open to the northward of the island, and bearing west. When this house bears W. by N. you .ire to the southward of the extremity of the shoal ; and when it be us W. by S. you are to the northward of it. That which adds con- siderably' to the danger of tiiis dhoal, in going either up or down the Chesapeake, is the broken islands which lie on the east side of the chan- nel, and the flats of sand which extend from 5 to 8 miles to the westward from them. The Tangier islands lie to the southward of Cooper's island, and the Tan,;ier islands and Watts's island make the entrai..;e of Pocomoke bay, which bay separates Virjinia from Maryland on the eastern shore. Potomack river separatei Virginia from Maryland ; its entrance is form- ed by Smith's point on the »outh side, and Point Lookout on the north side ; the distance between these two points is about 3^ leagues. On Smith's point is a light-hcuse, as described in page 221. If you are bound to St. M. i >''s river, you must give Point Lookout, and also the shore about it, a good birih ; and when you approach St. George's island, you must keep nearer to the mam than to the shoal, which ex- tends from the inland. Your course into the river is N. W. and as it is all open to your view, ycu may anchor where you please in 5 or 6 fa- thoms water. \i you are bound *o Wirocomack in Potomack river, your course from the east end of St, Ceorgc's i land to Ragged point is N. W. i W. and the distiince 4 leagues. On t;^' south or larboard side, there are flats ly- ing off from the shoivi, wnich ia some places extend one mile ; come no nearer to them than 7 fatUoms in the middle of the channel, you will have 11, 10, 13, 10, and 8 fatiioajs. You must give Ragged point a good birth, to avoid the shoal, which extends from it nearly one mile. From Ragged point to Clement's i«land your course is W. \ N. and the distance 2 leagues. In the middle Ox" the channel you will have 6, 5, 4|^, and 7 fathoms water. On the south side, a little below Clement's island, is No- mine bay. From abreast of Clement's island steer W. N. W. in 6, 5, and 4 fathoms water, until you have Wicocomack river open ; then pass pret- • See note to page 221. 10 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 22A ty near to the isliind, wbicli is on the east aiAe of the cntnmcc, in order to nvoid the shoal which runs otf from the point on the weAt m\o. Steer about north iiRo the river, und unclior on the south m\o. o( Newton's l>oii)t, in 5 or 4| f.ithomti water. Directions from Potomack river to Putiixent river. From Point Lookout a flat runs off a considerable way, which you must be careful to avoid, by not coming any nearer to it than 7 or 8 fathoms water. Opposite this point, the dat of Tangier islundtt extends* so far to the westward as to narrow the channel of the Chesapeake to about 4^ miles. This part of the tiat is steep, and has 13 fathoms close to it.~ About two leagues to the northward of Point Lookout is Point Again, off which above 2 miles, there lies a shoal. About 3 leagues to the north- ward of Point Again, is Cordar point. Between them, 7 or 8 fathoms is a good depth to keep in ; near to the flat on the oast side, there arc 10, 16, 9, and 11 fathoms. Cordar point is on the south side of the entrance of Patuxent river ; the ground is low and sandy, and has some straggling trees standing on it. From this point aflat extends to the eastward, and also to the northward. On the north side of this river there are high hills, called C|ifts, with trees on them ; ^nd from this side also a flat extends, but theshoalings oa each side of the channel are gradual and the ground soA. In the middle of the channel there arc 8 fathoms water. Higher up is Rously's point on the south side, and Drum point on the north side ; the latter is a low sandy point. You may anchor without these points, or you may go fur- ther up the river, always observing the following general rule in all the deep bays throughout Virginia and Maryland, namely — to every point, more especially where the land is low, give a good birth in passing, be-r cause spits or flats of sand extend from them, and consequently the water is shoal in such places. Directions for going from Cape Henry or Lynn Haven Bay, to York River. As Cape Henry S. S. E. would lead you near the tail of the Middle ground, and as the proceeding with it at S. E. would carry you on the tail and north edge of the Horse-shoe, your keeping the cape on any bearing between S. S. E. and S. E. will carry you through between the two shoals. On the tail, and along the north side of the Horse-shoe, the shoalings are gradual. With Cape Henry bearing S. 6. E. or S. E. by S. steer N. N. W. or N. W. by N. until you bring Cape Charles to bear E. by N. you are then to the northward of the Horse-shoe, atnd may steer N. W. or N. W, by W. according as you have the wind and tide. As the ebb sets strong out of the Chesapeake over the Horse-shoe, you must not, with a northerly wind and ebb tide, approach any nearer to the shoal than 5 op 6 fathoms water. When you have brought New Point Comfort to bear N. and Black river point to bear S. by W. you are then on the tail of York spit, in 3 fathom^ water- When vou are a little above Long 29 If Blunt^H American Coa^t Pilot. 10 Edit. I isle, you must not come any aourer to the ihore than 6 fathoma, ontil you enter the river above the murnh ; then kef p in or 10 ^Ithoins, and run up and anchor botwecn York and Gloucester, in what depth you pleuse. With a contrrry wind, ntand towurds the Home-shoe in 4i or 5 fathoms, and from it into (1^ or 7 fathoms, until you are abreast of the entrance of Pocasan, where there is a gut of 7 flithonw, which runs close to the en- trance ; you should therefore be careAil to avoid going too far in, and thereby geUin^ on the tail that extends from Toes marsh. When you have got thiin far up, you should go no nearer to the shore on this side, than 7 or (J^ fathoms a'l the way up to York Town. On the other side, you sho'ild not stand any nearer to the small isles on York spit, than lU or 1 1 fathoms : close to the tail of this spit there are fathoms : close to the middle of it there are 10 fathoms ; and close to it, abreast of the isl- ands, you will have 13 fathoms, and belore you can get another cast of the lead, you will be ashore. When you have entered the river, you must not come any nearer to the flat than 8 or 9 fathoms water. 1 bin flat extendi from the north shore almost on«-tbird orer the river. ! pi' *Cape Hatteras. This Cape lies about S. S. E. 37 leagues from Cape Henry ; between them lie the inlets of Currituck, which is shoal, and New inlet, on which are 10 feet water. About 6 leagues N. by E. from the Cape lie the Thimble shoals, on which are 3 and 4^ fathoms water, extending N. by W. and S. by E. about 3 miles, and is about 3 miles wide. The inner edge of this shoal is about 3 miles from the shore, and the soundings be- tween them, 9, 10, and 7 fathoms. About 6 miles N. by W. from the north end of this shoal, and 3 miles S. E. from the north end of Hatteras island, there lie some small knowls, on which are only 9 fbet at low water. Cnpe Hatterar shoals extend 8 miles in a south-easterly direction, with 5 and G fathoms on the extreme parts. The most dangerous shoal lies in lat. 30** 11' N. the middle of which is 4 miles distant from the cape, and has barely 9 feet water. This is called the Diamond shoal, between which and the cape there is a good passage for ftmall vessels, in moderate weather, or when the wind is ofi* the land, but it would be always safest to go round the shoal in 10, 12, and 15 fathoms. * On the pitcli of this Cape (which is low saiuty land) a light-house is erected 95 feet above the level of the sea, containing a fixed light, which is painted white ; there is a good channel 3 miles from the light, keeping the land on board ; the light bears from the S. W. part of the outer shoals. N. by W. ^ W. and from the S. E. part, N. W. distant 3 leagues — from the S. W. part of the nitddio shoals, within which vessels bound along the coast generally pass, the light bears N.N. W. The light at Cape Hatteras, being 95 feet above the level of the sea, will be seen from a ronsiHcrahlf! distance without the outer shoals, and to a vessel steering for Ocrarock, W. by N.— W. N. W. or even N. W. by W. the light on the Cape will first show, and will continue to be seen till after the light appears within the bar. The point of Cape Hatteras having made out into the sea since the light-house wae built, the light now stands 1| mile back from the point of land that makes out from it. Though the bearings of the Brown at Shell Castle island from Ocracock bar, has been stated, yet it is not expected that any vessel will attempt to cross in the night; it has been mentioned merely that the master, in coming up with the bar in the night, may be enabled thereby to take that situation which may be most favourable for receiving ^ pilot, and crossiug in the morning. 10 Edit. Blunts American Coast Pilot. 227 The light-houte at Cape Hntterun itxhibiu a fine light ^hen in order, and can be Heen very pluinlv in 9 and lU fathoimt water on the outer part or the ihoalH, when only lo net above the level of the aeu ; but when on board a hirge veflitel, it might be »een in iO or 'ilt futhomn. The Houndinga from the cape are 'i, 3, 4, 4|, 5, G, and 7 fathonm, and then deepens to 9, on the S. 8. E. part. It is high water ut Cape Hatteras shoals, on full and change of the moon, at 3 o'clock and 46 minutes, and the tide Hows from 4 to 5 feet, being go- verned by the winds in the olVing, and in easterly galett it runs srverHl feet higher. VV. S. W. from Cape llatteras, ti leagues distant, is Ocracock inlet, on which arc 12 feet water. From Cape llatteras to Cape Henry the ground is fine sand, and to the northward of Cape Henry, coarse sand with some hhrlls amuiij; it. *Cnpe Lookout. Cape Lookout lies in 34«» 37' N. lat. and 70« 3.3' \V. long, and the Cape woods (where is a light-house) in lat. 34*> 39' N. and long. 76" 32' W. The shoals extend from the cape 8 miles, in a S. S. K. direction, being broken ground as far as lat. 34*^ 28' N. In that lat. there are 14 fa- thoms water, and from thence to the Gulf Stream, the soundings are gra- dual, 95 fathoms ; the tracks are faithfully laid down in the chart (pub- lished by the author) together with all the soundings from the outer part of the shoal to the edge of the Gulf Stream. The outer part of Cape Lookout shoals lie S. \V. I W. 22 leagues from Cape Hatteras, and 22 leagues S. W. ^ W. from the outer part of Cape Hatteras shoals. Seven miles from Cape Lookout light lies a shoal which is dry at low water, bearing S. | E. from the light ; the sea breaks constantly S. E. from this shoal for the distance of two miles, which is the S. E. point of breakers. Between this shoal and the shore there are numerous spots on which are 1 J and 1^ iathoms ; south of this hhoal the least water is 2J fathoms. On the eastern part of Cape Lookout -f Cape Lookout sitoals, but vessels pasttng it, ought rather t* trcn to the lead than to making the light. ..M ,V" 22a Blunt'H American Coast Pilot. 10 EUlif. keep M nerir n% yon cnn jiidKr the ■nme Hiitnnce, or ■ little teat from the beach, iiMiil )(>ii hriug tlir liKht-hoime to htM N. W. by N. vou will ut th;it (Jiiitant »- have not Ic^m thim h qiinrtcr lew thr«t ; then keep N. E. nnit vou Hill (IcrpiMi to /> iitid C fnthomn in it few nnhtitea. S\. iO Itii'igiioN Iroin (.'.ipe Lookout li<>4 liouKue inlet, on which are 8 feet water : W . I»y S. J 8. 1} hiugiieM from UoiiKoe inlet, lies New river, on which you have H feet water ; H. W. ^» \\ . (', leiif^ues from New river lien New ropnail inlet, on which are lu feet w ifer. S. W. ] W. from New '1 opM.iil inlet, li leagues distant, you make Deep inlet, on which are H) feet water, fc. 8. W. from Deep mlct, (! Inaguei, lien New inlet, on which iire 7 feet water. Tlii^^ iiih t it between ijie sea coa>t und N. K. end of Siiiith^N inland. It will iidniit vegNeln drawing 6 feet, and is abont two miles wide at its cntranre, having 7 feet water at full tide over the It.ir. It (oiitinueH its breadth tu the tint, and m navigable for large vustcU Jl iiiil. ss V 1.1 ■ .^i Directions for Cape Feor light-house. Bald Head, a noted blulV at the mouth of Cape Fear river, is at the S. W. end of Smith's island, which, with Ouk island, forms the main en- trance into the river. Oak island is long and narrow. On the bur, at high tide, you have 14 J feet, and it rises 6 feel. The light-house on Hald Head is painted black, in order to distinguish it from the beacon on l- edcral point, from which it bears about S. S. VV. It stands one mile from the sc;i, is P() feet high, uid contains a fixed light. The lamps are 100 feet above the level of the sea, and 60 feet above the tops of the trees which stand on the hills between the light and the sea. The iron lamp is 10 feet 9 inches in diameter, and about 15 feet 9 inches in height from the floor to the top of the roof. From the point of the cape the light-house boars N. W. distance (bur mile!*, and from the extremity of the Frying Pan shoal, 1. VV. by N. ^ N. 6 leagues. It may be necessary to observe to strangers, that, in passing the shoals, especially in a dark night, it is most prudent to steer west, in lat. 33** 20' or 25 at most, until they shoal their water to 7 or fathoms ; by doing this, they may be sure of being to tlic westward of the bar. Your course from Cape Fear bar, when in f) fathoms water, to clear Cape Roman shoal, is .S. W. and distance 7!iJ miles. When sailing towards these coasts, it is prudent to keep nearly a degree to the southward of the latitude of the place you intend to make, until you reckon yourself on the edge of the Gulf Stream, when you must be directed by judgment, ac- cording to circumstances. Do not, if possible to avoid it, sail to the jiorthward of 33° 20' ; or at the highest 31*' 25 until you obtain 10 fa thoms water. In this depth you will be within the south or outer end of the Frying Pan shoal, which lies in latitude 33' 36 . In approaching the toast, in 33** SO your first soundings will be from 30 to 35 fathoms ; in 10 Edit. Blunf tt American Cotmi Pilot. 22V thlt depth you will he very n««Hr to the •dge of the fiulf Strriim ; you will hiive (irii* ^rey nanil, with Itlark Npots, wlicn you gvi into 17 l.ttliuiua, th« !•> i!t n lung Hut iti this depth ut' tviilcr. In Mti't'i-iiig uuat you will, iur III'- tiritt b or a leaKue«« •hotileii the water very little. When yuu roiiie 111 14 fnthomf, yuu ■hoaleii your water tpiirkt-r, hutKrucluiilly. Vuu will Nee the laiiil frcun lU faihoinii water, il' the weather l>e cleitr, uiiii may then he aure tli.ityou are within the KryiiiK k'Hu, troui the outiide ot* thi^ -^liual. 'In the weitwunl ul' northwu«t no laud cmi be seen, when without the »hual«. The current! on the cuutt of North Carolina are governed mostly hy the wuui— (luring the Miiininer niontliH, the prevailing winds are luuth- <'. riur there are 10 feet ut low, and 14 at high water. The Old Bar at New Inlet, or as now called the South Bar. In running in when the beacon on Federal point bears W. or W. by S. you will make a thick and high hummock of woods, called Merryck's wood bluflF, before you make the beacon ; but should the beacon bear to the north of west, you will make the beacon and bluff at the same time, the former of which may be seen in clear weather, abort 16 miles from a ship's deck, in about 10 or 11 fathoms water, and when first dis- covered has the appearance of a dintant sail. As you approach the b«a' IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 4^ 1.0 1.1 11.25 Li 118 12.5 ■u Uii 12.2 L£ 12.0 US lU lit yw 1.4 11.6 7 Ptiotograiiiic Sciences Corporalion 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. MSSO (716)872-4303 IT 230 Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot lOEditi con» the water becomes gradually thoal. In 4 to 5 fathoms water ofte mile aod a half fioin the beacon bearing VV. S. W. to W. there ii good an- chorage, liofl bottom. ■*k ' - In running in, bring the beacon on with the south end of the barrackS) which you will continue until over the bar, and near the beach, and so along the beach, until you are in the river. On the bar, at high water, 1 1 to 12 feet, at low water 6 feet only. 1'hc depth of water and channel, however, are sulyect to variation, so that it is notadviseable tor strangers, except in cases of necessity, to run in without a pilot. Thie beacon on Federal point is 40 feet high, painted white, and stands on the main landtthe north aide of the entrance of Cape Fear river. The Main Bar of Cape Fear River. Vessels running down from the westward should not approach nearer the Middle ground than to bring the cape (which is the most eastern part of the Bald head woods) to bearE. by N. when you bring the light-he jse to bear N. | E. in about 4 fathoms water, steer immediately for the light* house, which will be a little open to the eastward of a pole beacon with a cask on the top painted black — Jk continuation of this course will carry you clear of the Fingers, when you will see a buoy ahead or a little on the larboard bow, which you will pass, leaving it on the larboard hand { as soon as you leave the buoy, steer N. W. or keep the breakers close bn board the larboard side, when you will luff or bear away, as the water may deepen or become more shoal, to be ascertained Ikv heaving the lead. This will carry you clear of a long sand shoal that makes off the point of Bald head, which is dangerous to ground upon, as the flood tide sets di- rectly 0Ter*ai)d breaks upon it with the wind from the S. W. In ap- proaching Bald head caution is necessyy, as the shoals On both sides are very steep, frequently froin 6 to 3 fathoms at one cast of the lead. Keep close to this shoal, by sounding as above directed, until you reach Oak island, when you may steer direct for Smithville. Outside of the bar, in 5 or 6 fathoms water, the light-house bearing N. there is good anchorage in soft bottom. There is on the bar at low water 10 fedhj^d at high wa- ter 14^ feet ; and the e; is scarcely ever so rough as t^prevent a pilot's boarding a vessel at the buoy. The Western or Oak Island Channel^ Is to bring the point of Oak island to bear N. E. by E. keeping this course until you get close in with the beach, thence along the beach until you pass Oak island. There are 7 feet at loW) and 1 1 feet at high water on this bar. Other directions for Oak Island Chaniiel. Vessels drawing not more than d feet water, running into Wilmingtoii .# ... lOEd^t Blunt*B American Coast Pilot. « 231 through Oak island channel, may bring the easternmost part of th« lamp of trees on the east end of Oak island to bear N. E. by £. dnd run for it, which w'ill carry thprn over iq the best pf the water, 7^ feet at tow wa- ter, and 1 1 feet at -high water ; as soon as you deepen your water over the bar, steer for the end of the sandy point of Oak island till close up with it, then steer E. S. E. for opening Cape creek,, till you deepen into 4 fathome,, then haul up N.^or N. N. W. along the beach until you get up with Fort Johnson, where you may anchor. ling this Ich until water KA'^0 OF PILOTAGE for Cape Fear Ban and Rm. * BARS. Optn Boat. Decked. For veMeli drawing 8 feet, and undtr 7 rtet, $5 60 |8 58 4 7 8 625 9 37 8 9 7 25 10 87 9 10 8 37 IS :>5 10 11 10 00 16 00 11 19 IS 00 18 00 IS 131 13 33 19 99 '{- M* • 13 14 27 31 40 ^ «^' is' . 13i 15 33 33 99 13} f 14 16 5a « 34 89 14 14« 17 73 36 59 « 14i • 15 SI 80 33 70 15 15} 22 10 34 66 15i . 16 is 5 37 57 16 16} 36 70 m • 17 28 60 IT •d * 17* 33 70 ITi J 18 39 38 18 18} 4S00 4u 181 19 44 80 W- 19 19} 48 65 \9h so' 53 5p \ That 30 per cent, upoq the present eitablished rates of pilotage, at above, be allowed to decked boatsi piloting veieels into this port and out to sea (which it comprised in the last column.) Forlhi RIVER, from Fori Johnson to Wilmington For veiteltulawing 6 7 8 9 10 10} 11 . 11} * 13 13} 13 5? 14} From Fort Johnson tdDruaiwick, or from Brunswick to Wilmington, or vice veriOf one half the pilotage from Fort Jfqjinson to Wilmington. From Fort Johnson to Five Fathom Hole, from Five Fathom Hole to Brunswick, fiom BrHosiirick to Campbell's island, and from Campbell's island to Wilmington, or vice tenOf one fourth of the pilotage from Fort Johnson to Wilmingtop. t, and undei 7 feet, - $7 00 - 8 - 8 00 - 9 - 9 00 . 10 • 10 00 . 10} . 11 00 . 11 - 12 00 . m - 13 00 - 13 - 15 00 V 12} - 16 00 • 13 • 18 00 • p 13} . 20 00 • » 14 - 22 00 . 14} - 24 50 • 15 - 25 00 ingloii T 232 BIunt'B American Coast Pilot. From Cape Fear to Georgetown. 10 Edit. ■ '*■ Georgetown entrtincc is 18 leagues S. W. \ W. JHNn Cape Fenr ; be- tiveeo lies a bank, on which there are 5 fnthoms waiter. The norlii end of thii bank lies about 5^ leagues S. W. by W. from Cape Fear ; it thence extends S. VV. ^ S. 8^ leagues. The inner or N. W. side of this bunk is about 4 leagues from the shore ; near to this €dge, there are 10^ 9, and 8 fathoms water ; it stiouls gradually, M you advance towards the shore ; this is called Long bay. Near to the north end of this bank, there are 10 fethoms ; along its S. E. side there are 8, 7, and 6 fathonu ; to the south- ward of this bank there are several shoals. « ^' In sailing to Little river inlet, which divides North from South Caro- lina, you pass Lockwood's Folly inlet, which lies W. from Cape Fcar light Uf leagues distant. The land appears broken, and contains no safe harbour. In continuing your course towards Georgetown^ several other inlets may be discovered in clear weather, and at length you pass North inlet, about 3 let^ues from Georgetown light-house ; this inlet is the northern boundary of North island, on which island the light-house is situated ; the entrance into this inlet is from the northward, the south breaker forming nearly a crescent, runs apparently across the mouth of the inlet : there is geofiMiy not less than six feet water on the bar at low water, but the depth varies with the direction and violence of the prevailing winds. The Erection of this channel has been within a few years considerably, though gradually changed by the elongation and curve of the south break- er throwing the channel more to the northward : in entering it in its pre- sent situation, Georgetown light-house will bear about S. by W. distant 3 leagues ; a small but distinct sand hilV(th6 most northern oja the north end of North island) S. W. 1 S. the most southern building on the south end of the opposite island W . by S. ; you may then run in between the heads of the two breakers, rounding alongthe edge of the south breaker, and thus passing between the breakers into the harbour. The flood tide comes in from the S. E.^and sets across the S. breaker, towards the N. breaker. On the N. end of North island, about 3 leagues from the light, there is a village of about 20 or 30 dwelling houses (a summer residence) which is distinctly seen from sea, and often mistaken 1^ Sullivan's island near Charleston ; there are several housea on the N. point of the oppo- site island. To small vessels this inlet affords a safe hvbour : there are two passapis leading from it up to Georgetown, but from the shoalness of the water they cannot be conveniently navigated except by boats ; in cases of necessity, however, vessels of 6 or 7 feet draught may be navigated with some delay through the most southern, which is the deepest passage into the bay, or river, leading to the town. Directions for sailing into Georgetoii*^ harbour. The light-house is situated in latitude 33*^ 13', and is erected on the southern point of North island, on a low sandy spot ; this island is on the northern and eastern side of the harbour : the light-house is a lofty, cir- cular, white tower. Jn approaching it from the northward, the harbour is ahat out from view by North island, and the light-liouse appears to be 10 Edit. Bluiif s American Coast Pilot 23a ontains no titunted in n low wood. The light-houfie bean N. | W. from the eait- crnmoHt pnrt of Ctipe Uomtin HhonI, 11 miles distRnt, and N. bv E. 4E. from the ■outhwetftf rn part, '^0 miles distant. In passing the light, either northerly or soutnerly, vessels will find 5 futhoms water, within five miles of the land ; on this shoal there are about 7^ feet at low water« nboiit 12 feet at high jvater, and 5 fathoms all round it. The prin- cipal entrance into the harbour lies to the southward of the light ; vesiels drawing from 7 to S feet water may (if a pilot cannot be procured) enter near high water, by bringing the light-house to bear N. ^ W. and running directly for it till within loO fathom? of the land; they will then hare deep water on both siiiJcs for several miles up the bay. Several btwys are anchored on the bar, to mark the best wuter ; in sailing by these, the following directions must be observed ; the first buoy (the most southern) is on the S. E. point of the south breaker — this, in entering the harbour, you keep on the larboard hand ; the second buoy is on the N. W. point of the north breaker, which you keep, in entering, on the starboard hand, and continue your course to the third buoy, which is on the S. W. point of the Newcome shoal ; this buoy you must also keep on the starboard hand. The channel here trends to the eastward for about a quarter of a mile to the fourth buoy ; you then give this la.vt a birth to the westward, or larboard, and steer about N. N. W. directly into the harbour. Ves- sels drawing 1 1 feet water may, with the assistance of a pij^ pass secure- ly through this channel without the aid of spring tides. ^nBere is also an entrance which lies to the northward, under the southern (ioint of North is'ind (as before described) near the light-house ; through this, if a pi- lot be procured, vessels drawing 8 or U feet water may be brought with safety. Vessels at sea will find deep water, and when the wind is to the southward and westward, convenient and safe anchorage near the land, about 1| or 2 miles to the northward of the light-house. A common flood tide rises nearly four feet ; it is high water on the bar at the full and change of the moon, about 7 oV.lock. NOTE. — Georgetowr light-hnuse is situated on North island, at the entrance of Win- yaw bay, and contains a fixed light. Cape Roman. Cape Roman is very low land ; it has neither tree nor bush, and ap* pears, when seen at a distance, to be a sand left dry by the tide.* From the south entrance of Santee river, to about two miles S. W. of Cape Ro- * A wind-fhill is erected on the point ofCspe Roman, which at a distance, having the appearanceofa light-house, especially in hazy weather, will easily deceive sUangirtf^ who, from want of exact latitude in approaching the coast, may mistake it for Charles- ton light-house. In falling in with this wind-mill, you must not come into ler^ than T fathoms water, bringing it to bear W. N. W. Then you are abreast of the Cape Sboalt| and Charleston light-house will bear W. S. W. about 15 leagues. In consequence of its resemblance to the light-house, it has engaged the notice of the Legislature of South Carolina, who have passed a resolution appointing certain persons to fix a mark of dii- tin«tion upon the building, to prevent the repetition of accidents to vessels on tfaat coast. 30 234 Bluni's American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. , there it ■ shonl ivhich extendi to a conniderable distnnre from the ; the 8. E. point of it lie| nbout b lenptie« S. bv E. from G(!or([;(>- town light'heuie, and the S. Vi . point liua uboiit iMHague* S. E. from Cape Roman. Clo«e to ttii« dnngeroun innd there tin 4 and .1 fa(hom fathoms water. As there if a aboal runs off about 5 miles S. E. by E. from the N. E. end of Bull's inl- and, you should take care to avoid it in passing. Senec bay, or BulPs harbour, liea between Racoon Keys and bull's island. There are shoals firing otf the iMtst end of Racoon Keys, and you should anchor near to DaU*fl island, in fathoms water. From the shoa^ off the N. E. end of Bull's island to Charleston bar, Hke course to go'Clear of the Rattle Snake, is S. W. by W. and the dis- tance seyen leagues. There are four islands betv/ccu Scwee bay and Charleston bar, viz. BulKs, Cooper's, Devies, and Long island. Flats extend from &11 the islands, along which the soundings are regular. — With Charleston churches to the northward of Sullivan's island, you will be in 5| fathoms water, on the edge of the Rattle Snake ; and, when the churches are open to the southward of Sullivan*^ island, you are dear of (hat shoal. You should approach no nearer to this bank than 6 fethoms water. ■^'^ f Directions for sailing into Charleston (S. C.) The entrance of Cbpfleston bar lies in lat. 32* 44' N. In running in for Charleston* light-house, which may be seen some distance at sea, you will have gradual soundings. When you come near the baryoumay •tee thO north and t south breakers, between which is the entrance over the bar. In running over the bar, you must have the light- house to bear W. by N. J N. and run in, which course will carry you clear of the tiortb sand, which lies within the bar. . Continue this course between the two. breakers, when you will find from 12 to 17 feet water, according as fc^»-«»«»^— -^ i n I'll ' I ." f * ChaflsstOn light-house contains a revolving light — at the distance of 8 or OJeagues, theUMe of dalrkness will be twice to that of light; as you approach it, the time of datk- MIB «A11 (toeirSaie. and that ofUftht increase until you get within three leagues, when the .lifbt will not whoUy disappear, bat the greatest strength of light will be as ode to forty- foirse the least. t Ttte south breaker baa a buoy oo the eaist end, in 13 feet wa^er, and in the middle of tbis channel is a buoy, with a siijall white flag upon it, in 10 feet water, low tide, on within sMt of iMiicb jou may go wma runoing in. 10 Edit. iinre from the from G4>or|i(«- left S. E. from ind .1 fiilhomN ; u ship, at the >age 833) S. ^ e entrnnce of the ooiith en* , Hiid 3 leagues iorgctowii en- and although ert is no rcnl ppenrs, wheu I. nn shoid, you liirrow island, fincoon K jys, As there i«* a J of bull's i^l- ny, or BnlTs ere are shoals nchor near to larLeston bar, . and the dis- !wee bay and island. Flats re regular. — land, you will ! ; and, when ind, you are his bank than n running in ance at sea, 9 baryoumay :he entrance ight- house to I clear of the between the according as rs or 9 leagues, le time of dark- igues, when the as one to forty- id in the middle otf low tide, on /•«. , /'.,,., f.i / / ntinii',,/ /.'•! M. . /« „„ /.' .1./ /f/,/ ^^;; ■:■.•••.'•■.■■;■;•;•'••'' ft*'- V ihtirhfhn ChtixhM itppfunni) tr A'hi/AH.mi rf .fui/i't ant l/Arrr will hf .J> J-afhttnJ IV t'li'/Ai H.nttle.fniik( Churhthn CAimhtf afpfamuj te Snttixw ard ct' Suttnant I.viu ^ ««iiel at not utubilruil nihar /ttMli paiiln| liar itilai. i'ha liarh'tiir-maalar ihall hava full pnwnr anil Huilmrlljr, itiid ha tt haraliy raaiiirrH lo order Rnri, a* iii»n in A« llirtr proper birih't aii.lnrk thrir f)ii>t iiixl i(iva nn Intiila hirlh to a loiKieil valval i providi'il tli.il, iii Iha (lina nl iha ap|ilti ution, ibrin thall li« no nihitr liirlh varani, or n« luilabii' ni thit whurl in )|Uft«iiiMt, nr tii 'h*! udjoininii whurvcn— and IhnI nnloiidaij vaMel ha allnwrd niorr ihiin trn duy« for llin diictiwrgr of hrr riirKn, li li furlhar efi- Jotnrd on ll)« liurboiu-inHttar, In Ink* ntra tbnt no vataal hf iiorinlliad in reinnin nl tiii- chor in tlia river, within Iho dikianva uf Afty lalboinii Ironi ihu uiitvriiKiii vgiicl lyinn at •nv of iha wlinrveii. if iinjr raplnln, romtnnndar, nr nwnar nf any vphtI, thall rrfiiia lo nnrlior, moor or alack hit litkU ui iifort'iittbl, wbcii ra(|uirrd so lo do by llie Inirbour-niaiiter, It ihuli \»' th* Hilly of tlij iiildharbour-mitiitiir luimedlitiiily, and wll!ioiit dulnyi lo |irocur« the na- caiiary iiid mid ii^iiitniiio to unclior, mooi, or dark thn fiutit of nuid vniisri, and Iha ax< p«n|B thori'hy Itirorrrd, to vbiir|{« to tlie riiplain, romiiinndcr, nr owiirr tliurrnf, nnd i| Iha lama b«i not piiid wllliin ttvoiity-fonr hour* alter thi'tr itein^ fitrnUherl with thf •mnuiii, tut h rhnrge iliull be recoverable in the iiilerinr city court, nt the iii'xl lerin tlioreiifier, with lull coklt, wllliout tlii> ri((ht of imparlanre. Till* dorki and rlinnnelt of the hnrbour thall be under the dirrclioii uf the linrbniii- mattari who in hereby required lo prevent any hnllaii or ruhbitb being thrown thorelii. and to keep the tania open Rnd free rrnin nbitriirtinn ; and every (letaoiK or pvrimni of- fendinK in the preinitct. it and are hereby niado li^ible to be fined in the turn uf twenty dnllnrit for Kvury tuchnrTenro, with cutit, to be nicovHied in the inferior oily <;uurl, wiih- onl ihif right nf iinpnrlonre : and the hnrbuur-inntler, n» n roinpa|itnllon for iiii at- lendanci* to prntecute tui(| lullt, nhajl bo entitled lo ioci*ivo one nnlf nf all tlie Aiica to recovered ; the other half lo go to the ute of Ilia ciiy ; nnd ihe taid hnrboiir- matlvr it lieraby declared »good witneit, in nil caiur, noiwilhttaiiding he may bo ihv inforiiKir. If any pnrtnn nrpariont thnll molett nr attempt tonbsiriiot.^ho hnrbnur-innttir in the axecution of the duliti of hit office ; all and every tucb porton or per»ont nhnll, upon conviction in the Inferior city court, bo liable to be lined in Uis tuin of ^Udollari, and all coitt attending the tui:. i The harbuur-maiter shall hi* amnnnblu for all .«iicli loKset fit diallnrite throui(li hiinr- gleet, and upon hit omitting to poifurni lliu retnective dutiut niiki^ticd him by tbii nrnnr other ordinance, he tbnil forfeit and pay, for the ute of the city, the lumof Iwciiiy dnl- lari, for every luch offtMicu, upon conviction in the inferior riiy court, with cpajii, and •hall be linble to be ditinitted at any time, fur uiiy cuute or mutter which to tli^counvil shall appear tufficient. * The harbour-matter thall take all lawful means in prevent noKrnei and othtt tlave* iMing ciiindettinely or illegally carried away in any ship oi vettel from thii'Dort ; ond.lo secure them in the w>.:k-houge for the ute of the owner, who thall pay a reward of Ubm dollatt to the harbour-mnttor, fnr every luch negro or other tiave soiecured at aforisiAid, and every rontlable or conttablet aiding and attitting in the Inking nnd tecuring tutH negro, thall be entitled to receivb from the cwnl^r aforefiMd five dollnri each ; hi&I;1u cate of refuNnl on iho part of the ownor, the partiet thall recover the t ume in iIm itiferibe city court, with full cotts. , To prevent paupert and others, who are likely to become ^ chargi: nnd burthen to the community, from being brought into this city from any of flwUnited Status, oV from nny foreign country ; that every mailer of a vcisel nniving aMbe port of Charleston, bhalJ, as toon at he has entered hit vctsel with the collector uf the cutlnini, d«|ivcr to the mat- ter of the said port of Charleston n perfect list or certificate, under hit hand, of thr christian and surnames of nil passengers, as well liervants at others, brout|[bt in such sliip or vessid, and their ciVtumilfaiices, so far as he knows, noting their placet or nativity, or residence ; and their nccupatinn or profession, and whether he considers such passenger nr passengers as likely to become burthentomc lo the community, on pain of forfeiting the sum nf ten dollars for every passenger whose name he shall omit in enter ia such list or certificnte, to be recovered in the inferior city court, in the same manner as all finob and forftfitnres have heretofore been recoverable. And should it so happen, that any pus- sangM or passengers so titvught in, is nr arc likely to become a burthen in Ihe city ; if such persnn'or persons shall irfuse to);ive security, or cannot procuio sufficient security or secu- rities to become bound fnf his sa ving the city from such charge ; in such case the master ol the vessel In which such person or persons came, shall nnd he is hereby oliliged nnd re(iuiicd to send him, her, or them, out of the city Qg<«in, within the space of three months noKt after their arrivaJ, or otherwise to give security, lo indemnify and keep the city free from oil charge, for the relief and support of suc^ pauper or paupers, \inless such person tt, •^ or luck oibtf ^ lijr rtaiiirrH )'> 10 B(l In likmoi r iluiing Ui« imtiaaa | niid Ihu liaibiMiiinn*U'r tif lh« |Miit ot ChnikiiDii u htiaby r«< autrfrf lo notify in all mailt r» ol vfl»»«U rninrliii ihU pnii ihr purpolni una or mora il«>|iuh«i, lo b# njv provail ol by Iha iiiiaiidatil, wlio »liall luke Ilia •uiiitj iiaUi <>t ulTira a* liiiit»«lf, itnd b« ■ul*- |ari for Ilia taina |wnaliia« fur iia||;lt:i'i ul dmy. cfior, moor or 8 hnrvd, of tin* Fiuin Charlcbton bar io *Port Uuyal. From f) fiithoma wuter cflT Chiirloaton bnr to North Ediiinto inirt, the ronrae \n S. W. bv W. A VV. amlttn' diataiice ')J lenguva ; tiiia courHc will cnrry von cUmi* ot tlif* ahoah which liu otf Stoiio iulct, which liu further oft' thiin any that arc in yiiiir wav to E two I^U iindH, vi/. Morria inland, on which the hi(ht-hoiiK«' ittanJa, and tht> inland called the Cothn iHland. With the liKht-hoiiNM open of the C'uiHn iHl ind, you will go clear ot'thc Stono ahoalit, in (i I'athoaiM water ; but it' you shut the light-hnufie in with the Collin idland, you will nut have more than 6^ Cathoms ofT Stono nhoaU : you wiU pass close to the breakers, and conse- tpiently be in danger ; tl# breakers, '"dess Ibc se»*f be smooth, shew where the shoal is. In Stono inlet there are !) or lU feet of water, at low water, but it was not much frequented until Charleston was blocked, in the year 1775. From Stono inlet to North Eddisto inlet, Ihc course '\% S. W. by W. ^ W. and the distaikco 1 1 miles ; between them the «*oundingH are regular, and the shoalingflfVhen you are coming from the oiling towards the shore, are very gradual ; the b«r off North Eddisto, and the shoaU which are coDti^uoua to it, lie oir about 4 or 5 miles from the land. Cloic to the bar and shoals there are 3 and 4 fathoms water ; on the bar, there are 9 or 10 feet nt low water. South Eddisttf is 3 leagues W'. S. \V. from North Eddisto. The shore of the islands, which lie between them, may bo ap- proached with your lead, without danger. The shoaliugs toward it arc gt^ual. If bound to the southward or northward, and obliged, through stre!e about 3 ka^iiai jrni St. Michnrl'M hrad. You may Ihni •t«#»r ii |iointtoth« •uutJiWMrU ofwrMt, until jrou got into fi rMtbuni* watir ; tlieii ntnrr more •oiilliprly, taking cure not 40 bring Ht. MiriNiri'a brml to thn nnrtbwurd ttf S, Vf. by S. QDtil yoo •«•« tb** grout north brcukar, rulliMl Hob''* Carp, riote to wbi« |i th«r« are 4 tiUhunu witter ; tbm ahoiil imuit be loft on the •t.irMard •!•(«. Atjroii appronrb tbi* breiiki«i than ai or 4 fathoin*, iit low water. Continue to Wcr ns aforosaid, betwt't u will btiire, re abrcMt of i. ^ W. in «i n a very iale Uufkin bank. 12 feet at low yhen in 7 fa- lon iteer witli Phillip's point nd proceed u f. byE. froM lence exlADd* uter. Hilton*! bluff point of ofP6rtRo;ral large, ferlrio* tend* abotit 8 k in 6 falhomn laka th« land tbe coast di»- met of Savant > lb at Tybee» inde, and from ad to Charlee- vater« majr K» 30 tmles ioutb E. winds cause tir course. At ys of tbe moon, S,in 12fBtbQiDs b to the north- Near to the en- the flood tide. I k i J\V«.1,»* l^iMdifit by E.M./ilunt,ri>r /»: fit'i^ ;*!<■ fiit-Hslifil ty E.Mlilunt,fi>r IV. Hoo/uT. Wit i i I |if 10 Edit •m When tl inonly cotil if such wif S. E. and S. E. wl continue 1< begins- fb blow and -to the N. a clear skj N. W. \^ blow very Gale» 01 lencc towa sea, with a The nioi N. W. vid quarters, t Thunder they alway! that no c;m the greates their violei The enti i\orthen>ni< navigable 1 many of w this sound, and Corav miles dowi 6 ftet wat< trance of i Port Roya The sound 4 Whenc 22 kagnei which is • Martin** 1 of Port R insight; ■aiiiii -I* ■f ' .* X .«^'' 10 Edit. Blunt* American Coast Pilot. 239 * Wimh and weaiher on the coast of South-Carolina. When the wind blows Iiurd in the N. E. quarter, without rnin, it com- inonly contiimei to blow violent for sonic tiuie,Mrhnp8 3 or 4 days ; but if such wiiids arc attended with ruin, they geiw^nlly shitl td the K.— rK. S. E. and S. E. S. E. wiiidH blow right in on the coast, but tbey seldom blow dry, or continue long ; in G, 0, or 10 hours afte,'* their conimencenient, the sky begins- lb look dirty, which soon produces ruin. When it c(yne» to blow and rain very hard, yuu may be sure that the wind will tly round to the N. W. quarter, and blow very hard for 20 or 30 hours, with a clear sky. # N. W. winds arc always attended with clear weather. They sometimes blow very hard, but seldom do so longer than 30 hours.. Gales on the coast of South Caronna frequently increa»e much in vio- lence toward their conclusion, and then break off at once, leaving across sea, with almost no wind. The most lasting winds are those which blow from the S. S, W. and W. N. W. i^idfroin the N. to the E. N. E.oWhen the wind is in any of these quarters, the weather is the most settled. Thunder gusts are very common on this coafet in the summer time ; they always come from the N. W. quarter, and are somctina|ai so heavy that no canvass can withstand their fury ; they come on so s^kilenly,that the greatest precautions are necessary to guard against the effects of their violence. 4 n fe» ■■>i M St. Helena Sound. The entrance of this sound lies betvwen South Eddisto island and the northernmost Hunting; island ; it is aboat 2 leagues wide. This place is navigable by vessels of 7 or ff'feet water only ; it is full of sand t^i^ki; many of which anre dry at low water. Six rivers empty themselves into this sound, viz. South EMisto, A^bappo, Oumbahaw, Chehaw, True Blue, and Corsaw. Thege#iYf iuitjril navigable ; some of them come 200 miles down the cauiyM&|i|HHHr theo^ can he navigated by vessels of 6 ftet water, Ar na^^^^^Hf ^^0 mifes from the sound. From the en- trance of St. HeleiHIHIHi^ along the Hunting islands, to the entcance of f, W. ^ S. and the distiince about 5j le^ues. you will have 6 or 6 fathoms water. .*^j Port Royal, the The soundings barleston bar to Tybee. When over the bar, in 8 fathoms water, the course is S. W. distance 22 kagnes. As you come near the latitude of Port Royal entrance, which ifl <32^ 8' ff, he careful to avoid a very dangerous shoai, called Bfartin'li iniilistry ; it lies 4 leagues from the south side of the entrance of Port Rojr^, which is the north side of Hilton head, the highest lat^ in sight ; cOfii«;lHi» newer ^haa 7 fathoma, keeping your lead gp^ ; an£ '\ iM^i 210 Blunts Ain<*HcBii Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. '/ -t; *' it- ■_ in the nij^hl or thick weather, do not approach nearer than 10 fiithbrnn ; ihc tide of flood Hots bohlly im When you got to the oouthward of Milton head, you will see tiie li(i;ht-houAe which stand)* on the island of ♦Tyl»(!C. If in the light, and y^^i are to the northward of Tybee, be careful* of goins; nearer the G.igkin bank than o fathoms. In freuh winds, you take a pilot abreast of the light-house — in moderate weather, without the bar. In clear weather vou may see the light-house at the distance of 12 miles. "^ • # ^ Near the Gaskin bank and Martin's Industry, the flood runs strong into Port Royal, to which may be attributed the loss of so many vessels on these banks. ^ Off Tybee there are two large coppered buoys, one on the tail of the icnoH in two fathoms water, bearing from the light-nouse N. N. W. ; the other in 4^ N. E. by N. from the light-house, in mid-channel, where large vessels may anchor with safety when wind and tide will uot permit to proceed hi»,her up. Vessels entering Savannah river must run till the beacon erected on Tybee bears nearly with the ligh^-house (the latter bearing west) ; and then they will cross the bar in the best water. On the bar is a buoy with a whitu top, in 4J fathoms water, distant 4^ miles from the light-house. The deepest water is between the buoy and the south breaker head, [The bcaclpi is a mast with a black cask on it.] On Savannah bar there are 18 or r> feet at low water. On the south breaker there are not more than 7 or tJ feet water ; and i^ mile from the light, it is bare at low tide. Onjthe north breaker there is not less than 12 feet for the distance of a mile. Atler getting into 4 fathoms water you will be over the bar, when you must haul up VV. N. W. until the light-house bears S. S. W. then anchor. The point of shoal which runs down from Cockspur island, and sepa- rates that channel from the ship channel, bears N. ^ W. from the light, and has not more than 6 feet on it at low tide^ When to the north- ward of this point, the light bearing S. 8. £. you may anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms. Vessels drawing not more than 8 or 9 feet may keep the light or island side on board, and run into Cockspur and andibr, as they cannot pass tbe upper end of the island until half ^^^jberenbeiqg only 7 or 8 feet at low tide. ^ ■ IHw^ilMKi There are three bars, having froiii^^^m^HH|^oniB, on the back of Tybee and Cabbage island ; but they areflUHJf ^^ attempted but in absolute necessity. Note. — Sailing into Savannali you will obsorve the fulM^HpArkt and buoys, viz. a large buoy lies on the outer edge of the bar in the deeMaf^H|b'><'ving all the lead- ing marks on the beacon and light-house in one, baariiiftl^^M^^mtant 4 miles. Ano- ther buoy lies in the same direction, one mile within theb|^^^pird buoy li*B one mile farther W. by N. from the second ; a fourth buoy lies ^'iitHV* fro"* the third ; af- ter passing which there is safe anchorage for a large fleet, in«^5 fathoms, at low wa- ter, the light-house bearing S. S. W. . The buoys lie and lead in the deepest water, having a channel half a mile to the north- ward, and one quaaer of a mile to the southward of them (in the narrowest place) * Tybee island lies at the mouth of Savannah river, to the southward of the bar. It is very pleasant, with a beautiful creek to the west of it, where a ship of any burthen may lie safe at anchor. A light-house stands on the island, 80 feelhiKbt containing a fixed light, is 17 miles E. S. E. i E. from Sivannah, and 6 leagues S. W. \ W. from Port Royal. Warsaw aound is forr ed by the southern end of this island. OEdit. hward of island of ^arefurof ^ou take Ihout the stance of rong into csseU on ill of the W.; the lere large permit to rected on eat) ; and buoy with ht-hoiise. cer head. the south } from the I less than when you en anchor. and sepa- from the the north- in 4 or 5 t or island annot pass 7 or 8 feet 1 the back impted but d biioysiviz. all the lead- miles. Ano- liM one mile le third ; af- , at low wa- to the north- )west place) '4he bar. It any burthen coDtaining a W. from Port «• btC^i-- Jt, ri'TK u SOINI) I 'i I'lif A'liuHttt/ Afilf Lat ofth(3iirtv aRK, PUBLISHED B Y F..M.B LUN T: Dr V/ • ^* /t^*V\- 1 — • — /',/,//• •'// « -svMsam^B^p^ lAUAKITA 1 "^ .1."' . 31 V ri ,) 7j »/ ''"*•. •'-v' <> la is '.'•5 X tth '""•<. V ..ry^'V \ II ISiltimi ,1 4 7v lo /.I M ?«' V > n '' /.. '^•"' ''/, "^r- ISHED BY K.M.Y^LUNT. lor vV^. TIO >)KK R , \%2i. rwn— T- -/A...A-/->-.j;i^,{j| w r. it' fc: r ^J^^< % • '4 72>t>^^ Vv>^^' ■/w: r Va j.//-^ /vx-x ■f ,,^ v>/m. N i.^ k S I vn:; K-' >C !^. J ifr.- \ js;^ *4t ^ 10 fidit Bliint*8 Aperzcan Coast Pilot. ti 1 Hatarly the uiiM i^ breaker. Id rminiw tfais^Marfe,^!!^ W ^ -"^ ^ ■ '* " - *^- •t low watftlr. W| t i ^ pfe wat ortt» ^ ltOtlea»ti)^D 12feet:niwT* w««n. fT«npf)qmui in« n * from it Ujiile in a direction exacdv H. WM W. wher« . u ■■■- m j^'\ •ji^^ll^lf'r ti9. BluntV American C^t Pilot. UIJ&lTt . )• caci'llrnt in 4 fiithofna tl low wit«r, nHich will bring lh« vMsrl in tbi» • Vi( inity •>! ttu* *light-hoiiN<>. Tl*« nenp luie obb* 7 fert. « 'I'hi! t«>llowiiig JM tli«! (lrplh« of wQlwr, Wurinipi und diNUncei of two ^M<*3r*« plt. landing to Derien, (ieorKiM : * ', Buoy No. I, •iiiiti III 18 ftti>( wntiT at lo^v wiiter, on ttii> otitrr rdgn of thp liiir, hrtiriiiK K. | N. fioin l)i<* iiiniron o.i Wolfialuiid, .Mj mileti diaUnt, k and 4^ mik'n from (ht H. point of Hn».«iio, in nn E. S. K. direction. Hiioy No. 2, iiink in 91 fvet \ lOW watrr, (rfTlhr north hrnihcr- lleadf benring K. i N. from the bea« on aforrmiid iibout V| mileN.iiiid in m $» H. by K. drrection, ^^ niilf>it from the Hooih point nffiupcllo. Thia buoy If S. K. by K. ^ K. fi^ niilffi firm Doboy itlaiid, and from the ino«t south »rn part of the* north bn>ak(>r (»iia*third of • oiiU VV. by S. | S. \t:' Tybcc to St. 8iiuoni9. Rrhig Tybcc liKht-hovue to hear N. VV. in 10 futhomH wotor, thenttcer 8. Vf. bv S. distance 24 Icai^uei, to go clear of the ithoal uf 8t. feiinMini. Krhich liei oflTSt. 8imou)i K. S. E. 4 leagaca. There arc 4 and 6 fathoms cloA^to thin ■hoiit; to avoid whith, romc no nearer than or D fathoms. The inland of t-^t. Simonn in on the north Hide of the sound or harbour ol' the itamc name, whicli liefl in lat. 31^ Ul' N. and may be known by four trecH Htanding thutt, tt 1 1- On the louth side of that harbour lieu Jekyll itilaiid, on which are r>'markable trees, appearing like umbrellas, Mnd theiK e called the umbrella trees. .St. .Simons and Jekyll island beacheii are remnrliably white. The bar at the entrance of St. Simon's sounrf lies U milefl from the light. u .. ^ Other directions. 'ferfr^gthe light-house on St. Simons to bear W. N. W. ttortherfy, and Atecr tight for it until yoii get within the bar, which will be known by the southern extremity bf Jekyll inland ;bearing S. W. by S. you will give the point of the light-house a birth of about n cable's iength. The tide of ilood nets S. 8. W. and the ebb N. N. E. It flows at full tm f.ilUnmn wutrr, iit wi'ullirr mid air.* oi'the v(*M«l iiiu^ admit. A« yon |ir(ic«i*«t townrd* thr aunthrrii part t)f rumWorltiiwI you will o|m>ii DiiuKi'iu'Nii lloiiiir, which m uhout 1} milflt distiiiit troin the auiith |Hiiiit a at St. Mary'* bar on full and change at hulf pnat 7 o'cluck, • depth. Lake George is a little sea, of u< arly Hixty mi1«« circumference, at the extremity of which is found a bank of shells, on which you have only about five feet w&ter ; but at two or three miles above this the branches of the St. John's re-unite, and a broad and deep channel conducts you to a lake. At full and change it flows S. E. by S. and N. W. bv N. 9 h. 45 min. NoTE.-*The brig Young Maria struck several tunes on a sunken rock, and immediately after had i fathoms water, while running between St« Ad* gustine and Amelia island. St. John's to the Baj of St AugUstine. St. JUigaatine is situated on the BCain» about two miles within tlie bar, * TL« ll^bt house i* 9U tbt touUi point of CuQbtrland iiltDd. %u Blunt*t American CoMt Pilot 10 Rtlit 10 imm»Ai»l*\y oppociU th« inlet ; it ii not pnttabU for v«m«I« Anmtnm of«r AA««n fvAt of watnr. Thr iiilnnd of IViuitm/iM runN |»iirtill>>l witli the ocaao, Ami forms ■ point of Ihi* Mouth «*mi of St. Anntutino inl«t. Whrn in fathoms wotvr, off thr Bar of Nt John'*, thr course ia 8. 8. R. dis- tance 10 leaKurs. The northi*rnnio«t latul of thr hay u callnl Point Car Itl. When yuu ure ns far to the RouthwHrd an thi« point, you wilt irr thr bland Anastntia. in lan^th 18 miles, and on thr soutli «i«lr of thr bay ; thr north side of which has a high white tower, like a light-hou«r, whrrr u look-out is kept. When a ve««rl iippeiirs in sight, a •ikiiuI in mudc to thr town of St. Augustine, by hoisting thrir colours and tirinx u gun ; if the vessel appears to the northward of the buy, and is a tliroe-niust vcs- •el, they hoist an ensign, and hang 6ut a pole in thr form of a (riunglr, with three balls on the north sidr of the tower ; if to thr south, the bulls •ra hung out on the south sidr of tha tower ; if a two-mast vrssri, two balls and ti Jack hoisted ; if n sloop, one ball and a pendant ; for a lleet, thry fire five guns and nn ensign hoisted. Thr bar of St. Augustine bus no more than 10 fret water on it ut high water, spring tidr or IMiiludo^^iu, in liititutti* :tt)*.'»fV, lU dircition it about K. N. K. unci i'rom thviK c, in the lntitu«l(> otatf* 67' N. it »«li away Otiarly cait." [Stt pagt 247, for liulfStrtiim. \ DireriinnJi for muking n spr.rdu panitiigc through the Gulf/o lN<«w-York. When inai^ht of Memory Hock, «t«er N. N. W. to Int. •2!)«»,th«M» N. to Int. .'Hr,(ullowing, however, for the ciVectri uf MroiiK hree/e« uny way to clear danfieni on both nidei) whicli will keep them in the whole force of tKe ttream, then N. R. till in th« hit. of :)2^, then atcer N. K. by N. until you get into the latitude of Cape lIutteriiM, which in in 3.S<* \4' N. then you may haul up more northerly half a point, till you gtt on aMnd- inifw in or neur the latitude of (he cnpen of Virginia. Vvhen in IR or ?0 futhonH, and near that latitude, ateer N. by K. 7H leaguea, and look out for the Highland of Ncvcraink, which liea in lat. lO" 2B' N. and very r«« mnrkabic, lieing 'iK2 feet above the level of the auu, and liea S. W. from the entrance of the harbour of New- York. When you have nearly made the distance before mentioned, be careful not to run in the night or thick weather; and come no nearer than 1 8 or 1 4 fathoms. To come into the Bay of New-York, bring the livht-houne W. by N. or W. N. W. in 10 fathoms, and the aouthernmoat part of the Highland of Neversink S. W. byS. [S«e page 201.] Note.— Along the southern coast of America, you will find no tide far- ther out from the shore than 10 or 12 fathoms water, from that depth un- til the edge of soundings, you will have a current setting to the southward, at the rate of one mile per hour ; when out of Houndin^^, you will have the Gulf Stream setting to the N. E. quarter, and the farther you get to the northward, it sets more easterly, but not so strong as before mention- ed ; and when you get to the northward of 39° it sets about east. The Setting of the Tide along $horefrom New-York to St. Augustine. From the weit end of Long TilaiiH to Cape May From Cap* H«iilo|»en to Cape CliarlcH - • From Cape Charles to Cape Hutierns From Cape Hatterai to Cape Lookout From Cape Lookout to Cape Fear From Cape Fear to Cape Roman From Cape Konian to Chnrleiton From Charleiton to Tybee ... From Tybee to St. Simon'i ... From 9t. Simon'i to St. John*! From St. John's to the Bay ol' St. Auj^ustina Flood. W. by S. 8. by W. S. S. W. S. W. by W. 8. W. by W. W. 8 W. W. S. W. W. 8. W. s. s. vv. S. by W. South. Kbb. E. by N. N. by E. N.N. E. N. E. by E. N. E.by E. E. N. E. E. N..I. E. N. E. fi.fi. E. H. by E. North. [We ahall, in a lubaequenl part of the work, give a description of East ami West V^o rida, coinuv nciug at the htter, which will embrace sH the islands, keys, fee.} !246 Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit Generalinstructions for making the Bermuda Islands. < Snint Ueorgo*! town, at the eastern end Wreck Hill, at the westei.". ond Latitude. 32» 22' N, Hi"^ 15' N. T.rxigitude. ♦;j° :)3' W. 64'^ 50 W. High wntcr, full and change, at St. Geor«;e*8; hair past 8. Common lidei riso uhnut 4 ieet; but on the springs, or in gnles of wind, frequently to 7 feet. The flnods it. th« offing set to the N. K. and ebbs to the S. W. ; but nunr the shore they run in various directions. These ishnde being surrotmded with innumerable shoals, much pre- caution is necessary in approaching them. The principal danj^ers Vw to the westward and northward, and extend, from the land, between 3 and 5 leagues, in a due west line, from their southwestern point (round north- erly) to a N. N. E. one, from David's head, their eas'.ern extreme. The remainder of the coast, forming their southern and eastern boundary, may be approached in every part within a mile, and in several places to less than half that distance. On account of the prevalence of westerly winds in the Atlantic, it has become the general jpractice for all vessels bound to the Bermudas, to make the land from the westward, by getting into their latitude about the 68tb degree of longitude, and then steering an east course until they be- come visible. The latitude of 32° 8' N. being two miles to the southward of every danger, seems best adapted in tine clear weather for this purpose, and will bring you in sight of Wreck hill, which being of a conic form, and having a volcanic appearance, is the more remarkable. The moment this hill becomes shut in with the other lands, or is no longer distinguishable, you will have passed the only danger to be apprehended off the southern part ol' these islands, called the S. W. breakers (which do not, however, lie more than 1| mile from the land) and may then immediately close with and steer along the south-eastern shore, within a mile, till you have got the length of Castle harbour, or brought David's head to bear about K. by E. where you must wait to receive your pilot, taking care during that time not to be drifted to leeward, as the currents generally set to the eastward, 3hould you meet with a contrary vind, or the weather be extremely hazy, before you have got sight of the land, it will be prudent in the ni^ht not to stand to the northward of 32"* 4' or 5' ; and if the wind should be inchning to the southward, I would recommend not beyond 32°. If bound to the Bermudas from England, or from any part of Europe, I should recommend a direct cours-? to be steered as long as the winds per- mitted ; but the moment they become contrary, to get to the southward into the trades, and then run down the remaining longitude, taking care to haul to the northward in sufficient time to reach the latitude of 32° 8' about the 68° of longitude, and then proceed as above described : but should fair winds continue the whole passage, the land may be made with equal safety from the eastward, by steering for them in the latitude of 32° 18' N. which is two miles to the southward of David's head, their south- eastern extreme ; and off which head there is no danger beyond half a mile, care being taken not to come to the northward of that latitude until you have brought the head to bear W. S. W. on which bearing it may be approached lyitb safety till within one mile thereof, or till you receive your pilot. 10 Edit. nds. jcle. W. w. ISO about l floods ii. tho 11 ill vui'ious 10 Edit. Blunf B American Coast Pilot. 247 la the course of making the land from the eastward, should the wind become contrary, or the weather prove dark, hazyfand tempestuous, come not during the night to the northward of 32" or 32*-' G' ; in which hititiuie, if you should be found to have run past the islandi4, you must proceed as before directed, in making them from the westward. As the soundings do not extend more than two miles from the land on the 8^>uthern sside of the islands, a correct latitude and a good lookout, to« gether with a strict attention to these instructions, is absolutely necessary. much pre- fers \w to :en 3 and 5 and north- cme. 'fhe ndiivy,may ces to less intic, it has irmudas, to e about the itil they he- rd of every lurpose, and c form, and moment this inguishable, he southern it, however, liately close ill you have I bear about care during ily set to the \e extremely in the ni^ht id should be pf Europe, I Je winds per- le southward I taking care Ide of 32° 8' Icribed : but he made with ltitudeof32° 1 their south- kyond half a [atitude until ag it may be lyou receive Remarks on the Gulf Stream, wul the means o) ascertaining when in its vicinity. The rivers emptying it-lo the Gulf of Mexico, from August to Februa- ry are all low, and m the other part of the year they are all high : coa^^ quently, the land (which is low) bordering on the most of these rivers, which are innumerable, requires the exhalation from th«> Gulf of Meici- co to supply its moisture in the low stage of the rivers, between August and February. In the other parts of the year the low lands are generally covered with water, and are supplied, without the aid of the ocean, with all the moisture necessary. This, therefore, must be the cause why the Gulf Stream runs with more velocity between the months of February and August than in the other part of the year. But it is known to do so ; as in the month of May the Gulf, in the Narrows between the Great haacs and Florida shore, runs at the rate of four knots, and in the month of November only about two and three-quarters ; the current increasing and decreasing as you draw near or recede from the middle of those two months, which may be considered as the two points of time wherein the- current runs with the greatest atii3 least velocity. I shall here call from August to February the low, and from February to August the high stage of the water, and any one can proportion the rate of its force at any in- termediate time between these two points. The true rate and course of the current cannot be properly given, as every blow and calm alters both its force and course ; but in good weather and a steady breeze, the follow- ing comes near to the truth. The Gulf Stream passes close to the extreme S. E. point of Cape Hat- teras shoals, and 18 miles from the land ; the soundings are from 12 fa- thoms on the outer part of the shoal, to 60 fathoms close on the edge of the stream. The nature of that immense current, which continually sets from the Gulfs of Mexico and Florida, to the northward and north-eastward, along the greater part of the navigation d scribed in this work, is already well understood ; and, though we have noticed it, as to its effects, in several parts of the preceding directions, we yet deem that an unbroken view of it, in its whole course from the Gulf to the north-eastward, may still be acceptable ; and this we shall attempt in the present edition. Ships, in coming down the Gulf, often get from the middle, on the eastern edge, and experience a S. W. current rather than a N. E. one ; the fact is, the Stream sets about N.^ W. from the baVik to lat. 30", where it makes something of a short bend to the eastward, iM if navigators,- ki sight of Memory rock, will steer N. N. W. to lat. 29**, then N. to SO*' (allowing however for the effects of strong breezes any way to clear dlm- .>f ~\f'm ,*\-' 248 Blunt^s American Coabt Pilot. 10 Edit. . 1) i gen on both sides^ they will find themselyns to have been in the whole ^rce of the Stream, nnd in n fiiir eituution lo steer N. E. and retain its propellini^ force of from '■i^ to 2 m\\e» per hour. It thence suddenly turns to N. E. by E. or a little more easterly, to lat. 36" or about the parallel of Cape Hatteraa. From ofl' Cape Hatteras.its direction is E. by N. or a little more north- erly, to longitude 70", then east, rather southerly ; and thence, diminish- i^ ing in strength, it falls away to the E. S. E. It has been stated, generally, by writers of ability, from the information of American coasters, that the northern edge of the Stream extends to the latitude of 4 r 20, or 41' 30' in the meridian of the Isle of Sable ; but this assertion has been controverted by others, who have averred, that its northern edge never ascends beyond the parallel of 40°, and that it does not always border on the shoals of Nantucket. We think the for- mer correct. It is, however, to be considered that a north, N. E. or east wind force* the stream towards the coast, contracts its breadth, and thus increases its rapidity. On the contrary, rf. W. west, and N. W. winds force the stream farther into the ocean, and diminishes its strength. It is clear, then, that the stream fluctuates in its direction and force, according to circumstances ; and no absolute rule can be giv n for ascertaining its more ordinary boun- daries : it therefore follows, that a description of the indications, by which it may be known, is of the more importance. These are the appearance and the temperature of the water. The stream in its lower latitudes and usual course in fair water, where it flows uninterruptedly, may be known by its smooth and clear blue surface ; for, without the line formed by a ripple on its edge, the water, in some places, appears like boiling water of a blue colour ; and, in other places, it foams like the waters of a cataract, even in dead calms, and in places which are fathomless. On the outer edge of the stream, especially in fair weather, there are ■ great riplings, which are very perceptible ; and it has been observed, that within it, the water does not sparkle in the night. The appearance t of the sea-weed, called gulf-weed, by day, is an indication of the edge of the stream. Besides the effect which different winds have upon the Florida Stream, it is subject to another cause that also directs it towards or from the coast ; and that is, the moon ; which, according to her position, has different ef- fects upon it, not, however, in equal power with those of the wind ; but the disposition of the stream is increased to its extreme, if the effects both of the winds and moon are combined ; for, at this time, the ocean rising highest, this regulates the flood and ebb, and divides them in pro- portionate times ; consequently, it directs and increases them w'*h the assistance of easterly moonS and winds to the west, and with that of west- erly moons and winds to the east ; so that the west and east shores are at times deprived of, and at other times overflowed by t es, occasioned by these vicissitudes. The boisterous east, N. E. and north winds, which affect the Gulf Stream, generally begin in September, and continue while the sun is in the south until March ; when, if the moon happens just at the time to be on the full or change, they commonly end with a hurricane. From what has been said, it is clear, that the eddies about the edges of the stream must vary according to the circamstances above explaii^ed. 10 Edit. Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot. 249 Along these olives, but more particularly along the outer edge, there is •renerHlly a cun nt running in a contrary direction, which is accelerated by the wind in proportion to its strength, blowing contrary to the stream, »nd retarded, or perhaps altogether obstructed, by the wind blowing in the direction of the stream. In the latter case, the limits of the stream will be extended. In the winter, when the cold upon the land is most intense, which is generally between December and March, hoavy and continued gales very frequently prevail, which commonly proceed fi'om between the north and west across the course of the Gulf Stream, from Cape Hatteras until past Cjeorge's bank, and bend its direction more to the eastward ; being aided, at the same time, by the discharge of the great bays and riverg, increased by the force of the wind blowing down them, and the constant supply of stream that passes along the coast of the Carolinas, the whole produces ;-io strong a current to the eastward, as to render it impossible for q ship to approrfch the coast until a change of wind commences. During the prevalence of a southerly or easterly wind, which is not so common here, it has been found that the current is forced close to, and in some parts upon, the edge of soundings. From a scientific nau'ical gentle- man, we received the following, viz. while oft' Cape Lookout, 17 fathomn water, he hud a strong current from the southward, owing entirely to the Oulf current. This proves the Gulf governed entirely by winds. Be- ing thus pent in between the wind and the^ shoul grounds near the shore, the breadth is greatly diminished, and the velocity proportionably in- creased. This circumstance has been in particular, observed from about the longitude of Block island, along thi ?dge of N.mtucket shoals, thence beyond George's bank ; and also, along the coast of Georgia, and part of South Carolina. In the first place, that the southerly winds forced the current to the edge of soundings, where it then ran from 1^ to 2 knots ; and, in the latter place, that the easterly wind forced the current upon soundings. With west and N. W. winds, the stream would be removed some leagues farther off. These remarks are sufHcient to show the uncertainty of the boundaries or edges of the stream. These eddies, on the inner edge, are inconsi' derable ; but, on the outer one, in fine weather, they are strong, and of considerable extent. Another indication of the Stream is, the temperature of its water, which is considerably warmer than the water on either side of it. By an inge- nious work, entitled " Thermometrical Navigation," written by Mr. John Williams, and published at Philadelphia, in 1799, we are informed, that Commodore Truxton, has often ascertained the velocity' of the Gulf Stream, to the northward of Cape Hatteras, and found it to be seldom lesg than one knot, and never more than two knots, an hour. The tempera- ture of the air and water without the Stream was generally about tho same ; that is, the difference seldom exceeded 2 or 3 degrees ; the tiy being sometimes the warmest ; at other times the water. This gentleman ha? observed, " In the Stream the water is mtich warm- er than the air ; indeed 1 have known it 10 degrees warmer ; but, so soon as you get within the Stream (that is between it and the coast) the water becomes colder than the air ; j^nd the piore as you get on soundings and approach the shore.* If mariners, who have not the opportunity of de- ■■ — — — , , .1 — . .. ■ — ■■—-,,. — ■ ■ — .^..l. ■ — ■« ^.11— ^^^M^MIIHI I !■ ■ '■■■ ■— ' Bj the journals of Capt. W. Billings, of Philt-delpbia, it appears that, in Jtjne, 1791, the water on the coast of America was at the te'nperature of 61°, liiJd in •hemt: 32 *.•',.. ' ',":'■ 250 Blunt's American Cqast Pilot. 10 Edit. ^* I ! f terraining their longitude by celestial ohservntions, irill only carry with them a good tkermometer, and try the temperature of the water, and com- pare it with that of the air erery two hoa/s, they may always know when they come into, or go out of, the Gulf Stream. Indeed i have always made a practice, when at sea, of comparing the temperature of the aii and water daily, and often, very frequently during the day throughout my voyage ; wherehy 1 immediately discovered any thing of a current that way going, and afterwards found its strength and direction by observationc for the latitude and longitude. It is of the utmost consequence, in mak« ing a passage to and from Europe, to be acquainted with thiii GuH Stream ; as, by keeping in it, when bound eastward, you shorten youi voyage ; and, by avoiding it, when returning to the westward, you facili- tate i* inconceivably ; bo much so, that I Jiave frequently, .when bound from Europe to America, bpoke Etiropcaii ships, unacquainted with the Strength and extent of it, olF tbo banks of Newfoundland, and been in port a very considerable time before them, by keeping out o»" the stream, %vhcreas, they lengthened their passage by keeping in it. The genera^ course of the Gulf Stream is marked on the chart, published by the au- thor of this work in 1812, and improved to 1821 , and \ would advise those who make the northern passage from Europe, never to come nearer the inner line of it, by choice, than 10 or 1 5 leagues : apd then the probabili- ty will be, that their passage will be assisted by the help of a counter cur- rent, which often runs within it. In coming off a voyage from the south- ward, be sure to steer N. W. when approaching the stream, if the wind ivill permit you ; and continue that course till you are within it, which may be easily known by the temperature of the water, as before men- tioned. I have always considered it of the utmost consequence, when bound in, to cross the stream as speedily as possible, lest I should be vi- sited by calms or adverse winds, and by those means drove far out of my way, which would prolong the voyage considerably, especially in the win- ter season. By the advantage of knowing how near to the coast a ship may venture, and how to distinguish the Gulf Stream from the water between it and the coast, we can be sure of a favourable current either way, and a small vessel might make a short voyage from Halifax to Georgia, which is thought by some a longer one than to Europe. Suppose you had the wind a^head all the way ; take your departure, and stand fur the stream ; 1S0 soon as you find the water to increase in heat, about half as much m y^u know it would when in the stream, haave about and stand for the coast ; you will infallibly discover the edge of soundings by the cooling of the water ; then stand oif again, and so on to the end of the voyage ; when it is almost certain, that the distance would be run in a shorter time than if there were no stream ; for you would have a favourable inside or eddy current. On the return passage, take your departure, and run oft till you get into the warmest water, which will be the middle of the stream, and take the advantage of its current. Stream at 77°.— By those of Air. J. Williains it appeais tbut, in November, 1789, tlic wa^er on tlie coast was47<', and in the Gulf Stream at 70^, viz. 1791, June, Coast 6P 1789, Nov. Coast 47° Difference between > Coast 14<^ Stream 70 June and Nov. ) Stream 7 Stream 77 Stream warmer 16 Stream warmer 23 The Mhttnca of heat is, therefore, greater in winter than in summer. See the con- cluding obsrrvation hereafter, and also the pamphlet pujilished wUti *'Blunt*s Chart ci the Wevtern Ocean." 10 Edit. filonfB American Coast Pilot. 2^1 luber, 1T89, tht The following fact may lerve to illustrate the propriety of these direc> tier:. In June, 1798, the mail packet, for Charleston, had 3j days past- nge in going, but returned in 7. The captain accounted for this by hav- lug culms, or very light airs, and a northerly current. This «vas the true cause. He was in the middle of the stream, where there generally are calms or light winds ; the edges, only which come in contact with colder regions, being tempestuous. After being in the latitude of Cupe Hutte* raa, he found himself in that of Cape Henry (37 leagues to the north- ward.) The vessel, however, arrived at last ; and, on the return voy- age, the captain steered the opposite course back again, and, with the same light airs, he performed the voyage in 7 days. Had this captain known the use of the thermometer, need he to have been much longer m going than in coming ? A vessel on her voyage from Marblehe&d to Havanna, nAer getting into lat. Sa*" 56' N. was set by the gulf so fur as lat. 32" 50' N. and compelled (o go into Charleston, after being 40 days at sea. It appears also, by the work above quoted, that the thermometer is not only useful for ascertaining the currciit of the Gulf Stream, but that it is likewise advantageous in discovering the approach to soundings from deep water. In June, 17Di, Captain W. Billings, of Philadelphia, in latitude 39 de^. longitude 50 deg. abreast of the banks of Newfoundland, found that the mercury in the thermometer fell 10 deg. It was near the same place that a similar observation was made by Dr. Franklin, in November 1776, and another by Mr. Williams, in November, 1789, who h.is observed, t&at, *' By the coincidence of these three journals at so great a distance of time, and without any connexion with each other, this important fact seems to be established. A Navigator may discover his approach towards objects of danger, when he is at such a distance as to be able easily to avoid theniy by attentively examining the temperature of the sea; the water over banks and shoals being colder than that of the deep ocean." At the edge of the grand bank of Newfoundland, the «vater has been found 5 degrees coldec than the deep ocean to the eastward. The highest part of the bank is 10° colder still, or 1 '° colder than the ocean eastward. On the coast of New- England, near Cipe Cod,* the water, out of sound- ings, is 8 deg. or 10 deg. wa^'mer than in soundings ; and in the stream it is about 8 deg. warmer still ; so that, in coming U'om the eastward, a full of 8 deg. will indicate your leaving the stream, and a farther fall of 8 deg. will indicate your being on soundings^. On the coast, from Cape Henlopen to Cape Henry, the water out of soundings, is 5 deg. warmer than in soundings ; and in the stream about 5 deg. warmer still ; so that, in coming from the eastward, a fall of 5 deg. will indicate your leaving the stream, and a farther fall of 5 deg. will giv9 notice of soundings. Mr. Williams recommends to seamen to take three thermometers. ** Let them," he says, " be kept in one place some days previous to your sailing, in order to try their uniformity. The plate should be of ivory or metal, for wood will swell at sea, and, as the glass tube will not yield, it * The bank from Cape «Jod extends almost as far as Cape Sable, where it joins the banks of Nbva Scotia, deepening gradually from 20 to 50 or 55 fathoms, which depth there is in latitude 43^. In crossing the bank between lat. 40" 41' and lat. 43" the bot- tom is very remarkable ; on the outside it is fine sand, shoaling gradually for uereral leagues; on the middle of the bank, it is coarse sand or shingle, with pebble: stoDM ; oa fheinsiiHuit is muddy, with pieces of shells, and dcMMJnt suddenly from 45 or 49 to 150 or 160 fathoms. il52 BltuiVa American Coabt Pilot. 10 £dif . ia from this renioo very liable to brenk ; )>^ll-metnl ia the be«t. Let (he initrunaent be fixed in n nqunre metal box, the bottom of which, uh high af the mark 30" ithouUl be wnter-ti^ht, ao thiit, in exnmining the c^cgrec of heat, the bull mnv be kept in the water ; the remainder of the lent^tit should be open in iront, with only two or three croM-biirn to ward oK anv accidental blow, like the thermome'ei unnd by brewero. Fix one inntni ment in some* part of the ship, in the Hhadc, and in open air, but an much out of the wind and in as dry a place as possildc. 'J'he after part of one of the after dtanchioni), under the quarter rail, may answer, if no better place can be found. Let the second instrument be neatly J^liiiig, with a sufliciency of line to allow it tow in the dead water of the wake. Put the other away safely, to be ready to bupply the place of either of the others, in case of accident. REFLOWING CUKUENTS,&r.-~On each side of the Gulf Stream, as before noticed, there is a counter current setting; in a contrary direc- tion, tn the Gulf of Florida, between the stream and the coast, a smootli eddy commonly takes its current south-westerly, in an opposite direction to that of the main stream ; and there is, even in its higher latitudes, a reflow on either side. It has been found that, when Cape Henry (the south point of th', Chesa> peak) bore N. W. 160 leagues distant, a current was setting to the south* ward at the rate of 10 or 1'/ miles per day, which so continued until Cape Henry bore W. N. W. 89 or 90 leagues ; the current wa* then found setting to the N. E. at the rate of 33 or 34 miles per day^ which continu- ed until within 32 or 30 leagues of the land ; then a current set to the southward and westward at the rate of 10 or 15 miles per day, to within 12 or 16 miles of the land. This current, which is considered as the eddy of the Oulf Stream, sets more or less to the S. W. according to the figure of the coast. It has also been observed by bihers, that a southern and western cur- rent constantly sets in high htitudes between the Gulf Stream and coast ; more partitularly in soundings, at the rate of half a mile an hour, or more, according to the tvind. An experienced officer of the navy, before quoted, has said that, *' In all the observations I made during 5 years cruising on the American coast. I never found this eastern current to the southward of latitude 36°, and only once (the above-mentioned time,) so far ; it generally prevaihng be- tween the latitudes of 37** and 40", from the longitude of 60** to that oi 69°. And I have often, about the latitude of 36** or 37", and about the above longitude, found a strong curreiit to the south and S. W. There- fore, ships from Europe, bound to America, should endeavour to make the passage either to the southward of latitude 37**, or. to the nortliward of latitude 40°; that is to say, when as far, or to the westward of the thanks of Newfoundland, they should as much as possible avoid beating against the wind to the westward, between the latitudes of 37° and 40°. Upon soundings, along the coasts of Georgia, Carolina, Virginia, Nevif- Jersey, and New- York, the current runs in general parallel to the shore ; and is.in general, influenced by the wind, which mostly prevails from be- tween the south and west, producing a slow current of about one or a half knot to the N. E. but when the N. and east winds prevail, the current along shore to the S. W. will frequently run two knots ; on which the pi- lots of this coast remark, that the south and S. W. currents, though they }>vit seldom happen, yet they are alni^rs stronger than tho^e to ^e north* to Edit. Blunt*0 American Coast Pil6t. 253 wnrd, which are more frequent. It iit probnble the tiden may have some iniluenco on th«9e currentu, particulnrly ncurthe pntry of the groat bavi iind inli^tx. IMic flood on this coast comes from the N. K. In the moimt* of April and May I have obtorved, on rroHsing the <«ulf Stream, in the latitude of Ciipu ti<-nrv, that, when near the inaide of the strcum, the wa- ter bot;in.t to colour of a deeper grron ; and thence to the edge uf sound- ingH, there \H a strong current to the eastward. The colour of the water, from grevn, turns to muddy, when on soundings, the current stikl contimi- ing until within the influence of the tide ; this eastern current is, no doubt, occasioned by the discharge of water out of the Chesapeak, by the Hoods from the snow melting in the country ; and it prevails, in some degree, throughout the year, but its effect is greatest at this time. It is probable that a similar current prevails off* the mouth of the Delaware. Round the east end of Long Island, and thence to the eastward round Nantucket Shoals, across George's Bank, to Cape Sable, a strong tide runs ; the flood setting to the north and west, in order to All up the bays, rivers, and inlets, and the ebb the contrary. The tides that set across George's Bank into the bay of Fundy are very much influenced by the winds, particularly if, aAer a strong S. or S. E. wind, it should suddenly change to W. or N. VV. ^circumstances that often happen ;) ships will then find themselves driAed by the outset 60 or 60 miles in the ?4 hours, or more, to the S. E. The indraught is also ^reat with S. or S. E. winds, which ought to be paid particular attention to. Upon the Nova Scotia coast the currents run parallel to the shore, but are more frequent from the eastward than from the westward, particu- larly in the spring; the southerly winds foirce them upon the shore by the water running in to All up the bays and inlets ; and the N. and N. W. winds have the same eflect in forcing them off* the shore. A regular tide here runs along shore ; the flood from E. N. E. We shall conclude this section with the observations on the Gulf Stream, &c. by Sir Chcirlen Blagden, M. D. and F. R. S. extracted from the philo> sophical transactions. " During a voyage to America, in the spring of the year 1776, I use4 frequently to examine the heat of sea-water newly drawn, in order to com- pare it with that of the air. We made our passage flir to the southward, in this situation, the greatest heat of the water, which 1 observed, was such au raised the quicksilver in Fahrenheit's therraometer, to 77| de- grees. This happened twice ; the flrSt time on the loth of April, in lati- tude 21® 10' N. and longitude, by our reckoning, 62*' W. and the second time, three days afterwards, in latitude 22° 7', and longitude 66^ : but in general the heat of the sea, near the tropic of Cancer, about the middle of April, was from 76 to 77°. '• The rendezvous appointed for the fleet being off" Cape Fear, our Course, on approaching the American coast, became north-wastward. On the 23d* of April, the heat of the sea was 74° ; our latitude, at noon, 28*^ T N. Next day the heat was only 71° ; we were then in latitude 29" 12' ; the heat of the water, therefore, was now lessening very fast, in propor- tion to the chaiige of latitude. The 25th, our latitude was 31*' 3' ; but though we had thus gone almost 2^ farther to the northward, the heat of the sea was this day increased, it being 72° in the morning, and 12\^ in * From th9 difference l>etween civil and astronomical time, it becomes necessary to o^teive that tlie former is always meant in this worK-. 254 Blunt's American Codst Pilot. 10 £dit. the creoing. Neit day, the 26th of April, nt half after eif^ht in the morn- ing, I again plunged the thermometer into icn-watcr, and ivati greatly Mur- priied to lee the quickcilver rise to ;R*>, higher than I had ever ohgerr- 4>d it, even within thu tropic. As the diffprcnce waa too i{rPHt to be im- puted to any accidental variation, I immediately conceived that wo muNt have come into the Gulf Stream, the wattr of which ntill retained great part of the heat that it had acquired in the torrid zone. Thii idea was confirmed by the 8ub«equent, regular and quick diminution of the heat : the Ahip*H run (or u quarter of uii hour had l»HHened it i° ; the thermo- meter, at three quartern aAor eight, being ruiHed by aea-wnter freoh drawn, only to 7C«* ; by nine the heat was reduced to 73" ; and. in « quar ter of an Lour more, to 71** nearly ; all thin time the wind blew fresh, and we were going seven knots an hour on a north-western course. The water now began to loose the fine tninHnnrent blue colour of the ocean, and to assume something of u greenish oiive tinge, a well known in run, on the 2Gth, from nine in the forenoon to lour in the aflcmoon, was about 10 leagues on a N. W. by N. course ; soon afterwards we hove to in order to sound, and finding bottom, we went very slowly all night, till noon the next day. From these observations, I think it may be concluded that the Gulf Stream, about the 33d degree of* north latitude, and the 76th degree of longitude west of Greenwich, is, in the month of April, at least six de- grees hotter than the water of the sea through which it runs. As the heat of the sea-water evidently began to increase in the evening of the 25th, and as the observations show that we were getting out of the cur- rent when I first tried the heat in the morning of the 26tb, it is most probable that the ship's run during the night is nearly the breadth of the stream, measured obliquely across ; that, as it blew a fresh breeze, could not be less than 25 leagues in 15 hour!;, the distance of time between the two observations of the beat, and hence ♦he breadth of the stream maybe estimated at 20 leagues. The breadth .he Gulf of Florida, which evi- dently bounds the stream at its origin, appears by the charts to be two or three mileti less than this, excluding the rocks and sand bank?, which sur round the Birfiama islands, and the shallow water that extends to a consi- derable dietance\firom the coast of Florida ; and the correspondence of these meaaurea is very remarkable, since the stream from well known t The •iccasioii duced by ^e tejuifc this sul of the I ■^p iOEdit. Blunt^t American Coast Pilot 265 ^ princi|»le« of hydrtuliet, m-uit griiduaUy b«roin« wider an it geti to a greater diitance from the channel by which it issues. It' the heat of the Quif of Meiico were known, many curious calcula* tions might be formed by comparing it with that of iUo current. The mean heat of Spanish town and Kingston in Jamaica, seemM not to exceed ai^ \* that of 8t. Domingo, on the sea con^^t, may be estimated at the same, from Moni. Godin's observations ;t but as the coast of the conti- nent, which bounds the Gulf tu the westward and southward, in probably warmer, perhaps a degree or two may be allowed for the mean tempera* ture of the climate over the whole bay : let it be stated at 82 or 83 de- crees. Now there seems to be great probability in the supposition, that the sea, at a certain comparatively small distance below its surface, agrees in beat pretty nearly with the average temperature of the air, during the »vhole year in that paft ; and hence it may be conjectured that the great* <*8t heat of the water as it issues out of the bay, to form the stream, is about 82® ,j the small variation of temperature on the surface not being .iuflficieDt to affect materially that of the general mass. At the tropic of cancer, I found the heat to be 77 ', th(! stream, therefore, in its whole course from the Gulf of Florida, may be supposed to have been constant- ly running through water from 4 to C degrees colder than itself, and yet it had lost only 4'" of heat, though the surrounding water, where I observ- ed it, was lU"' below the supposed original temperature of the water which forms the current. From this small diminution of the heat, in u distance Srobably of 300 miles, some idea may be acquired of the vast body of uid, which sets out from the Gulf of Mexico, and of the great velocity uf its motion. Numerous observations on the temperature of this Htrcam, in every part of it, and at different seasons of the year, compared with the heat of the water in the >iurrounding seas, both within and without the tropic, would, I apprehend, be the best means of ascertaining its nature, and determining every material circumstance of its movement, especially if the effect of the cu.. jnt in pushing ships to the northward is carefully attended to, at the same time with the observations upon its hcut.'*, temoon, was On the 26th of September, 1777, as the, f hips which had transported Sir William Howe's army up Chesapoake bay were returning towards the Delaware with the sick and (stores, they were overtaken, between Cape * History of Jamaica, London, 1774, vol. iii. p. 652, (J53. Tbc diffcrrnt nbservations of the heat recorded in that work do not agree together; but those adopted here are ta- ken from that series which appear to mo niosicorrcrc. t Monsieur Oodin's experiments upon the p«iiduUim were made at the Petit Grove. They continued from the 24th of August to the 4th of September, and the average heat during that time was such as is indicated by •2!>° of M. do l\eaumor'« therinomctur, (sec Mem. Acad. Scienc 1735, p. 5. 7.) ncconiing to M. do Luc's cnlculation, (see Modi- fications de I'Atmosphere, vol. 1, p. 37R.) the 2StI) dcjjrcn of Reriunicr's trw! ther- mometer answers to about the 85in of Fahrenheit's ; but the average heal in Ja- maica, during the months of Auf^ust and September, is also ^o^ ; hence we may con- clude that the mean heat for the whole year is nearly the same on ih)> sea coasts of both islands. I The lowest calculation of the mean temperature of the Gulf is preferred on this occasion, because of tlie constant influx of new water from the Atlantic Ocean, pro- duced by the trade winds, which water, not having been near any land, must, I think, be seuibly colder than that which has remained some time enclosed in the bay. On this subject, the observations made by Alexander Dalrymple, esq. relative to the heat of the sea near the coast of Guinea, ought to be consulted. (See Phil. Tram. vsl. 68, p.MM,&c.) 250 Blunt'H American Coast Pilot. 10 E •ea, all day, about G6*. On the V9th, our latitude wait .lb' 2' ; we hud. therefore, in the course of the«e 24 hourn, been driven by the wind ^H nautical milei to the southward ; the temperature of the iteu continued nearly ut tib'*. Next day, the 30th, our latitude at noon wun 35^ 44' only 18 milcii further to the southward, though, in the opinion of the seaincu aboard, ua well as my own, it had blown at least us hard on this us on any preceding days, and wo had not been able to carry more sail ; conse- quently it mny be concluded that, some current hud set the ship 20 miles to the northward. To know whether this was the Gulf Stream, let m con- sult the thermometer. At half-after nine in the forenoon of this day, the heat of the water was 76°, no Icha than 1 1'' above the temperature of tliH sea before we came into the Current. Towards evening the wind fell, and we stood N. W. by N. close haul- ed. As the sea still ran very high, and the ship scarcely went above 2 knots an hour, we did not make less than .3 points of lee-way on thiM tack ; the course we made good, therefore, was VV. N. W. which, on thn distance run by noon next day, gave us about IC miles of northing ; but that day, the Iflt of October, our latitude was M)'^ 22', 30 miles farther to tlic north than we hswl been the day before ; the din'crcncc, 22 miles, must be ut- tributed to the Gulf Stream. This, however, is only part of the efl'ect which the current would have produced upon the ship, if we had conti- ued in it the whole four-and-twenty hours ; for though ^ve were ntill in the stream at five in the afternoon of the 30th, as appeared by the heut of the water, being then above 75'*, and at eight in the evening the heut be- ing still 74", yet by seven the next morning we had certainly got clear of i\., the heat of the sea being then reduced to its former standard of 05o. On this occasion, therefore, we did not cross the stream, but, having fallen in with it obliquely on the western side, we pushed out again on the same side, as soon as the gale abated. The^e observations having been made 3" to the nortbv^ard of my for- mer ones, it is curious to observe, that the heat of the Gulf Stream wa^ 2° less. The seasons of the year, indeed, were very different ; l»ut, per haps, under such circumstances, that their effects were nearly balanced. In the latter observations the meridian altitude of the sun was less ; but then a hot summer preceded them : whereas, in the former, though the sun's power was become very great, yet the winter had been past but a oiiort time. Calculating upon this proportion, we may be led to suspect that, about the 27th degree of latitude, which is as soon as the stream has got clear of the Gulf of Florida, it begins sensibly to lose its heat from 82", the supposed temperature of the Gulf of Mexico, nud continues to lose it at the rate of about 2' of Fahrenheit's scale to every 3' of latitude, with some variation, probably, as the surrounding gea and the air are warmer or colder at different seasons of the year. The preceding facts had made me very desirous of observing the heat of the Gulf Stream on my passage homeward : but a violent gale of wind, which came on two days after we had sailed from Sandy-hook, disabled {every person on board, who knew how to handle a thermometer, from keeping the deck. The master of the ship, however, an intelligent man. 10 CUit. BluiU^M AincrLCuu Count IMot. 267 ^owham I ha<1 rommiiiiirntpil my viowa, niiiHrnl me, iint on tlir weriMHl ilny ul' tli» ifulu, the water felt tu liim remiirkiihly wHriii ; wr wi>ri* then near tlio 7U^ of tvett longitmle. ThU af(ri>eii very well wiili tlM> romiitun reni[i>'k of aeamen, who allege, that (hey iif"* fnM]uetiliy iirnitilil«> of ttia Uult Stroum off Nantucket unouU, n ilutaiue of more tliiin lOiX) mtlea from (he (iulf of Florida! Acmnling to i o culrulatiQn 1 liiive bcfora ndopted, of n lota of ^ of hen( for every 'S' of latitude, the temperntur« of the (Julf Stream here would be nearly 7.T ; the diffi>r«Mir« <»f which from hii^ the heat that I obterved in (he neu-wutiT, both btM'ore and nA«r the gale, mi^ht easily be perceived by the manter of the vviaul. Thia wai in the winter aeaion, nt the end of December. An «*iit«r«i( into lti» current Ucaulca lb« i:unvei)iviic« ut'corrcctinK u thip't coumtf, by knoiving how to make a pro|H*r AUnManca for the (titlRiice iha it •«! tu tbp iiortbwrari) by tlia current, u iiMttlMxl ul' (IvlvriniiiinK ^>''> cArtniiiiy whi'ti the rnii*r« into tli« Ciuit' Htrruiii u nttcntivJ nith tbu llirthiT iitcatimNblo aiiviintiHt<' vi* ■hoM'iiitc b«r |ilucp upon tli« uccnn in thu inuitt rnUctil lituutiun ; I'ui, ■I tbo curront itttt ulon^ tbo coiMt ut' Ammca, iit |)lac«« <»n «nuiichr>f«, thn mahntr, whrtn Ur fiii«ill thuH hive timely nolicf* in take the naccMiiry pracuutiunt for tho Hofcty ul' hit vtNel. Am thccourti* of tht> (Utif Mtriuun runii'ii In ha nioru accui'.ttnly known, from ai>p<:ati*f| ob«crvnUunit of the li«iit luul lutttmirt, thi« ini'tlioil uf ilutorinininK the •bip't i)luc(> v^ill he propurtionubly rtxiru 4i|ipliruble to uic. Ami it ilo- rivot uilditiuntil importanct* from tlu; peculiar < trcuni<«ttini'.ct of tlir Auic> rinin coaat, which, from the mouth ot the l^nliiware to the auuthcvniiimt point of Floridii, u vvcrv Wiicro low, und lu'set with frequent ahonU, running out to fur into the ten, thnt u veMcl may bo tigruund in nmny Elacet where tho iihore it not tu be dintiiiKniihed even ironi the iniul- cad. The Gulf ^ireiim, therefore, which liuo hitherto arrved only to increate the perplexities of tcnmen, will now, if theie observatiunt are found to be juiit in pructice, become one of the chief meann of their pre* t«rvation upon thin dungrruut couit. [The coume and velocity ol the Gulf Stream uro more Ailly laid down on u chart of the Weatern Ocean, poblithcd by the author ol thia work, uccompanicd by a pamphlet on ** Thermometricul Navigation. "J Kxtrarl of a Irtttr from Franris D. Maion, F.»q. to Col. ,frn. U'tlUami, eommonJatil nf Iht C'orpi of Knginem; and Author of " ThefmomKlrical JVarigalton,^ at J^TeW'York. diUtd *'CLirTON, (En|.) 90 Judp, 1810. ''My voyage from Nitw-York to llaTifWn, in tha British Packat Kiisn, waa lo Tcry tfiiiipaatuoui and uiiforiuntl* (havInK carried away oui oramatt) that I did not mak' any thannomctrical obfcrvntiniii ; but when w« suited from tlulilax, on the 27th of Ap- ril, I bcfcan them, and conUnuad till I unfnrtonatf^ty broke both m^ thffrmometert. How ever abort the time wat, you will percaive that my obMrvatlona have baen very im- portant, andlharewhh aend tlie reiult of them. You will percoiva with what fidalit> the thermometer indicated the hairka and the approximation towards islands of ic« Tha captain was so convinced of the usefulness of the thermomeier, thai he made re f[ularremArks, and Inserted them in his jnurnah I gave him one of your books, think ng il wiuld be pleasing to you thnt I slrauld extend the knowledge of a discovery en Qieful as .ours, and I wish It were more generally known. After having miraculoutly escai>ad the ^tlniids of ice and scVera) lavere ^^ales^ we arrnned at Falmouth on ihe jl'lf af May, 1810. ,t» Edit 10 Edit. IIJunt*H American Coorit Pilot. 2.^9 e tktr- DK hew iiiwari! viintiHi«- 11 ; Un . ttgi, tli<* will br Dlici* t« R court!' :uiiK th«' 1(1 tt tW- lit' Aiiifl- ICVUIIUiit ill nintvy hu miut i only to tiun» nri^ heir pr«- ty <)l lli»* n Occnn. iphlcl ou inamlnnl vf nr, 1810. t}ml»t. Ilmtrt. A(>. *;il 2U 3U \(a/ 1 4 M. I r.M to 7 la Noon. S n 3 II lU Nuun. :i 12 8 ]U Muon. 4 G Midii. Vi 4 I B I Moun. 8 12 Ntion. lUtt ^ Ut. Lm§, Ur.\H'mttr. N. W. 44" 40" 47 41 43* 10 da 41' 4:i 4i 4ti 40 4.1 4.1 4tf 4H 41 27 lO «4 fly 0 46 52 43 4>0 64 59 42 54 46 2 49 60 48 60 47 59 £J 59 43 12 41 43 HUMAHKfi. SitiU |}»iik TMktnd lowdHt tilgt of ilitam. gifting III lilt ■litam. Sniinri ill TO fa. nn Imii. : iht water ai thtti lUpih 2" wmni. than on ih« turf *•• Am wland n( t««i hpailiiKS.S.K 7 m. Abic.iil of )r« I mil* lo Ictward. Iilaitrt ul tea btait H. H. W. 7 milM. Sound with 70 f^thomi, no bottom. Sound with 80 ruthomi, no bottom. Sound witli 80 futhomi, no bottom. An cnorinou* iilnnd of ica abicaii 100 ynrdi. Thiswaiaboul 150ft. higli and 1 mile in diameter. Whnn flrit di«rovered it wat not 100 ydi. from the vkixcI, and we wrre ialliiif( directly towards it. 1 he nbieurlty was then *Q ginat, thut at that diitance it appeared only like n witito rloud nxtendinf from tlie tea over our mnit*. Pniiotl soverul i^landi of ice, liie lurjtest beiirinK S. \V. 7 milft. No biiitom by 80 faihoini. Broke the tlierniometeri. mi REMARKS ON THK FOREGOING JOURNAL. The important point of roinpnrison, ii the (llfferenw in the hml nffke water, in differ - <\ lipondiKtinciiishod by the r.oloursof whitr, red, Riidblur, couH they bo more distinctly disc'vcrnble than thry arc by the convtunt u&c of the thei-> inometer ? About 33 hours afterward?, May 1, at 8 A. M. we find the w(|tcr tnnlini;, and in thre^ hours morn the mercury falls 14 degrees (46** ) Here no bottom could be found by the lead, and there was probably ;in isliind of ice obscured by fog. (I>ftit bo remembered, that the coldness uf ice condenses the atmosphere, and wf course the consequence must be fog.) — Passing this at 2 V. M. the thermometer rose to 54*^, but in one Jioiir more it fell to 46° acain, and an island of ice appeared i«( the distance of seven milr.i. Let na- vigators reflect on this, and say that a Kudden fall of 6** in this part of the ocean, ought In induce them to haul to the southward, and keep a food \noif. out. From May 1, at II A. M. to the next morning, at 1 A. IM. we see the gindual changes us the ship passes the ice and conies again into occnn watii ; (^0*^) but in two hours mu^e, the ship is in the warm influence of the stream again, and the mercury rises 10 degrees (60). She pro- ceeds in a nearly regular degree of hcpt during 17 hours, till at 6 P. M. the water begins again to cool, falling to 56'^ at midnight. Here was no bottom in 80 fathoms. May 3d, at 4 A. M. the wnte'r was at 43° still no bottom in 80 fathoms. Now, from past expe- rietice, we must say, here is an island of ice in a less distance than seven iniles, because at that distance the wttter was 46^. When day appears, behold an enormous island of ice nbreast 100 yards, and the heat of the water reduced to 39° ! A question now occurs. Had not the thermometer been thus used, had it not been continued during the night, what would have been the fate of this shipi* Let the recollection of the miserable fnto of the ship "Jupiter, be an impressive answer ; and let it be laid down as a maritime ax-^ torn, that want of caution, or ignorance, can ajono cause such accidents in future. JONA. WILLIAMS. Temperature of the (tir and water on a passage from JVew-York to Ireland, March, 1816. March 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 i6 17 18 19 20 21 22 April 14 2S 27 28 3i) 31 1 2 3 4 .5 6 Air. Koon. 44 15 46 00 47 00 56 30 64 QO 56 r>o 44 00 58 00 47 00 52 00 56 30 51 00 52 30 47 00 48 00 48 00 48 00 45 00 48 00 48 00 49 00 49 08 Water. 68 30 66 00 65 00 64 00 *59 30 t43 00 t.59 00 61 30 57 00 57 00 56 00 54 00 50 00 48 00 50 0') 50 00 50 00 50 00 .^0 00 SO 00 50 00 50 00 Lai. JV. Long. W. 30 « K. Sy 36 40 40 36 42 42 00 42 25 43 44 44 22 45 43 46 46 49 11 51 15 51 15 50 50 50 44 51 17 50 30 49 54 50 18 61 36 59 03 54 17 52 47 49 51 47 04 45 42 39 27 .37 15 33 44 31 33 21 57 18 13 17 25 15 55 12 44 10 24 10 24 9 13 10 46 10 23 Wvid. N. In the Gulf. N. do. S. ic W. do. N. do. W. s. w. N. E. S. and W. S. and W. S. and W. S. and W. S. and E. \V. s. and F. E. N. and E N. W. S. W. E. E. N. E. N. E. • West of the Bank. f On the Bank. X East of the Bank, * Captain Law's protest, containing the particulars of the distressing circumstance ot this ibipt states, •i April 6) in latitude 44'' 20', longitude 49°, at ^ A. M. saw several pieces of broken 10 Edit. en tl»8 two ; cntc of the d, mid blur, of lliothei- anrt in three ouiirt by the lenicmbcred, qiiencc mu«t Jioiir more it In. Let na- Dccan, ought May l,ntll lip passes the ship is in the )). She pro- water begins ns. May 3d, »m past expe- iniles, because 0U8 island of in now occurs, ing the night, niscrable latc a maritime ax- in future. VILLIAMS. •& to Ireland, Vind. In the Giilf. do. icW.do. do. W. I. E. and W. I and W. and W. and W. 1 and £• 1 and F. and E. W. IW. E. E. Circumstance ot tcces of broken 10 £4it. Blunt'g American Coast Pilot. 2d\ From the foresping remarks the importance of the Marina Thermomater may be fully illustrated. On the 16th, the ship croBsed the bank, at whicliUme the temperature of the water was 15° 45' colder than the previous and following days. A particular un of this instrument, as you approach the coast, will unquestion^ly point out the soundings, and reader useful services to the navigator. (Fiomthe scientific gentleman who communi* cated the above, some important nautical information has been received, relative to the flouthprn ocean, fur 'vhich he will accept the thanks of the Editor, with his best withes, thai all but -idverse fortune mny follr.w him.) Description of Little Bahama Bank. North of Providence arc placed the islands of Abaco, Great Bahannif^ and a large portion of keys, raised upon the Little Bahama bank. The Hole-in-the-Wall, which is the southernmost extreme of the u\- and of Abaco, bears N. N. W. 7| leagues from Egg island, and the two form the mouth of what is called the N. £. channel of Providence, and the Hole-in-the-Wall, with Stirrup's key, form the eastern mouth of what is called the N. W. channel of Providence, and this N. W. channel's west- ern mouth is formed by the Great Isaac, and the western extremity of Uie island of Great Bahama bank. The island of Abaco is divided into two parts by a small shoal channel, and when it is seen from the eastward it forms two pretty high lumps. There are commodious anchorages on the western and southern edges well sheltered in the sea, one of which is that offered on the western part of Abaco, which, from the Hole-in-the-Wall, runs N. W. and terminates in a bay 9 miles from the point. This biay, with winds at N. W. — N. N. E. — E. and even S. E. affords good shelter with a depth of 7^, 8, and 9 fathoms water, and although the wind at S. E. is along shore it makes no sea, and it is excellent holding ground. In the bottom of this bay is the channel which divider the island of Abaco into two parts, and a number of houses are erected there by people from Providence, who come to cut wood. This anchorage is safer in win- ter than in summer, as during the latter you have constant squalls from the southward, from which the lightning r ften does harm, and earthquakes are frequent, which drive off the prople, who retire to Providence and Eleuthera. From the west part of this bay, a chain of keys extend 20 miles W by N, after which you will see the east end of the island of Great Bahama, ice, from which at 1} %ke same day, we supposed ourselves entirely clear, and steering W, by N.—W. — E. i^. E. and foggy weather. At 2 P. M. began to discover islands of ice again, and at 3 o'clock saw a large field ahead, which appeared to have no opening. — We then wore ship and kept off to the southward and eastward ; continually passing small islands of ice, until 5 P. M. when we found the ie extending sn far to north and south that we could not clear it. We then hove about and stretched to the northward among the broken ice, till night came on, and no prospect of getting clear. We hove too under the three topsails double reefed, in hopes to have sufficient drift to keep clear of the fields of ice to leeward until daylight, but found, at about II, we were drifting fast upon a large field, and were obliged to wear ship and haul to the southward under easy sail, luffing and bearing away for the broken ice, as occasion required, un- til half past 13, when we struck a small piece which we found had go e through the star- board bow. "Captain Law would recommend, tn any vessels bound to Europe, not to go to the north of latitude 39°, as the information of Captain Guiner, in the schooner that relieved hiio, had been as far to the southward as 41° 30', and could see no southern terniination.^' i'^J 262 Blunfi) American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. Yvhich continues on nearly the same course for 19 leagues, and the whole of these two spaces of the bunk are foul with reefs and rocks, as hr as the middle of Great Bahama, from whence it is clean and has a smooth bottom. In the extreme western part of the Great Bahama there is excellent anchorage, from which the soundings of the bank run ofl' 5 miles. N. N. VV. from the W. end of Grand Bahama lies a small clean key, call- ed Tombado. The west edge of this bank runs N. N. W. to latitude 27° 60' N. and is clear and regular without either keys or danger, if you exercise the leadsmen' ; all the other keys, to the northward of Tombado, lie on this side of the bank N. E. from it, so that there is no fear in sailing in or oft this part of the bank, called Marinilla. When there is a sea from the N. E. on the N. W. point of this bank, in that part of it in 25, 30, and 40 fathoms, it makes at flood tide a race, and whirlpools produced by its choak- ing with the Gulf current so as to cause it to break heavy, and makes it appear like shoals, but there are none ; on the contrary, getting to the southward of this race, you will have smooth sea, and may keep in 15, 16, 14, 13, 8, and 7 fathoms water ; the bottom is sand, gravel and some stooes, upon which you may occasionally anchor. On this bank the wa- ter is green, and you cannot see the bottom until in 2| and 3 fathoms, up- on which or in the green water there has never been any tide motion ex- perienced, therefore the Gulf Stream does no more than touch along the edge of soundings. Marinilla is dangerous on the flood, and sho'ild be avoided. It has been supposed to consist of a reef, but the fact is, the race and breakers caus- ed by the choaking of the tide with the Gulf Stream and the sea whiclx pomes in from the N. VV. has been the cause of this deception. Directions for the Bahama Bank, Gulf Passage, and the Florida Coast. The N. E. point of the island of Abaco lies in latitude 26° 17' N. longi- tude 76" 59' W. When in its latitude, distant 9 miles, steer S. by W. a W. 12 leagues, which will carry you on the bank off the Hole-in-the-Wall, in about 14 fathoms water. I'he Hole-ip-the-Wall lies in latitude 25" 51' N. longitude 77° 10' W. and is the S. E. point of Abaco. By making Rocky point in the day-time, you may have a safe run on your S. by W. I W. course, 12 leagues, and then, if you do not choose to run, layby, should it be night. Off" the Hole-in-the-Wall lies a bank, in a S. E. direction, 7 or 8 miles in length and about 4 miles broad in the middle, ending with a point at its S. E. extremity. Soundings taken on the Bank. Kole-in-ll>e-Wall W. 2 miles, 12 W. i N. 5 mile, 15 W. 7 milee, 60 ~ W. by S. 6 miles, 30 . W. 4 S. 3 miles, 13 1 W. i N. 3 miles, 12 W. by N. 2i miles, 11 fathoms. do. do. no bottom. do. op bottiym. fathoms. do. do. ■i^ Edit. le whole as (At us a smooth excellent liles. ■ key, call- }' N. and •rciae the lie on this g in or oft omtheN. >0, and 40 ( its choak- d makes it ing to the ieepin 16, >l and some nk the wa- athoms, up- motion ex- M along the U has been eakew caus- e sea whicU 10 Edit. Blunt 'S American Coast Pilot. 263 and the il' S. longi- i S. by W. 2 lin-the-Wall, litude 25° 51^ By making lurS.byW. run, layby, 1 7 or 8 miles la point at its. Jttom. Holc-in-thi-Wall, N. W. j| N. 2& milef, 15 fatham.q. N. VV. by N. 3 mile*, oflf the bank. Beyond 15 fathom* Hiere were no soundiriRs \*ilh 80 fathoms. You r^y know when on this bonk, ai the water changes at once from a dark sea blue to a beautiful vivid ((roei), is more agitated by u gicuiid f wall, and discovered the inoment you ure oA', particularly with a S. L. winc)| Ht which time the above loundings wure tuken. The first island to the northward of the N. E. point of Abaco, is LitUe Harbour key ; then Linnyard's key and Little Guana key. Linnyard and Pelican keys run S. by W. | W. and N. by E. ^ E. The distance between Linnyard's key and Abaco is about two miles, fine sandy bot- tom, clear of rocks, and good anchorage, north from the N. E. point of Abaco. At the N. E. point of Abaco, about one mile west of the point, is a fine bay, called Hurricane bay, with water enough for small vessels. There is a good watering place, called VVeatherford's Well, oh the N. E. side of the island of Abaco, lying N. W. from the south end of Linn- yard's key ; S. W. by S. from the north end, and N. N. W. from the N. E. point of Abaco. To enter the channel leading to the Waterittg place, which lies between Linnyard's key and Little Guana kdy, you must keep a small island, which forms the north side of the channel (about 300 yards from Linnyard's key) well on board your starboard hand, and you will pass the bur in 3 fathoms and find good anchorage, in 4 or 5 fathoms wa- ter, within about two miles west from the north point of Linnyard's key. This channel is far preferable to the one at the N. E. point of Abaco, independent of its safety and facility in getting water, as you may ap- proach within a mile and a half of the watering place with 3 fathoms, or come immediately abreast in 2 fathoms, within 300 yards of the shore. Wood may be had in abundance among the keys, together with shell and scale tlsh. The water breaks where there is danger with the wind to the eastward, and it is adviseable to have a look-out aloft while going in. The eastern part of the coast is completely iron bound, and fragments of wrecks are found on all its shores and keys. The tide ebbs and flows regularly at 9 o'ctock fuU and change, and rises G feet. The first point south of the N. E. point of Abaco, is called Rocky point ; S. S. W. i W. from this point, 6 miles distant, is a reef of rocks# 9 miles in length and 1^ in breadth, running in the same direction as the shore, inside which is Charrock sound, which makes a channel between the two. Twenty families reside on Abaco. The land between Rocky point and the Hole-iin-the-Wall forms a deep bay, in which you must be careful not to be catight with a south-easterly wind. After passing the reef which lies off Rocky point, the water is bold to within half a mile of the shore, till up with the Hole-in-the-Wall. [These recks, which are very dangerous, have been wholly omitted in the Spanish charts, together with many on the Florida shore. J In preference to running down for Rocky point, where, if you get cm- bayed, you must lie up S. S. E. and S. E. by E. to run parallel with the land, it is more prudent to run into the latitude of the Hole-in-the-WaU, and with the wind any wsty to the southVard of east, it is presumed every man %vould do it. The Hole-ia-the-Wall (or Hole in the fock) is an arch through the land, sdiout lO.feet wide, and 4 or 5 feet high, the bottom nearly one foot ^264 Blunt's American Coaat Pilot. 10 Edit above the water, which breaks through the hole, and may be seen when bearing S. S. W. to W. S: W. and N. N. E. to E. N. E. and at first sight appears like a sand bluff, but at 3 or 4 miles distance may be plainly dis' tinguished to be an arch-way through the land. South from the Hole-in-the-Wull, 100 yards distant, h a rock, 60 or 70 yards long, hollowed out all round at its base, by the watery which ma} be doubled within half a mile. On the south point of the main land is another corresponding projec tion, both which appear to have been caused by some convulsions of na- ture, of which the whole coast bears evident marks. It is covered with fragments of vessels, spars, &c. and the western side has a complete bar- rier of stones, formed on the beach above the tide mark, both by nature and the S. W. gales, whicn at times blow very hard. Five miles to the westward of the HoIe-m-the-Wall, and about 300 yards from the shore, the soundings are regular, 2^ and 3 fathoms, and deepening rapidly as you leave it. One quarter of a mile off the S. W. part of the island, you will have 2 fathoms, fine level sandy bottom. The land here is low, and covered with brush wood. Here the ebb sets N. £. and tide rises 3 feet. Vessels of any drafl ought not to approach the land nearer than about 400 yards, where they will lay in about 4 fathoms water. Inside this the water shoals suddenly to 2 fathoms. Vessels in the night or in foggv weather, may run to the westward, when in latitude 25° 46' N. and sound till they get m 14 or 15 fathoms, and be then sure to clear the Hole-in-the-Wall by a west course 6 miles, when it will bear north, and then run W. ^ N. 16 leagues, when Stirrup key will bear S. 6 miles distant. Vessels running down in the latitude of the Hole- in-the-Wall, will not get soundings till up with it. Afler passing the Hole-in-the-Wall, the land is indented both On its sur- face and beach, and tends nearly £. smd W. forming a slope, the highest land to the eastward. Two miles W. by 3. from it, lies the southernmost point of the island of Abaco, and Little Bahama bank. If you take your departure for the Great Bahama bank from the Hole- in-the-Wall, you must steer W. 12 leagues ; and if the land be not in "Sight, then haul to W. S. W. or S. W. by W. and make the Berry islands ; keep down prst these islands, and have a good look-out for the western most key, called Stirrup key, which lies in latitude 25° 48', and longitudc 78° 2'. It lies 3 miles west of Money key. The Berry islands consist of about 30 islands or large keys, with an in finite number of small ones. The S. £. is called Frozen key, and the N. W. Stirrup key ; the North Berry lies in lat. 25° 48' N. and the whole extend W. N. W. and E. S. E. 7 or 8 leagues, lying on the N. E; part of the north end of the Great Bahama bank. On these keys there are no settlements ; to get shelter from' a heavy eastern wiDj,to repair damages, or to get water, you may anchor to the westward of the W. Berry, in 7^ or 8 fathoms, good holding ground. Extract from the Log-book of sloop Orbit. '* In approaching the Berry islands, the water is bold ^lose in ; 2^ miles from the shore, 1 1 fathoms ^ 2 miles, 9 fathoms ; 1 mile, 8 fathoms; the northernmost part of Stirrup key bearing W. by N. 3^ miles, 7 fa- thoms; W. N. W. 2^ miles, 8 fathoms, rocky bottom ; W. I mile, 7 fa- thoms ; W. S. W. f mile, 9 fiithbms ; and all along to the westernmost key, 8^, 9j and 10 ftthoms, generally fine Sftndy bottom. The moment 10 Edit. Blurit'H American Coast Pilot. 269 vou get on soundings, in approaching the Berry islands, the water changes colour. " Sailed nroimd the Berry isinntis till they bore N. N. E. 2 niiles, and had 5, 4, 3, and :i.> fathoms) ; and tar as b miles, 4, 3, 4, 4, 3^, I, 3^, and ".JL fathoms ; N. by E. 6 miles, i!J fathoms. West Bcrty bearing N. N. E. and Blackwood's bush S. S. E. (course W. N. W.\ the sound- ings were 2, 4, and 5 fathoms : At 2? h. steered VV. 4 tathoms : At 3 h. S. S. W. 7 fathoms : At 3^ h. S. S. VV, 7 fathoms : At 3| h. 6 J fa- thoms : At 4 h. G fathoms : At 4j h. 5^ fathoms : At 4i h. -1| fathoms : At 4^ h. 3^ fathoms : At 5 h. 3 fathoms : At 5J h. 3 fathoms : At b\ h. 2^ fathoms : At 5f h. 2^ fathoms : At 6 h. 2-f fathoms : At C^ h. 2J fathoms : At tl| h. 2^ fathoms : At 7 h. only 1 1 feet ; and came to an- chor among blaclc patches, which we sounded and found to be flat rocks, about one foot hir^h, covered with weeds. The water was shoal far to the westward of this. Vessels should not go -.nong these black patches : the regular channel is quite free from them, and the water ia muddy, having u milky appearance, which prevents the bottom bein^ easily seen." Sheep keys bear S. S. W. ^ W. 7 or 8 leagues from Stirrup key, and lie off the N. W. part of Andros iMands : from these keys it is, as be- fore observed, very foul to th^ westward, and the shoal extends quite round to Stirrup key, the bottom covered with spots of sponge and rocks, the size of a barrel, or the head of a hogshead ; and any object on the bottom may as plainly be seen as if no water intervened. H^re the tide rises 4 feet. The best courses for crossing the Bahama bank are the following, viz. when Stirrup key bears south 8 miles distant (at which time it can be just seen from deck) steer VV. S. W. C leagues ; then haul to S. W. by S, 10 leagues ; thence S. S. VV. or between that and S. W. by S. to latitude 24" 55', when you may keep away W. and make Orange keys * or continue * Orange keys is a cluster of rocks and keys, lying near tlio west edge of Great Baha- ma bank, exttmling from latitude 24° 5^ :o latitude 24^ 53' N. and longitude 79» 6' W- The main rock is about three-quarters of a mile in leiigiii, and the broadest part about ]20 yardfi, hi^licst part 20 feet, nnd narrowest 3 yards. It is a barren rock, the eastern side qgitti stiaight, and runs i>. S. W. and N. N. E. H. by VV. of the main island, dis- tant three-quiu'ters of a mile, arc two rocks 6 feet out of water, about 15 feet in length ; and one half a mile S< by VV. of tliuse lie two smaller rocks ; it is dangerous to pass be- tween either of these rocks and the principal island, as reefs run out and connect them, 30 or 40 yards broad, and soon as over 4 fathoms. One mile south of these tocks, you may sail with safety. They are a mass of solid rock, and may he approached •It the westward to their very edge in 11 feet water. N. VV. of them is good anchorage in 8^ fathoms, foul ; there is altio good anchorage S. E. of Orange keys in 6 fathoms, without other danger than the eye announces. To the northward it is not safe to approach i>Mthin three miles, as the water breaks and has a ridge projecting is a vnry considerable extent. There is no sign of verdure on these keys, but round them plenty of fish. . Many persons mistake Orange keys for the Riding rocks, north of which you cannot go, but north from Orange keys, 3 miU-s distant, you will find a passage, althoughjit is not safe for strangers to go this way, neither should it be attempted by any one, as you are obliged to pick your way ttirough black patches which are sometimes shoal. Riding Rocks lie 6 leagues north of Orange keys, consisting of one rock or key, about half a mile long, and 12 yards wide in tl;: broadest part, which is nearly divided one- third from its south point by a bny. This key is very irregular in its height and more un- even than Orange keys; about 2^ miles to the northward of this rock is u small island about 2j| miles long and 250 or 300 yards broad in the broadest part. To thn northward of the sogtheinmost key, lie three small rocks about 10 or 12 yards long, each running N. W. by N. The southern key runs N. by W. — the one next to this Itey is SO yards from it ; this, lOQ yards from the third, and the third, 100 yards from the second. These 34 i 266 Blunf« American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. on your courbe to Intitude 24" 46', when you mny kcrp down west niiH leave the bank without diingcr. In ciisn you sliould pn- to haul too f Doner than directed in crossing tiie biuik, and iiiul your »vater Hhoalin^, you may, by keeping ofi" W. 3 leai;ues or more, find the deep water of the channel, ^hich is 5 leagues in breadth ; bear up as Hoon as you gel but 2| fathoms, as it shoals suddenly and irregularly iVom that depth. By crossing the bank as above directed, you will see few or no spots of sponge, and the bottom i% with ditlkulty discerned, and may be sure gf 3 fathoms all the way. You mny even run 7 leagues on your VV. S. W. course after leaving Stirrup k«*y, without danger ; be careful to allow for the tide. On the north side the flood sets S. S. K. and hb N. VV. and as you draw on th?; bank, the force of the tides decreases, for when you have got 4 or 5 leagues on the bank the tide is but a slight set. He careful of Orange keys in the night-time, as they are very low and cannot be seen until on board of them, and the soundings are deep and re- gular antil very near them on their east side. S. VV. from Orange keys, 5 or (3 miles distant, is good anchorage in 20 fathoms water. When up with these keys a passage is secured through the Gulf, for then you make sail either in the morning or at midnight, steering S. W. 10 )r 1 1 leagues, that will enable you to fall in with Key Sal Bank, which for 10 leagues, on the north side, stretches K. and W. and coDsequently the current sets stronger as you come to the west- ward. In coming over, you have good soundings all along by it. There i» anchorage by spots all th!& way in, but the soundings are narrow at the Double-headed Shot, the N. VV. point of which lies in latitude *i3*' 52' N. The edge of soundings, between the Riding rocks and Orange keys, is clean ; yoi\ may enter on it without other care than that of the lead. From Orange keys, which are the southernmost keys on this side the bank, the edge of soundings run about S. by E. very clean to 24" 10', wid more or less deep ; it forms, with the keys on Salt key bank, a channel, which is bottomless, and called Santaren. The above observation, in entering on to the bank between Orapge keys and Riding rocks, means only the edge ; as you get further on you tind the soundings obstructed in their regularity by muny coral shoals, but by day and with a'free wind you can pick your way. rocks are about 3 or 4 feet high. South of this key arc two haycock rocks just out of water, 6 or 8 yards from tlie laiul. Theve are also two rocks which lid half a intle ea^^t of the (outhernraost key, the largest 80 feet long and the smallest 50 feet long, about 100 feet asunder, and 12 feet high. These two rocks lie N. and S. There is a rock as big as a small boat about half a mile to the northward of these two rocks. A reef extends all along between ^tiese rocks. Southcinmost of the Riding rocks bearing N.N. W. dis- tant Ih mile, 5 fathoms. Eastern rock and the northern key, in a linn bearing N. by W. 2^ miles, 4i fathoms, fine luvel sandy bottom ; 2% fathoms immediately, and 3 miles distant, 3 fathoms — I^orthern Riding rocks, bearing W. 6 miles, 3^ fathoms — Southern key, bcatine S. V(. by W. 2 iiiiles, 3^ fathoms. Main or JVorthern key, bearing W. N. W. 2i miles, 3 fathoms. There is a shoal runs out from this key, in a N. N. E. directian, on which are 6 feet water. You will not have a passage to northward of the Riding rp(;ks for vessels drawing 6 feet water. Ebb sets N. E. li mile per Hour. In steering from the Orange keys to the Riding rocks, the deepest soundings are 8^, and the shoalest 4^ fathoms. The western edge of the bank is an iron bound shore, being connected by one grand chain of rocks, extending under water from key to key. Cat Keys are low land covered with bushes, having to the y;estward a long sandy beach. The principal key is 2 miles long, ant', with Orange keys and the Riding rocks, lie within about 3 mile* of the western edge of the bank. Var. 3° 22' E. 10 Edit; Blunt'tt Aiacrihin Coast Pilot. 267 There i!! mid to be a rock Ht the water** edge somewhere to the went* wuni of (Jut kvy, with 8 or lo t'cut water on it ; but 1 hnve never been :ibli> to iwrcrtniii its position. There are few, even of able navigators, who can diiitinxuish these numerous keys b^ name, therefore it is not poHHible to 8tate the situation of this rock, without personal examination. It exists, and« I expect, about 20U fathoms from tite iniddH of Cat key, in a W. direction, but never saw it. In star-light nights the bank rctlects a bright light into the air, which may be seen 4 or 5 leagues. You may observe this rejection all over both the Bahama banks, but not on Salt key bank ; neither can you see it while on the bank ; but when in the Qulf you can plainly distinguish the Providence channel, having none of this reflection between the two re- dections of the Great and Little Bahama banks. An experienced navigator, while crossing the Bahama bank, made the following remarks, which we know entitled to full credit : '* Having been three days detained by light S. W. winds and calm weather on my last passage across th» bank, i made the following observations on the tide, viz. the flood tide sets south, veering to S. W. and the ebb north, veering to N. E. For three days in succession the tide set nearly two knots in each direction, and very regular ; on the third day the weather being still and calm, I weighed anchor, and driAed with the tide touth, S. S, fV. and S. W. When the vessel stopped drifting, i anchored in 3 fa- thoms water, and rode the ebb ; when the tide slacked, 1 again measured the depth of the water in the same place and found 15 feet. It is not presumed the same depth of water can always be carried over the bank, even in the same track, as it must occur to the mind of every person that a strong easterly wind will drive the water oft' the bank, as well as a strong northerly increase its quantity \ in all parts of the chan- nel the bottom is of a sticky quality, whereas to windward the bottom is hard and the spots thicken as you shoal your water. Almost every re- gular trader has a different course to run across the bank, but the prin- cipal object is to clear Sheep key shoals ; with the wind scant, and not drawing a heavy draft of water, you should haul too a little sooner, but not without a leads-man constantly in the chains, and should bear up as soon as you shoalen water to 2j- fathoms. With the wind steady and free, so that you could lay to windward of south, you should always make sure of westing to clear the shoals to windward, taking care not to run so far as to get among the shoals which stretch off from the east side of the keys which border the bank on its western edge. There are scarcely two men who cross the Bahama bank that agree as to the latitude of the Orange keys, and many doubt their existence ; this difference of opinion had some effect in sending the Orbit ; the subject is DOW at rest, as marine and land surveys have been made by her officers r f the Orange keys, Riding rocks, Cat keys. Great and Little Isaac, with the rocks, &.c. adjoining. On the Bahama bank, in latitude 24«> lO* to latitude 24" 20', it is shoal near the edge. The tide rises 6 feet, and thwc are many spots in this space with less than 10 feet at low water. The shoal lies within 1 mile of the edge of the bank ; they are of quick sand, and of course the depth x>f water on them must alter with every gal6. Santaren channel is that range of oceeo water which divides the Great bank of Bahama and Salt key (or as it is called Double-headed Shot) bank ; it rarely has any current, except after heavy gales, when it ruM ''fe. ..i'*' 266 Bluti^s Americlfn Cuabt Pilot. 10 Edit with great velocity both up anii iluwn. Tlie noilhommojit key on this bankTiei in iHtitutle '24" T, and loninitinK; 70" 14', unti the N. W. k«'y in i;^ t key < N.W. latitude 23" 68 , and longitude W IJW. From the N. W. k«7 to Salt key is nbout H. S. K. lour leiigiion ; between them ho two sunken rockfl, the one three miles from West key, and tiie other tliree miict from Salt key* between thnm, you may leave the bank with nat'ety by daylight. Extract from the Orftit'j log-book. •' Lay nt anchor among these shoals ; at low water had 12 feet, an(1 a* high water had 18 feet ; had a light wind at VV. S. VV. and could see thr edge of soundings off deck, not more than three-quarters of a mile dis tnnt : got under way nt lirst ebb, and in making a tack crossed ov«m- sown* shoals with only 1*) feet water on them, on which there could not b«. more than 7 or 8 feet nt low water, and I have no doubt but at time;*, ni- ter heavy gales, these shoals may be above the water's edge.'* 'Variation near Orange keys, 4° 26' E.— do. Cat keys, 3° 22' E.—do. Great and Little Isaacs, 5° 14' E. — In the Gulf between the Great Isaac and north point of Littio Isaac, it is nothing. From the Great Isaac to- wards the Double-headed Shot, and thence to the Tortugas, it increases easterly; at Double-headed Shot it is .0° 'M' E. and ut Tortugas 7° 10' E. From the Tortugas to the Balize it lessens a little, being at the Bali/.e 6° 16' E. High water at full and change on the edges of the bank ut 8 li. TjO m. — on the north side it rises 2 feet ; on the west to the northward of Orange keys, 3 feet ; to the southward of Orange keys, 4 feet ; and in latitude 24*^ 10 , it rises 5 and 6 feet. The flood and ebb set from three-quarters to two knots on and off the bank. On leaving the bank, you must be careful not to fall in with the Florida shore or Double-headed Shot keys in the night-time ; but with day-light and a breeze there is no danger in making cither. Should you prefer running down the Cuba shore, you may steer S. W. afler leaving the bank in latitude 24° 40', and when sure of having pa»t the Double-headed Shot, haul a little more southerly, say S. W. by S, and make the island of Cuba. Keep down in shore n^ far as the table land of Marial, which cannot be mistaken, when you may run over N.W. artd if liot more than 24 hours in the Gulf you will clear the Tortugas : but if you are a longer time in crossing, it would be prudent to keep a look out fcr coloured water and the Tortugas. The Fan of Matanza?. bearing S. S. W. to 8. appears like one round hill, but ut any other bear- ing you will see another each side of it, not so high and adjoining to it. If you are near in shore on passing the Havanna you will see the shipping in the harbour, and the Moro light-house may be seen 6 leagues off. The table of Mahal is 9 leagues from the Havanna. The west end of Double-headed Shot bank lies 12 miles to the west- Ward of the easternmost part of East Florida. Oil the north and N. E, sides of this bank the keys lie in clusters — these dusters are from one mile to three leagues distant from each other. They c^^ntain more than 50 rocks and keys, but at a distance appeaiulike one island, and with few exceptions you may sail with safety between th« groups on to the bank, on which there is no where less than 4 fathoms, Except near Salt key, on the east side of which 4 milef, and on the north lu Edit 10 Edit. BIuiU'd Amcricali CoaHt Pilot. 209 •y on thi"* ^V. k»'y in I. k«*y to ro Duitkcn iiee niilc« nul'ety by iiM set! thr a mile at Isaac to- it increases M 1° 10' E. the Bali/.e i h. f)0 m.— rd of Orange latitude 24" quarters to the Florida th day-light steer S. W. having pa»t. S. VV. byS. as the table over N.W. Tortugas ; it to keep a if Matanza?. other beav- oining to it. the shipping les ofif. The :o the west- clusters — each other. appeaC'likf [>etween the . 4 fathoms, on the north Hide .1 mile*, lie lome sunken locks with shoals atretching from theiu to* niir-U the key. The runj^e of key* on the N. VV. corner of this bank arc known by the name of Doiiblc-iiouded Shot kcyit, and arc inore ckoae and connected fhun tiiONU on the N. K. Hide, called Dug key«. The (iulf watiheH Ihcui 0IOHU to, but round on tiie north side, in tiuntaren channel, tin; Koundings are rcgul.ir ; \l\ fathoniH on the edge of soundings, and lcN»i:na gradually i\n you draw in towards the keyn. Tiic soundings on this Hide klretch >» to 6 niilc« from the range of the keys, but ut the N. W. point not more than 6U fathoms. VosscIh drawing over 13 feet water, should not attempt crossing the bank ; *'ic best passage is, when up with the Hole-in-the-Wall, to Kteer W. by N. 36 leagues, which will carry you to the west edge of the bank, and about i^ leagues from the Great Isaac ; then shape your course through the Gulf, but be careful not to go on the west part of the bank, ns there is a dangerous rock, on which the Knglish brig Moselle struck, bearing N. ^ K. from Bemini island 10 miles distant, and lies in latitude 25^ 52' N. It is udviAcable, when bound through the Gulf, to get a sight nf land either one side or the other towards night ; it will give safety to the ship, and relieve the master's anxiety. In this passage you will pass Little Isaac, Great Isaac, and Bernini isles ; Little Isaac consists ol' three islands or rocks running in an K. S. E. direction ; the westert. rock is about 40 feet in length ; the eastern rock rather lai'ger, about 5 miles from the western one ; between these two in a direct line, is a smaller rock, about one mile distant from the eastern Isaac ; they lie about 5 or G miles in on the bank, outside of them the soundings rre clean, you will have 14 fathoms on the edge, diminishing gradually, so that one mile from them you have 6 fathoms. In all the distance between Stirrup key und Little Isaac's, the edge is clean, and you may navigate down it by the hand lead. S. £. from the Little Isaac you may anchor, good holding ground, but a heavy sea. About 2^ leagues W. from the Little Isaac lie the easternmost of ano- ther group of keys, of which the second from the eastward is called the Brigantine, because seeing it from E. N. £. it forms such a figure. The soundings also run off these keys 8 miles ; it is white and clean soundings, and on it are from 14 to 7 fathoms. Great Isaac bears about W. by.N. from Little Isaac, distant 6} leagues. There is a round rock, about 20 yards broad, and bearing N. E. by E. from the Great Isaac, distant 2 miles, from which to the Little Isaac, a reef runs. In aS. by W. direction from Great Isaac, 4 miles distant, lie several rocks. About 5 or 6 miles E. by N. from Great Isaac is a small haycock rock, just out of water, and 1^ mile east of that another similar : these two rocks lie W. S. W. and E. N. £. Soundings from the Great Isaac to Bimini isles 9, 9, 8, 7, 7^, 8, 8, 8. On the bank you can anchor, the Great Isaac bearing S. E. in 8 er 10 tathoms. There are wells of fresh water on the Greav Isaac. The soundings from the Great Isaac close round to the southward, and about S. by W. 6 leagues, lie the Bernini islands, which arc low, with few bushes, but the point, which runs out S. E. from the S. part, is co- vered with large trees. Under the S. point there is a bay with some low keys lying S. S. E. and S. E. of it ; in this bay you can anchor and have shelter from winds atlfiorth round to S. E. with 4^, 5, and 6 fathoms, or you can pass the night here when bound southward. On these keys and 270 Bluiit'n American Coast P lol. loKdit Mmnh there i« »omc wood and wHtitr, but the wood if carried to Naw- Providviice, to build •nutll crufi, tiiid nuHt ronii««|U«Maly »bortly tiiil. h'vom tbf moriili.iti of the (ir«at inmr th« «:dne ot* iioundinifn ruiia S.8. W. and nttfrwariU to lh« simfhwurd, in •.mih it iiiiinnwr that wi««t from th«' oentro ol" ihi* Hiiiiim i^luiuU yon hiivn no botlotn at a inuNkut nhot'n du- tnnce from them, imd at a pwlol ^bot^ou hiive t^J, H, 7, and tJ lathamH, •tmd. 'I'hcrt! iit II rhiiiii of rorks mid hiw E. .'i milcM •'JTH whirh nm H. by i'^ from the Mutith«'niuiuMt pint of thi; UiiniriiN, Home of which do not n«e to the cdK<' of tho wat«!r, and in tbiM |dact' vou have no bottom at n piilol ^hot> diNtanco, and at half the length ol a line of battl« whip you will hav<' I'lund i:» fathomH, «iand. Thin rbain terminates with three tolera- bl« koy« ; the north key iit rnlled l)u^ key ; the middle onfl Wolf key, nnd tho sontbcrnmosl one Cat key. On the north part of Do^ key there i» a little grove, of mnngrovc», aud we^t of itM douth point there ia good anchoni^e in 11.^ futhomt. Wolf key has on iti4 southern part two palm trcen of res^ular height, which serve as a mark to know it ; between this and Cat key, nnd the channel which they form, there are two round rock^, close to which, ou their west Hide, you may anchor in O.J or 6 fathoms. From Dog key the soundings bend to the weDtward, leaving clean soundings of about 2 mileii wide, but abreast of Cat key it narrows to half a mile, and directly the edge of soundings runs S. 8. K. S. W. from the south point of Cat key there are several islots at the distance of two-thirds o( a mile, and to the southward of these there am other low keys and rocks which extend beyond the horizon. TJiose keys and rocks are called Riding rocks, nnd in the channels which they form there is but little water, and passes for sloops can only be found between the southernmost, which arc ofl* the bank of apundings, run with them, and about 1^ mile from them. S. by E. t^ mile from the last lump of the Riding rocki there is a size* able isle with various small kcy(> in its vicinity, called Rock key ; there is j^ood anchorage on its west part in 7^ and 8 fathoms, giand, and the edge of soundings lies 1 }j mile off. Too much caution cannot be used in sailing between Great Isaac and the Bimini isles, as the water shoals suddenly and there are many rocks under water. • REMARKS. — To communicate some idea of the force of the current in the Gulf Stream, and disastrous consequences, we copy the following from various authorities : — " We took our departure from the westward of Cat key, and steered S. S. W. 24 leagues ; then S. S, W. | S. 6^ leagues, when we altered our course to S. S. W. ^ W. 6 leagues, with the wind squally at N. W. going at the rate of 8 knots ; while in the act of reefing topsails, judging ourselves near the Double-headed Shot keys, we struck on Carysfort reef." The course steered by compass was S. S.W. whereaiii the drift made her course W. S. W. " I left," says an experienced navigator, " the Bahama bank in latitude 24° 33' N. and steered S. W^ by S. by compass, and in the morning dis- covered myself within 6 miles of the Double-headed Shot keys, which bear from the latitude I took my departure from S. W. by W." " Aug. 29, 1816. At midnight left the bank with the wind south and ^outh-westerly, run 28 miles W. S. W. — 22 miles W. hy S. close htuled I Kdit. » N«w. il. ntS.S. ri)in lh«' )t'a (lilt- fathoinft, t riie to n pitlol you will e tolera- olf key, ey IIktc I lit gooil r hciKht, niul U>o hicli, oil ;key the It 2 mileit ertly the [)ts at the there urn M jse key« hey form between ith them. 19 a size* , there w |ie edge of Isaac anJ iny rocks Ic current 1 following Iweatward leagues, [the wind )f reeBng ^e struck whereu» latitude rning dis- |8. 10 Kdit. Blutit*ri Atiirrican Coatit Pilot. 271 which [outh and le hiuled upon our larhoiird tuck, and Tound, by meridinn nltitudt* of the aun, our Mitiidr to b« if t^ f.O' N. *' Aug. .'1«> — WuuU wi'itrrly and lifht, Mill on th« wind on our larboard lack ; run 26 milr* weat to midniKht, iiounded, no ground ; routinucd W. und W. by N. l milrnt off in the boat again in a N. K. by K. direction, and found a narrow channel of 12 feel ; trieil again in a S. .S. K. dirrr- tion, where we found a piiHHage of \!i feet, one mib* wide, current netting N. N. K. Tliiii mu!«t have b(>«>ii the channel which we fortunately got in at, there being but two channeN to be found; the wide waH the only one which would admit us both in the name direction wm then were. (iot under way, the captain of the ship bcinf: on board, the wind veering from S. S. VV. to N. VV. and stood out, but on approaching the na^Hage, found the current to set Hlrong o'^ the S. nid of the N. reef, which wet un into 11 feet water fur about the length of the veitiiel, when it deepened to 3, 4, i), 7, 1(J, 'J6 fathumH, and cif sounditigs, the lead being hove uh quirk as possible. *' The place v/c got in at appeari to lo, by (he chart, Holler's inlet, and outlet, lying between Biscayno*s and Ludburg's reef, in latitude '250 2.\' N," NoTF.s. — Many vessels have got over the Florida reef in the night, be- fore they knew it, and afterwards brought up in safety on the inside ; but when daylight came they have been at a loss as to the way in which they come in, seeing nothing but breakers in the opposite point, by which hu steered in, and have given some thousands of dollars to the Ilahama wreckers, to take them out again. In preference, I should advise the master who unfortunately gets caught in this trap, to place himself on the fore or forelop-sail yard, after getting under way, and run to the west- ward, by the range of the Florida keys, until he discovers a probable passage out, when he may bring too, ad try the channel with his boat. Every danger can be seen from aloft in this channel, keeping clear of the black patches of coral, and while patches of shoals of sand, he will not run long before he finds a safe channel to go out, and save his thousands of dollars. I would not write thus, but for the impositions of many of the wreckers on persons in such circui stances. Their trouble is no more than a few hours* work, and equally as easy for them as it is for a branch pilot to take a vessel over a difficult bar. They ought, under such cir- cun}stanccs, to charge well ; but hundreds, instead of thousands, and tens instead of hundreds, would be quite sufficient. Navigators should be cautious, while crossing the Bahama bank, never to follow vessels, if they alter their course oAen, as the New-Pro- vidence wreckers have frequently decoyed them for the purpose of plunder ; a crime which the most barbarous nation would punish witl> the greatest severity. This is not published to give offence to any one, but it applies to some of the Providence navigators, and it is our duty to point out danger to mariners, from which the Editor will never deviate, or hide from investigation. I: r J- i ^fr^'iV'^'''^**^" ■ " ^ .-»wiL, 2T1 Blunt** Amf riran Coant Pilot. 10 E hit iitiip uiijr whrru withiti tfitt'.h o( (h« ItnlMinii wr*ic.k»n, that ha hii* no vrcn«iuii tu mukn Mriy M|{rn«in«nt with thorn to invn iiiiy ihiUK, but to rrfrr them to the i.hMinbftr ot rotnmerre nt Nnaniiii, who will aettlc att thii bil- ling* tor him in a wry Jii«t mannnr. Ibcrr i« a« httU piirtiuhty iunong th«M gentUintMi at umoiiK uny rqiinl numbur ol* men on «>nri>i ; nn|c-headed Shot keyn, in N. K. bv K. and clo«te to the Double-headed >>hot keys, it nets N. K. Thia light-huuac ia o( the utmoat importuncu to vesi^cls auiling through (he Uulf. It ia atatcd that the entrance to the harbour ofHnvannn \* rnpidlv fillini!; up. The «:liaiinel by which threu-dcckcra formerly entered, will now baruly permit 44 gun iihipH to pUMS. Directions for sailing bu Crooked island to Exuma and rrovidonce. You must steer from the north end of Crooked island towards tRum key, which is foul and rocky all round, your course thithpr being N. N. W. about to league;) ; from thence you go towardit Long island, which Via west a little southerly, 9 leagues ; a VV. N. W. course carries you clear of it. Long island is about 17^ leagues in length, lying N. \V. by N. and S. E. by S. its N. W. end in lat. 23« 30'. Aboui 6 leagues from the N. VV. end of Long island to the keys before the salt pond at Kxuma, the course is W. IS. distance 8 leagues. Exuma is a great salt island, from which lie an innumerable number of islands and keys extending for 36 leagues to the N. W. and N. W. by N. If you are bound from Exuma to Prpvidence, you roust make your way for the Ship's channel passage, which is between Little island and Elcuthera. Y'^our course from Exunin thither is N. N. W. distance about 22 leagues ; and so you may proceed * The light-huuse standi on the inuth end nf the Muro Cattle, containing reflecting lampi, which make a brilliant appearance. t Rum Key ii about 10 niilea long and 3i wide ; tt liai in lat. 2li° 34' N. and long. 74* Sf W. of Greenwich. On making ii from the eaetwaid, it appeari verj hilly^n the lummit of the highest are oeveral houses} and on nearer approach to the S. E. part of It, two remarkable white cliffs will be seeo i a little to the westward of which is the bay called Fort Neloon, or St. Oeorge^s bay, where the ships load with salt. This side of the island may b« ap* preached wjth safety. The vartation in 1816 was observed to be ^ easterly. I FA\i. to Im« ) \\M no to rrfrr \f tiinonK niut for I of ••vr- emvnt ik of tlltll 10 Edit. Blunt*M American Coa«t Pilot. 273 to the n«rth-w««l«varil uIoiik thr kUikI Klcnthrn , hut tho nrarcM cut m ovrr tho Orciit litthanm hmik from Kiuma. To gt) thU wny, your rounn 1% W. N. W. or Mthar N. W. h^ W. nhout lUt \e»n»K*, which will hrinc ^uu to the 9ilnn of the hnnk. I rom h«>nc« yo\x miiy ptMii uv«r the benk in '2 ur '2}, nnd in aome hole* 3 futhuoi* water, thi> thituiirr over the hank beinn about 10 louguea. Yuu mu»t keep u Kootl look out for fear of «unk- ••n rucka, which, in aome placea, lie very thick ; they are eamly aeen be- fore you come iit thetn, tho water beini very clear ; anil in anchoring there in tho niglit, chooae h((ou<1 aainly birth. I, nn^ li.i^ lothingto hour, iia a angtTOUi. Ihot keya, tU N. K. { through idl^ fiUinp; will now m Wii ]ing N. N. lyou clear Iby N. anil Im the N. lunia, tho, [and, from Ing for 35 ]m Exuma ll passage, ]m Exunia proceed jig reflecting Id lonf. 74" I the highait Ikable white iMelaon, or *a7 be ap- Direciions for vesaeU bound to Ncw-Providcncc. When yuu are bound to Now^Providence, from America, the Weat In- diea, or Kurope, in the aummer montha, your beat way la to make the Cow nnd Bull, the N. K. part of Elenthra. ita hit. 35" 'iS N. long. 70O tiQi yy It appoura like a Dutchman'a thrumb cap, with a cut or gap n« if there waa a paaaagc through. The ahore hercunouta i* pretty bold. From hence your courae ia N. rf. by W. along the land, about I lei^uea, which brings you off Harbour iaiand. You will aee the church and houses on the ahore, when you are abrcnat of it. From t*-ence your course ia W. bv S. 8 leaguea, which will bring you off Egg iaiand, where there ia a reef lying off* a long league from the ahore which you ahould be very careful to avoid, liy looking overboard in n clear night, you will flce the bottom before you can run aahore, but I would not adviae a stran- ger by any means to paaa it in the night, but lie by till daylight. From hence your course ia S. W. for New- Providence bar, 12 leaguoa distance; but the bent way is to steer S. W. by S. on account of the current gene- rally setting to leeward, which will bring you off the east end of Hose isl- and, where you will see the government house. Fort Charlotte, Fort Fin- castle, and the shipping in the harbour of Nassau. In the winter months, your best way is to run down in the lati- tude of 26° N. which brings you in with Abaco, about 7 or 8 milea to the northward of the Hole-in-the-Wall, which lies in latitude 25" 51' N. and long. 77' 10' W. The shore here runs about N. and S. When you come abreast of the Hole-in-the-Wall, you will observe a hole run- ning through the land, from which it takes its name, and ia the southern' most part of all Abaco ; the shore is steep close too, and you may run until you can cast a biscuit on shore, before you can run aground. From thence your course is S. | W. for the bar of New-Providence, 18 leagues ; but it is best to keep up south on account of a current setting general- ly to leeward, which course will carry you in with the east part of Rose island, whence you will see the government house, Fort Charlotte, Fort Fincastle, and the shipping in the harbour of Nassau. Directions for vessels bound from New-Providence to £aBt Florida, Georgia, onrf South Carolina. If you ate bound to St. Aaguitine, Sayennah, or Charleitoot your Wt kni ihorlett way is through the Gulf; your course from Nmaii hwr, to . S2 # '■mii^ ^(^..tM.„/- -'•.•- I' >V., 2^tt Blunt'M Amerrcaii Coabt Pilot. 10 Edit. rJenr the Bony islands, is N. N. W. J N. distance 16 Icaguea. From thence your course is VV. N. W. 27 leagues, which willbring you off the west end of Grand Bahama, wliere, on shore, there is excellent water, and li«s in lat. 2G° 39' N. and long. TO* 00' W. Krom hence you should h-ol up N. W. by W. and continue that course until you pasi Wood, Wa- ter, and Sandy keys, lying on the bank, about 4 leagues from the Baha- ma, if you wish to see the Memory rock, yon must haul up N. N. W. but the safest way, especially in the night, is to continue n ^l. W. by VV, course about the distance of 6 leagues further, which carries ' ou well in the Gulf, and clear of all danger. You may th'n direct your course as you plensc ; but if for Charleston, the best course is N. by W. — for Tybee light-house, N. N. W. — and il for St. Augustine, N. W. B'-t should you have the wind very light, as it is generally in the summer months, you had better steer half a point far- ther to westward on any of these courses, according to the port you are bound for, in order to prevent you ' being CHrtied too far to the northwan? by the N. E. current, which runs very strong. Directions for New-Providence and the Bahama Banks. New-Providence, v/hose town, called Nassau town, is in lat. 25** 5' and long. 77*' 22', is the chief of all the Bahama islands, and lies E. and W. about 10 leagues and 4 broad. The harbour is on the north side (where there are several keys) between the island and Hog island. On Hog isl and a light-house is erected on the west end. From Providence to Frozen, key, the south -easternmost of the Berry island, the course is aboui N. W. distance 6 or 7 leagues. From ti. 3 ke;' to N. W. passstge, or the entrance upon the bank, be- tween tV, Blacicwont^^! bush and Jovvlter keys, at the north end of Androsf island is about Q or U leagues ; as the bank is bound with a reef here, you must pick ;y >ur' Wi>y through that ; and you may do it easily, as there are several swashes, vhich, though they are narrow, have no less than 11 or 12 feet through. The waicr being very clear in this part of the world, this picking one's way through a shoal is attended with little or no difficulty* When you first come upon the bank, you will see some scattered heads «f rocks and sponges ; but there being no danger except what is very vi- sible, it is sufficient to tell you that by running W. S. W. about 19 or 20 lefl^u«s, you will come out a league and a half to the southward of the i^nbgt keys, on the W. part of the bank, from whence, by (' e inspec- -tioB of the chart, you may easily find your way either to Cuba or the Florida shore. N. B. In coming from the Florida shore this way, by the Orange keys, you ought to endeavour to the making of the south easternmost Berry island early in the morning, which precaution will give you a great bene- fit with regard to safety in your run to Providence. You need not be toM how great the danger is in coming amOng shoals and broken land dur- ing night. There are several small harbours on the east part of the Berry islands, vAere water and otiiier refreshments itiay be had ; but as they are sel- dom #«<|wmted but by the people of PrOTid«Bee, it n^ be superflvous to aay any thing about them. - * „,J4L^ ■m . V.'.-'ji 10 Edit. Bluiif s American Coast Pilot. 275 Something might be said with regard to the passage by BimiDi, but itbe- log the shualest, nud the liars to the eastward of 'Bimini making it very dangerous, no stranger ought to go lliere without a pilot. From Providence to the Hole-in-the-Wail (sometimes called the Hole m the rock) at the south end of Abaco, the course is N. A E. about 15 leagues. in the passage from the Hole-in-the-Wall, towards the Gulf of Florid*. it is necessary to give the west end of the Grand Bahama a good birth, not only on account of its shoals, but for fear, if the wind should hangioutli- westward, you should be embayed. The North or Little Bahama bank is little frequented but by whaler^ and turtlers ; and, on account of its iron bound reefs, is not to be ap- proached until you get to the northward of Memory rock, when you may <>nter on the bank with safety. Directions for vessels bound from the southward to Eiuma Salt Pond, situated in the eastward of the port and harbour of Exuma, from ivhich it is distant between 3 and 4 leagues. From the Bird rock (the northern extremity of Crooked island) to the north end of Long island the course is N. W. distance 26 leaguei. Give this a good birth, say one or two miles, on account of two reeft (easily distinguished) which extend from the two points of the north end. From hence haul up S. W. by S. This course will bring you on soundings, when you will see Hog key and Little Exuma, on both of which are set- tlements. There are several rocks or small keys ranging with the coast ; these may be kept close aboard. When you see the houses distinctly, hoist your colours, and a boat will be sent out to bring the vessel to the anchorage at the pond. The pond is to the east of the Pigeon key, and Pigeon key bears from the north end of Long island due S. W. by W. distant 9 leagues. Stocking island, which forms the harbour of fixuma, is distinguishable by a beacon on the highest eminence, and this is about /) or 6 miles to the westward of the eastern entrance of the harbour. The cast side of Long island is a bold shore, and wholly free from reefs and sunken rocks. If you go round the north end of Long island to« wards evening, it may frequently be adviseable to come to an anchor, to avoid the eifect of currents during the night, which may easily be done on very good ground, after doubling round the north end, any where un- der the lee of the land for several miles along shore. In this case the eye must direct you, the water being perfectly clear, and the bottom visible. Description of Great Harbour (Long island, Bahamas) and directions for entering the same. It is situated inlat. 23° 3' N. 6 leagues from the S. end of Long island, on that side of the island which fomp the lee side of the Crooked island passage. From Bird rock (Cr<»riced island) to Gr«»t harbour, the course is W. N. W. distant 15 leapes ; antl from the S. E. end of Watling's irf- '^'^jwm^.'f^^nn^ 276 Bluiit's American Coaut Pilot. 10 Edit. and to Great harbour, 8. S. W. 22 leagues ; from Rum key to Great har- bour, S. 12 leagues. A vessel in the offing, on hoisting the usual signal for a pilot, will have it answered on shore by a union jack at Archibald Taylor's house, a large low building, and a boat, with a pilot, will be immediately dispatched ; but should stress of weuther, or any other accident, prevent the pilot from getting out, the observance of the following directions will bring the vessel safe into the harbour, and to good anchorage. Bring Archibald Taylor's new house (where the flag is hoisted) to bear S. by W. and continue this course in for the house until the unroofed stone walls of Mr. Taylor's old bouse near the highest hill to the south- ward, bears S. £. E. — continue this last course direct for the old house, until you pass the first point of hard rock on the larboard hand ; here Jfou will have breakers on both sides of you, but the channel is sufficient- y bold and deep ; then on getting abreast of the point of the first low woody key on the larboard bow, haul to the eastward, and doubling round this last mentioned point of the low woody key, drop your anchor in 3 fathoms water, on clean sandy bottom. [CT* At this place a quantity of the best large-grained salt is always for sale, on reasonable terms. Vessels of any size coming here will meet with every despatch in loading, and the harbour is safe and commodious ; those of a moderate size can lay and load within 100 yards of the beach, sheltered from all winds. *#* Wood and water are to be procured with very little trouble and without expense. Observations on the Old Straits. On running down, after passing Port Padre, keep a good look out for the Macaras reef, and whei: you are abreast of Key Savinal, allpw those reefs to lay 10 miles to the southward of what they are laid down by Ro- man.* The principal reef extends nearly E. and W. but there is a ledge of sunken rocks that runs full 10 miles to the southward ; on these rocks the ship Sarah, of Boston, was lost in 1802, and it wa? proved, by two quadrants, that Roman's chart, which was then on board, was erroneous, and the cause of the loss of this vessel, and supposed to be of several others ; very lately, the African ship Mary Ellen, captain Jump, ran on these rocks, and from the description, it must have been near the spot on which the Sarah was lost ; but jn keeping to the southward, to avoid the danger, be careful and not run into the bay formed by the island of Guajava, Chesterfield kiy, and Key Confites ; into these channels the flood tide sets with amazing rapidity, and, if a vessel is caught with u north easter in this bay, it will be difficult to beat out of it. Vessels of 1 2 feet water may anchor under the lee of Key Confites. Tp effect an an- choring, a knowledge of the place is necessary. General Remarks. Bound from the Atlantic, over ^e baikk, fpr New-Orleans, you may '■II I I i I I • * Tke south point lios ifi lAt. iBP 9' N. D Edit. 10 Edit. Bluiit^s American Const Pilot. 277 reat har- vill have !, a large patched ; the pilot bring the ^) to bear unroofed he south- )1 Stream by night, as u strong eddy, or counter current, seta westwaruly .il.irg oqtside of the reef, between it and the regular set of the Gulf. Tu do this with advantage you must calculate to fall in with the Fion;e oi' the eddy through the remainder of the day. Your best way, tiicf^fore, will be, on leaving the bank in latitude 24o '10' with a good breeze, to Kteer W. S. W. 25 leagues, and if at daylight Florida reef is not i.. sight, steer west, W. by N. or W. N. W. and make them at once ; you will fall in with Ihcm between Long key and Old Matacumbe, which has high trees on its north end, the tops of \vhich are quite level, and at first sight appears like table land ; keep down in coloured water by daylight, and at night haul out at a respectful distance, until fairly daylight again, when you may haul into the north- ward and again make the land. Or, should you be so far to the westward as between (he Marquis keys and the Tortugas, where you cannot see thv land unless within 4 leagues of the one or the other, you must keep u look out for coloured water, and when fairly into it, keep down to the westward and make the Tortugas, which you may pass at a respectful distance either to windward or leeward, as best suits your fancy and as the winds will admit of. Should the wind be far southerly, or light, it would be most adviseabln on leaving the bank, to keep to the southward and get under Double headed Shot bank, out of the force of the Stream ; and with light and westerly winds (which sometimes continue for several days during the summer) it is usual to get on the Double-headed Shot bank, and lay on its western edge for a breeze, or cross over into St. Nicholas channel, and take advantage of the land breeze from the island of Cuba, to get to ihe westward. Description of the coast from the Bay of Santa Rosa to Cape St. Blass. Santa Kosa island being described in page 278, we proceed to observe, that from the bay the coast runs S. S. E. and S. E. by E. 48 miles to the entrance of the Bay of St. Andrews. On this coast the trees are very thick, and near the beach there are also many red and white sand hillocks. The entrance to the Bay of St. Andvews is formed tbthe westward by a long narrow neck of land, which runs o^ from the main land, and to the eastward by a small island called St. Andres, ofif which is a sand shoal of \ feet water, extending S. S. E. 14 miles, lying 6 miles from the coast. From the neck or tongue of land a shoal stretches more than two-thirds the "iistance between it and the island, leaving a channel in which there is a bar of 10 feet only ; you must also take care of another shoal which runs off the island, which having passed, and between the two points you must haul round N. W. to get sheltered by the tongue in 4 or 5 fathoms. This bay is very large, but as yet there can be no motive for ships to call here, but should you do it fpr shelter in bad weather, you have only to run as far in as the place mentioned above. 27tt Bluiifs American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. From Buy St. Andrews the cuu8t runs S. S. E. 29 miles to Cape St. Blass, which is the southernmost point of a very long neck of land that stretches from the const [> or G miles and forms the Uny of St. Joseph. Thi' shoal which lies off this bay (before described) may be easily discovered by ihe whiteness of tlie water. The S. E. extreme of this iihoal, and the above tongue, form the entrance of the Buy of St. Joseph, which has a bur of feet water ; the tongue of land which is 14 miles in leiigtii, is so narrow, that in places it is only two cables wide : there are various breaches in it, by which (in time of rains) the water of tlie bay unites with the ocean. This piece of const prehcnts good anchorage, »helter'>.l from easterly winds, in G or 7 fathoms, which depth you will have at 1} mile from the beach. To enter this bay you must coast along the tongue of laud in 4 or 5 fa- thoms uutil you pass a tongue of sand a little befc *; you come to the mouth, from whence you steer N. E. and E. N. . till within, always coasting the tongu^ which k the deepest water. The bay of St. Joseph is entirely without shelter, especially in winter, by the prevuihng winds from S. to W. and froni \V. to N. that make a heavy swell, which always exists on the bar. Description of Cape St. Blassj. Cape St. Blass is a low point which runs ^o the southward two miles ; from that part where trees end on this point u shoal of sand runs S. S. E. 4 miles bearing from S. S. E. to S. S. W. from the point. Various shoals and small spots of sand, having less than 3 fathoms water on them also lie off the same point, the southernmost of which is 1 4 miles distant ; be- tween these shoals there are 7, 8, and 9 fathoms water. The whole coast, from the Mississippi to Cape St. Blass, sends off a bank of soundings, whose edge runs out to lat. 28° 50', but the depth is very unequal ; this inequality is very clean. If you except the spots of sand that are in the vicinity of Cape St. Blass, you will find no danger in the whole of it that cannot be prevented by the care and use of the lead, and as the whole of the coast is very low, having few visible marks to distinguish it in its whole extension, and besiiles is often cloudy and foggy, exposed by the continuation of winds from S. to W. and from W. to N. which blow with great force in winter, and by hurricanes in August and September, all which create the necessity of saying something on the me- thod of making the land and navigating its coast. If your destination is Mobile or Pensacola, you should run in for the land to the eastward of them respectively, not only to avoid passing the port, but because land-marks are so wanting, and the coast so low, that a stranger has nothing to guide himself by ; nevertheless, the soundings in- dicate sufficiently well the meridian in which the ship is found ; a little more or less if you attend to the quality of coarse sand and coral found outside of land, which is a 3ure indication that you are off the east end of Santa R'osa island, where you find the same quality of soundings as off Tampa bay and other parts of East Florida, but can cause no equivoca- tion, because the points are so distant from the one now treated of. The island of Santa Rosa extends along tiie coast 40 miles, and in its greatest breadth is not more than haU" a mile. There are maoy lumps of (lit. eSt. that leph. r thia scph, lea in e ure le bay orage, )U vviU r 6 fa- to the always Joseph J winds always 10 Edit. Blunf s American Coast Pilot. 279 ) miles ; S. S. E. jus shoals tem also lant ; be- for the tsing the that a Idings in- ; a Httle iral found [st end of Igs as off Iquivoca- Ind in its llumps of white sand upon it, and some scattering trees. The eastern extreme of this island is the western point of Santa Rosa bay, very sandy and low. Ti)e east point of this bay is known by some bright reddish coloared blufis which arc upon it. The channel or mouth of the bay is very nar- row and a bar of only 5 or 6 feet impedes its entrance. To enter, steer N. till you pass the east extreme of the island, whence steer N. W. and anchor as soon as you have shelter. This bay is of extraordinary length, extending 24 miles to the eastward with a breadth of 4 to 6 miles ; the best water in it is 3 fathoms, which is only found when you are E. and W. with the red clitfs at the entrance, about two miles from the bar. The other part of the bay is full of shoals and palisadocs, navigable only for boats. From Cape St. Blass the cojist runs oast to St. George's key, and from St. Blass to Point Josef, which is the south point of the island is 17 miles, from which point the coast and islands double round to N. E. in which di- rection you find 3 other isles ; about E. N. E. from the last lies Point Mi- nesses on the main, and is distant from St. Blasb about 18 leagues : from Point Minesses the coast bends to the northward, and after to the east- ward, anc '' rms a large bay, in which is emptied the river Apalache. This river .s shoni and obstructed at its entrance, and for a long distance off by many oyster banks, which are dry at low water : the tide rises 44 feet. About one league up the river is the fort of St. Marcos, situated on a point which forms the confluence of the river, of which the east branch is called Jabonico, and the other St. Jago. The shoal water which is found in this river is also found all over this large bay, and 2 fa- thoms is the best water in the channels. From Apalache bay the coast bends off to the southward and eastward to the river St. Johns, which is 23 leagues distant from the river of Apa- lache. From the river St. Johns to the southward you loose sight of the land, as only canoes can get nigh enough to discover the keys called Sa- binas. Fifty miles south of the Sabinas lies the Key Anclote, or Anchor island, and before you come to it, you may discover the coast. The whole of the coast, from Voint Minesses to this key, is so shoal that at 10 leagues from land you havi but 6 and 6 fathoms. Key Anclote is distant .\cross from the main land 5 miles, and is in length about 8 miles N. anil S. — it is dividod into three parts, and its S. part has good anchorage in 3 fathoms water. From Key Anclote the coast runs S. E. by E. 30 miles to the entrance of Tampa bay, or Baye del Espiritu Santo. The coast between is clear and deeper than the anterior. At 3 leagues from the land you will have 6 fathoms water, and no impediment to your keeping in with it by the lead. Off this coast there are various keys, which lie, at most, only 5 miles from the main. The entrance of Tampa bay is obstructed by various sand shoals, upon which are raised some islands. Between these shoals there are three channels to enter, called the West, South West, and South East : the two first have plenty of water on their bars ; on the first (at low water) there are 23 feet, and in the second 18 feet. The channels are frank, and to lAke them there is no necessity of advice, as, at high water, the shoals shew themselves, and at low water, are dry. From Tampa the coast continues S. E. by S. 22 leagues, to Bay of St. Carlos ; all this piece of coast is bordered with keys, wbich lie about 4 miles off finom the main land; the whole is clear, with the exception of a 280 Blunt '8 American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. aand bar, which runs off from whnt is called Oocn Q^razote, which is an opening formed by two of the above-mentioned keys, and is dintant from Tampa 21 miles. On this bar there are 2 fathoms water, and all alun^ the coast you will have 6 fathoms at 5 or 6 miles from it, so that there i^ no danger in keeping in with it by thf; lead. Carlos bay is ^ large entrance made in the coast, in which are emptied various rivers, whose mouths arc covered by many keys and shoals, which leave between them channels more or less wide : the northernmost b called Friar Caspar, and has C feet water ; the next, called Boca Grande, is the deepest, having 14 feet water. This bay is only good for vessels of 8 feet draught, by the little shelter which it alTords in gales in winter ; and although the holding ground is good, you are obliged to look for the bends of the bay to shelter you from the wind which blows. The tide rises two feet, and when the wind is off shore it runs with great velocity. The key, whose north extreme forms Boca Cautivo,is the same whot-j- south extreme forms what is called Boca Ciega, which is the opening which said key forms to the northward, and Sanibal to the southward — This opening extends to Shoal Lagoon, which communicates by various shoal channels with Bay St. Carlos. Key Sanibal has good anchorage on its south part in 2 fathoms, shelter- ed from all winds. Tins anchorage of Sanibal is known by a palm tree, 2 leagues to the southward of it, and in the only one you see on the whoh coast. To anchor in Sanibal, it is necessary to run with care, and the lead in hand, that you may avoid the shoal bottoms which run off 4 mile." from Sanibal and the keys S. E. of it. From Sanibal the coast runs S. E. by E. 11 leagues to Point Largo, or Key Roman. This piece of coast is clean, having 3 fathoms at two miles from the land. Point Lar<;o sends out S. and S. E. of it a shoal, which runs from it 7 miles, and the coast bending to the eastward, forms a bay of 12 feet water, in which vessels of light draft may enter and find shelter from winds any way on the northern board. The coast from hence runs S. S. E. '^5 leagues to Point Tancha, which is the southernmost promontory of the Peninsula of East Florida. The whole of the coast has regular and clean soundings, whence the Tead is the best guide. Banks and Coast of Florida. Seventeen or eighteen miles to the eastward of the easternmost TortU' ga, is placed the W. edge of a bank called the Marquis Bank, and 13 miles farther E. are placed, on this bank, the key called Marquis Key, which is the westernmost of a group, of which the northernmost is called Boca Grande ; this key is the largest of the group, and is near 6 miles E. and W. — about one mile to the eastward of this key the first bank ends, whose eastern edge runs about N. and S. The first bank is separated from the following by a channel of two miles wide, with 10 or 12 feet water, bandy bottom. This channel is called Boca Grande, but no man, who is not well acquainted, should ever attempt to take the channel, as there are some shoals in it. .The second bank, called the Mangrove islands, is like the first, upon which is raised a portion of islands, of which the three southernmost have 10 whii the I mus one T part T^ VV. is C01 secur withii N. as that p large I point, point a anchor ^requei E. byl clear c one mil From Diangroi third ba somewh 'ike the whole oi so, whici with tre< saddle. The 1 channel and in w easily kn of the lai islands, j there is o is remark are the fi Honda ha From t extending called by i Duck key 'eague. ' able high Concerr it may be have 3 fat ^vays find of navigati^ 1*6 at anch( there is an to prevent 10 Edil. Blunf 8 American Coa»t Pilot 281 argo, or o miles , which s a bay shelter |t TortU' 1 and 13 luis Key, 1 is called I miles E. Ink ends, leparated y 12 feet I no man, laonel, as tst, upon jost have white Handy benches. Thi«i iccond bank may be viewed m distinct from the following, although they arc united on theii* northern part by an iith- mus of half a mile wide, otherwise they are separated by a channel of one mile in breadth, which contaiuH from 2^ to 3 fathoms water. The third bunk is called Key iiuesso and Pino idlands : the weitern part is culled by the first name, and the eastern by the second. The first island, on its western edge, ia Key Huesso, which lies E. and W. 9 miles in length ; and itIU'nt water. One mile eant of Old Mntiirumbe lioM Indian key, to the cantward of which there M ■ channel ninninK to the northward with 10 and 12 feel water, where, by doubling the N. K. point of Old Matacumbe, you may anchor iheltered from all winds. Thifl channel is easily discovered by the white shoals of only 2 or 3 feet bordering both sides of it which serve as an excellent beacon. Two miles N. E. of Old Matacumbe you find Little Matacumbe, which In thit same direction hn« I miles in length ; this key is covered with high trees. Olf its N. K. part there is a !«m»ll mangrove island utepnrated by • channel of half a mile wide ; nnd N. K. of the lant, there is another of tolerable size, separated by another channel of the same breadth. This n also separated by another channel, like the others, from Long island. N. E. from Long island lies Key Lnrgo, separated like the others by a small narrow channel Neiuly east from tiiis channel, \if mile, lies Key Tabano, to the northwaid of which there is excellent anchorage for ves- sels drawing not over U feet water, and is one of the anchorages much frequented by the fishermen. About N. E. bv N. from Key Tabano lies the Key Melcbor Rodrigues, which is an island of tolerable extension, and the land so spongy that the roots of the trees are discovered. The coast runs from Melchor llodrigucs to Key Largo (which appears like main land) N. N. E. — N. by E. and north, on which last course there are vurioiis keys for some distance, of which the last is called Key Bis- cayno ; a little to the northward of this key there is an island of moderate size off the main land, the eastern point of which ia called Cape Florida, from this cape to the northward it is clear of keys nnd reefs, and is all low and drowned. The shores of this coast is lined with a bank of regu- lar soundings which run oiT a good distance ; this regularity of soundings extends from Cape Florida to Cape Cnnaverel and is of great benefit to navigators, except in about the lat. of 26'* 30' where the souqdings nar^ row and hardly extend two miles from the coast. From 26° 30 the sound- ings widen from the coast, and the whole is very clean with the exceptiou of Cape Canaverel, from which at a long distance you will find upon the same soundings various shoals ; but as the soundings run further out to sen than these shoids, he who navigates here must run with care, and have his lead at hand. From Cape Canaveral the coast runs N. W. by N. 26 leagues, to the entrance of New Smyrna, which is barred and only fit for boats and launches ; the coast is very cleati aitd you may, without danger, keep within two miles of it. Seven leagues N. 26" W. from New Smyrna is the entrance of Ma- tanzas, but only vessels of very light draft can enter it ; this har has 8 feet at high.wifter. From £hib entrance there is an inland navigation to St. Augustine, formed by the inland of St. Anastatia arid the main ; the tide rises 4 ffeet at epring tides, and it is high water at fult and chahge at 7 h. IS m. The whole of this piete of tdast is equally clean with the anterior. You have 8 jHtfaoms one' league team the land. From Matanzi^s to St. Augustine is 12 miles, and the island of St. Ada- ptati9 extends the whole lepgth ; y The ree bldit. 10 Bdit. Blunt^t American CuohI Pilot. 283 art of ho (1i- very Mnta- ard oi 12 feci )U may red hy h nerve , which th high ated by other of . This Bi Long era bv a lies Key for ve»- ;es much odrigues, that the h appears rse there Key Bis- moderate i Florida, and is all ; of regu- ftoundings leneiit to dings nar^ ^he sound- exceptiou upon the out to sea have his 8, to the boats and ler, keep Ice of Ma- , bar has 8 »rigation to jain ; the rchahge at with the k St. Aria- miles dis- tonce, in 6 and 6 futhomi. You can tee this island <'rom 15 fathooM ■■ it it pretty high ; the coast to the northivard i* very low, and you can see it but at u short distance, so that it makes a good in;trk to know if you are N. or S. of St. Augustine. From the foregoing observations it clearly appears that thera can be no great diihculty in getting fresh water on most of the iidauds ; and, eicept the Tortugas, there is plenty of Hre-wood upon the whole of them."- With respect .to water, it may be observed that just within the landy beach the islands arc generally bordered with mangrove swamp*, of about 100 yards broad ; beyond these swamps the ground rises higher, and ia generally of a rocky bottom, where you will often tind fresh water ponds, or natural tanks, which receive and retain the rain water.— [/'or anchor- age at St. Auguilint, see page 24'!.] Soundings off Florida. The whole of the coast from Cape St. Blnss sends oft' a bank of sound- mgs which stretches a long distance from the land, and these soundings is generally known by the name of Tortugas soundings, and is so clean that ether danger is not known in the wiiole of it than a spot or knowl of sand in lat. 280 35/^ god li^g about 12 miles east o( the meridiim of St. Blass. This knoivl has but 3 feet upon it, and 80 steep that from 100 fathoms you will be upon it. The whole of these soundings are very equal, diminishing gradually towards the shore. When you enter on these soundings, without a sure knowledge of thf> latitude and in parallels near the Tortugas, it is necessary to run careful- ly to get soundings on it-' edz», and not get into less than 40 or 35 fathoms, which it a depth to keep clear of the Tortugas, which lie in 30 fathoms (that is, if they did not exist the regular soundings of the bank would be 30 fathoms where they are placed) on the western part of these keys, the soundings are steep. You should take the same precaution when entering on soundings in parallels north of the Tortugas. You should take this same precaution when navigating to the southward, that you may leave soundings with safety off its southern edge ; so that what is said is sufficient to liberate you From all danger offered by the Tortugas. On the edges of this bank the waters run lively to the southward, to that when navigating from the westward with intention of sounding on its edge, the ship will be retarded by the wind, which fixes itself at E. N. E. or east ; but when for two days you experience a diiference of latitude to the southward of 20 miles more than account, you may be sure that you are in the vicinity of soundings, in which case you may suppose yourself in the meridian of the edge and calculate an error of not exceed- ing 30 miles, and thence take your route with security.— [/br 7brf, nml it prnnrrvrt the lame or ncMt the fliiinc liruiuUli ai« far im tin* ••iiHtri'iiin<*ri«linii of iiocM Onindft, and thun Ihi* hii!*, tit l«!iiv«> «ay, that the least water is 3 lathomtt on thiH portion ol tlu! reef, it ih hnrnii«<* it i% •o generally, und that the inc(|UHlitic4 found on thu other parta of the tame reef to the eastward, in not found hereon tlii<4 portion of it. From the oaatern meridian of Hoca (irandc, to the western meridian of Key Hucaan, you have the same depth, and the quality of auundinga ia the same n« the anterior ; but upon it thir /roin w signal 1 If it cced 80 with II French purpoat The* miles, nil ooze, ns uhout 3 t this Iu8t I and S. wi W. from die of th From t fur ns San »nd the* n '^ mile w narrowest begins to The deptl you augmt From L 3 miles, b you have ' finishing, thorns, and Looe key, offer no ris very dange the night tti in Bahia south side ^ave a fine ^he^e „. from natura '8 presei ved On the no y?» will find distant from an ait. inn> you r Ihr ntiom unU'l' , ihut iC il i* «)t Ihft (Uiiii of inn* IR I rrftct- hi.s key om ll»«^ nit over ,he eiwl' tbA sand will find V Arenas ; the dry ! ; but li you may ndy keyf [»ch other C9 to the )ck8, and between Ley Looe ^hip's be- hus also bnter dU- over the Ithere are \i from it, 1^ mile, mbrero ; Ley Vttcas but there lea it dan- llhe great- tayno, and (dings, on jreral mas- Martyrs llemeDt at 10 Edit. Klunt'ti American Coaht Pilot. ib6 ('ape Kloridti, huvi< HttiMnptvd tu proceed to tht> norlhwiinl in their boat*, deprived of every uMiatuncv, 1 t'rel it iiicumbunt upon nifl to uit'ormaucli iii miiy hi>rralU>r I'xpcriviict* u liku niutortuiii*, tliat if thvy p.iM to the iKirth aidi; of Koy Hmcayno, th<>y will iind the nitruiicc of Hocii Katonei, ttirouxh which they can Htiffly ko with thtMi- boatM, uiid they will i«r« the huuKur til front on the iiihiii hind. In (UiHU of khipwrvrk to the northward of Boca UatonoM, at the diitunce of two mile* thrrt'froii), they will perceive nmiiKroveH thinly scattered, from whence the hoiiricaii CoANt Pilot. lOliUiil wt: fltirruD'i kftjrt- of K»v V«e«s fht WMlirard tf lhr«« tmall iMnfro?* ialnni)*, rnflrfl You itmy ako, at tiin«>«, And wmler im lh« Wfniftrn mlremr (Caw k«3r«)— bUo, in ■<>»« of Ih** kf>ya in iU virinity. anil on l)ut« h k#»y and g«B«r«Uj in all tbo«« plaren wher«i thr rHrth i« rocky, you will fin.' w«t«r, «»p«cially allcr rain*. Detcription of tki Tortugns ifllniids. Upon tilt toMthcrn cdg« of the tounJinKt, wliirh ntnH uff from tin WMteru coMt of the promontory or poiiiiNiiln of KuMt Florulii, thuru lit- 10 key* or iiluniU. called TortuKim, aud urc ihe wuilvrniiioiit Inud, nn . of 9 milcH, and N. nnd fl. (i miles ; the land ia low, but bein{( covered with mungrovea, makea them viHible ut the dialonce oi 12 milea. You ahould never get within 2 milcfi of them, ua they haveaome rocky apita, which, in pUcca, extend thatdia- tance from them. There ia a buuk of white aund and gravel which ia •potted with coral rocka, lying to the westward of the weat Tortu^n, the soundings on which ia very irregular, but ua the bottom ahewsitseU plain- ly there can be no danger. The least water on this bank ia said to be t> fathoms, but " 1 found less than 9 on the coral rocks, and usually heuve too in pasaingQver it, for 13 or 3U minutea, to fish, in which tiinu I gut us many as 1 can dispose of, principally groupers." Between this bank and the Tortugas there is a clean chuoDel of 3 iniletf wide, with water from 13 to 17 fathoms. Eighteen miles to the outward of the eastern Tortuga, the General Florida reef begins, between which there is a good channel of f) futhoma water, but you must take care of a coral shoal of 12 feet which lies 1 1 miles from the Tortugas, on which the ship Kebecca, of New- York, loat purt of her cargo in 1B20. To go through this channel yotr must keep the eastern Tortuga in sight off deck, so as to pass at 2 or 3 leagues from them. The proximity of the Florida reef is shewn clearly in day>time by the whiteness of the water, so that there can be no danger in drawing in with it ; but if safe by day, it is not so by night, nor in bad weather, when you should carefully avoid it, and be sure to keep the lead going, by which means you can avoid danger at the distance of two miles from the edges of the ke^s or reefs. In passing the promontory of Florida, it is not the reef alone which you see, but an innumerable quantity of keys and islands raised upon a bank north ef it. Winds from Tampico Bay to Cape St. Blass. IVoTO Tampico to Bay of St. Bernard, the winds are continually from £. to S. and light from the month of April t» August ; the contrary is ex- f»*ri«i iiaiJiii In I rught t Trvi liffHt, a in the i are vei iiiontha tobi»r III so hewv "loutha, r^, War ^ From reigning I >'ig. and ' peatuoiiM ^ ©XpOllfll the Willi! with hctt till It hau V. »»J i" mi From I roigns in pi'llH 111 g winda lilo In (he I rupted in northern Ihe limits '«r, that ii or before from S. to *V. and fri Vessels The onlj «'o ; to go t them respt when you here ; but i resource bu have made, ^"t acoomfi your ship, i The maki or less diatat »«t«eti«n of souodinss in Pensacola or VaVm ihk«y wilt fm'* 10 Eilit. Bliitit'tt Amrri€4iiCoAttt Pilot. 387 rom tl**" th«rt' li** laud, nnd I horde M !Vfln, but liv bcfon- and S. U »k«« tht!in in 2 milci* id that di«- 1 which i.^ )rtu^n, thi' iMelt |>Uia- aid to be iiiUy he«ve no 1 get us t of 3 mile^ e Qenerid \) fathom* ich lies 11 York, lost linuftt keep igueH from Lroe by tht- ]ing in with when you by which the edges lone which Ised upon a Iiiir I \ dually from jtrary »» eX' nancfld iii Ihr ntbrr itioulh*. TltMcoMt u ci|km««| un tcroattt of ih«> iiirdii«is of gMl«> from V.. i»n*l l'<. •>. K. which blow without intcrmwiion fur tf or 3 duyt biifur« hHuhng to ihr uurthwiird. in M. 26 ' Mr N. thvrc mr« luiid brauS«Mat lught, which blow frominMl- iiighl to U A. M. Troiii Hay St. BcriiMrtl toth« MifSMalppi th«rr are land hr^«>K«>ii nt (by. light, Htid oil Iht' diiy'a rnti'nng tiM* wintU hnut to S. M. mid 1:1. S. K. nnd in (he afternoon it gencmlly hiiuU S. W. In wiultr th«geulherly winds ure very tcin|iv«tuuu«, uiid hl«»w for the spMr of !< or J day*. Thi^ nionthn inont to Ims 'tared to navigntu lhi« mm, arc August, 8rp(emb«r,()( • tobt*r and November, in which then* ure hurricaneN and windu on abort* •o hcMvy that no canvasa can ataud tbeui : upon th« Miaaianiiipi, and all its iiioutha, there uri* very thick foga vary fr«(|uently, oapecially in Febnia- ry, March and April, i>iid ii 'uno and July. ^ From the Mintiiaii)p|)i to lat. VU" N. in the month of April to July, tlif reigning windii are generally iVoin N. to lu. and from K. to S. in the morn- ing, aud in the afternoon tlM>y haul 8. W.— th«a« M. W. wind« arc tern peatuoua in Auguat, 8i<|ttoiiib<>r and October, an npoch in which are all experienced heavy aouthera and hurricanea. From November to Mnrcli^ the winda blow from tli« northward, beginning Ant from 8. E. and 8. with heavy rain, when it hauU to 8 W. nnd W. and blowa very heavy, till It haul* to N. W. and N. when it eleara the woather, and then to N.E. and iri mild. From lat. Iii8^ N. to the aouthernuoiit oftlic Florida keya, the trad(> wind reignn in the mot lintr;, and at midday it haula in from the aea ; thia hap- pena in aummer, but in winter, especially fr'^m November to Miirrh, thr winda blow from S. tu W . and raise a very heavy sen. In the new channel of Uahnma, the reigning wind is the trade, inter- rupted in tvinter by northers, and in summer by calms. Although the northern limits of this channel is in 28° SO' N. and consequently within the limits of the trades, yet it is necessary to keep in mind that in win- ter, that is from November to April, you will meet with the vuriablea at or before you arrive tu lut. *2T', which variables are from E. to 8. and from S. to W. and in summer you huve calms and light aire frot*. S. to W. and (tm W. to N. Vessels bound to New-Orleans, Mobile, and Peiisacola : The only three points of destination on this part of the (iulf of Mf^xi CO ; to go to either of which it is best to make well to the eastward of them respectively, when coming from any place S. E. of them, that iv, when you have the winds easterly, which is the wind that predominates hero ; but if you come from the wcMtward of them, you have no other resource but to beat to windward from that point of the coa.it which you have made, and the greater or less distance of it, according as you are beat acooHMnodated with respect to the season, the quulity und size of your ship, kc. The making to the eastward of your destination is necessary to be more or less distant, according to the confidence and security you have in the situation of th» ship, so that bound into the Belize, you will look for soundings in the meridian of 29* SC, or thereabouts ; and if bound to PensacoU or Mobile, in the meridian of Cape St. BlasR. 2-*:^ Bluni^s American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. Should yoa strike soundings in the lat. 20®, steer N. W. by W, n while, 80 as to ruake it E. northerly of it, that is, to make its bearing VV. south- erly, to prevent falling in to the southward of its parallels, especially in winter, when it is best to run, heading for the middle of the chandeliers ; in this route you find no regularity in soundingH, n» whatever the parallel may be, you will as often get more water as less ; nevertheless, from 20 fathoms down, the so indings are very regular ; and from the meridian of Ptinsacola westward, to the southern limits of the Chandeliers, you will f;et 10 fathoms 10 miles from the coast ; from Pensacola eastward, you have 10 fathoms at 4 miles from the c^i^^ and 25 fathoms at 10 or 12 miles. But as navigating for the Balizc you may want an observed latitude, and have it so cloudy or foggy as to impede making the land, in such cir- cumstances, or to run for it in the night, the soundings will serve as a se- cure guide, for which you must recollect thiU navigating to the westward, if you find 40 to 50 fathoms, loose mud, ^.ticking to the touch, mixed at times with small black and white sand, it is a certain signal that you are in the parallel of the Balize, and from that depth to less water you will always find the same quality of soundings ; but if from 40 or 60 fathoms to less water you get bottom of fine sand with very little mud, or without it, you will be in the parallel of between the Balize and Breton key or island ; if you get small white sand, you are in the parallel of said key, and, if coarse sand and snail shells, you will be in a parallel between said key and chandeliers ; and if you get coarse sand, with gravel, small stones, and large shells, you will be in front of the Chand.nera. From the Bali?e to the westward, the bottom is of sand alone, bu that those from the southward who look for the Balize, sand alone will be a signal that they are west of it . When navigating N. W. and north, from the getting 40 or 50 fathoms sand, and in diminishing the bottom or depth, the quality of soundings does not vary till in 10 or 12 fathoms, you are to the southward of the Balize ; but if in this N. or N. W. route you have crossed mud or ooze, and entered in 10 or 12 fathoms, you find sand, then it is a signal tljat you have crossed the mouth of the Baliaie, and drawing in with Bre- ton island and the Chandeliers. The better to explain these soundings, we shall place them in form of a table. In t'le Parallel of the Balize, Crossing these soundings, you cross this I white sand, parallel. ) \ Loose mud, sticky to the touch, mixed ■f at times with small fine black and In parallel of between the Balize and } Fi Breton island or key, ) ne sand) with very little mud or sand alone. Ill the parallel of Breton island, Fine white sand. lu the parallel of between Breton isle. _ and } the Chandeliers, ) Coarse sand and snail shells. T ». • „ , e ^u nu J !• ) Coarse sand with gravel, small stones In the parallels of the Chandeliers, J ^^^ ^ ^^^^^ ^heUs. West of the Balize the bottom is sand alone. \0 ofti but 1 but 1 ward A due t lace*! l>lock ho!is( ''tress a red lioiste bell is tolling ^> mile iiiiddfl light v 1 h 1' li U th 'icrs, as to rnainf iis is she In thi; to know with the depth be tile Pozfi ^ a la Lout importan the south in run when stn to les.' yo no oyporl Placed wind's, cer vigating ic thorns, so the northc with white wlrite and to anchor, in such we there is no will easier sand which ^•ea breaks oEdiU 10 Etlit. Bhint's American Coast Pilot. 289 H while, iT. south- icially in ideliers ; e parallel from 20 jridinn of , you will mrd, yon 10 or 12 1 latitude, I such cir- ve as ase- westward, , mixed at at you are >r you will 60 fathoms or without toa key or f said key, etween said •avel, small ers. From that those be a signal 50 fathoms tf soundings [ward of the lud or ooze, signal tliat with Bre- soundings, louch> mixed! black and mud or sand :i |1 shells, small stones When you come in looking for the Balizo, either in its parallel or that of the Chandeliers, yon must take care not to get foul of the land at night, but maintain yonr position in 15 or 120 futltoms, at anchor or underweigh ; l)ut if you do not wish to delay for more safety, you may stretch in to- wards the Bali/o to anchor in 10 or 12 fathonM outside the bar. A vessel witlj a Hoating light is moored by a chi'*n and anchor, 1| mile due south of the bar of the N. K. pass of the Mississippi, between Wal- lace's and Bird islands, in lat. 29° «' 40" N. and 6 miles E. by N. i N. of the block-house at the Balize, and 1^ mile E. by S. ^S. from the unfinished light- liodse on Frank's island, which station she will not leave unless driven by stress of weather. By day she will be known by having a white flag with ii red cross hoisted upon her mainmast. By night her lantern will be hoisted 45 feet above tlio level of the water upon her mainmast. A large bell is suspended near the windlass of this light vessel, which will be kept tolling during foggy wealbor both night and day ; this bell may be heard (5 miles with the wind, and 4 miles against it, in moderate weather. Mr. iiudclock, the engineer, j^ives the following magnetic bearings from the light vessel : Courses. Distances. The unfinitliod liglit-Iiou?e, - - W. byN.JN. 1 J mile. Ulock-lioiise at llic Bnlize, - - W. by S. i S. 5 do. Main bar oj' ,S. K. I'iias, oi main sblp channel, S. by W. ^ VV. 3^ do. Point of I'ass-!i-]a-L(.uiri', - - JV. by W. | W. 3.| do. Bar of tiie N. K. I'iiss, - - due North ij do. If tlic running in for tlie land has been in the parallel of the Chande- liers, as soon as you get 10 or 12 ftithoms, you will steer S. S. W. trying to maintain this depth without danger of running aground or among shoals iis is shewn by the following breakage in the soundings : — In this S. S. W. route there is in the middle of soundings a good mark to know the place of the sbip, which isas soon as you arrive in a parallel with the S. end of the Chandeliers, which is as far up as Alcatraces, the depth begins to augment to 12, 14, and 18 fathoms, which is athwart with the Poza. This augmentation ceases as soon as you arrive abreast of Pass a la Loutre, where you fnul anew the 10 fathoms ; this knowledge is of importance in looking for the Balize with security, so as not to pass to the soi'.thward of it. In vunning as above, be careful not to get into less than 10 fathoms, when stretching from E. or S. or from S. to W. because from this depth to les 5 you cannot weather thf Balize with the wind at east, and you have no opportunity for running for the road of Naso, as follows : Phced in 10 fatlioms water, in a S. E. gale (and no appearance of the wind's ceasing") and getting into less water, you have the resource of na- vigating to the northward, sounding continually to maintain 8 or 10 fa- thoms, so as to coast the Chandeliers, and you will know you have passed the northernmost point if you lose the oozy soundings sometimes mixed with white shells, which " is found off the Chandeliers, and finding tine wlrite and black sand, you may steer west, and run in 10, 8, and 6 fathoms to anchor, under shelter in the road of Naso, as the atmosphere is cloudy; in such weather you can discover nothing, and to get to this anchorage there is no other guide than the lead ; but if you can see the land, you will easier get to the anchorage, as you have only to double the spit of sand which runs off the N. E. end of the Chandeliers, and on which the !»ea breaks with easterly-or S. easterly winds. ^^ a7 ^^i> 190 Bldiit'B American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit, ThiA convenient resource will be better if embraced as soon as you consider the passing or weathering the Bulize doubtful ; as here you have your choice of water from 3 to 7 fuchotn?, nheltcred from winds in 3 fathoms from N. E. and in 7 fathoms from winds from E. round on the southern board to S. W. It is also necesaary to advise, that as soon us the winds haul round to between W. and N. you should lose no time iu getting out of this roadstead, as the wator will fall from 4 to 6 feet. It is a good rule in running for the lialize to get soundings in any paral* lei between 29' 10' smd 29^30' or 35', to get into 25 fathoms, from wh> nee the Balize will bear S. VV. — from 25 fathoms, in any parallel between 29" IC and 29° 35' the Balize bears S. W. and by steering that course you will hit the Balize about the N. E. Pass. There is a shoal of 3 feet ir. lat. 28'^ 35' 12 miles E. of the meridian of Cape St. Blass, so steep that from ICO fathoms you will strike upon it. I suppose this is what, in ancient charts, was culled Providence island. I am also suspicious of a shoal or shoals near the edge of soundings, in about lat. 26** N. I once passed quickly through two coloured patches in about that latitude, and was clear of the appearance before I had time to sound. They looked like shoal coral shoals, and I passed between them with a ship drawing 17^ feet, i had sounded in 46 fathoms shortly before, and had no bottom shortly alien Chandelier Islands. From Pass a lALdutre, or Wolf Pass (one of the entrances of the Mis sissippi) the coast doubles to the westward and soon to the northward to the parallel of 29** 27' in which latitude lies Key Breton, which is a group of small keys, whose western limits are 5 miles distant froin the coast, so that it forms a bay, called Poza or Wells, in which there arc 4 or 5 fa- thoms, with some shoals of less water. East of Key Breton is the isle of Grand Gossier, from which a ledge runs N. N. E. and breaks to the isle of Palos, which is the southernmost of the Chandeliers. There is a good passage inside the Chandeliers with 8 to 1 1 feet water, but a good pilot is requisite. From Key Breton a shoal stretches two miles S. W. bold at the very point. Shelter can be had from a N. E. wind inside this island, but the navigation is difficult for strangers, and requires much survey to describe it properly. The whole>of the Chandelier islands are very low, with some myrtle bushes upon ^em, and form a chain of coast very injtirious and to be dreaded by navigators, not only that you cannot see them art a regular dis- tance, but because the winds at S. E. (which blow hard in winter) are right on the coast ; nevertheless there is good shelter for all ships to the westward of the north extreme of {he Chandeliers, called the Road of Naso, where the heavy English men of war lay during the siege of New Orleans. "This is the only good shelter for large men of war in the whole coast of Florida (Tampa bay and Pensacola for small sized frigates ex- cepted) not only because it is defended from winds on shore, but because there is no bar, breakers, nor impediment whatevA* to your entering it in aH weathers. To enter the Road of J^aso, you have only to run so as to double the north point in 5 or 6 fathoms water, which will be one mile from the land, and then navigate west round to south, keeping in 4, 5, or 10 Cfa thor wisli norti and than thing Ne distan south' from 1 Blind there i Ship i< itrat, y northw is N. a tant, in and wit 'it both island ] on its n miles di Dog isin embrace bar has Horn isl aide of t Gen I From t / with the 1 that is ou ter into v black grav except S. may be se port by th i»ave 10 fa water lies On the a *'y for an course mad( dit, you you (Is in w the )n as ne iu jaral- in 29" e you iridian upon ideucc ngs, in latches id time etween shortly he Mis ward to a group oust, so or 5 fa- e isle of the isle s a good pilot i)^ hold at island, [rvey to myrtle Id to he alar dis- ler) are Ls to the iRoud of lof New \e whole ates ex- I because ling it in [so as to \ne mile 4,6,of 10 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 291 C fathoms, according, to the draft of the ship, and you may anchor in 4 fa- thoms, when the north point bears N. N. E. distant two miles ; but if you wish deeper water you must not run so far south, but anchor when the north point bears E. N. E. in 6 to U fathoms water. In the Chandelieni, and almost the whole coast of the Mexican gulf, you can get water by digging wells in the beach, but there is no other wood on the Chandeliers than the drifl logs left in abundance on the beach. Its lands produce no- thing but the myrtle from which the green wax is produced. Nearly N. and S. of the north extremity of the Chandeliers, 14 miles distant, is Shi| island, W7st of wliich, 8 miles, is Cat island, and to the southward of this, various keys, called St. Migucll, run and extend out from the coast of the islands; between these and Cat island is the pass into Blind Lake (or Lake Borgnc) and Lake Ponchetrain, in both of which there is very little water, especially in Lake Borgne. Between Cat and Ship islands there is a large shoal running out from the east point of the first, which leaves a channel of less than half a mile wide, ^o enter to the northward of them ; this channel has good 12 feet watei^; the anchorage is N. and S. with the west end of Ship island three-quarters of a mile dis- tant, in 4 ^nd 5 fathoms. Ship island is long E. and W. and very narrow, and widest in the middle, which is partly covered with pines, but barren at both ends. The hurricane of 1 81 9 cut a small channel through Ship island 1-^ miles from its west end ; in it is a well of good water, which is on its north coast, and about midway the island. East from Ship island, 5 miles distant, lies the west end of Horn island, and between the two lies Dog island ; from the first a shoal runs out to the east, which not only embraces the iJogs, but leaves a channel of only l.'iO fathoms wide ; the bar has 2^^ fathoms when you immediately drop into 6 fathoms. East of Horn island lies Massacre island, then Dauphin island, which is on the W, iiide of the entrance into Mobile. General remarks from Santa Rosa Bay io the Balize. From the meridian of Santa Rosa bay to the westward you get nothing with the lead but fine sand, with black grains like powder, and red points that is outside of 18 fathoms ; but diminishing from 18 fathoms, you en- ter into very fine reddish sand, mixed with a few white shells and small black gravel, which quality is very notable, because you find it no where except S. E. and S. of Pensacola. The Barancas, or bluffs at its entrance, may be seen 5 leagues off in 1 4 fathoms water. You may also know the port by the quantity of sounding, as from Pensacola to the eastward, you have 10 fathoms at 4 miles from the beach, but to the westward the sam« water lies 1 miles off. "^^. JDireciions for Pensacola. On the appearance oTHlgale on shore, when off Pensaeola, yo.u mqi| try for an offing, as you are- greatly exposed outside the har. A S. W^ caurse made good will weather the £<(V2e. \ ^ Bluiifs Amorican (.'oafit Pilot. 10 Edit. JO£(Ji Tlip liny of Peiitarola is a good pott, ami lia<<, at low water, on the \y,n 21 fct't water. The uasteni point of its cniraiicf: in calird Pttiiit Sijfiicu. y.a and is tlie western point of tin: island of .Santa Rosa, tvliich extends E. by N. and W. by S. li leagues, atid cotnpleicly fronts the whole bay of Pcnsacola : it i3 so low that the f;ea!», in ii;idc«, wash its top, and is no where more than luie fourth or one-third of a mile wide. There are .•^omc red blufls on the main coii;:t, wliich is highei- than the rest of it, ono of which, and the largest of all, is on tlic eastern side of Pensacola bay ; nnd in or near the front of the entrance, are three red bInflM, adjoining each other, nnd called the Uarancas. On (lie beach nruler these hhiffH lies, or did lie, a half-n^oon battery, called als^o Harancas ; and the pilots reside in a few small houses ri^lit over ai\(l a little ea«t of the fort. After passing the bar, the entrance to the bay is between these Harancas nnd Point Siguenza, and runs nearly E. and W. This port would be diflicuU to recognise were it not lor the blufts, \vhicji consisting of three adjoin- ing each other, cannot be easily mistiken. A shoal, callej the Angel, runs off to the W. of Point Siguenza, and has two small sand keys on it, level with the water's edge : this shoal stretches to the southward about 1| mile, and a bank of only 12 feet, hard sand, runs out one mile farther south, and runs lo the eastward, traversing the whole coast as far as the isle of St. Rosa ; and the western part of this shoal forms the bar of Pensacola, which is one mile wide ; and after cross- ing it you soon fall into 5, (!, and 7 fathoms water. The bar is not the onl} difficulty in entering Pensacola, as there is on the inner part, and as high up as Point Siguenza, a ahoal onl} 10 feet, very steep and distant from the point near one mile, and consequently runs out to mid-channel of the entrance. To enter this port, you must do it to the westward of the- shoal, and observe what follows, whicn w ith a plan of the port will give you a cor- rect idea of its configuration. The bar runs out to the southward of Point Si'^uenyi about two miles ; whence in coming from the eastward, it is necessary to keep as much i.s » fathoms, till you bring in a line the point and Fort Barancas ; which will be when the bluifs bear N. 1H° VV. From this situation of 8 fathoms, and the fort and point in aline, you must steer N. iil° W. with whifh course you will cross the bar in the best water ; and before you are on it you will have run near 2J miles. If by this course the current has altered the bearing, you must take care,lo loof or bear away to get hold of it again ; so that as soon as you are on the bar, tlie eastern extreme of the bluffs will bear north ; after crossing thp bar with the course of N. SI*-' W. you will continue on the same course till the western extreme of the Barancas or bluffs bear N. 5^ W. which will be when you have opened Point Tartaro (the eastern point of main land which runs F.. from the bluffs, and forms the western point of Pensacola bay) with ^oint Siguen- za, when you will steer for i^. — that is, steer N. b° W. and head for the western extreme of the blufis, by which you will pass about IJ- cable's length W. of the above shoal. You continue this N. i\V. course^ till you are E. and W. with the Point Siguenza, when you haul to the eastward for the eastern extreme of the bluffs, and continue so till Point Siguenza bears E. S. E — then steer for Point Tartaro, until Point Siguenza bttrs S. when you may steer E — and as soon as you are to the eastward of Point Tartaro, you will steer for the edifices of th^'city (about N. E) distant from the point about two leagues, and anchor to the southward of them in the depth suited to the draft of the ship. At 1^ mile from the town and moh with a ki are wind tinuc to The w to the SOI in -1 fathc •^'anta Ko the main point for to it you age for lai u'inds. Pensac( ''-''nited St jiels to en •ola ; the one chann Beside i the fort an you will t trees bear you cross t western ex These ti been dead a considera When abou ■^acola over Fresh w The tide is unly one tit Those off soon as then Balize, or, \ fion is inevit gale In running '*ar, it will a several openi phine Island, Mobile Point you shoal N. W. by N; bar, on t^ioasing, yo t»veen the ei «re, as they. „ ***<*« areshonh linto whic u eas a 10 Edit. Ulunf 8 American Coast Pilot. 2i)3 •s «> i^h will IS, and Iconrse lit you tiltcreil la of it of the I. o ontf I of the ) pencil )in the piguen- jbr the Icable's ]ill you bemrs If Point Idistant them town iinil mole, you will have 4J^ fathotau. The entrance to this bay is ea«y, with II knowledge of its contigiiratinn, especially na almost every day there are wituls from the S. E. round to VV. which set in about noon and con- tinue to near sunset. Tlu' western side of the entrance of Pensacola sends out a large reef to the southward, and is called the Culafatas or Caulkers' reef, and breaks in 4 fathoms with fresh winds on shore. Kemomber, that the west end of Santa Rosa island is called Point Sii^uenza, and that Point i'artaro is on the main land east of the west point of the island, and you haul round this point for the town ; it is bold to within :{0 fathoms, anJ before you come lo it you might lie along side the beach — water «'nough. Best anchor- age for large ships is Point Tartaro, N. E. half a mile, sheltered from all winds. Pensacola is an excellent port, and has room for all the shipping of the United States ; and Tampa bay is better, more spacious, has three chan- nels to enter, all straight, and one has three feet more water than Pensa- cola ; the second has i.5 feet over its bar, and the third about 8 or 10 ; one channel runs in about N. E. — one N. ;• 1 the other N. N. W. Beside the before-mentioned directions for going into Pensacola, when ihe fort and Point Sigucnzaare in a line, and the -^hip in 8 fathoms water, you will also have in a line two large dry pine trees quite white ; these trees bear exactly N. 31" VV. when in a line, and by keeping them thus, you cross the bar as before — you keep on with the trees in a line until the western extreme of the bluffs bear N. | W. when steer as before. These trees are an excellent mark to cross the bar ; but as they have been dead for many y:!ars, they may shortly be blown down. They are a considerable distance from nny other large trees, and cannot bo mistaken. When about 4 miles E. of Point Siguenza, you can see the town of Pen- sacola over the island of Santa Rosa. Fresh water may be obtained on all its sand beaches by digging wells. The tide is established at about 9 o'clock A. M. and rises from '2 to 1 feet; only one tide in 24 hours. Directions for Mobile. Those off Mobile should recollect the necessity of getting an offing as soon as there are appearances of a gale on shore, either to weather the Balize, or, which is better, to take ih time the road of Naso, as destruc- tion is inevitable if you come to anchor outside Mobile bar, during the gale. In running in for the land, should you make it to the westward of the bar, it will appear broken, as it consists of small islands, which occasion several openings. More to the westward the land is very level. Dau- phinc Island, on tlip western point of the bay, appears high and bluff ; Mobile Point, low anu sandy, with a single tree on the extremity. Before you shoal into 8 fathoms, bring the east end of Dauphine Island to bear N. W. by Ni and steer in N. N. W. This course will run you over a bar, on which you will have from 15 to 19 feet water, and sand ; on crossing, you will drop in 6 and 7 fathoms water, when you will be be- tween Uie east and west breaker heads. Keep nearest the eastern break< ere, a» they are very bold, and risible in any weather. On the weste|-n side are shoals. v * •v 294 Bluufs American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit AAcr paising (he point of the 'iastefa* breaker, you may haul up N. by W. for about n mile, and then haul up for Mnbilc Point. In pasfliuK, g\Vi'. it a birth of about 100 yards. After leaving Mobile hoint, to run up the bay, steer N. by W. night and day, as there is no danger in tlie way. — When you have run about 25 miles, you will then be in 10 feet water. Here, as there are stakes in the channel, you had better come too for n river pilot, which you will have to send your boat on shore for, to the distance of about 4 miles, the town being in si^ht. In running for the land during night, your soundings will be mud till you approach, when you will find sand and mud mixed, thcii sand, in H fathoms. [Pelican and Sandy Islands are only one, but in very high tides they are separated, appearing like two islands, as laid down on the chart.] To prevent missing the river Mississippi, and falling to the westward. The principal entrance of the river Mississippi is in lat. 29* b' N, ; but vessels bound there, should always run down '2 or 3 leagues to the north- ward ; by so doing you will have good soundings to guide you. When you have struck soundings, you may run in the parallel above directed into 18 or even 16 fathoms, and you will then have the blockhouse (or Balize) bearing southwesterly ; the anchorage is good every where, and should it fall calm, a light kedge will prevent being drifted by the ciirrcnt, which is sometimes pretty strong on the coast, but it is much stronger in the latitude of the river's mouth than elsewhere, and no soundings until you are close in with the land. Until the erection of the permanent light- house at the Balize or on Frank's island, the old Block-house will be kept regularly lighted. It will have a fixed light, and be visible from half an hour after sunset until sunrise. The light will be about 50 feet above the level of the sea. The bearing and distance of the Block-house will be as follows; From the outer point of Pass-a-Ia-Loutce, S. S. W. \ W. distant 3^ leagues. In running from Pass-a-la-Loutre for the main i>ar at the S. E. pass, in the nightj it is not safe to keep in less than l.i fathoms water ; in the day time vessels may approach to withm 8 or 10 fathoms, observing to keep the lead going. Being off Pass-a-la-Loulre in 15 fathoms, in order to go around the N. E. pass in 10 fathoms, the course is S. S. E. distant 2 leagues ; from thence to the anchorage off the bar S. S. W. 1| leagues. The Block-house bears from the best anchor- age to wait for a fair wind to come over the bar W. by N. ^ N. distant 2 leagues, where will be founds to 11 fathoms. At the entrance of the S. E. channel on the bar, the Block-house bears N. W. by W. \ W. dis- tant 5 miles. A vessel with a floating light is also moored \\ mile due south of the N. E. pass. [For description, see page 289.] Should you take your departure from the Tortugas, on leaving them make a N. W. course good, and you will fall into the latitude of the Ba- lize 20 leagues to the eastward ; keep on to lat. 29° 20', when you may steer W. or W. ^ S. to 25 fathoms, then haul to S. W. for tlus Balize, taking care not to pass its latitude in the night time,* and yon may make sure of seeing it. Should the weather be thick, keep in 16 fathoms, and you will fall in off Pass-a-la-Loutxe, where pilots are always s^^ned \ )Edit. p N. by iig, give. I up the way. — . water. DO for fi , to the miul till [id, in K lc« they lart.] to the ' N. ; but he north- . When • (Urectcd lOusc (or '.ere, and ciirrcnt, ronger in ings until ent Ughl- wjU be Ible from t 50 feet ck-housc s. s. \y. the main than 1.1 8 or 10 lOutre in loms, the e off the anchor- istant 2 e of the W. dis- lile due jog them the Ba- ^ou may Balize» ■ay make ftoB, and Bitibned ; 10 Edit. Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot. 29.'i but should you sec the land, or vessels at anchor, if the wind will permit haul to S. S. W. or more southwardly, and lead along in \'2 fathoms, until you 8ee the two nuiHts of a sunken brig, lying half a mile to the northward of the ciiannel ; bring her to bear VV. N. W. and anchor ; by this time you will have a pilot. Should it be very foggy, as it sometimes is in summer and fall, either anchor in li! or 15 fatiioms water, or stretch to the northward, as the currents to the southward of the bar set strong along the land to the i>outhward, and by keeping to the southward you will be liable to be driven to the southward of the south point, in the latitude of which you will have thirty-tivc fathoms within three miles of the land. [Sec Chan,' lUUcr Islands, p. L'90.1 I Common error of Strangers. Captains not acquainted on the coast, arc frequently alarmed when they come near the river, by the appearance of the water, particularly during the first summer months, when the river is high, for at that time the fresli water of the river rushes out with great force, and being lighter than the ocean water, floats on the top, making an appearance altogether singular and alarming, for where the fresh water has not entirely covered the salt water, but leaving spots, it has the appearance of rocks, the river water being of am'lky colour, while the other is quite dark, and changes sud- denly. Wl '< the rive • is low, the white muddy water extends about il leagues olT, and when high about 5. On coming into it, it ripples like 6houl breakers, but your soundings arc regular. On the setting of the Current, > The current sets with very little variation to the cast ; and when any variation is experienced, it is either to the N. or S. of the river's mouth. It is very evident to every man of reflection, that so large a column of water, rushing into the ocean, must spread when it is no longer confined, and produce difl'crent currents, until it has found its level, and will be found to vary from the original course in proportion ns you approach the edges : allowing the current to set due cast, 1 have known two ships to come into the river at the same time, and the one complain of a southerly and the other of a northerly current, and that because the one had been to the south and the other to the north of the river's mouth ; however, as every stranger should get into the proper latitude before he comes within the influence of its current, I do not think it necessary to say any thing more on that subject. Directions for the entrance of tlie River. The land at the entrance of the Mississippi river, is nothing more than mud banks ; continually increasing with reeds and rushes growing upon it. to the height of 10 or 12 feet above the water. The block-house, or vessels at anchor, are generally the flrst you discover. The general winds are from the N. E. and you should avoid getting to the southward. The winds make a difl*erence over the bai', at the entrance of the Mississippi, and the general depth of water, is from 1 1 feet 6 inches, to 14 feet. [See description of floating lights page 289.] ♦ *»^wx ^*i. 296 Hlutil't) Anirricaii Coast Pilot. loKilit. In lut. 29" 18' N. yon will strike soundings in 45 or 50 fnthoniM, smull groy satid, vvitli bluck sproUs. Th«' Bnlize bui-riiig VV. by S. J S. Jo niilci' distance, whuii in 15 or ili fathoinn, softnticUy mud, you will teo. thn Hn- lizc btinriny;; S \V. (if clear wrathrr.) With the; Uali/.c Ix'ariiiK S. \V. run not in'o lots tl),in I'J futhoiii^, on account of ^ouh; nuiall mud bunkx, scarcidy I'lscernililc abovo the «iirfacc, until tUe Halizo bears W. N. VV. and N. N. VV. in 10 flithoais. Tlio Hnli/e bcarinju; \. VV. and an old sunken brig's nia^t bL'ariiiij; N. m pood ground to anchor, and advnnta^r- 0U8 for milling nndiir way to go over the bar. In t'ogii;y weather run no further in tor the land than 16 rathninA, and it is proforablc an- choring in light breezes to beiii ; to nvoid it you miut keep noarer to lh« marah on the tlnrboard lide ; tlic marnli is thu tirnt liind you come to without treed at\cr tearing lMa«)ue- mine; ht-ro th*- land it very narrow, and by goiag it few ttept up ibe Mhruudi, you rniiy nee the tea ut not more than a mutlcet kbot db< tnncc ; by those marks you m:»y know when you are coming up with the shoal. The tort lien opposite the marsh, and runs full one-third of the wny over ; these are the only bhouU that may be culled dangerous, but as 1 have before •bscrveil, tl^c lead should bo cast whenever you ard ajtproachiiig a point. • Directions for Vcssds bound down the River. \ essels goinj; down the river, should always have sufficient sail on tlictn to be abl(! lo keep clear of the shore ; without great core you will be driven into the bends and lo«r your rudder, and this has fre- quently happened with experienceil seamen. I would <" .ervc also, that evoiy vessel, unlq.-s the wind is f.vir, and spltled wen -^ei should ^trinf; too at sunset. Dirertio\is for Vcssch bound from the Mlss'is'-'^p]^ ihronifh //tcOulf. On leaving the B.ilize.your best way is, in winter, between thcmonthi* of October and March, to keep well to the eastward ; say E. by S. (as in ihis time the trades blow mostly from K. N. K. and N. E.) until on sound- ini^s on the coast of East Florida, by which you may make a free wind all (he way to the Tortugas ; but in the other parts of the year you will do <{uite as well to make a direct course, as you may make sure of some beating to get to them ; and by keeping along near the edge of soundings, you will have a set in your favour of 15 or in miles per day. You may 4loublc the Tortugas within 3 miles, by which you will, as soon as you leave soundings, strike into an £. by S. current of 1^ knots, from Sep- tember to March, and 2 knots from March to September. 1 have doubled the Tortugas in very dark nights, by sounding every hour, stfid taking care not to get less than 40 fathoms. Every vessel bound through the Gulf, on leaving the river, should avoid getting too i^ist to the southward, for you will meet with the trade wind, and by that means lengthen your passages. If the wind will per- mit, you should steer E. S. E. which course will carry you soon enough into the trade wind. If you can get soundings to the northward of the Tortugas, so much the better, but you should come no nearer in than 60 fathoms, and should then steer south, and if you should find the water shoaler, in this course, you should keep a little to the westward until you tind it deeper. On leaving the Tortugas, the current sets rapidly over towards the Colorados ; to thi» the greatest attention must be paid to avoid danger. On leaving soundings off the Tortugas, with the wiud to the northward of N. E. by E. keep on your larboard tack aad make the island of Cuba ; -stand no nigher in than to raise it so distinctly as to know it, by which yon 38 ■*:4 •ikiiii lAiriuM iifilMlliaMi I infill I 1^^. ,^.- >ii-j.-ain 208 Bluiit*H American Connt Pilot. 10Rhot keyx. \i\vv iiiiikinu; lli«> liiiid, u lucli will probably be iii mxht ot the Vuu of Miitiiii7.ii)t, htiould iIh> N. K. uiihI continue, be»t uloog the CubAi»horo, iiml inakf ihr U«mltl»'-li« m(I<(| S|»oi kcya, tHking care not to fall in with thtiii iii tluj iiit;littimf, iih thiy »n very low, niid the sounding* do not run more than u huudrod I'lthoiii* oil them on this aide or point. On approaching th« Florida fide, llu' eddy ciirii'iitH «nii>aldc to incline to the Cuba shore, and from the l^m of Matanxa.<«, if the wind be favoiir- uble to make the Double-headed .Shot keys, or if scant, to beat up to wards Point Jacko ; there is no danger iM-icalMint!*, before }on strelcli across to Double-headed Shot, imd from tlicnco ^^liape your course. A corroboration of these factit will appear inanifesl when there are an average of eight vessels lo^t annually on (he I'lorida tthore, and the cup taina have reckoned themselves on the Hahama^l(le, and only three, lot several years, lost on the latter. I would ali^o rccomtnend, when passing through the Uulf, to have the anchor clear for leltiii(( go at a moment'ri warning, should they find theinH«'lvc9 in Nouniir.);{s, and not perfectly §n tiafied with their reckoning, to anchor immediately, which can only be attended with loss of the anchor and cable, uid i^ no consideration when the veaael may thereby be saved. A Aer getting as far as 12 lcaf>;ues to the westward of Double-headed Shot keys, the current hauls to the northward, and abreast of the Shots i' ^uns N. E. in the low 1 j, and in the high stage 2j knots. After leaving Double-headed Shot keys, make a N. E. qourse to latitude 84'* 30' when you may try to make the islands and keys on the Great ISa haroa bank, for a fresh departure ; from the sight of which steer N. by W. to latitude 27" 6(/, then N. by E. to J9», when you will be cltar of every thing. But in doubling the Tortugiis with the wind easterly, beat along the Florida shore, standing no nigher in than to raise the land as fu: OS Old Matacumbe. From hence make a good stretch olT so as lo fetch clear of every thing on the next tack. The east part of the reef off the Florida coast Ues in longitude CO" 0' W. When in the narrows from between Orange keys and Carysford reef to between MaranWIa aiid Hillsborough inlet, the currents run nearly north, in the low 2| knots, and in the high stage of the water 4 knots. From about 10 or 12 leagues to the westward of Double-headed Shot keys to latitude 2i>°, the current, bends from east to north, and when in this space you must allow its na- tural bend, which is in a parallel line with the Florida coast. Marinillu reef lie* in latitude 21° 48', longitude 79* 10', and Canaveral shoals, on the coaat of Florida, He in latitude 28° W, longitude 80° lO'-^the lattev of which is dangerous, but the former is only a tide race. Th*' ( «C;i|i» ; II nil);; to I mnnncr of the It great iff ry (lay it in a calm to hav (> the Gulf Hhrtuldlx From I the eddy and pilot "«* hinh a taken. In th<> when it w have sm )i on the Cu will hardi tack ship ; as much .« gaining off but 2 poin The Sa headed S| or 4 lengu your only key bank. After be tie Baham: do well to you arc no no danger K. W. par stream) stc Point Y bordered b There is ther the S " I once, ir as far to th set of the ( Sailing di The best between th( ther to the londit. BiiinrK American (Joast Pilot. 299 Th«' (iiilf Stroiim artn in ilio mimo mAnnnr n* ii river, only on n liirgrr sr:il«' ; mid thr old o-ihore. Thi« mny he ncm ere- ly day in tin' MitniMippi ; on lh«< leo-nide the current run* utrongfr than III a calm.and on llio weather-nidr weaker, yet you wrill tind the le«-itide to hav«' the Htrongrnt rddy, tlioush very narrow nnd near in nhore, nnd tho (Jiilf StrtMiin act* in the aaiiifl manner, for which proper uUowauce» should lio mado. I'ron) tho curniit (Voquontly varying in courae an well oa rapidity, and tl'.o cd(l> nirrent"! likowi<*«\ varinuH and uncertain, the ablcfit navigatora anil pilot* arc often drrrived after paAting the llavnnna, and getting up i< hi^li as tin- Pan of Matan/tm, from which a departure is generally taken. In the winter yon are liihle to have very heavy gales from about S. whnn it will be bo t to krep the Florida shore on board, when you will have Hm H)th water an far tm ("arysford reef; but should you be caught 00 the Cuba (•lioro with one of these gales l^ovring debd on shore, yoa will hardly ho able to clear the land on your larboard tack, when if you tack ship an 50^ taking care never to go far ther to the northward. It» this track you will make the land, either by :too Bluitt*M American C*oaH( Pilot. 10 Kdil. Cap« Ciibron or n«»»r Old Ciipe l-'raiicow, nittl will k«'i«|» cW-ar of th« hilvor k«y. M« w«lt «■ out of th« currrnta of Sainttnu Iniy. i;iH»« HniMim I* of n miilillirifl; hr\f^h^, nixl «1«'« |» ut il« «^xtri»mily ; yoii ••e it lit thomnic tirni* you ni.iki* ('a\h' Cnhron, Irutii whi« li it i^ Uist.iut nearly U Irngiicii, H. K. nnd H" Ir.mi th« trui* N, Cape Cnbroii in limhrr uiiil »>t«« per th;iii Snnnmi ; the roi„t ii fiirvn, tod fovrrrd with liirn«» troi'«. Ik'ui ( 1411! Cnlnoii In 0|.! ('n|)« Kriiiicoi^, the coiMit foriiu udi'cp bight, lallnl St »t'» buy, ro\»iT«l liy 11 riM-f, cl«M» to which thf ra i* n grmt di'|ilh of wntrr. 'I In; uhon- i»» low, :iml imt him'ii lit any trcut difttiimo. — You niii«t iivoid ({ttiitiu; into thi* l>iiy, mimI nivrv direct for the Old cu|»i', which boum U.N. W. J W, iiiid u di.tmil i:>J leagues. The point of tlic Old rnpc in low, him) «tri«t«lit'i out in the form of the Mout 01 n |iori)oi«(! ; ut /> or i{ Iimikiu-.i «ii^tiiii<'(< to tlir N. N. W. <*f ('iipv CabroD, in u clenrdiiy, thr Old < ii|ic is nwu iinikiiiK like iiii i*liiiid, whosi* •ndf griidutilly ilopc into the Min. Whun ymi hiiv<' niiidr Ciipc Ciihron, being 4 or 6 Iciigucn to the cnntward «»rif, you must nuil 20 liMigiH'n N. W. I W. and will imfm f> loiigu«M to tli*< tiorlliwaid of the Old rnpc ; then you •teer W. by N. wlu'n having run I'j UMiji;tnoint laubclln will hear .S*VV. } W. (hNt;int 4 lciij;ucs ; hiivuig n'»' •''"'• iir, you hiivn nothing to ft'tir, und if it \\iiii nccc«Hiiry you tniglit ki'cp withtn half a li of the Hhorr, tht; roimt hcinK v<>ry <-|«>ur. Being about 4 IcnguoH ofl' to Ihu tiorlliwiinl of Old i':\\)v. Friuicoif<, tlio Old cape point appcnm like n poi-poiflc Hnout projecting to the cuMtwnrd, and three leagues farther went is u point named Capo la Herhu, forminy; the eaatern part of BaUam bay, very much reNrinblin;^ it, and runninjj; to the westward. The coast between them Uch W. i" N. and K. 5^ S. It IS low, rother steep to the sea side, and covered with trees remarkably green. Towards the point of the Old cape, a meuntain in perceived inland, which in clear weather can be seen 15 leagucn off, and in a good mark to point out the Old capo. From Cape la Kochc tlic land bends ia for about 2 leagues, and forms H bay pretty deep and covered by reels. The coast then runs along to the W. and rising in the height to the northward, comes to I'oint Mas- coury, which bears W. | N. from Cane la Kochc. This point is high, and its shore bold ; it serves as n murk for the small harbour of St. Jngo, which is 3 leagues distant from I'ort Plate. Port Plate lies 17 leagues from the point of the Old cape, and bear^ from it VV. by N. It is known by a mountain at some distance inland, which appears insulated like the (i range, though not in so precise a manner. The anchorage is good, and the entrance nearly covered with mangrove islots, which you range along, leaving them on the larboard band ; when you are within these islots, you anchor in from 17 to 20 fa- thoms good bottom. In approaching the coast, you perceive to the westward a huge cape, very high and steep ; this is Point Casrougc, which is easily known by its si^. The coart in the bight from Port Plate to Point Casrouge is bordered with reefs very close to the shore, and does not admit of any anchorage. The Old cape and the large point of Casrougc bear from each other W. 18» N. and £. 18° S. 20 leagues. Being about 3 leagues north of OJEUUrbUge yon tiee a low point projecting out ^ the westward, which is loKUit. Blui»rH AiiirricanC.'onMl Pilot. :M)I \c cape, [own by )rderc(l )rage. other korth of [hich is r«iniirknltl«' by \\% Unwug^ tlii< iipp«-:iriii)«'« nrhriiiK •l<*tii« lied from tin* rouai like III! i«liiiiiii( |a.ikH iiurthcMiiiiitwl of llic inliinn of S| Uuiiiitigo, mill l>t>4ra Willi llic liU{(o C'lisruuftc W. 7" N. uuil lu^7" ^- *ii'i *' ili«tuiil i'ruiii It :• li'Uijvir*. '^ Itrtumi tlif^r (wo poiiitM i« ii iU>i*p ImkIiI rutlcd Port ritviiill*' , then roiiit!* puiiu luithrllii, wliM li I'ni-iiin ii lM;;lit to llii> fimtwiint, win ri> ih iin* chorugit i'uf vi'AKcU tinmiiiu; l-i or i:i t'i'i't water, iiiul >tliiKt *iile ui' p'lint loahtlLi i« u protty cxlrnoivf ani Iroi'.igf, and niorr raMy to ^uiii than that ol'tlii' iMut, hut th«' Ki'onntI in many |)l.trni i« toul ; tlit'rt! \<* from i (o 7 t'alliniiiH wator. From point hahotl.t t(> th«> ar tVnm i^urh olhor VV. Itlf S. uihI K. 10^ N. Oct, 10, IHU.J, a xhip I'loiiniUMJ on thi<« Mhoal, ami while Ihort* look the followini; hi'.tiiiii;''. vi/.. (iriiiiu;i' poiii' K. \ S. The «a«t»'iomo»t Brotlirr S. Iiv W. J W. Haiit-i'.tvCap S. W bvW. hy W. i W. by \V. I W. The h'a*t water on it |(i ItTl. It cKti'mlrt iVoin fant ami went 'J6i) fathomH, ami I'loiu north to Moiith t In iithouiN. All aiouixl it very clone you will hav»' I J to 17 fathoni"*. 'I'lu' hank it't'^W* InH very clrnr rtoiimlinKn in from (> to '.' ^ lathomH, nantly hottoni ; round thu hanU lh«' «ioiindinu;a ar«> t'uul and irrr|{iil:ir. Mt'ins: within I Icagiicfi N. K. I K. of point Inahrlh, irynii would pn^- without thu ithool which lit>H oHT thi> (i range (railed I laiil fond dr la < i range you muit ituer n few dcgreeK to the northward of went 1'2 U'agiioi, iind then tluN Mhoal will hear about Komh, dintant 2 h':i};ncs than 26 feet. When you an on this shoal, the Grange bears true S. 20" W. yon will (hen have the islots of Monte Christe open of each other, the weii- tcrnmost of them bearing true S. SO* W. There is un anchorage under the Grange ; to take it you must range along the islot of Monte Christe, and let go your anchor as soon as you have G fathoms, but under the south side ofthe westernmost islot you may anchor farther in 4 fathoms, above Cape Henry. From the Graoge you see the mouotainft 302 Blunt's Aiiierican Coast Pilot. loKdil. 10 Fa To avoid the shoals off the Sandy islot, whirh is one of the Scvon bro- thers, when you are two lengiies to tl)e northward of the Grange, steer W. or VV. by .S.'3 or 4 leiti^ncs ; then you may liaul iij) half a point more fo the southward, till you nee IMorne (huniniotk) ['irojot, towards which yoti must sail as soon as yf)u can perceive it. The Grange and the Hum- mock lie from each other E. I.^" N. and VV. ]!)<-> S. To the westwardof the Grange are the S«ve)i brothers, which are low islots, and most of them covered with ni.nit;roves. There is a channel between them and the coat^t of St. Domingo, which vessels sometimes use Soing to Manchineel bay, but it is very shoal and jiarrow ; there are also i^hannels between these islot?, but in white grounds, which are always uneven and dangerous. Ifyou go into Manchineel b;iy, you must, at one league to the north- ward of the Grange, steer VV. 7" S. and as soon as you have doubled the westernmost islot, which has n white shoal running ofl" half a league from its W. N. \V. part, you will see Point Icagua, a low point covered with trees, and which forms the entrance of Manchineel bay. You run close to the shoal off the Sandy islot, already mentioned, which has not less than () fathom-: water near its edge ; then you must haul up, and run about half a league from the islot for Icagua point, so as to pass pretty close to it> when you come to anchor, as far within as you choose, from 8 to 10 fa- thoms : the ground in the bay being good and clean. From Manchineel bay to Fort Dauphin bay, is 2 leagues S. W. A W. The coast is clear, and you see the white ground very plain. From Fort Dauphin to the Cape the coast is surrounded by reefs, on the edge of which is a great depth of water. These reefs have some passages to admit ships, through the white grounds, to come in and anchor before the main land ; but there are so many rocks and shoals that it is almost impossible to enter without a pilot well acquainted. Caracol passage is the least diflicult ; the channel is wide, and the losing the white ground showrf it plaii enough ; but no vessels drawing more than 14 feet water ought to attempt it. If you go in you must anchor as soon as you are within the reef, as the water shoals very quick in shore. There is a lime-kiln that serves as a mark. The town of Hayti, (Cape Henry,) is under Picolet Mount j there ^ no danger running in for I'icoiet point, ifyou keep it bearing from S, S. VV. to S. S. E. The appearance of the land in approaching Cape Henry is mountainous in the extreme, as you may suppose, from its being seen (on a clear day,) at least seventy miles off. Should you not hjave time to wait for a pilot, you must range along Picolet point, ha\ .ng it about S. or S. S. W. at the distance of a short musket shot ; you will then perceive a white flag placer'; on the north part of a reef, and must Steer S. E. or S. E. | E. 90 us to leave the white flag on j^our larboard hand ; taking care to have sufficient quantity of sail out, as you will be forced to haul up to weather :» red flag ;vhich is left on the starboard hand, about half a cable distant ; when you m.^y push on for the middle of the town, and anchor where you please. Vessels bound into the Cape and wishing to get a pilot must stand close into the foTrt. Christophe never suffers a jpilot to go on board a ves- sel until she is under the guns of the fort on Picolet point. From Picolet point to Honorat point, which forms the entrance of Hayti, 1| leagues to the westward, thc) 2 is no place of shelter. A small reef runs from this latter point to the west 100 fathoms out, close to which are 3 fn run tw the furl iihoro ii This the nor the broi vent yo superio Til or Acul, w sive, an islot, w part of which tl Kat is is 10 mi In len ward, to fathoms. in for K{i within a Three M large tuf( the Thro with th« to the sti then in th in width : tind less avoid. Having you have by S. true IG fathom You cor Rat island when you are within The mi( islot, but ii to the reef To entei E. true nor Marys, whi of the lead fathoms. 1 S. E. to pas ought to be cast end of Having run for Three fl Ifyou wa doubled the lOKUit. Blunt' 5 American CoUht Pilot. 30a are 3 fathoms ; you raii;.',e along this point, then steer S. S. E. till you have run two cables' length, ami then ar»rhor in N or lU fathoms, oozy aand ; the lurt is ho:iiin;j; I'. S. J'., true north, and you wilt be distant from the yliore a cable and a ludl. Thiii harbour is very small, havinj; not more than 100 fathoms from the north to the. south point ; the bottom i!< i^ood, and you aro free from the bree/os ; besides it is a convenient place, should a j^ale of wind pre- vent your jjel I inj,^ into Hay ti ; and u good shelter for trigates, should a to 16 fathortis water ; should you want to stop to the westward of the I'hree Mary's, you steer for the Morne Rouge, or Ked hummock, and may anchor in from 12 to 13 fathoms. If you are turning through this passage, be not afraid of coming near the rocks on tile shoal side ; you may go within a cable's length of any thing you see, the water being very deep. Oft" the low point of the Great Boucan are some breakers, which always shpw, and have 8 or lo fathoms close to them, when you get that point to bear S. S. VV. by compass, you are within, and may anchor any where. If you should wish to go farther up the bay, after you are past the Three Mary's you steer for the Morne Rouge, and range it within half ; cable's lenj^lh, as a shoal is lying between it and Point Abely, which is opposite to it. As soon as you have passed Morne Rouge you will see Lombard bay, in which you may anchor as near the shore as you please in 7 fathoms, ooze. In following this track you will find all over the bay from 10 to 15 fathonii oozy ground. There is a shoal half a mile S. S. VV. oithe Three Mary's rocks, so small as to render it difficult to be found ; but is easily avoided if you are on that sido of the bay, by standing over towitrds Abely into the middle of the roadstead, and tlien steer for Morne Rouge. This bay is an excellent shelter in time of war for frigates, and even for line of battle ships. The water is good, and very clear near the Lime kiln, on the N. side of the Morne Rouge ; the watering is now very diffi- cult, but it might, without much trouble, be made very convenient. You must not go higher up the bay than Lombard point, which is to the south- ward of Morne Kougc, as there are several dangerous shoals very steep too. From the bay of Acul the coast runs W. N. W. to the isla .d of Limbe; then a little farther to the island Margot, which is of a round form, and points out Anse Chouchoux bay, J miles to the westward of it 4 leagues from Morne au Diable, or the D.evil's hummock, at the entrance of Fort Francois, and 6 leagues W. 8 N. true north, of Picolet. The bottom is good all over, and from 6 to 7 fathoms. To enter it you must press very close to the E. point, where you have fathoms close to the shore. As soon as you are within, you drop your anchor, for you are almost taken aback by the return of the wind, and by the calm which prevails in this bay, however strong the sea breeze may be without. A frigate might anchor in 6 fathoms water to the westward of two small houses, which •you will see in doubling the E. point ; you may, indepeniient of Margot h:d\i. 10 Edit. Bliint's American Toast PiKit. 305 NV. and 1 aback, >d hold. V'roiul )otninp;o n hair ii u> island lie steeit ; Limbe. ! a shoal, s ; slc'or will hav( vcslwanl luumock, ning near h of any nt of the e 8 or II) S. VV. bv ju should lary's yoii jniilh, as a to it. As •d bay, in >m9, ooze. 1 5 fathoms ■ee M-xiy's ly avoided bely into and even the Lime Ivery diffi- lent. You Ithe south- ^ery steep lof Limbe ; Iform, and 4 leagues ce of Fort ; bottom is >ress very Ihore. As jiosl taken tils in this rate might les, 'vhich lof Margot round islot, know Chouchoux bay at a distance, by a large while streak whichTuns down a hill half a mile VV. of the entrance. West of Chouchoux bay in a very small bay called Salt river, but it can only be used by small craft. From Chouchoux bay the coast runs W. 28^ N. one league, when you rome to another bay called the bottom of the Grange, which i8 to the eastward of Point Palmist and known by a chain of rocks that extend near a league, almost to the huge point of Icagua. This bay is small, and the ground very good, with G fathoms near the shore, but it is not so well sheltered as Chouchoux. To enter, you keep the E. point on boarj, and anchor in 7 fathoms, in the middle of the bay, oozy sand. At a short league from the bay is Icagua point, which is round and formed by several other joints. You must not come neai* the land to the eastward of this point, on account of the rocks already mentioned ; some of which are entirely under water, and run out into the sea half a league. From Point Palmist the coast runs W. i N. to the Carenage point of Port Paix, which is the northernmost headland of this part of the coast. It is distant froiri Palmist 4 leagues, and is oAen, at a distance, taken for tt ; the coast between the two points is very clear and safe. The channel of Tortudas island begins at Point Palmist, and terminates N. and &. nearly abreast of Moustique bay, being narrowest at the Ca- renage point. It is very safe, and ships may turn up within. And in general, it is a great advantage when the current runs up, to pass through this channel when you intend to go to the windward of the island. The island is of a moderate height, six leagues long, and one broad ; all the north side is iron bound and steep too. South of the west point is a sandy bay, where there is good anchorage ; the south side is almost every where bordered with shoals surrounded by reefs. There is an anchorage opposite to some huts in the middle of the island, called La Valee. The only good anchorage, which must be for ships drawing from 14 to 16 feet water, is that of Basse Terro, within the reef li leagues from the east point ; the passage is narrow, but easy to fetch. You must keep the M-eather reefs on board, leaving them on the starboard hand ; and steer N. N. W. and N. to double the reefs yon leave on the larboard hand ; do not be afraid of coming near the land, and anchor in good ground as soon as you have brought the lee reef to bear S. W. Large ships may come to an anchor outside the reef upon white ground, a mile to leeward of Basse Terre. To the eastward of Basse Terre, towards Portugal point, there are se- veral bays or coves, in which boats or schooners may anchor, but nothing of a larger size. The channel between this island and St. Domingo is at the E. end, 2^ leagues broad. Opposite Carenage point it is but 2 leagues, and a little farther it widens to 2" or 3 leagues. Ships turning up should stand as close as possible to both shores, as the wind and current always favour them most in shore. You may stand safely within a mile, all the dangers being visible. As there are several bays on each side, the setting of the current is neither uniform nor in the same direction ; you will sometim^ see it run different wayS; and sometimes in the middle of the channel it will run contrary to the current in shore. Should there be a westerly current, which is seldom the case, and never but in the summer time, it IS then so strong that it yro\\\A be folly to attempt the passage. Ships 39 // ^*'Mi. 30b Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. JOfCdit. iO£dit. •hould then fct« iolent : and y hest to stand o the westward. The bay of lent, and the league, or 2 m «^ast, and let g from the entrai of Point Pierre tlie bay. Wh( fiomthe debar you have doubl will see Fort C near, as there is From Point Ii f'uch oth i'r b lection fthe c ,; .;,r;V,*r,^; 10£dit. BluntV American Coast Pilot. .-^07 inc, tbr. |/-^ 308 Blunl*b Ainc'i*i(;anCo.iHt Pilot. 10 Edit. I One lengae to the north of St. Mnrrk bny, it ulow point, which op)tcar!9 at n distance like tin island ; it fornm u ciipu that runs out a inilo wostward of the hearings above given, and is called La point dii morne au diablc, or the Devil's hummock poini ; it shows the mouth of the River Artiboiiite, which falls into the sea, 3 miles northward of the point. There is an nu- chornge the whole length of the coast for small vessels only. St. Marc is high, and of a round form ; you descry at a great distance ti>e hillock which forms it, and stands only one mile from the seaside. The opening of Bay St. Marckliesto the north of the cape, extending one league within the land, and the water in it has a great depth. Shipd anchor in the bottom of that bay under the town, in 15 or 18 tathoms wa- ter ; sm not much to be feared ; a shoal stretches out from them a mile, or half a league at most, with tivc or six fathoms on it ; on the edge of the west and S. VV^. sides you will have from 12 to 15 fathoms corally ground ; in the hurricane months you are almost sure to have every night violent storms. The best method to follow, if you are caught in the gale, will be to lay to sometiirics oh one tack, and then on the other, as well to avoid the force of tba M ad, as tue shoals of the little Gonave. I/.' you can foresee the gale, It will ''c belter to get an anchorage on the St. Domingo side, near Archahi' point, or oiitheN. of Leogane, to the S. E. of the Little Gonave, as you have soaudiiiji ; from the white grounds of Little Gonave as far as Leogane. You may pass likewise between the Arcadius and St. Domingo ; the channel is 5 mi'es wide, and in the middle of it you will never have less than iO fathoms. The water decreases as you go towardb the Arcadius, or 'n the coast side. One mile from the Arcadius you will have 6 or B fathoms water, corally ground ; at the same distance from the St. Do mingo shore, the like depth, but with a muddy bottom. b:aii. 10 Edit Blunf s American Coast Pilot. :iOi* ))icarft itward t)lc, or )oiiitc, mi nn- islancc de. 8hi|M ms wa- ry iieav lives to to the . point of Pearl ist steer iring run r for it. r course light, af- id-chan- I. Hav- ike Point st pretty I a small his point ir half a nd good, ^t not gt) >re, that >ut from it ; on I fathoms to havr ^e to lay lie force -esee the Ide, near iGonave, las far as Igo the lave less [rcadius, [e 6 or B St. Do The grciitcat length of Gonuvc island is 10^ leagues E. S. £. and W. N. W. Its brcndth, which is very regular, is 'I leagues from N. to S. The N. K. point is low ; there is a reef which nuis out to the eastward Kii it half a league, and then extends along shore to the southward of the same distance from the land. The east point is) steep and high, without any white grounds, but yoa fall in soon after with the white grounds of the Little Qonave, which rome within a quarter of a league of the point. These do not extend much to the northward of the east point of the Little Gonave, but they project a league to the eastward. S. £. of the Little Gonave is another white shoal, separate from the other about half a mile ; its outward extremity lies 2 leagues from the island, and there is no danger ; for although the bottom appears very ivhite, you will have on it from 7 to 12 fathoms. A large ship ought not to go within 1 \ league of the Little Gonave. From'the Little Gonave to the W. point of the Great Gonave, the coast is clear and safe. The north side of this ialand is also safe and clear, having only one white ground, which extends h.alf a league from Point Bahama, situated nearly in the middle of the island. Vessels bound to Port au Prince, af\er getting up the bight as Car n» Cape St. Marks, must have a good look-out kept from the fore-topsail - yard for white water. The channel bstween the Arcadius and the reef off the east end of Gonaves is only 5 miles wide, and the colourei wat«r shows itself on both those reefs. Your course from the Arcadius over to the main is S. E. by E. dittont about 1 2 miles ; after running this course and distance you haul up £. S. £. In running in for the harbour, you leave several reefs on the larboard hand, which are very plain to be seen from the mast-head. Plenty of good water to be had here from a rock that empties itself on the S. W. side of the bay. Leaving Port au Prince, and bound to the Petit Guave, you range along the south coast, at the distance of 1 or 2 miles ; all this shore is bold and safe, as far as Point Leogane. From Point Lamentin to Leogane point there is no anchorage ; but you find a good bottom fur anchoring between the latter point and th« anchor- age off the town of Leogane. After you have passed Leogane, you must steer for the Tapion or Hummock of Petit Guave, and come in the bay, leaving on your lar- board hand a little island that lies off the coast north of the town, and to the W. S. W. of which you may anchor. Petit Guave is 9 leagues from Port au Prince, hut as you are forced to doable Point Leogane, your run is near 12 leagues. From the Hummuck of Petit Guave to the Hummuck of Miragoane, the coast runs W. by N. 5" N. 8 miles, then W. by S. I| leag^ie to the Ca- reening island of Miragoane bay. Two leagues and three quarters N. of this islot, is the eastera extre- mity of the white ground or shoal, which joins the reef called Roeheleis. To anchor at Miragoane, you come within a mile of the Careening island, when you perceive a small town at the foot of a mountain, aad some mangrove islands to the westward. You keep the mid-chamel between the first islot said the shore, where the village is situated, and come to an anchor within from 8 to 18 fathoms, sandy bottom. This anchorage ought not to be taken without a pilot : the channel is not more 41-^ . 1 310 Blunfs American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit I0£di tbnn » cjible'ii length in width, and you must anclior n« noon n* yuii arc within. From iVlira|{oanc CarooDiiig ii^lund tho const bcndrt in, and fortiiA thr ha> of tlint. n.ime. It ifl shut in on the north l>y Frij^nte ishmd, off which runs it white shoul hnlf a Innguo to the cuHtward, and nearly N. to the anchorage at Miragoane, which obliges yon, in coming in or going out, to keep the island sitort^ very close aboard. From this place the coast runs W. as fur as the village of Hochelois, which is situated at the foot of Q largo IiMmniock. North 3"^ ca.'*t of this villat^e, 3 leagues, lies the reef of KocheloiH, which is not of very groat extent ; some of the rocks arc out of water, and you may go pretty near them on the N. and S. sides. On the VV. side is a whiiti shoal, which runs 'yff 2 miles ; on the edge of thntshoni m 4 or /> fathoms. One league cast of these breakers is a rocky bottom, but hardly visi* ble, having from 6 to 8 fathoms water ; so thut there is nothing to fear but the rocks themselves, whose extent is only a cable's length ; they lie 9 miles from the 8. shore, and 10 miles from4he Cionavc. The channel on the N. side being as bold as that on the 8. side, and the south coast being also very clear, it is cosy to avoid those rocks. From the village of Hochelois to the entrance of the Bay of Baradaires, the const runs W. by N. 5 leagues. Baradaires bay is formed towards the east by Roitelet's point, and towards the west by the east extreme of tixe Bee du Morsouin, or the Porpoise snout ; these points bear from each '<))ther N. N. W. and S. S. E. 1| leagiics. To anchor in this bay you keep qHb third nearer the Porpoise snout than you do the other point, ranging along the peninsula of the snout, and come into from B to 10 fathoms ; you have a ^reat depth of water in the middle of the bay, which is of great extentj but there are several weedy shonls, which ought to prevent your going in without a pilot who is well acquainted. / vThe north point of the Porp. ise snout, and the north part of Grand Cftymite island, bearing W. N. VV. and E. S. E. and are distant 4^ leagues. ; Ttso. coast wMtof the peninsula of the snout, bends in to the south, ■ and ijrms »a higlftbf 2 leagues ; then rounding out a little it runs W. N. W. lOjeagliiBS, as far as Jeremy. This bight, and Great Caymite island, form a large bay, named Caymite bay, where there is a very good anchor- age for all sorts of vessels. You may come to it without a pilot, and an- chor under the island, in what depth you choose. You may also proceed to Flaniand's bay, near the peninsula, ranging along the peninsula side, and anchor opposite u sandy beach, in what depth you please. The bay of Caymites presents several very fine anchorages, very easy to come ^t, with the assistance of the lead alone, but there is not a good passage betwaen the Grand Caymite and the shore : and you will not find mor€ than '3 feet water upon the white shoals of the Little Caymite, or of Foucaua Islot ; and then there are several coral rocks which rise with- in 2 or 3 feet of the surface of the water, so that no vessel, but very small ones, ever attempt it without a pilot. These white shoals extend 3 leagues W. S. W. off the Grand Caymite. From the north part of the Grand Caymite to Salt river point, which is 1| leagues W. N. W. of point Jeremy, is 9^ leagues ; this Salt river point is the northernmost of all from Port au Prince ; under point Jeremy is the village of that name, whose anchorage is very small and not proper for ' large ships ; schooners and small vessels may anchor withir the reef, but no ship which draws upwards of 12 or 14 feet shoald ever anchor here, except i bad and From 3. 4^ lei All thi shelter, '« i; lea] 'hat 2 rill it can un ed by k«( Assoo •nd are , fal horns, U U) 12 fi Shonid "'•ore on inul with fapion, or which yo( fiom the I to lo. y ^y the E. sivoll, ifti From C 'l«s Irois, I •^els may a shore. To the ! Iiulf aleagi locks are not extend tour fathoii nel she wi ihem on (h One Icaji V oy might i anchor to i All alon^ the shore ; >n general j ™«les i and fathoms, yo Point ties fernmost po able from a from the coj of Bay des the north s'n shore. The anch way to the s You may an of a small h.'j 3to9fathox :diL 10 Edit. Hiutit'b Aiiiericaii CunHt Pilot. 311 n arc ft the which o the g out, COJWt foot ot lieloiH, water, V. side u 4 or y villi- to fcur hey lie :haunel h coast udaires, towards reme ot )m each ou keep ranging ms ; you of great ent your f Grand leagues, e south, ) W. N. I island, anchor- and an- proceed lula side, jry easy at a good not find Imite, or fisewith- 2ry small extend 3 Iwhich is rer point ly is the hoper for reef, but [or here. except ill cu.ie ot' nt'ceHsity ; there h no shelter for her , iii short, it is n bad anchunge, mid which yuu mu cuaHt runs W. hy 8. i" S. 4^ leagues. All this HJioro is s.ifu niid bold within { league ; it duni not proientany shelter, though, in case of netm-isity. you iniglu aiiciior in (luir bay, which IS 1 1 leagues from Suit rivor. This bay, or rather cove, in ^o very suiull, rhut 2rtliip!it, lUO tc«;t Icuig, would bo pu/zled to sv>iiig clear of imkIi other ; it can only serve as a shelter to very small vessels, aiul la easily diitcover- ed by keeping along shore. As soon as you d«!S( ry Cape Dona Maria by the false cape nf that name, •ind are ^ league di-itaiit from it, you will strike woundi.ij"* fioui I j to 18 lulhoms, and yuu may range along this cape at | league di^ttanre, in from U to 12 fathoms, woody bottom. Shonld you want to anchor in Dona Maria buy, you must keep the shore on board, blecring about S. K. the winds being generally »p,ainst, and with your lead you come to an anchor W N. W. oft" a hrge white lapion, or hillock, on wliich stands a battery, and within a mu.ket shot of which you will find /> fathoms. There is bottom ill over thitt bay ; a mile iVoin the shore you will have from .1 to i) fathoms, and at 2 miles from t) to lu. You arc sheltered from the winds between the N. and S. passing by the K. notwithstanding which, ships that lie in 8 or 10 fathoms will swell, if there is a fresh breeze without. From Cape Dona Maria the coast runs S. hy W. J VV. 5 leagues to Point»- des Irois, and forms, at that distance, several bays and coves, where ^s* sels may anchor. There arc no shoals, and the ground increases toMio shore. " , To the S. S. \V. of Cape Dona Maria, 2^ leagues distance, and about half a league oft' Minister's point, are some rucks, called the Whale ; these rocks are above water, and surrounded with a white shoal which does not extend more than half a cable's length from them, and on which are four fathoms ; a ship can sail between it and the shore ; in the mid-chan- nel she will have (J fathoms, and may go as close as she pleases to take ihem on the off side ; the sea always breaks on this ^hoal. One league and a half from the Whale lies Joseph's 'slot, whert a con- voy might anchor ; the anchorage is very good and easy ; tind large ship^ anchor to the S. W. of the islot. All along this W. part of the coast, you have ground two leagues from ihe shore : the depth gradually increasing as you leave the land, so that m general you will find 4 or 6 fathoms, at 1 mile distance ; 10 or 12 at ii miles; and regularly from 15 to 17, at 3 miles ; when you get into 30 fathoms, you will lose soundings suddenly. Point des Irois, or Irish point, as the English sailors call it, is the wes- ternmost point of St. Domingo island ; it is not very high, though remark- able from a small hummock on its extremity, which appears detached from the coast, and makes like an island ; this point forms the north part of Bay des Irois, or Irish bay ; you may range very close to the land on the north side of the bay, there being from 9 to 18 fathoms touching the shore. The anchorage is to the N. W. of a Black rock, which is seen a littlo way to the southward of the town ; it is in from 9 to 10 fathoms, shelly. You may anchor likewise to the southward of the rocky islot, N. N. W. of a small h-'immock toward the middle of the bay ; the depth is herefrom 3 to 9 fathoms, sand and mt(ddy ground m.. .^i^^ ^^m. MI Blunt'e Antrncati (.%)as( Pilot. 10 Rdit. The h*y i* ixpoaed to touthnrly wiiida ; lh«r« in al«vn>A n ^rcat fl<>ti within, mikI (he (lehiin litliiire iiot'courae u bn*i one. It is mtuHtrJ m thf rcldy of ll|«* currents, which »»et to the norlhwiini on thi* W. nu\v., ;ind to the ^-^K t>n ih«i K. coiiNt. Hf^ides, the uvu in thn uiririK im itllfnuitely imitrffpowilh violence by the N. K. iimi E. breezes which (irevuii on th« «VHd^coast, and by the S. K. winda that blow on tlie M. coas'. Irish bay i» tcrminsied to the S. by (Jipc ('arciiiise, which, with Fool's ('iipe, forinii ii larj^e ronndinh point, whose end i** it ('ape Tiberoii. Thc)te. three capes acun at n distunre, form but one, which is called Clupe Tiberon, and in vn-y eiiMiiy known by ita form und height. It is a , *fcirj5e mountain, very lolly, whose top is rounded like the buck of a dosser, t' ^d comeH gratUially down to\vurds the sea. Cape 'I'lberon, properly spcnking, is 4 miles H. 30° K. of Iniih point, und furina tin* entrant e ot Tiberon bay, which is to the eastward of it. You will get no ground nt ;'i() fathoms, 2 eablea' length from the coaHt, between Cape Caroaaao and very near Cape Tiberon ; l»ut oft the latter, at thut di>ituiice, you will have from 21 to HU fathomH, and u little I'lirthcr out (piirkly lo.se soundings. Tiberon bay is slieltnrcd on the E. and partly on the S. by Point Rur< gos, oft' which runH u reef a cable's length out ; you anchor to the north- :ward of this point | league from the town, in 7 or !i fathoms, oozy bottom ; III moat parts of the bay the ground is clear and good, if you do not ap- proach too near FointHurgos, where the l>ottomis rocky. You have no- thing to fear here but southerly winds ; and .small vessels can get so close to the shore, in .'I or 1 fathoms, as to make i'oint Burgos shelter them ; with ull other winds the water is smooth, the landing place is very easy : and ships may with great facility get excellent water. From Cape Tiberon to Point liurgos is a short league ; they bear from each other K. S. E. 3« S. and W. N. W. 6« N. From Point Burgos to a low point called Old Boucand, the const runs E. S. E. 60 8. 4 miles. This shore is not so safe as the other part of the coast, as there arc some white shouls and breakers oflfAigenettes point, but which do not extend more than half a league at most. From Old Bougund point, the < oast runs to the N. K. 1^ leagues, and then rounds to form what is called Lc Fond des Anglois, the English bot- tom ; nil this part is safe, but does not offer any good anchorage'; indeed a ship may anchor very near the land, but will every where be exposed to the sea breezes. From the Fond des Anglois, the coast begn to run to the E. S. E. 1 miles to a large hummock called Les Cherdoniuars, and which is very re- markable at a distance ; then after having formed a bight of half a league it goes S. S. E. 6^ leagues to a point called Point Gravios, forming in that space several little coves, which cannot be considered as anchorages. The only one of tolerable size is Po^i Sdlute, which is N. N. W. of Point Gravios. Point Gravios is low and difficult to distinguish, people often confound- ing it with that of Port Salute. From it the coast is not very high, and runs E. 2° N. 3 leagues to Point Aboucou, which is low at its extremity, though it rises a little in shore ; this is formed by two points of reefs, stretching ^ of a league into the sea. You may pass without fear at half u league distance, and will have no ground at 40 fathoms. At this point begins the Bay of Aux Cayes. The coast, ailer having doubled Aboucou, ruBS to the N. N. W. then to the N. W. and aflerwards.rounds towards the E. till you come to the town of Aux Cayes, which bears from Aboucou N. by E, 8® E. 3^ leagui?*. Til oflhi mill I huvc the .S. have very goo( fore you .< thorns, if J The no easily kno 'ligher tha \ Ktlit. 10 £clii. Blunt'H American Coast Pilot. J13 TV A «Cll J m tht> , iiiul to JTiuilely I on th« h bay in i'orina u iH called ft U It ii (loHser, ith point, unl of It. lie count, le latter, e t'urther Dint Bur- 10 north- ' bottom ; lo not ap- have no- t 80 close er them ; ;ry easy ; jcar from oast runs ut of thf tes point, frucs, nnd {lish bot- indeed a cposed to S. E. 4 very re- » league lig in that 568. The of Point lonfbund- pigh, and itremity, I of reefs, [r at half |his point ^boucou, towards Vboucou The S. W. point of the la Vurhe, form* the oust »u\v or tht entrancu of this Krcut buy ; it bear* K. by N. from i'oinl Aboucuu 7 milex In th« iuid-('biiiiiu!l brtwiMMi Aboucoii, iiml the wont «idi> of la Vuche, you will have 25 fathomM, which depth derrnaaea n» you approach the uUud. Off the S. W. purl of the i^lund there 14 a white ground, on which you will have froin ;> to 7 fathomi, 1^ mile from th« or 7 leagues, appears like a heap of small isl.nids. From the N. W. point, in going to that of the S. W. the coast is safe, the water shoaling gradually as you come near the land. Off the S. W. end is the white shoal already mentioned, to whicli ships coming from the eastward must give a birth. The south Bii|e is bold : and along a whole length, a r-^ef runs at a cable's length dis- tance, to the east point of which is a white shoal extending to another reef, lying off the Point of la Folle, to the northward. From the Point of La Folle, to the N. W. point on the north side of the island there is a chain of shoals and islands, amongst which are some narrow passages. On the north side of the island is the bay of Feret, where there is a very good anchorage ; but you must be exceedingly well acquainted be- fore you can attempt it, as you will in many places lind only 2 and 3 fa- thoms, if you arc not in the channel. The northernmost of these islands, Caye de PEau, or Water key, is easily known by a large tuft of large trees, one of which is coosiderablj higher than the rest ; this island is boM. 10 Mk^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) fe 1.0 I.I Hi lU u L25 III 1.4 Ui 1 2.0 IIUi& FhotogFaphic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STRICT WEBSTIR,N.Y. M5M (716) •72-4503 314 Blunt^B American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. At tomtf diitaiice from it, on the north side, there is a good nnchorage from Ifi to ."^O fiittiomii. From Aux Caves, the coast runs a league E, N. E. as far as the Tupion, or hammock of Cavaillon, which forms the entrance of the huy of that name; halfway between is the Company's iflland, where you anchor if joa do not choose to go into the harbour of Aux Cayes. A Yon must not go too close to the S. £. part of the Tapions of Cavnillon, tk there is a ahoal with only six feet water on it, called Ln Mouton, (the Sheep ;) it lies 8. E. from the east point of the Tapion, about ^ a mile ; iind there are 8 fathoms between it and the shore. Caraillon bay is pretty spacious, (hough the nnchorage is of very little extent ; the coast on the west is too steep, and the bottom full of rocks. You must come to an anchor on the east side of the bay, opposite a coast covered with mangroves ; approach it without fear, the bottom being clear : and you have five fathoms close to the shore. In this bay you are' sheltered from the sea breezes, by the east point of an island, which leaves a passage between the mangroves into the Bay des Flamands. The Bay des Flamands, or Flemish bay, which lies \ league from Ca« TuUon bay, runs into the land toward the N. £. Its entrance and shore* are clear and bold, and it is the place where ships lie up in the hurricane monthi ; there is a good careening place, and you may anchor any where in the bay. From this bay the coast runs E. by N. 2 miles, as far as the Great Bay of llisse, where the anchorage is good all over, but you are no way shel- ter^4Vom the southerly wind, as the entrance opens to the southward, •niJi^'Tery broad. The coast continues its direction to the E. by N. as far as Point Pascal ; halfway towards it is the Little bay of Messe, in which you may like- wise anchor, but are not even sheltered from the sea breeze. Off the great bay of Messe, is a shoal that lies like a bar across the bay, and ex- tendis opposite the point which is to the westward of the Little bay of Mette. This shoal in some places has not morie than from 16 to 18 feet water ; it is very narrow, and leaves a passage of | of a league between it and the coast ; it does not extend to the southward more than | a league from the shore. If you want to go into the Great bay, and your ship draws more than 1 5 feci, you must keep close to the shore on the west Hide of the bay, ran^ n*^ by Point Paulin, which forms the west entrance ^f the bay ; the beginning of the bank is north and south of Point St. Remi, at the distance of about a mile. * Point Pascal is steep, and of a white colour; it forms, with a little island that lies to the eastward about half a league, the principal entrance of St. Louis bay. This island is called Orange key. You see it from the entrance of Aux Cayes, which is 4 leagues distant ; it is then nearly in a line with the shore S. of the bay of Messe. From Point Pascal the coast runs N. N. E. one mile, as far as Point Vigie, from whence you discover the whole bay of St. Louis, which it shut in, in the east, by Cape Bonite, that bears from porat Vagie N. K. J £. S miles. To anchor in St. Louis bay, you range along Poii\l Pascal, then Point Vigie, and along the west coast in 8 or 10 fathoms ; the anchorage is west of the Old fort, about ^ mile from the shore, in such a situation that you can see the town between the Old fort and the shore in the bottom of the bey. The Old fort' is built upon an itlot of rocks, from which there is a pwwagf towards the shore in 6 fathdms, to the anohoiage before the town^ 10 whei Old I shou] shon the v« shore Hatk shore the s than t One key; out 01 shore, keep t Cape ] . meet i\ off whi mile. proach which I white 1 deep pa Great b half a le is a sma called L nearly h Toth of Aqoii white hi beibg|, 10 'J mu« point, 8( the Grej water. East of distance, on the St mock ; s< Morne R( islands an thorns, an 8. The! the water from the li Anothei tiquekey the shore will see Li starboard then you fa you, and a n»aj, ifyox 10 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 315 where (he greatest depth of water U 6 fathonu. South by eut of the Old fort, ^ of a league, and west of Cipt Bonite, the same distwace, is the shout called Lh Mouton, and there is • good passage between it and the shore, or the Old fort ; the depth is less considerable, however, than on the west side of the bay. You may go between Orange key and that shore, in deep water, and then you will meet with a smsdl island, called! Rat key, between which and Orange key you may pass, or between th« shore and both ; but those passages arc not large. There are shoals off the shore, which makes it necessary to keep closer to the two ialand| than the shore. One league and a half distant E. by N. of Orange key, is M istiquef key ; this isiand is clear of shoals except very close ; you may pass with« out or within it ; on^ the N. side of it, one eighth of a league from the shore, you will have 10 fathoms. If you sail within shore, you must not keep too close to the St. Domingo coast, as there is an island betwuen Cape Bouite and Cape St. George. You will find no other shoal till you meet the Trompeuse, which lies 4 miles £. N. E. of Caoo St. Goorge, off which is a shoal called La Teigoeuse, and running out from it about a mile. North of Moustique key is Cape St. George, which vou may ap* proach ; and N. of a key called Caye a Ramiers, or Wood Pigeon's k«y, which bears E. by N. 2 miles from Moustique key. It is known by a white hummock, rather steep, and seen at some Astance ; there is a deep passage between it and Moustique key, by which you go into the Great bay of Aquin. S. of Caye a Ramiers lies a ahoul, which extends half a league, and has only 3 fathoms in the middle. E. of the samtju^y is a small island, called L'Anguille, (the Eel) and to the ^. £. is an^tr called La Regale ; the three form an equilateral triangle, whose sides -are nearly half a league. To the E. N. £. | of a league from Caye a Ramiers, is the Great key of Aquin, which is an island d^a tolerable height, upon which are two white hummocks, very remarkable. This island runs to the E. by N. beibg f of a league long, and ^ league broad, and bold on the S. side. Yo'j must take care of the white skoals of the Eel, which is S. of the W. point, so that it does not leave a passage between Caye a Ramiers, and the Great key of Aquin, for vessels thai- drav«,more than 1^ or Id feet water. ,;,.. ^,i) • • > ■ East of the Isle of Aquin is a white insulated rock, at a short ^ lei^ue distance, which is called the Diamond. East of it, at two cables' length on the St. Domingo shore, is the point of Morne Rouge, or Red bupi- mock ; so that the E. point of Aquin, Diamond rock, and the point of Morne Rouge, form the two passages into the bay. All these shores ai4 islands are bold ; you will find in the Morne Rouge passages, 5 and ^ fa^ thoms, and betw^eeii the Great key of Aquin, atid the Diamond, 6, T, w^ 8. The bay is very extensive, and trenches a great way inland, though the water is very shallow ; anchoring in 3 fiithoms, you will be a long.way from the land. , ,,fYr Another passage into the bay is between Cayc^.a Ramiers and the Mopsr tique key ; you then steer E. N. E. to come iutQ tbe mid,-chanivelbetweep the shore and the idot; when you hav^ doubled Caye a Ranue^a you will see La Regale, which is a very low sapdy islot, and leave it on tim, starboard hand, keeping in the tnid'channel between it and tbenf^ye 4 then you haiil up for the Great key of Aquin as much a9 the.wind wijil lei. you, and anchor to the N. of the Great key» in 6 or 7 latfaoms : 1>!(i jflV; may, if you choose, go further in. 316 Blunt'fl American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. The point of Morne Rouge is very easily known at a distance, by three white hummocks, which are very mgh ; they are called the Tapions of Aquin, and form together a huge cape, under which is an anchorage in 10 or 12 fathoms, at a good distance from the land. This bottom continues as far as the little bay Des Flamandd, or Little Flamingo bay, which is W. N. W. 3 degrees W. one and a quarter league from the Tapions of Aquin. Vou must observe that from Point Pascal all the capes are cut out, us it were, and steep, and front the S. and S. E. and as on all this shore, the land is white, you see a great many white hummocks ; Aquin key has two, but the highest and easternmost are those of the Morne Kouge,nnd, with a little attention, it will be impossible to mistake them. From the point of Morne Rouge, or the hummocks of Aquin, the coast, {ifter having trenched in ahttle to the northward, to form the small bay Dos Flamands, runs 9 leagues E. | S. as far as the Capo of Bayenettc. All the shore is bold and free from danger, but do6s not offer any bay or anchorage, which would shelter yoo from the common breeze. Two leagues and a half before you come to Cape Bayenette, there is a considerable depth of water off the shore, which is iron bound. Cape Bayenette is known by the white hummocks which are at its ex- tremity, and. form the entrance of a large bay of the same name, that fa- ces the S. E. It is supposed to take this name, Bayenette, (i. e. Clear bay,) from the great d^pth of water found all over it, and itb being entire- ly clear of* shoals ; you are here very little, if at all sheltered, and must andji|r on the N. side of it, pretty close to the shore. This bay trench- e#*^« league to the northward, after which the shore again runs to the £. I S. 6 leagues, as far as Cape Jacquemel, which is high and steep, and makes the W. entrance of Jacquemel bay. From this eape the coast runs W. N. W. as far as Redoubt point, which is well in the bay ; in all this ektentno ground is to be found : th'e other entrance is Cape plare- chaox. When you are between these two points, and nearly in the mid- dle of the bay, you will see at th6 bottom of it a reef which you must double to the N. N. W. leaving in on the starbonrd side, you anchor be- tween it and the shore, which you must keep pretty close to, otherwise you will have a great depth of water. The anchorage for large ships is E. of a white hummock, in the bottom of the bay, and W. of the great reef. Cape Marchaux bears N. N. E, a smalt league from Cape Jac- queiliel. 'From Cape Marechaux the land trenches in a little to the northward, flitid rounds out again to Cape Morne Rouge, which ir seen at a distance, and is known by white hummocks. It bears £. 10® N. 28 miles from Jacquemel. The coast in all this space forms several little coves, where snkiul vessels may anchoi^, but in ii(one of them will th6y be sheltered any nay. One league and a half E. of Morne Rouge, is Saletrou, or Foul hole, where you find a good anchorage for ships which do not draw more than 16 ihei ; larger vessels' may 'likewise anchor thet^Ei, but they must lie far- thet out, Wfacsre the ground 19 not so good. From Morne Rouge! the cdait trenches in a little to the northward, therki out again, running to the £. S. £. as far ais the Anses a Petres, or f^le^ttfes ttove, which is the last French settledient on the S. of St. Do- mh^o.< All this part of the coast is very cfafe, and you may approach withotrtfear. iUlit. 10 Edit. Blunrs American Coast Pilot. 317 three ons of in 10 tinueR isW. cms of It, MB it re, the IS two, 3, with e point having imands, e shore ho rage, 39 and a lepth of t its ex- that fa- I. Clear jentire- ind must ' trench- is to the id steep, he coast bay ; in Jlare- the mid- ou must ichor bc- Itherwise ships is he great lape Jac- Irthwari*, Idistance, liles from where lered any loul hole, liore than kt iic far- Irthward, Petres, St. Do- approach There is good anchonge at the Anset a Petres, which is very easy to come nt : you must not be afraid of runniog in', a i at two miles distance from the shore the water is very deep. AH this shore appears white, and the coast is chalky. You may anchor either before the plain of An- tes a Petres, or south of a small cape, which is b«fore the mouth of a ri- ver, and considerable enough to be easily distinguished ; the water is smooth, and you are well sheltered in 6 or 8 fathoms, good ground, or in 4 fathoms further in shore. From this anchorage the coast begins to run to the southward, trench- ing in to the eastward one league, to form a cove, called Bottomless cove. It runs aAerwards S. by W. as far as the False cape (Cape Lopez) which bears E. by S. ^ S. 32 leagues from Mornc Rouge, and ^0 leagues E. S. E. from Jacquemel. F rom Cape Lopez the coast runs E. S. E. 5 leagues, as far as Cape Beata, and then N. E. | N. and N. N. E. to form the Great bay of Neyba. South of Cape Lopez 4 leagues, is an islot called the Frailes. To the S. S. E. at the same distance is another islot, called Altnvehi, safe and bold too, and south of Cape Beata, is Beata island, whose length is one league N. and S. and its breadth E. and W. two miles. There is a breaker off the N. by E. part of it, that runs towards Cape Beata, at whose extremity is a white shoal, which very much narrows the passage between Beata and ttik sfiore ; you have but 3 fathoms water in the passage with a tolerable anchorage to the westward of Beata, between it and the shore in 8 or 10 fathoms, grassy ground. You may generally see the bottom, near all these islands ; but the vfikr ter ib very deep near the shore of St. Domingo. This part of the coast, which projects towards the south from the sea shore lo Cape Mengon, as far as 3 leagues N. and as far as the sea towards the E. and W. is a flat of white and hard rocks, in which you see lai^e holes and breakings, and which is about 40 feet high ; nothing grows there but some prickly pears. When you come from the south\ ^. or eastward, and are bound to the N. side of St. Domingo, you most make the islands of Mona and Monica, which are two small islands situated in the passage between Porto Rico and the island of St. Domingo ; they are both clear and safe, and you may go within two miles of either of them ; and there is even an anchor- age to the leeward of Mona, half a league from it, in 7 or 8 fathoms, sand and weeds ; having then the N. W. point of Mona N. by E. 2 miles, the S. W. point (off which is a small reef) S. E. ^ E. and Monica N. by W. You pass to the westward of Monr and when you have brought it to bear E. S. £. 3 or 4 leagues, you will perceive the coast of St. Domingo. All this S. E. part is very low^ and in the channel the current, which sets to the northward, is very perceivable. There is a reef close to the shore which boatf must pick a passage through. The point of St. Domingo nearest Mona is Cape Espado, a low point encompassed with a reef and a white ground ; it bears from Mona nearly W, N. W. 10 or 11 leagues. From Cape Espado the coast runs N. by E. 5 leagues, as far as Gape Enganno ; this is a. small flat point, off which stretches a reef to the N. E. 2 miles. When you are abreast of it, you lose sight of the islands of Mona and Monica. W. by S. I S. from Cape Espado, 2 leagties distant, lies the east end of Soan island. This island extends E. and W. I a miles, and N. and S. 5 iniles, covered with trees, and surrounded with a white shoal project- & Tilxa.' 318 Blunfs American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. 'ing about 2 miles. Should you come off the weal end of Soan iiland, and wish to anchor under St. Catharines, you roust steer W. by N. until you see the island, and iu doubling the west point (which is low nnd rocky) you may approach within h ship's length, when you will see the bottom, and when you are abreast of the Sandy bay anchor in what water you please. The ground ib good and clear ; but, should you wish to anchor between the island and the main, you will have H or Ih fathoms. There is a white sandy spit runn out a little way /romthe N. £. end, ^ut it is always seen by the white water. From Cape Enganno the coast runs N. W. ^ N. 14 leagues ; it is low to within 3 leagues S. of Cape Raphael, where it begins to rise a little till you come to Cape Raphtyel itself, which is of a middhng height, and appears at a distance like an island ; it is easily known by a round moun- tain seen inland, and not unlike a sugar-loaf. From Cape Raphael the co^st runs W. by N. and then W. to form the Grept bay of Samana, which is shut to the N. W. by Point a Grapins, or Grapels point, 2 leagues S, S. W. of Cape Samana, which is about o leagues N. VV. | W. of Cape Raphael. To anchor at Samana^ after you are round Cape Raphael, steer for c^- mana, and being about 9 miles off shore you will see wiiite water — steer on until you are 4 miles from Samana, then steei to the northward until you see Bannister's key, by which time you willlkave soundings in 7, 6, and 5^ fathoms, green grassy bottom, and the nearer you approach Ban- nister's key the more will the water deepen. Keeping the north shore oa board when abreast of Bannister's key and Busky (which it a rock veW bushy) you will have good anchorage in 14 or 15 fathoms. The coast of St. Dqmingo trenches a little to the northward towards St. Catharine's island, distant from Soan 8 leagues. The coast continues to run towards the W. some degrees N. to the ri- ver of St. Domingo, which lies 16 leagues from the island of S|. Catha- rine, 27 leagues from Cape Espado, and 21 leagues from the W. point of Soan island. You may anchor before the river of St. Domingo, pretty close to the shore, and vessels not drawing more than 12 feet water may go into the river. This place, which is the metropolis of the Spanish part of St. Domin- go, is known by a great fort, built on the right hand bank of the river Ozama, upon which the city is situated. You will likewise perceive to the westward of the fort a lai^e savanna, forming an amphitheatre, which affords a delightful proepest. From St. Domingo the coast runs W. S. W. 14 leagues, as far as the Point des Salies, or Salt Pans point ; then it trenches in to the northward to form the great Bay of Neyba, which takes its name from a large river, whose mouth is in the bottom of the bay. From' this river the coast rnns south, to form Cape Beata, which is W. S. W. ;^ S. of St. Domingo, 32 leagues distant. In sailing from St. Domingo to Cape Beata, you must guard against the currents which run to th« eastward, along the coast, and in the entrance Off JjFeyba* bay are setting weekly to the northward. lOEdl Observi Them land of t1 however an urgenl but the ai have not Inr, thoug the two ( Small V the west < ferable to TheN. ed with a r and extenc I'Eau, or ^ to G fathon To s^il feet, yov n 8 hshermar known by t the reef yc wind should preferred a which is vei (he swell ol The sev L'IsIet aM equally she with reeft, anchorage. TheW. pretty near where you i tile water, named Les I well acquain The only ] anchor, is Li f'antaque ; b wonder, whi The reef still much fe the S. coast c 2i miles, in "•ora E. to W The extenl about 1 Ijo fati only are perc small extent, ' Wna^ )£dit. 1 a Edit. Blunt*s American Coast Pilot. 319 land, and intil you d rocky) I bottom, ater yon 9 anchor I. . E. end, it U low »e a little eight, and ind moun- > form the rapini, or I i« about eer for »3a' iter — ttcer iward until igs in 7, 6, roach Ban* lorth shore ti is a rock ns. towardA St. to the ri- S(. Catha- |W. point of ngo, pretty water may St. Domin- |f the river [perceive to latre, which far as the northward |large river, coast runs >iningo, 32 agbiDSt the le entrance Observations on the navigation round the Goimve Islands, and in the Southern Channel. •. The most dungcrous reefd are those which seem to be joined with the land of the Little Oonnve, and are Itretched above a league in tlic oiling ; however, they li« at about a mile fr 39' N. 21 instruct ions for sailing along the CoaslSj and j/i/.i the Ilarboura (y Jamaica, Port Royal, and its Channels. An experienced navigator observes, " in running for Port Rcyal in lat. n° 43', long. 76** 41', we passed over a bank of fine white sund ; our soundings were 21, 21, 21, 81, and 18 fathoms, then no bottom with 40 fathoms. It extends from E. to W. 6 miles. The situation by the ripple of the current, on the east a^d west edges of i^seemed to be north and south, but what length I am not able to judge." ^ lit.'ing off Morant point, or the east end of Jamaica, and bound to Port Royal, you are to steer down 3 or 4 miles off shore, until past Morant bay ; as the coast from the ea^l end to the southward of Rocky point, is lined with a reef that stretches 2 miles at sea, and part of which reef ge- nerally breaks. From Rocky point to the westward, the coast continues rocky, about one mile from the shore, as far as Morant bay ; then it is clear till you come to the white cliffs, called the White Horses, off which there are some rocks about half a mile from the shore. t*rom the White ^orses to Yallah's point, the distance is about 13 miles ; in running it 'down, when the former bears N. and Yallah's point W. you will have soundings, and frequently see the bottom in 74, 8, 9, and lo fathoms ; and as you approach YallaVs point, the water oeepent tillyou lose soundings. 4^ #, From Yallah's point to Cow bay poinl, there are nc dangers ; this point is low, but bold too, as well as all the coast to thewestward, as far as Plumb point. The coursrj between the two points is W. by N. 8 milea ; but if you are 3 or 4 miles from Cow bay point, you must steer more to the northward. Plumb point is the S. E. point of the Pallissadoes ; you may run in boldly for it, and approach its extremity within half a cable's length, hav- ing nothbg to fear till you are abreast of it, ant! off the Middle ground. Between this and Plumb point is the entrance of the eastern channel into Port Royal. When you bring Rock fort N. by E. or N. N. £. you will cSKne ov^r a cross ledge, just as you are out, and in with the leading mark, which ia the magazine on the highest part of Salt pond hill, or on the Nab and flag-staff on the fort at Port Royal W. by N. or the north part of the Twelve Apostles* battery, and the magazine of Fort Charles in a line. The cross ledge is rocky ground ; in going over with the aboye marks, you have 7^, 10, 10^, 11, 114, IS, and 1^ fathoms water. lOfi Yo« Eao ai ackhi tween I in mid- Port R( <*un ke 'Point { ; sailing c which fi 19 feet ( Havioi comes to Port R03 fore yod key gnd und to Port past Morant :ky point, is »ich reef ge- ■ocky,' about clear till you ere are some ig about 13 allah's point in 71, 8, 9, iter deepens langeni ; this itward, as far N. 8 miles; [teer more to toay run in i length, hav- sddle ground. I channel into E. you will pi the leading [pond hill, or Iby N. ort'iic Wne of Fort L going over 'id Ibfatboins Ym Mil Htmn wilh thote n«rkt wlkich Ictd yoa nttr u&4-chMMl, till SMI are abreaft of Lime key i then • Mttto to tk« louthwtN tmHi :Nckham key, (!;iTint Lim« keV tgood birth, till vou open Ptrt R4yil b«- tireen Q un key and Kackkem key. Thence go Mtween thMe two k«yi^ in mid^ckannel, and immediately aAer they ere DaMed, tteer dirrctly for Port Roynl point, till vo« hring the fall of Yallah'a hill on the centre of tiun key, which will bring you between the Knowl and Port Royd ^oint ; you may approuch the point within half a caMft** length, and hv •ailing clone to it, you will also past between it and the Harbour knowl, which iiufl to (hft weatward, about the ength of a cable and a half, with 19 feet on it. Having passed the point, steer to the northward, till the Admiral's Peon comes to the north o( Qullows point. This mark leads you clear of OM Port Roynl, where you may anchor abreast of the dock«yard, or efen b4" fore yoh como to it. With a land or N. wind the chanuel between Oan key and Port Royal ia to be preferred ; then the Twelve Apostles' bat- tery on the 8. angle of Fort Chdrlei leads you clesr of Gun key reef. Strangers, in caie of neces>.itv, might pll «i their ship down to tae itt- chora^f, ih the channel even ^hen th. marks are net to be seen, as no- thing is to bo feared on the side of the Palliiisadoes, which is low and bushy. They must only keep within half or three-quarters of a nlilfe of Plumb point, and steer down by the PalliMadoes, till they bring Lini^ key to bear 3. S. E. or S. h. by S. then ihey anchor in 16« 16, or 17 fathom*, near the middle of the channel. The most remarlcable shoal in the E. channel, is the Middle ground, or east^'n Middle ground, which lies 1{ mile S. S. W. from Plumb point ; it cokisists of two patches, rocky bottom ; the E. patch hdving 18 feeti and W. patch (about 70 fathoms to the W. N. W. of the other only) hav- ing 9 feet ; they are divided by a narror swatch 10 fathoms dee^, and both break with strong sea breezes. Y'>u may sail within the MidjR* ground, or without it to the southward, as necessity requires, btit to tbii northward is the best and safest channel. The soundings in that chf^rtnil are uneven, from 7 to 19 or 20 fathoms ; but when yet are past the Mid- dle ground, they are regular, from 19 to 13 fathoms between Rackbam and Gun keys. The first key you meet with, steering from the Middle |proiind to- wards Port RoyRi, is Lime key, from ths N. end of which a reef stretches about a cable's length ; your eye is the best mark for it, as it is generally seen ; to the westward of the key lies another shoal, with 8 or 10 feet upon it. The Knowl of Port Royal point, is the third shoal ; it is a small ha^d ceral bank to the southward of the point, with only 16 feet water upon it. If your ship draws 12 or 13 feet water, you must be careful to keep clear of it. 1. To go within the Knowl, the leading mark is to bring the high^dt bash on Gun key (which is near the middle of it) in one with Yallah's point ; you have then 10 fathoms water and the channel is 70 fathoms wide. The mark to strike the Knowl, is the S. point of Gun key, on the high hill (%f Yallafa's, or a ship^s length open of Yallah's point ; the bres/Ht mark is the church on the ?t^ or 8th eairijra^ure of the fort, Sandy kc^ just open with Lime key, and you will have 16 or 17 feet water. 2. To go between the Kno.^l and th6 Middle Ground, which lies ^ot 300 fathoms to the south-westwlinvd of it; tha leading mark is True Land'a hummock, within Yallah's on the southernttoft part of €Kin key, or Tal- 41 « . / / Xi^ Bliiol*s AmericMi Cottt Pilot. 10 Edit- V Hh*9 ^ot Will OMn to tht northward of tb« N. Doint of RackluNii'ikov. Tkii ckaiiad nhlch is th« widest, and has 18 atkoBM watar, U mottly ttMd whan takon with the land wioJ. Whan tha church m on th« second enbrasare, counting from th« waatward.this Middia Oround is called the Westam ground. The unchoraga is good all orer Port Ko^mI harbour ; iMit the best f^choring for ships that are bound to sea, is in fathoms, with a notch on the C. side of a high mountain, called the Leading notch, • littla open to the eastward of Fort Augusta und Uackham key, in one with Port Royal point. To go to sea from Port Royal, you make use of the sooth or the new channel ; the small craA generally go through the east channel, but it is to bi> avoided by large vessels, except they are prime sailers, and have a strong land breeze or north, with an appearanco of its lasting long enough to carry them through. Loaving Port Royal and bound to the westward, heioc clear of the shoals of the South channel, your mark to clear Wreck Reef is the mn- gasine of Fort Johnson, open of George's Rocks, until Portland bears WMt. You may then alter your course along the land, as there are dan- gers to be apprehended until you are nearly as far as the Alligator Pond Bay, about 4 miles S. E.| E. of which is Bum's shoal ; this shoal is about one mile and three quarters in eitent from east to west, and 1| miles in breadth, and has from 4 to 6 fathoms water over it. The outer edge i« about 8 miles from the shore. Pedro Bluflf is very remarkab^, and may be known from any other land on the coast. About 4 or 6 miles to the eaatward of the bluff, there is a remarkable white spot in the cliff called the White Horses ; when you first make it from the eastward, it appears like a schooner under sail close to the land. If going to Black River, or Bay, run towards Parretta Point taking cave not to approach nearer than one mile, as there is a reef extending off the S. W. nearly one mile.^ yqor leading mark into this Bay to the anchorage where merchant ships KMu!, will be the church just open to the eastward of a large coUon tree ; run in with thii^mark until you are within half a mile of the town and an- chor in about 18 feet. When you are bound through the South channel, you should get under weigh with the land wind as soon in the morning as you can see the marks, observing that tite current then sets most commonly to the westward, and the great leading mark is the 'leading notch in one with the magazine at Fort Augusta, \vhrch is the easternmost building of the fort. This car- ries tou dear through in 16 cr 17 feet water. To keep well to the west^ ward of the Middle uround, be careful not to bring the church steeple upon the comer of the wall with embrazures, until Yallab's hill is brought in one with Lime key. In case you should not see Yallah's hill point, look for a hummock on Hellshire, and when it is open of Salt Pan Hill, you are to the southward of the Middle Ground, which, as we heretofore observed, is here called the Western Ground. The Middle Ground is a large coral bank, which often breaks with only 3 feet on it in the middle ; the north and west sides are almost steep. On its N. W. edge lies a bboy, whose marks are Port Royal tower, on the 4th em)>razure of Fort Charles, counting frcnn the westward, and He'J- shire hummock on the flag staff of Fort Small. When you have opened Hellshire hitmmoclc with Fort Small, you steer oat with the Leading notch a li|^ jto tfafs eastward of the magazine, which wr.t9»JWi between the hmOmUnt^ Key, the Turtie heads, and the South Knowl, or to avoid theaeheadf, yon are to haul up so as to bring ■ ■ * • „•% 10 E< the chi keep tl Theny should I near th The m is the f just «p4 Whei Man's I bring th dose to Yallah's the Por about a i Drunk vered wi To the s( strong se having 6 Soul P«rii BiiO] Bwnj B«io« riag TheTi •n the shi to the S. I der, with * Reef whic Bank is a strong sea E. of it has shin the W On the < eramost s swell ; it ii Key is the round then (he great F The new parrallel to channel ; il choring gro ward with t The lead the mouatai hummock is of Fort Au Knonrles, as Growod, a marks en til barracks, co fO Edit. Blunt*M Am«ricAn Cottt Pilot. 313 th« ehareh itccpla to (he 'MlcninMHt part of tb« fort, md cofrtMu* \p k««p that mark until th« South Key it brought on with Yallah't ptint. Th«n you may haul to the wettwaid, if tha wind wiU permit. But if you •hould not keep up the leading mark, and,the church iteeple ahoold cdom near the comer or the fort, you muat then come to, or tack and atand in. The mark, when athore on the Turtle head«, and three fathom bank, ia the church ateeple on the magaxine of the fort and Spanish town land juat «pen. When Maiden Key in open a ahip'a length to the louthward of Drunken Man*a Kev. you are then to the aouthward of South Knowla, and should bring the Leiiding notch in a line with the magaxine, which will bring yoq cJose to the westward of the Little Portuguese, t or fathoms ; when Yallah*s hill come to the southward of .South Key, you are then clear of the Portuguese, and may haul to the S. C. giving South Key • birth 9f about a nule. Drunken Man's Key is a narrow ledge of rocks, just aboTe water, co< rered with some loose jand, that gives it the apponrance of a sandbank.— To the southward of it about | a mile, there is a shoal which breaks with strong sea breexes, and between it and Drunken Man's Key is a channel, having 6 or 7 fathoms water. fitanogs M«n on Drunken Man's Kty. South Kay 8. S3* E. Pnrtuguan Buojr S. 16° W. Buoy on th« ThiM Fmhom Bank, No. 1. . . S. t3° 30' W, B«ny on tki) TuriU Haatl, No. 9 N. SI" W. Buoy nu the Inner Middle, No. 4 N. IS*^ W. Flas Staff of Fort Charlei N. S* W. The Turtle heads are three dangerous spots, with 10 or 1 1 feet water •n the shoalest part, and deep water close to them. The South iCnowls to the S. E. of these heads, are two small patches about 70 fathoms asun* der, with 33 feet water on them. And to ». by W. of these lies One Bush Reef which always breaks, and is almost steep to. The Three Fathom Bank is a large coral shoal, with 10 or So feet water, which breaks with stron(( sea breexes. A small patch about a quarter of a mile to the S. 8. E. of it has 20 toet water ; it is called the Warrior's bank, from the Englidh ship the Warrior having lost her rudder there in 1 782. On the east side of the south channel, the Little Portuguese ia the south' emmost shoal ; it has from 22 to 26 feet water, and in general a |re8t swell ; it is a cables' leMth from N. to S. of three heads. The middle Key is the shoalest ; 6 falhoms between the heads and 7 or 8 fathoms round them. This shoal is more than a cable's length from the west of (he great Portuguese, which has but 10 or Tl feet water on it The new channel lies to the eastward of the South channel and almost parrallel to it ; it is certainly preferable, on many accounts, to the South channel ; it has smooth water till you come to South Key, with good an« choring ground, easy riding, and a facility of going to sea to the south* ward with the sea breexe, as far as S. £. &c. The leading mark to enter this cannel is a remarkably flat hammock on the mountain to the N. N. W. of Port Royal ; when the middle of this hummock is in a direct line with the White house, standing to the N. W. of Fort Augusta it leads you to the westward of the harbour and Point Knowles, as well as bejtween the east edge of the South channel. Middle Orovod, and the west end of Rackham's key shaaL You steer mth tbeae marks en till • remarkable round hillock to the westward of Stony hill ' barrackt, cornea open to the eastward pf Gun key. * Hlunt'i Aaertom Com! Pibl. lOEdil^ AlUr JTM kaf« op«Md tbi« bnmnMcIt, you wtAcr awty to tb« (m>«Ui« iNHPd, bM|^ il ofM liH • aAilcU* m lh« aountmnii lu iIm N. W. com** ill • liiM witli P«rt SomH. Than yoa brtng Ui« nHiiit bammiMjk on tb« — Ir t •! w«tl tdft of Oun kty« wbtcb niirka curry you to (ha wnatwHrd oftiM ibotll ott Uit aMt lide of iha cbaiuMl, iinii Mhout u iiuar(«r of m miU 10 lh« MaMrtrd of th« Great Portag«M«, at.ur fathom knowl, a very amall apot, with no leaa thnn 94 feat watar on it, and deep water all around, i^hipa of 20 feel draught may iail ortr it, aa the water ia amooth. Mtween Ureat bajF ahoal and South key breiikera, there iiro two •lioala i the northemmoat abqut half a mile .S. by W. from tliu former ia •iMp, and a ainaH part of it appeara iuat above the Aurface of the water. TkJi ahoal almoat alwaya ahowa itaelf by the rippling on it. About half wty bttweea thii and the breakera Ii ^ the second ahoal, having only 10 ftet water. The South key breakera have a buoy upon them. The inarka for the WMtcdgt of tbia reef ia the L«)ading notch open a little to tbe eaatward of the CfepaliUo bouie, and a aa(.'dle riiountain to the north-weat, and Fort Small in one. Ijblf ^. nUt to the touthward of theae breakera iaihe Eighteen foet rpjHt fAp^rkl^le by the great swell upon it. Te tbe westward of that rotr Ufa the Great Portuguese, which is the southernmost ahoal on the wivU tido of the ckwnnel. WJkra TOtt come from Port Royal to Portland, being clear of the South ojr IffW'Clumocls, the course is S. W. distance 9 leaguea ; but you muat kfMpi.fvrtHfiir to avoid Rock reef and the key. There are aoundinga so Sf, ooik'M.to bring the eaaternmost land of Hellshire to bear N. by E. and ock? point, or the soothemmoet land of Portland N. W. by N. At (he i«pil QM^iop ionndinfs hnve been found from 17 to 23 fhthoms, and the BHPljfiPlt no.^und with 80 fathoms line, though not a ship's length be- Sthi9, first wk4 the last. Upon this flat are several keva, two of hf li* irofu Portl«nd E. distance two or three miles, and Negro hend ifith th« oth^r keys, lie in N. E. by which is the going into Old harbour ; rii^t^off from Portland you have gradual soundings for 8 or 9 i^r<»k Portlw4 Si. diatance 13 or 14 le^^ues, lies Portland rock, which ia. t,«iiqii« kfiy* Md little higher than Drunken Man's Key, off Port Roy- idf.wiih smaU bothfi on it ; a mile from this rock are knowls of 14 and 16 fkthoms water. To siU,iaJto Carliale bay, or Withy wood road, you must keep to the ifilli|iiiara^,tijil you brin| a little round hill In the bay to bear N. or N. by W«.(ti|(iM|Care in commg from the eastward to keep off shore, so aa to AfOM j%l^y. F^t, to which yon most give a good birth of 3 or 4 miles.) Kd'tp: we imf». heating as you run in si^t of the Old Fort ; then between jo«li«»#tibe4iiM. in 10, 8, 7, 6, 6, 4, 3| fathoms water, when voo will be 'siAlhln a/«i^j«4 a half from tbe shore. The fortN. E. or N. N. E. is the bait place (o anchor in for Io«.ding becaase jronr boats can sail both Edit. 10 Edit. Blunt*t Amthcan Coast Pilot. nr* com** iin th« l»ii r«cf h there I thnn t4 druu|hi lire two urmer i» le water. )OUt half I only 10 U Tor the eMtwnrd and Fort iteen feet rd of that lul on the the South you must indingK so by E. and ^. At the I, and the ingth be- ys, two of fegro head g into Old |for 8 or 9 |>ck, which »ort Roy- of U and leep to the \. or N. by B, 80 as to 4 miles.) J between lou will be r. N. E. w > fltil both Mihore and abrond with the sea winds, and then Hocky point will be o» ihM ■outbcrnmosi point of Portland, bearing K. S. K. Withv woo«i li«« about 6 Icngufi friim Portlund point; il m an open road ftulv •helterad fromruatvrly MndiH)riherly wmdi, und open tu S. W. undsouthe' y. Theru u littlr dangfir conuitg in ; only bring the townio bear N. oi N. N. K. from y*>ii, Mnd then run in iind come to itu Niiclior i% 3,4, or 6 futbo'P^ mud«ly Kruund ; it in a fltil n long way off, ao tbut you lura great di«t«. «'« from tlu; Bbor«*. In going out you may get uiuUruiil when you pleanw ; thert* is little or no danger but whut you may sef. No tides here, but n strong westerly current geiier.illy runs in Iho urTiog. Variation U^' Mi' cast. ifyou want to anchor off Milk river, a little more to the wentwardyou must do as for Carlisl*^ bny. between this snd I'^dro bluff is Allignlor pond, a dry key, '2 or 3 miles long, having a sandy reef round it even with t! ««aler. and there is li fathoms watt>r h ithiu, and good suundings, 3^ anu 4 fathoms for a long way without it. Krom Portland point to I'odro bluff or Point, is near 14 leagues W. bv N. Off this bluff there are soundings for 6 or 6 miles, the edge of whick runaE.S. K. and W. N. W. Krom Pedro bluff 8. 7* E. distance 14 or 15 leagues, are the Pedro Keys, towards the cost and of Pedro shoals ; to anchor there in fathooM water, hard gronnd, you may brin| the easternmost key K. ^ 8. distant 4 or 6 miles ; the Middle key 8. E. 4 S. and the Western, or Savannah key, iS. by E. A E. There are toundings for 3 or 4 leagues to the west- ward, in the following depthe, 9^ to 7, and then to 10 fathoms, hard ground. Krom IVdro keyn, 8. W. ^ W. about 24 leagues, is Raxo Nuevo, t bai]k coiled by the English the New Boar, being abtftot S. 32 leagues from theW. end of Jamaica. Observe, that in running through Pedro shoals, you will see aeireral xpots and breaches H. W. about 5 leogue« from the keyr; and round breaches S. W. by W. two leagues from them. The breaches ate about a cable's length; when you come abreast of them, you will see, from the. inoHt head, a very lur^o tract of breakers^ bearing about S. W. by W. and W. S. VV. 6 leagues from yon ; and 6 leagues from those, a round spot, which breaks pretty high, nnd is tlK) westernmost breach of the shoals. Being come to the westward of the round spot, about 6 leagues, yuu may. haul gradually over, in 9, lU, or II fathoms, nnd sometimes overfalls where you have no ground. In running down before the wind, you must give these breakers a good birth, and come no noarvr than 9 uithomi at roost, the banks being very steep all ulotig ; in hauling a little to the south- ward, you have very deep water. Some pilots pretend, that wlicre vou do not see it break, you may run over the shoals any where, and not tiriil Icsa than 3 or 4 fathoms ; but no stranger ought to make the trial. Baxo Nuevo has n key, which is aboui 2 cables' length long, and one third broad ; stretching E. by N. and W. by S. To onchor at Baxo Is'uevo, bring the eubternmost point of the reef to bear E. N. £. distance 6 or 7 miles, and the sniull sanely key E. 8. E. dis* tanee 3 or 4 miles, the wectcrnmost breaker^ in sight from the detk of a 20 gun ship, bearing S. S. W. tiieo you will havd hard sandy ground. *' Obaerved at anchor and found the latitude 15° 67' N and sounded from tha ship S. by W. 2 cables' length, and hud 10 ; at 3 len^tlis 8, at a ipile 7^ ftthons, all course eandy ground. In my sounding fall in with a ro^k> 326 Blunf 8 American Coast Pilot. 10 Edil 10 E f with 7 feet water upon it. Th6 shii) bore from the rock, N. by W. \ W. distant 24 miles ; and the key E. N. £. 2^ milea ; S. by E. | E. from the rock at Knowl \ at the diitance of one fourth of a mile there is another Know! with 4 feet water ; both of them are steep too, and not bigger than a boat ; I sounded from the Key to the ship, \ of the way 6 fathoms, ^ way 7|, and j of the way 8^ fathoms.'* From Pedro Bluff to Bbck river, the distance is about 6 leagues N. E. If you should want to go into this last place, you must keep Pedro bluff open of Parrete point, till you briii^; the church in with a gap on the high land, or to bear N. E. easterly : then steer right in for the church, which will carry you into the best cf the channel. It is full of heads of coral rocks. The sonndings become narrow at Bluefield's point (Crab pond point) but you may sail down by them. If yon steer in for Bluefield's bay, you will have 7, 6, b\, 5^, and 4 \ fathoms water ; and within that depth 7 acd 8 fathoms. The bay through is foul ground, and yuumust seek for the best •aody spot for your anchorage. To come to an anchor there, you must keep the land to the eastward in sight, open of the point, until you bring the leading ^ ark (which is the overseer's house, on the W. side of the bay, standing upon a small round hill) in one with the Tavern, by the water and river side, they bearing when in one, N. E. by E. Then steer in for them, till you can bring the easternmost point of the bay to bear S. E. by E. or S. E. by S. when you will have four and a half and quarter less 5 fathoms water, and the best anchoring ground. The watering place is to the northward of the bluff, in the lee side of the bay ; you may water likewise ai, astreamofBlueficld's river, near the Tavern. N. B. The mountain called Dolphin's head, is far to the westward of Bluefield's, and bears due north from Savannah la Mar. Savannah la Mar bears from BlueBeld's point W. by N. \ N. distance B or 9 miles. The entrance is very narrow, between the Middle Ground, a small rock, with only 4 feet water, and a reef which has 8 feef ; a ge- neral leading mark is to bring the fort north, and keep it so all along the channel ; but the best and surest way is to bring the large gap at the N. end of Dolphin's head, in one with the large tree on the low land to the northward of Savannah la Mar, bearing N. j W. This carries you close to the Middle Grgund, which you will perceive, and as M6n as it is pass- «d, you haul to the eastward, and anchor in 17, 16, or 15 feet water. But strangers should not attempt to enter withoilt a pilot. From Pedro bluff to Negril by South, which lies in lat. 18" 17' N. the course is W. N. W. or N. W. by W. about 16 leagues. From Negri! by S. to Negril by N. the course is N. 4 E. 9 miles and a^l round tlus W. end of Jamaica, it is flat off, with good soundings for a long way. Between Negril by North and Lucea harbour, or St. Lucy, are several places, as Orange bay. Green island, and Davis's cove, which are seldom used but by those who go thither on purpose to land, and have pilots on board. W. N. W. from Nirth Negril point 65 leagues distant, lies Grand Cay- man, 7 leagues in length and very low ; no vessel should run for it in the night except by moonlight. It has beautiful groves of Coooa nut trees on it ; the S. W. point lies in lat. 19° 18 N. E. N. E. from Grand Cayman, 13^1ea£;ies distant, lies Little Cayman, about 6| leagues in length the S. W. point of which lies in lat. 19° 36' N.— E. N. E. from Little Cayman, 2| leagues distant, lies Cayman Brack 3 lei^es in length, the East point ef wbic^ Uea in lat. \V* 43' N. Off the E. N. E. of this island lies a sMal, about 79«> 2 ALl Randa 8th N( mean c taken I being n have ui a bank ; steered two Icai and con 17, 16, J 9, 26, to denof exhibite the bank green mc tent Was ■ insomuci doubtful int he se^ so very | than 6 fat may be d fully take Thelai 65'— lonj •ivith the I diet publi Lucea North ; w sail into j head to ht fort. Yoi please; b stony bani stands) to On the Anchoring 6, and 4| which is St Mosquit channel at dens as yoi Montegc Bay there strong N. \ of NovemI trade wind in perfect EdA. rom the mother ;er than homs, i >fl N. E. Iro bluff the high [), which of coral qA point) buy, yo" pth 7 and r the best nu«t keep bring the f the bay, the water eer in for r S. E. by rter less 6 place is to nay water estward of 10 Edit Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 327 n'N. the miles and ^dings for a St. Lucy, love, which and have Jrand Cay- Ibr it in the lut trees on M Cayman, Ugth the S. \e Cayman, East point lies a »6»y> about 1^ leagues in length, the three lalands and shoal extend from long. 79<»«7'W. tolong-SPB' W. ALBION BANK--On board the ship Albion of Ne«r-York, Oeoige Randall, master, on a vo} .ge from Liverpool to New>Orleans ; ** on the 8th November, 1816, nautical account. At noon the iat. 18* 5E' N. the mean of three observations, and long. 83^ H' W. by lunar observations taken by me at 16, II, 3, Nov. 7, nautical n ount ; the angular distance being measured between the moon and the star Regulus, with a Sextant I have used for several years and found correct. At 00 40 P. M. discovered a bank ; at one P. M. the ship went off its W. extremity, tacked ship and steered £. N. E. found the bank extending from W. S. W. to E. N. E. two leagues distance. My soundings commenced on its East extremity and continued to its West, the depth of water ran thus ; 26 fathoofu, 20, 17, 16, 11, and 10^ for three miles distance, thence boMened to 13, 17, 19, 26, 36, and then no bottom at 60 fathoms. This bank I think proper to denominate the nlbion Bank. On the two extremities of it the bottom exhibited coane white sand mixed with broken shells, and the body of the bank for three miles distance, coral rock with a small admixture of green moss, &c. The appearance of this bank throughout its whole ex- tent was strikingly singular, presenting the semblance of a marbia sky, insomuch that after I discovered it, the passengers and officers were doubtful for a moment, whether it was not the refiection of what is called int he sea-phrase, a mackerel sky : from 10| to 16 fathoms, the bottom is so very plain to be seen, that a person^ould imagine ther<; was net more than 6 fathoms water. The position of the W. S. W. part of this bank may be depended on, as the lunar and meridian observations were care- fully taken and worked. The Iat. of the W. S. W. part of Albion Bank 18 « 53'— E. N. E. 18* 65'— long. W. part 83° 16— E. part BS" oy." [Capt. Randalls' track with the Bank alluded to, are correctly laid down on the Chatt of 1Ve$t'In'. dies publiAed by the Author of American Coast Pilot.] Lucea harbour is about 13 or 14 miles north-eastward of Negril \iy North ; when you are out in the oiSng the marks to know this place, and sail into it are as follows : open the harbour by bringing the Dolpbin^s head to bear South, then stear right in which will bring you in sight of thft fort. You may borrow as close to the E. side of the harbour as yoa pleaoe ; but on the W. side you must not come too near, for there lies a stony bank Tabout a musket shot N. from the point on which the fbrt stands) to which you must give a good birth. On the E. side you will have 7, 6, 5^, and 4 fathoms water, very good Anchoring ground, till you come to the anchorage in the harbour, in 6K 6, and 4^ fathoms. In |be, middle of the harbour there is a small rock[. which is steep all rouncf.' Mosquito cove is an excellent harbour, secure from all winds ; the channel at the entrance is little more than half a cable broad, but it wi. dens as you go in, with a depth from 7 to 6, 5, and 4i fathoms, mud. Montego Bay lies aboit 16 miles to the eastward of Lucea. In this Bay there is very good anchorage for 20 or 30 vessels, except where the strong N. winds are blowing, which generally commence in thebeginnite of November and ehd in the latter part of February, with the eenenS trade wind which is from the ^f. £. and £. N, E. Sbvjga will ride here in perfect safety. - ^ 328 Blunf s American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. IMiere »« «nii»Ii hnrbour or cove in the N. E. pnrt of Iho Bay thntwill hold frorrt 10 to 12 vcf one sbUling a ton, register tonnagfi ;.and in the event of any ship going into the •inner harbour of Montego Bay, thef nay one half-penny per ton for every day they may \\e^n the harbour; in addition tolh'e dues that are pftid for anchoring in the bajr. :ait. 10 Edit. Blunf s American (!)oa8t Pilot. 328 itwiU lips lo .toE. ou nl- whicK thern- II little :h with d when chor in xly one to the leading Hill in a nchor as arki for with the le Sandy ige Road tins, ek called to load. ,cro8a the 5 norths, commend >fr, which >r the sea you may )earfrom St. Ann's \e, where go there the pas- n 60 feet ^oard, and iFulmouth ressels.— ■ , which is it and on the hill over it, is a large house or caiitle, formerly the residence of Bryan Kdwards, Esq. ; 3 or 4 miles to the eastward of this, is the small harbour of Rio Bueno. This harbour is aUo intricate and open to the North and W. N. W. winds, and is seldom or ever frequented by any other than merchant vessels, which go there to load. It is about 2 miles from the entrance to the anchorage, and the harbour is formed by two reefs. About 3 railcH to the eastward of Rio Bueno, is dry harbour. This it a good anchorage for small vessels only. Twelve or thirteen miles further from Dry bay is St. Ann's bay : the usual method of going in there (between the two reefs at the entrance, as the water is clear) is to sail close to the westernmost re :f, leaving it on the starboard side ; but there is always a pilot at this place. You an- chor in 6^ or 7 fathoms, good ground. About 8 miles to the eastward of St. Ann's bay is Ocho rio (or Ochee rees) bay, to anchor in which, you may sail by the reef to the westward. This reef spits off from the E. side of the bay ; so you must haul up, and bring its westernmost part N. N. W. or N. W. in 7 fathoms water. There is another reef to the southward of you, but as the water is very clear, your eye may be your pilot. From Ocho rio bay to Ora Cabecoa bay, an open anchorage to N. and N. W. winds, the distance is \2 miles E. Galena Point lies 4 miles to the eastward of Ora Cabeca. This Point is low, but the land to the southward of it is high ; and in making it from the westward, a remarkable round hill which stands within the point will, on its first appearance, form the point, but on a nearer approach the land slopes off to the northward to a low point. The harbours and principal headlands on this side the island, are laid down too far to the northward. To sail into hort IVfaria, from the eastward, you will see th« high island of Cabarita, which must be kept a little to the larboard bow, so as to give the N. part of that island a birth of a pistol shot ; then luff right in, and anchor close under the island, in 4 or 5 fathoms wator, where you will be within a cable's length of the island, and one and a half from the main ; small vessels may anchor between the island and the main. Observe that when you lie here at any time, you must buoy your cables, because ships are too often apt to heave their ballast overboard, and spoil the ground. If you are to sail from the eastward into Gra Cabeca,^ou must go in by the W. of Galena point; but if you are offat sect, and \vant to go in for that point, you must bring the westernmost land of the Blue mountains S. by E. ^ E. and keep it so, which will lead you in with the point. To anchor in Ora Cabeca bay, bring the easternmost point of the reef N. E. by N. dis- tance ab&ut ^ of a mile, and a house upon the hill, on the larboard side, S. E. by S; ; bring also the Guard house, on the W. side of the river, S. W. by S. distance half a mile, and the westernmost Bluff point W. by N. then you will have 5^ fathoms water, sandy ground. You may also an- chor further in under the Red cliff bearing VV. S. W. and there you will have deep water. About 10 miles S. E. o'f Porto Maria, is Anattu bay ; to sail into this open anchorage from the eastward, you must steer down for Green Cat- I dues at the lug into the ly they may I bay. * Small vessels drawing not more than 10 feet water, may find excellent shelter and good holding ground by warping into Allan's hele, at Ora Cabeca, nearly under the bat- *vy. Those drawing only 8 feet, may tail in through an opening in the reef. 42 330 Bluiit's Ariii'iican (Joast l^ilot. Jo£di(. IJ- tie windniiil, iinlil you l)riii or i()rathoni<) wsrtcr; therot'oie yoa should have } uur aiu-hor clear, and moor iit or 7 rathoths. when you will be one fourth ui'.i mile from the shore. About 74 leagues S. byK. J Li from Anaitabay, is I'orl Antonio, wliicb was formuny a king*^ port, and there Atill are to be seiMi the remains oi the careening wharf, ^^c. It in divided into two harbouri«, vi/.. the ea<*t and the west. To sail iiito the cast harbour, comin;r ffom iUv. sea, liriiig the eastern part of the Blue Mount tins to boar S. S. \V. ui>J fiteer in that course, which will curry you in uight of the Commodore'^ houb'Cy upon Navy island ; knop that on ybtir Htarboiird side, kcepinsr about mid-rhan nel between Navy island and the cast point of Mr. Plcasani s house (^ivhiclt is two stories higbj open of the Tort point. Tiierc is in the middle of tiu.' eastharboar a reetof 7 feet water, which keeps ofl'the swell sent in by a N. wiiid, and v ithout or within this reef you may anchor ; if you choose the latter, you must keep over to the Fort side, till you open a great Cotton tree, with Mr. Trower'a house on the east shore ; then you mu/ haul up and come to an anphor in 7 fathoms water, good holding ground both here and without ; indeed it is dilficult to get the anchors out of the ground- The east harbour is U( ' so secure as the wost, being exposed to the north, which sends in a grout swell ; but its channel being broader, is not so difficult. If boi^nd into the west harbour, after making the cncrance, which may be seen 2 or 3 leagues off, by the houses on Titchfield, or Navy island, you may run close to Folly point, and then steer on for the Fort till yoh bring sonie negro huts below Bryttii^s house, open of the Old Warehouee; this keeps you clear of the shore lyin^ oflTNavy island, on which are co- ral rocks, whereon yOu hare not liiore than 9 or 10 feet wates. Vo^ may keep as close to the breakers off the Fort as you please, bcin^ steep too. When near abreast of the Old wharf^ you may haul in and anchor ui pleasure, in G and 7 fathoms, muddy clay: 'i'hc entrance of this harbour is SD narrow (not being above 70 fathoms wide) that it must not be at tempted without a leading wind. There is ^ channel for vessels of 9 or 10 feet draught of water, through the reef, to the westward of Navy island. The tides here are not regular, but inllueuced by the wind^, the variii tioninl77l, was 17« 15' E. . Directions for sailing from Port Royal to Moraiit Point, or fAf East end q/* Jamaica. THE best way in sailing from Jamaica, for the winJwartl passage, is (o get as 'uoort as yor cati, the coast bf Hispaniola on board, where you will nev(5r ihiss of a windward current, and in the etrening tlf€?^Vind offshdre. Coming, out of Port Royal, after you afe clear of the keys, reach off till 1 6'clock, and then you will be well id by the time the land breezes come on. 16u niay turii or 'tand into 13 fathoms vvater aback of the keys, for within tliat depth it is not safe ; they stretch N. £. by E. ,and S. W. by W. There is a shoal which lies about 1^ mile off the shore, betnreen fho y i^Jora^ Of)s being i bring i *>'ith ay anchor ii| thorns, white £ai(- 10 Kdit. Blunfs Amorican Coast Pilot. 331 buy; ry yo'« iiy. A*. witter; thonis. , wUicli laiiH ol he east I, l»riiiB ill Vhat (:_« upon ^(^wlucli lie of tin- tin by n II choose a great you tiiu/ »ut of the exposed ; broader, rhich may ivy island, rt till yod arehbuae ; :h are co- lei. Yoy ing steej* anchor ai IS liurboui [not be at ■Is of 9 01 of Navy llhevarin ni, or the Bsage, in U) [e you will 1 off sh6re. Lttch off till Jezes come lefeeys, for S. W.by J, betneeu the YallnH*^ and tl^c White hordes ; and nothing else till you come to Morant kpyi»i or the Kami§. It yni liavo occaNion to «ail into Port Mo- rsnf, the following directions will Im* your nuide. Observe n hoiiHe wliicli standH ii|ioii a liiil, on a r«d groun<) | the hill being right over the ro:i/1 leadiri'^ to the path, (vbic!i you )oay nlwavs see j bi'iug liiat house and the path ti(|i; nurtli, then vpu may flail into the bay with s;dV'ty. Take care not to nail too near the leeward or wiqdward n!pf, but brin^ your nnrks north, as above inentioned. Then you will lind 9, R, 7}, 7, 6J, G, 5, and | less 5 to 4 fathoms water, till you hare '•peijed the Cooper's house and the Store house on the E. side of the bay ; after which you come to an anchor, in what water you pleas,e ; (bough there is on the same si*tward, bearing about N. W. by N, — N. W. | W'. Hkewisq the body of Yallah's hill N. W. by N. \ W. joinec) with the ftbove at tbc gaitte time ; so that by seeing these hills, you miy judge of voiir distance off (hem, on the shore a4 well as the place your ship is in ; and night df^Wihr^ qn, you govern yourself accordingly in turning or siiiling. ' These keys, \jrhich arc only 9 or 7 feet above the surface of the wa- ter, lie from lat. H" 22' to 17® 20' N. There are four of them, called north east key, or Kastern key ; Sand key ; Bird key ; and South-west key, or West key ; they have »]\ sTunll bushes on them, and there are some cocoa trees planted on Biiv| key, by \vhich they may be des- cried at a greater .dist^i^ce^ Thj^ North-cast key is bearing from fpiht Morant, or at the east ppit^t of Ji^u^aica S. S. E. distance 1 1 leagues ; it stretches S. | E. and ^. | yV. being in length 2950 feet; from its S. end, to ti.e S. W. key, the bearing is S. S. W. and from the West key S. W. | ^. From the north end of the Eastern key to the southern, the bearing is S. by W. and to the ^yest key S. S. W. ^ W. When Morant keys are bearing S. W. about 4 miles, you have al^put 15 fathoms water, stony ground, mixed with fine red speckled gravel. When they bear S. W. by S. about 4 miles, you have 16 fathops, ^nd when S. S. W. i W. G miles distance, you have 2:^ fathomfi, ground as above. I'o know when you are to the eastward of the keys, coming from the southward, note, that Morant point, or the east end of Jamaica, and the North-east end of the same, bear from each other N. W: by N. and S..i E. by S. So that when the North-east end, which is high and WuflT, is to be seen on those bearings, or to the westward of them, you are to the eastward of all. Also coming from the southward, ;md keeping the Yallah's hill to the northward of the above bearings, or Carrion Crow hill to the northward likevvjae, you are't«> the westw&rd of the keys. To anchor, coming from the Ciwtward, borrow no nearer the reefthao 6 fathoms, This reef runs down by , the N. side of the Eastern key, and may generally be seen ; steer down to the westward by it, until yoii bring the We&t key to bear S. S. E. or S. E. l^'y S. then haul in for it, and you may anchor in w^ijit watep you chot^^ from 12 to 11, 9, 8, and 7 fa- thoms, white sandy ground, bnd at what bour. Vessels may sail through between them, but as the island is low and lies pretty close under the Cape land, you must make bold with the shore in order to open the channel. This is n good place for ships to wood and water in, and they may have plenty of tish. Between this place and St. Jago, there are several harbours in which ressels may lie with safety. Cape Cruz lies in lat. 19^ 47' N. Directions for Cumberland haphour. The entrance of this harbour is about two miles wide ; in entering it you will observe in the middle of the Bay, a remarkable light yellow cliff, which bring to bear N. by W. or N. by W. i W. and run in with that bearing until you open Fisherman's point, which is a small sandy point with two huts on it. This point cannot be mistaken as there is n» other sandy part on the west side of the harbour. AAer you have open- ed Fisherman's point with the above bearings you may steer N. N^ E:' and when Fisherman's point bears E. by S. haul up N. £. or N. E. by E. und anchor in 6 or 7 fathoms muddy bottom. The best marks for an- choring are Fisherman's point S. by £. or S. S. E. The w^st head of the harbour S. W. | W . The light yellow cliff W. ^ S. in 7 fathoms. In coming from the eastward, you may keep as near to the east head of the harbour as you please, as there are 10 fathoms close to it. After passing it run to the westward, and bring the before-mentioned bearings on, which will clear the reef that lies off the point a little to the S. W. of Fisherman's point. * « The marks for the Reef which ha$ heretofore been stated to be a single ,. Rock. SOUTH END. The two Huts on Fisherman's point, on with each other bearing N. E. by E. and the point within the east head S. by E. — West head S. W. by W. h W. entrance of Augusta river W. h S. and the yellowcliffN. W. byN. .1 * The Mountains of Giand Ance, which are the westernmost high land of Hispaniola, are often seen also between Cape Mayze and Cape Nicholas; tRey may be descried at 30 or 40 leagues distance ; and by their situation and bearing become a good guide in wnrlc- iiig up through the Windward passage. 334 Blun' V American Coant Pilot. 10K(li(. HI Hi NOKTII KND. Th« N. E. hut about itii breailtli, open to the noitlu ward of the .i. W. hut bearing N. K. by E. | K. Tht* point nithin the eaatheud H. 4 E. — /ho entrance of AugURtn River W. H. W. 'Ih.- Koel lie* N. by W. iiad S. b^ E. about U cablew' lenf^th, and 'io fiithom^ in breadth; hoc 17 feet water on it« iihoiilest part, 31 fathoM^ within i(, and Ih futhoma clone to the outer edge, which liei about 2\ oabltit length from the thortf. In coming in from the westward vou may npprouch the point to a ra- bies* length, M it in «teep to, but from the nppuarance of the point ot u diiitancc, a itrangfr would suppose there won a reef lying ofl* from it at least a (|iiartet of a mile. AAeryou ure within this point haul more to the eastward, un there i^ a tiat which rYtendn from the ontram'c pf Au* «;uBla river in a .'traight direction for the light yellow cliff Thto flat reachea nearly one third of the diittance ncrons ihehurbourtgwards Fish itrman*! point, hut the aoundings to and from it are very irregular. If the wind is otT the land and you have to work in, your lead will he your best pilot when Htanding to the westward, but when standing to the eastward, be careful not to approach the land nearer than three cublen* K'"^th 98 the reef before-mentioned is steep to. ii^ ruonfng in with the leading bearings you wilj be within the point before you get Houndinx** ; aAer which you will have them very irregu- lar from 1 S to 7 or C fathoms. Augusta river s very narrow ut the entrance, and has only 12 or M fccjt water about a quorter of a mile up. You may continue up the river by keeping the starboard shore on board, or go into a large lagoon on the larboard side. Th9 whole of Cumberland harbour abounds with fish but no other pro- visiA)n* can be procured ; water may be hod by going \'i or 14 miles up on the east side of the harbour, to a small river to which the name oi' Wiker River ht^s been given. Directions for Trinidad (^Cuba.) In running down the coast of Cuba, give Cape Cruz a good birth, and when it bears E. N. E. distant 12 miles, you can haul up W. N. W. in the night time or N. W. by W. h W. by day light to Key Largo, which is 1 ]i miles. Be particular not to come too near Key Largo, as there Is u feef extending 10 or 12 miles from its N. W. end. If the weather be clear you will see bearing N. W. by N. of you, a vacancy between two hills, which you can steer for to talce you to Key Blanco ; you will first Hee a Key on your starboard hand ; and then two Keys, tbfl next is Key Blanco. Be particular to keep a look out at the mast-head, as your eye is always your bejt pilot to keep you clear of rocks at sea. About 5 leagues to the eastward of Cumberland harbour, is the mouth of a little river, where many small vessels may lie. U is called by the Spaniards Peurto Escondido, or the hidden port ; and has no more than 12 feet upon the bar ; its opening being small, and the west point run- ning out very narroM(, it is sometimes «rery difficult to fiud out that river. The deepest water is close by the pointy but there is anchoring to the eastward to the mouth of the harbour. Froii it K. h •-idlfl i lor iiiici distaiMM 'a, wiil <:hor ill and tlici vers nil or :i mil cr, IS to is gonor riiHci til HUp^ly y r rom course ii From \ za, Ca i'rom K. i N. H it is \j:>it following ally thrc» "*pt you b !iee the la It ha:i b northeast' and the V^ track the will frequ From tl eleven lee Hke Way« makes the * Tlie cas strains; the i lying above! Iter is piecipi of a (lifTerent in a shade. There suei steering S. V saincj and th( one league in thrie strain, • to be merely of the water i When near «oS. There t Tiburon deep to withi you have $ ui -ilifC^'J^*^ ^l^h X • K(li(. north- hiti the I.' iU'vi unm ill ithin il. I tengtli to n c«- )iiit at u Ml) it at njorc to 1 pf Au- \'\m flnt lis Finh • I will he g to tli*» s cables' he point irregu- 12 or \'\ thu river >n on the ther pro- miles up name of l(H:}i(il. liiuilf h Amf*pi«!Rn (Jonnl Pilot. :w irth, ana ^(. W. ii! which is her* !9 a a^oer be een two will first :t is Key our ejft* Le mouth U by the \ore than [int run- Lai river. [g to the From CtiM^ioiltnil hiirl»our to C.'ti|K> Hueno, or Moka point, the coutai' in K. Uy N. 4 N. near 30 lounufs. Within thi«f'up«M thu Hay of 0<:cua, . iilU'.l |»v niif MiiilorH Hoka bay, »"•! nanied aUo Spmx'n bay ; th« mark lor lUichVn nig in the boy, i« to brioK the ennternmoit point to b««r lu. ft. U. clistiiiK •: about J mil** an«l a hull", auJ thi'u the platfocm lanil on llispanio- »a, will bo in ono wan lh« point. The iatitndo i!i '2'.f 0". You may an-j .hop in any v uler from :i:> to 7 falhoinn, but 16 or 18 arc tho best depths ; and then', is plenty offish to be ci-i^bt with hooks. Two fiesh water ri- vers run into this bay ; fh«' oiii; nuinc'd Kio de Mel, or Honey river, lies S or '.\ miles to the westwnrd of the anchoraRC ; the other, which lies near- cr, is to the caitward, and at the bottonj of the easternmost gultey.but it i<« generally dry, by reason of the scaicity of rain in thin part. At most tlitiei there are at Hoka bay Spaniith hunters, and shepherds, who wifl •supply you with fresh provi.Mun*. From Hoka point or Cape IJuc" , to the pitch of Cape Mayee, the course is N. E. and the distance altoiu b Ungues. From MorJlnt Point or the East End oiManmica, to t!ic Navrt- za, Cape Tiburon,ant Keys and the East end, and you should likewise dee the land before you had got the distance. It has been observed that the current generally sets to the eastward or northeastward, between the E. en^ "./Jamaica, in the track of Navaza, and the VV. end of Hispaniola ; and to the northward or southward of this track the current has not been perceived. As you approach Nava/a, you will freout half m mile deep to the eastward. On the north shore it is deep to within two or three cables^ length of the rocks, and within half a cable's length you have 6 utti 7 fathoms, stiff clajrish ground. On the E. and S. E. shoret, you havs V • •^wm: [iM tilunri Americian CoAit Pilot 10 Edit. iB( of which fronrtidc to tide ii but 1^ mile o>cr. Running with the •«n hr««se you mutt ftiva lh« 8. or low«r point • lirth of balfa mile, and whv fi you hu?e opened the h«y, to m to ««« th* hoiMrt, piith right in N. £. l( ihdati grtiiaaliy from IS fathMM ta 7 or 6, whort vou wichor in good ground ; (he cape hearing W. M. W. 2 or 3 m'lei, and the 8. point 8. 8. E. or you may bring the S. point to baar Cj. £. by 8. distant half a ■lilo, and tntn ybu will be right ngnioit t or wctorinc place. All night you hare a frenh land hreex^ ( < . C. and all day freih tea brt!«Ma at S. E. by R. If you moor, lay your be«t anchor to the 8. W. and the email one to tun S. R. Here you can find good freah water, and plenty of good limet ; but the inhabitnnta ofadosen houaea, near ahore, will not flufler you to cut any wood. There in generally a great swell in the b:>y, and a great Hurf on the beach, unleaa it m very good weather. The course from the E. end of Jamaica to Cape Donna Maria, aliai Cape Dame Muria, it E. N. E. | N. 33 league*, and from the Nava/a to the same cape N. Ii^> I N'« 1'-atteiy of & guns, mounted on a hill above the houses on the bay, to eommaad tbc vraterloa; place, walch would an- iDoy snaall vsasils. Ifo dUn^ofbere ; thaii tiada consists cUsfljr of indiili cofeei and COttQB. 10 ICtlit. Bluiit*t American Conul Pilot. 337 DirtciioitM for falUnt( in with ihti LoggorlirHd Key 8, n/ Cam Cutuchcf unid to sail from thence to ('ainpochc. Tho northernmoNt of these ktyt, which lirt in '^1" M\' bi. N. it called by the Spmiianta Kl Pontoy, iind (he •oiith<'rnmu«t Ulir dn Muger, or Wo- men'* iMlamN ; mir nailur* luiinr (hr lirnt l.u|;j^crlicud Kvy, aatlthe tccond Key Mohttir. When you imncimi you druw near the b«nk of Cape Ct* torhc, keep your leud Koi'iK ; ***i(i it ynu tlnko ground, and do not aee the uorthurnniuit key, or thi; lund, you may depend upon it y

    «. Ytin Imiva •uundiiip bar* about :iH l«sacur« from (li«< I'liid, atinu\ t^ tftM touthward for Cumpucho ; ami go by your lend in rhicuy I'runi ^ to 19 bthouM, anndy ground. Th('r or (i Icuguei about W. N. W. from tha town of Suul, md baa oniv 3 or 4 fcrt of watvr on momic |iiiita of it. All thia hind i« lotv alone the couat, uiid rcmiirkiihlr only in fctv |>lu<.cii ; » or Iniguix* 8. W. ofPoint I'ledrua i» roint hclgndii, rsdlud by our Huilors Ciipu (on* ^locedo ; by thia C'lipu thero in tand which tippvam likr ulanda ut ii dia- taoc«, and one ■oiuiy hillock, hitving the iippvuriiiicc of ii fort. North* ward of Campeche. thera ia ii hummock chIUmI Morro dc Mina, and 1' or 3 leaguea to tnc H. W, of the town another hummock or round hill, cullad Morro do loa Dinbloi, or the DcviPa Mount. Thu witter i<4 very ahual. off the town, for 7 or H milea ; merchantH* Hhipa iinloatl n IcHguua ofl, and then go into the hoU cloac to the town, in 'J to 'i ami h half und 2 fii tboma water. In aoiling from Campeche, you tnuat atcer to the northwiird iia fur a* i!l^ 3(r lat. N. in order to keep clv.ir of biani banlc#uiid when you find yourself in tbat parallel, nnd are clear of the bunk, then you nuiy atand •CGordiag aayou have wind, und to where vou ure bound. Tbo current! aet aoinetimea to the N. W. but for the most part to the northward. The moat prevuiling winda urc from N. to N. E. and E. to S. E. but lomclimet variable. The latftude of C«m,)echc is near 19** ftC N. long, from London, 1>0' 2Qf .V. Variation 8" 35' E. Winds and Weather in the Gulf. Od that part of the coast of Yucnlan comprehended between Cupe C.i tocbe and Point Picdras, and which rontinuea to the southward as fur n^ Campeche, there are no other winds than the general N. E. trade, in terrupted by heavy noiihcrs in their season. On this pnrt of the coast and toward<4 the Inat of April, the thunder tqualla from' N. E. and S. E. commence. They are formed after mid- day, and at night the serenity of the atmosphere is again established. — This squally weather lasts until Septeii^()»er, and in all this epoch there ure yerazones or winds frenn 8ea.whicb bleW from N. N. W. to N. E. ; and it is obseryed t^at the fresher tbo vornzoo, the border th^ squall will be, especially from June to September. The verazon enters at about il A M. and at night the wind hauls to £. — E. S. E. and S. ^. so that it may be called a lm4.WeOze. On the c^arti^DiO Tampico to Vera Cruz, the reigning wind is from E. 8. ErlfC^JljttiOt laid the months of April, May, June, and July, and at Mght ittMii off tlM land 6. & S. W.; but if at aight tho land wind thouia ->j»i **^f "v. 10 Rail. Bliin(*t AmericAn Coaiii Pilot. S39 b« N. W. it will ihc a.«y following be •! N.— N. N. F.. or N. R. partklriw* Ijr in Aucuat nnil Scpiembor. 'llkoM wtiKki h«vt no (brco, wmI niiM no ««n ; ail (itnt with tlirm ynii run gnt tu nn allrhort^tll ii« wvll »• with lb* rt* 5uUr trade ; but it iu)p«tti'« jrutir •.iitiii|, on which account jou thooMia- U4trtou»ly make ua« of Ihr Imitl wintl to get an oAiig. T|m bIwyo windi front N. — N. N. K. or N. K. arr bv Spmiiirtla inllwd CahtMh and only «it«nii to VO or 25 laaguo from tno coNut, at which dutanca jfou wtM meat with the wind at K. and C S. C. You muat bo very carrful in making Vi>ra Crux from tha midJI«> of September to March, brcautu that i* the aaaiion of Northera, whirh blow vary heavy : the narrownnaa of the port and obatructioni or ihoaJ^ at Ua mouth, bcaide the little or no ahrlter it aflbrda in a norther, makea it very dangeroua to run lor it in one of Iheaa galea, aa it ia impoiaible to bring up •vhen one ui'thum blow. Don Ueniiird de Ottii, < ominandrr of a ahip of tha lina, taya ; " Although in the (iulf of Mexico wa lind ouraelvaa iiituat* ed within the tropica, and it cannot b« aaid that any other than the gene- ral trodea reign iii thia region, vet tha general law of its continuation la interrupted from Scptooiber to nlurck by Norther*, which divhlo tha yaar into two aoiiaona, which may be termed the wet and the dry ; the fir«t,ltt which the trodea or breecea are not interrupted from March to Scptam- ber ; anil th« aacMMl, in which the Northers blow, ia from Sejptember to March. The more clearly to explain them, we ihall apaak of both tepn- Mlelv." The month of September ia the time when the Ant Norther enlert, ^;^enernlly aiionking ; but it seldom blowa with much violence eithw< in thia month or that of October ; but when it doea, it it broken by the rt^galar trade with ruin 8«|uolla. The Northera are eatabliahed in Novemoer ; they then blow heavy and continue long, and follow thia way in Decern* ber, January, nnd February. In these montha directly on ita commence* ment, it taiies bod^, and at the end of 4 hours it acquires all the force with which It continues for the spoce of 48 hours, after which it continues blowing for some days* but not with such force but you can manage it. — In these months die Northers are cloudy and wild, and they repeat ao frequently that ordinarily between them is not norethan 4 to 6 days. In March and April they nrc not ao frequent or hard, and are more clear ; but for the tint 24 hours they have more force than in the a,;terior months, and Ay about less. From November forward in the season ofthe Northera as we have said, there exists between these Northers very fine- weather, the sea breeee blowing with great regularity by day and the land breeze by night. There is toiutt degree of certainty to know the entrance of a Norther by various signs ; such as the wind at south, the humidity ofthe wallt ofthe streets and houses, the peak of Oruzimba clear, and the serene appear- auce of this as well as the mountains of Perote and Villarica, the border of St. Martin lined with a white cloud, great heat and difficulty of breath, and the clouds rolling over and flying from the southward. But the beft prediction is given by the Barometer ; this instrument in the season of the Northera in Vera Cruz, never makaa more differen especially ifi the N. W. «)kI N. E. the sea ww I n J40 H. (iVb American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. be iyi,iiiodoD and the rigging filled with cobwebs ; these tire signs sufficicDt to warn ^ou not to confide ''n the wcnlher, because a Norther is infnlli- ble. # These w^t^ .jgenerally modcrnte nt sun-flet ; that is, it docs not blow with so nqili^rce as it did from 9 A. M. to .3 1'. M. except when it be- gins to bhv^fTthe uAernuon, or at niglit-full, >vhencu it continucH taking ^dy with(MC respect to the above rule. ft also hAppens, that after night, and between midnight and morning, the wind hauh to the shore ; that is, from W. to N. in which case, if in the morning, the wind hauls further round from S. to VV. the norther is broke and done, and at the regular hour the sea breeite ni'.l come in ; but if it does not haul as above at sun-rise, or after on flood tide, the norther will blow with the same violence as the day before, and then is called tide northers. • NorUiera also conclude by taking a turn from N. to E. which is most secure, therefore, if in the afternoon, the wind hauls N. E. although the day following may enter cloudy, and in the night of the gale it has been ttom S. to W. there is security of the regular trade in the afternoon and that the weather will hold good for 4 or C days, which is the longest time good weather lasts in the season of the northers ; but if the wind makes a retrogadc movement from N. E. to N. N. E. or N. then the wea- ther is not secure. Examples are not wanting of experiencing the most furious northers in the months of May, June, July, and August, when they r.re called Red Bpaes, or Hueso Colorado. The wet season, or that of the regular trades, is veriCcated from March to September ; the trades at the end ef March and all April, as we have naicl, are from time to time interrupted by northers ; ijte trade blows £rom E. S. E. and fresh, clear sometimes and cloudy others, hauling to S. E. and blowing at night without giviag room for the land wind, which in general blows at night, except when the wind is at N. and the land breeze is freshest when it begins to rain. ^ . »■■, ■ From the time the sun passes the meridian of Vira t%ruz to its return to it qgain, that is, from 16th May to 27th July, the trades are incUacd to calma, and the sky cloudy, with small thunder ; after passing this epoch, the winds are variable from N. W. to N. E. Ffom 27th July to the middle of October, waen the northers commence^ tiite sqiialls are strongest, with abundance of rain, thunder and light- ning] the wind which now blows heaviest is from E. though of the short- est duration.. In: the season of the trades the whole variation Qf the barometer is 0.4, itif'greatest ascension being 30.35, and gr».ai*».8t depression 29.86. . The thermometer in June rises to 87*^, and uces not fall below 8.34°. fa December it ri««8 to 80^0, and does not fall below 66 Jo, this is un- derstood', pls^ieduhdfer shelter and in the best ventilated hall in the house. |n the monlfc* of August and September it is rare that a year passes tvH^bnii^apeci are not experienced in the Floridas and'islandsof ihe West la^ieit, btit they never reach to Vera Cruz and other places on the coast of Cs|||iipe<^he ; at most you only feel the sea which the hurricane creates while blpwing further north. The hurricrines ent6r from N. to E. and although they do not always take the 5a;ne turn, yet they gene- i^ly caqtirpm E. to S. If vouhave no barometer you may observe in tpese .months that the wind from !^. to E. with mist, is a strong signal of ahnrrio«a«.^ .^^: 10 Edit. fluflicicDt is infnlli< not blow en it b«»- IC8 taking morning, '.ii8e, if in [lortlter is ic in ; bat e norther is called I li is most liough the has been moon and he longest the wind I the wea- orthers in ailed Red am March I we have ade blows [lauliag to nd, which the land its return nclioed to lis epoch, ommence') and light- :he short- tter is 0.4, 6. low 83|o. this is un- the house, ear passes ads of the ces on the hurricane om N. to hey gene- ibserve in g signal of V-^Mii '*-«<■ ji -'*'""**«■ *'*"is>8*««> i? / /^ /^ Enifrnvftt fti- fht\Amirirnn Ccntt I'ih K ijs '•^^•>r- &S X' CHART opTF£ HARBOUR OP VERA CRUZ .f s w?^^ . ft W:--\ //t lo S MiwiMieubUth^ by H. JUilunt, /or fKJlooker. l\ .AJU. f ufr H4I Enunivtd for thf\AmtriruH Ceiul I'iht / .1 ^ '^IVI I/O <- ^!JWlI>*".V«//i..;i'.jJB»0- I lit "•* ••.•.•aii»- /) 'SJ(S i^:-.-.;.';::;::-:«?to„, , % n >* 10 7 S 6 6 7*.S ' li ^ X..">^ J 10 9 vuaiure ^ IslHiid of A'acrirtces '^m':-- ■■■'■■ ■ ■ ■mmMm- ?! whetMiihtdbytl.JUilunt.for fKHooker. Xtiii. r,^7»- ^4t ^^rrfl'"" ■'; . V^^/«l^l;>>'■'»«•■*''^'•'^ A/ // /« AS H /I /0 7 6 6 tf *^ 7 " JO 9 9 I'ltaiiirf ^ Isilaiul of .Sacrifices tf J ! ./ S J i9 9 /O to '0 10 Edit. Direci You musi or !»etween ticularly on rare must I W. It ma; not full furt many and d.' from which must not at ''\b fathoms a league of This plui situated on approach tli Merce ; yo large churc round ball, Tower, it m generally bi facing (or si inside edge black rocks from each ; ish vessels, castle, and two HBchorf W. of your or quarter ; but a rise ai wind blows. You have you are sub riding in th( Lat. 19° 1 THE Plate. Remarks When yoi lega, you \ then shape when you g( the Havanna or to S. S. E it is probabli by S. accord Tortugas. ^eer S. alwi /'/ fathoms water, which shonl gradually into lO and 12 fathoms, within .) league of the shore. This placo is easily distinguished by the pastlc of St. Juan dc UHua, situated on a sand called the Gallcga, if^ich forms the harbour ; as you approach the castle you discern a high black lower, called the tower of Merce ; you bring it to bear due S. per compass ; then you will have a large church, (or hospital,) with a cupola on the top of it, on which is a round ball, with a cross ; keep that ball on with the W. part of the Merce Tower, it will carry you clear along the edge of the Gallega sand, which generally breaks when the sea breezes blow. W hen you open the S.W. facing (or side^ of the caetle of St. Juan dc Ulua, steer for it along in tht: inside edge oi the sand, which yon will see, to avoid two shoals of iMitd black rocks, having IB and 19 feet water on them, with small spits of sarttl from each ; on these shoals flags are placed on the approach of any Span- ish vessels, but not for foreigners. You anchor under the walls of the castle, and moor to large rings, fixed there for that purpose. You tie two anchors out to the N. W. from your larboard bow, and one to the S. W. of your larboard quarter ; your shore cables being on your other botv or quarter ; and then you lie in 6 and 6| fathoms water. No tide here but a rise and fall of about 3 feet, which is augmented or lessened as the wind blows. You have regular sea and land breezes from Vlarch to November ; thert you are subject to north winds, which make a great sea, and dangerous riding in the harbour. Lat. IQ** 11' N. long, from London, 96° 1' W. Variation 4° E. [9kp THE Plate.] Remarks on the courses steered by the Spaniards from Vera Cruz to the Efavanna. When you mal^e sail from St. Juan, (N. Pera,) and are clear of the Gal- lega, you will steer N. E. by N. until you reach lat. 25° N. Yon then shape a course E. for the soundings on the Tortugas Banks, and when you get soundings from 40 to 45 fathoms, you may steer S. S. E. for the Havanna, but should you have the wind to the eastward in lat. 25°, or to S. S. E. you will steer so as to reach 26° 30' N. (or nearly,) when it is probable you may have the wind at N. W. then you steer E. or £. by S. according to the latitude you are in seai^h of, the soundings oa Tortugas. When yov| find soundings, run in 38 or 40 fathoms, the^ /»teer S. always trying to Heep in 38 -fathoms soundings after. Sli^d . I ■^ 342 BUint^s American CoaBi Pilot. 10 Edit. you not have a sight of the sun to know when you are off the DHiik, mid whr.iyou losti bottom, (the weather being inoderato,) but if the wind i)* i're>U from E. or E. N. E. steer S. E. by S. southerly, which will carry you in sight of the Havnpna. LjL ^.j 7%« Colorados, 0^' Capo Antonio. Ttte Colorado^ ore the west end of the Bank of St. Isabella, u steep, n 45 fathoms mud and sand, if in the night and you should ^oal your Water a little, and have the bottom fine saiH) in an hour, Jo« are two leagues N. E. and S. W. with Las Areas, but if you g«t aotndUiyp mixed with imall stones and shells, you are E. and Wv wUh them.. It juvk' g«f m } Edil. ink, niid >vin(l i!* kll cany 10 Edit. Blunt*s Ain«?tican (U fathoms or more muddy bottom, and in running m you get soundings 40 futhom<>t key, the reef viimh in the form of a half moon. When you make the mindy hiiy, on the iRst, or sooner, you will see all the reHt, for they are not far asunder. From the south end of this reefyour course is west to Key liokel, dis- tance 7 leagues ; this is a small spot, v«rith low busltes on it, lying 'lose to Turnetf reef, u low intersected inland, which is 10 or 12 leagues long, N. N.E. andS. S. VV. Ulover's reef has its N. E. end due Houth, G or 7 leugueit distant from the Southern four keyn, and is reckoned, with reason, a very danfjcrons place. This reef, which is named by the Spaniards the l^nns^ reef, is nt least 7 leagues long, in a direction H. W. by W. and N. E. by E. No keys arc to be seen on it, except a small spot or two, towards its north end ; but on the south end there lies a range of 5 keys at least (torn eastt tu west. From the S. W. point of the Southern four keys to Key Bokcl, the e in what is called the Bltie hole, wheM^ill^ funall In cot you shu N. by V\ course > Narrows Water k( the othei ^^y»i to ^6r*f mo 10 Gdit. BlunOs American Coast Pilot. :)4A wpifce all round you, you will icnrcely g«t bottom with tO fathomi lin« ; when you are thuii in the Blue ho!c. run W. by N. and W. till you open ('.itlionm ; iiboiit 7 inil«M ofn 40 gun fihip ; It ia full ofoyttor*, and ha* not above 7 iVcf water. AbruHiit of Shcbon you will haw <> and (j| fatboniH watt>r, loi many ca«tH, and wh<^n the 8. part of thn Trianglna bear V.. about t mil«M, and the S. end of Water kv.y ia in one with the N. part of the TriaD|;le!i<. you will have but 4, .'i< , .'4. 3, and 3^, lh<>n C fathoinii ; in thin Inat depth the north end of Middli; Long Key iit tourhm); tli(> aouth part of the 'I'ri- antjles, this ahoaU in apitfl to the westward of the Trianglui ; but keep well to the westward, and you will find NufKcient water ; steer S. by \V. till yod bring the north partofthe TriangleH N. K. and the Mouth part F.. S. K. then Mteer S. yoii will have a qunrter losts 6, 6, SJ, and 6 fathonia, aoA ground, keeping aliout i or 5 miles from the main. Thia channel ii* about .i leagucH broad, and you may ply, and atahd well over to the key of the main. When you have the south part of the TriangleH eaat, and diatant 5 or tJ milea, steer S. by K. till you get the length of a bluflf point, about B leagues from River Balliz ; itia called Colson'a point ; K. N. H. U] milea from ii lie« n shoni, in part dry. Thin point bearing W. S. W. 4 milea olT, you ivill have 4 fathomH water To the north of Colann's point is a small creek, called Salt Creek; here the land rises much in the country, and more to the northward arc many hills and hummocks ; under the southernmost of which is a large river, called Mullin's river, very commodious for watering ; within one and a half mile of the mouth of this you may anchor in 4 fathoms. From thence steer S. S. £. half E. at three miles distance from the land you will have gradual soundings from 5 to 8 fathoms. From Colson's point to Bawdy point, as it is called by the bay men, the iBourse is >S. £. and the distance about << miloH. !B .1 ■ Directions for sailing out of the Bay of Honduras. When you weigh anchor from the vessels, at the mouth of River Bal- liz, steer away south for the westernmost part of the Triangles, untilyou see a grassy snairip below Rouge's point (the southernmost point of the river) then you are clear of the Middle Ground ; then haul your wind an close as you can lie, until you come into 3| fathoms water, ofl' the Trian- gles, but come no nearer. Then tack, and stand towards Stake bank, which you will .see time enough to go about, ycu then tack again, and stand tb'thc southward, taking care not to come into less than 3| fathoms water ; at this time you will sec Gough's key, which you may keep open a quarter of a mile, or shut in at that distaticej till you come mtothe Nar- rows : these you will know by opening (tf Bannister's key ; then you are close to the Narrows, and must have Gough's bey in a range with the southernmost part, taking great care not to open it above a handspike's length, nor shut it in above that length, till you are above the Narrows and In the Blue hole, where you will ^ttve no ground. Theta S. B* from ,7> 10 Kilil. Blunrn American (/oa«l Pilot. 347 you, about ii mil«*, li«i n 4|iit, lo Uin northwiiril o( whirh you iuu«t go, Ihs* tw««n It unJ Wiit«i'k«y bunk. VVIiitn you hxvr wi' itli«'ri*«l tlmt itpil, •tonr Hwoy (or tb(! wi'«tvriunoiit |>iirt of lUn l.ori;^ Vt-y, *.vhi< li mil curry you riKlit tlirougli miiI'i* bclMrveii I be two biuikn, luiil run to I be oouibwiint till yiiu o|MMi St'rjruut'a key ; tbiMi you will \m tiiitlcb. mtslltoiwrfn (iuui(h'« iiiitl Kn;;liMb kt'yx, wbich will In* K. S K. You inuHt go into li'«4 tb,m 3| t'litboint ; IbtMi k*> nliout ami it mil ovur for Wiit«r kny bank, into It r.itiioinii, wb(!r» you lOHy roiiu! to ua uncbor. la wriKbiiiK from tb<>iit:i) t.ikn axrr to (oiu(> uu iiiMriM- K!i;{liiili key tbiiii 6 fiitbiMiiN. From KiiKbib ko.y S. K, n«ur two niilcH, lion u Nboal, wbicb ii|>|)utir!i v«>ry |>liiin, uiul wbirb you iduhI t((kv cure ol'iii turning out ; tbn luifoitwiiy u lo go lo tlie iiuitiiwurd ofil. ^Gentrai und jjurticular directions for Port Otiiua. If from Mliirk river, on tho Moskito •boro. you iirc bound to Port Omou, or Smu KtMimndo di; Onior an it iM ciiUvd by tb** SpunnirdM, you uiudt Hiiil to tbc Houtbwiird oftlu; islcn Honucii uiitl Knttun, i msiiiig be- twticii liuttiiii iiuil tbo ild^'x triliiridii ; ond witbout u tboroiiifb knowl«!d|(ii of thcan pat'lM. you iire not to puii Houtbward of the Hog'* islaiidi, on uc* count of tboose. To pass to tbc huutbwurd of Utila, you must take %vtaX care not to come nearer than 2 icnguo* to this island, on the N. W. or S. sides, unleHS you are v«>ry well aci|uaintt'd with it. Wboii you buve made the west point of Utila, then you «ail for Point Sal, which lies 10 or 1^ leagues VV.S.W, but you must steer W. 8. W. | S. to prevent being driven away by the N. W. current wbich would carry you on Glover's reef; with a W. S. W.J S. course you make the land to the southward of Point Sal, and then come to the N. VV. of the said point. You then sail along as far as tbc low point of Puerto Cavallo, whicli lies 8 or 9 miles N. E. by E. from Puerto, or Port Uiuoa. The windward, or larboard side of Omoa ia a low sandy point, running off towards the sea, full of high mangrove trees, and having a look-out house, which is very discernible. Tiiis makes the bay oi' Omoa very safe in a north, and equally secure in all winds. You may come as nigh the windward point as you please ; quite close to to it there are 6 fa* thoms, and about a cable's length from it, 17, 16, 15, 14, |2, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4J, and 3 fathoms water ; this depth rune from the point as far as the river ; you will have from 17 to 12 fathoms, when you come to ^ail «n,and you luff as near as you can to the point. If you cannot lie in the bay, it is best to come to an anchor in 12 fathoms, and warp up in the bay acd moor the ship. You must not come too near on the side of the river, nor where the houses of the town stand, but you may go as nigh as you please to windward. Yqu will have twelve fathoms water near the wharf at the fort. The river lies to the weritward of the town, anr! has the following depths ; from 12, to 9, 8, 7, G, 5, 4^, ^ and ^ fathoms water ; about a cable's length from olf its mouth, you will have 7 fathoms, and so on to 2}. When yiu are at anchor nt Omo.i, if the weather be clear, you may see ^ 348 Blunri American Coast Pilot. 10 Rulcrc, ut the S, W. end of the Ha| of HoiMluruH, The roiinii' i« wctlerly Io I'oint S,ui Fruirwco, or nufnnvittti, iihout f> inil«a fVnin Omoii, wml tvhUh in vArv tow. 'I'hni it i« W. N. VV. to (.'ape Tre* I'liiitiia, H or !* Umi^ik*^ from I'oitit St. Kimikiho ; hctwiUMi thu twu piiintu, kncpiiiK ahuiil •! iiiilfit from the in»iii <«huri>. you DiMy roin« to (iii- chor in io or Xh (Mtlioni", ;ii<r«! tlti- month of a largo riv<>r, which bur you mutt be «uro t*> nvoitl. When y<»ii hnvii iailcil about Kt ur 11 leugui*«t ihtMi you may haul \V. by \. UiiivinK Cnp» Tr«ii I'untHM un your lurltunrd ntdt*, tiboiit unt; uikI a b.ill' bsi^ue oti'; and havinf; paMM«d Ihntrnpc, you open (iolto Dulce, unti Avar I'ur it S. by \V. The S. W. bottom of the bny of HoiulurM, into Hbicli you tuitnr uthtr having; doublrd (^apo Troi I'untaA, iit K*^'norally knoivii by thv nnmc ot (}ulf of Ainiiti({np ; and Oolfo Dulco, that ia, the iiH)utb of the; rivor, call ed alio (Juatimala I^iKoon, lici H or D IcagucH from Cape Trci Puntn* ; you inuht K" hy your lead, and will huvc from \) to :! \ or A fatbonn. Tbr- mouth of the river xbowH itHolf very plain ; you brinj; it to bonr S. S. W and anchor in what wnter you please, mnorniK the whip S. K. and N. W. Five or six l(>nguei N. K. by K. of(iolfo Duire, and within the land, i* the Golfeto, or Little Gulf, call< en- k. you X. ) Riiit. 10 Rtlit. Blunt*M American Co(i»t Pilot. :il9 or tugHi '. f n#/ oy , iilioiit 6 to ('iipc I tliu (w« iiM' to nn- thu liitt«r llif inoiith you llllVIl HOK <-'«|»«» B oil' ; aiiii t S. l.y VV. jntflf urter e nnmc o> rivor, rail (i Puntm . um. TIk- ,r S. S. W lul N. W. the land, i» Lako St. round it very liinl* iiIiIr tabl< trance, on tha north •ida, tliut hu« n<» nioro IIimii iO lipft watDr on it ; tlM aouiidiuK* iii|i>n«rni Hra very irrvKular. from Ihi' w«'»t i>nd ni'lttttlRu tothr nntrftni^e throuifh llm rnrrWy Iht Zt* podiilH k«*ya, tlin cuune I* W. i'.t or JO kni|(U<*«. Kroni (li«f W. imuI tif RM> tun to Utild it it 8. W. (J leoguen. From Utila to Tnumiihi) dit l.i Vtug It i* H by W. to U^Mgura Fn>m I'oint (aividlo to I'urt Oniu.i, >). VV. by VV. :) JaaKurt. k'rum fort Omoa to thu flutrunoa tbrounh tlii' ri'ri' by tbn /apotiillu kryt, N. N. VV. * li'UKua«. Vou nmy knoiv tlio /ti|i ilry tamiy kny* among thcut, which art; without nhruha or tr<'«>4,e .c«>|tt that on tint 4t irlioard »id«, on goiUK in, on which iUtftv arr two dry treuH which appvar likii a •«, liuoii* er ut anchor, when you tir»t make thuin. All thf k«y« to Iccu.ird ar«> hu«liy luid t'ull oC /aiiodilla (r«'c4 hi thu |ii<*mtii< throuKli iIumu m t^ la- thoiiM, and there you havo hut two ca»t« beiori> yon >l)-t<|ic'n your wuttM- to U, 7, 10, and 17 i'tiliiotn«. 'I'hii niakui it thi* lit'tt |>,i<>s.i;;(> tor hirur idiiiM; the couriu thruuKh iit VV. and VV. I»y N. whi'ii you ire over Ihi' ri»cl', it N terinud th<* h.irhour of tin* llonduraii. F^'oin the /apodilla k(>y*« you Ntocr VV. N. VV. between -I and /iiriigucM, to avoid several ii^ly nhoaU and rock* which lie to the nortlivvanl of the |>a94ni(« through the keyH : and when you hriiiK i'oint I'lacentia to hear N. by VV. or N. j VV. uteer for it ; it will be about the distance of (i leaKuen from you. — Krorn Point PlHcentiu to Settee river thu courHe ih N. by K.{ Fi. (! or 7 leagues. From Settee river to CoUon'H point it ii N. loiiguea. From CoUon'n point to the river*i« mouth N. J K. li or 7 leuguen, where you anchor, taking 'vjre of the Middle ground«. Observe that ufter you have got through the Zapodilla keya, and up ixr high UH Point Placentia, you may anchor nil along thu niiun, in any depth of water from & to 17 fatliom^^, keeping at the distance of 2 milei from the Hhore, except at Colson'a point, Vhere there in a bank or ihoni due K. from the point, which hiw not more than 7 feet water on it ; it lie«« lie ttveeri 2 and 3 milen oflf the shore, and extendi) due .S. 4 miles. lo Shor*'. ihc Main uei*. From ta inland, il the island ou have (• ncc ; ke';|» renches to- )u arc i^oinjr e Htarboiird itboiii^ ; do harbour. or 12 fa ins; is to th< iBitd the on- Directions fnr sailing into and out of Truxillo Hay. In sailing from Cumuron to Cape HonduraH, the course is about VV. I N. 20 leagues, lat. 16° 0' N. und long. 86« 11' VV. and to the islimtl Bonaca, W. N. VV. 2 leagues, lat. IG" 32' N. long. 8G' 07 VV. Thin island bears about N. N.C. B or leagues from the capo. Tim next island is Rattan, which bear^ from the cape »l)out N. VV. IJ leagues, lat. 16* 24' N. long. 86" aC VV. There is Port Royal harbour on the cast ern part of the island, and another harbour on the southnrninoHt (lart, call- ed Calket's hole. The next island to Rattan is Utila, which is about 9 leagues in length, and has a hurbour on its S. side. Coming from the eastward to Truxillo bay, be sure to make the land to the eastward of the cape ; it is low by the water side, but up in the coun- try it rines high ; when you have run down vour distance, and got the cape to bear S. W. and Bonnca N. or N. by VV. steer more southerly for Point de Castilla, or the pitch of the cape ; your soundings alongshore, at one mile distance, will be 20 fathoms, muddy ground. Run S. VV. and S. S. W. till you bring Point de Castilla to bear N. N. E. or N. by E. from you ; give the point a good birth, then haul up E. and E. H. E. you will have about 9, 10, or 1 1 fathoms off the point : run up to the head of the 350 Blunf s American Coast Pilot. lUEdit. bay close to Old I'ruxillo town, and come to an anchor in what depth of water you please, soft muddy ground ; you will have coming in, 18, 17, 16, 15, 12, iiiid so on, fathoms water. This bay is about 4 leagues wide, and 5 deep ; there is only one shoal in it, railed Luke's key, which lies on the south shore, clear from you : and the rest of the bay is very clear, except close to the shore. There are no tides here. The Itititude has been observed 15° b'.V N, and the lon-;itudc 86° OU' W. The variation 8' 40' E. The easterly wind blows hure most of the year ; but the bay is open to N. W. and westerly winds. Coming to an anchor you are to bring Point de Castilla to bear N. N, W. to N. W. about one mile offshore. Description of the Coast between Black River, o» /AeMoskito Shoro, and San Fernando de Omoa ; wit/i directions for sailing, anchoring, &rc. BLACK RIVER lies in lat. 15" 56' N. and Cape Camaron, called also Cape river, in lat J 6*' t)0' N. the course between the two is W. by N. 3 leagues. Praunow creek lies J miles to the westward of Cape river ; the opening of the latter river sh >ws itself very plain ; on the E. side appears a high sand hill, and on the west side there is a sandy spit stretching a mile into the sea, and which you must oe careful to avoid. Two miles VV. ^ S. from Praunow creek lies Zachary Lion's creek, whose high land right over it, has the form of a sugar loaf, flot unlike to that over Black river, but distinguished by a saddle mountain i} little to the westward. The Little rocks are one league distant W. by S. from Zachary Lion's creek ; the laud over them is double, not very high, and the southernmost appearing above the other. Four leagues W. S. W. ^ S. from these, are the Great rocks, which show themselves like a round bluff ; closer to the seaside, about a mile from shore, is very foul ground, mixed with sand and stones, which you may avoid. The bluff point of the Great rocks to the eastward, and Old Roman point, make Limehouse bight. Between the Little and Great rocks, there are two rivers, the nighest to the Great rocks being called Great Piaw, and the other Little Piaw river. Limehouse river is 3 miles distant S. W. by W. from the Great rocks \ it is known by a saddle mountain, with a sugar loaf on one side, and by an- other sugar loaf on the other side, whose top appears to be broken off. New Roman river lies 2 J leagues farther W. N. W. near its mouth, '..liich is very wide, and always open, are 2 or 3 black sand hills ; Old, or Great Roman river, whose opening is also very wide, is 4 miles W. N. VV. from this. Between the two rivers you meet with a bank of stones and sand', 2 miles from the shore, and about 3 miles long ; it lies nearly east and west ; to get clear of this bank, you steer from New Roman out of the Bight W. N. W. and pass to the northward, until you come to Three leagues point, then you steer right for Cape Honduras. The point is easily known by a round sand hill, covered with many palmetto trees, of an inferior size. Cape Honduras, or Point Castilla, lies about six leagues W.'by N. from old Roman river ; and 10 leagues to the W. of this cape, you meet with ,c. men J it ) Edit. to Edit. Bluiit^s American Coast Pilot. 351 leptti of IH, 17, KS wide, h lies on •y clear, » 6:i N. easterly W. and »rN. N, /loskito ions for lalled also ^ by N. 3 'iver ; the le appears etching a I's creek, unlike to i) little to )y S. from high, and ks, which out a mile which you and Old •eat rocks, led Great eat rocks ; and by an- }ken off. its mouth, lills ; Old, liles W. N. k of stones lies nearly Roman out (U come to ras. The palmetto by N. from meet with the Uogi islands, which are two higii islands southward of Rattan, with 18 small sandy keys, which extend from the S. E. of the easternmost island, to the westernmost one, on the southward side of both ; to the N. W. of the westernmost isle, there are .3 or 4 of these sandy keys, which afl'onl no passage, but you nay pass between the others. A rocky reef stretches along to the flouthw.2 Bluiit*H American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit The low jjoint of Puerto Cnvullo lies about 10 leni;ue8 W. by S. ot Point iJal ; there is no high luiid between the two |)oints, and you meel uiili two large riverH, viz. Hio de Ulloa, commonly called Rio Lua, and Cliinulucon, al both of which you may anchor, in very good muddy ground, with a s} E. 25 leagues. Description q/" Porto Bello Harbour. At the entrance of the harbour there arc two small islands, which lie S. by E. I E. and N. by W. ^ W. from each other ; between them you sail, or warp in, and have 15 or 16 fathoms across, all soft ground. Due west from the northernmost island, and about 3 cables' length from it, lies a bunch of rocks, called the Caimedinas ; you have 20 fathoms,, soft ground, between these rocks and the island. You may go in and out on either side of them, they being steep too all round, and always showing theimselves. The north side of the harbour is steep too ; on the south side there is a reef along it, about a cable's length from the shore. You may anchor any where, taking care not to go too high up in the coi of the bay. Wood and water are in great plenty here ; you may either land your casks and roll them about 10 or 12 yards, or fill your boat with small casks. Cattle may be purchased, though not cheap nor good ; 'Vegetables tbere ^re none to be procured, but you have plenty of fish and turtle in tl^e seadon. To the northward and southward of this harbour there are very good bays, with many fresh water rivulets, where any flset may ride and fill in safety ; there is no danger but what is discernible. Lat. 9 deg. 33 min. N. long, from London 79 deg. 25 min. W. Tides none, but a rise and fall of aboHt 6 or 7 feet. Variation 9 deg. 40 min. E. '^^he winds are generally between the north and east, except in the hur- rictb ; months ; and then they are mostly from the S. W. and W. Directions for sailing into Qiid out of ArenHiS Bav, to the north- ward of Cartbagena, on the Spanish Main. 4 If y«a are bound from Jamaica to the Spanish Main, you must work up to the Yailahs, or the east end, and steer S. £. to make your course good S. S. E. that yoM should fall in with the high land ojf St. Martha, or the nver Magdalen, and the hills of Morro Hermoao, on the west side of the nTetvio IIV ^. lat. The distance from Jamaica is 145 leiigues S. £. CO There is perceive round th on tnccou trends to very littl From and to I about 3 ( There is •18 high a! Blanco is bly see it league oi Ouayra, 10 Edit. Blunt^H American CuaHt Pilot. 35tf ward of Ctttn bay ; you mny teu fruin this bay the laod which rum o«t from I'oitit Tucaraa ; it beum W. N. W. from th(> bay lit or 19 leagues ; from Cu\w. lUouco N. by W. above 36; and from Torto Cabello N. W. by \V. distance 1.' Ica^ui;!). From Point Tiicaras to the Point of Coro the cotifit lien N. by W. about M hiugucH ; the land ull ulon^ in low and full of ialandx and keys, but down towunU Coro it i* hiKliur. Cape St. Koinan lies i'A lea^ueH to the N. \V. by \V. of Point Coro, and may both be deiscried from Curawon in clear weather. On tliiH coast you find very little Ice current, till you come without the stream of I'oint Corn, but at most times you have tine wea- ther, and vr .ublc windn. From Cape Codcra to Cape Blanco — Jasper Bay. ff you come out from Cape Codera, and are bound to the westward, you may stroke the cape as close on board as you please, as it is sleep too ; there is u small sandy bay on the west side of the cape, and close to it, wherein you may anchor in what depth you find convenient ; this buy has nothing remarkable. The anchoring is good, as we have already ob- served, but no fresh water. When you come round Cape Codera, if it is day-time, you will see tho White rock, which bears from the cape N. by W. distant 6 miles, and from Chuspu bay N. £. by E. 8 or 9 miles. It is about as large as the hull of a first rate, and almost as white us Beach head ; you have all clean ground about it, but on the west end there is a small ledge of a quarter of a mile from the rock. Having rounded Cape Codera you will see a low point to the south- westward, about 7 milea ; it is the first you come to ; you may run down to it within half a mile of the shore ; then u tine saody bay opens to the westward, into which you may haul round the point, and giving it a birth of a quarter of a mile. This bay is called by the Spaniards Chusba bay, but the English have named it Jasper buy ; you may anchor there within lesA than half a mile of the shore, in 7 fathoms water. When you have run into 7 fathoms water, you will bring the £. part of the bay, that is the point round which you came, to bearN. E. and in the S. E. corner of the bay you will get fine fresh water, and eood wood. — There is always a little swell in the bay ; when you anchor you will perceive a small point about a mile to the westward of you, and close round that point there is a small town ; but the landing here is very bad, on account of the great surf on the beach. The land to the westward trends to the W. by S. and is very high, both inland and near the coast ; very little is to be had here but wood and water. From Jasper bay to Cape Blanco, the course is W. by S. 13 leagues, and to La Guiiyra W. by S. 10 leagues. La Guayra is in a small bay, about 3 or 4 leagues to the windward, or to the eastward of Cape Blanco. There is a prodigious high mountain abacH of La Guayra, which is almost as high as that of Teneriffe : it is called the mountain of Caraccaa. Cape Blanco is low land, so that when you are 4 leagues off you cannot possi- bly see it on account of that mountain. Being off Cape Blanco, wilbio a league or two of 1;he land, you may see the fort, battairies, and town of La Guayra, which appear of a whitisb gray» wl^ile ih« soil ajtout the (own *«^ 'J60 Hlunl'i^ Ainericun Couat Pilot. lOCdil. tlk>k« r«(l. Wh«n vom urc within 4 or 5 milci from Cap« Blanco, it lookt liko A totvii iiuiler tin lii^i liiixl, und Iiuh u Kcny ami raKged uiipcurunre ; the whore ia rl(;ar and hohi all aluiiK. Capv Blanco liea in lat. lu" 50' und Caov. C'oderu in lut. lO" MV . If you wish to iinr hor under Key Blanco, give iti wcit edge a birth ol half a mill', and haul up N. or N. N. K. until the middle of the key or thf huta on it henr S. R. by il. S. K. when you may come too in from J| to 4 fathoms. If the current antii to leeward do not give the key au wide u birth, but you will nee a reef to the wcittward of you, for which your eyt- must be your ii^uide. If you draw but 10 feet water you may proceed to the harbour or near it, by bringing the W. cud o( Cape Blanco to bear S. E. ^ E. by compasK (that is, after you have passed two reefs to the west- ward of you) nnd steer N. W. by N. until you cross a bank of 12 feet, and when you deepen into 1 or 6 fathoms you will be about u mile oil' u thick bushy point on your starboard hand ; thence steer N. W. by W. or if there be any vessels in port keep in the middle between noint and point; but if you get confused, the best way is to anchor and send on shore for u pilot. If yoii diuw mure than 12 feet water, I would advise you to go to the eastward of Key Blanco, and keep the blue water as long as you can, letting your eye be your pilot always and that from the mast-head. From the Dispirited Ke^'s io Cape Codera or Qimdcra. The course between the two places is N. W. by W. distent 25 leagues; It is all n bold shore, so that you may run down along, close within 2 leagues, or less ; and when you come within 2 or 3 leagues of the cape, there is a fine bay, wherein yon may anchor, in what water'you please, and good ground ; you run so far into that bay, as to bring Cape Codern to bear N. or N. by E when you have 5 fathoms water, 2 miles from the shore. When at anchor, with the above bearings, and the cape distant 3 leagues, there is a lagoon W. S. W. from you, where you may get good fresh water ; you will see a table land on the main, bring it to bear S. S. W. or S. W. by W. and you may. run into that bay in the night by the lead, and anchor in what water you choose ; inland it is very mountainous, but by the water side the land is low. This bay is call- ed Capaya bay ; several planters are settled round it, from whicb you can procure plenty of cocoa. The Dispirited Keys on the Spanish Main. The sailors have given this name to the small islets, called by the Spa niards Cayos de Ceritu. Froin Salt Tortuga to those keys, the course is S. E. by S. or S. S. £. distance 1 8 leagues ; they are low sandy keys, with some mangroves up- on them, but no fresh water, lying about 4 miles from the coast ; you go in round the N. end of them, within half a mile of which there are 6 or 7 fathoms water. After you are got round the N. W. end of thoae keys, you may mn the inside of than, keeping io 6, 7, or Z fathoms water, one- .iiiim^. locau. :o, it look* pcurunco ; u" 00' and > n birth ot key or th«- :)m 3i to 1 •u wide u h you^^7^ proceed to u io bear S the weat- of 12 fett, u mile oA' u ^ by W. 01 it and point; \ Hhore for u you to go tu long M you «iiat-head. tiiadcra. t 25 leagues; ose within 2 of the cape, r'you please, pupe Codera jiles from the lapc distant 3 lay; get good ig it to bear I in the night id it is very bay is call- which you I0£dit. Blunt' H AmericAii Cotitt Pilot m In. by the Spa I. or S. S. E. ingroves up- cast ; you go lere are 6 or fourth of a mile from the shore, very food i^round, and quite Und> lockrd from hII wiiuU. You will h.iv« the little iil.iiuN Hnniritas .1 or 4 Ivuguen to the K. N. C T.)o city qC Hjrcnlona boaim S. 8. K,. from them, iihout 4 or iriiKues. The liind on the main nil aloiij; in hi%h, uioiiiitiMnous, and uitevra ; the hight^sl Liiul along iliore tinit yuu can sue when at anc.ir there, bears W. N. W. dutant about b or H lutiKnes ; tli|i ; you \\v uhoiit onrhtilf >i tntlo from ahore i thi^ hoidiriK Krouiiil Koud. The toivii of ('umiiuii lii*it two milvit up a river that i'm|>ti«« ituclf on the otiMt huIc of th(> buy. 'I'bi* witter of thta river ia cicellent for lirtiikiitK, uikI etwy to bt> ^ot. Thrn* urc no ^uiiiid- inga in the bny until yuii ap|ii'U)ir,h th<> ahur«> witbiii one milt!. Tht> aeu-ttrer/e Mt'tw in tuTu about I0 o'rloik A. M, fruin tbc W(>«(Hiiril, and continut'a until :) I*. M. The land»bri>o/.(> thc>n cumca uiV about eaal, generally in a light awtilj. Laguira, which liea in lat. lO'' 37' N. long. UIS^ 50' W. ia an op«;n roud atend, where you lie expoBO>i lo all wiiid!i to tlit> northward of eant and weat. The bottom \% hard, and holding ground not vi-r;' good. Water not to be had in any quantity, but may be obtained live milcM to the cantwrurd. Weateriy winda prevail (luring the monlha of June, 'lulyi and Auguat, bui do not extend over 30 roilex from the coiiit. Tht hhnd of Tortuga. The Tortuga or Salt Tortuga, ia a very low inland, which cannot be •ecu above 4 or 5 leuguea ofl'; keep ou the .S. side of it, and anchor about a half or thrce-quartera of u mile to the wcatwurd of a low point on the b. E. part of the island ; bring the low S. H. point to bear K. N. K. and you will have 18 or 'iO fathonia water ; and if you moor, your wcat- ernmoat anchor will lie in about 30 fathoms, good ground ; but do not go any nearer in, for the ground ia very bad, on account of the merchant shipa who load aalt here, heaving their ballaat out. You are to ntuor \V. N. W. and E. S. E. During all the fore part of the day the wind ia atE. o. to the aouthward of E. and in the afternoon it cornea to the N. E. or N. E. by E. The north aide of Margarita liea in the latitude of 1 1^ lo' N. and Tortuga lies 10" 67', bearing from the former W. by S. but in commg down, you must steer W. S. W. on account of a strong current to the N. W. In approaching the island, be sure to come by the south side of it ; for on the north side there are several reefs and ahoals, which make it dan- gerous. The S. E. point of Torluga lies flat, about half a mile off. An- chor to the westward of this S. E. point, bearing E. N. E. about half u mile, and then the sooth point of the island will bear W. by S. 6 or 7 miles. A little to the eastward of the south point there is a tine lagoon, which has 12 feet water, and more at the entrance ; when you aie in, you find a great plenty of wilks, conchs, craw fish ; and some chicken turtle ; there are abundance of goats on the island, but they are very wild ; a large grore of trees is to be seen on the eastward of the island but there is very little wood any where else, and only a little mangrovi hare and there. ' > ' ,-/»*, f^ 10 Edit. UluiifM Aiiinicaii Ouant Pilot. ;:o:i ie southwaril ^ Tht hlanttnf (treiiiidii. The H. W. mil oi' (irrntKiu Ikn in lut. 11" ^H N. nn«l HbcMil tunK. tfl" ^3* W. Thr niati^rn pMii, rail««l tlir Ciihraterra, la luw Itimt ; but a ridg^ « olV, rmcH in Ihv ini thi* nlhrr. Thcrr IN k < oiiil of (irlM, ii« well iM (or l.inil.o)^ unit ^liipiMiii; ({ootU. ThA f(ruiiort it includi'tl, im wkII ti lorm of mi irr«Kiiliir cruMcciit.— The tru« «'ntriinc«» of llit- |»n of wiir hiiv<> iiiichorod and ctintiMiod littn', iind nil I ho piluta grciitly coiniuviul thu !{oc>iln«aa of the iinchorinfl; Kroiind, tia wi>ll na itn aitnution, which nit'orda t;ood ahi'ltrr front Ww |ir«'VinlinK windi. Just UN you iMitiM' till' port, Ihrro runs out a high rocky point, v«rv «tcup on cvvry aidu, oxcrptinK to thn N. K. On thia the Fort Koyal, which ia hut Ninull, i« cunitnirted in ua roi(uliir a manner na the nature of the place will tidmit ; but it ia overlooked by tho aevoral heiKlita which J'urm and surround the harbour. On the aouth aide of the iainiid, about 7 niilea K. of point Sidinea, li«a (he harbour of Calvini which ia very deep. It ia divitlcd into the out- ward and tl^ inner port ; the entrance irito the former ia above half a milcbrond, with aa much e^ iil within ; the entrance into the inner port la about a quarter of a mil* in breadth, and ita birth ; there being only two or three small rocky islands, and some rocks very near the shore. As you run down towards Point Salines, you will see the islet Kamicr, a ve- ry small island, about one mile aouth, from the nearest shore, and 1^ mile S. E. from the point. Give that island a mile birth ; you cannot go within it, as there is but little water. To the point Salines it is sufficient to give half a mile birth, there being no less than 7 fathoms. As soon as you are past that point, you open the Grand bay, and may borrow pretty nigh ; turn up, and anchor to the northward of the fort, which bears from point •Salines N. E. by N. A mile from the fort you will have I i> fathoms, clear ground, but higher it is much shallower, and a little rocky. If you go into the harbour, run close under the fort, and anchor midway, or rather nearest the fort, then warp up, all clear groutid ; there are 8 fathoms close to the ' ^wn. It is full the third of a mile broad at the entrance, and very capacious within. You are obliged to work up into Grand bay, at most times, by rea- "ion that it lies open to the westward, and the trade wind blows out of 'he bav. % '1l J 364 Blunt*8 American Coast Pilot Iht Granadines, or Granaciillos. l(#E(lit Th« Grenadines form a chnin of innumerable rocks and barren fpotii, good {'■ . little, which extend to N. E. by N. for about 16 or 18 leagues.' Some, however, are of considerable lize and value, particularly Cariia- cou and Beqdia, both inhabited, and producinc good coffee and cottcn. Cariuacou lies about 6 leagues N. by E. 4 E. from the N. W. of Gre- nv"la ; it is of a circular form, of about 6 nulei in length and breadth, and hat: a commodious harbour. Bequia. called als Little Martinico, is the northernmost of the C^rena- dines, and lies about 2 leagues S. from St. Vincents ; on the W. sidi; it has a very good sandv bay, where you may ride occuHionally ; ond wood is to begot there, with plenty of fish, but no water. The little islands to the southward of Beqoia, are very fair, atid near them you may stand boldly, having neither rocks nor dangers you need to fear. N. by E. course from Point Laurent, or the N. W. point of Grenada will carry you clear along the Grenadines. Observe that, towards the south part, it is rather dangerous to come near in the night. The island of St. Vincents. From Bequia to St. Vincents, the course is north about 2 leagues. The channel between those two islands is very good to ccme through, if bound from Barbadoes to the Salt Tortuga. cv the bpauieh Main ; and there are small trading vessels which work up through it. £>t. Vincents is about 5 leagues long, a^ .i lies nearly N. and S. and E. and W.— the north end, which is niuc)^ higher than the south part, is inhabited by about ^2000 na- tives, or Caribs. On the aorth end there is a volcano, called La Souf- frierc, or Sulphur hill nuar Spant'h point. On the west side ol the isl- and, which is bold,rciia- Bidtt it has wood is to inds to the and boldly, of Grenada IU8 to come japues. Thfi igb, if bound |nd there are [B 19 about b north end, ^u\ 2000 na- Hed La Souf- ]e ol the isl- vater rivers, as far off, as . is situated. Bay St. An- you will see ly or Callia* fathoms and Carlisle bay If you in- aaked island ind go round ft if the wind There is a Fiton, or the S. W. point of St. Lucia, the course is N. E. ^ E. 7 lenguee ; there is a deep and Kood channel betwixt the twu islands. St. Lucia, which itt about 9 leagues in length, and about 4 in breadth, is a very high and broken land covered with forests. Some of the moun- tains rise like pinnaclei, to an astonishing height, and are very steep ; others have broader bases, and are covered with woods, to the summit, which terminates in the craters of the volcanos. These volcanos indeed are all exhausted, except one, wliicli the French call La Souffriere, (The sulphur hill',) on the S. W. end of the island. The crater lies on an,emi« nence, between two mountains. About 1^ miles to the west of the volcano, on the seashore, stand two high peaks, called by *he French, Les. Pitons, and by the EngUsh, the Sugar loaves ; they lie very nigh each other, but between them is open- ing enough -.o distinguish them both, when you come from the southward. On the west side of St. Lucia, less than 3 leagues from the Gros islet, is the Carenage, one of the best harbours in the West Indies, with deep water, and exceeding good ground all over. Three careening places have been formed there by nature, which want no wharves, and require nothing but a capstern to turn the keel abovu water. Thirty line of battle ships would lie there, secure against the hurricanes, without the trouble of being moored. — Add to this that no ships can enter without warping in \ there is always a breeze to carry one out, and in less than an hour, the largest squadron may be in the offing. The shores here are so bold, that ;i first rate man of war may come within 6 yards of them. A league to the southward of the Carenage, lies the Grand Cul ie Sac, uud two leagues to the northward, the Bay of Gros Islet, both excellent roads for large vessels. The course along St. Lucia, from the point Du Gros Piton to the Gros islet, is N. N. E. 9 leagues. When bound from the northward to the Carenage, you will see a bluff two leagues to leeward, which you may make bold with ; you must haul close in to see the harbour, run mto the mouth of it as far as you can fetch, and warp in ; when the sun shines you will see all dangers. If at any time you should have occasion to anchor at the south of St. La> cia, there is a fine deep bay, called Man-of>War bay, {Ance de Vieuxfortf by the French) under the S. E. bluff; you may turn in till you bring the south point to bear S. S. W. and anchor in 7, 8, or 10 fathoms, good ground. There is a river in the north part of the bay running into the sea ; if you water there you must go up. half a mile in your boat, except ^er great rains, when you may fill at the mouth of the river. The Island of MdivWmco. From the north end of St. Lucia, called the Cape, to Point Salines, oi- the 80^ epd ofvMartinico, the course id N. about 9 leagues. This is the narrowest part of the channel that divides the two islands. From GroAoislet bay to Diamond rock, the course is N. by W. about 9->- liitedeGros Martinico is about \1 leagues in length, and lies N. W. by N. and S. E. by S. : its breadth is extremely- unequal, and scarcely any wliere more thai»,kor ^'kM^fls ; and if yea include the promootoiries, ^^licb g^ject :i()6 Bluiit's American Coafit Pilot. 10 Edit. ji) niimy plsices one or two leagues beyond the rest of the iulnnd, its cir- »;ii!iirercncc will include above 30 leagues. Thr land is very uneven, iinii every where intersected with large hummockn, in the form of sugnr loaves. Three mountains rise above these innuinernble hummocks, the highest of which has been a volcano ; it appears like the crown of a hat, and may be plainly seen from any side of the island. Port Royal, on the south side, and at the bottom of a deep bay, called the Cul de Sac Royal, is the chief town of Marlinico. It is very advanta- geously situated, near an excellent harbour, and under cover of a penin- sula, which is entirely occupied by a fort. That part of the Cul de Sac is called the Carenage. The town is situated to the N.N. W. and N. W. of the fort. The harbour and the road art incumbered with several keys, or shoals, composed of hard gravel, limestones and coral ; those keys, from their number, as well as from their situation, are very dangcrouii to strangers ; but they may be considered as the safety of the road and harbour, since no large a!iip would attempt 'to sail among them without a thorough know- ledge of the channel. The watering place is at River Monsieur, to the cast of the fort. Point Salines, or the south end of Martinico, is low land, and has three small rock«, or islands. When they bear W. from you, you may see be- tween them and the point ; within this poin^ to the westward the English iihip Raisonablc was lost, off Fort and point Garden ; it must therefore be avoided. The Diamond Rock, and the southernmost little island, (called Calrit island) at P6int Salines, lie from each other W. 19° N. and E. J9' S. about 12 miles. This rock stands about a mile from the shore. There is no going within the rock, but on the S. side it is bold. From Diamond Rock to the entrance of the Cul de Sac, or Port-Royal bay, the course is N. N. W. distance 2 or 3 leagues. There are three small coves between, the southernmost of which is called Little Diamond cove, and the two others Les Ances d'Arlet. The N. side of the bay is bold, and so is the south side, till you get above Pigeon island, {Islet a Ramiers) which is a small green island on the south side of the bay, bearing from the fort about S. by E. In working into this bay, observe to keep your lead going ; when standing to the southward, if you weather Pigeon island, you may anchor in what water you please. There is a ground about the middle of the bay, the lower end of which lies a mile and a half below the fort ; it runs a long way up the bay, above' the fort ; the least water on it is 3 fathoms, but there is from 10 to 20 fa- thoms on each side of it Below that ground you may stand bold over from side to side. If you are bound from Barbadoes to Martinico, the course is N. W. by N. allowing for a lee current, or N. W. about 29 leagues, will bring you from the N. end of Barbadoes to Point Salines ; then you may shape your course along shore for the Diamond ; there is no danger if bound for Port Royal. When past the Diamond 3 leagues, you will see a large bay open; haul up," and the fort will be in view. Turn up towjirds the fort, till you bring it N. or N. by E. then you will anchor in 8 fathoms, two miles dis- tance. If desirous to go farther ip, you will get off the bank, and come into 14 or 17 fathoms ; that is the deepest and best ground. In upon the bank, the gtound is corally, but no rocks. If you anchor in the bay against the town, bring the church to bear N. and steer right in, by reason of a bank off the fort, not above 6 feet water thereon. You may make bold a Edil^ , its cir- tiTfeven, of sugar )ck8, the I of a hat, ly, called I advanta- I a penin- Jul de Sac andN.W. , or shoals, from their strangers ; ir, since no igh kndw- jur, to the J has three [lay see be- the English lerefore be lUed Calrit 19' S. about 'here is no unond Rock rseis N. N. itween, the two others 19 the south is a small about S. by »ing ; whe» [may anchor id of which bay, above' llOtoSO fa- bold over ts N. W. by |1 bring you shape your md for Port tebay open; fort, till you |o miles dis- and come lln upon the ■bay against I reason of a make bold iO Edit. Blunf s American Coast Pilot. 367 with a low point to the westward, called Point Negro, and all the shore on that side, but the foregoing. If bound to Pigeon's island bay, go round the N. E. point, and you will see open between the island and the main, a small channel for sloops, when very well acquainted ; but go round the island, and borrow as near a9 you please and turn iu. The south shore is steep too ; bring the westernmost part of the island to bear N. W. by W. or N. N. W. and you will anchor in 7, 8 or 9 fathoms : the bay is clear ground, but do not anchor too neai to the eastern shore, by reason of a bank that breaks, when a great swell. In April, 1772, the variation of the needle was found at Port Royal, by repeated observations to be 3*^ b2' east. Tides have been observed in the Cul de Sac Royal, as well as in other parts of the island ; at the equinox, they rise about 16 inches, and at other times between 8 and 12 inches, French measure. Pierre, (St. Peter,) the trading town of Martinico, lies about 4 leagues to the N. W. of Port Royal, in 14° 44' N. latitude. It is built partly upon the rising grounds, at the foot of a ridge of hills and partly along the shore of a spacious, circular bay, which forms an open road to the southward and westward. The best anchoring place, called the Frigate's anchorage, lies in the southernmost part of the road, (where you see some steep cliffs and rocks,) in 7 fathoms, gravelly ground. If you bring the highest steeple of the town N. by E. somewhat northerly, and Point Carbet (on the south side of the road) south, you will have 7 fathoms, oozy ground. If you intend to stay some time in this road, it is proper you should lie with one anchor close to the shore, to the S. E. or E. S. E. (or even on shore) and the other to the N. W. In the hurricane months, that is, from the l.'ith July to the 15th Octo- ber, ships cannot lie with safety in this road, and ought to leave it on the 15th July at farthest. If they are to remain for a longer time at Martini- co, they must retire into Port Royal bay, where they lie secure against the hurricanes ; they may also find shelter in Trinity bay, to the wind- ward, and on the north side of the island. The whole circumference of Martinipo, as we have observed already, is indented by large bays, at the bottom of which are fine sandy coves, and very good harbours, sheltered by long points, projecting into the sea, but all these are not safe in the winter season. When you come from the eastward, if you intend to sail by the north side of Martinico, you are to take your departure from the Caraveta, a small rocky island that lies 2 miles north of the easternmost point of the island, in 14^ 48' north latitude ; in running along which you will be expos- ed to sudden flurries, which are very frequent on account of the narrow openings of the mountains, and if the top-gallant sails are up, you must Iceep a lookout after the halyards. ' Point Macouba, the northernmost of the island, is in 14^ 56' north lati- tude, is remarkable for a waterfall of the same name ; it is a }cind of tor- rent faii.'ug into the sea from the top of a high rocky coast. About 5 miles further W. by S. you will see a round rock, detached from the land, called the Pearl, and to the southward of it are the little islands of the Pirecheur. Soon after Point Precheur presents itself, which ends in a flat hummock, with a plantation upon it ; the town is more to the S. E. Beyond that point you discover two others in one line ; the first, called Morne au Boeufs, (Oxen point,) terminates on the south side, the road of Fort St. Pierre, including the coats of Catbet; the second is Diamond point, already mentioned, to the S. E. of Port Royal. 368 Blunfs American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. Having doubled Point Prechetir, you deicry the ships, which lie at an chor in the road of Port St. Pierre ; as they have every one of them awn- ings, on account of the intense heat of the sun, you would take them at first^sight, for so many white houses whose roofs are built like a ternncc ; you cannot come to anchor close hauled ; the winds which prevail always from Che E. and E. N. E. oblige you to make several trips to come to it. A TABLE Of tL AMtitudea and Langitudet of the principal Places and Headlands of Martimco. ifAMKS o» PLACES. JV. lal W. long.fr. London Cape Ferre the eaiternmost of the Inland . . . 14** L7 — 60° 48' The Bouthernmost ijliind of Poin*. SHlines (Isleta Cabrit) 14 23 60 £2 Diamond Rock 14 24 — 61 06 Cap« Solomon, or Grosso Point, beynn'l Pigeon island . H 30 45 61 07 — Port Royal (observed on chore) 14 35 55 61 09 Mnrne au BocufR 14 41 55 61 10 3fl St. Pierre (observer* nn shore) 14 44 — 61 10 41 Point Macnuba, the northernmost of the island . . 14 56 — Cul de sac Robeit, on the north side • ... 14 42 — 60 50 Bearings of Sundry Rocks, Points, (^c. at Martinico, W. 190 N. and E. 190 S. Diamond Rock, and Che southernmost island oti Point Sa tines, Diamond Point, and the point of Les Ances d*Alart S. E. 3° E. and N. W. 3* W. Cape Solomon and Point Precheur, the ) «. -er, v » -ks tto u/ westernmost of the island ] ^'^^ L. & N. 35« W. The Pearl Rocic and Point Potiche W. 31° S. and E. H° N. Point Precheur, and the S. W. point of Dominico, > called Cachacrou, or Scot's head 5 S. 180 E. and N. 18° W. I In coming out of Great Diamond cove, and having opened the north shore of Martinico, the westernmost part of Dominico just appears in sight, and bears by compass N. N. W. The Island of Dominico. From Pearl Rock near the N. W. end of Martinico, to Point Cachacrou, or Scot's head, in Dominico, the course is about N. N. W. 7 leagues. This island is about 9 leagues in length, and lies near N. N. W. and S. S. E. It is extremely mountainous, and appears rugged and broken. It bears in great plenty oil the woods which are common in the West Indies, and produces abundance of what they .call ground provisions. There are pro- perly speaking, no harbours in Dominico ; but there is good and safe an- chorage along the west side, which is all bold : though ships lie exposed to strong westerly winds, as indeed in almost all the roads of the Carribee islands : but thos^ winds prevail only in -the winter months. The road of the town of Roseau is better than that of St. Pierre, in Martinico, the soundings beiqg more gradual, and you can anchor in from 15 to 25^ fa- thoms, good holding ground all oyer. About 4 miles from the north end, lies a most noble bay, called Prince Rupart's, which, besides its safety, its magiutade, the depth ofthe water X. 10 Edit. 1 lie at an homawn- ,e them at I terrace ; ail alway* )ine to it. .adlands of . ft. Londo7^ 48' - 62 — 06 — 07 -- 09 — 10 3n 10 41 50 10 £dit. BlUnt'8 American Coast Pilot. J69 3»W. N. id the north appears in Cachacrou, icaes. Tbii ■^S.S.E. It It bears in llndies, and ;re are pro- jnd safe an- nie exposed le Carribee _'he road of •tinico, the 6 to 25^ fa- iled Prince 'the water. and the goodnc&s of the anchorage, has the advantage of three fresh riru- lets running into it. On the north side ia the high remarkable blufls, called Prince Rupert*s head, by which the bay is easily known. The south point (Rollo*s head) is pretty low, but both points are bold too, so Ihat in working in you may fltand boldly over from side to side, which is near 3 miles over i the ha^ IS about I h mile deep ; vou may anchor in what wateir you please^ and moor W; N. W. and E. S. E. ; the best anchoring is rather ou the north side. There are three rivers running into the bay, where you may wa- ter, but the middle and north rivers are to be preferred. The best wooding place is on the north part of the bay. If you are bound to Dominico from Barbadoes, you must steer N. N. W. till you pass Martinico ; then a N. W. course will carry you to the north- ward of Dominicok Leaving Mariagalante on the starboard side, haul up close in with the north point of Dominico ; yoii will see a round blun* making like an island, if at some distance ; go round that, add open Prince Rupert's bay ; turn into the north part, and anchor ib 7, 8, or 9 fathoms. Yo»i will see t)** motith of a large river, which anchor to vh» northward of half a mile, nnc yea will be opposite to a small river, which you water at, the best in the bay ; the great river is brackish. There is another river to the southward, where you may anchor in 6 fathoms, clear ground ; but in 10 fathoms you will have coral rocks. The town of Rosea lies in I5*> 18' north latitude, and G\^ S6' west lon- gitude. The island o/*Guadaloiipe, and its Dependencies — viz.—^The adjacent islands called The Saints, Mariagalante, Deseada, o» Desirade, and Petite Terre. The island of Guadaloupe one of the largest of the Carribees, is near 00 leagues in circumference ; its form is very irregular ; it is cut in two by an arm of the sea, called tie Salt river, diminishing in width from 60 to 15 fathoms, whose soiindin^» are in some places deep enough for a ship of 500 tons, whiht in others they have scarce water enough for a bark of 60. The length of this strait is about 2 leagues. That part of the island on the west of Salt river, which gives its name to the whole colony, is divided into two by a ridge of very high moun- tains running north and south Towards the south point rises in the mid- dle region of the air, a mountain, called La Souffriere, (Sulphur hill,) like the volcano of St. Luciii, th;it exhales a thick and black smoke, mix- ed with sparks, which arc visible in the night. The chief place of Guadaloupe is the town of Basseterre, on the west side, near the south end of the island, in lat. 15" 59' 30" and long, west from London 61" 47'. The course from Prince Rupert's bay, in Domi- nico, to the road of Basseterre,, is N. W. by N. 10 leagues. The English ship the Temple, being at anchor in Basseterre road, the westernmost part of the Saints, and some part of the west side of Domi- qico were in. one, bearing S. E. by S. by compass. Then Montserrat bore N. W. northerly, and the westernmost part of Basseterre bay N. W. by N. distance one mile. 370 Blunl^s American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit m The trench frigHte La Flora, being moored N. N. K. nnd S. S. W. in this rmid, iu 7 fathuins, tinndy ground, und the stnnll iinchor in 37 futhum*. ramc ground, had the t'ullowing bearings by compass : Old Point Fort to the S. E. 2" S. In ou« wllli the Wc iternniost Saint. The Fori'to tkiu S. W. ol ilio lo\Mi S. F.. by F. The Ciiunli W. N. K. The N. W. end oflhc iowii N. by W. I'oint Irois N.N.W. The ■outi)«rnniobt point of Doniiuicn • . . . . S> E. by S. THE SAINTS are 5 or (J small islandp, the t«o larger of which an- known by the numen of Terre d'en hant (6r the upper land) which is thr eaiitemmost, and, Terre d'en bas (Lower land) which is the wcsternmoHt. According to a very exact bearing, the S, W. point of tl>e westernmost Saint lies S. 21^ '30' E. of the S. point of Guadaloupe, distance 8 milc^ ; the least depth between them und titv. main island is 1 7 fathoms. l>ut the best channel is on the south side, for in the forn^er there is a sunken rock, which lies 1^ mile from the Saints. These islands are so happily arranged, that in the midst of them there is as fine a road for shipping an any in the neighbourhood. The Suintfl arc all bold too, though they ap- pear to be a parcel of rocky islands. The island of M ariagalantc, about 9 miles to the eastward of the Saints* with a good channel between, is about the height of Barbadoes, and rises gradually towards the north. At the isouth end, and the east side, arc dangerous rocks under water, and reefs which stretch about one league into (he sea ; but the west side is a good fair white shore, with good an- chorage in several places. From the north end of JVIariagalante to Deseada, the course is N. N. E. about 5 leagues, and the channel good, keeping the middle ; but there is n very small sandy island, called Petit-Terre, which lies right in the fair way ; it is about 3 miles long from N. W. to S. E. and is divided in two by a channel, where small vessels may anchor. It is ndt safe to come within more than 2 miles of Petit-Terre. It lies E. S. £. from the east end of Grand Terre (Point Chateau) which is remarkable by a parcel of gray rocks, distance about 5 or 6 miles. There is no passage between Petit-Terre and the main island for any thing but small craft. There is pretty good anchoring by Petit-Terre, to the westward, 2 miles froni shore, in 7 fathoms water ; then the west end of Deseada will bear N 87" E. and Point Chateau N. iiO" VV. / 1)ESEADA, or the Desirade, one of the smallest of the Carribces, lie? 5 miles to the N. £. of Point Chateau. It is a kind of rock without water, where they coltivate some cotton. This ishnd lies E. N. E. and W. S. W. having no trees upon it, and is shaped like a galley, its E. N. E. end tnaking like the head or prow, and the S. W. end like the tilt of the gal- ley ; but coming ne^r, and passing by the north end of it, you will per< ceive white broken patches, like heaps of sand, with red streaks in them. On the north side there are some rocks under water. There is anchor age at the S. W. part of Deseada, distance 1^ miles from some house? that stand by the shore side. You may anchor in from 5 to 7 fathom^ water, taking care to look out for a clear spot* to let your anchor go in . for the ground is rocky ; and when at anchor, Petrt -Terre will bear south-easterly, distance 7 miles, and Point Chateau south-west distance; Edit. iO Edit. Bluiit's American Coast Pilot. 371 W. in ithomf* i.K. r W. . \V. byS. hich ar<' ch is U»r srnmost. tcinmost 8 niilt'<» ; ns. Hut a sunketi ) lini>pily lipping as they ap- the Saints ami rises ; side, are me league 1 good an- kbees, lie? tout water, fandW. S. In. E. ena [of the gal I will per jcsinthem. I is anchor ^me house? 7 fathom? cborgo in. i will bear Ut distance t or 5 miles. Point Chatcati the easternmost part of (irand-Tcrrc, is known by a hummock upon it, and between it and Dcsoada there are 22 or 23 fathoms water. There are gradual soundings between Mariagalant'^, Grand-Terrc^ and (>audaloupc, a« far as Point Peter, (Point a Petre, near which stands the fort of Grand-Terre,) but if you are to the eastward of Dcscada, and bound for Point Saline in Martmico, the bcst- When you come ofl' the harbour, the master-attendant, or a pilot, cornea uu board. Large ships lie at proper moorings, but small ones lio ^vith one an- jXhor to the E. S. II. the other made fast aalcrn on shore. There arc four moorings for ships in Freeman's bay, just within the harbour's mouth ; the best bower to the westward, and the moorings on ^the shoru to the eastward. No wood or water there. You can get your water at Falmouth, about 1| mile to the leeward ; and is not very good, being very soft, muddy, and brackish. No tide. Variation i° 50' K. To sail into Falmouth harbour, you must run in close to the west point, called Proctor's point. There is a ledge of rocks which covers the mid- dle of the inlet ; from thence it is shoal to the eastern, or (iovernor's black point. About 3 miles W. by S. lies Carlisle bay, or Old Road, where you can get the same water as at ^'almouth harbour. Three miles to the N. £. of English harbour lies Willoughby bay ; the goiag into this bay is on the west side ; for on the east side stretches off a reef within half a mile of Sandy island, and in the middle of the chan- nel lies a spit with only 9 feet water upon it ; between Sandy island and the spit there are 4 fathoms ; between the spit and the west end of the reef there are 7 fathoms, and the channel wider. It is better, however, to sail in close on board Sandy island, and anchor in 4 fathoms. Nonsuch harbour lies 3 or 4 miles farther up, at the east end of Anti- gua. On the south side is Green island ; the best going in is between this island and the south part of the harbour, where you have 5 fathoms wa- ter, for the northward of thlrm, being one mile in length and as much in breadth; the depth upon it from 1 foot to 0. To avoid it you must bring Ship's stern to bear S. by E. before you haul up with the fort, and then look out for VVallington rock ; if thv. wind will serve, you may go close to the uestward of the westernmost Sister, and then you will weather Walling ton rock, which bears north from Ship's stern above one mile ; the west • ornmos' part shoals from the breakers a full cable'» length, but to thf. eastward it is bold too. On the north side of Antigua, and to the south of Barnicle fort point, lies Parham harbour, u place for small ships, but very difficult for a stran- ger to sail in. Barbuda is a low (!at island, about 3 or 4 leagues long, to the north of Antigua ; off its S. VV. and N. VV. points, there are spits of sand, which extend a long way into the sea ; and on the west side lies a good road, where you may ride in 9, 12, or 14 fathoms water. The course from Ship's stern to the south side of Barbuda is N. N. E. about 10 leagues. 4 .T70 Ulunftf American Coast Pilot. iO Edit The islands of Montscrmt, Rcdondo* Nerif, awi St. KitU. rrom St. John** road, in Antigtm, to the N. W. end of Montucrrut, lb« oourie ii S. W. n«ar 7 If B^uei. From St. John's roiid toth** iiouth end n( Ni*via, W, n<>ar ISleiiguet. From the west point of MoDtivrrtit lo the luuth end of Novii, N. VV. I N. R leigaea. From the louth point of Neri* to Hone-ihne point (the •outhernmoara to the mountiiin of that nume near Dur<-cloan, ia a little i«liind, uboiit H mile* in length, nnd 7 or H in breadth, being nearly uf u circular form , itf northernmoat point lie» in Int. IC 50' N. The euat nuU: of M ontnerrut ia very high land, and not cultivated ; the wuat aide declinea gently to- warda the aea, and is covered with fntitfjl pluntiitiima ; lowarda the niid die of the weat aide ia the town, with the roud where large ahipa can anchor : but the ahipping nnd landing of goodit iit uttrndcd with many dithcultiea ; as well aa in the two other roada of the island, which boa nu harbour. To the N. W. by N. of Monlaerrat, dintance about 2 lengum, Iiom Rc- d^ndo; which ia nothing but a high barren rock, without inhabitants ; it wppeara like a hay-cock, and haa ita name from its round form ; it can be seen at 9 or 10 leaguea distance. Nevis ia a very small island, little more than 6 miles long, and 4 in breadth ; it lies N. N. R. and S. S. W. to the E. S. E. of .St. Kittn. from which it is separated by a channel called the Narrows, about 'i miles broail. The island ia easily known, being low on both Hides, and ver^ high in thti middle. The top of this middle high land, which makes like a saddle, when you come athwart of it S. and N. reaches far above the clouds, the sugar plantations lying on the sides of it, near the bottom. On the west part are two fresh-water brooks ; they have three tolerable roads or bays, on the principal of which, near S. VV. point, is Cbarlestowu, the chief place or th^ island. In sailing through the Narrows, the first land that comca in view is the top of St. Martin's making like three small hilU joined together, the mid- dlemost and highest bearing S. W. by VV. When the middle of St. Bar tholomew bears W. distance 4 or 5 leagues, the west end of St. KiltH bears S.W. by S.—St.Eustatia S.W. ^W.— Nevis S. In lat. 17" SD* N. St.Burtho lomew bears N. N. W.^ W.— Saba VV. by N. ^ N.— St. Eustatia W.— St. Kitti (west end) VV. by S. southerly. The going through the Narrows, S. by W. and Nevis (N. E. point) S. easterly. When Subu is in one with the middle of St. Eustatia, and both on the northernmost part of St. Kitts, and at the same time Redondo in one with the northernmost part of Nevis, then all will bear N. E. and S. \V. and before you come to the Narrows, you will see a high rock (called Booby island) about midway the channel, between Nevis and St. Kitts ; keep it on the larboard side or rather keep nigher St. Kitts* shore. But you must keep Nevis' south point open of the aforesaid rock to the westward, to avoid a reef of rocks that lie with- out the great one. This rock and the northernmost pnrt of Nevis, when in one, bear S. £. by S. easterly ; and Nevis' south point will then bear S. I E. But to the southward of the aforesaid rock, about one mile. lai irt t\ ■ilnu k you M 'iocrs; 'i'h. ^', uiul '( is ni h'liKU*' ''p by I JTl-cipj Blount ♦vho r,ni »,'"K««I t nc uhov 'vhori y,t\ <•'• iilandi The N. V There •" Bni»f!t« the WMt i the smallf landing p •ng on tht «rerted ii| 'InngeroiiB] 'n rum| ^hoalcst p a mile ove| *hn south To unci tance aboul jou will h( To anchl observe th[ ^«rgc as a the wostwjJ the south si and bring if third of u, 'vill I'c n htl Keep Novi.{ point of Oli —moor in \\ Kdit St. rut, thr. ernino«» it brnm ubout ir foriu , jutnerrav Biilly to- the iiiii) th inmiy :h hui nu , lies Re ituntR ; it it can be and 4 in ;itt««, from Im broad. iigh in the a saddle . louds, the 1 the weat lU or bays, tho chief iew is the , the mid- )i St. Bar ^.itts bears Tst.Barlho la W .—St. , Narrows, jn one with [f St. Kitts, •t of Nevis, 5 Narrows, le channel, [athcr keep int open of latliewith- cvis, when then bear one mile. it) Edit. Blurtt's Amcricoii Const Pilot. 377 iirt two lc«<«r rorki nbnvn water (rnllod thfl cowi) : t\\c*t* you mint uUu ki*<*p on the Im liutird «i, Hnd rntl.or l>o nnarrr St. Kitta' nu\v ; (liuro yuu will hiivA 1), 5, uihI U I'ttthurna, «vilh gooi\ Kruuiul lo anchur, in case ol* n«ci>«iiity. The uUitil of St. Kitia i* 1.1 or U UagnAt in circuit, the Ifngth about 5, Bti«l tho brniidth a li'uguc and a hull', fxi opt towurd^ th« aouth wh«>r«' it i« nurrowt'd hy un lathrnua, which joina it with u headtiimi, about a l*'iiKU<' Joiiif, mid half n Ir i({ii«> broad. I'lin rontrc of Ihu mlniid h tuknii •ip by u groat nuii.lirr uf IiikIi niid barrtiii luomitaitia, intcravctpd hy rorky prrctpicea, almoat impaKHuhlo, and in many nf which isaue hot aprinipi. Mount Miai'ry, whirh la uii •>xliauMt«>d vujiano, who:to hoad ia hid in thu '.luutN, IN thn hiHlin%t uf all tlioHii niouQtuiiiar4 •utno reaembiauco to a man who currif>a anotlior on Iim hark; iitid thia ap|)«'ar!iiic<\ truo or faUo, vn* ({iig«d Colunihua to |{iv«' tho iahind tho nam** uf St, Kitta, in iiwuiiory of thi! Irgr'ntlary tab.*, which anppoco^ thia a.iiiit tu have curried the « liild Jc- 4U8 on hia •houhhu' over an arm of the nc>\. The uaaemhiage of thoso hilla nnkt> St KiIIh ajiprar to tlioM wh)> approach by avn, liku uiic jiiigi* uionntHin rovcrcd with wood, but thoy find, at tliuy cumc nearer, that the roust growa otiaivr, n* well ua th*; aaccnt of tfIe. and b h)nds, the principal of which are Dog and Prickly Pear islands, between which is a good chaunel. The first is the easternmost ; the second which is the largest of all, lies farther than any of them to the west, save a little rock that is almost joined mth it op the west side ; it is about one mile in length and has a few inhabitants ; all m 380 Blunf s Amcrioan CoaBt Pilot. 10 Edit. 10 f these islands ore very low, and cannot be eccn further ofi* tlirut 4 or b leagues. Bearings taken and remarks made in sailing between the above-incntiontd isla.ids by an experienced .A avigator. " When we came Ip sail so far out, I found that the highent top of St, Eustatin came even with the top ofBrimntonc iiill, and that the two south- ernmost points of St. Kitt's and St. Eustatia were in one, and bore N. W. by N. At the same tiipe, Fprt Tison bore N. E. easterly, when Sandy point, and Tumble-dpivn-dick, or the norllici-nmost part of St. Eustatia, came in one, and bears W. K. W •* The direct course fiora the west end of St. Kitt's is N. N. VV. to St Martin's west end, and so through between the Dog and Prickly Pear.— For when you arc within half a mile of the west end of St Martin's the southernmost land of St. Bartholomew comes in one uith the southern most land in sight o( St, Martju's, and they bear S. E. by E. and then Sabu will bear S. by W. westerly. By the aforesaid bearings of St. Bartholo- mew and Saba, if you see either of them, you may by them know how to direct your course for the west part of St. Martin's. " The west part of St. Martiq's and the west end of Anguilabear N. N, W. northerly. When the N. E. part of Anguihi, the north side of Prick- Iv Pear, and the middle of Dog island, bear all i\\ one, it is E. and W. — Three miles N. of Dog island, I ol}scrved at noon, and found the lat. 18^ 26' N. ; and the variation 2° 30' E. At the san^e time St. Martin's show cd itself beyond Anguila from E. S. £. to S. by W." The Little Island mid the Sank of Avis. This solitary island lies west 42 leagues from Prince Rupert's Bay, in Dominico, and S. by W. 38 leagues from Saba ; its latitude being 15^ 48' N. and its longitude about 63^ 41' W. This island is no more than 2 of 3 leagues in circumference ; to the west and the N. W. there are two islands, at the distance of 6 or 700 paces, which appear only barren rocks, and are the resort of birds. These rocks may be a quarter of a league round ; they are joined with the islands by sbpaU and breakers which are seen at low water. This island is a great deal longer than it is broad, anc) appears at a distance like a sand bank even w^tbthe water's edge. The middle part rises more than 16 yards above the level of the sea. There are some reefs to the east and N. E. which ei^tend a great way into the sea. You may anchpr on the S. W. half a pistol shot from the shpre, in 3^ fathoms, white sand. There is neither pond nor spring of fresh water on this island . From the island of Avis, to the isle of Saba, there lies a sand bank, to the N.'by £. or N. N. E. whose length is about 37 leagues, and the breadth aot more than 2, the depth varying upon it from U) to 20 fa- thoms. ^:: The Virgin Islands. Upder that nvme sre included all the small islands and keys which lie between the Carribee islands and Pprtorico. They tike up a space from oastt with i whosi and p oftho or 4 I where TheB Franci Mos all joir throug these ( Theli SAN' it lies V island u side) ai being ab JiPd is a borderei Santa is situate a fortres Fridrich From the cour by W. o: is about ( St. Jol among th i'oT the b The ei derate si: seen 7 or the Moor mouth of west side southvvan to the noi to the sou in. The mile withi lagoons, & ^thoms w son of the and S. S. ^ is wide an is very sti Sdit. 1 or b if/onetl .of St, AOUth N. W. Sandy ustatia, . to St Pear.— in's the •uthcrn len Saba artholo- ' how to sarN.N, ofFrick- ndW.-^ ilat. 18' [^'sshow 10 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 38J \ Bay, in ; to the loo paces, Ipse rocks (islands by ]i8 a great )ank even Irds above ]e. which W. half a lis neither Id bank, to ,, and the i to 20 fa- oast to west about 30 leagues h)n^, quite to the eastern side of Portorico, Nvith a breadth of about 20. They are composed of 36 or 40 small islands, whose rocky shore, surrounded with dangers, are famous for shipwrecks, tnd particularly of several galleons. Happily for the trade and navigation of those islands, nature has placed in the middle of them a large basin .'> or 4 leagues broad, and 6 or 7 long, the finest that can be imagined, and wherein ships may lie < t .anchor landlocked, and sheltered from all winds. The Buccaneers called it the Virgin'it Gangway ; but its true name is Sir Francis Drake s bay. Most of the larger islands are pretty high land, and seem as if they were nil joined together, but there are several deep channels between them, through which those who are well acquainted may siiil with safety : in all these cbaoDels there is great plenty offish. which lie Lpace from fhe Islands of Santa Cruz, St.John, St. Thomas, Bieque,&c. SANTA CRUZ, or St. Croix, is the southernmost of the Virgin islands ; it lies W. by N. from Sandy point, in St. Kitts, distance 33 leagues. The island is not very high, but full of hummocks, two of which (on the east side) are higher han all the rest. It is of a triangular form, its length being about 7 leagues, and the greatest breadth 2 leagues. On the S. £. nnd is a flat, stretching a great way into the sea ; the whole south side is bordered with ^ecfs and shoals, which make it dangerous to come near. Santa Cruz is badly watered. The chief town, called Christianstaed, is situated at the bottom of a bay on the north coast, under the cannons of a fortress which defends the principal harbour. The other town, named Fridrichstasd, lies on the west side. From the town ofChristianstaed,to the S. W. point of St. John's island, the course is N. by £. about 10 leagues. In the channel about 6 miles S. by W. of this point, lies a remarkable round rock, called Bird key, which is about one quarter as large as Redondo near Monserrat. St. John's is 2 leagues broad, and 4 in length ; it is the best watered among the Virgin's, and its harbour on the east side of the island, passes for the best to the leeward of Antigua. The east point of this harbour is called Moor's point, and is of a mo- derate size ; but the walls of the fortress, which are all white, m and then steer N. W. when you bring them S. 2. and continue that N. W. course about 2 or 3 miles till you bring the harbour open ; then haul in for the town N. by W. or N. N. W. giving the east shore all along a good birth, and run \vithin ^ a mile of the fort which is white and plainly seen at the east of the town. You anchor in 5 fi'.thoms water, tine clear ground ; il is a iine harbour, where you are land-iockeH from all winds, but from the S. by W. to S. E. by S. which part lies open to the sea ; but the wind seldom blows in unless it is in the hurricane months. There is a rock above water in the Ifarbour's mouth (called Prince Rupert's cliff,) which you leave to the eastward of you ; you may make bold with the west side of it, but there is no passage within. From St. Thomas' harbour, if bound to Portorico, being in the offing, steer W. by N. till you come down the length of the west end of the island, which is about 3 leagues from the harbour. You will see a small island called Little passage, about 4 or 5 miles to the westward of the west end of Little St. Thomas. Little St. Thomas is a small island that almost joins with the' west end of the Great island ; there is a small opening between them, bat of no note. There is likewise a channel of small importance between Little passage and Little St. Thomas ; but there are two other * The channel between the main island and Buck island is but 3^ mile broad, and at the entrance, in the fair way, lies a sunken roclc, about | mile north rrom the north end of Buck island, with only 5 feet water on it. The way to clear it is to keep Buck island close on board. islant ♦Mum join« iislaiui called shore down deep i W. and S. able n pointe all wh called all rou Twc ing wes \ and rot ^ are call >ng thej betweei the litll The Thomas Barbadc times as to the n< The( little wii side beir course ti to bear ' will carr find of Li the N. E shoalest S. VV. Great pa from the as Maria^ west end but towai low brok( From the the cours A'oing (j < north par way down fiandynpii ^Bove^ Jow sandy then you i plenty of/ Peint, in t\ rivu- ilward ^, anil Hfrotn ut the jn, and le east- island , igh land [\re that ountry, U; you to the les ^ and latitude but nar- intage of uth side, ou leave ^N. W. nd longer if no con- of you* Is. ^. and harboui- the east which is fathoms id-iocked llies open hurricane h (called you may in. he offing, [he island, lall island west end lost joins between. jpoftUnce ;wo other load, and at le north end Juck island 10 Edit. Blunl's American Coa^*t Pilot. 383 islands before you come down to the west end of thnt islund. The east- onimost, just to leeward of tho, harbour ir. called Water island, and almost join« witli the main land ; about 2 or 3 miles to leeward of that, is a rocky islniid, about half a mile round, which lies a mile from the shore, and is called Ijittle Saba ; it is foul all r«)und, and must have a good birth, all tb« shore aloiijs; thcHe islands must be left on your starboard hand. In running down till you pas'.. Little passage, you have soundings all the way, but deep in somo plact- h W. S. \V. ^ S. from the mouth of St. Thomas' harbour, above 4 leagues, and S. VV. by S. 7 miles from the west point of the island, lies a remark- able rock in the middle of the channel. It is round, rugged, and double- pointed, as high as Buachy-head, and may be seen 6 or 6 leagues off, being all white ; it appears at some distance like a sail, whence it has been called St. Thomas' carvel, or St. Thomas' hoy. This rock is bold too all round. Two leagues and a half from the carvel is Great passage island, bear- ing west from the west end of St. Thoma« about 4 leagues. Several keys and rocks lie round this island, and chicily to the westward of it ; they are called the Tropic keys, from the great number of tropic birds breed- ing there. Great passage island must have a large birth ; the channel between the two passage islands is near 3 leagues broad ; keep nighcst the little one to the eastward, leaving all the others to the southward. The island of Portorico is high land, and may be seen from off St. Thomas. Little passage island is 2 miles in length, and about as high as Barbndocs ; Great passage island is about the same height, and three times as long a-^ the former ; there are two or three small islands a little to the northward of Littit passage island. The course through the passage islands is N. W. or, if you have bat little wind keep N. N. W. for fear of a calm, and lee current, the west side being foul, and dangerous without wind. You must keep that N. W. course till you bring the E. N. E. point of Portorico, which is a low point, to bear W. by S. or VV. S. W. and then you may steer west, which course will carry you to St. Juan, the chief town of Portorico. From the west end of Little passage island to Spill staff's keys, which lie 2 leagues from the N. E. end of Portorico, the course is W. N. W. 9 leagues ; and the shoalest water 3 fathoms. S. W. of St. Thomas' harbour, 7 or 8 leagues,, and 3 or 4 south of Great passage island, lies the island of Bieque, called also Crab island; from the great quantity of crabs that are found there. It is about as high as Mariagalante, with a rich soil, and full of trees almost all over. The west end on the N. E. part, is low and smooth land, like sandy ground ;' but towards the S. W. there are hills, and from those hills to the west, low broken hummocks ; then to the S. W. higher hills and hummocks. From the west end of Little passage island to the east end of Crab island, the course is S. ^ W. 5 leagues ; 5^ fathoms 1 mile from the shore. In going tj Crab island, be sure to run down the south side of it, for the north part is foul. You may sail within 2 or 3 miles of the shore all the way down, till. you come to the west end, and then you will see a low sandy jtpJ Bt ; anchor on the south sidt of that point ; you will not have lEBoveSl^ or 4 fathoms 2 miles off. You may run in till yoti bfing that low sandy point to bear N. by E. i E. and the south point of the bay S. E. then you will be 1| mile from the shore, in 4 fathoms water. Here is plenty of fish to be caught with a seine, on the north side of the low sandy peint, in the morning, and good wood of different kinds ; water is to be :{8i BlunfB American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. %M had about Ii^tli'a mile to the southward of t|)e \rm sardy point, a Httlotvay Irom the west side. Crab island lies about 5 Ic»gues from Portorico, being 5 or 6 leugues long, and 2 brond. It is uninhabited ; the English, who have attempted tmce to settle there, have been driven away by the Spaniards.* Mayagua Baj (^Forh liico.) To Anchor. Dring the island of Zacheo to bnar VV. N. W. tlien steei E. S. E. which will bring you in sight of the town. Going in you will ser a reefoD your starboard hand ; when abreast, you will have soundings in 13, 12, imd 10 fathoms ; you may run into 7 fathoms and anchor ; the ex- treme points of the Bay will bear from S. by W. to N. VV. ; the east par* of the reef about N, W. 2} miles ; there is a good river for watering. Aquada Bay (Porta Rico.) To Anchor. Bring Point Aquada N. N. VV. 2 or 3 miles ; the churcii tower E. N.E. ; the island of Zacheo, VV. by S. when you will be in 10 fathoms water, about 3 cable's length from the shore ; there is a good ri- ver of fresh water ; the sea in general smooth with usual trside wind ; but should the wind incline to the northward, avoid anchoring^ or weigh as ^ooD as it sets in. *M The islands of Tortola, Virgin Gorda, Aiiegada, &c. TORTOLA, a few miles to the N. E. of St. .Tohn's, is the principal of the English Virgin islands ; it is near 5 leagues long, and 2 broad, bul badly watered, and has the name of being uwhcahhy j the cotton which they cultivate there is very much esteemed by the manufacturers ; the entrance is wide with plenty of water. The town is situated on the south side to the bottom of a bay, 2 mile? deep, with api'etty good road at the entrance, with 12 fathoms water, good ground. ' Virgin Gorda (that is, the Great Virgin) or Feniston, and by a corrup- tion generally adopted Spanish town, lies 2 leagues to the east of Torto- la ; its form is very irregular ; it is very high land, aboiit 6 leagues long from east to west, still worse watered than Tortola, and having fewer in- habitaAts, who cultivate tobacco, indigo, cotton, and pease ; their common is fish and potatoes, they drink rain water, which they keep in woodert casks. l\,Vi asserted that the mountain which" rises in the middle of the • Vessels coming to an anclior'at St. Thomas' for the purpose of obtaining inforniatioii; on going away, will pay one dollar per every ten tons. American Vessels that unload or load, on going uwuy, to pay instead of 16 cents, 6 cents per every ten tons. European vessels that load or unload, on going away, to pay instead of 64 cents, 3? cents per every two tons. iO wlar xafe the I Tl 2Gle « till you Iuihk C'iiuu Koko (wliirh itr low and n|n»cnrHKr«y, i»n«l liko Iwo Jccyn) lo Immi* N. K. tlirn littor N. W. lijt you lu'iiiK tli<* iHland Zurlitiu N. by W. fi-Din you. Yuu niiiy lh<>n «t(, and will not have lottt futh than \2 futhomit water. The inland /acheo iit about twice as lar^v u^i Ucdondo, and may be feen 12 league!) off. Observe, that in lailin^ ulon^ the noutli nidc of I'orto llioo, you arc ex poicd to Huddor) calmii, the iMland intercepting all the lircexes b uveeii the north and the cant. (In the VV. side of Porto Rico, in Aguada Hay. onf of tlu^ linest roadu foi Ahipping in all the Weat Indien, being sheltered from the trudn winds by the iMland. flere the golleonrt and Hota generally anchorctl when tliey came from Spain ; and the Barlovcnlo tieet, after they had been at (.'u- mnnugotc, cnmc here for fresh water and provinion, before Ihey returned to Vera Cruz. You may anchor in this road in ^M, 18, 14, und down to 9 fntlioms, good ground. When in 'i'A futhomn, soft oo/y ground, thn northernmost point bears tVoni you N. N. W, 3 miles, and the other S. by K. about two leagtics, and n small village amongst th" tree*, iit distant about 1 mile. In coming into this road from the northward, you may Hail Within a mile of the shore to the southward of the N. point, there being 10, 12, and 15 fathoms woter ; and aHer you are about that point, you will have 25 and 30, soil oozy ground ; soni" part along the road lA tkt and rocky, but you rrvay sail all around it within half a mile of the shore. In the channel L»etvvi.cn Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands th* variation is about It'^ East. ♦ To enter Mayagues (Porto Rico.) Bring tlie island of Zacheo to bear W. N. W. and steer t,. S. E. ; yoii may approach the island within 5U fathoms. There is a reef, which be- gins about 1^ mile from Zacheo, and extends to Cape Roxo, forming n chain with only 10 feet woter, and not to be attempted but by small ves- sels. In steering E. S. E. you will perceive a gulley running from the mountain, made by frequent rains, without a tree or busit on it. Extract from the Journal of an experienced Navigator , along the iouin side of Porto Rico, and in the channel between Porto Kico and St. Domingo, ^c. " Ma« 19lh.— At 5 o'clock, P. M. we thought we descried to N. W. and N. W. by N. the little island of Boriquem (Crab isluiid) situated near the S. E. end of Forlo Rico. At 11, we saw the land on the lai board hand; I supposed it to be the eaitpoint of Porto ftico. which bore from us N. W. aod N< W. by N. distance about 3 leagues ; 1 steered west to run along its south side. " Mat aoth.— -At half past 5, A. M. we saw Porto Rico, and the Dead Chest, which is a •small island detached from the main oiio, md having the form of a coflSn. It lies very near the middle of the sonth coast, and I have been assured, that there is a passage fot the largest ships betivcen it ami the main land. r 10 Kilit. Bliinl'H AiufM icaii C'oaut Pilot. :)89 " I I. in alnii;^ iIk; laitJ, iviih an nffNtu of :t or -I U»C)it<, in fotcht'apa ll««o, llt««»»l« ••rnmoai ol'lhn •oiith toniti of Pomi lluti, utiM nUlch loiiit*, wtili lli« S. II. (M>tNl of at. Iliitiiliil^n uiirl Siiiiiiii Itlniiil, a rhntini'l fruiii II In W U'^suri broad. '* Alioiii Id A. M. vir »m¥t Ihit wultr iliMoliininl : we WAir u|>on a khuji, calUniiitf« < a|i« Hnao, luul tmriiiU 3 nr 4 Uiik«i«« i<> Iha 8. \V. nimI 'i or 3 kriKut'K to ihii •iistwiinl •iitil \vr«tMaiil of ihit ca|Hi. Yoti liava Ihaia lU, l^^ itiid 15 fiithiiiiis. 'Ilia •uiiil ut tint ImtuMii i« ol itirh n nhiiiiiii wliiic, that It piarcfl lhrr>i)^h lh«< wnlri, VVn tuu^ht |)h>nly of li>li with the lliir. "At II. \v« (||«iiiiK*ii'>'i*il n rii|m whirh lir« u lUiio to Iha aailward of C'apa floxo i It I* lariiMiiaied lo tha ^oiiili liy Itinr littlii uliiiuU, tvliivh iuiini to ba nnr Itacua iliitnni iruiM it. To thi< I'iKt nf ilii< ciiuu i« n iinall hity, lullrd In V «ii Keulnii'i citait Itjr IIih iiamn of Porto (iiiniiini. — 'III \Vftii)|iuikh a fl.it nnd very whitr inmly klioro ; it roiiiiiti of ilio «iin\o lond that cnmp4 the \Vliita uroiinJif iliroiii;!) which you may anil, but you must nut coiiio nearer the ronit than 2 leiiguoi. '* In tlip wi'ttiini piirt of the r.h;iniicl, bvlAueii I'orto Hiro nnd M. Doinin^^o, nnd nrur nudchniinrl, nrn two ^uinll inlaiid*: iho r ARtftrnmoit, which in likewiie the ««iuiherif luoil, i« calird iMonii ; the •ecnnd to the N. W. of the former, diitanre nhnut 2^ leatue*, l« called Mnnicn. You muit pn!iour after 12, I could see Z.tchco very plainly: I continued the sams course to run along it, at ono or two loa^uos distnncp. This island appears to be 800 or 1000 yards long ; it is nothinj^ more than a green mountain, on several parts of which ynu see some woads. I was too much to windward to see the islands of Slona and Mo« r.ica, from the dp.ck, but they could bo perceived from the mast head. The wind kept to the S. E. till 4 o'clock. It is very seldom, that in sailing through tho channel of Porto Flico you go before the wind as I did." Of the North Coast 0/ Porto Rico. The north const of Porto Ilico, which extends, Uke the south coast, rast and west, is very little known. It is rugged nnd uneven, having ma- ny rocks and small islands, where the sea heats sometimes with violence. Fifty miles north from Porto Rico, Capt. Baxter, in brig Robert, struck on a rock and rcnained several hours. On that coast, about 12 leagues from the N. E. point, is the town of St. Juan, the capital of the island. It is the .sec of a bishop ; large, and well built, and defended by several strong forts. They have no water, except rain , which they preserve in cisterns. This place is better inhabited than most Spanish cities in the West In- dies, being the centre of tho contraband trade carried on by the English and French with the subjects of Spain, notwithstanding the severity of the laws, and the extraordinary precautions taken to prevent it. The har- bour of St. Juan is very capacious, and the largest shipn may lie there with the utnM>8t safety, in 5, 6, and 7 fathoms water. The entrance is* along the ea«torn inland (called Rigo or Rigoa) near which you must sail 390 BluiU^ii American Coant Pilot. 10 Edit br roAton ofu ■hoal that •trctchca on thn onpo«ite aiiln. On ihti point of the Maid iiUnd «(tuid« thu MorroCiMtlc ; nml on th« we«t •ide, upon ti rock oO thi* Sandy point •taiult u little tquarn fortrulkd el Canunln ; you mu«t lun to tht' on'ngiidu. The next to the wvntwurd i« Cenohn, thn river within rutainioK the Httnie niinxu To the «fi>Mt«v:ird ufthia lira I'uint Loquilln, which rnreivr<< ita mime from thi> mountain I.o- oiiilla; then river Loquilln, right befon; which lie two rocka above water. Then followa n rrcek cnllnd Bp(|uiiirio, and thn iainnd KiKO, which lie* before the harbour of Porto Kico. WnatwanI of the harbour railed la Calecd, iindjuat in ita entr.incc, ia n river andialuiid called PtuiMuyi, wUich reaches with a Out from the wcat point. 10 E

  • In gen renta whi( The Silver Kry nnd Triangles. Thciti shoals IttiTe more extent thon the Square Handkerchief; the south • crn point is in the lut. of ^O** l.'V and the northern part (which include thr Triangles that are dangerous). in lat. 30*> 48'. It is a very white ground iu many places, especially in the north port, and very brown in the S. and ij K. parts. The N. and N. N. W. norta have some keys, with no more than 8 oi f) feet water, and perhaps leas ; but it appears that these kcyH are not ex- acUy on the edge. The master of a schooner, drawing 9 feut water, found himself ashore on the Silver Keys, coming down, after he had run near n mile S. VV. on very white grounds. The K. or rather the N. E. edge if) very dangerous. In this part there arc 3 keys, within u cablets length of the edge, which have not more than 10 or H feet water. The west side is safe, and there is a great depth of water ; but about 1 f. league on the east aide the bottom decreases, and you sec shoals in the N. K. which are rising very near tlie surface. Ships ought never to venture within any part of the white groundti, where you will often fall from N fathoms to lU feet ; if by accident they find themselves in the middle of them, the best way is to tack, and go oul the same way they came in, ranging along the grounds. Should you by any circumstances be forced to go from Cape Francoi* through thn passaj^e between the SquareHandkerchicf and the Silver Kcyii, you must at the departure make yoi*r course good N. E. by E. and K. N. E. If the winds suffer you to steer that course, you would pass iu the mid channel ; but if you are forced to turn, and you would not get sight of the St. Domingo shore after you have once got into th« longitude of 70" 15' W. from London, you must not pass the lat. of 20° 26' without frequent- ly heaving the lead. If you come as fur at) 20^ 48' without getting ground, you have nothing to fear from the Silver Keys, and must only look out for the Square Handkerchief, which is not dangerous on the south, the bottom giving yod notice in 10 and 15 fathoms. You must continue to get to the eastward, and when you come in tho lat. of 21° 2U' you arc en- tirely out of the passage. The Silver key is 1 1 leagues long, E. and W. and 7 leagues broad, N. and S. in the greatcit dimension. The we«ternmQst part lies N. and r-. from Old Cap« Frftiicoif . ^ This pni rhipa goin, make it ei 'he ncares Sand key make, that a great risl are not th< When y pormit you lit. 2|0()2 Tht En^ tance 8 or fliflts of 7 this is the 28th of At rocks have whoms wat( ■ot be asce There are Sand key, others arc to the nort The chann oious. Sand ke very neces may pass b islands, cal Ty you alon miles long. (Grand Tu last island! this as you most point I the bank of of the rocki bound to th m 10 E<1it. Blunt*s American Coast Pilot. n91 Th(> S(|ij«r« IUnt)krrchi«r, und tha Silver kcya, bear from rnrh otltpr S. h). and N. W. Tha chann«l hetwitrn Ihr two i% vrry taiv, and II leafttc* ill brtadth. You ripcn«itr« on thr vAgm of thr ■honlt wrnk currc>nl«, whir h (jf • ucruily fulloHT tti«^ direction* o.''ihoH« cdgca. On the .Si|(iiiri* llnndkcr chiefthry art •carccly felt ; on the M. K. piirt of the Milvcr kcvi you find thrni wfttinx <*> ('><* ^ ' '*'^'i ^- ^^ • ^"^ ** "hort leugue from tlit* Kround, th«*ir rA'fcl in not prrci'ivulik. In gennrnl, yuu ought not to mind, in your reckoning, the tvi*nk cur rent* which txiat in theao puMugcH, they hvjiig nn >vheru tu he fearod. Direetumit for Turku Island Passage. Thi* pniitage ii the nrnrcit, ihorteiit, nnd Icnit diingcroua of any, foi rhins going from HiH|mniol4 ; but in genvrnl the windu will not oilow to tniike it even from Cape Prancoit, or Port Dauphin, althnii|>;li they arc 'he nearest portx ; the winda being commonly easterly , it in thliicult to fctcb Sand key (the aouthernmoat of the Turkn islaodi) and which you must make, that you may be ture of the Pantage ; for, without Recing it, you run a great riak of getting upon the reefs and ahoids of the Caycos bank, which are not thoroughly known. When you take your departure from Capr Francois, if the wind will pvrmit you, make a N. E. course about 30 leagues ; you will then be in lit. 21*' 02 , and in sight of the Turks islands. The Endyniion rock lies S. W. by S. from the body of Sand key, dis- tance 8 or 9 milcH. Th<> dang< < of this shoal is but of small extent. It ( con- sists of 7 or H heads ' i rocks, one of which has only 8^ feet water on it ; this is the rock whore the English ship Endyn)ioD was wrecked on the 28th of August, 179*0, ami till then undiscovered, bome of the ol!ier rocks have 2,3, und 4 fathoms on them, and between them 7, U, and 9 fu- choms water. The exact soundings between the key and the shoal, could aot be asccrtaiu(:d by reason of the blowing weather and fur want of time. There arc four rocks which lie off to the eastward of the south end of Sand key, two of them ohow themselves above the ^vatcr, and the two others arc even with it. The reef from the north end of the key stretches to the northward 1^ or 2 miles, and has some rocks out of (he water.— The channel between the shoal and the key appears to be clear and spa oious. Sand key on tkes the entrance of this passage from the south, and it is very necessary to make it, and to get within n league or two of it ; you tnay pass by it ai that distance, and you will then make the second of those islands, called Litfle salt key (Little Turk) a N. N. E. course will car- ry you along it, at the same distance you passed the other ; it is about 4 J miles long. Continuing the same course, you will see Great salt key, (Grand Turk,) which is scarce 3 leagues from the little one. This is the last island in the Qi^flsage, and you may keep about the same distance from this as you did fWb the othefs. When you have brou^rht its northern- most point to bear S. E. 2 leagues, you are clear of every thing, even of the bank of rocks which lie off the N. E. point of the Great Cayco, as also of the rocks which are off the north point of the Great salt k<:y. When bound to the southward through Caycos passage, you should net ftltcmpt 302 Biuiil'b American Coast Pilot. JOEdiL it in tl". night, unless well acquainted with your situation. The Caycoscs nrc connected by a reef of coral rocks, and there is no danger of them in the day, but in the night bhuuld be avoided, as fully explained under " The Caycos," page 39.1. The Caycos Passage, This is the only Passage } ou ought to take, coming oul of Cape Vmn eois, when the winds are not steady from the E. S. E. You will alwayb go with a large wind, which is a great advantage, and will avoid all the white grounds to the S. E. of the Caycos which it is customary to make, and which ^hows itself. This method of coming into the white grounds is very bad, and very dangerous, whereas there is no risk in making th«; land some leagues to leeward of the Little Cayco. In lerving the Cape you must steer a N. by W. course, and after having run 35 leagues you will fmd yourself 2^ leagues S. W. of the Little Cay- co ; then you may haul your wind, first, as high as north only, on account of the reefs of Sandy island, which lie to the nortii of the Little Cayco ; after which you may steer N. by E. 5 or C leagues, when you may haul upN. E. or may continue to steer north without any fear. After having run 10 or 12 leagues on that course, you arc out of the Passage. If, vhcn you are two leagues S. VV. of the Little Cayco, the winds do not permit you to i^icer N. by E. or to make a good north course ; jifter having run 13 leagues without getting sight of Mogane island (Mayaguara) the best way, if night comes on, is to tack and stand S. E. 3 or 4 leagues, then tack again to the north, and you will weather, by 3 or 4 leagues, the breakers off the cast point of Mayaguana. If, when you are to4he S. \V. of the Little Cayco, 2 or 3 leagues, the wind will not suffer you to lay nortii, you must not attempt to go to the windward of Mayaguana, but go to fetch the channel between it and the Isles Plates, or Flat islands. You must steer for it N. W. 6*^ N. Having run 18 leagues, you are in sight of the west point of Mayaguana, which ought to be north of you, about two leagues Sf. W. of the large island, the reef runping out some little way, it is necessary to give it a good birth. You may anchor on the S. W. part of the white bottom, but very close to the shure ; there is a small Iag:)oa of fresh water, supplied entirely by the rain. Little Heneaga lies to th« leeward of the Little Cayco, and is seldom seen by navigators, whosfe^wish is always to cross this Archipelago an quick as possible : ney^llpless, as you may have a N. E. wind in the {nid-char^nel bel.vcen tlHAycos and St. Domingo, it is requisite you should know the east silre pf the Great aad Little Heneaga. Little Heneaga bears W. B'' S. from the Little Cayco, 9 leagues ; it is lather low, and, very inuch like the islands above described, it leaves a very dccp channel of 1^ league between it and the north part of Gi'eat ileneaga ; the two sides are steep within a cable's length of the shore ; at the same length from the shore you may go within i mile of any pirt of Little Heneaga. There is a small reef which does not run a mile, off the S. E. part - and on the south side a white bottom bordered with a reef, at the foot of which you will have 40 fathoms. If you should be ^rove by the winds near Little Heneaga, and should find yourself to the N. E. of the Enst roint, one or two leagues ofiF, you ought then to steer N. N. W, 15 jes, tc come two leagues sauth of the West poijat of Alayaguana, froi hence you are to proocud as already said. The East coast gf theGreat Heneaga is bordered with a reef; it runs in a N. N. E. and S. S. vV, direction, 6 leagues ; then W. by S. 9 leagues, und joins the point called Pointe des PaillceneuU, off which a reef ex- tends 2 miles into the sep. " At the east end of Great Heneaga," says the author, ** is a remarka- \»le rock. When it bore N. W. 4 W. (6 miles distant) I saw the bottom having no more than 3^ fathoms : I then hauled up S. S. E. and had re- j^ular soundings 3J, 4, 4^, 7, 8, anU 10 fathoms, and afterwards no bot- tom. The sea broke very heavily ou it, and I am disposed to think that on some parts of it there is not more than 3 or 4 feet water. " The reef and white water round appeared to extend about d miles irona the shore of Great Heneaga in an E. S. E. direction, and seemed of very considerable breadth." Leaying Cape Francois, you generally find the wind at S. E. or E. S. E. and near the sJiore the current runs to windward ; these are two power- ful inducements to engage you to steer N. E. or N. N. E. for the Turks Island Passage ; but about 10 or 11 o'clock the wind generally turns round to the ttorth^ and sometimes as far as N. E. Being then 5 or 6 leagues from the coast, and the cuj:rent no longer felt, you must necessa- rily make the White Qro'inds to the southward of the Caycos. So many ships are lost there, by the greediness of getting 20 leagues to windward, which are scarce an object, and when the risk is evident, that this con- sideration should induce navigators, when they set sail from Cape Fran- qois, to steer at once for the Little Cayco, as before observed. The Caycos. The Caycos are an assemblage of several islands and islets, which in- close a white ?hoa!, some part ol which are very shallow, and others to- 50 .y.-*'".:w3.. 394 Bluiit's American CoaBt Pilot. 10 Kilil. lerablv deep; there arc four principal islands— viz. the ti rent Cayro, the North Cayco, the N. VV. Cayco, or Providence island, and the Little Cayco ; they I'orm a semi-circle from the K. to the W . coiping hy the N. ; and arc terminated on tlie S. part by a great bank, on which you will find from 3 to 1 6 feet water. The north part of these islands is bordered wilh a white shoal, on which is a reef extending only half a league from shore ; in the N. E. part of the while shoa!, runs out in a point, a whole league, and at its extremity is a reef called Uasse St. i'htllipie, Qkt. Philip's shoul^ on which the sea breaks with violence : at a cable's lf the water. From this sandy islet the bank runs a short league to the s.outh, then to the S. E. 8 leagues, when it trenches to the N. E. and afterwards runs S. S. E. two leagues, till abreast of the southern islets, which are situated a league within the white water. These islets are within 21^ 10' N. lyt. From the sandy islets as far as abreast of the southern ones, the bank is very dangerous, you cannot see any land, and come suddenly from a sea without bottom into 2 or 3 fathoms. The colour of the water is the only thing that can warn you of the danger, and this is by no means certain, for navigators accustomied to see on the surface of the water the shadow of clouds, which sometimes has the appearance of shoals, are often lulled into a fatal security. No motive then ought to induce you to approach this part of the bank, and you must keep at a good distance. If after having been turning to windward several days in tliis neigh- bourhood, you have not seen the land, the safest way is never to cross ^h. V ]0 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pibt. 395 the latitude of 21** in the night, but to wait for daylight; then should you perceive any change in the water, which indicates white grounds, without seeing neither land nor breakers, you may be sure you are On the west side ; then yoti may steer N. W. nnd N. VV, | W. to fetch tht* i^ittlc CaycO) and ^'o through the passage to leeward of these ishmds. Should you ace the Southern islets bearing about N. or N. VV. you may stand on upon the white water in from 7 to 12 fathoms; then make a tack or two to get to windward, and go through the Turks island passage, which is to windward of the Caycos. As soon as you see the Southern islets the bank is no longer dangeroi'.,, and you may go on it .w far as 1 or 1^ leagues ; S. and S. VV. ol t'les** islands you will not have less than 7 fathoms, and generally from 9 co 11. From the westernmost of the southern islet, which is a league within the bank to the easternmost, the bank runs ly-st south 3 leagues, then ea«»1 7, afterwards north 2 leagues, and then rounds in, to join a large island to the northwestward, 3 leagues. The channel between the Caycos and Turks islands is G leagues across in the narrowest part ; it is a good passage, and without any danger ; you may come within half a league of the Caycos, and on the east side of the islets without fear. Through this passage you may turn with great safety, and not feel the current if you do not ct)me within 1^ league of the shore. You will find an anchorage on the white shoals, near the south point of the Great Cayco, which may shelter ships that do not draw more than 15 or 1(3 t'eot ; west of this point there is afresh water lagoon. The best anchorage for small vessels is to the west of the north Cayco, near the small island of Pines, in the inlet, which that island makes with Providence island. Within the reefs (hat border that part of the coast, lies L'Ance a L'Eau (Water cove) where you anchor in 3 fathoms, upon ft white bottom ; there is good water and it is the watering place of the Providenciers. You will discover the entrance qf the bay, by coasting «long the reef, from the rounding in of the coast, after passing the west point of the three Maries, or Booby rocks. When you perceive a great, extent of white water within the reef, you must send your boat to find the channel, and moor ler in it, making use of yuur lead ; and if you want to get in, be not afraid of coming near tlie reef. When you are once with- in the reef, you may 'et go your anchor in 3 fathoms : you may go far- ther in by towing or turning with caution ; the entrance is not more thai) half a league or two miles from the shore. W. by S. of Booby rocks point, is the N. W. point of Providence key; and the reef terminates at this point, which you range on the west parL within I of a league. You may anchor off this coast in 8 or 10 fathoms, but you must range the shore pretty close, to be on the White Shoals, bringing a steep hummock, seen j league inland, to bear S. W. then you will see the shoals recede a little from the shore, and afford a large space for the turning of the ship. Four miles south of the N. W. point begins a reef, which comes from the coast, running S. W. | W. 2;1 leagues ; this reef is terminated by a small sandy islet, almost under water, bearing S. W. from the New point of Providence key, distant 3 leagues. From this sandy islet the reef runs into the eastward, and afterward trenches out to join the north part, or the Little Cayco, which is surround ed with white shoals. S. W. i S. by compass will barely carry a vessel clear of the reefs oft the N. N. W. point of the Caycos from the N. VV. point, that is, if she has passed pretty close round the N. W. point which is tolerably bold, to 396 Blunfs American Connt Pilot lOFAll lOKJli where it '^ ara S. S. E. a^ you nrc then past the rccfn which e L«u.k olf i 'r>the port' -vnrd and eastward, say abont R. N. K. 3 or 4 thil*" Whto ioundin«5 tho point (N. VV.) you may, Irom the mast-nead, see v'svct; Su tinct reefs inside the point, one end of each joining th'* .uore, "^nd t.|,r othtr end stretching in a hooked form into the bay, (watering bay) hke barba on n fish-hook. A vessel pretty much embayed at night in this bay can have little chance of escape if she attempt working out on the west- ern sit'e of it, as there is deep water close to the reefs. In day-light the reefs n ay be seen from the mast-head. I am sati above the I and in suffi( When yc off, you mu make L'lsh in 2 miles, in the even avoid the H when havin Caalle islan The Hog the en<5l 8fd W. H o-agi, anchor cT ; N. K. »r,tl t ■h'' west p' ^t^^^e^ijjz. .1 .'fc ' /littiSiiWi'ii ..Am .Ml^ lOKdii Blunt'b American Coast Pilot. W Crooked Iiiland Pasiage, Th the longest, but it is far the most convenient lor ships coming out of I he Bay of Gonaheoves, or from the southern part of St. Domingo, and ior those which are bound to New-Kngland. \ ou commonly take /your departure from Cape St. Nichohis, and being 2 leagues from the Cnpe, in the offing, you must steer N. by VV. 23 leagues, to make the S. W. point of Great flencaga; then sailing N. by VV. 25 Icaguei), it will bring you two leagues to the westward of the point. There is a regular tide in thiH passitge, the tide of tlood setting to the eastward, between the islands and the ebb to the westward. Tlu flood runs to the eastward on full and change days until H o'clock} and the run of the tide ^^ miles per hour. Directions for anchoring in the Crooked Island Passage. In case of meeting with the wind from the northward or as far as west, (which frequently happens in winter) provided the vessel does not draw more than 10 feet, but in case of a heavier draught she may be perfectly sheltered from the W. N. W. wind, by anchoring under the point of For- tune Island, giving that a birth of 1^ cable's length, and anchor with the point bearing about W. by N. if 12 or 14 feet draught of water, if only 10 feet, you may run in farther, and bring a long bushy key to bear S. E. and H cotton mill on the island N. W. ; the bottom ia perfectly clear and pret- ty good holding ground. 1 have (says au experienced commcmder) an- chored there frequently, when 1 have been obliged by northerly winds to slip my cable from the salt-pans to the northward of the island. Great Heneaga, (before dtscribcd) like rdl the islands wiiich bound the passages, is very low, with Gmall hummocks, which at a distance appeor like detached islets. You will in clear weather, see it at the distance of 5 or G leagues, but you need not fear coming within half a leaj^ue on the west side. There is a tine bay, which is left on your starboard sivle, go- ing through the Passage •, there you anchor on the white bottom, choos- ing your ground by your eye, as i» many parts of these white bottoms, you meet with stones, wiich sometimes rise to a considerable height above the levfl of the sand. You may get fresh water with little trouble, and in sufficient quantity for several ships. When you are opposite the west point of Great Heneaga, two leagues off, you must steer N. N. VV, 2 or 3" VV. for 25 leagues, when you will make L'Islot au Chateau, (Ca?tle Island,) which you may approach with- in 2 miles, or nearer without fear. If you should depart from Heneaga, in the evening, it wou; i be better to steer N. TV. i N. for 17 leagues, to avoid the Hogsties ; then to haul up, and make a good N. by VV. course ; when having run 8 leagues, you would be one league to the westward of Castle island. The Hogsties are two small sandy islets, very low, and encompassed on the e:w1. S'tTe with a white shoal, which is? surrounded with a reef extend- iof:, U tjaguf^. The west side of them is clear of dangers, and you might ancbor f T if in 7 and 5 fathoms, sand, having one of the islets bearing N. N. K. !'\.l the other E. They bear N. Tiy VV. tine north, 13 leagues from 'h'^ wpst point of Heneajia, 7^ 39U Blunl':* American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. West of Castlf» iBland, 3J leagues distance, lies the Mira-por vo» : it i»r a shoal not unlike the Hog^tien ; on the west side, which is clear, is un in- different anchoni||^ : the eiist hide ix bold, and on the :jOuth-east side, ulti mile distance, you will have t'rom 'JO to L'j fathoms, coral and rocky ground. As this shoal is to leeward, you do nut often see it in ranging uiong Cnstle island ; however, if it was necessary to turn, you might ap- proach it within half a league ; all the dangerous parts break, and the white ground will give you notice of it in good time. You may if you choose, pass to leeward of the shoal ; its extent east and west is about 'J miles, and north and south about 2 leagues. When you are east and west of Castle i«*Iand, you must steer N. or N. by W. 7^ leagues, to make the west end of Fortune island, within a Icagur. of which you coau; in with this cottrse and distance ; you will continue in the same direction to make the western extreme of Crooked inland, oil which is a small island, called Passage; islet (Hird key ;) having run G leagues, you will be 1 J league west of this islet, so that llie di'-ect course from Castle island to the end of the pjuisage is N. 5° \V. 14 leagues. When you are come to this place, you suppose yourself out of the pas- sage ; nevertheless, should the wind happen to be to the N. K. or E. N . I). \ou hnve to fear Watland's island, which bears from Bird island N. 4"^ \V, true north, 23 leagties ; therefore to avoid it, you ought, in leaving ll*e Passage, to keep as much to the eastward as the wind will permit ; should the wind be at S. £. and you steer at N. E. you would make Samana island (Atwood's key,) so that keeping the wind when you .ne out, you must observe not to steer higher to the eastward than W. E. nor more to leeward than N. by E. 5^ N. Watland's island is low, and covered with a reef on the E. and S. sides. The b. E. poii.t has a shoal without u »eef, near half a league out ; the W, side is safe and otiers an anchorage on the white grounds, but always very close in, and not mor^ than halt a cable's length off. The N. W. part i» covered by 2 or '.i white islets, encompassed with white shoals and reefs, which extend to the W. Haifa league and on the other side till they joiiy the N. E. point. On the reef from the S. E. of this island, the British fri- gate Soulhamj t< n and U. S. brig Vixen were lost, in 1814. It is one of the most dangerous reefs of the Bahamas, extending about 7 miles, having several rocks or heads which cannot be perceived by the colour of the water before you are close to them, and which have 6, 4, 7, 9 and 10 fa- thoms water oetween them, and a current setting W. and W. S. W. into Exuma soui'd. Tlu islanu? of Acklin, of Fortune, and Crooked, are united together by a w) ki»- ,^rou.i>i, ivhich surrounds them entirely. This ground does not exter J in the W side more than half a league, and forms in the bay W. of Acklia, an auchoi.^ge where the water is very smooth. Fortune isiand ioes not offer any anchorage, and its N. W. side is co- vered by ■\ reef, ou which are some rocks under water, outside the whilo ground, which renders it very dangerous to approach. Crooked i land has an anchorage tolerably good, near the Bird key, ou ihe W. side. This island, with Fortune island, forms a deep bay, 4 /eagues vn depth, at the bottom of which is anchorage, near Fiv.; islets, which are at the extremity of a low point, belonging to Crooked island, and join the N. E. end of Fortune island ; you let go your anchor m from 10 to 3 fathoms, W. N. W. oftiiese islands, and nearer Crooked tliaD For- tune island ; the bottom is tolerably good. East of the low point of Crook - eA island is a watrring place. I *■ fri- le of ?9 iy, ou ly, 'J^ islets, sl;imt, iVom For- ronk- 10 Edit. Blunf s American Coast Pilot. 399 These iHlnnds nre bordered by a reef on the N. nnd K. sides ; thejr nrc low with itonie hillocks, nnd a few trees and shrubs, which at a distance iippear like groves and plantntion«<. Their prospect is very a^^ceMbl(■ at .1 or 4 leagues distance, l)ut when you come near, you see nothing hut ])rickly or creeping plants, to which this rocky and corally ground can scarcely siiTord nourishment. However, Crooked island is less barren than the rest, and produces a few shrubs. The K. point of Crooked island has n reef ivhich stretches out half a league to the eastward ; and the point of Acklin Island, which is only about ^ miles from- the other point, has likewise a reef running the same length to the N. K. — observe th»t all the S. K. part of the island is bcidand iron bound. • The island of Samana, or Atwood'a key, »" long from E. to W. and ve- ry narrow, (fbm S. to N. ; the fi. point lies much more to the northward th;m the W. point ; it is entirely surrounded with a white shoal, border- ed by a reef; oil* the W. point the reef runs out one league, and under this point, in the extent of another letrgue along the shore, there is no reef; here vessels might anchor in the white ground iu 7 or B fitthoms, but very close to the shore ; off the edge of the white ground no soundings are to be had. To the E. true N. of the island, are two small islets 1^ league from the shore, and surrounded with reefs and %vhite shoals. 'J he island is low, and offers the same appearance as the others do in thi:i passage. You have no occasion to fe;;r the currents in this Passage, if you have a fresh breeze, they being then scarcely perceptible ; but ir; calms and light winds, they may set yon to the westward, but slowly and so feebly, I hat in a pa.ssage so sho''t yon ought not to mind them, especially as you generally make it with a large Wind. Nevertheless, in the months of •lune, July, and August, when calms or light westerly winds are common, VQU CKperience currents setting to the W. strong enough to alter your course. This effect, which is only felt in this Passage, is occasioned by the vicinity of the extensive shoals forming the Channel of Bahama and those of Providence island. In this season it will be proper, if you have i»ot wind sufficient to make you go more than two knots an hour, to allow i\ quarter of a mile an hour for the current setting to the westward ; if you go three knots and upwards, this allowance will be unnecessary. Description of the Islands of Bonair ami Curasson. If you come from the main, and are bound to Cnrassoa, I \ )uld advi«e you to endeavour to make the island of Bonair, and then run down to Cn- rassoa ; but be sure not to come within 4 or 5 miles of the south side of the island, by reason of the rocks and foul ground, unless you are acquaint- ed. There is a road on the west side of the island, which lies within a small islet, but it is a little difficult for strangers. Bonair has a governor ; some few people from Curassoa live there, and a great many Indians ; there are likewise several warehouses, where the Curassoa sloops load the cocoa, hides, tobacco, &c. th.it are fetched from the main ; these goods are lodged here until they have a good market for them at Curassoa. The island of Bonair yields nothing but wood and salt, and has no fir^sh water • (he west part is pretty high, and very rugged uneven land. From the west end of it you may see the island of Curassoa, in fair weather, which bears W. S. W. distant 15 leagues. J, ?,' If. 100 Bluni^B American Coast Pilot. lUEdit 10 Ed When bound to Caroffsnri you nre to run down bo m Id como n\ong tin Ro 1th side ofit ; il' in the night, come not nearer tbo ultnd than .'i let^ueii, on account of Little CuraHnoa ; it is u low nandy island, very httic above water, one-fourth of a mile in length, nith nothing but prickly bushcsi on it, so that you cannot po^itiihly see it in the night ; it hen S. E. from tin cast point of Curassoa, distant 2 leagues, and is steep too on every side. CurasHon is a low island ; the ea<*t nide having no high l.md, except .\ mountain in the N. E. part, and another of great height, which mukea like a table land in the S. L. part ; on tho west side there are »ome high hills ; but all the rest of the island is lower than barbudoes. The table land on the & E. part bearu W. N. W. from Little Curassoa diutant 7 or 8 milc4. YoMkust give the east poini of Curassoa a birth of half a mile, and then you may keep as nigh the island as you please, for H is steep loo all alonj;^ the south side. The haven or harbour, called also Amsterdam, or St. Ann, is on the S. W. part of the island ; there is a white buoy on a ledge that lies on the starboard, or south side of the harbour's mouth ; that buoy you must leave on your starboard hand in going in, and haul close round it into the har- bour, whose entrance is very narrow, and steep too on both sides. You must not let go nn anchor in going in, but you aro to have a hawser ia your boat, ready to run to the south shore, or to some of the ships ; e found to iiicr 10 Chagre, li '"• ; and at 1" •j.%; tO Edil. UlunfH American Coast Pilot. 101 Direciion^ for vessels bound to Trinidad, Curnnis^ S{c. In llin rniiiv soaMon, that rommnncrn comtiionly in lh(> end of June, or iiegiiuiing uf July, a Mtrou); currt^nt setD out of tlic liot-ca'it (U>1 Drngo, or Druguu'tt inoutlu, orcaNioiicil by tho rivurM and lii'iinrlici of the river Orouoro, that onipty themsclv«(i into tl»c fiulf of I'aria. Tiiis, with u i-itrong loe current, and ^nutlierly wind that gcner.dly prevails the sainn ieaaon, occhmoux many vcnmcIs to full very unoxpcctcdiy to leewnrd, un .iccidcnt irretrievable by the fattest Hailing; venHcl, particularly in light windw. It is therefore adviseable for ven^xda bound in that season to Tri- nidad, fniin the United States, to go to windward of BarbadocM, and make Trinidad. From thonce steer S. S. \V. or m high as the wind will per- mit, to get hold of the land of 'i'rinidad, di:itant (i or 7 leagued. The roursc alotij? the north nhorc of Trinidad is W. S, W. 16 leagues from the point ofOallera, or N. K. pnint of the island to the lioccu's. If you have a moderate breeze you may enter the second BoccoN (being the safest, «xrv which means you will carry in the breeze, and leave an oddy current when the stream is run- ning out in the middle and on the eastward. If the wind is light, and the tide on ebb, we would advise the Great Bocca's, or Dragon's mouth, where you may come to, in good holding ground, with n light kcdgc, till the breeze or current favours. When you .ire within the Boccasand Gulf of I'aria, a short distance, you will open .St. David's tower, above the town of Fort of Spain clear of the nouth part of Gnspar (Jrunde, about E. by N. distant 4 or 5 leagues. St. David's tower, or citadel, is of white stone, a conspicuous mark, in the interior of the fortifications, built by governor Ficton, on Abcrcrombie heights. In sailing up, you will see the forts nn Gaspar Grande and Feint de Guard, for protection of the Carrenage and Chagaramus ; and farther up, the shipping oil' the town. From the Boccas del Drago, or Great Dragon's nfouth, to Cape Three Foints, the land is high and hilly, and the coast rcmariably clean ; so that a ship may run along it, at the distance of half a mile. At a mile from ihe shore, the depths are from 20 to 40 fathoms, muddy sand. Upon ail the coast of Venezuela, eastward of the Gulf of Maracaybo, the Spanish ofticers say, that there is little other than the regular breeze, or trade-wind. Nothing to fear on it either from hurricanes or hard norths ; the tiisi b^ing absolutely unknown ; and the second, if they do nt any time occur, ne/er exceed the strength of the ordinary breeze. In the rainy season, whicli is from May to November, southerly winds some- times occur, and are very strong ; but they are to be considered as only .squalls of short duration, and which are not likely to do much harm, as Ihey l>low oil" sliore. With all this we may look upon the coast as one continued port, for thf; climate renders it e(|ual to that ; and no more is necessary to keep clear from the dangers than to consult the description of the coast, for the loss uC a vessel upon it is very rarely the effect of storm. From ti'O island Trinidatl, wliere lh« eaEfeily variation Is about 4^^, that variation i» found to increase to the eastward. By observations in 1816, at Cape Vela, and thence to Chagre, IVoinG" toei"* E.; in tlie liay of IIonduraF. 6"^ F. : at Vera Cruz, nljoHt 9"" » '. ; and at 7rampico, 8^^ East. 51 ..«# ■ 402 Blunt*8 Amrrican Coast Pilot. Cape* (Jodcra and Ports of Vcne;ftuelu. 10 R(li( The prinripfti «'i"tnWi«hmrnt>J for commf rcf on this conni, an<) townrrf* whit.b veaneln tViiin Kuro|M'. in genontl, Hiri'ct th«ir course, arc Ciininiu. Biircelonn, LtiOitnyrii iimi I'orto Ciibello— Murncaybo, Stiuta Mtirtliii,iiii(l Curthaxena — Pnmpatai' in the iftlund Marijitritrt, ami bt.Anna in f'nrnzoii. It H a KcnornI rule on th« coant, to m.iko the land to windward uf the port of (l«iilinntioo, in order to prevent falling too far to leewnrd. Having onio entered the Hcn of ('oloii, it will be proper to make the land about Cape Three Puints, or Cape Malupa^niia, if bound to Curn-ma or Barcelona , und those bound to LaCiuayra will make Cape Codera, iic. There is excellent i.ncboragc io Chuspn bay, at 11 leagues to the east ward or windward, of La Guayra, and the coaHt tlience !•< generally clear, so that ft ship may anchor on any part of it, at half a milo from shore, oi even at the distance uf a niuikt't shot. The anchorage is exposed, nt fgrding no shelter from northerly tvinds. The Island of Uarbadoes. The south point of Barbadoes lies in 13" Ol' N. lat. the middle in H'^' ir and the north eud, called High point, 13" 22'. The eiist side of th( island is reckoned 59" 24' W. long. In the latitude of Barbadoes, about 70 or BO leagues to the eastward, you will find the water discoloured and prodigiously thick, as if there were soundings, but there are none, and you may depend on being at the distance aforesaid of that island. En- deavour to keep in lat. \'2° .')()', or betwixt that and I3," which will make you fiurc of the island : observe also there is near half a poiht east vari ation. The island (jf Barbadoes, whi( h lies out of the line, and to the wind ward of the Carribec islands, is ot a moderate height and pretty level, save a few hills here and there, of an easy ascent; thou;;h originally quite overspread v/ith wood, there is little now remaining, l)eing mostly cut down to make room fur sugar und other plantations, 'i'he island may be •ecn in clear weather, 10 or ) I leagues oiT. and at other times only 8 or 9 leagues. The east endis much lower thai the other parts ; but when coming from the eastward, and the north end of the it^land is bearing W. by N. and VV. N. VV. about 5 leagues from you, and the S. VV. point bears \V. S. W. then the eastertunost point of Barbadoes appears to be the highest land ; from this east point to the southward, the land is even and declines towards the sea, but between the east and the north points it is uneven, rugged, und broken. Always endeavour to be on the south side of the island, along which you may run within three miles of the shore, till you come to Needham'a point, giving that point a quarter of a mile birth, and haul in for Carlisle bay ; run into the bay till you bring Charles fort (on Noedham's point) to bear S. E. by E. and the Steeple N. N. E. ^ E. you will have 14 fa- tbom#water. At the bottom of this bay, (where there are very commodious wharves for the shipping and landing of goods,) stands Bridgetown, the principal town of Barbadoes. 10 Rilit. Rlunfs American Coast Pilot. 403 Thn S. K. part of the iitlantl, from South point to KilriJgo'd point, is BurroumiLMl by u lcd|(i< of ruek<(, which ar« callvd by aom* Cubbler'a rock* iVniii uiio ofthi' nioit remarkable iunuiif^ thorn ; they extprut nhout n mil** t'roiii the Mhurii, mid you muit be careful uot to full in with them in the niKht. At South point, (culled sometimea Oi fhc nortli of that point, on the west coast, is Speight's town, a small place, before which veaaels ride occasionally. Like the other iMianda, this ia aubjcct to tornadoca and hurricane*, In the aiimmer nionthn, which are very terrible and dangeroua to the ship- pinfT for they have no harbours to shelter themselves in, but only baya where tliey he at anchor ; and in the principal one (Carlisle bay) there is no good anchoring ground, it being foul and apt to cut the cablet. The Island of Tobago. From Barb.kdoes to the north point of Tobago, the distance is 3G leagues, the course by compa # lias several good buys, which considering thut from their southern lati- tude, they ore nevt^r exposed to dnngerou galea of winds, are equally convenient and secure to shipping. In going to any of the bays to the leeward of the island, you may run as ntar to St. Giles' rocks, (on the north point,) as you choose, and, if going into Man of War buy, may borrow as near the north point of that bay as you please. Vessels sailing from the eastward for the south side of the island, must keep well to the southward, otherwise the current round Lit- tle Tobago, (which runs always to the N. W.)will sweep them all away to the northward. To the S. W. there is nothing to fear till you come to Courland bay, but what shows itself, except Cheiterlield rock. This is a sunken rock, with 9 feet upon it, at low water. It lies above half u mile from the shore, near the east point of Minister bay. The currents near Tobago are very strong and uncertain, especially between that island and Trinidad. The north-east trade wind blows all the year round. At the full and change of the moon the sea rises four feet perpendicular. Description of the several Bays o/* Tobago. MAN OF WAR BAY, on the north side, lies about 3 miles from St. Giles' rocks. You have no soundings till you are close up in the bay, and then frori 40 to 10 fathoms, except a small spot towards the west, called the Car linal, which is an exceeding good place for fishing. When bound to that bay you go to leeward of St. Giles' rocks : haul in for the bluff, or North point, and you will see the bay ; open the key as near the bluff as you can, but take care the wind does not take you aback, for it is very fluttering under the high land. Turn into the bay which is all bold, even to the rocks ; anchor as far to windward as you can. After you are shot in, you will see a little bay called Pyrat's bay ; get as nigh that bay as you can, in 12, 14, 16, or 17 fathoms, all clear ground ; if you cannot turn in, you may anchor in 35 or 40 fathoms, and warp up. In Pyi; t's bay is the watering place, in the r»iny season. On the south shore of Man of War bay you may anchor it K or 18 fathoms a quarter of a mile from the shore. and have good water, at alL times, half a mile from the anchorage ; but there is a great surf, which makes the watering hazanlous. About 6 leagues from Man of War bey, and 4 leagues S. W. from the Sisters, lies Guana point, or the north point of Courland bay. If you ar- rive itt the night, and do not care to push for the bay, there is very good anchorage to windward of the bluff, from 6 to 20 fathoms, regular sound- ings ; in the day there is no danger but the Beef-barrel, which breaks nt low water, and is so near the shore that no prudent seaman will come nigh it. Yda come to an anchor, in the middle of the bay, between Guann point, and the rocky point, called the Hawk's bill, at the west part of the bay. You may anchor in 6 fathoms, but in 9 or 10 there is good fishing, eitlrar with the seine or with the hook and line. It is clear ground, only a fevf stuinps of trees close up to the mouth of the river. If the wind hangpi^ Ae southward of the east, you will ride very rough, and if at N. E. you WiH roll very much. In this bay you have the common trade wind all day, and an off-shore breeze all nigtit. To Uie southward of Great Courland bi)y is Little Courland bay, that 10 Edit. Blunfs American Coast Pilot. 405 ])n9 very good anchorage within the windward point, which is very bold ; there you may ride safe, and smoother than in the former. Between Man of War bay and Courland bay, are the bays called Bloody bay, Paletuvicr's bay, Englishman's bay, and Castara bay, which have safe anchorage for vessels of 160 tons. At the south-west end of Tobago, is Sandy point bay ; if you weigh from Great Courland bay, be «ure of a breeze to carry you without the reef, celled Bucco, for if it is calm, the current will set you down on this reef, whose northern end, which breaks and dries at low water,, is about two miles from the shore ; Leep about two cable's length from the breakers, and it is perfectly safe. To enter Sanuj point bay, haul close round the reef, and having |.ass- ed ihe point, anchor at the bottom, in six fathoms. Between Little Tobago and the great island, 4 miles from St. Giles* rocks, i^ Tyrrcl's buy foi' sliip3 of 150 tuns. Three miles and a half from this, and on the south side of the island, lies King's bay, with good anchorage any where, within the windward point from 6 to 20 fathoms. In the day time, the high land on this pjint intercepts the trade wind, and the swell from the eastward is apt to set a vessel down to the leeward point, which projects farther to the south- ward ; therefore the best time to sail out is early in the morning, about day-break, when the wind blows fresh off the land to the -northward. Queen's bay, adjoining to King's bay, on the west side, has very safe an- chorage, within about I ^ cable's length from the shore. Give the island off the point a good birth to wii^dward. but if you can procure a pilot, it will be proper to have one. Halifax bay, about one league to leeward, is a very safe snug bay for vessels of 250 tons; but there is a shoal in the middle of the entrance, that makes a pilot nescessary. Barbadoes bay lies 3 miles S. W. of Halifax bay. In running down the south side, to avoid Great river shoal, keep the east end of Little Tobago open with Smith's island, until the latter bears N. W. when you may luff up for the bay, but you must be careful to avoid a reef of coral rocks which runs out from Granby point, about a cable's length. When you are within the reef you have very good anchorage in from 12 to 7 fathoms, and the best mark for it, is to bring the Silk Cotton tree on the beach, in one with the flag staff on the hill. Rocky bay 5\ miles W. from Barbadoes bay, is a safe deep bay, where a vessel may anchor from 15 to 7 fathoms water, and no danger in stand- ing in boldly. In running down this bay, care must be taken of Chester- field rock, mentioned in page 404. Heavy laden vessels, not calculated for beating, we would advise to run down in lat. 10° 10' N. make the S. E. point of the island, run down the south side, and enter the Gulf of Paria by the Serpent's mouth. There are no dangers in running down this channel, and you will have from 12 to 5 fathoms through, keeping the land of Trinidad nearest on board. In entering the Gulf, keep as close as possible to Point de los Gallo, or Cock's point, to avoid the Soldier Keys. When in, luff up. Port of Spain town lies N. E. distant 12 leagues. In running for the S. E. point and south side, you will have soundings before you make the land. — Should night come on you may anchor in the channel. On the N. side of the island of Trinidad is a narrow ridge of high mountains, running the whole length from E. to W. the other parts are moderatelyjow, except on the south side, where there are several hills. J 406 Bluni'tt American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. Remarks on D'Espagne Bay, or Spanish Bay, Gulf (/ Paria. Lately given by a Commander. , P. M. Light winds and cloudy : half past S c^me to with the best bow- er in 9 fathoms, veered to | of a cable, latitude lOdeg. 39 min. N. longi- tude per middle set (mean .M) lunar observations 61 deg. 64 iliin. W. when the ship's head was N. E. by N. which was the way the nearest land bore, a long mik> ofi. The Fortitied Island, forming the west side of the bay, bore W. by N. ^ N. A vvhite half-moon battery, just above the town on the brow of the hill, which is n good mark for this bay, as it may be secit a lon^- way oflfit, bore E. N. E. about 5 or 6 miles. This battery, by large ships when working in, should never be brought to the northward of N. N. E. and the best anchoring is in tlie N. W. bight of the bay, per< haps, to have anchorage, this is the most spacious safe bay in the world ; for here is a superficial space, I nm sure 1 spuak within bounds, when I say of 72 miles, where ships may anchor ; and, if the wind blows from any point into the bay so as to embay them (which is a rare thing) and only happens in the hurricane season ; but hurricanes are not known here ; if ships drive from their anchors, which are in good holding ground, they go on shore in soft mud, and are got off without damage. The depth of wa- ter throughout this spacious bay, is from 12 to 5 fathoms in the last depth >vc lay, and only one mile offshore. Currents of the Caribbean Sea, and Inset into that of Mexicd. *' On the Columbian ceast from Trinidad to Cape de la Vela, the cur- rent sweeps the frontier islands, inclining something to the south, accord- ing to the Stl^iUts which it comes from, and running about a mile and « half an hoilf^ith little difference. Between the inlands and the coast, and particulan|lt% the proximity of the latter, it has been remarked that, the current, at times, runs to the West, and at others, to the East. From Cape de la Vela, the principal part of the current runs W. N. W. ; and, us it spreads, its velocity diminishes : there is, however, a branch, which runs with the velocity of about a mile achour, directing itself towards the coast about Cartagena : from this point, and in the space of sea compre- hended between 14 degrees of latitude and the coast, '.t has, however, been observed, that, in the dry season, the current runs to the westward, and in the season of the rains to the eastward. " On the Alosquito Shore, and in the Bay of Honduras, no rule can be given for the alterations of the current. All that can be said is, at a good distance from land, it generally sets towards the N. W. ,, " In crossing from the coast, or from Cartagena, to the islands, it has baen observed, that, from La Guayra, to the eastern part of St. Domingo, on a voyage made in December, a difference of 106 mi'.es to the westward was found during the seven days the voyage lasted."* _ I I - - IIBI I I I. -- * The Baron Alexander de Humboldt, in describing liis passage from Cumana, west- ward, to Guayra, has said, '♦ The general motion of the waters between the tropics to- ward the west, is felt stron|{1y on the coast during two-thirds of the year only. In the months of September, October, and November, the current often flows towards the East, ht fifteen or twenty d»ys iu succession. Vessels on their way from Gua]rra to Potto-Ca- ■■%.. !■ (1-1 10 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 407 Between the Island of Jamaica and the Spanish Main, westerlv currents nre most frequent, yet they do not always prevail for ships have been known to be driven by the current from 50 to CO mien to the eoilward, in four or five days. From the beginning of May till November, {the rainy teaion,) the sea-breeze seldom or never blows home to the main: and ships going there should never go to the southward of the latitude of 11**, until they arc, at least, 40 or 50 miles to the westward of their in> tended port; after which they mav make a south course, as the landto off the South side of Cape Antonio, at about two leagues from shore, have, in the course of one night, been carried against a strong sea-breeze, nearly as high as Cape Corientes, being a distance of lu leagues. A ship once lying-to for the night off Cape Antonio, was driven by morning off Gape Co- rientes. A considerable current sets, at timet^ from Cape Antonio to the E. S. E., past the Isle of Pines. Captain Livingston has informed us that, in March 1818, he found the current between the Great Cayman and Isle of Pines to set in that direction, at the rate of fully two miles and a half an hour, or 60 miles in the 24 hours. In August 1817, he found the set nearly the same, but the current not half so strong. The Spanish Direc- tory says, * From Cape de Cruz, on the South side of Cuba, it is noticed that ther^ is a eon$tant eurr$ni to the wetltvard, with some inclination to the southward or northward, and which has been known sometimes to set 20 miles in a single day.' In oppositir to this, the exact words of Cap- tain Livingston are, " I have twice experienced a strong current setting about E. S. E., between the Caymans and Isle of Pines ; and, on the latter of these oocasions, both mv mate and myself separately calcu- lated it to set about 60 miles per day, or 2| per hour. This, however, I incline to think a very particular case, such as may but seldom occur. The winds at this time were light and westerly. On the other o<;ca8ion, so far as I recollect, it set about 12 or 14 miles per day only. All my pa- pers on these subjects have been lost ; but the first instance was too re- markable to be forgotten." On the northern coast of St. Domingo, and in the Windward Passages, there does not appear to be any general current. On the North side of Cuba the case is nearly the same ; but in the channel here is a regular tide throughout the year, subject, however, to certain variations. The currents of the Caribbean Sea are probably varied by the influence of the moon, and combine, in some degree with the tides ; especially about Cuba, Jaoftaica, ana* St. Domingo. In an old book, ^Kelly's Navigation, Vol. I. 1733,) is an abstract from a journal, which contains the following passage : — " Between the West end of Hispaniola and the island of Jamaica, if I took my departure upon a full or change of the moon, I found that I made manj leagues more than I did at the quarters of the moon. At the ^1 and change, I was looking out for the land long before I saw it ; ana, at the quarters, 1 was down upon it Jiong before I lopked for it. The reasons as I found afterwards, were, that the fpH and change made a strong wind- ward current, smd the contrary on the quarters. This has been exem- plified in many instances.** On this subject Captain Livingston says, ** It is a prevailing opinion with many, that the moon governs entirely the currents among the West India * The nqnbf innioit sen of the track extended to 849 M^ N., in loacitude W* 99' «2 410 Blunt^B American Coant Pilot. 10 Edit No doubt the mgon hoi •omtcfTcct onthfi, but I om uf opinion rt^bl iaflunnce Iilundi. that the winds have atill n more pow4 It it rarely, indeed, on the North tide of the ittlund of JHOiaicn thnt there ii a westerly current when the North and N. W. winds prevail ; the current then always,, or nlrooHt nlwiiys, settini; to the eastward. On the South side of Cuhn, when the wind is westerly, which it oOen is, Tou are always certain of urc-flowing current round Cape Antonio. This IR easilv accounted for ; as, when the fresh trade- wind ceases, and the westerly winds set in, the harrier is, in some degree, removed which con- fined the waters in the Oulf of Mexico, and they seek to regain their le* f\ as well by the Channel of Yucatan «i by tiTe Strait of Florida." In the Windward Channel of Jamaica the current generally nato with the wind, to leeward or S. W. ; yet, both here and at Jamaica, it is van- nble. Some have affirmed that, when a current runs to lee vard, ou the South side of Jamaica, there is frequently one setting east vard on the North side ; and, at other times, no current is to be perceived ; also that, when alee current runs on the North shore, the same circumstances nay be perceived on the South shore as were before observed on the North. But between the Mona Passage and the Caymans, South of the islands, the tendency of the currents toward shore is most commonly found to be to north-westward. In the Bahama Passages the currents ore devious ; both ijrsather and lee-currents having been found. These, also, appear to be influenced by the tidal causes. * The FOLLOWING is an additional detail of the bestinformation we have been able to collect, of the Currents in the Caribbean and Mexican Seas, from the Derrotero de la$ Antilla$, &c. In the Channel between Trinidad and Grenada the current has been found to ^et nearly West ; on the South side half a point southerly, and on the north side half a point northerly. Its velocity from a mile to a mile and ahalf per hour. Between Grenada and St. Finceni'it among theGranadines.the currents are devious ; but the general inset appears to be W. by N. Between St. Viwenfi and St. Lucia the current, fVom the eastward, sets in mora northerly ; and within, on the Was',, it has been found setting to the N . W. Between these islands it seems to be as strong as in any other part of the range. Between St. Lucia and Martinique it has been foAind nearly North. Ve> ry variable on the western side oC the latter. TUe current sets nearly in the same manner ieta'een Martinique and Do- mimca ; but, to the north-westward of the latter, it has been found near- ly S. W. 3 of a mile hourly. Northward of Guadaloupe it sets W, ^ S., and between Montserrat and Antigua N. W. BetWen Redonda and /ieois it has been found W. S. W. half a mile hourly. Without Barbuda and the northern isle^jthas set about W. by N., and to the northward uf the Virgin Isles ant^ Porto-Rico about W. S. W. At the distance of about one degree, within the range of the Caribbee Islands, and to the Virgin Islands, the current has been found setting, in general, to the W. N. W. ft titude 26*" 30' N. Hecce it seta, with sotoe variations, towards the west* em end of Cuba. ' Directions for entering the River Oronoko. POINT COCAL.— Eastward.— From the River Poaeneron the coast of Guayana continues without varying any thing from the former, (to the southward) until Point Cocale, which is kr.own by forming a Bay to the southward, and having to the west some tall Cocoa trees, which are the only ones on the whole coast, the rest being covered with mangrovea.— From the said point you must steer N. W. and N. N. W. with the pre- caution to keep in five or six fathoms, to avoid a bank of mud, which ia about two leagues and a half to the N. N. W. of it, and continuing these courses about 12 leagues, yi u will discover the mouth of the River Guay- ana, in 8° 25' N. lat. — The making the mouth of this River, the only one on the coast, is \ ery important to those who want to enter the Great Mouth of the Orinoco, there not being any other distinguishing mark that can be depended on with security ; and i^s configuration is unequivocal, not oo- lly from its entrance or appearance, but also from three little hills or hum mocks which will be seen about S. W. in the interior, if the day is clear To the N. E. of these mouths, aud at the distance of about 3 leagues, there ia a shoal of fine sand, on which there are 2^ fathoms, and to avoid h great care ought to be taken not to come in tesf. than five fathoms water, muddy bottom. POINT MOCOMOCO.— From the mouth of the Guyana the coaat is low, woody, Rud equal, extcndli^ 8 leagues to the N. W. where Point Mo- comoco is situated : to this succeeds the coast called Sabanita, which tends W. about 4 leagues, also woody, equal and lower, and less easy to sound than the former— The point of Sabanita is in lat. 8° 44' 30", sur- rounded with a shoal of loose mud and small shells. ISLAND CONGREJO.— The island Congrejo, whose N. £. point is in N. lat. 8° 36' has a shoal of hard sand the colour of ground coffee, which extends 6 leagues on the east side er piirt, and aboat 2 on the north aide^ 412 Hlunl*B Americfin Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. which miikea the entrance to the ri^^ ciangeroat ; between it end the coMtofSnbflnita, the Bar of the Orent Month oftheOronokn beini; form- ed, whote depth nt low wnter ii 16 feet, und Ht high water 16 feet, loose aud. The bar from N . to S. in three leaKues, und lomethiog le«« than K. tcW. POINT BARM A.— From Point Sabanita the coait continue* wuodj, but •omething higher than the former ; in the dirACti'tn to the S. W. about 3 leagues, it terminate! in forming Point Berma, from which there is form^ «dl • great Bay or Inlet, by which you enter the rirer. * C9ait to ih* A*. fV. of the Great Mouth. The coast which continues to leeward of the Island Congrejo, is very different from the former, being 6at and broken, forming several mouths by which the Oronoko disembogues, and which are navigable only for small veaseU that have good pilott on board, being Aill of dangerous shoals of sand. The making the Mouth. With a knowledge'ofthe foregoing, the moath of the River Guayana be- ing observed, you will run down the coast at the distance of 6 or 6 leagues, maintaining not less than 4 or 5 fathoms water, muddy bottom, until Cape Barmu bean S. S. W. | W. when you must steer for it in search of the Bar, without omitting to sound to preserve the muddv bottom, even if you should shoal vour water, being preferable to ground in mud than, to ex- riose yourself to fall ou the shoal of hard sand on the Island Congrejo. — f you have this sort of ground (bard sand) you will immediately steer to the S. until you recover the muddy bottom, continuing in this course, nearing Cape Barma, and when within about 2 leasnes of it you will see a large woody inland to leeward, which is the Island Congreio ; and you will begin to deepen the water, having crossed the bar, until you have 5 fa- thoms ; in this situation you will steer from S.W. i S. to S.W. | W. to keep in the mid channel ; if you should have less than five fathoms muddy bot- tom, the vessel has been drawn towards the Continent, and you must steer a westerly course to recover the mid channel ; but, should you have less than 5 fathoms, sandy bottom, the vessel has been drawn towards the ahoal or Congrejo Island, and you must steer^to the southward to regain the mi channel, by which, and the qualities of the bottom aforesaid, you will run in until the S. Easternmost point of Congrejo Island will shut in some small woody islets, which there are in the N. Easternmost part of the Island, which you may approach and anchor in 5 or 6 fathoms, muddy bottom, in which situation any vessel will ride secure and sheltered—- and it iu absolutely necessary to wait for a pilot to conduct the vessel up the river, as without one you would inevitably expose your vessel to danger : any little vessel of the country can supply a pilot. Point Corrobaod, lit. fio 46' N. long. Iipiii Cadiz . . 81^ 44' Moutii of tha Guayaaa Rifiet •...«. 99 9&'. Poiat Sabaoita . . . « 8<> 44^. CapeBarna 8° 41'. N. E. Point of Congrejo or Crnb Island, .... B° 2i'. a«r*iMMttbofth«Orinolio ^ S** 41' -•■••■ ^ - — • (^'w?' %i 10 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. tl:i Remarki for »mk ^ m/o tK« River Demarari. At th« entrancn of th« Kiver t)rmcruri, un ¥.. N. E. rimI W. S W. moon make full i«a, and the water at the bighett tpriniit title do«« not riM more than 8 or 9 feet perpondiruLir. Krom each pomt of the river nint off (I flat mud bank, at k>ii<«t M it'aguea into the acii, on many pnrtt uf which there are not more than from 8 to 12 feet water, nt high water. Between these bank* lie iho. entrance and bur of the rirer, on which ut the hinheet •pring tidea, there arc not more than /u feet water, but all verv iuft ground. If the wind ihould ca«t out, be very cautious, and not atancl too near tha wett bank^ an the flood tide lets on it in an oblique direction, and the ground in aomo parti is hard aand ; but you may borrow on the oast bank at picaiure, being nil loA mud, and you receive no hurt by touching the ground. About ail milet up on the W. aide of the river, atanda • remarkable lofty tree by itself, the branches of which appear to be withered, and '^ or 4 miles above that, there is a tuft of trees or bush, which is verv re- markable. I In running into the river, the leading mark is to keep the withered tree on the westernmost part of the tuft or bush, which will carry you in the best water and about mid'Channel, steering at the some time S. by W. by compass. The breadth of the channel going in, is about two miles ; shoaling gradually on each side. The besi anchoring ground is within the east point, in 4 fathoms at low water, soil mud, keeping the eastern shore on board, the western side being flat and shoal ; it is necessary to weigh the anchors once every 10 daya, or they will bury so much as to be supposed to be lost. N. B. The thwart mark to know when you are without the bar is when Point Spirit comes open to the northward of Corrobana Point, and you have 4 iathoms water. Vetiels bound for Cayenne, or Surinam, in the summer season, should always run down 10 or 16 miles to the southward of the port, owing to the currents running much stronger to leeward at thia season of the J rear, which ia caused bv the overflowing of the Amazon. During the all and winter aeaaoni, I would recommend, in running for Cayenne, to make the Constables, which are two islands about 40 miles to windward of Cayenne, and about the same latitude. The northernmost island is a round lump, and the other quite low. Inside of these islands are others called the Father and Son, and Mother and Daughter. Go to the south- ward of all these and you will soon see the flag-staff ; run the land along, keeping the lead going, until the river opens S. S. E. when you may haul in for the shipping, and anchor abreast of the town. Going from Cayenne, and the wind scant, so that you cannot weather the Devil's island, you may go inride of them, there being 4 and 6 fathoms water. To windward and leeward of Surinam for a long distance, the land runs east and west nearly, ifhich induces many to anchor and tend their boat on shore to know their situation. The most remarkable thing to windward are some gaps in the land, caused by clearing the trees away, and just to windward of the Mother bank is a large white house. Vessels should run down this coast in 3 and 4 fathoma watet, and an* chor bynight, unless they know where they are, and have diatance to run. Wh«p j/on approach the Mother bank you have to bnul away te 414 Blunt^fi Amerirnn ComI Pilot. lOKdif. the S. W. to go rouml th« north purt of it, uiui b« turn to huul < lii«« round it, fur you have to haul U|i H. K. by K. whnn yon will oprn (hr rlVAr. brtinrn point ii tlilour of the wiicerchAngti to n light green, and will have from 3fi to Ab fathomx. If in that depth you ihoulcrbe lo far to the southward m 7« 2.V or 7" ju' N. latiti: Ic, you luiiy ntcer in S. W. and makn the land ; but if more to the north>nird, keep your wind till you attain that latitude. You will have vory grndunl toundingi finite to shore, hut very •hollow ; you will be in '.i fathomi whiMi you firnt get light of the land about Demerari ; but you may run in without fear in 4 fathomi, being attentive to your lead. Ai it ii tnc general opinion, that there arc^ many micxplored land-banki on thii coaHt, a great attention to the lend, at^d qiiallty of the ground, will be ne- ceiiary, an by that ortly you will be apprized of the danger, for on moit parti of thiH coait to the eastward of the river Oronuko, the bottom iv very loft mud : if on a Hudden you find hard lundy ground, be uiiurcd some danger ii near, and immediately haul off, till you again find loft ground us before. The making of the land all the way from Oronoko, as far to the cait- ward as Cayenne is very low and woody, and therefore appears in all parts so much alike, that the most experienced pilots arc frequently deceived ; your chief dependence, therefore, is in a true altitude : if that, by reason of thick weather, cannot be obtained, it will be adviieable to onchor in about lix fathoms, which you may do with great safety, bnving good ground, and in general moderate gales and smooth water. The making of the land about Deroerari,ii the moat remarkable of any part of the coast ; the woods in many places being burnt down and clear- ed for cultivation, makes the land appear in large gaps, where the houses, Lc. are plainly to be seen, and if there are any shipi lying at the lower part of the river, their mast-heads may be plainly seen tibove the trees at some distance at sea. If bound into Demerari, you muit mn to the westward till you bring the entrance of the river S. S. W. or S. by W. and either lay too or an- chor for the tide, in four fathoms Water : but be very cautious not to be hauled further to the westward than theses bearings, for the flood runs very strong into the river Essequibo ; at the mouth of which, and at a great distance from the land, li#many very dangerous sand banks, on some of which there is not more than 9 or 10 feet water, and the flood tide sela right on them. On many parts of this coast, particularly ofi'Pdint Spirit to the eastward of Demerari, the flood tide lets right op the shore, and the ehb right ofl* ^ 10 Edit Blutifn American Coant Pilot. 416 to thfi N, E. It will be aiivUetiblc, whan calm Riid iii*«r tht* lumt, to mi- 4'hor th^r«. About 4 U»cu«ii if) the cMtwiinl i>f UrmorMri riwr, h hfii- t'on i« i*r«ct«d by which jp«tir iiomtion inuv !>•• known Mlirti nioiMitgdown for Hflrbiri) , to the w««tw«rH of which, noout two I<>ukii»«, v a bnnHtonM frovc of coeon Irttn*, whirh mnkua thi« |>tii( oi ihr cuuai rtmarkHhIr, itnd 4ii«tinitoi«he« .t frumothfn. Ill tlio month of Di^rrmbcr thrr* i», «t timi!<«, |)nrti«-iiliirly in bhoul wutiT, on tho rominK in of thi- llood, •» jrri*.!! ii'ii, «• 'll"fi the UvHm, tind by thn Indinna I'nroroea. It ia oAm fut.tl to v<*n ])U/./.l«Mi to imfi;;.! .i i aoao for tlii» phi ni>nii*- non, which is occimioncd by thit not thorn «\in (-hi«*r i^uid-niie in making tho cotiat, which cannot be aeen nt Ihn dii«tinre of 6 Umku ,« : .• ir irt'r approiich than 8 louguea ia dangeroua, tho wntor bi <'iit(>ii* aive bunka of annd and mud. The hnrbouri urt> the moi.tliH oi rivers only, and each ia obitructed by a bar of the aami> qmility. Hi ix >- puc* ticnl knowledge ia neccMary to nil who attempt to I'ntrr. If it be required to h«Mt to windwiird on thia couat, or tu prorcud tVom the Oronoko, Eaaequibo, or Surinam, to Cayenne, it la n«'riH«',iry to work along the coiiat with the ebb tide, in from 3) to t fatKomH watrr, outwtird to 8 or 9 futhoma ; for, th)UKh you may be ahoulderid s\wny by the cur rent to the N. E. you will gain very well on the tnck to iho S. E. or K. S. E. : but, with the flood tide, you munt anchor ; for, then, both wind and current being againat you, you would inevitably be driven aahore. Directions for nailing up the Surinam River to Parmnaribo. It is udviaeable for ahipf coming from the eastward, or longvoyoj^es, to get into lat. 6° 55' N. long. 50** W. (except they have a time-keeper or lunar observation that may be depended upon) ua by that ineanH they will have an opportunity, from obscrvatioo to obsorvution, ofascertainiag the current, which almost constantly, off the Muroni, runs to the N. W. and you arc also to observe that during the rainy season, yuu cannot dc* pend always on a meridional observation. When you have got ground in the above latitude (and be e>ure to sound in time) 60 to 40 fathoms fine sand, you are about 30 leagues to eastward of the Maroni shoals, and you must not, in the night, approach nearer to theni than 10 fathoms, when the soundings will be gradually coarser : in hauling to the northward, you will have deeper water and fmer sand : and in 10 fathoms water, hebving to, with your head to the northward, you will drive clear enough of the shoals to the N. W. You will always know whether you are to the eastward, and consequently to the wind- ward, by those soundings ; for the ground six leagues to leeward of the Maroni, all the way to Bram's Point, is soft mud. In ord«r more readily to distinguish Bram's point, a beacon, 70 feet high, is eracttdi about one milte to windward of the point, exhibiting a broad tin vane, painted white. When the vane is first distinguished from any vessel advancing from the 4lb Blunt'B America Q^t Pilot. 10 Edit. eastward, the may be coniiderttd as on the edge of the mtid-bank. The body or frame of the beacon ii boarded around and painted white. Your belt land-fall will be between Port Orange and the Maroni, indeed it is absolutely necessary you should make the land thereabouts. The Ma- roni is known by the only high land near this coast, and appears, when you muke it, a great distance iuland, and bringing it to bear south of you, are clear of its shoals, you bad better then stand in until you arr in 8 fathoms water. In making Port Orange, which has been often mistaken for Bram's Point, and which error has occasioned the loss of many ships, observe there are many Itrge whit? houses, which are barracks ; and in the mid- dle of them, appears a large tree, which, wherf bearing south of you, makes like a ship with top-gallant steering sails set ; and the flag staffalso appears among the trees, and those trees show to be near the houses, whereas Bram's Point has only two large houses, and the trees are on the other side of the river. You will then keep on the edge of the Mud Bank in from 3 to 2| fa- thoms, or as near as your draught of water will permit ; and you need be under no apprehension in steering along the coast, as, if you touch, the mud :s very soft, and on the Mud Batik, the moment you haul to the northward, you deepen your water ; for on the whole of this bank it deepens gradually from 2 to 3^ fathoms, and then you are oo the outward edge of it. The next mark you have (for you must be very attentive in keeping a good look out) is a break in the land, which has been cleared for a plan tation, with tivo houses ; the trees on each side havii^ been burnt, ap- pear very brown, aud in making it in 3 fathoms water, 4 leagues o|r,you are from 3 to 4 leagues to the eastward of Bram's Point, which forms the eastern entrance of the Surinam River, if it be evening, or ebb tide, you had beiter haul to the northward, and must "Inchor when you have 4 fathoms water, as the current would, during the night, drift you (should you lay to) as far to the westward as the Saramaca, and many ships have been three to four weeks beating back to Bram's Point, although the dis- tance is only 7 leagues. Nay, heavy sailers, after beating many weeks, have bore up for Berbice, finding it impossible to contend against wind and current. In approaching Bram's Point, which is easily known from any other poit on the coast, (as ii is the only point after the Maroni,) and is km m by the beacon and two flag-staffs. Observe, the eastern staff is for signals, and the western the colours are hoisted, and at a distance appear to be al- m(XM in the water. You will on the flood,when it bears S. S.E. haul in, keep- ing the point open on the larboard bow : steering thus, you will clear the shoal that runs out to the northward of it, and you are in the fair channel way, and may go within hail, whea there is good anchorage in 4 fathoms water, observing the best anchorage is within the point, h^f a mile ; (the course up the river from its entrance to Fort Amsterdam, is S. E. ;) on getting within the point, keep the eastern shore on board, as then, all the way up, until you reach Panqmariho, is the deepest water. About 9 miles within the point, you liPre only 2 fethoms at tow water, and from theiMse to within 2 Boiles of (m entrance of the Camawina, asay not be impropMly termed the lower bar ; it extends about 3 miles. In apfnreachiDg dose to Bram's PomsC, from the sea, you may naturally, if a sttwlirr, epprehend daager &Qm se?«fal wrcekt that li« on the point, *=«^i 10 Edit Blunfs American Coast Pilot. 417 but theflc arc old vossels that have been brought from Paramaribo, and fdaccd there us break waters, us at some seasons the sea breaks upon the point. In war time, and if nn aniied ship, V'^d niunt anctior at the point, us a pass is necessur)' from tl governor at raruinaribo. Having reached near to tlie entrance of tito Camnvvina, which branches from the Surinam, you must be very particiil "- in guarding against the flood, which sets strong into the Camawir.a, w)) i, withbui great precau- tion, would set you on a spit of sftnd which runs from Fort Amsterdam, almost across the Camawina. On the other hand, yov i/iust guard against some sunken wrecks, which lie a little below the Fort Amsterdam, on the W. shore, so as to keep between the two. Having passed the flag-staff, you will have 18 feet at low water, and from thence to the edge of the bar, the deepest water in the river. It is here ships com- plete their lading, who draw too much water to come over the bar. At Tyger's Hole there arc 6 fathoms water, which is just above governor Krederica's Plantation, called Voorburg ; you will then have a leading wind up, and by keeping three quarters over to the eastern shore, you will have the deepest water, 1 1 feet at low water, and 18 at high water ; you will anchor abreast of Paramaribo, 4 futhomtj, observing the deepest water is close to the town. 1 shall conclude by these general descriptions : that you will be near, and to windward cf the Maroni, with coarse ground ; that hauling to the northward, ground will gradually become finer, and the water deeper ; and to leeward of the shoals, a sandy coast and ooze ; that if is necessa- ry to keep on the edge of the bank in from 2J- to 3 fathoms, and in the rainy season, rather anchor too soon : or if you are the least doubtful, or should you sail a few leagues to leeward even in a fast sailing vessel, you would have much difficulty and length of time in turning back : and that in observing these precautions you cannot fail to make the land pro- perly. It is high water at full and change, at Bram's Point, ut six o'clock : ih^ dood sets to the westward ; ebb to the eastward. sm River Amazon. You get soundings, coming in from sea, 30 or 40 leagues from laod, from 30 to 60 fathoms water ; if you arc opposite the mouth of the river or to the westward of it, you will have mud and the water much disco- loured, particularly in the months of July, August, and September. If you have fine sand, or sand and shells, or coarse sand, you may depend you are to the eastward of the mouth of the river, and the water, though much discoloured, has a different appearance. If you find your soundings mud, haul up to the eastward as much as you can. Opposite the Bay of Sali- nas, where you take a pilot, the soundings are coarse sand an^ shells. In running along the coast, when to the eastward of the entrance of the ri- ver, at 3 or 4 leagues distance, you have various soundings; from the Baxo de St. Joao (which is about 50 leagues south eastward of Sali* nas) to the Baxo de Gurnpi, you will have from 20 to 6 fathoms, but in general 7, 8, and 9 fathoms ; from the Baxo de Garopi, to Sa-» Unas, 10, II, and 12 fathoms; all these sounding sand of di^erent kinds, sometimes fine white and yellow, sometimes the same kind i3 _.r-*«prt^ 418 Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit of sand, with small black specks, sometimes coarse snnd like bran. The course from the Baxo de St. Joao to the Baxo de Gurnpi, it about N. W. by W. ; if you run in the night, come no nearer than 8 fa- thoms. From the Baxo de Gurnpi to Salinas, the course is W. N. W. to carry you clear. The Bay of Sahnas, where you take a pilot for Para, li«s in Int. 00^ 36' S. You must not anchor in less than 6 fathoms at low water ; bring the village of Salinas to bear S. E. by S. 3 leagues dis- tant ; high water full and change about 8 o'clock \iO minutes. The vil- lage of Salinas is situated on the west side of the East point, which fornix the bay, and in coming along shore from the eastward, you do not get sight of it till it bears about S. by E. ; there is no other village in any of the bays in the neighbourhood ; it is good holding ground, but a heavy swell from sea- ward. In the middle of the village is a building which appears like a church, on which, if they hoist the colours in the day, or make two fires at night, you may be certain the pilot is there ; when they make but one Brc, there is a pilot, but he has no boat to bring him off; when they make no fire and hoist no colours, there is no pilot there ; both of them (for there are but two) are absent at Para. The tide rises at the Springs about 3^ or 4 fathom?. lii* \*:. General Observations on the Winds, Tides, and Currents, and on the Different Passages, over the Atlantic Ocean. WINDS IN OKNERAL. — As the earth, by its diurnal rotation on its a\)s, pre- sents, in succession, every part of its circurnferRnce to the sun, the heut of tliat luminary, by rarefying the air, is found to be the chief cauae of winds. For, as the air is a fluid, subjected to the same laws of ^rav'.iation as other fluids, it has a constant tendency to preserve an equilibrium m every part : so that if, by any mf^ans, it be rendered lighter in any one place than another, the weii^htier air will rush in from every side, until as much be accuniulated as makes it of an equal weight with the rest of the atmosph« re. These currents of air are called Winds, The Winds are divided into Perennial, Periodical, and Variable, They are also divided into General and Particular. Perennial, or Constant, Winds are those v/hich always blow the same way ; such is that easterly wind, between the tropics commonly called the Trade-Wind. Periodical Winds are those which constantly return at certain times : such are land and sea-breezes, blowing alternately from land to sea and from sea to land- Variable, or Er- ratic Wir.ds, are such as jj^ow now this way, now that, and are now up, now hushed, without regularity either as to time or place : such are the winds preva- lent in England, be Winds are generally found to vary according to the situation of land. For the temperature of the land, according to the de(;ree to which it is heated bv the sun, always affects the disposition and strength of the wind. ThuR, it is found, that, the heated land of Africa, by rarefying the atmosphe;-e, produces ii breeze from the sea ; and from this circumstance it arises, that lands, which would otherwise be parched up or burnt, are rendered habitable. It is observ- ed, generally, that the continental coasts, between the tropics, are almost al- ways blown upon oilifuely, from seaward, by winds whose course is affected by the winds which prei^iil in the extensive seas that surround them. PERENNIAL or TRADE-WIND — But, over extensive tracts of ocean. rmaitfroni land, and in the lower latitudes, or toward the equator, Perennial or ^Trade-Wiodi are found to prevail, which follow the course of the sun : ihu9, on t)ie Atlantic Ocean, at about 100 leagues from the African shore, betw oeo the latitudes of 10 and 26 degrt-^ , a constant breeze prevails from the north-east- ward. Upon approaching the American side, this N. E. wind becomes mnrr 10 Edit. Blunt^s American (>oa8t Pilot. 419 easterly, or seldom bloni more than one point of the compass from the East, -either to the northward or southward. TniH appears to be caused by tht; heat- ed lands to the westward rarefying thp air, and cautiing nn iiidrau|i^ht that way, as a contrary wind is induced on the AlVican (.'oast. The Perennial or Trade- Wind, on the American bide of the Atlantic, extends, at times, to 30 degrees of latitude, wliich is about 4 degrees further to the north- ward than on the African side. Liliewise on the south of the equator, the Pe- rennial Wind, which is here from the Houth-eaut, extends 3 or 4 degrees farther towards the Coast of Brazil than on the opposite side of the ocean. The general cause of this wind is the motion of theeaith, in iln diurnal rota- tion, which thus presents, in succession, every part of its circumference to the aun ; and the atmosphere becoming successively heated, a constant stream is thus produced. This is sufficient to show, that, in the regions near the e(|uinoc- tial line, a constant rarefaction is produced by the sun, and a current ^f air con- seuuently follows that luminary in his progress from East to West. Heat increases evaporation, and renders the atmosphere capiible of support- ing a greater quantity of moisture than it would do in a cooler state : this is a powerful agent in the causes which produce a diverHity of winds and weather, especially to the northward and southward of the tropics ; for, b^ this addition of moisture, the air is more fully expanded, and becomes specifically lighter, than it would be in the same degree of heat in a drier state. Were the atmosphere of one continued warmth, and its motion uniform, there would be no rain ; for it would not imbibe mure moisture in exhalation than it could support ; therefore, in a perennial wind, notwithstanding the great evapo- ration, there is seldom any rain ; but, from accidental causes, these winds are alternately stronger and weaker, with frequent clouds, and sometimes light showers. These circumstances are assumed as prevailing at a considerable distance from the land, and from the limits of tiie perennial wind ; for, every where near the land, when the sun has great influence, it occasions land and sea-breezes near the shores; and, in particular situations, heavy gusts and squalls of wind. The Trade-Winoci are more steady and uniform in the Pacific Ocean, from its greater extent, and also in the Ethiopic, than in the Atlantic Ocean, where Cape Verde and the broad part of Africa extend so much to the westward, and the northern part of Brazil, in America, to the East. Small islands, Ivingat a great distance from the main land, operate very little upon the Trade-Wind. If elevated, these islands are more subject to rain than if^low ; this may be occasioned, principally, by the ascent given to the wind, or atmosphere, in rising over the tops of the hills; when, being cooled, it condenses into small drizzly rain. This is an effect peculiar to all mountains, even in the middle of continents, when the atmosphere is sufficiently char$;ed with moisture. For the sun*s rays, by heating the atmosphere, according to its density, renders it much warmer at the botton(\ than at tlie top of hills. Upon a mountain, sloping from the sea towards the top, and about 700 yards in height, a pleasant breeze has been observed inshore, and fine clear weather; the air in ascending, (being condensed by cold,) at about half-way up, had the appearanci> < I' fog, or thin light flying clouds; but at the top was a inisling rain ; and thi» i^iay fre- quently be seen in any mountainous country. The clouds, in the higher regions of the air, are frequently seen to move in a direction contrary to the wind below. The reason of this variation is, that the cool dense air below forces the warm and rarefied air upwards, in a continual stream, where it spreads so as to preserve the equilibrium ; and hence the uppiT course, or current, appears in a contrary direction. Thus circulating, the N. E. Trade-wind has frequently a S. W. wind above it ; and a B. E. wind often pre- vails beneath one whos-e direction is N. W. It is consequently found, that, just witnuut the limits of the Trade-wind, the wind generally blows from the oppo- site qnnrter. The counter-current of air, above, is often seen in a fresh Trade- wind ; for the great power of the sun between the tropics so rarefies the atmos- phere under his meridian, that it has not so much influence in the upper region, where the atmosphere is light : hence the motion of the upper part takes its direction contrary to the Trade-wind. , ms^^^^ 420 Blunts American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit The »pnce from latitude 25** to 'JS'^ or SO?, between the VariHblo and Trade- tJ A 422 Blunt* 8 American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. *< We croised thu line on the 3!>th September, 1785, in IS^ West longitude (ib" 40* W. or GrKenwich.) I could have wished, as my inatructinni tverr, to have paHi«»-d it more to the wi'Slward; but, fortunatoly, tli« wind drove ua nkwavs to tlieeaitWHrd, otherwise it would have been imposMible to have mndf, Trinidad'*', the wind being B. E. at the line, and continuing so until we reached latitude '20" 26 S. " The dread, which some navigators entertain, of being, at this season, be- calmed under the line, in founded on error. We were not a day without wind, and once only had rain ; when, indeed, it was so abundant as to All twenty-five casks. " The fear of being driven too much to thu eastward into the Uulf of Guinea is tiijuallv chimerical. The S.E. wind in noon met with, and even drives ships too rapidly to tho westward ; so that, had I been better acquainted with this na- vigation, I should have steered away more large with the 8. W. wind, which constantly prevailed to the north of the line ; and I should then have croa^d it in the longitude of 10 decrees (7° 40' W. uf Greenwich.) This would have permitted nie tt) run, with a free wind, on the uarallul of Trinidad. A few days after our departtire from Tenerifle, we left the serene skies of the temperate zones ; instead of which, a dull whiteneHS, between fog and cloud, always pre- vailed. The horizon was contracted : but, after sun-sut, the vapour was dissi- pated, and the i:ii;hts were constantly fine.*^ PERIODICAL WINDS, i£c.— Among the Canarv Islands, northerly or N.E. winds mostly prevail; yet, being in the vicinity of the continent, westerly and southerly have been found to prevail there, sometimes for eight days succeKsively. During the months nf Ni'«einber, December, January, February and Mnrch, the winds from the East anu N.E. are prevalent, in the country, between Cape Blanco and the entrance of the River Gambia. In this time, the nights are cool ; hut scarcely has the sun risen above the horizon, when the air becomes dry and parching. Nevertheless, these Ave months arc the winter iii t, September, and October, the country situated between Cape Verga and Cspe Mount is much exposed to hurricanes, or tornadoes. These, however, do not occur in any part of the coast northivard of Cape Verga. From the 20th degree of north latitude to the environs of the line, the months of July, August, September, and October, are those of the rainy season, when the atmosphere emits its waters to the earth ; the only difference is, twenty days sooner or later in the arrival of these torrents. During the other eight months in the year there does not fall a single drop of water. WINDS on the ATLANTIC ISLES— The winds upon and near the differ- ent islands in the Atlantic Ocean, are very variable and uncertain, especiully where the land is high and irregular. In general, regular sea and land-breezes altern:;toundary of the calms may be seen ; for, wiuin them, the water is smooth ; without them is the regular undulation of the sea, caused by the general wind ; « nd, at the edge of them, the winds, by * The little Isle of I'rinidad, lyin^ in 20° 31|' S. and i9'> 10' W. '^^ 10 Edit. Blunt*e American Coast Pilot. 423 Mttinf in oppuiU^ direcUonn, producM a breaking cf the wrvm, with a foam, like the billowit un \ rocky Hhoai, junt beneath the surface of the ocean. From a cnnsid'-.ation of th» particulars now described, the cause of thon co- pious dews which fnll in the night, un the islands, kc. situated within the tropics, will b« apparent. For, as the grt>at power of the win by day causes an extra- ordinary evaporation ri thi; ocean, so, in th« night, the exhalation ceasing to re- tain the same drgrvu of levity acquired from the heat of the sun, becomes, bv th« absence uf the pownr which produced it, so dense and heavy, as again to fall bacl( to the earth. The uir, at the sttm" time, cooling, by the same cause, ia also affect»>d by th** descending moisture, and thus acquires an additional tendency to increase the land-hrei^ze. At JAIVIAICA, the air is, In most places, hot and unfavourable to European constitutions : hut the cool sfa-breezes, which set in every morning, render the air more tolerable ; and that upon the high pounds is temperate, pure and cool- i!ig. It lightt'ns almost every night, but without much thunder • nevertheless, when the Tatter happens, it is very terrible, and roars tremendously. On the southern side of the island the sea-breeze from the south-eastward comes on in the morning, and gradually increases until noon, when it is stronf^est : at two or three in the afternoon ih force diminishes ; and, in general, it entirely ceases by Ave o'clock. About eight in the evening the land-breeze begins : this brrezt^ ext«.>nds to the distance of 4 leagues to the southward from the island. It increases until midnight, and ceases at about four in the morning. The sea and land breezes are more recnlar than otherwise from the latter part of January until May. In the middle of May , the sea-breeze eenerally prevail!^ for several days and nights, especiallv about the time of full and change of the moon ; and thus they continue througnout June and part of July ; from that time the sea-breeze diminishes, varies, and veers round to S. by W. o ' S. S. W., with freouent calms. August, September, and October, are the hurricane months, in which there gen'-^plly are strong gales of wind, with much rain. In December, January, and F'ibruary, when the north winds predominate, their force checks the sea-breeze. The southern coast is that which, of course, is least expositd to these winds, being sheltered, in a great measure, by the mountains. When combined with the land-breeze, they render the air very cold and unhealthy. During the months of July and August, the sea-breeze about the island gene- rally blows impetuously, and in frequent squalls. At this season, vessels bound hence to Europe woula have the most advantageous passage through the Strait and iitream of Florida ; but, in October, northerly winds frequently extend over all the Bahamas, Cuba, and for some time, on the north side of Jamaica : but the current of air is forced upwards by the mountains of the latter, and its strength is spent in the heights. In seasons when it is more impetuous, it rushes through the windings and defiles of the mountains upon the southern coast, particularly in the neighbourhood of Kingston, and has been known to continue for some days. During the winier, the land-breeze is more general off the shores than in sum- mer ; it sometimes continues throughout tht day as well as night, and westerly winds prevail over all the space between Jamaica and Cuba, and even to the Island of St. Domingo. They have been experienced from Port Royal, through the Windward Channel ; but this is not generally the case. In November, southerly winds prevail on the south side of ibe island, and have been known to extend from the Mosquito shore, whence vessels hate ar- rived in five or six days, that might, at other times, have been as ronnv weeks, when beating against the sea-breeze. The southerly winds are generally faiot; nor do they come upon the land, until it be heitted by the sun, and are ohen ex- pelled by a fresh land-breeze soon after mid-day, which abates in a fbw hours. The return of the sea-breeze, falling sooner or later in autumn, k gradual ; first approaching the east end, then advancing a little ; and, in someyears, it reaches Morant Point fourteen or twenty days before it is felt above iungston. It also blows for a week or two later on the east end of the island than at King- ston ; and has been known, in some years, to prevail there in the day-time dur- ing the whole time it was onfelt at the former place. ^ 424 Bluiit*B Amrrican Connt Pilot. 10 Edit. I WINDS THnnuoiiourTMC WKST-INDIKS.— Tlio rollowinc d«d, llii)ii};h siihji-ct ti>soinu lOudiAca tions in direction and furce. Al a sliurt distuncn from thu land, the sua-lirnezit calms nt night, and is roplaced liy the laiid->>r«fx«! : tliiu vurintiun happens i>very day, uidcM a strung wind ornvails from thu n(*rthward or southward ; the tlrat ol' theae being experienced trum Octuhor to May, and t'te ■vcuiid in July, August, and September. " The general easterly wind, of the tropical rcK'ions, it frit on the coast of Guyana and on thucoastn of the Cdribbtiun and IVIfxican Seas, luit with varia- tiona which may be dnnominatud diurnal and annual. The diurnal period is that which the ata-breezr causes, and wliicli Hiril, when it come* to E. N. E., and thcfl It •• iincitnimorily n^rong us to render it necfcsaary for vessels to lie to. Thaaa oIm, which are well known to mariners, extend Trom about roid*channet to Withtll two or three Ifcagues of thtt coast, where they become weak, eapncialLy at nIaM. On this coast, about th<> Uulf of Nicaragua, are wmterly winds, which the piTota of that country cull yendntiUes, (ruiny winds,) in the months from July to December ; but these windu never pass the parallel of 13* N., nor do thoy olOW constMntiy, but alternate with the aen-breeice. ** TFpon the Mosquito Shore, llnndiiras, and Eastern Coast of Yucatan, tht ft* neral winds or breezes prevail in Fobruary, March, April, and Mmv ; but, during the first two of those months, they ^ire occanionally Interrupted l>y norlAf . In June, July, and Au|!;ust, the winds her irn from the eastward and weatward of South, with tornudnes and calms. In September, Gctoher, November, Do- comber, and January, they are from the nottliward or southward of west, with frequent gales from Vv. S. W., W. N. W., and North. " On the Northern and Western Coasts of Yucatan, bi'lwenn Cnpe Catocho •nd Point PiudruH or Drsconocida, and thence to Campeche, there is no other Chan the N.K. orgoucrul wind, inUtiruptfd ity h:ird norths in the sanKon of them; and. about the end of A|>ril, tornadoes coinnmncn from N. £. to S. R. Thoio tornadoes generally form in the afternoon, continue about an hour ; and, by nightfall, the serenity of titn atmosphere is ru-establishc4l> The season of the tornadoes continutc until September, and in all the limn there nre sea-breesoN upon the coast, which blow from N. N. W. to N< E> It has been remarked thar, as the sea-breeze is the more fresh, the more florrc is the tornado, espe- cially fiom June to Scptembur. The sea-brcfcses come on at about eleven of the dayi and at night the wind gets round to East, E. iiJ. E., ur S. E., lo that it m^y be, in some degree, considered as a land-breeze. " On the Coast of the Mexican Sea, from Vera Cruz to Tdmpico, the breeM from E. 9. E. and East prMvuils in April, Mav, June, and July; and, at night, the land-breeze comes ofifrom South to S- W. : but, if tlie land-breete is from the N. W. with rain, the wind, on the uay following, will be from North, N. N. E., or N. E., particulorly in August and September: these winds are denoroi« nated, in the country, ' Henlos dt Cubtza o Vendavales* (head-wtnds or rainy winds) ; they nru not strong, nor do they raise the sea ; with them, thMtfore, a vessel may take an anchorage as well as with the general breeze, bat tlkoy im* pede getting out, for %%-hich the land-breeze is required. The Ftentoc d* Cibutt, or head-winds, reach to about 20 or 30 leagues from the coast, at which dis- tance are found those at East and E. S. E. *' From tlie middle of September until the months of March, caution it noces* sary in making Vera Cruz, for the norths ore then very heavy. The narrow- ness of this harbour, the obstruction formed by the shoals at its entranee, and the slender shelter it affords from the norths, render an attempt to make H, dur- ing one of them, extremely dangerous, for it will lie impossible to take tke an- chornge. The folbwing description of the winds here has been written by Don Bernardo de Orta, a captain in the Spanish navy, who has been captain of the Port, and who surveyed it. '^ Although in the Gulf of Mexico we cannot say that there is any other co»-« Gtant wind than the general bree'..<^ of this region, notwithst^.fMiing that, fWM».. September to March, the north winds interrupt the general course, and, lo lomo . degree, divide tiic year into two seasons, ted and dry, or of the Brttwn and' ^ortha : the Drst, in which the freezes are settled, n from March to Hq^embr; and the second, in which the norths blow, is from September to Hnvku Tor greater clearness we shall explain each separately. "The first of the norths is regularly felt in the month of SMtemhcPthutrin this month and the following one, October, the norths do hot Mow fmMbuch A^rce. Sometimes it happens that they do not appaar, but, ia tliftt^INt Ihe 64 iM Lliuul'tt Aineru'.uu CoumI Fiiot. 10 Edit. 10 Ei lire«s« i« ititiirni. (t>ft hy hitavy rMin* nml (ornnilui'*. Ii Nii««mb«r tha Nortlt* Mr* wUhlrthiMl, liluw With much •trancihi and conliiiiia • 'atiKtli of tkmt tlurinp; DtKamlNtr, Jaminry, nnil FvhniMry. In thona inonttiR, Mfl>-r thvy hrg\n, th«y in craaaa faat ; and in four hour*, nr a liUh morn, utlain li)»ir ktmoit •trmnth, willi which thny continue bluwini; I'ur forty ai^ht liuurn ) hut tti'lriwiirtla, though tilt} do not cvNHfl lor tomn days, thi*l itrf inodfrala. In thi'iut ini nth* th«s kNorlliiarr uhicurti and north -Wflttariy, ami thny cuina on tu iVaqiian*!/, that ihttrn ii,lnga- ncral, not mora than four or »ix day* botwefln thain. i" Marnh and April thrv arr neilhar to frequent, nor hut to lone, and nrr cl» /«t they are mora A«rc«- fur the Aral twenty-funr houni, itntl havti lf*H nu. ..« ..Uing. In the interval br- for* Novamher, in which, »* we hiivn taid, the Ai'ortht are ni^tuhliahrd, the wtm thar ia bMutiful, and thu («• i^rtd breuau blowa with grea'. regularity by day ; thr land-braeM m rt>||ul«rl^ hy night. " There nre various *■{>»<* l*y ^vhicli the coming on of a JMtrih mny be furet«>en ' ■uch are. the ^ind atendv nt Houth ; thu inoi»ture of the walla, and of the pave montiof the houaea«na atrrcta; teeing vienrly the IVak of Orhiahn and llw.' M'uinUiina of Perotn and Villu-Kica, with the cloud on thoiin of Hi. Martin liuving folda like a white ahevt; tlio increase of lient and of duw{ nnd n thii'U fnj;, or low acud, nyins with vnlocity to tlie aoutinvurd : hut the moat certain oi »!i ia the barometer; tor thia inHirument, in the lime of thu Northa at Vera- C'rus, does mtt vary more, between it* hiKho»t und luwcHt range, than 8-10 1 that i) to aay, it dona nut rise higher than dO inches tMO, nor full lower than tlO inch- es 8-10. The dcHcent of thu mercury nredicH tlio Norths ; hut they do nut be- gin to blow the moment it ainks, whicit it always dues n short time before thu nurtb comes on : at thone times lightnings iippoar on tiie liorixon, especially iVom N. W. to N. K. ; the sen sparkles : cnbwuha nre seen on tira riggings if by day : with such warnings trust not to the weather, for u North whI infallibly come on. **Thia wind generally moderates at the setting of Iho sun ; that is, it does not retain the same strength which it had from umu in the murning to three in thu afternoon, unless it commence in thu uvunini;; or at night, for then it may increase otherwise. Sometimes it hH|)pcns that, after dark, or a little Iwforu midnight, it ia found to be the land-wind, from thu northward and westward ; in which cane, should it get rtiund to the southward of west, thu north will bo at an end, and the gene ruT breeze will, to n certainty, comuon at its regular hour: hut, if that does not happen at the rising of the sun, or afterwards, and at the turn of the tide, it will return to blow from the north, with the same violence as on the dav before, and then it is callttd a Morte de Marea, or Tide-JSTarth. "The Norths also sometimes conclude by taking to the northward and east- ward, which is more certain; for, if the wind in the evpning gets to N. E. al- though the sky remain covered the day follovving, but by night the land-breezn hat been from the northward and westward, the regular breeze will aurely ensue in the evening, good weather succeeding and continuing fur four or six dav» : the latter perioaheing the Inngent tlint it will last tO| in the season of the norths : bat, if the wind retrograde from N. E. to N. N. £. or North, the weather will be still unsettled. '* Examples are not wanting of norths happening in May, June, July, and Au- Eutt, at which times they are most furiouH, and are called Abrfet del JUtttto Co- nraao ; the more moderate arc called ChoeolaleroSt but these are rather uncom- mon. • " The Wet Season, or Season of the Dreezes, ia from March to September : the Breezes, at the end of March and tlirough the whole month of April, as al- ready explained, are, from time to time, interrupted by Norths, and are from E 8. B. very fresh ; the Rky sometimes clear, at other times obscure. At timen these touch from S. E., and continue all night, without giving place to the land- breeze, which prevails, in general, every night, excepting when the north wind is on. T.ie land-breeze ia freshest when the rains have begun. ** After the sun passes the zenith of Vera Cruz, and until he n .urns to it, that is, from the 16th of May to the tTth of July, the breezes are of the lightest description ; almost calnis, with much mist or haze, and slight tornadoes. Af- ter that time the pleasant breezes from N.W. ta.Jf.E. sometimes reroahi iijicdv * ''^ Pv 10 Eilit. RlimtV American Coast Pilot. 127 •* From th« 97ih of July to thn mkldl* of OctobM*. whrni Ihr Norths bMooui •■Uliliaiifld, tlin turnmiuM* ar* rtarcr, with huMvy rnin*. (humlur, and lighlninf t thoM wluch tit itiK tliD lu!avi«»l wind* ar« from Ui« «Mt, but Itiuy iira alio tbrnm uf IIm ahurtctt Utit.itiiiii. " In thu kovaoti >!' till' llr««txni. thii tnUl yariatluii uf th«i harnmatar la 4*10 1 lk<^ Kriiatrtt luniit of tli» ini. Till* llicrinninrtar in July riarii ti> nf, and do«>« not fall tn KJi*: in I>crf>ml>ur it ri«e« tit HO^". Hot navcr falla ImIoiv Afl4\ Thia, it miMt Im undnmlood, wil tucMrtaini>d in tha ahadi*, th* inatrumant iMdng plaefid in onv of tbn roolnat and h«*«t wnlilatrd halla in th«) oavtltt. ** III thn moiitlia of AoKiint mid S«pt«ml>rr, rarisly a vcar paKKA* witliout iiurii i'ani>« nvnr FluriJii and tlio nortlinrii Anlillna ; hut to Vara Crur., or iiny port ot iha CQMiit thenca to C'arnp«ch«, thoy navar arrivo ; all that ia fait baing th« hea- vy tAa, which haa ariicn in thit hiKhfr iMlltiidnt. Hurricanaa ha|;iii to th« north- ward and aaattvard ; nnd, nltho«i((h thay do not nlwaya f|o round thn aamt way, y«t, in Kcnaral, th«T next gu to the aouthirard and aaatward, with thick af|*ially wanthur and rain." From Tampieo to thti Day of San Bernardo, breesea, from the aouthward and nastward, are ateady and pitaaant from April to Auguat ; but, iu the romnining montba this cuaat ia much oxpoand to galea from KhhI mid K. S. T,., which blo«r without int«!rmi«aion, fur two or three dnvn, before a North come« on. In about latitude tei", there are land-hreczea in the nummer, which blow from midnight until nine in tt)e forenoon. [See pagn im. \ From Maranham io Para. You mint pnsi to tho northward of the Croix grande, which lies in )a(i-> tude 2° 10' 8. and give it n birth of 2 or 3 leagues. The bank of Manuel Louize, which has not been long discovered and is very dangerous es iu the latitude 1^ 16' 8. it is never dry nor does the sen break much u ;on it, except at low water ; you pass to the northward of it about 5 leagues ; it is about 15 leagues from the land. From the bank of Manuel Louize to the bank of St. Jono you have 10 to 12 fathoms, passing 6 leagues to the northward of Mnnuel Louize and keep in 17 fathoms water, you have qo* thing to fear as far as Salinas, for which directions have been given. Be* tween Salinas Bay and Point Tigiocn (which is the East Point of the Kiver Amaison,) and lies in 00" 28' S. there are several bays. In the bay of Mnra Cann, you may anchor in 7 or B fathoms, but must not come near the island, as it is very dangerous. At Point Matras de Muraponi you must not cpme nearer than 3 leagues, nor anchor the point bearing sooth, na it is foul ground. At the point of Piracacn^b nna there in a largo Mmdy bay, wl>efe you may anchor in 9 fathoms, soilt v/hite sand. In the t>ajr of Cnjatuba, you may anchor in 12 fathoms ; you must not come nearer in ; voq will then be about 3 leagues from the land. The point of Curiua is round and some red spots ; yoq may anchor on the eaflt side of tl^e point, in IT or 18 fathoms, uhite sand, -^t about 3 leagues from the land.. From Point Tigioca there are two banks, bearing north from tha point ; the outer bank, which is called the Bnxo de Foru is 6 or 7 leagues from the land, the inner one called the Baxo de Dentro, extends nearly from the point to within 3 or 4 miles of the outer bank \ there is a good chan- nel betiveen them with from 10 tq )3 fathoms water. There is likewise a channel between the Baxo de Dentro and Point Tigioca, but it is very intricate, and b;* no meann attempt to pass it, being only freqaeoteil by small craft. As soon as yon are through the channel between the b.inkff . r>. VM yiuiit'ii Americiiii Von^tt Pilot. 10 EdU. you will hava 7, II, ami tf (•thooM, »tc«p4 you |«t to tb« WMtwiirJ on th« bank of 8|. Joau, which U lowanhi tho w«*l«rn •horo, whvro you hav« 3 IhthoiiMi •! low WNter, npnng titUt : on thu bank Ihc wn do«n not br«ak, It M tod mail, and (ooU Mirhorinc on it. Tho wHtrr it tmoolh. which is not tho CM« in tho chunuol of (ho rivtr whoro there U ■ greMrr ilroth of wator. Tho Bmio <)o Fore and tho ^uo do Dantro iro htird aand, and whon thoro ia a froah breoso tho aoanKonka vorv much on (hem ; whan tlM watof ia aaiootb thoy aro vory daagaroMa, and ar« ataop too. I hnv« paaa a d within I of a mile to tho woatward of thorn in ftiltioma at low wa* tor : tprinf titloa them aro not more than V or II tent water on them.— Whan you aro at the ea«t entrance of tiio channel between the Baio da Fora and tbo Baxo de Dontro, yuu havo all the point* open to the eaat* ward, and when through, Point Tigioca heart N. E. by E. and the iaianda of St. Caetono, S. } you may then ateer 8. W. by S. and 8. S. W. which ia a good coune till you aro a conaiderable distance, i) or 10 Ukikucs up tha rivtr, and will carry you clear of all the boiika, which Ke off the ialanda St. Caetano, and a bunk of hard aand, which lies off the Point Vigia at •t about 1| o< 8 milei from tho abore. The longitude of this coaat baa generally been laid down too far to tha westward. You ahould endeavour to make the land to Ihc enatwiird of Point Tigioca, which lies about 47** \S' W. of Greenwich. If you make Cape North, it will tiike you a conaiderable time to beat up, iind, unle«s Jrou hnv* a very goo«l vaaael, you cannot do it nt all. Cape North lie* in ong. bOf* 10' W. Suppofo you make the land to the eaatwnrd of Point Tittoca, and are reaolved to run uptke river without a pilot, the beat way ia n you are pretty near the land to steer N. W. to get nn offing to go the northward and westward nf all the banks; then atecf W. N. W. or W. keeping tne land in sight from the mnal head. From the Bay of Salinas to Point Tigioca the distance is about 10 leagues. Keep tbia course, and if you see nothing of the breakers on the banks at the en- trance of the river, haul up W. oiid W. S. W. till you make the Island of Qfaraia, wliich is on the west hide of tb« river ; when yop make this bland, bear up 8. and S. S. £. and haul up for the east side of the river, which you will ofiake in about two hours ; then steer between S. and S. W. bv S. observing not to come too near the eastern shore till you are certam oC being above the Point Vigia, as there are several sand banks off tht islands of St. Caetnno. Point Vigiii is about eight leagues from Point Tigiaca. The course up the river to Para, after passing the islands St. Caetano, and have got the eastern shore pretty close, Tsay 2 or 3 miles) is f . W. by S. and S. S. W. You leave all the small islands on your lar- board side, till you get up near Mosqueira, which is about IC leagues up the rivar, and above Bahia do Sol, when you leave the other islands to starboard. If vou come up the river in the night, be coreful not to steer to the eastward of south, or vou may get into the Bahiado Sol, which is very dangerous, being full of rocks nnd shoals. At Pura it is high water at 12 o'clock foil and change, the tide rises from 3 to 4 fathoms. There is a fort about three leagues below the city, on a small island, where you are obliged to anchor and send your boat ashore, and wuit till you get per- miuion to go up to Para. 10 Edit. Blunt V American Coast Pilot. riO Oiher DlrecUons for Rivrr Para. Votaelt hound from Maranhntn to the rivrrn Pnrn niul Amnxnn, vhottM iivmI th(>nM«Uc« of th« morning't tiite, nitctinnnK at Arinji, nnt ia covered with a ahort heath or bruahwood, which having Iiuaaed, you approach Curaapocira Hay, tilled with break^ra. From lenco N. W. liea Ht. Joau'a Inland ; the land ii level and low, and off the N. E. point of the iaiand ia good anchorage in 6 and 7 fathoms, and water may bu had of good quality. On ita weat aide ia a nver called Tnrivana, or b •ter at four o'clock, fuU and change. 10 Edit. Blunf s American Coast Pilot. 431 Coast of Brazil. St. Paul's island, called aUo Panedo nnd St. Pctcr'a, Ncs in hit 0° 55' N. and long. 29^ 13' W. It is composed of an imsemblagc of sleep rocks without verdure, covcrpd with bird'e dung, and with no place fit for an- rhoring, or convenient fur landing. Thid small island has been seen by (ndiamen both outward and homeward bound; although it is considerably to the westward of the common course of the latter; and no ship bound to the southward should cross the equator so far west. Fernand de J^Toronha has nol infrequently been visited or seen by ships bound to India, occasioned by the currents having set them to the west- v.ard, after the failure of the north-cast trade wind. It is a remarkable island, and is readily known by a high rocky peak called the pyramid, very " barren and rugged, which seems to lean to the eastward, when it bears S.S.W., and by its S.W. point, which is perforated and gives a free pas- «iige to the sea, and therefore by some called the hole in the wall. Off ihis point, at a considerable distance, lies a sunken rock which is danger- ous to approach. From the S.E. part of the island, named Tobaccp- point, a reef extends to seaward a considerable distance ; and a rocky patch on which the sea always breaks, lies 2i or 3 miles S.E. by S. from this point, and nearly 3i miles S. J W. from the east point. There is a channel of 10 to 15 fathoms water within this patch, and when on it, the pyramid will be shut in by the highest hill. This island is about 7 miles in length, and 2 or 2^ miles broad : it pro- duces black cattle, sheep, poultry, melons, corn, &c. It is inhabited by Portugnese exiles, and has a strong garrison ; and all the little sandy bay.s and anchoring places are defended by forts. The road is on the north side near the N.E. end of the island, and the anchorage is tolerably good in 9 to 13 fathoms water, at about half a mile from shore, with the pyramid bearing from S.S.W. to SiW. It is quite exposed to northerly and wester- ly winds, which are said to prevail here from December to April, at other times they are mostly south-east, or easterly, and sometimes at N.E. The surf is frequently high, and at such times there is no landing.) Fresh Xvater may be procured from a well near the governor's house, biit it is a scarce article in the dry season, and cannot always be got off from tho shore on account of the surf On the south side of the island, to the east- ward of Tobacco-point, is a i>mall bay called the Port, lit for boats only, where it is said fresh water may be procured from a rivulet. The currents generally run strong to the westward, therefore the ne cessity of approaching the road by Rat or Wooding island is obvious. Rn:t island is about I h mile in length, and lies about 1} mile from the- N.E. end of Fernand de Noronha : it produces grass and rewood, with some wild goats ; but the wood will sink if thrown into the >vater, and there is great risk instating the boat while getting it off from the rocks. The pyramid is in latitude 3® 55' 15" south, and longitude 32** 35' 30' west : the tide rises about 6 feet, and flows on full and change days of the moon, until 4 o'clock. Between St. Paul's and Fernand de Noronha the current sets W.S.W about 20 miles in 24 hours. The RoccAS are low sandy keys with shrubs on them, and cannot be. , seen in the clearest weather, more than three leagues from the ma depth is only 9 feet at high water, but within there are 8 fathoms. On t^west side are some lOEdi I'ed cliff Corso, ai Six or tween ii called R Oncas, ar which mi minating points, and unde River, h leagues i the first schooner the coast : distance, surround* high tides rock ; the but the I in the st empties itj shore, is i pears gret About ' Macoripe St. Joze d let, whicl site the f( at low ws and unfit f( Ship$ bi then run a 10 or 12 fj the tide, p set strong At the d is the poin the river I dahu. Tl are small Melancias W. by W.: point of an ba& shall rivers Aric Four leagi point on th( an islrit lie! also. T'le coa coara Bay. It is full of 4 ^thorns. 10 Edit. Blunt i American Coast Pilot. 433 fed cliffs. The water is shallow to a considerable distance from Cape Corao,and also from Honey Point. Six or 7 leagues N. W. \ N. from Cape Corso is Agebarana Point ; be- tween it Itiobara Bay, to the eastward of which is a remarkable hill, called Red Mount. On the west side of Agebarana Point ia Porto dat Oncas, and about 5 leagues north-westward from it, is the river Juguaripe^ which may be known by a round bare hill of sand on its N. W. side, ter- minating in a rock below, and within land a mountain having 7 sugar-loaf points. To the northward of Agebarana Point are several recks abovk and under water. About 3 leagues north-westward from Jaguaripe River, begins some dark coloured land, which thence extends about 4 leagues farther, having several openings like bays. About a mile from the first of these openings, there are some white cliffs appearing like a^ schooner under full sail, standing eastward. Westward of this bold land, the const is more flat and level, and to the westward of this flat land a short distance, is the Bay oflguape which forms a small harbour. This bay ia surrounded by high perpendicular cliffs, against which the sea breaks on high tides. There is good shelter in 24 or 3 fathoms, within a high round rock ; there is an anchorage also on the N. W. side of it in 4 or 5 fethoms, but the latter is quite exposed^ Here water may be obtained from pits in the strand. Near this rock of Iguape, on'the estst, the River Xaro empties itself into the sea ; and to the westward of it, about 3 leagues from shore, is a bank of sand, with some small shells, on which the water ap* pears greenish ; the depth on it is 5, 6, and 7 fathoms. About W. N. W. ^ W. 6 or 7 leagues from Igunpe is the bluff point of Macoripe ; south-westward of which, is the fort or settlement of Seara, or St. Joze de Ribamar, in 3^ 32' south latitude, situated near a small stream- let, which in summer has very little water. Small vessels anchor oppo- site the fort, at about a musket-shot distance from a reef which appears at low water. Between this reef and the shore the ground is very bad, and unfit for anchorage. Ship$ bound to Maranham should make the land hereabout ; they may then run along shore within a few leagues of the const in sight ef land, in 10 or 12 fathoms water ; observing to make allowance for the operation ot the tide, particularly when passing the mouths of the rivers, as'tbe ebbs set strong to the north-eastward. At the distance of 1 4 '5 leagues N. W. by W. \ W. from Point Macoripe, is the point of Mount Melancias in 3° T S. latitude, having on its east side the river Frecheiras, and 2\ leagues to the westward of it the river Mon- dahu. There are other rivers between Seara and the point, but they are small and of no use ; the coast is also skirted with rofcks. Mount Melancias is very remarkable by being situated very near the point. N. W. by W.f W. 7 1 leagues from the point of Mount Melancias, is the east point of an island, which thence extends 5 miles in the same direction, and ha& shallow bunk on its north side. It lies near the shore, aiad the two rivers Aricati Assu and Aricati Merim, disembogue themselves at its ends. Four leagues from the west end of the island in the same direction is the point on the east-bide of the river Caracu, off which is a small spit of sand : an isl.it lies in the entrance of the river, off which is a small spit of sand also. The coast hence lies W . by N. 9^ leagues, to the cust point of Jericoa- coara Bay. This bay is covered with sea weed, and the shore is barren. It is full of shoals, having near the shore 2 fathom?, and a little farther out 4 iiithoms. It is in latitude 2* 44' south, and may be known by a high « as 434 Btunf 8 American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. mouotain h little inland, almost round, the ground breaking near it, and forming others of n little less height. Between the river Mondahu and Jericoacoara Bay, a flat of 4 fathoms extends from shore upwards of 4 leueues, having 5 or G fathoms on its ex> trcmity, with red coral bottom : without it are 6 or 9 fathoms. From Jericoacoara Bay the coast lies due west 22 leagues to the river Igarasn ; between are the rivers Camosim, or Cumussi, and Tnnionia, ivith several smaller ones. On the cast side of the entrance of the Iga- rasu, id the island Pedro do Sal ; and about U miles north-westward from the Ignrnsu is the Barra Velho, or Old Bar, of the river F.irahaiha, on which there are 4 fathoms at low water. The entrance is only 120 fa- thoms wide, but within it widens and forms a kind of a lake, with from G to 8 or futhomi. water. As you prqcect^. upward, the Parahaiba joins the Igarasu, for they are both branches of the same river. The bar lies between two heads of sand, which extend a considerable distance from shore, and are covered at high water ; the bottom of the bar is mud and red coral. The great bar lies farther westward, between an island which sepamtes the old one from it and the main. W. N. W. 12^ leagues from thu Old Bar of Parahaiba, is the entrance of the river Perguicas. The coast betireen these places is easily known by being n tract of exceed- ingly white sand hills, without any heath or shrub wh&tever, called Lan- coes Peguenos, or little white sand hilis ; and the sea-water oflF this part is of a very light blue colour. From the mouth of the Perguicas a ridge of snnd extends to the N. by W. nearly 7 leagues. It has 8 fathoms on its extremity, and at the distance of 4 leagues from shore only 4 fathoms, with a decreasing depth nearer to *he land. It is from 2 to 3 miles wide, and there are from 8 to lU and 17 fathoms on the east side of it ;^on the west side the water is not quite so deep. Vessels running along shore should haul ofif ^ or 5 leagues to the northward until they have passed it, and then in again towards the shore to any convenient depth. On the west side of the river Perguicas begins the Lancoes Grandes, or tract of large white sand hills, similar to those before described, but larger ; and the instant you arrive off them in sailing westward, the water changes from the light blue colour before-mentioned, to a green, so that the division of the colours takes place off the river Perguicas, and pro- bably at the ridge that spits off from it. This tract extends about 12 leagues westward, the coast lying W. by N., and about 2 leagues short of its west extremity there is one sand hill larger than all the others. The entrance of the river Perguicas is about a mile an^ a half wide, and has 4^ or 5 fathoms water ; but to enter it, it is necessary to keep close to the eastern point, to avoid the sand bank which lies at its mouth. When you are within, you may anchor in 4 or 6 fathoms. There is also a passage on the west side, between the point and the bank, of about a mile in width, and from 2 J to 3 fathoms in it. Adjoining these sheets of sand to the westward, there are above 5 leagues of coast covered with green mangues, which, at a distance, have the appearance of a dark kind of brush-Wood. Where these terminate is the river Marim, having three islands of green mangues at its mouth. Between these islands and the east point large ships may enter, the chan- nel being one mile wide, and a depth of 7 or 8 fathoms ; the other en- trances have only one fathom. Between 2 and 3 miles northward from these three islands is a shoal bank, on which the sea always breaks ; it has 4 fathoms near it. About 2 miles west from the entrance of the Marim, is alow level islasd of dry mangues, and to the westward of it, 10£(lit. BIunt*s American Coast Pilot. 435 distant about j ^f a mile, i* another island about 1| mile in length, called Fria, on both of which fresh water may be obtained from pits in the strand. A turt formerly stood on Pria. Nearly 4 miles W. N. W. from Pria, is the Isle of St. Anua, about 2 miles across each way, and sur- rounded by a shallow bank, a spit of which extends to N. E. by N. about 7 miles, having from 5 to 3 fathooM on it. S. W. i W. 5 leagues is Point de San Joze, the east extreme of M nraa- ham island. Between is the entrance to the Bay of St. Joseph, which it is not safe to enter without a pilot. From Point St. Joseph to the N. W. extremity of the island it is 8 leagues. The Coroa Urande, or Great Crown, is a large bank extending nearly 18 miles north from Point St. Joseph ; its eastern limit is 10 or II miles west from St. Anna, whence it extends about 1 8 miles to the westward, and terminates nearly north from Aracaji, a red cliff about 5 miles eastward of the N. W. point of Maran- ham. There are several navigable channels through this great bank, but they are little known. The channel which leads to the city lies between the Coroa Grande, and the coast of Tapitapera on the west, and is 7 or 8 miles wide, with from 7 to 10 and 12 fathoms on sandy bottom, and having in it a shoal called Baixa de Mcia, or Middle-bank. St. Luis of Maran- bam is in latitude Z'* 29' south, and longitude 43<> 40' west. Directions for sailing to St. Luis of Maranham. Having passed along the coast from the eastward, in the depth of 10 or 12 fathoms, as before directed, be careful to make the small islands of Mangues Secos, and Pria, and also the island of St. Anna ; then haul out N. W. if it be ebb tide, or a little more north if flood, to avoid the long spit of sand that stretches out from the latter island, until you get in the depth of 1 8 or 20 fathoms, and lose sight of St. Anna from the deck. Then steer west until you make the Hill of Itaculumt, keeping a good look-out on the larboard hand for the north head of the Cor'' a Grande, which always shews in detached breakers. This precaution is particularly necessary with flood tide and little wind ; and if tSe tide sets you near it, you must steer more northerly to counteract its effects. When you have made the hill of Itaculumi, and brought it to bear west,at the distance of four leagues, you will be to the westward of the Coroa Grande, you may steer south into the bay, taking care to avoid the Middle-bank. As you proceed, the Aracaji, or high red cliff', will appear in sight a-head of yoti, which you mav approach to the distance of 3 miles or less, in 9 or 10 fathoms water, and anchor with it bearing S. by E. or S. S. E. and send a boat for a pilot. It is high water on full and change days at three quarters past six o'clock. Springtides rise 19 or 20 feet. Near the coast of Maranham there is a rock of the most dangerous na- turc which can be met with at sea — being a bank of sharp rocks intermix- ed with sand almost conical in shape, about three miles in length from the £. I S. E. to W. I N. W. and about half a mile from North to South. The rocks are separated by intervals more or less lai^e, in which there is from 8 to 10 fathom water, while the summit of the conical rocks are /above the surface. Latitude by our observation is 62^ 27" South, and longitude 0^ V 30" east of the meridian effort San Antoni de Maranham, (longitude west of Paris 46o 36' 14") or about 26 leagues north of the fMDt of departure «f rfifltls fitm Manidiaini 3 l««gtt«i n»t of the miaU 4.36 Blunffl American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit hill cull«d Itaeulumi ; variation of the compois 0" bT' E. The ubr)v« difi'cn from Arrowmnith's Chnrt 6 leagues in latitude, and 7 in longitude* und aufficie.itly accounts for the many unfortunate accidents which it has occasionei.'* Rtmark.-^U has been before observed, that, off the tract of little white fland hills, the sea is of a light blue colour, und off great white sand hills it is grecD. In like manner, in the Uny of Marunham there muy be seen some spots of muddy water, whilst in others it will be perfectly traniipH- rent : there will also bo seen flouting, a kind of fruit appearing like the rough outer coat of an European chesnut. These marks arc not seen ge- nerally, mora than 9 or 10 miles from Tapituperu ; but during the winter or rainy season, from December to July, both the fruit and discoloured water are lo be met with at a great distance from land. The rainy season is also the best to approach the coast in, because there the land always appears clear and bright, and the winds are mode- rate ; but: August, September, October, and November, is the windy sea- son, during which the land is constantly covered with a thick hft2e ; parti- cularly when it blows hard. The prevailing winds on tliis const are the N. E., E. N. 'E. and east, all of which are fair to sail in and out with. Ves- sels may anchor any where on this coast by attending to the time of tido^ in order to have sufficient depth of water. * From Maranham to Belim or Para. • The best time to leave Maranham is the morning, then pass to th'e east- ward of the Middle-bank, and stand out north until you get the depth of 15 to 8 fathoms, or until you have passed the shoals that lie off the Bay of Cuma, which may be effected by a run of 8 or 9 leagues, and making proper allowance for the stream of the tide. Then steer N. by W., or N. by W. \ W., and you will fall into 8, 7, and 6 fathoms, on a flat that e?) tends 1 or & leagues from shore, and so far to the north-westward as I. de rSan loao. The coitst from the Bay of Cuma to St. Joao^s island is all low and flat, with a few strands of white sand. Nine leagues N. N. W. from the for- mer, is the Bay of Cabelho de Velha, from the north side of which some shoals extend to a considerable distance off: the coast hence lies about N W. ^ N. 9 leagues is St. Joao's island. When you have passed the shoals off the Bay of Cabelho de Velha, you may steer N. W. by N. and should you get loss than 6 fathoms, you need not be alarmed ; ^ A shallow bank lies about 18 les^ues E. by N. from St. Joao's ishmd, Jkaving 7 fkthoms very near it, and at 2 miles from its S. W. end 20 £a- thorns ; it is nearly 2 leagn«s in length. The coast froia the ii4)>Bd of St. Joao lies about IB league& W. N. W. to Serra-Guruftt, and is dWicM with rivers and bays close to. each otiien ; tbe firit of wltich is %xmva§ix Biy, so node •! ito mouth aod the famd; so 10 Edit. Blunt*8 American Coast Pilot. 43: loYf, that one point canoot be leeit from the other. The 8crra Uurupi i» II high hill, ut a ihurt dittance inland, hiiving near it another Nomewhiit smaller and rounder. The coiut here is low, level, and sandy, corered with u dark duitky hrtishwood ; ind from the point, some ahoalsi, on which the sen bre.ikH, extend from 'i to :) lengueM olT : about 3 leagues farthar wivitwurd, is the bar of Gurupi river. From the point of Serra Gurupi to the Bay of Cayte, the coast lies west 13 or 14 leagues, but as the sho.drt uxicnd a considerable distance from shore, it is not safe to approach it nearer than 3 leagues, at which dii- tancc there are 7 or B fathoms, on clear bottom. Besides tin* Guiiipi, there are several rivers between ; th^ coast of Cayte is known by some high mangues islands, and white sands alono; the shore. From the Bay of Cayte to Mount Pirau^u is about 1 1 or 12 leagues west, a little northerly : between are the bays of Cotiperu and Meriguiaui, uitd several small rivers ; and as the water i? shallow, it is not safe to go nearer than the depth of 6 to 8 fathoms, which is about 6 or 7 miles from shorn. The hill or mount of rirau9U terminates in n high Muff purpeQ- dicular ptint, with red clifl's jon the cast part of it Hence to IMaruccann is 13 or 14 leagues, nearly west : and between are the bays of Piramfrini, Guarupipo, and Virandiiba, or the Salt ponds. At the hater are se- veral beaches of very white sand, and some projecting points on which the sea breaks, and appears at a distance like shoals. Here is also a vi- gia, or wutch-tower, on which a signal is made at the approach of any ves- sel ; at this spot there are two great cliffs of white sand. In the Bay of Maracana are 5 or 6 fathoms water Belem or Gran Para. West southerly about 8 leagues from Maraca- na is feint Tigioca^ the east point of the mouth of the Kivcr, off which, to the north and N. W. lie the shoals of Tigioca, extending 6 or V leagues from the point, and having near their extremity 6 or 7 fathoms water ; the sea breaks heavily oo these shoals. There is a passage between them and Point Tigioca ; but the depths are irregular, having, in some places, only 2 fathoms, and probably less at low water ; at the narrowest part it is about half a mile wide. The principal channel lies to the northward and westward of these shoals, between them and the hland Joamn. To Hail in here, it is necessary, when you are 2 or 3 leagues off to the north- "'. or more northerly, J tide, until you are 8 or 9 leagueiMVom it, then steer to the westward, ward of Maracana, to hnul or more northerly, according to the taking care to go no nearer to the shoals than H or 7 fathoms. By keep« ing in that depth, you may steer W. S. W., S. W., S. S. W., &c. and pass between it and Point Maguari, from whence to the city oi Belem or Para^ it is about 24 leagues. The Island of Joanes is low, level land, and at a distance appears to be covered with a round bushy, low shrub. Should the approach of night render it necessary for a vessel to anchor, she may do it with safety in sight of, and at the distance of 3 or 4 leagues from, the Island of Joanes ; and the best time to weigh anchor again is at low water, then run in by the east side of Joanes, and passiQg the shoals of Tigioca, keep nearest the east shore. The bar is a small narrow bank, lyiog across the channel, with 4 or 5 fathoms at low water on mud bottom. The land from Tigioca Poiet to a considerable distance in, is low, level, and black, and full of mangues, which at a disUmce appear like shipping at anchor : it should not be approached nearer tha» 5 or 6 miles. At^e terounation ofthis^ark land,^ are two small beaches ofg white sand, and farther on some red cliis. A les^e iarther is a poini «f knd, Muthward oC Wbicb it the Bay 4o S<4, to the S. W. of which i« 138 Blunt'B American Coast ^ilot. 10 Edit. the iRUnd of MorobiriT sepnrnted from the hnd by a narrow channel ; it hai n viilngc on its S. W. point. Off thene pliiccii the water i« ahnllow ; should you get into 4^ or b futhoms, edge off immediately towards Joanes, into the depth of u, 10, or II fiithom*. About .i or f< miles farther is the Bay of St. Antonio, on pnssing whir.h, the city of Parp will appear. There is a '."ound islund lying within sight of the city, and to (he westward of it 3 or 4 smaller oneit, one of which has a red clilT. To the northward of these islands is a shoiil, which appears at low water ; and to the south- ward of them, at a nhort distance, a long island, called che Oncas, with a fort on it, directly opposite the round inland. The channel lies between the round island una the fort, and the anchorage is before the city, in 4 ordfathom* water. There are an immense number of islands in this river, through which the channelH are intricate and dangerous, and therefore should never be attempted by any but those who are well acquainted, without a pilot. [Scf pages 427, &c.] Directions for the Mouth of the River La Plata. Cape St. Mary lies in 34«» 57' S. lat. and in 54<» 47' W. long, from Greenwich. Sbips generally make the land with N. or N. £. winds, therefore it is better to keep to the N. until you get soundings, as the current sets to the S. W. Being in its latitude and having got round in 25 or ;iu fathoms fine sand and shells, you may reckon yourself about 20 leagues from the shore ; v.ith from 15 to 20 fathoms, sand and cl^y,, you are not far o(T shore. If It is clear weather you may stand in boldly even in the night, and in the day, when cle.tr, Cape St. Mary may be seen JO or 12 leagues off, the ship being then in 15 fathoms. When you have not seen the land before night, be sure to keep to the N. of the Cape by your dead reckoning, to allow for the current which sets to the southward. — . When you get soundings m 'J5 or 3'> fathoms tine sand and shells, steer S. W. until >«^ II have 16 fnthoms with sand; thenif you judge yourself as far porth as Cape St. Mary, steer S. S. W. until you get into the island of Lobos, which you will know, by havinc; sand and clay. Running this S. S, westward if you are set to thf westMurd, you will deepen the water to 20 fathoms ; but if you are set to Mie muthward, you \vill conlinue in 16 fathoms. Between Cape St. Mary and point Castillos the water decreases very suddenly. When you have got into the parallel of Lobos, you may steer W. which course will carry you to the south of it, being in from 18 to 22 fethoms soft clay. By keeping in not less than 18 fathoms, you keep to the south of Lobos; and by taking care not to have more than 22 fathoms, you clear the Eng- iish bank to the north of it. From the island of Lobos to the island of Flores, the course is N. 83^ 15' W. 19^ leagues. You will have from 1 7 to 7 fathoms near Flores. Soft clay is a proof of your being in the channel— and mixed with small stones and shells is a proof of your being in the parallel of the English bank, and fine brown sand mixed with mud or clay is a proof of your be- ing to the south of the English bank. When you are near Floret the depth is nearly the tame to the north> ward as to the southward of it, but the bottom is firmer to the north ; so when you find tbi bettom firmur, tteer a little more to the lontb, till you « 10 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 430 f;et into loA grouud. if you gel to thn louth of tlio channel nnar the Enjc iih bank, the ground it hard, und leu ivnier ; in thii case steer more to the northward, until you get soft botiMZ' ; und in either rape continut> your >Yeiterly rourae an before. Directions for JVavieating in the Northern Channel of the Rio dc la Plata, or River Plate, from Monte Video, to tht. road of Buenos Ayres, und into the Baj of Colouia. [yariation of the Compait about I3^£ail.] Vessels intending to go up this Channel should not draw more than 13 feet of water; for although the soundings which are laid down in the Chart, indicate a sufficient depth for Vessels of a greater draught, vet, in places between the Bay of Pavon and Colonia, where we have had 3 &• thorns, we have at other times found only 13 feet. On leaving Monte Video for Buenon Jiyret^ steer so as to keep the Mount bearing N. E. by E. until Point Eivinilla, which forms the east- ern point of entrance into the R^ver St. Lucia, bears N. | E. you will then be to the southward and westward of the Panela, a sunken bed of Rocks, having only 6 feet water on tMm, and 4 fathoms with soft muddy bottom close to them : they lie with the Mount bearing E. N. E. the Ca- thedral N. 76*^ £., and Point EtpiniUa^ Ndrth, and are about 5 miles dis- tant from the nearest shore. There is a passage between these rocks und the shore, by keeping the Mount bearing E. by N., which will take you in mid-channel in from 3^ to 4^ fathoms water, between them and a Sand-bank which has only 2 ''■^ homs on it. This Sand-bank extends from Primera Baranca S. S. E. } E. about 6 miles, the Mount bearing from its South extremity N. Q5° E., and Point Espinilla N. Ab° E. but as this passage can only be recommended with a fair wind, it can be but of little importance. Being outside and past the Panela Rocks, you may shape a W. N. W. course, which will take you about 4 miles to the south Westward of Point Santa Maria/tn from 4^ to 3 flithoms watei, soft muddy bottom, but, (as Captain Heywood very correctly observes, that no stated course can be steered in consequence of the irregular set and rate of the tides or cur- rents) it is to be understood that great attention must be paid to the Ground Log, and allowance made fur those irregularities, in shaping the different courses herein given. Point Santa Maria, is easily to be distin- guished, from its being the western extremity of the high land, which is bold to, called, the Ravines of St. Gregory and St. Lucia, and there being also a few sand hills immediately to the westward of it. This remarka- ble point ought always to be made by vessels, as it will insure their not being drifted between the Banks of Ortiz, but it should not be approach- ed nearer than 4 miles, in order to avoid a sand-bank that extends about 3 miles in a S. W. by W. direction from it, and then trends to the north- ward and westward into the bay along the coast, on which tMre are only 2 fathoms. Having Point Santa Maria bearing E. N. E. distant about 4 miles, you may haul up N. W. by W. for the River Cufre, (about 4 miles to the eastward Qf which is a remarkably table aand-hill,) taking care not to shut 440 Bliin(*t4 American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. in I'oim Santa Maria with t. prominent lundy Point to thii weittranl of it* off which thfrn it (at present, (019) the wreck of a v«m<>I, an by to do- inKyoii would immediHtely Nhoal your water, uffthe buy of Favon, from 2^ luthoiDH iioft mud, to 7 frvt hnrd land. Thero nro only two cluiiipi uf Treei to be leen when in ihorr to fhe wenHvard of Point Sctioii, until the steeples of Colonia bear N. W. i N. when, keeping them on thnt beating, you must haul across the river, (between the N. W. tail of Ae Ortiz bank, 'vhich bears from Co- lonia S. 74^ E. distant I6i miles, and having on it 2| fathoms water, dark brown sandy bottom, and the Fishers bank, the no^h end of tvhich lies with Colonia steeples in one bearing N. 1 1 <* VV. and the Island ofPiirallon S. 86" VV. having on it 2 fathom^, hard brown sand,) until the Island of Farallon bears W. by N. when you may shape a W. by S. course, taking into coDsidtration the wind and set ot the tide, for the outer Road of Buenot Ayrts. Or if i^oing into Colonia, when you have passed the S&erriei, continue steering towards the Island of Farallon VV. by S, until a red roofed house, which is the westernmost building, and situated near the middle of the bay, bears north, when you must steer for it, in order to avoid a reef of rocks extending from the Island St. Gabriel half way across towards Co- lonil, nnd anchor with the steeples bearing E. by S. and the centre of the Island St. Gsibriel S. W. in IB feet water, on soft muddy bottom. If having a westerly wind and intending to work up this channel from Monte yidno, do not bring the Mount to bear to the eastward of N. E. by K. h E. until you are past the Panela rocks ; and when abreast of Point Santa Maria, take care not to approach it nearer than 4 miles, in order to avoid ihe sand bank that lies off it ; and, if standing over towards the Banks of Ortiz, to go about, when the bottom becomes stiff clay from aoftmud, which is the general nature of soundings in the fair channel. When standing towards the shore to the westward of Point Santa Maria, be careful that you do not i>hut it in with a prominent sandy point to the westward of it ; and when in sight of the 8t.peples of Colonia, never bring them to bear to the southward ot W. ^ S. in order to avoid the Skerries. * Being past the Skerries and bound to Colonia, when working between the Main, which is steep ta, and the Fisher's Bank, be careful and never bring the Island of Farallon to the westward uf W. } S., as the water shofllf sttddknly from 5 to 2 fathomt on the Fisher's Bank. But you may 10 fA\{. T^UiuCh AmcTicnii Coant Pilot. 441 •tund uffncroai lli« river, :»eltveen the N. W. tnil of th« Ortii tnd th« Fitliffr'a Hunk, where, having more ••« room, you tn»y hnngth«it««plM or('eloniA to botir N. N. K. niiii Ihon tteer for them, in 3i, 4, 3|, 3, t|, nnil 1 fithoiua, uriiil the r«il rooiVii houae beHre north, wiienjroa nejr ran ill and unchnr ivith the bearing* beforu given. Directions for Monte Video. Uctwecii the English bank tiiid the island of Floree, you may run W. by N. i N. 7 or H leagues, nnd then bring too till you see the entreoce of the harbour ; then you run in mid-chiinncl, und anchor in any clear birth. Ships drawing inuro than lU feet, must anchor outside in t or > fathomi. It will be necessary to cast one anchor to the S. K.,on« to the H. W. also, und one to northward, which take in ubaA to he ready for the first ^outh wind. Between the bunk and island, arc 4, 5, 5|, 6, and !) fathoms, ooasc. Abreast of Fort Philip, which lies on the starboard band, touth ot Uank Black sand, the depth of water is from 3^ to a fathom'^ -, and in the betit anchorage in the harbour, from '2\ to 2 fathoms, all soAmud, except n* r Kut island, where it is foul, and a ruck at most times above water, having a pole fixed on its top. In sailing in from the eastward you should give thp Koint, at the S. W . part of the town, a birth of at least one*fourth of a mile, y which you will avoid several sunken rocks scattered about the point und off Fort Philip-, and us soon as you get the north part of the town to bear cast, haul in, and bring the jetty or landing place S. S. W. about one quarter of a mile distant ; you will then be in the best aiichorage, and have 1 1 Oi 16 feet wuter, with moderate tides ; moor hend and stern to the S. W. and N. E. The bcstcnchorage for a frigate is for the Mount to benr N.W. by N. ; Cathedral N.E. by N.; and Point Brada E. by N. in 1 fathoms, muddy bottom. The holding ground is not good, owing to the bottom be^ ing soft mud. In this anchorage you are distant about 3^ miles from the city of St. Philip. To water a frigate here is attended with much difficult ty owing to the great distance you lie from shore, and you have to pro* cure it from welfs north of the city, and roll it about 230 yards to get it to the boat, and when obtained is not good. The harbour of Monte Video, situated on the north ihore of the River In Plata, is formed by a Bay about two miles deep, exposed to the winds from S. E. to S. W. This ^arbour can contain 200 sail ; the wuter is shoal, having only 12 to 14 feet ; winds, from south to S. W. arc gencr> ally accompanied with a great sea, especially when it blows fresh. The prevailing winds in the summer season are from the North and East ; in tlit winter they blow from S. W. with great violence, which makes i eL< trqLely dangerous for vessels to lie there at that season : this wind seti in niU sea : there are no regular tides in the harbour, being governed en- tirely by the winds. Should you in approaching or leaving the River la Plata, ^ish to anchor at the island of Lobos, which lies off Maldonado Roads, it m«st be tp the south of it, as the ground near is too loose to holdt 56 U2 Blunt*M American Coaat Pilot. 10 Edit. To tail to tht louth of the English Bank. B«iag io UUtiule 36** .10' fl. lUer w«tt until you ha?#> 8 ur 10 rtithoDM clay, thi>n if Cwpc St. Antonio or Point 8t. PnirH* are not in tiKht froni the maal hoa6* 16', whrn yuu will have J> or U fathoms MHntI miivd with ■hell*, you nuiy th«n hr lurn of be* ing due aouth of Mont« Vidro. Thu guide for tho Kngliah bunk by aounding* it Av(> ftiiliom* aand und •tonra. When admitted to uiH.hor, ti« tlii< current may act yuu to the Ortiz btink, there are no danger* to the aouth of the Engliah bank. In caao of obaerving ■ignite cliff. Sootharard of thia 1 1 mile ia Bahin Forinoaa ; thia bay ia 2 leaguea acroaa, and 1 league deep, but open to the aea, and too much encumbered with ahoala and rocka to be recommended for anchoring in. Here are the amall porta of Buzioa, having aome rocka acattered about ita aouth point, but by keep* ing nloi-c to the northwiird, you will avoid them. St. Juan^de Stave it to the aouthwnrd, and bna a ahoal midway of ita entrance, withe paaaage on either aide. Tabanty Bay lyins aouth of Stau, haa aeveral reefa of rocke within it. The moat diatant or them ia 6 milea from the ahore ; keep, therefore, 2 leaguea or more IVom the land, and paaa in aafety. The river Congohajon ia broad at ita entrance, with 6, 6, 4, .1, and 2 fathoma water, decreaaing oa you advance up, but at the western part, where it narrowa, are aome aunken rocka, and on the northern aide, 2 ahoala which dry at low water. Port Angaro haa a ahoal off ita northern point ; be- tween are only 2 fathoma, but to the aouthward of the ahoal are 4 and 5 fathoma. There ia a ahoal alao off the southern point : give the land e good birth and you will avoid it, and having paased it you mav anchor. Camaratiba ia a small river to the aouthward, having aome rocks off it« larboard point, which running southerly enter into Treason bay. This bay is in the form of a semicircle, having a reef of rocks running from ita east point to nearly ita centre ; it has three openings or entrances ; the lar- board one has not more than 1 4 fathoma water^ but the other two are capable of admitting large veaaela, the middle one having 4 and 5 fathoma^ bounded by the reef on one aide, and the rock Picaa on the other ; and the third opening having 5, 6, and 7 fathoma both in the channel and within the bay, and capable of admitting 50 ships at a time. Within the bay, and opposite to a river's mouth is a spot of «|Dd running about a cable's length from shore. This bay is good and generally esteemed the best on this coast, but it is divided into two porta by a shoal which rune from the land to the reef, terminating on one side of the btr, end lying ta ft!"'-* i44 Blunf 8 American Coakt Pilot. 10 Edit. the eastward of the other two ; therefore the frequenters of this bay should be careful not to go *^^o the eastward of the middle of the bay. From iience to ihe island of Manques are sevcrd reefs running along shore, the farthest not extending 6 miles. This island is small, and lies at the mouth of the river Mongoangnpy. This river has many reefs upun wiiich the tea breaks, and we know only of a narrow inlet having a fathoms, by which you can enter ; but when you are within the reefs and between them and the small island you may lie landlocked in smooth water- South- ward are the two sm^ll rivers Misery and Doce, before which is an open bay ; there are some sands stretching from point Lucena to the north- ward, between which and the land is good riding, with 5, 6, and 7 fa- thoms water, but the passage from thence to the point is dangerous. To the southward is the entrance to the river Pariba, having Fort Anthony on its northern point and Fort Catharine on its south, these two forts commanding the passage. The bar has 2i and 3 fathoms over it. With- out the bar are 4, t>, 6, and 7 fathoms, and within is a good depth of wa- ter, the river being navigable far into the country. The city is three leagues up ; in entering take great care to avoid the shoals stretching from Cape Ledo, as well as those from the opposite point. Cape Ledo is in latitude 6° i9' south, and longitude 35<* 7 west from Greenwich. From hence southward the shores abound with rocky shoals, stretching along in narrow ridges as far as Tamarica island. Four leagues from Cape Ledo is the White Cape, from which some shoals run into the sea ; it if. so called from some white cliffs on its northern side. From White Cape to Porto 'dos Franceses, or Frenchman's Harbour, a ledge of reefs extend, between which and the shore vessels may ride in lu fathoms, smooth water. About the middle of the reefs is an opening, called the Bored Rock, having 4 fathoms only ; Porto dos Franceses is surrounded by high cliffs, by which it may be readily known ; it hr~ anchorage for about 12 ships, though the ground is bad, but vessels bound from Europe to Paraibo, generally make the White Cape called Cabo Branco, and coasting north- erly to Cupe Ledo, arrive at the entrance of tlie river. Pursuing a southerly course, you will pass the rivers Guiryo, Aveay, Guiana, and reach Capibaribe, the bar of which lies between Point Pedras and Point Coqueiros ; vessels of 40 tons go up this river about 7 leagues to the town of Goyana. You will now approach the island of Tamarica, for having Sassed Guiana, the breadth of the channel between the reef widens and eenens. Small vessels belonging to the country frequently sail through to Tamarica. The island of Tamarica has good water, and an excellent harbour, the principal entrance to which is south of the island. Vessels of 300 tonb may safely go over the bar ; but you must have a fair wind for that purpose, on account of the i>arrowness of the channel, which is in some places not a musket shot wido . and at its narrowest part is a shoal, having at low water only 2 fathoms o trer it ; but having passed this bank, 70ur water deepens, and you may tide in perfect safety. The bar has 3 fathoms ov^, and called St. PauPs Mquntain ; approach not too near, because of a shoal bay, formed by the rivers Taporica, or Yagaa- « 3 €i-i 448 Bluiit*6 American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. ripe, but with a good lookout run northward until the Bnhia opens to the eastward of Tapoiica Island ; keeping therefore to the westward of Cape St. Salvador, and giving the f>ast point of Taporico a birth of 3 or 4 miles you will enter the bay steering W. by N. and N. N. W. ;* beware of the shoals of St. Antdnio and you will have 24, 20, and 1 B fathoms all the way to the Island of Frades. On Cape St Antonio stands a fortress ; a little farther is another, called St Maria ; three others, the new fort, Diego, and fort Praya, will appear before you reach the city of St. Sal- vador. This is built upon a rock, stands high, and is extremely popu- lous and opulent. Beyond the city are several other forts and batteries, particularly Fort Philip, built upon a point of land nearly north of Cape 8t. Antonio ; between these two points, the coast forms a semi-circle, where vessels anchor, having good clean bottom, holding well and shel- tered from the winds. Directly abreast of the city is the Albertus shoal, narrow and long, about one mile from the shore. Off fort Philip, also, a reef extends one mile into the bay ; this, together with the land, rans northeasterly to the entrance of Tapogipe River, on the starboard en- trance to which is fort Bartholomew. The river has 6, 5, 4, 3, and 2 fathoms, decreasing as you advance, but before the entrance to the river there are 15, 16, and 1 ; fathoms, advancing to 40 fathoms, in the middle of the bay of All Saints, which here is wide and free from danger. To the northward is the Island do Mar, having some shoals off its eastern side ; to the N. VV . is the Island of Frades, east of which are many rocks and shoals, but not in the way of vesseJs using this bay. Between the Island Frades and Point Baleo, which is the northernmost land of Tapo- rica Island, and upon which are six forts, there is a good channel 4| miles wide ; to the northward of the Frades, also, is a passage, bat much narrower, and encumbered with shoals ; there is also a channel west of Taporica Island, but as this is intricate, and in many parts intersected with shoals and rocks, therefore never used by Europeans or strangers, its description will be considered unnecessary. At the south end of Ta- porica, are many shallows and flats, running 8 miles from the inland, and between the west point and little Tapoiica, is the Yaguaribe River, full of shoals, though with 3, 4, and 5 fathoms water. About 7 leagues to the southward, is the Morro or Headland of St. Paul's, south of which runs a riyer, having 4 and 6 fathoms water, the entrance to which is called Sobreaguades Bay. In entering this river, keep the starboard land close as possible, for the opposite side is so filled with dangers, that if your ship should get entangled in them it will be lost. On the side of the island towards the sea, a reef of rocks accompanies the coast for 5 leagues, terminating in shoals of one league farther. Seven miles south of Sobreaguades Bay is Tabatingo Bar, fit for boats, &c. and farther on is a reef stretching S. £. from the land abont 2 miles, and forming the north- ern entrance to Serinhayn River. To the south lies the isb jd Q,uepa, and 2 miles south of Quepa is a point of land, from which a shoal extends northerly, narrowing the entrance to Comomoau. Large ships may go safely up the River Comon^qaui having 16, 12, 10, and 8 fathoms for many leagues. Being about 2 letgaes within the bar, several islands divide the * Shipi hound into St. Salvador must be careful not to approach Cape Antonio too near, at tntM^a reef of rbckt running out from it in a S. W. direction, 6 or 7 miles. This reef fflWise runt to tlip eastward, and has a good channel between it and the niain. T^iere it a toleta)>le goQ4 light on t^e cap?. W«tf r may be h^^fi here without much difficulty in inioQtb water ; you procure it at tfc- touth part of the harbour from a finifttaio dote to the wkttr. ' f» ll» lUttitl^s Amerio^H Co|H Pilot. 449 river iato aepariUe cjumnels, the .fvi4ett of these if called Hm Rt? er Marau ; .this it also.tfk* deepeat. l^ii t^wn of N. S. da Coneeicao, ia aboat 9 or lu luile^ up. , Xhe. n.in r %j|l|ghnjii ia Inroad, but cncomber- «d with mony shoals. There is a channel'irfso to tiie town of CamoRMMm. ' The Qriinde Bar is fortified, and capable of receiving large ships, ^ntin t|i)nce to the southwurj), ilie shore* are covered with nmngues, which coq^ting along, you •will como to some high Innd, terminated by a wbHe rocic, ;||id this r«ek is«the south poiiit fif the Rio das Oontas ; the river is parrow. aikdi«n of s^^en rpcka, Iq thi^ oaly'boats enter ; from hettea to (Im Ithciiji, is ;24 mil^S ; the coast is clev and the soundings regular. Tlh» JUms ar{» tw6 islands, appearingnet a distaqce^jn the shape of cardindt'" hats, aboiit,4 miles froni^the land ; one he^ng covered with trees, and t^e other bate. From them a reef oT feveral roc|(8 extends southward, rej|- d^i-ing the, {Passage that way hassardoius ;. but to the northward of theqP| the chai^n^UJb good, and bejtweeh the n^rthi^rn ilhos and the main, yot^ may anchQr in 8 fathoms, muddy bottoiQ. Opposite to ihe IIuos, is the river of the same name, which, when you arewithin, divides intjt Sieve- rul braiiches ; oa the first of tht^.^, ci^led Lake'Tayfiri, on the north jfide of the nve^r, is th^ tow:)of St. Georg^ifrjurly opposite to winch is the village of Aldeji ; on the bar are less than 3 fathoms at low; water, bo^ Up- wards of 4 iath(iBi» insqsnie pjiaces. The priii^ip(||fii^lMd-mBrk of thitfiver A» a i^^iind'hiMock, wii|!j^>h^^e ajppevr t^e ot^a iaUnd, though in ARHi it is but part of ihe nnjiitt ; fp4.okMij|4o the entrano«| On the north side, is a highland called the Dog^s Snout oi? |Point Cnon,. at the foot of whicj|^ are breakers. Wheb (he|e rocks or breakers ^b^ar £. and W. from yofi* «nter and keep the soothern lattd cl(4e4 l^u wiii then have dfe mouth of the river opei^f Comioj^ from sea between th^ months of Mafch and •September, ana vHshing to run for th'esd uQInds, you should a^i into lati- tude }5° iSfO'St and making land in thia jaarallel, ybu will M'st see the AyqioEes jiioimtains, then rtn on nor^h wr the Ilhos ; the coast is cileiir of dangar, aadt>the Ilhos are in lat 14° 5^S, But' if your voyage hi be- twieeV St^pl^ber and March, endeavouxftp ma)M|.the land in the latitude of.l4t^ jS: ; yoi|>^in theta see the land e^i^Gamomoau, which is covereast»vard of these shoals, you will perceive a reef of seven rocks^ here you will hicve' an opening leading to the port ok harbour of Santa Cruz/ -Steer infwest, keeping the lead going, and you will find anchorage in 8, 9, and 10 fathoms. Wh^n you are fairly within the reefi, the water will be quite smooth,' and you will ride in a spacious and se- cure bay. Here ;tl»e first vessels that ever visited the Brazils caiqe to anchor^ and here, also, the first, settlers fixed their ustablishoient, though they afterwards removed' to Pprto Seguiro, whjch is to the southward. If bo^nd to Porto Seguiro during the months from March to September, you must not .make the land in « higher latituile than 17^ south, le^t you faU in witli the Abrolhos, and from 3eptemher to iMarch, you should ao- d^v^iM* to, fall in >i^ttf it JQ tl^UiUude of 15*»^0' S. ; where you w^^jll *$a the A|^^es Mo^tains;,^asacio«s valley ; yea wilftban tea some rnd cliffs, having an open str^ind ^ tq the southward, north of which, is Porto Scguiro. Being E. uiid W. with the above white rock, you will.perceive tome breakers, which ex- tend northv^ard 6 or 7 mrles into the sen ; on the soath side ot* thase breakers if Porto Seguiro, where yoM may anchor in trym 8 to 10 futhoqps wat^. This harbour is egfe at^ commodious, and jut its entrance may niidilY be known by four high rocks, Appearing liko the Noedlas at (ho iiNe Qz Wight ; the western one^ are of thv sugar-lonf form, and the iniier< afoflt ba* an archway perforated through, Uh» lea passioi^nder it. A lit- tle southerly, is the river Serinham, 014 (he banks f which ia the town of Veguim, and the villages of Bocay,^du, and Amuru. Several rocks and islands lie off the Juiid ftom Seguira, northward, as fur as^Rio Grande, faod between are good anchorages ; but it is requisite you«should have some previous knowledge of thein, before you attempt anchoring. Be- tween the Point Gordu.aqd Long Island there is anchorage, and also, abiuiast of Povocao Valho. To the eastward is a good channel, through wMch, leaving the outer island; or the island of Nostra Citio di marena iara, to the eastward, ^oa may pass in safety ; the water deepens fast to. seaward. Eight miilefeastof Jt. Antonio's Bank are 19 and 2A fathoms, then 38, and a few more easts oilithward, in 6, 7,»ifiid 8 fathoms. ^, to Elait; Bltink'd American Cotift Pilot. 4dl then doubling itn poiaf« ttiDd W. wid ^ NQon m she is N. and S. with a pirticuiar opening in tllftltliiid, aiH:h(^ w 4 and 6 fathoma. Ships bound from the Babia to Ebpirito Santo, or Rift .lanairo, 6ic. may navigate this coast at any ieason o» the year, eithemto •a small tessel, by coasting it, ^ or b;^ landing to the eastward and clearing the Abrolhos altogether. But il* yotf shoirtd coast it, the tfiariner will- attend to tl|e remarks d|« reudy given to Porto Seguivo, from whence, having passed Mount Pa# rhal, (which is sitouted between the rivers Jacbo^md SarnabitabaJ| tyi Abrolhos shoals begin. The inner or little obanilel is intricswa^ known only to the natives, it is therefore hazardpu's to attempt ; but bn- >ng pussed the riv^ers Cai>iTeloa, PHrnipa, and Parupa,) which are saidlb unite inland, insomuob Uiat persons have been known to sail up the oi^|» and come down the other,) you will arrive at Point Abrolhost which ^ high land, and to the fouth of all the shoals. Sailing on southwextarly^ yuu will puss the island of Gderce, bel^ind which n vessel may anchor, an4p <|rrive at the mouth ef the river Doce', whose tvaters are lo rapid an fwe%n it and the land. We have said the entrance to the bay of Spirito Santo is narrow ; at its entrance is a shoal, #hich must be leR to Mie Routhwerdj and sail right on for the island witl^ti the bay, and whaa you have brSu^bt it to b6ar N. or N.W. you may anchor in good and clear ground ; you will have 8 anj 7 .fathoms at the entrance, and 5 and 4 when at anchor. Abbot ^6 leagues S.-W. from Spirito Santo, is Cape St. Thomas | in takhig^your departure from thence to Rio Janeiro, vessels should steer out S.S.E. to avoid some flats and shallows said to exist in the neighhour- hood of ti«e Cape, and when you are in the latitude of 22° change your course to the vi^estward. There is said to be a passage within these shoals, through which the small craft coast alon^, but it is not sufficiently know^ fur us to. give a description of. There are several rivers on the coast, viz. Gorapara, Iritibi, Tapoana, and Paraiba, of thesfe, the latter is the largest. Cape St. Thomas is low, and cannot be seen fur off. Vessels coming from sea and making the land thereabout, should be particularly careful not to go to the northward of 22** on accodhf ofcthe shoatil above mentioned ; for yoa will be upon the shoals before ibe iand-cfim b« diiK:overed ; but being £. and W. firora Cape Thomas, your cbac«Ct ahpald 4ie W. S. W. The three islands of St. Ann's wiU men hear* ib sig^t ; streteh oa in that direction for Cape 452 BtunVBAmerican €o4fit Pltd| 10 Eait. Fiio ; but ibouid voa ont bi:«Me to r«iicl| tb«' dipt, yon way cnm% ti* ■nchor l»€tneen tnef« itlmiii $*the llrge»^^)# midflle one, i/t nbout ■ |, leAgttt in circumference ; iMvinf;, oil that Ki^e neihstt the Mnin l8ncl,m ^ pleaMfiit bay, where frc»h wattr ony'rendily be obtx^ned. BiA#een thexr island* it a paMagt ; and the northern iihind ban, on that pn\ facing tht* main, n |eod CQavcnient place for abipf^ cnreen. To Ihe nfirthwnrd ot the Island la Bahia Formoto, to the S. W. if St. Ann*i bi«> ; off the south- ern ffint of thii bay It White Itland, i^ due eoat from DuzioH l*oint i^ Attchor island, distant albout 5 miles, and having deep water between ; (h« ilipre from hence, hhs several scattered islands as far as Cape Frio. The Md from Bt. Thomas to Cnpe Frio is higbi and in clear weather may be iten moff than 20 leagues off at sea ; and in the iMitude of these cnpes, Miat ia flrom 22° to 23'* S. you will hove soundiogsat that distance, from 100 to 9 ftthoms, decreasing very prcceptibly ; as you near the liind, you will ^bsefve a curren^rannin^ strongly .towards the N. E. i*^ Cope Frio lies in^d" 01' S. and is remarkable ; for'whcn you are dis tantrromit 14 or IS.Ieagtiea, and it bears W. Si W. from yom, your somidings being 49 adid 50 fathoms, muddy grouivJ, the Gape will then appear like a snudl island withtwo little hurtimocks, while from the mast head you will perceive a small island close under the high land south of the Cape. Among the many loAy mountains by which your approoch to tb« Cape may be known, is one to the northward, about midway between tlie Cape and St. Ann's Island ; it is called the high land of St. John, and appears like an old decayed xhurch, the tower seeming to be on Ihe S. W. side. If vessels should have occasion to put into Cape Frio, there in to the northward a place of gt>6d shelter, and very coriv- wurd (if Round I.Hland, are •! or & amnll iahindf ; tbeabaretll'to be left oft yodr Htorboard- baud a« you ontRr*Hie Janeiroi 'In- mmiing into the har- bour, observe wh^.i Sai;nr-loaf bill benm N. W. the dnnnei ia omm, nni as you near, you Hriil see the abif ping at anchor. At tKc N. E. fi#gf ttf th^ entrance, is a strong fort tying ndirly N. E. of the Sugar-'lMif, abotiilrt| of* . 3 miles apart. This is called fortSt. Criz.' Here erery veaael^ if en- trance, must bring to, and an officer be sent to anftonilce tifb arrifili ibd the purport of its voyage. The coloura mtlit be hiHated, and aeHMtimea the harbour-master takea charge of the vnaftl, and <^0|iduct8 it to toKfttr- ings. The male is oAen tatCdh and ei(amined ; ^tft the omtnin must on n6 jiretence quit the ship until the Ifealtl; of the cr«w, aiid4ie*pSrticirinrt of tbe Toyage are made known. After this, oetabaission to the'existing Inira of the country is required, together with ^tber treromoniet. Yotaare then permitted to go on shore, and hold intercourse with thenatarea ; Ihlt you mast land at the palace stairs, and neither officer iMraemnania alHfW- i'd to walk about the city, without the mHU^ accdttipdnying him. When you are abreaat o(\^% fort, keef) oNe in toward th6 fort of San> ta Cruz, or in mid-chanReirattill anchor in* 10 or •TS' fathoms abreaat of ^e town. Wherinwitbin thfr entrance, the course up is N. by W. ^'.\¥. about a league, which will carryyou Q> the island Cobrfla. In yonr passage yon will leave on your starboard hand, the forts of Stinta Grtiz, Boa, and St. John's BbUery ; on Vonr larbdUrd hand, fort Sr. John, Square Island fort, Round (sltiM Batfery, and ibe Mt of St . 'Sebastian. *Tbi8 latter ia buMton a high isltfnd, and abreast^'of thc't«)wef of Rio Janeiro : there is a regular tide at 7f' bours ebb, and 4} flood with very Iftfli slack, and its velocity is from 3| to M knota mi hour. It is )%h watet at 4 o'clockT— - RefreshmenA of all ktodsmiay be dbtnined at this plnce ; Beef and miftton good, cheap, and f/tehtiful ; liruit and vegetablifes in abundance, fresh wa- ter ^ith ease, but Wood is semewhut dear. Above* the town of Sebas- tian, this harbour becomes extretnMy capacious ; but European vessels seldom have any oeetisioii to mvigatc farther than we have described.-^- Round island Vit the entrantf^oTRio Janeiro, is in latitude 23^ 5' sooth, and in longitude 43** 19' west frdmrGreenwich. -S. W. of the entrance to Rio Janeiro about 14 leagues is the Marnnbaya channel, the shores be- tween being mountainous. Leaving the*. hill of Oavia, you pass Tejuca riyer and four small islands ; leave them to the northward. Following tbe shore, you pass also tbe Palmas islands. There is a passagv? between all these islands aftd tbe maiA, but never used by ships of any burden.-^ On their outer or soxfthern side, you will have frt^m 15 to 30 fathoms wa- ter, until you arrive before tbe bar of Guaratiba, fit only for small craft. Sailing onward, a strait or channel runs along the coast ; you must keep off tbe lahd, because the current constantly sells upon it, and passing by a low, sandy island, you will see the mountain of Maranbaya : it is high, roand/ ^d barren. Farther on is Maranbaya channel, formed on the western' side by tbe island of Gpande ; this opening is near 2 leaguefs IJi BlimA Aiti<*rii3iin ComI fUdt. )fJU wide, leailing into a iipiiclftiK|lMiy, within which, M|d at the-ktck ofMl- rMbMjra iaUnd, i« sood nrlcb*rnfte. Tli*! lahnd ttranda hM llfo aevenl hays, which urn nafe and ca|Mbiii of contiiininf ahipa of burdan. Rnt«>rin|pr t>y the < tiiuuitl of Maranbuya, on th« iaUnd-^ (*riin(h^, ii$ PMtniAr'N buy, call«d by Moine S«m> dc Altrahao or AbrahMfl^ lioinotn, from Ui« aACurity with which re«aela aaay* ride there } Wt fur more mft^ and accutft in tli^ bay nt th* weit point of lli*t«lanforc which nre many iftlnndii and rocka, with nifdM»tlig» S. W. of point lotMgo, is GabMgo island, nflbrding at a part on iti waatarn aide bbth wood (Aid water. L»l-ge vessel* may pais betweon it and tl^ main in tifety. To the westward, und about one mile from thr main, liaa Hog iaMhd, hinrihg'ri good channel^ With 6, 7, nnd 8 Aithomn water betweon » (Hi«-^lace U named iShnriys road. To (he southward H Monkey isbind, and faithcHki-, the north. oAhtt of St. Sebditian't iiland. 'JTb enter between St.' Sebastian's tsllnti) wJ!^^ main, you shvftVd steer H 8. W. jeonrse'-; keep near the island's lice* on aecount of a shoni stretching froii» (he Ceifvent to the vil|lge of Francisco. This island i.* above 5 leafttaa in leAgth, und con nhelter mariy vestels ; the anchorage IS either at. Chiaromim bay, or befot'ie the vitthge Arroasht^ \ here is u small fort, and to the soathward it n sunken rockT In (he middle of thiix channel is 12, 13, and' 14 fiithoms decMeasing on both sides at you neai the land. Southward you will push the vill^e of Sebastian ; and sailing out at the T6qt(e To<}tia, you will see the Aloiftrdsses or Cormorant's island, round which is foul ground: Thefe ik a stO&il port &n the eastern side of the island of St. SebAsUnin called port CastilKafis, and to the N. E. are the islands Victory and St. Luxia, both uninjholffted. Taking ^our departure from Toque Toque, you plttts Meant Trtgo, a sminll island ; bnd to the westward is Barra.de Bertioga, w4iere noi)^ but small craft can enter, and these only when they are unable tb reach (he Qi*ent bar. Ships of burden do sometimes* attempt it, innvhicn cake you mast hug the main dose to the bare head'land, where there are. 10 fathoms water,; but run- ning along the coast, you come to Craw island, lying about a mile off, and then standing off till.you double a hi^h point of land which is on "j prin- cipal entrance or bar of the Santos. Vess^s *nust sail into this place due north ; its entrance is about one league wide, forming a circular bay, with n sandy beach. To the eastward is point Engenho, and farther on a fort, opposite to which, and on the other side of*the channel, is Sort Trinxeire : the passage here narrows, not being above half a mile wide. Abreast of the forts are 14, 12, and 13 ftKhoms ; the channel runs E. N. E. and then N. N. W. and west, until it reaches the town of Santos, be- fore which is anchorage iii ft, 6, an^ 7. fathoms water. TheWbolcof this channel i« good,. »ind free fr^ai any danger whatever. 'Hie Barra i^Cdit. Uluttrs Amehoaii CoMt Pilot. 4.'i3 rie St. Vincent ia to thf wMtward, md w«» pne* a |ouii cluuintl, hut titr «ontuiuHl incrcot* mad Arcmntilutiup of mimI bua rhokaii ita «>ntraoce wf, acurce mlimtting OMoca to |>gaa. H, E. ahmii .'i Ivaguta from the ontrM«« to the b»Tt» He Siiitoa, ia u lint rock, a|>ueariiig whit«> tVuni ilu* duoc of WinIc ; thtt you will readily uvuid. 'i o t^M aoutkwRrd of tliia plMM' li«a the amull ialand of Kadoiido, in lalUudf) ^1° 3.*)' abo¥« 20 milea off ihore ; and 18 milca H. VV. from th« Siintoa it (.'oucoicao bar or Ita.^haeni, whicb ia narrow, daogaroua, an«l uatd oaly by boat* ood aioall. rrufi , • larg* rock liea on the middle af tha bar. Thrift leuguea and n linlf to the eaat Hr.B three imall iaianda callud the Bgmtiialanda f 0(> milca H. W. ia>the river and bar of Iguapc. Both theac are filled with aand, ao that canoet (no acarco enter with lafcty, but if you get within tho bar, on arm of th« tea carriea you all the w»y to Cananoa ; thia runal dividca into two parta, forming a complete iainnd; on which atunda the town of Cuiuinoa, before which you may anchor in b and futhoma water. The inner or northern «-anal, called Marde Arriraya, runa at the Ixick of the ialand, received Hevcrul imull rivera in itH courae, and cuiptiea itaelf into the Mar de Ta^ rapande, which alao nina to the Oarrade Cananea. From the Barra-de iguape to the Barra de Cananea, ia about 30 milea, the ihere low and Hat ; ftppoaite to the entrance lieH tho t.< Iom it tlip mOii cfwiJlCBMc. mid !« ••i44«» Im Mripilll l(it«pirMidi of 1 2 iMgnta. About Sa attiit womb wafdi It Um nMttin tnUiifgo to Ul* Rio 8t. Prtnciaa), MHtd IbpitafHiM and^ aoBO idpCM fft^y narrow. On its pattern Jute we kfiqPT ago ; iti Borlhern poipt liea in S?"" 21' tOiHntitudo. lok tfio Bortl|fiord, U hii • remarkable MtP^t •^pod Kko a fpulM. ^ ■amoit jb generalU clietiqgoisbed ; wbne to thoioiUh'ward it Aivdiredo, ( WoMJbf iriimd, to Ihp weatward is (he bay ^' TUMfifH- To enterj^tw^eii St. uSharina a|^ the ipaiii, the boat aml^ iM^uaBvMuted pat^e it.be- liroon the D|pl|^|)9iut ^ the iflapd ai^ Alv|ro4o,}^but you jnay go bc- tpreoo AlxoM^ aoa iGfaQajr^Uuidt, uJ in fltf^^ou catinot agcompliih cit^r ^fthoea', proceed between Qvj^y il^a^aud IBe main ; an Uhould aacoor in XU4i the ivJMt die away, turn ia an^ a2c8dr in Tu^ga bev. DeairooS tu>»- pTor, to get to St. Qatbarina, keep mulc)uionoi, (|ad tt^er toutliward be- twoea two forti, anchoring abreast, oTthe river iRaMoes, or go on to -the town, which fllands on the western p^t of thi iiluind, and is much fre- qoonted ; there it n touthern chauaid, but it ii di(OcuU'te navigate, und chialy uind by boHtt : water may be he^Jif gpod'^quqjity, and in abua dance ; alao provitiont and many articlea of commerce. The tides are irregular, the flood enteriag by the iwo channels norm and south, aiid proceeding as far at the narrow strait, bot yet i( does not rifle above 3 feat. Arutattba bay is on the main, to the southward, where vessels Bomatimea aheltor, bat we have already said the entranoe to it is danger out. Three tmall itlandt lie at its mouth, on one of which a fort is erect- ed, and about a mile to the eastward of these, are three others some- what larger, andcalled the Irmines. >^. £. of these it the Moleques do Sul, and Mmtboaiterly is Coral island, ot Hock, between which and th<>, shore, veaeelt may anchor^ T^tb^ aoath#ard, in latitude -28" it another island, called Aboreda del lNt4i#l> ia fituatid about iS le^es from the shore, and between ia ayuufyili^a.' f $ the t^atlMmrdare riffra Pa- tot, Ririqneera, and the nlaiMi riiwiataba»' lying oioaa in with the atiore. 10 Fdit. Pliinl*« Amrriran ToaHt Pilot. 457 rtiU thrrri'oi'M t(iv«i tint |iitrt of thr rotitt ii Rootl birth, «nilin|{ iit .')0 or 40 inili** I'ruin thn liinil, aitti liaving '10, itt, iitid bO lathomM wiitcr, without any (liuiKrr. From li(Mii'*> the lihorf l)«n(U wvM iind Nouthwcttvrly, high riilK(*i ot' nitiuntninii •ip|i Trnmanday, naving u village of thr fiumc name to tlu^ northward, •ind that of loao An(iiif«i to the «oiithward \ thn ontranci' to thnt n|t|i<'ttr« about II mile widr, ami o|)(Mii) Iimu;iii'« oil' land now intervcncH, running i^nncrully Houth and loiithwoht, without any river or bay. Von will thuii arrive at the Uio (irande, or Orcat Lake of St. I'edro, tliu entruncu tq which lien in .12° K' or 10' touth, but vt>r<)achinK the land to ti convenient dintunce without .my ritk. Acro>>9 the mouth of thin river ninn u bar, and un you approach, you will nee a Pilot boat ntationed there, purposed to direct the mariner. OI)flcrvc her hoist a red and white flag fore and ut^ ; if both am kept up, be sure there in .tutlicient water over the bur ; you iiuntt then !St. Pedro ; on the oppobite or eastern shore, stand the batteries of St. Pedro, near tlic entrance, and the batte- ries of St. George and St. Harbaria farther on ; you will then pass Fort da Coniscao and Fort das Fingueras ; there is also another battery to the northward ; over the north bar is 1^ fathom at low water, and over the t>outh 3 and 2 fath .is ; within the bar is 4, 5, and (J fathoms, and vessels may anchor cither before the battery da Fuarda do Pontal, on the west- ern side, or near Fort Figueras, or farther north. The Lake of Uio Grandu has also a communication with a large lake to the southward, by means of a narrow channel, guarded by FortGonzalo ; two degrees south of Kio Grando, is the river f^l)uy, narrow and little known : t,his is the 58 458 Blmit^B American Coast Pilot. 10£dit. entrance from the sea to *hc luke above mentioned, having on its •outhern banks Fort St. Michael. Between Rio Grande and to the soiithvrard of this river, as far as point Grande Cnstillos, the shores are encumbered with many shoals, their exact forms and depths of water, being known only to the natives ; it is asi^erted, some of these shallows extend 10 and 12 leagues from the shore : it is therefore recommended, that mariners bound to Rio Grande, do not make land in a higher latitude than 32° 2U' S. Vess-sls bound to the river Plate, should make the land of St. Mary in latitude 34° :)8' S. as hereafter directed. Off the coast of South Ame- ricK, but at a very considerable distance, is the Islands of Trinidada and A^censan, a description of t.> ,ae may be considered useful. The Island of Tiinidada lies in 20° 28' south latitude, and in longitude 29° 5' West. In coming from the eastward, as you appioach it, the Islands of Martin Vaz, three in number, will first be perceived at the distance of 8 leagues off; th.;y are remarkable, and lie about 9 leiigueH E. by N. of Trinidada, Tire nearly north and south qf e.acl4 other, and cannot easily be mistaken. The middle one is high and covered with grass, the two others quite bar- ren. Between the southernmost and centre rocks is a passage, but be- tween that and the northernmost, it would be hazardous to attempt one, they appearing almost to ;c>in, and when seen at a distance, are like five distinct heads of land. Trinidada is nearly 6 miles round, unequal and fugged ; mostly barreu, though in the valleys are several shrubs, with Slenty of sea fowl, and the shores are covered at times with stock fish. — > 'he landing is dangerqus, on account of the great surf which continually breaks round the Island ; this occasions watering to be scarcely practi- ctMe, though the water is excellent, yet is doubted whether it be plenti- ful or permanent. You may anchor on the west side of the Islandf about a mile from the shore, in from 40 to 45 fathoms, coarse sarid ; but do not anchor nearer. Here you will see a stupendous chasm in the rock, form- ing an arch, and two re.aark »bJie rocks called the monument and the su- gar-loaf, the former ?30 fee^ high, th«; latter 1160 feet, and b©th have trees on their summits. It '.^ said the best anchorage lies off the east side, the west side being rocky ; hi^i side is I'istinguished by an old Church with a large cross upon it ; ofi' this you may anchor in 6, 8, 10, and 12 fa- thoms, the cross bearing W. S. W. and a point <^ land, resembling the South Foraland, bearing S. W. by W. ; thus situated, we are told a vessel may be moored with one cable on shore. The catering place is near the church. Here the wind is very variable ; sometimes light airs and calms succeed S. E. winds : sometimes a N. N. E. wind has been known to blow for months, and sometimes heavy squalls will set from the westward. The Island of Ascensao is said by a Portuguese mariner to lie in lati- tude 20° 46' S. and longitude 35° 08' W. and by him thus described : He states it to be high, having a cove on its north side, with fresh water ; off its western side are five small islands or rocks, one of which stretching far out to seaward, appears like a ship under sail. Fish and wild fowl are there in abundance, but modern navigators deny the above situation for this island, and altogether doubt its existence. Directions for making the land, and coming doivn to the Bar of Rio Grande. The land is very low, dnd h^trdly to be seen in some parts, even in 12 ^-^^ 10 Edit. filunf s Ahierican Coast Pilot. 459 anner» JS" 20' Mary Ame- ida and lalnml West. Mnrtin fathont ; when first seen, you discover sandy hills, brush wood, and green meadows. There arc but few obiects to give you sufficient know* ledse to ascertain the place with exactness, but 8 or 9 leagues to the N. E. (the coast runs N. E. and S. W.) yoo will see the church of the pa- rish of Electa, which in clear weather is distinctly s«tn in 7 fathoma, in which depth of water you may sail from this to the bar. From the church as you sail down appear high hillocks of land, which are perfectly bare of any objects. At\er running the last named distance, you must be look- ing out for the tower beacon, which is white, and has the appearance of a house about 40 feet high, on the top of which will be hoisted a red flag, immediately on discovery of a Tessel, upon which the pilot boat goes down to anchor on the bar, to wait the vessel bound in. This boat will have a white flag flying, the pilot on board will be waving a red flag, either to starboard or larbor.rd, which directs the vessel iipproaching the bar how to steer, till you are just upon them, when they immediately hcuvs up their anchors and get under weigh for you to follow them. The boat has two spritsuils, and sails fast. A vessel has to run all chan- ces to go over the bar, and ought not to draw more than H feet 9 inches* . If you draw 9 feet and ^ of an inch, it will be proper for you to hoist a / red flag, with a white one under it, on the fore -top-gallant-mast head, both of which should be large and easily discovered ; if, after this, you observe the boat still continues her white flag flying, you may venture to run down to the bar to go in ; but should the white flag be lowered, you are to come to anchor or put about. A vessel drawing 10 feet 2 inches, (which is the most water a vessel ought to draw bound there,) must hoist on her fore-top-gallant-mast-head a red flag and a blue one under, observing at the same time if the pilot boat continues her white flag ^^ying, you may approach her ; if it is hauled down, anchor or go about, as the lowering it shows there is not suflicient water on the bar. In approaching the bar you shoalen your water very suddenly from 5, 4, 3, and 2i fathoms, which last is what you ought to have on the bar. It is judged most proper to make the land in about 31® 3' S. and not to rui: in for it till you have observed in that latitude ; also the lead should be strictly attended to, as the current sets generally to the northward, and storms have put many vessels on shore when least expected. General remarks On the harbour o/Rio Janeiro and Cape Frio. From Abrolho's bank the soundings extend to a considerable distance from the coast all along to Cape Frio. This Cape is remarkable head- land, with several small islands near it on the N. £. side, and one form- inur its extreme point ; about 6 leagues to the northward of the Cape, there is a bay which is said to afibrd safe anchorage inside of the islands. Ships steering for Cape Frio should take care not to run into this bay, particularly with the winds easterly or south-easterly, in the night. The lak.id (o the northward of the Cape is mountainous, but near it of middling height, appearing like islands *, the Cape itself makes in two hummocks, like paps, and has deep water near it. Ships bound to Rio Janeiro endeavour to fall in with Cape Frio ; it is therefore desirable to ascertain the true situation of this promontory.— Capt JaDjes Mortlocks, an excellent observer, made it at one time in lati- tude 23" 1' S. ; at another time in 23" 2' S. and in longitude 41'* 42' W. 160 Bluiil*B American Coast Pilot. 10 £ait. Capl. Toain liy good observations, made il in latitude 23" 1' South, and longitude 41" 42' W. Several ship's journnia prove this Cape to be in latitude 23<' 00' S. or 23° I' S. whereas the English Direolories er- roneously state it to be in latitude 22° 41' S. an error which might induce a navigator to run his ship on shore. Some observers have made the Cape 10 or 12 miles more easterly than the longitude mentioned ; but as Capt. Mortlock and Tosin were careful observers, and agree with each other to one mile, the true situation of Cape Frio may be stated latitude 230 00' 30" S. and longitude 41° 40' W. The const from Cape Frio to the Sugar-loaf (which forms the westera entrcace of the harbour of Kio Janeiro) trenches east and west nearly, dis- tant 69 miles; the soundings are regular and the coast perfectly clear from all danger; you generally find a strong current setting to the westward. OlTthc mouth of the harbour lie several small islands, which is an excellent mark for vessels running for this port ; you need not be afraid to ap- proach them as the water is bold, having from 20 to 25 fathoms all round them. Tho passage between Razor and Round island is clear and good ; they lie 3J miles from each other ; the Sugar-loaf forms the western, and Fort St. Cruize the eastern entrance of the harbour, and bear east and west from each other, distant one mile. There is no kind of danger in en- tering the harbour ; all that is necessary, is to keep your ship (if you are not acquainted) in the broadway, rather bordering on the Cruize side, for should the wind be far to tne northward you may fetch in without tack- ing. The harbour is spacious, good, and well fortified ; it is high water on the bar at full and change at 4 o'clock ; the tides do not ebb and flow regular, but are governed principally by the wind, run with great velocity and rise about six feet. " The latitude and longitude of lihe Sugar-loaf, as ascertained by a good survey in 1796, is latitude 22° 57' 8. longitude 42° 44' W. var. 7° E. Vessels wanting large quantities of water have to apply to the Custom- Ilouse, for their mode of bringing it otf is with a large tank which holds from 12 to 14000 gallons, and for this quantity you pay 24 dollars. Var. at Rio Janeiro 6° E. General direclions for leaving Rio Janeiro, and bound to the ^ River Plate. In leaving Rio Janeiro, you must endeavour to get an offing of from 16 to 20 leagues, where you will have GO to 70 fathoms, but as you get to the southward, into the latitude of 30 and 31 deg. south, you will have not more than 35 to 10 fathomg., twenty leagues distant from the land, and by standing on S. by W. or S. S. W. you will perceive the water shoal to 14 and 12 fathoms, at about 16 or 18 leagues from the land. Large ships should not get less than 16 fathoms, especially between Rio Grande and the Great Castillos, a point 8 or 10 leagues north of Cape St. Mary's, as there are many shoals and banks with only 5 and 6 fathoms, although they lie 10 or 12 leagues off the land. In bad weather a great swell breaks over them, which is. dangerous even to small ships. Coming froip Rio Janeiro to the River Plate, His Britannic Majesty's ship Samson had on- ly 4 and d fathoms, rocky ground, in the latitude of 33 deg. 30 min. though at the tttne, the land in clear weather could not be seen. Steering south, the water deepened to 16 and 18 fathoms, and to the southward of 34 de- E.iE. bh lathor at ^ less tOfidit. BlUnf s American Coast Pilot. 4G] grees steering S. W. by S. the water still deepened, the hottom mud.-— i- When you are in latitude 34 degrees 30 minutes, or 36 degrees S. and have from 20 to 22 fathoms, should the weather be fair, and the wind northeasterly, haul in for Cape St. Mary's, which is in the latitude of 34 degrees 58 minutes S. and longitude 54 degrees W. steer in W. by S. un- til you get into 16 fathoms, and if the weather should be clear, you will discern the land a little to the northward of the cape ; but should you be in the latitude of the cape with hazy weather, and only 16 fathoms, steer S. S. W. or S. W. bv S. until you get into the it'itude of Lobes, keeping in from 16 to 20 fathoms ; if more than 20, steer westerly ; but if less than 16, steer southerly. Being between the Point Castiilos and Cape St.vMary'e, the water decreases suddenly, and must be cautiously ap* preached. When in the latitude of Lobes, and having 22 fathoms, steer west, which course will carry you clear about a league south of Lobes, and by not letting your water be less than 18 fathoms, nor more than 22, you will ascertain to a certainty that you are to the southward of Lobes, and to the northward of the English bank. Standing on to the westward do not get into more than 22 fathoms, particularly when you are to the westward of Lobes, from Lobes to Flores island, you will have bet^veen 1 7 and 7 fathoms, in a direct line between the two islands, the soundings being very regular as you approach Flores. The proper channel is with a ground of soft clay ; but sand intermixed with stones, shells, and gra- vel, is a sure sign of your being in a parallel with the English bank ; and should you meet with brown sand, or mud, or clay, you will be to the southward of the English bank. When near Flores, your depth is the sanrie to the northward as to the southward, but the ground is harder to the former than the latter ; therefore when you tind hard ground, alter the course southerly. Pass Flores to the southward, because of a ledge of rocks stretching out 3| of a mile from its northern point, having no more than 2 fathoms in several places ; if with a line of battle ship, come not nearer than a mile of Flores' southern part, unless the wind is scant, and you are desirous of hauling for a weatherly anchorage, with E. or S. E. winds, in which case you may near it to about ^ of a mile, when you will have 5h and 6 fathoms^ Bring the south point of the island S. E. by E. i E. and the north point E. by N. i N. and you will have from 5 to bh fathoms ; this is the best anchorage for large ships : you will be near a mile from the island, and have a muddy bottom. S. W. i W. | of a mile from the south part of the island, is a shoal with only 23 feet water upon it, on which His Britannic Majesty's Ship Raisonable struck, but got off without damage. Mr. Oakes, Master in the British navy, says of this shoal, that it is a rock extending nearly E S. E. and W. N. W. about a cable in length, and i in breadth, being distant from the island about f of a mile, its least water 4 fathoms, and that part of it, not above 5 fa- thoms in circumference : the other parts of the shoal were 4i fathoms, at I less o, he was off the rock in muddy bottom. In the shoalest part the following bearings were taken ; the outer point of the rock of the N. W. end of the Island Flores, E. by N. i N. The extreme point of a low edge running toward the main from the same end of the island, on with the saddle of the N. E. hill on the island, bearing N. E. h E. The N. E. point of the island N. E. i N. nearly, and the Mount west. On the east of the Flores island is no good anchorage. Going from Flores toward Monte Video, steer W. by S. or W. by S. i S. ; you will then avoid a V or S. W. by 1. and at the distance from t!ie shore of about one mile, you will lie well sheltered from the W. rind S. W. winds, with room enough for 50 sail to anchor ; there are 2i fathoms for a mile and a half or 2 miles round the bay. Contiiiue this course until you bring the mount to bear N. W. by W. or N. W., then haul in for the harbour or the men of war's anchorage, which is about 5 miles from the Tower ; (the mount will then bear N. W. by N. and the town of Monte Video north,) in 4 and 4i fa- thoms, mu Jdy ground. Remarki concerning the Wiudty Weather, THdes, or Currents, Soundings, ^c, in the River Plata, with a few Instructions for navigating therein, by Cap*. Peter Heywood, of the Royal Navy. AT the entrance of the Plata, the prevailing winds, during the summer months from September till March, are north-easterly, with tolerable clear weather overhead, but a dense atmosphere near the horizon. These winds haul gradually to the eastward as you advance up the river \ and about the full and change of the moon, strong breezes from the south- eastward are co°or S. and longitude 54^ 30' W or 1° 24' K. of the Mount Video. It bears about S. W. by the world from Cape St. Mary, distant 41 miles. 'J'be variation off it is i:) easterly. — (IH13.) When within three or four leagues of Cape St. Mary, in 17 or 1» fa- thoms, S. 8. W. by compass, is a fair course to Htcerfor passing outside of Lobos in the night-time ; for with the wind from the eastward or N £. the set along shore into the river must be guarded against. Steering this S. S. W. course, the depth of water will increase to 20 and 22, and some casts perhaps of 25 or 27 fathoms, (if you are net neither to the westward nor the southward of it,) and the bottom will change, tirst to sandy mud, and then to dark blue mud, as you approach the latitude o( Lobos. — If you are set to the southward, in steering S. S. W. you will not deepen so much ; the bottom will keep sandy ; and when you approach the latitude of Lobos, you will have no more than 19, 18, and 17 fathom.s; but if you are set to the southward of Lobos a few miles, you will have hard casts of from 16 to 10 fathoms, and may rest assured of being on the parallel of the English Bank, and may therefore make a west-nbrtherly course true, till you find the bottom soften, as it is all dark blue or green- ish mud in the channel between the foul ridge of the English Bank and the north shore, all the way up to Monte Video in the fair way from Lo- bos. When off Lobos, if the weather threatens, and it should be likely to blow, a ship will find safe anchorage in the harbour of Maldonado, sheltered from southerly winds by the island of Goretti, which bears N. 42" W. true, 11 or 12 miles from Lobos. As I have never been in Mal- donado myself, I shall insert here what Capt. Bouverie says about it. ** The Spanish surveys of this bay lay down a sufticient depth of water for any ship between every part of the island and the main ; however it cannot be safely entered but by small vessels, except to the westward, and you milst not go farther in than to bring the N. W. point of G veUi to bear S. S. W. ^ W. or S, W. by S. by compass, with four and a half or five fathoms, good strong clay. With southerly winds there is in the east passage a heavy swell ; and the water, from the ground being uneven, breaks almost the whole way across, in bad weather — the Diomede, (50 gun ship) passed through it to the anchorage before its dangers were known, and had not less than IB t'eet ; but there are places where there is as little as H fathom, and it iii very irregular. There is a bed of rocks to the south ofGoretti ; the marks for it are ^ '* The tower of Maldonado, N. " And the outer part of Point del este, E. N. E. i E. " In the direct line of the entrance of the bay from the westward is a bed of rocks where there are parts having only three, and one quarter less three fathoms ; the bearings taken on the rocks are-- " N. E. Point of Goretti E. 4 S. " N. W. Point of Do. E. by S. J S. 10 Edit. Blunfs American CoaHt Pilot. 467 •• S. VV. Point ofGoretti, S; E. byS. " Point Biillena VV. by N. ^ N. ** The hill of Pan de A/ucar jimt within tho Rntrance of Point Ballena. " In mill-chnnnel, between these rockH and the island, is 61 and 7 fa- thoms ; their distance from the island iM about three-fourths ot a mile. — There are 7 fathoms close to them all round the western side. The wa- tering place is on the main, close by a battery : the stream loses itself in the sand, except when swollen by heavy rains, and you have to roll your OHskM about 60 yards over the sand. '1 he water is very good." Having Lobos bearing N. by VV. of you by compass, distance three or four miles, you will have about 18 fathoms ; and in making a compass course W. ^ S. by ground log, (having due regard to the wind and cur- rent at the time,) you will make the island of Flores a-hcad of you. In this track your soundings will gradually decrcdne from lU to Vi fathoms, due S. of black Point, and to 7 or H fathoms when you approach within n or 10 miles of Flores. 1'hough Capt. Bouvcrie fays *' You may run quite up to Monte Video, either by night or day, by making a due west course, first trying the cur- rent to make allowance lor it ;" and tliough I have freiiuently done it my- self, yet 1 would not recommend it as a general rule to be followed by strangers to the River Plata. Great earn and attention to the course made ^ood and to the soundings, are indispensably requisite in those who at- tempt to conduct vessels during the night in any part of this river, and even these have been but too often insutficient to save ships from de- struction. Hut in merchant vesiiiels 1 fear we cannot always expect to fmd even those qualities ; and therefore I withhold my opinion of its be- ing adviseabic for them to run in the night : neither can it be done by men of war without some risk. Florea bears by the world VV. 4** 30 N. from Lobos, distant 52 miles. It lies nearly N. E. and S. VV. ; has a small hummock in the middle, and one at estch end, that to the S. VV. being 39 feet high. Between these the land is low and marshy, and overflowed sometimes between the cen- tral and N. E. hummock. It may be seen at the distance of five or six leagues from a ship's deck in clear weather. There is good anchorage all round this island ; but a reef extends in a N. VV. direction from the north point about a mile. Seals and sea lions, and various aquatic birds resort to this small island, as well as to Lobos ; and in the months of Au- gust and September, great quantities of very excellent eggs may be pro- cured. With the wind easterly boats may land on the western side of Flores, particularly in a sm.ill cove very near the S. W. part of the island. From Flores, W. N. W. the Cautas Hocks (above water) are distant about five miles ; and there are five fathoms between them and it. True S. at the distance of 1 1 miles from Flores, is the north part of the English bank, on which in that latitude 35* 08' S. there are about 12 feet water. The depth of the water between Flores and the English bank is seven fa- thoms, all the way across to within a very little distance of both. The English Bank in latitude 35° 12' generally breaks, and with a low river, is above water in some places. Its extent to the southward has not yet been accurately defined ; and for 70 or 80 miles to the south-enstward of it, the ground is said to be foul and uneven, and has n^t been explored. Between the Archimedes and the English Bank, there is a swatch of five fathoms water, (according to Capt. Beaufort, of the R. N. who explored these banks in 1807,) and as many miles wide. itib liluiif s Aincricui) C'uubl Pilot. 10 Edit. The utiiMiU**! pnrt of llir Arrliiinpile« Bunk, nhout ?J fiitliomn, in four inilfH III vxti'iit, uhuut tiorth ridI itouth hy i:oiii|>iiai ; iiiiil there iirt* tour fiithoniN nil round it. The centn; of it in in Intili'tl'^ '(.S** I2'iiiiil the Mount ViiU'o ht'iirii N. JS" W. by the worhl, trom it, diti :e 'JO milen. He- milieu thi(t bunk, there is n Hmiill knoll in latitude liV ^' .S. which in true a. (torn Monte \ id^o 'J I niilex, iind Iiiim not tnurc th.in M (athoins WHtei un it, and ubout four fathoms all round it. I'aflNing to the Houthward of Florrn, at th«t di»tiinrc ofu couple of milen, you have (ij or 7 futhouiM, and nniy Hteer VV. J .*S. by couipasn, to paHk I'oint Bruba, which bears true VV. •!• N. diittanl four leaguen from the S W. end of Flores. This point i<4 bolder to, than the lanct to the westward between it and the town of Alontc Video, and may be pawKed close in 4.^ or 5 fathomn, ut a mile or ;i n)il(> and a half distance. The bettt anchor- age for a frigate oil' the town of Monte Video is with I'oint liraba, bearing by compafls VV. by N. J N. the Catbodral N. K. by N. and tlu? mount about N. W. by N. in IJJ or 4 futliomi>, two mites or more from the town, with the harbour quite open. 'J'he bottom is all soft mud. The harbour of Monte Video la very shoal, having only from 14 to If* feet water ; but the bottom is so very Ho(t, that vessels receive no dam- age by grounding there. Capt. Bouverie says — " A. S. S. VV. wind which blows right into the harbour, and causes u good deal of sea, always occasions the water to rise a fathom or more, in u long continuance oi'^tine weather, the tides sometimes assume the ap- pearance of regularity ; but this is not often the case. They are govern- ed entirely by the winds : The winds from the southward cause the wa- ter to run out on the north shore strongest. Fine weather and,N. VV. >vind make the water lowest. It is usual in Monte Video harbour to have an anchor to the S. E. and another to the S. VV. and to take one in abaft from the northward, for the water forced in by the southerly wind some- times rushes out with astonishing rapidity : when the anchor to the N. is of the greatest service." The Mount Video is in latitude 34" 53' .S. and longitude 56® 03' VV. of Greenwich, being 1° 24' VV. of the island of Lobos, and 'J® 10' E. from the Cathedral of Buenos Ayres : on the summit of this Mount is a fortiti- ed building, whose base is 42 feet C inches by 20 feet, used sometimes for n light-house. The diameter of the lantern is 10 feet 6 inches, and its elevation above the level of the sea 450 feet. At the base of the Mount are several runs of excellent water, particularly in two small smooth sandy bays on the S. VV. part of it. where ships in iiie outer roads may supply themselves with ease; and another on the E. side of the Mount, just abreast Rat Island, adapted to ships in the harbour. Giving the preference to the pafisage on the N. side of the English Bank, especially when the wind is any where between S. S. E. and N.N. E. on passing Lobos, because it may be expected most probably to shift, if it does at all, round by N. to the westward ; though perhaps not before that wind and the inset together might carry a ship up to Monte Video ; yet if the wind should be to the north-westward at the time of making the land, it may pretty confidently be expected to shiA next to the westward, or S. W. and therefore a ship should not strive to beat up round Lobos and the north channel against an outset, but stanr at once over towards Cape St. Antonio, whc;e, by th" time she could stretch across, she would most likely find a S. S. W. wind and N. W. current to run up with along a weather shore to Buenos Ayres, or Monte Video if bound thither, pass ingto the westward of the Bank of Archiicedes in about five fathoms wa> 10 Edit. Blunt* 8 American Coabl Pilot. 4130 l«*r ; or, ifilK* mount nlioiiM he %tirn in i^ooA timr^, <>nd«iToar to hririK it tu b<*nr to the wetlWiiril ui' north hy r.oinpiiii*, till uithin Ave laH|;ur« ot'it. In MtantlinK to tlu; •outhward from ahrtsitt of Cupe St. Mary with thn wind «oiith-w«Ht from lit to 2 1 or '2j fathomn, ivhen Ml thn latitude of l.uboii, and alioiit 12 or i ■) loai^ucM to the cdNtu-Hnl ofit ; uiid making a H. S. K. coimni!, tlio watiT will tli<>ti nhoal to IK, Id, |2, or 1 1 futhoina in crotiiinK tho rid^u which in Kciifrally (omponcd of nand, Kruy Hprckcd niixod with atonen h('roahout<«, al'tcr wliuh tho dcptii in- rira^fs gradually to 2b ur M falltoniM, over a aaiidy bottom in latitudi* 115^ 40 S. mid loni;itudt> :>3® 2.V W. In tho latitudt; of :iO^ S. und I J or 20 iiiiluM f.irthur to thi< eastward you will dccpiui otVtiu; bunk ontiroly. A ship having got to the ^touthward tv far a^ M^ S. may coiiMidor heracif in the fair way for proc«i>ding up on tin* Houth tiidu oftli« Kngliah Ihink ; und if tho wind Hcrvc'-i, a trui' we^t coui'ko may be mad(> good. In latitude of MP S. thn depth of water on the inoridian nf Cnpe St. IMary i«i 'Mi fathom*, and tho liottom tine gray "and like ground pepper. Keeping Htill to the westward, on that paralU-l of .'((i^ H. the du|illi dc- rrca^ea to 10 or \V. II' S. Iiy tim worlil .i7 mil«>«. There «r« iiboiit 12 ur I J l«><» to thn imat* tviirii of it, hut not nion* thnii |i) ur I J t'«!i>l an I'tir hi ihr«*> milr* M. W. of it. I'uint (li'l liuhu hi'uiMi tiitc S. X\ ' W. |(i or 17 niili>M trom it. Kor tht^ (hatiinrc ut' toll 1 7 niiti>« to Ihv iioiith'<>iiiit>v>iril oftht* Orti/. Kni- ron, Ihitrn iir«! KmtM'iilly no iiiuri!, iiitd oHen \vn, ilmn 3^ liitliom^ ; Uiv. bottom toiiKh rhiy nt'iirctt th(> h.ttik, 'iiiil in Hoini< |il.i(-i'ii I'.irtht'r to thr •outh-fURtMrtii-d, Noi't iniitl, iind not iiiorn tiiun '^l iuthoniM. AiUM- kinkiiifi thtf IVIonnt iihoiit N. K. hy N. nn«l having •" M!' 8. and (»" .W W . of thr Mount Vid(M). frotri which it hnarn S. (i:P W. iiy th<> world, di«t.inl M) milea. Thoio in littln more thtin tlireo falhom* at thr dixtancr of 10 or II mih'H, when thn river i* in a mean nlatc ; firlhcr to the Houthwnrd and oil i'oint riedra**, there i it only that depth full 11 or 15 inilen oil ^horc. Very );reut caution therefore ii required in approachinf^ it, and 11 cotiHtant lookout nliould he kept for the land, a:t it in very low, and can- not be Meen farther than I!;! ur i;) tntles in any weather from the deck ot )i frif^atc. When tiie land in harely raided to an eye 10 or '.^0 feet ahovc the lur- face of the waier, a VV. N. W. magnetic course will loatl nloiig nhore be- tween it and the Houth pnrt of the Orte/, which in diiitant about Ij inilcM from il, and between them there in no where more water than three and n half, but mostly H] fathomH. With a hii;h river I have had one quarter Icisi four fathom!!. The nearer the Orte/ the deeper the water. In flteering up W. N. W. with the land iiecn trom the deck (if clear weather) you will have 3J or ;j| fathomM (yet if tho river is low, per- haps some cants of three fathoms) and rainc u remarkable clump of trees, called Knibudo, which are much taller than the rest, highest at the west end, and lie in latitude 35° 0' S. and in longitude P IG' 30" W. of tho Mount Video, or 0" 67' 30" E. of tlie Cathedral of Buenos Ayros. At some distance to tho westward of the Embudo Trees, there is another clump about the same height as tiioni, but thoy being highest at the east end, arc suthciently distinguisihud not to be mistaken for the true Embudo. When in 3i or 31 fatlioms, the Embudo trees bear by compass W. S. VV. the S. E. end of the Chico Bank will bear W. N. W. or thereabouts, 10 or 11 miles from you ; and you must now determine, from the water your ship draws and the then direction of the wind and .state of the wea- ther, whether yuu will pass between the Chico and the shore, or between the Ortez iiiid the Chico. — I have passed up and down several times be- tween the Chico and the south shore, in the Ncreus, lighted in her draft t> IB feet 3 inches, but I would never attempt it again from choice now I nm better acquainted with the. middle channel between the Chico and Orte/, and have every reason to believe that the middle ground some charts lay down, docs not exist. A ship not drawing more than lu feet may take either passage, and of the two ought perhaps to prefer that to the southward of the Chico Bank, particularly if the wind should be well to the southward, as she might take her «oundinn;H from the weather £hor<*. and keeping in somewhat JO R t*i** ■ouihwurtl «ii'tli«? ( liico, Tli« S. W. imhI (>r till' CliK-ii lliuik bfiirt iVoni Ihit KintMulo tr«tt N. .il" l\. IriK*. ilutiuit 10 null'*, unci it'.. M** N. I i niii<*« (ViMn Atuinyn Chiiroli. IIh lutitudtf tlu'rt; u :U" f)l>' :i(»'M. unii lunKitnilr I' D W. ul' thu Motint Vidcu. Thi* blink run* in the ilirrrtion of N. &V'> W. trur, or N. 6^" W. by J" 48' 50^' S. ami 0^ 17' K. of Hurno* Ayn;* ('iitlnuliiil, rrom Ibi* N. W. I'tid, in II I'crt wiiti*r, \litluyii ('b Hiul 11 bull, hikI it* inn«>r vilgt* i* uboiit niiii* inilcM iVoui the niiorn. The wutcr brlw(>(>n the Nhore Hmi it, i* no where mora thiiii '3^ fiitboinn, and the ()('r|)(»t wate. in alonif the inner (mIkm of the nhoal, nt ihi* dintance ol half a mile from it, or U>mh in Konie place*. About mid-wiiy between it and the Hbore there i* one nuartvr le«H three fathoms. On Monui parts of the Chico there is very lidle water, and within the limits 1 have aNHi^ned to it, no where more than It feet, 'i'hcrc wa* for some years the nuiNt of a veitMC'l called the I'andora, which wiu wrt^.ked on this Mhoal, in latitude 31" 64' 8. about 6 mileH from its H. K. end, and proved an excellent beacon to guidt; tbipN puMHin^ it on either nide, but it has now unfortunaloly disappeared. It is very necessary that three huovH Hhould be placed on thin dangerous shoul, to mark its. [ believe the breadth of this middle channel uiay be tive or six miles, and the depth of water from 4 to 5 J and even (i fathoms, in the fairway, about the N. W. part of it, and abreast that end of Ihe Chico. The quality of the ground all the way through this channel is generally soi\ mud, and tit for safe anchorage. The N. W. pitch of the Chico Bank being passed, and the depth of water 6 or 5^ fathoms, you may steer by comj ^^ \V. by N. J N. or W. by N. for Buenos Ayres, taking care not to shoal under one quarter less four off Ensenada till Point Lara Trees bear S. S. E. A little more than halfway Irom Point Laru to Buenos Ayres there are two other remarkable trees. When moored off Buenos Ayres in the Nereus in 19 feet water, and the bottom soft mud, these trees bore by compass S. 17*» E. the Cathedral S. 67" W. 'and che spire of the Reco- leta Co-went S. 76° W. ; the latitude observed was 31" 34' 30" S. and the longitude by Moon 58^ 02' VV. of Greenwich. Variation of the com- pass 12o30' easterly. Directions for Maldonailo Roads, and for going in and out, round the island Goritta. The harbour of Maldonado is situated »n the north shore of the river La Plata. It is formed by Whale Point to the westwn 1, and East Point and the small island of Goritta to the eastward. The town of the same name lies two miles from the mouth of the harbour. This is a very un- safe harbour, particularly for frigates. In the winter season, when the S. W. winds prevail, and to which you are particularly exposed, there is a terrible sea. Small vessels may lie behind the island of Goritta, so far as to bring the west end of the island to bear S. W. and make a tolerable good lee with the wind from S. W., but with it farther to the westward t!iey ride very heavy at their anchors. There is a bed of rocks lying off tne west end of Goritta, distant about three quarters of a mile, with only 6 feet water Oi them. The best mark for avoiding them, is to gyt the Tower of Mal'ionado to bear N. E. by N. by compass, (var. 14** 10' E.) and steer for it till you get Whale Point and the southern part of the Sugar Loaf, (which is a large hill lying to the westward of Whale Point, inland, and has something the appearance of a Sugar Loaf,) in one ; you "may then be sure having the rock in the same line with you to the east- ward, and may run in to get the west point of the island to bear south, and anchor in 5i or 6 fathoms water, muddy bottom, and good holding ground, in mid channel between Goritta and Vne main, the passage be- tween East Point and the east end of Gcvitta is said not to be safe, there being sunken rocks in it. Coming from the northward, betwtfen the Lobes and the main, and bound to Maldonado Roads, give the point of Maldonado a birth of more than a mile, on account of the before mentioned shoal lying off it, having for it8 least water only 5 feet, and at two cables' lengths, 2^ and 3 fa- thoms Standing in from the northward and eastward, bring this point of Maldonado to bear north, and haul in for the west point of Goritta, taking care to have no less than 8 fatbomy water, until you bring a white 10 Edit. Blunt^tt American Goaat Pilot. 473 patch, in n rulgip of hills nbont 10 miles to the westward of the Western^ most house, on with the island Goritta ; then steer for the west point of the island ; keeping that mark to the westward of the houses, or over the west point of the island, you will go over the tail of the shoal off the point in 9 or 8 fathoius water, the white patch then bearing N. W. by N. The south point of the island is bold to ; but if you intend anchoring be> tween Maldonado Point and the island, which is safe and good, then bring the look-out house on the point to bear N. E. or N. E. | E. and haul in fur the bay, steering N. N. E. in from 10 to 16 fathoms, sandy ground, until you bring the barracks within le point to bear S. S. E. the cast point of the island W. N. W. the west loint of the island W. by S. and the Tower of Mnldonado N. by W. i VV. then you will have from 6 to 7 fathoms, sandy ground, where you can moor with a cable each way, pla- cing your best bower N. \V. but should you be desirous of going into Maldonado Roads, you must give the N. W. point of Goritta a birth of 1 mile, for a dangerous shoal lies off it with only 1 7 feet water. Thiff shoal bears from the N. W. point of Goritta N. W. by W. I W. c^Aiending 2 cables* length from N. VV. to S. E. and is about a cable's length broad« AVith a fair wind, you may sail between the point and the shoal, there being 6, 7, and 7i fathoms water, and the passage near half a mile wide. When you can bring the N. VV. point of Goritta to bear S. E. by E. then steer in for the anchorage ; sh;ipe your course N. E. or N. E. by E. keep midway between the island and the main, and as soon as you bring the N. W. point of the island to bear S. by W. or S. S. W. you will then have 4h fathoms, good holding ground. Here large ships may anchor, but small ones may go up farther, bringing the N. W. end of the island to bear S. VV. by W. or W. S. W. when you will have 4 fathoms, good ground. Beef, poultry, and vegetables are to be had here on moderate terms. Water may be procured without much difficulty, in smooth weather, from a small stream that empties itself in the north part of the bay, where you have to roll your casks about i^O yards. [We now suhjoin such informatlor relative to the Coast of Peru as has been obtained., which, though not extensive, is important.] Lobos de Mer, Or the Weather Lobos, are situated in .ne latitude 7° 0' S. and longi- tude 80*^ 17' W.. and are about 10 leagues from the main land on the coast of Peru. They are not high, but very rugged, and may be seen 5 or G leagues. Those two islands form an excellent harbour, with a smooth bottom, and good holding ground. A small vessel may come in through the weather passage, to save the trouble of beating up, but the passage is so narrow, we would not re- commend it as prudent, although there is sufficient depth of water for any ship. The water here is smooth, and a ship might be hove out to the rocks with all safety. There are plenty of small fish about the shores and many ^eal. But like most other islands on this coast, these are cursed with sterility. Beating up to anchor, observe and keep near the west shore, and nnt 60 47;! Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit stretch so fur over to the eastward as to shut the passage until pretty well up, (when yoo may reach across from shore to shore,) by which means you avoid a sunken rock that lies midway with nine feet water upon it, ami is about the size of a ship's hull. From 16 to 18 fathoms is the common depth to anclior in. Sethura Bay. Scthura Bay, situated in 5° 40' S. latitude, on the coaat of Peru, is very spacious. After doubling round Cape Noir, you soon fall into shoal wa- ter, which will decrease as you haul into jlie bay, from 18 to 3 fathoms, sandy bottom. Keeping well to windward you will have more regulai soundings, but the bottom every where appears to be iincvcn, particular- ly so abreast tht town of Selhura, where are many sand spits and shoals, with a liwell setting in from sea-board ; ^vhernas in the weather part of the bay the water is perfectly smooth, and if a ship should ground, she woOld receive no damage, and could easily be got off again. At the head of the bay are very extensive salt ponds, which produce abundance of salt of a .superior quality, and which the inhabitants seem to set little or no store by. The land in sight wears a most barren aspect, but back in the country are plantations which are very productive. Pumpkins and melons, eggs, &c. may be obtained from the natives, by paying a high price. The town of Sethura appears to be a large town, and is situated upoit a river. The inhabitants, who ure all Indians, are very poor, And sub- sist almost entirely by fishing, and appear to be industrious and very ho- nest people. Their water craft are of a very singular and s'mple construction, and deserve notice. From four to six logs of the cabbage tree, about forty feet la length, are secured together with strips of bark, or ropes made of the bark of some tree, amidships of which raft is erected a mast, with a square-sail, supported by shrouds and back-stays : thus equipped, they sail from 6 to 8 knots on a wind, make little or no leeway, and go very dry ; when on a wind they put the blades of their paddles through between the logs, to make them hold a wind, and abaft the mast they have a platform, 3 or 4 feet in height, on which they sit, eat, and sleep. Lobes de Tierrc* Or Lee Lohos, is situated in latitude 6° 25' S. and longitude SO® 22' W. 00 the coast of Peru, is 3 leagues in length, and about five from the main landv in^Shelter Bay is good anchorage in from 16 to 13 fathoms water, over a clear bottom, the best anchorage, however, is to bring said rock to bear S. S. W. where is fourteen fathoms; farther in shore the bottom is rocky. Sea 1400 Harbour has very rocky bottom, otherwise would be the safest place' to anchor about the island. Weather Bay is daugerO'ixs, having many sunken rocks, and the whole QUTge of the ocean heaving into it. 10 Edit. Blunfs American Coast Pilot 470 On the east side of the island is a fine bay, where there is good an- chorage in from five to ten fathoms, over a clear bottom and smooth water. This island presents a most barren prospect, and is without fresh wa- ter or vegetation, and, except andiuragc and seal, is of no farther conse- quence. Excellent fish may be caught with hook and line near the shore. Coming in to windward of the island, it will be prudent to give it a birth, as there are many sunken rocks lying a considerable distance off. Lobos Island. o 5' Lobos Island lies in the latitude of 14^ 18' S. and longitude of 76 W. and is about 2i le 39' and 89<» 54' W. The only bay in this island is on the N. part, and is called Com. Rodger's Bay. A small isl- and which lies off forms a secure bay where vessels can lie at anchor in 12 fathoms water, clear white sandy bottom. Here wood is to be obtain- ed, and land tortoises in great numbers. Off the N. W. part of this island, nbout 2h miles from the shore, is a reef of some extent. This is the only danger I could discover, and breaks with much violence.^ Charles' Island lies W. from Hood's Island about 35 miles ; the Iw* hour is on the N. W. side, and is formed by a projecting point, off which lies a remarkable high black ragged rock, called Rock Dismal. Shipping lie in 12 fathoms beyond the small reef which shelters the landing ; th«; bottom is sandy, but vessels have had their cables cut by scattering rocks, The landing here is very good. This is called E^ssex Bay. On thqwest part of the island, about six miles from Essex Bay is a dark sundy bcacli, *■ Poi ter's Jouf nal-. iU BiunVti Amoricftu CoaBt Pilot. 10 Edit. 10 E< callc'il the Black Beach ; from this beach is n pathway, much trodden, which leads directly to the syrings, which are about three milei from the shore. The road here is the best on the island, though in many places steep and difficult To the eastward of this island are several islands, the largest of which is Gardiner's Island in lat. V 26' S. and long. 90° IB' W. Three miles East from Gardiner's Island lies a reef on which the sea breaks at low water. Lord Chatham's lies pearly E. N. E. and W, S. W. the east part of this island is Hobbs's Bay, pnd lies in lat. 0« 47' S. long. 09» 7' VV. A reef of rocks extend from the south point of this bay round towards the N. W. about ten mileR, lying from one to three mi|es from the shore. Wreck Bay is the W. part of the island, and lies in lat. 0<> 55' S. long. 89** 44' ; a small bank lies off the mouth of this bay, on which is three fathoms ; inside of which is seven fathoms. The largest bay in this island is calk- ed Stephen's Bay, and lies on the N. W. side of the island. The surest mark tor finding this bay is Kicker Rock which lies off the mouth. Thi? rock is very high, flat ou the top, and from some points bears strongly the appearance of a castle. On the western side the rock is split from the siimmit to the base ; and from its slender appearance seems as if ready to tumble down at every breeze. The bay is capacious and well sheltered from the prevailing >vinds *, there is good landing on several small white sandy beaches ; the northernmost point of this island lies in lat. 0° 4rs. Barrington Island lies West from Chatham Island, distant about twen- ty miles from W^eck Bay ; is »bout fiAecn miles long, and extends in the same direction as Chatham Island. Albemarle Island is the largest of these islands, and lies N. and S. about seveqty miles. Port ^endevous, the only harbour known in this island is situated inside of Narborough Island ; the entrance to which is off the N. E. point of Na^:borough, either through Bank's Ba^ or Decatur's Soun^* In this port you anchor in from seven to ten fathoms. From the N, point of the island, a reef extends off nearly three miles ; and from Cape Rose and point Essex the two southernmoAt points, the reefs extend above a mile. Off the S. E. pn^t uf the island, (Cape Woodford) are several small islands, the sputhernmpst lies in lat. I'' 3.' S. bearing from Cape Rose E. by S. distant t<>n miles. Narborough Island is situate^ between the north and south head of Albemarle, and separates Banks and Elizabeth Bays; a reef extends round the scuth part of the island, which forms the north shore of Elizabeth Bay. between Narborough and Albemarle is Decatur's Sound, the length of which is 6fteen miles and breadth three. The soundings obtained in mid channel were eighty fathoms, coarse gravel. There appears no dan- gers lying any distance from the shore on either side, with the exception of the reef pff the S. E. point of Narborough, and that does not extend more than 1^ mile from the shore. This passage is as safe as any other that is liable to sudden shiAs of wind and rapid currents. James Island lies east of Albemarle, towards the northernmost point. T^ere are two bays in this island, Cowan's and Adams' ; Cowan's Bay is on the west side of the island, and lies from cape Marshal (the N. L. point of Albemarle) S. E. by E. There is good anchorage in this bay in from ten to six fathoms, a quarter of a mile from the beach, over soft sandy bottom. Adams* Bay is on the N. side of the island ; near the E. end there is good anchorage in thirteen fathoms, sandy bottom, about half u mile I forme r| FortI IvHpt. the ab^ either ^j^,^:^ mm 10 Edii, 10 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 477 » trodden, • from the ny places of which ree miles iks at low art of this A reef tie N. \V. Wreck 89«>44'; fathoms ; id is call- fce surest ith. Thi? ongly the from the ready to heltered all white lat. 0" ut twen- lin in the S. about lis island is off the ecatur's rom the nd from 3 extend several m Cape head of 's round izabeth ! length ined in no dan- :eption extend f other point. s Bay N. K. bay in !r soft theE. It half ■ a mile from tlic shore ; this bay is about eighteen milet from the former. Porter's Island lies to the S. E. of James Island ; it was discovered by •^apt. Porter in the Essex, and surveyed by D. P. Adams, who gave it the above name. On the most careful examination he could not discover N. W. from Cape Berkley distant 15 miles; the U. S. ship Essex was very near being driven on the rock by the cur- rent in 1813. Ther^ are a number of other small islands or rocks which, from the present state of knowledge of this navigation, it would be impossible to describe, they are steep and inaccessable, and danger is to be apprehend- ed from being sent on them by the currents which run with great rapidi- ty. (The latitudes and longitudes of the principle capes, bays, and isl- ands, will be found in the table in this book.) A bay in lat. 46° 3' S. The enf,rance of this bay is spacious, with several small islands in the midst, affording good anchorage. The land about it is of immense height. Near the water the woods are impene- trable, and the tops of the mountains covered with snow. A ship need not let go an anchor, but haul into some of the small inlets which are nu- merous and make fast to the branches of the trees ; the land above shel- tering you from even a breath of wind. The water in this bay is of great depth. li 170 Lnliludes and Longitudes. 10 £di(. TABLE I. ^fi^ ^' [TABLE containing the Latitudes and Lon^it'iHes of ths most rcmn.kahlo Harbours, Islands, Caticm, Shoals, iic. mentioned in this work, I'oundcd on the latest and most accurute astronomiciil observiUions, surveys, uint charts.] Tht Longitudes are reckoned from the meridian of Grecmvieh. Coast of th mmm st. vnTT "" Lat. Lone. AMUmVA. D. M. D. M. SALEM . . . . Marbleliead . . . 42 33N. 42 32 70 62 W 70 50 « Lat. Long. D. RI. 0. M. Nuhant point 42 23 70 51 Entrance of St. Croix Boston light-house 42 20 70 54 river 45 07N. 67 oaw BOSTON . . . . 42 2J 71 01 Wolves' islands . . 45 04 66 41 Cambridge (Mass.) 42 23 71 08 E, end of Grand Mannn 44 47 66 43 Scituatc light . . Plymouth lights 42 11 70 41 Urand Manun N. head 44 d3 66 45 41 .'39 70 34 do. W. end 44 40 66 65 Race point light . . 42 06 70 14 Entrance of Machias Cape Cod light . . Chatham liglit • . 42 05 70 04 river .... 44 44 67 20 41 43 "0 66 Titmanan island (light) 44 26 67 39 Sandy point Shoal of Georges . . 41 34 69 59 Gouldsboro' harboiu* 44 34 67 52 41 44 67 43 Mount Desert rock 43 S2 68 OD ■a \. shoal of do. (6 fa- Isle of Holt . . . 44 00 60 40 thoms) . . • . E. shoal of do. (7 fa- 41 63 67 43 Castine .... V\ 24 68 46 ■s Martinicus island . 43 «0 68 55 s thoms) .... 41 47 67 20 Wooden Bald rock 43 4S 68 54 •• Nantucket iight-houic 8Hncotv head . Tom-^fevers-llead 41 23 70 00 Manhelgin island 43 44 69 15 ^ 41 16 69 58 Penmaquid point . 43 48 69 27 41 14 69 59 Bantum ledge . . . 43 42 69 33 Nantucket South shoal H 04 - 69 65 Kennebeok river, en- Cape Poge (Vincyai'd) 41 25 70 25 trance . , . ^ 43 43 69 47 Gay head light . . 41 21 70 50 Scgnine island light . 43 41 69 46 Noman's land 41 15 70 49 Ca{)e Small point . . 43 40 69 52 Sow and Pigs 11 24 71 00 Caislbfs ledge, shualest tintrance to Buzzard's pert 43 04 69 11 bay 41 28 71 00 Alden^s ledge . • 43 23 70 09 , ■NEWPORT . . . 41 29 71.18 1 Portland light-house . 13 39 70 17 2; Rhode ii^land light Point Judith light . . 41 28 71 23 Cape Elizabeth . ■ 43 .M3 70 15 -2 ' 41 24 71 29 Wood island light 43 27 70 22 •*« VYatch hill point light 41 20 71 55 Cape Porpoise • 43 21 70 26 a^ L ttle Gull light . . 11 14 72 10 Well'sJiarbour . • 43 19 70 33 li ock island . . . 41 10 71 37 Agamentious hill 43 16 70 41 •t New-London lisht U 21 72 11 Bald bead .... 43 13 70 35 Falkland island light . 41 16 72 45 Cape Neddock Nubble 43 10 70 36 J New-Haven entrance H 17 72 5G York river .... 13 01 70 38 Montock point liRht 41 04 71 55- £ York ledge .... 43 06 70 34 ^ NEW-YORK, CITY . 40 42 74 00 1 Boon island ditto led{;e . . 43 06 13 04 70 31 70 27 Sandy-hook light . . Little E;r harljour 40 28 39 30 74 01 74 22 1 Portsmouth lirjit-house 43 04 70 44 fc "^ (Jruat Egg harbour 39 18 74 34 PORTSMOUTH . . 43 06 70 46 ^ Cupe May .... 38 57 74 £8 1 Isles of Shoals light- PHILADELPHIA .tJ 57 75 09 bcose .... 42 56 70 33 Light-house on Cape 75 07 Newburyport lights on Henlopen 38 47 Plumb island . . 42 48 70 61 Chincoteaguc shoals . 37 68 75 15 iDSwtch entrance . . 9Qaa;a light . . . 42 43 70 49 _^ Cape Charles . 37 07 76 15 42 4a 70 41 ». Cape Henry . . . 36 66 76 18 Ct'/|) \»ut«T off «1<). |OI(l Tup^ail inlet H«Hiiforl(N.C.) . Wilininiiton Smith villt^ . .Sfw liili't CAl'F. FEAK, extreme point . . OiepwHterofT do. Little river tjcorijetown Ditto light . . Ctinf Romiin CHAULESION . . CliurU>Hton li|(bt-housc iN. E(l«ii.«to inlet S. Eddi.tto inlet . Beaufort (S. C.) . Port Royal entrance Tybee li^ht . . SAVANNAH . . St. Cntherine's sound .^H|)el lobar Doboy bar Amelia Sound River St. John . .ST. AUUUSTINfc Matanza inlet IMusqito or N. Smyrna entrance Cape Canaveral Outer breakers off do. Las Tortolas or Hum- mccks . . . . Hillsborough Is. N. P. -S. P. I. Raid head Grenville inlet Cooper's hill Sand hills New inlet . . Middle river CAFE FLORIDA Aliol, N. P. Key Largo, N. E. P Old Matacunihe Sombrero key Looe key Samboes .... Sand keys . . S. W.end of shoals off Cape Florida Tortugas islands and bank, N. W. part Tortugasls. N. E. P. S. E. P. S. W. P. M 37N 14 it] 3i 4! M '16 U \l .'1:5 54 .JJ 67 33 48 33 35 .»3 5'J 33 25 33 13 33 02 32 46 • 32 40 32 30 32 28 32 29 32 08 32 00 S2 03 31 37 31 31 31 21 30 44 30 21 29 61 29 37 28 62 28 18 28 20 27 35 27 31 27 16 27 01 26 47 26 42 26 32 26 17 "26 07 26 42 25 20 26 07 24 42 24 32 24 28 24 25 24 21 Key Marquis Boca Grande bland of Pines Keys of Bay Honda K«y Vacas KeyAgi . . . CAPE gAB^^E . 24 20 24 34 24 37 24 33 24 25 24 3U 24 32 24 42 24 44 34 4t 24 48 24 50 I). M. 76 33\V 76 41 76 41 77 59 7U 01 T' 65 77 67 78 34 79 00 78 65 79 06 79 43 79 40 79 59 80 07 80 33 80 27 80 47 81 03 81 13 81 18 81 26 bl 43 81 36 81 28 81 17 80 66 80 33 80 13 80 30 80 19 80 13 80 11 80 02 80 03 80 03 80 06 80 07 SO 09 80 20 80 32 80 56 81 23 81 37 81 47 81 59 82 31 <%ipe Romnno . . Boca Grundn . . r^pirilo Sunto Bay, ent Key* Ancloi«^ Si. Mtu'tin'skeys Fri'sln*. ntrr keys .SI. Marcos de Apalache 30 10 South Cupe . . . 29 48 TaT" 1). M. 26 OON 36 41 27 38 28 II 28 42 29 08 83 02 82 45 82 45 83 00 82 13 83 11 81 41 81 29 81 17 «1 16 81 19 St. George's key, S. P, Cape St. Bins Bay St. Andros Bay St. Rosa, E. point of St. Rosa island PENSACOLA \V. end of St. Rosa Is. River Perdldo . . Mobile point . Mobile Massacre island I. del (>uerpo . Chandelier Is. N. P. S.P. Key Breton Entrance of Mississippi, N.E. Baliee S. E. Pass South do. S, W. do. 9 30 29 36 30 02 30 21 30 24 30 19 30 18 30 13 30 40 30 12 30 12 29 59 29 30 9 28 NEW-ORLEANS Long island I. Tonbalie, S. P. I. del Vino, W. end Bancos de Hostiones, S.P. . . W. P. . . 29 IS 29 08 39 05 28 57 28 65 29 67 29 16 28 62 28 66 Point Fierro . . Deer Point Point del Pacaro River Lobos, entrance Salt water bay Constant bay . River Mernientao River Sabine, entrance 129 40 28 50 29 26 29 14 29 S6 29 24 29 32 29 26 29 27 29 38 89 09 89 11 89 06 89 II 89 23 90 09 90 14 90 39 91 24 91 44 9.i 04 92 07 92 29 92 48 93 04 93 U 93 39 94 II 94 67 hlands in the West Indies. TRINIDAD, Spanish town — Icaquc point — Point Galiote — Point Galera Tobago, N. E. point — S.W. point . Grenada, N. E. point — 9. W. point Grenada bank, middle Barbadoes, S. P. ~ E. ditto . . — Bridgetown — N. VV. point St Vincents, N. point — S. ditto . . St. Lucia, S. point I Lat. Id. m. 10 39N. 10 04 10 09 10 51 It 29 1) 05 12 19 11 58 II 55 13 01 13 08 13 06 13 18 13 12 13 04 13 30 Long. D. M. 61 30\V 61 66 60 65 60 51 60 17 60 48 61 40 61 6$ 62 18 59 36 69 24 69 41 69 44 61 21 61 20 61 00 480 Latitudes and Longitudct). 10 Edit. w. r. fl(. T.ticln, N. point — UiHinanil rock . — I'ort Rnyul — Mttcuubu point Dotnitiica, S. puint — N. point Tlio iii^aintii iMlanil . MHriH<(Klant«, N. P. — S. I.ttr. . . GuHtliiloima, 9 — N.VV. .litto . — N. E. ditto . a. E. u ttu . Deaeada Antigua, £. P. — VV. |K)int Monserrat, i'. P. N. P. . . Redondo island^ iNevis, St Chrlgt'w or St. Kilts — S. E. point . . , — N.VV. ditto . , St. Euitatia town . , Saba Aves or Bird's Is. about Barbuda, N. P. . . . St. Bartliolomew-, E. P. St Martins, E. P. . AnKuiItt, S. W. point — N.E. point . . Priclcly Pear Isle o! Dogs, western Sombrero . . St. CroiK or St. Cruz, E. P — W. P Anegado, S. P. of shoal — W. P Virgin Gorda, E. P. . Tortola.E. P. . . . — W. P. ... St. Johns, > . . St. Thomas, . . . Bird Key . . . . Serpent island, E. part — Crab island, E. part D. M. 13 a6N 14 U li U 14 36 14 A6 I.*) 14 15 A9 lA AS 16 04 ir, A3 36 bd IH 30 16 30 16 11 16 2' "» or. 8 Cape St. John orN. E. PORTO RICO . . Point Broquen or N. W Point St. Francisco Cape Roxo or S. W. P'. Lo3 Morillos . . . Point Coamo . . C. Mala Pasqua or S. E. P Muertos island La Moon I. . . Monito I. ■ • . Zacheo or Deiecheo I. Cape Engano . . Saona I. E. part • V4 I 'O 16 A6 17 09 17 IS 17 24 17 29 17 40 lA 40 17 44 17 54 18 04 18 12 18 18 18 30 18 19 18 38 17 43 17 42 18 36 18 46 18 30 18 28 18 23 18 32 18 22 18 15 18 19 18 10 18 24 18 29 18 31 18 22 17 58 18 00 17 65 17 69 17 62 IR 06 18 09 18 34 18 35 13 13 ToiiJ 1^ M 60 56W 60 AC 61 06 61 09 61 28 61 8U 61 30 61 37 61 14 61 lA 61 48 6( 5. M. i't. )>nl. (!iimberlaiid Sllvffrkey.S.E.emi . 20 laN 69 29W| liai'lidiir 19 ft4N. 75 IIW -N. K.do. . . 10 32 69 S7 S( .1 A;ria . . 21 n:l IK) 411 — Saiul key 21 12 71 10 Stone keyt . . 3^ Lof, .fiirdliieH . . n n 81 n — Kndyiiiion's rocks (irf^it L uy cos, S. part 21 07 71 15 il 37 III .11 21 31 71 27 •^ H. K. point of tiio liank 21 24 III Hi — N. K. P. or shoul St. 5 Kl .Iftnlinillo . . 11 24 «l .00 Philip 21 45 71 22 ^ KcyiJniilincH S 1. Pines, S. W. P. '.!l 21 H2 04 VI — N.W.part . . 21 51 71 47 21 22 «2 55 North Caycos, middle 21 66 71 57 ^ Iniliiiii keys 21 29 !!2 56 ^ Hooby rocks off do 21 58 71 57 Keys St. riiilii) . . 21 4li U.I 06 :j Providence Ciiycos, N. Point Hie.liMs . , 21 4H 1)3 1.2 W. P. . . '21 .',2 72 21 Ciipe C'orientR» il 43 84 23 I.itlle C ycos S. \V. P. 21 .16 72 27 fiipe St. Aiiianio 21 51 8t 57 Key Francis . , 31 31 7t 07 Hanrlio rclio .-.iKtal 22 04 ua 2a Siind key . . il 18 7S OS Shoitl tJiscoveretl in South keys sliunl 21 01 7 V3 1797 . , . . 22 06 85 02 (■reat Iiihxuh or Heuea> Ra, rf. K.P. . . Loi Colornilos, S. VV. 1' 22 19 Hi 4» 21 • 7" ul ^ - N. K. P. . . . 22 5H 83 08 — S. E. P. ... 21 OU 7.1 06 *§ Point JuHii and Jaiiiiitu 22 22 84 21 — S. W. P. 2U 34 73 41 'O tliil (iniijilior. 22 48 83 21 - N. VV. P. . . 21 Ofi 73 41 •^ Buy lloi'idti . . . 22 54 83 05 Little Heneaj'a, E. P. 21 28 72 54 r. Point Escondido 23 0« 81 47 ^ 22 30 73 06 Point Guanas 23 09 81 10 ^ — S. W. point . . 22 20 73 11 Pan of MatanzuA 23 02 81 42 ■^ French keys or I. Pla- MATANZAS . . 23 02 81 36 S: iias .... 22 40 7.3 34 Point Vcaco.s , . 23 08 (11 09 a, iVliruporvoskeys 22 07 74 32 Stone key off do. 23 12 81 09 Castle island or South Key Cniz del Padre 23 14 80 55 key .... 22 08 74 20 Las CHl>ezHS . . 23 Ifi 00 43 Fortune island, VV. P. 22 30 ^4 20 Nicolas shoal . . 23 10 80 13 North key. Bird 1. 22 50 74 22 Key Clarcnero 22 51 79 49 Crooked island, VV. P. 22 48 74 18 Key Francis 22 40 79 17 -E. P. . . . 2:2 38 73 60 Key William (nurthern- Atwood's keys or I. Sa- niosl) 22 .36 78 34 mann, K. P. . 23 05 73 36 St.Juuit 22 14 78 5S — W. P. . . . S3 03 73 49 Key Coco, S. side Ba- Rum key 23 3i 74 57 hama clinnnel 22 29 78 17 « Watland's I. N. E. p. 24 06 74 26 Key Point Paredon do. "il 30 79 05 — S. VV. P. . . 23 37 74 37 The Barrel . . . 22 25 77 56 t'onceptioii or Little 1. 23 52 75 16 Cayo Confitcs . . 22 11 77 40 St. Salvador, ortiu;uia- Cayo or Key Verde 22 05 77 37 hiui, S. P. . , ?.■} 57 76 32 GuHjuva 21 54 77 25 — N. p. ... 24 33 75 49 Point Maternillos . . 21 40 76 69 Little St.Salva»lor, jN'.P. U 32 76 12 Point de Mangle . . 21 13 76 14 k^leuthra or Hctera 1. Point de Mulas 21 07 75 34 Point Puluieto 25 12 76 10 Tanamo 20 43 75 13 James point 25 t4 76 25 Key Moa . . . 20 44 7i 49 rjarbour island 25 31 76 40 Poijit Gnarico . . 20 40 74 41 Egg island reef 23 32 .76 58 Bttracoa 20 22 74 23 !Jool»y rock* S3 11 77 03 .NEW-PHOVIDE.NCE Nativity bank, or E. light . . . 25 05 77 22 reef . . . . 20 08 68 41 Berry islands. Frozen Superb shoal . . 20 58 68 59 key ... 25 22 T7 41 ^ 482 Luttti](1c8 and Loiigitiides. (0 Ea;t. LMt. |,u„.-, 1 -TIT- l.i.m. D. M 1). M. 1 D. M. I>. M. B«rry l^lamN, 1 (nlclM to Lagnnn Madre 26 02 N 97 41VN ^ Sliiruiw key, K. F. U 4fl> 711 ftVW t Hur I'll la Miiiini-i rn- Mtlle Uiuir («Mirrii) la .'»7 711 t4 H (ninti'iitir HLAniiir 23 46 91 58 Ortmt Idhhi' If) 01 7!* Ot Hur di'l Inritii i2 62 97 hi Briuinl !•■ N. W. pxH 2rt n T.> in 1 \louni ('oninniiKliinlu n 48 >n ftii 1 < tti ki y,iiil(lttl(> i!> •^A 7v o;i tlur de la Trinidad 22 39 y7 67 KidiiiK rurkM, H. P. '.V» ii 7!) 04 ,8 llrtr t-'ienn . . 22 34 97 58 aj Ui-tttiKc k*-y*y nurlh 'iX b'A VJ 06 Kivrr Tumpico . . 21 16 •«.Mii|i .)(' tho bttok r2 od 76 22 CO 60 97 21 K<7 tit. l)itiiiiiii,o n 4ft 7ft 45 Kivrr t'iixonns 20 H 97 16 O Ht. Vlnr.«iit» Rhoal 'i\ bii 75 19 Ti'ne»tf(|ni'|)« 20 40 97 12 Kt'.y VwnJo 22 01 75 05 liiicii de Lima . . «0 37 97 t)7 Key Sal . . . ri 12 7.') 41 Hiver ri»(V<''"t'»>'"'" 20 .10 97 01 Lung ixliind, y. P. Ti 4!» 74 46 Mount (iordo 20 22 96 67 — N. P. ... '2:\ 30 75 19 Itiver Niuiln, enlrnncu 20 16 96 60 KxuaiH, N. W. P. 2.'« 3(i 75 61 Kiver I'alniH, mtinnce JO 10 96 45 LvHward M»i'Kiiixi.*tli»i(i HOLE IN THF, WALL 23 60 76 02 I'oint I'iedrn.s 20 00 96 36 in b\ 77 10 River de Snnta Urn 19 55 96 30 N. E. point of Ab«co 26 17 76 69 Point Drl|;HdH 19 62 !»6 26 LlnyHni's key, N. f. . 20 23 76 67 Point M. Andri'tt . 19 43 96 21 Kibow key, E. P. Man of War key, N. 26 jy 76 63 Point de Brrniit . . 19 40 96 21 1 Rivrrbt.Jolin Antel 19 32 96 20 W. P 26 37 77 01 Xalapa 19 3t 96 60 ee, Great Guana key 26 43 77 08 Peak de Orlvabo . . 19 03 97 09 ■ Memory rocit . • 26 A8 79 08 Point de Sum lola 19 30 96 16 1 Sand key, N. P. 26 A4 79 08 River St. Car os 19 26 96 16 •§ Wood kttv, middle Great Bahama Island, 26 46 79 or Kivor Antigua . . 19 20 96,14 0Q I'oint Gorda . . 19 15 9C 04 :« W. P. ... 26 38 79 01 VKRA CUIIZ . . 19 11 96 04 •5 — S. P. ... 26 20 78 36 8 St. John de Ulloa 19 15 95 68 »^ — E.P. ... 26 11) 78 10 C Xamapa 19 04 96 06 ^ Uiver MedelHn, enl. . 19 06 96 69 Dogkcyii, N.P. . . ■24 CI 79 46 Point Auton Lis.^rdo 19 04 95 *•''> 1 Water key . . . 23 58 79 57 Bar de Alvarado 18 4^ 95 3)1 Donble-beaded Shot ■g riacotalpun 10 35 96 29 keys, westernmost 23 62 CO 14 ;t Vi^la . . . . 18 38 96 18 1 Salt key ... 23 39 80 08 ^ Point Roca Pnrtid.i 18 40 94 69 Anguila, E. P. 23 27 79 14 Point Moriilos . . 18 41 94 61 A: Tnxtin . . . . lii lU 95 05 ^ Bermuda, •1 Point Zapolitan . . 10 34 91 41 — GsorKCtown 32 22 64 33 J Point Xicacal 18 27 94 37 — Wreck hill, western- 2 Point St, John 18 19 94 29 most land 32 15 64 60 1 Han-illa . . . 18 07 94 27 Best latitude to run for Bar GuaiiJironlios |8 08 94 12 Bermuda . . 32 08 1 Klvcr Toncladu |« 00 '3 66 Kiver St. Ann . . HiverCupilco . . 18 08 18 13 93 41 Eaal Coatt of Jin^rica from liiver tialnni to Capf- Horn. 93 08 Doft Boriis 18 13 92 45 RiverCliiltepcijiie HiverTabasiM) 18 14 18 22 92 39 Lat. Long. 92 07 ' ' }'• D. M. V. M. River St.Peter and Paul 18 27 91 64 1 Point ent. river SaWne 29 40N. 94 67 \V Point Jicalango . . 18 44 91 29 'Poirtt Culebrao (E. part Island C'uirnen 18 46 91 14 ' # L St. Louis) . . 29 10 96 05 Point Eseoudido 18 60 90 h\ e Point St. Franci«cof en- River Chen 19 20 90 36 trance of Bay St.Ber- Point Morros 19 40 90 39 1 nard . , . . 28 .58. 96 66 CAMPECHE . . 19 60 90 30 90 29 a? Horse Inlet • • 2« 08 97 3d Point Desconocida 20 65 "S* Point of the cdasi 26 46 97 36 Pols* Gordo . . 21 06 90 19 cj BwdeSt.Jago . . 26 05 ■97 91 Point Piedras . . 21 09 90 IS ^ River Briho, eMtcapce 25 5.0 97 £6 kil . . . . St. Clara . . . 21 20 89 19 ^iv«rSi.Fcrnando,ent.25 22 j 97 32 21 22 88 4b 10 Edit. Latituilee ami Loiigiiudes. 483 ■T:r U. M. 'il WN au M Mi I) M. U i9N 1.1 6. LiK Arttni iilaiuii Uniik iM»\Hi Triniiglf!! uUniU N^'Mr vliiMil HhJo iNniiva I. Iitlmiii Ai'f>iiu. — S. E P. Itio tiondo,«ntrani:o I. t'bero, N. 1'. — 3. P. . . . I. St. Cruz K«y Juicot North ri'tfC . . t'liief Channel . . VVulliV riv»'r, enfrunre KlCliluchorn. [. N. P. — H.P. ofshoHl MisteriUHo I. . . Viciosol. . . . ^Hntanilin or .Swiui f. SouCh keys, N. P. — Hat keyg, S. P. f '^n^eritre or Glover's reef, S. P. , . SnpotiUas keys, S.K. P. Rattan I. E. P. , . — VV. P. . . Guanaja or Boniiacca I. Point IVIanaLiiquo Omoa . , . , Point Sal . . Triunfo de la Crn?. Utlllal. N.P. Truxillo Cape Oelegado or Hon duras Cu[)e Cainaron Cape False Cape Gracio. 41 87 17 16 00 87 02 15 53 86 06 HO 43 U6 37 M6 42 H(i 5H 117 15 87 .14 au 01 IKi .".4 Hl\ 32 88 17 88 03 07 5.1 U7 5'i 87 52 87 50 87 .W 88 19 «7 II ll7 06 8.> 25 84 44 84 04 07 12 87 00 86 II 85 10 8.1 05 84 46 83 II 82 27 83 26 81 49 82 05 81 54 80 09 79 47 79 61 3 (iuMna r««ri)N. P. M I' KuiH:iiti I. N. P. Mu«inilu k«yii Little Corn inland (treat Corn inland liluelleld*, enlraiicfl • I. St. Aiiilrew, mid. I E H. E kityi I is. \V.ki«yor Alhur qiitinjutt Paxoro Hovo •St. John'i|H>inl Port IJoco Toro I. EhiikIo, N. p. . KiviT Chanre, cn|r«nf POKl'O HKI.LO Eandlon 1. .N. P. Point MunKunillo Point St UIm!« Point i;ont'*M)tjon Isle ol PintM Cape TiliiiiDn Kiver Sniiiipiilla, ent. Point Carulmna Point Arltoletos Inland Fiicile I. St. Bornai-d.N. U. I CAKTIIAOENA • Jalerado Samlm West ttntraiice ol° rive MaEdut(!n St. Martha Cnp« Apiija Bank Navioque hrado Hacha Cape la Vala Point Gnllinas MoHges islandi, N. P. CajHj Chichibacoa Point Kspada •St. Carlos , . MAIIACAYBO Ctiro ... Point Cardon Point .Miicnila Cape St. Roman . Island Ornba, N, W. P. — H. E. P. Point Arlcula . , Point Savannos Point Soldado Key Borrocho Tuvacas PORTO CABELLO Valencia Point St. John Andres Poim Orlcaro Point Trinchera LA GUIRA . . CARACCAS 10 12 .1.» \i ti 13 06 II 20 10 41 9 29 9 14 9 iO 9 33 9 40 9 33 9 .11 9 19 8 5.j 8 40 7 57 8 37 49 20 9 48 10 25 10 48 OJ 15 21 36 31 II 27 31 17 IS 05 11 03 10 43 11 24 11 12 12 12 12 II II 11 35 06 12 38 25 67 33 14 10 57 10 51 10 29 10 18 10 10 SO 10 38 J0 3t to M l> •a so 44W 79 Ifi 79 4« HO 39 H2 19 H2 SI «« ftO «t 39 82 06 82 II 82 fti HI 00 UO 41 ni 08 82 48 82 54 82 0.1 80 .'>7 80 03 79 35 79 .13 79 20 78 40 77 53 71 39 77 29 76 54 76 57 76 32 76 13 75 60 75 29 75 20 74 56 74 U 74 12 73 II 72 56 72 14 71 41 70 69 71 17 71 08 71 12 71 17 69 46 70 20 70 19 70 07 70 09 69 68 69 63 69 10 68 9ft 61 19 68^17 6fi hi 69 09 67 4t B7 I^ 67lO)| 66 69 66 57 UM LalUutlc'H and Loiigiiiulcw. loKdit. I or Willi* l> 10 10 II \i II It: I CViilrnela I ro«k , <'m|m Cutlcrn CuilCtHll, H,f, - M, K, I*. I.l(|ki f* iimco Uu«niiyr«, N. I*. — H. P. Hinii ur AvM I. WPtltnii 1 1 — rHaleni . { 1 1 Boru, VV.!*. . .11 K. P. . . II OrrhllUI. . . .11 mniiclin I. , . .Ill IoHukhI. .1(1 Hfvtii BiuMipm, mill. 1 1 MurinrUn, W. P. II - l" P. .11 I. CiiOiiun (If Priirl I. 10 IVIiiPn I. ... II I. Huht . . II leiitliut I. . . .11 RIvvr ()ri|iiilit, ciilrHtife 10 New Bat-rcioim . . lu \. Uorrufhu . .10 Hniile F«t . . . tU CumaiiH ... 10 Amyu .... 10 Murro Clioropnln . 10 Eicundliio or lliililcii |>ort . . .10 Cupo !VlHUpH«<|iin . 10 €np« ThiTc poinl* . 10 Paint (iakm . . lu Point Pt!iiH or Huliim lo nrHj^onfl iiioiilli . lu River (iiuriipiclic, nit. 10 Point Mon-o . y Oronoco river . 8 Cupe Barmn . . t< r.NXGquebu riv#>r 7 DKMERARA RIVKU, entrance — Corobana point River Berbice, eiitrancr SURINAM river, ent. Puramaribo R. Merourl, cuu-ance CAYENNE . . Oyapock river, St.Louls Cape Orang-e . . R. Cassipoiir, eritrante (;apc North Moutli of rSv«r AinaKun Cape MMOflasr • • rartf. " • flKv fKwmnno . . CaUelii«Hi*«»r . . Cap«fikirri|)i Shoal . .11). M. aON ;»•» n W n 0? m AM LA Al •I't tti 1)1 |i. 00 ■I'J \\ :\ m m 20 it> 27 44 41 42 46 4.'» 4i 41 12 64 00 6 6 ft b 4 .*) 4 3 1 '0 I ?0 f I I I % I». M. All Of.U Oii 0.1 fi'J l.» 4ii 41 •;ii m 4« 20 SB 49 fiO .Mi 61 Vi 64 48 16 178 sa 28 31 47 4« 52 17 09 SO m 07 till 'i(i (itt in (17 4.' fi7 J!! «i» 4(1 (..^ I 'J «1 J7 (14 ;>ii »i.l 60 ClI 411 »i.t :)ii li.i o;) ti6 :vx i; 1 4ii ri4 411 64 31 61 I.) 64 20 6.'» b-\ g:» n 63 04 62 44 6'2 .13 61 63 61 411 6i 4:J 01 611 (JO 26 60 04 i. I.iila ill' MHriuiYi'tni ('(»roii (iiHiiil, M, v., P. 1. Ml Anna Klnilo«l,niM 0('«< l'prj(ui<-NH Ii|'iniiiiit«iil, Pnrtiliiiitia .Icrti'oHrctHrii <'orH» lie < (»i ti'ii Moiinf iMt*|pm'in« point "Hruni .... Hay Ikmmp#< .'*I.I'hmI'i . . Riir«'a» l-'rriiiniiMil .Noroniiik HI lioiriiito Point Oanifl . . HaioM uHralibii Poiui MHraniiaya r,Oni»«l<', S. P. Foiiit JoaiitingH E. Si. Si'bHktian, N. P. - S. P. Mount Trigo St. Ctttli(rrine',s island I'orto St. Pedro Cape St. Mary I. Lobos Maldonado harbour Point Piedras MONTE VIDEO BUENOS AYRES Cape St. Antonio Cape Lobos Pi Cape Coriente. M, •2 178. ■i ^i • V'.i •2 II '2 l!l 2 I J 2 2:» .: 41 2 U '2 411 A 07 :i 3-2 3 40 ftftN 3 66 S 3 63 3 57 4 ^% 4 40 4 6V 5 OB 6 4)1 7 46 II 11 I) Vi 10 57 13 01 U 62 16 40 III 00 to II '21 6!) '22 S!2 22 35 22 44 23 01 22 69 23 00 i.'3 0*2 23 06 22 67 2'2 6'2 22 68 '23 10 •23 17 U3 22 «3 27 23 3C 23 62 23 69 27 32 .12 09 34 39 35 02 34 56 35 39 34 64 .14 37 36 iil 36 66 37 59 43 55 44 30 45 45 iTiitiii. i». .0 4.1 lUU 43 47 43 40 43 lii 4:» O.i 4 • 40 4. 04 41 -'0 40 1;, 3'J 41 ;i'j 07 30 -ii 3n [\ 2'j la 33 26 32 36 31 62 37 24 37 Do 3'; 311 33 311 3.^ 10 34 67 33 02 31 61 36 01 33 31 38 60 39 00 3^ 22 39 3!| 40 40 41 46 42 03 41 .^0 42 06 42 29 42 41 42 56 43 16 43 16 43 IR 43 17 43 39 43 68 44 09 44 22 43 02 45 02 43 O'l 43 00 52 02 53 3a 64 42 64 60 57 02 66 04 68 24 66 45 56 47 57 39 64 09 66 37 67 35 10 Cilit. I^AiilU(l«*« anil LongitiuU'i*. i1^ ■ ••lllM. i». s). 4:1 47 4.t 10 ».» Ill II )).« I to i (»7 30 ','7 S8 14 '-"• l;j .1.1 ■.'(, ;*: ;(i ;n .'.^ :i7 -.u •■17 00 y; ;)ti 3j ."III :iA 10 .14 fl7 .1.^ ();• •'14 A I M> 4 4.1 16 45 IR 43 17 43 3'J 43 ftO 44 09 44 22 ir> Oi 4.'» 02 4:) 04 43 00 52 02 53 oH 54 42 54 50 57 02 5t> 0\ 58 24 fiC 45 56 47 67 39 64 09 66 27 67 25 D. M. < ;«p# HUnrn . .47 lAK rolnl IMiirs . .'47 4A l**trt M JiilUii, fiilrHiirv It) 07 HI. (.'niRlmrlHMii . M l*J <' Fiilrwi-allirr .51 54 ( ii|i«« \'trfin», ullitii • •(mill I'liiir f,i|iiiilt> >Hiitit M'liilli iMiint iif rii triiMci' Id ilillu) l>rru ilrl TurKU, C. I'l'inii . <'ii|rt> HI. Dirgu '^lati'ii liiml rii|i<' ^1. Jitlin, en. I n'liinii^l litiiil iiriir C Moni — ('.. Ml. Riirlliii|i)(iii*\v — C. dfl .Mfiliii fiilrn. Id I.v Miiirc'i Mtriiiu Nfw i'tliiiiil, K. |Miri KvtMiCii^laiiil, rniililli' Itornnltcliii itlninli, h',.V ( AI'K IIOUN, toulli pHrt of lloniiil't l>4 Jl J4 4'l .'»4 67 .V4 4'J .W 17 .15 3i 55 44 55 58 ti.-i r.iw 6ti0ri (.7 U liD 'iU en 2.1 CO 2C «7 2» 65 0* r.:l 4'J C 4 3 (ill t5 «il» 47 06 46 67 21 Wr.»/ C«f»/ of Jmnira, from Cape Horn to hfi Cttftr. I CAPF. HORN . . I. Difgi) Uiiniiror, 9. W — N.j)Hrt r.tle St. llilnfoiiM), d.lV lerrii del V'uejo — FaUf rape Horn — Yorkinin»ter — r. (ilniicptter — Cape Fillara, S. \V. entrniicn to Magel lan'tf sti'Hit' 25 fill 15 Uj 56 69 17 55 42 m OQ 55 27 70 04 '54 07 73 36 52 43 74 67 52 34 76 05 42 25 74 57 50 5 4 75 30 49 4C 75 \i 4(1 26 75 4.-. 4!l 00 75 19 4(; 59 75 27 45 51 75 2U 44 00 74 42 43 41 74 21 41 49 73 53 41 05 74 09 39 64 7.1 46 39 61 73 33 .-Jfl 29 73 46 38 20 74 05 3r. 69 73 41 37 05 73 42 36 49 73 09 36 41 73 12 33 27 70 43 33 01 71 37 iNtiiii rtiiiuii* t 'lM|l|lllllMt llniiiiii , P. S«iiri» 111. r^l. I>IU, tailtni - wr«lt)rii I. Illimm Morn* .Mori*iu» Miiint •!(■ ,Mr\illoni'« Pitiiil ruiiifi .liii'iiry drt l(ii<|iiliii Pil^ctliitl (|r Picit Point Pit^drut Point Pinni^im Arit-H . . . . Point di> C.'ole* llo . . . . i'oint Cornrjo (iiinuna ^tiro . . It. SI. .riiiui . . I.i)* .\nii|;0» p«iint I'iiro Citiii'tn • P.Ctiilra I. S|. Lorcnxo, Vt . P. LIMA . . CALLU, s«a port of Li- » I. Pel.. , W. part L<*<« Hi. tiiiKON iHJuiid.i I.PelHdo . . Maud St, Murtin Point .Sunlander Rock itt'fii in 1792 Frrrul, entrunco Tnixillo MalahrigOt p<)i t Ixland Lobondn Mer Island Loliot do Tierrn Kteii . . . PointdoAjuga Point Payiit . . Cape Rliinco P. Malpelo , . GlJAVA«lJIL,City . I. Puna, S. W. P. Point St. Helena I. Pelade . . Point del Calln I. de la Plata, \V, P. . Ca|»e St. Lorenzo MantH C'auc I'asadit . Quito . . . Galapagos idancN Hood's island (Miarif » island, N. P. — b. P. Rarrington island, W.p. Ciiatham islfenU, W. p. — Kicker rock E. p. T I). 31 i9 U tl 'ii 10 t6 t4 .'3 ".M a 11 i» 20 I J IH 17 17 16 16 16 15 14 13 i:> 12 12 12 12 It II II II 10 10 9 n 7 6 6 6 5 5 4 n *i 2 3 a I 1 1 1 Porter's island, N.E. P — S. W. P. ii. M. 60H. Mi tfi 10 II •20 16 MJ in 01 3.1 50 58 06 «6 27 42 38 41 17 Oil Ij 27 Hi 01 33 05 03 02 46 56 27 03 39 4)1 07 OH 4n 6li 24 66 .')9 03 19 32 12 »l 10 66 23 IK 04 67 27 13 24 11 ."50 00 57 47 49 29 41 II M. -I 44W 71 If 71 lA 7J m 7U 5li 79 47 IMI 03 70 36 70 31 70 in 70 10 70 09 70 16 70 13 70 19 70 l!l 71 11 71 13 71 46 73 21 7.1 47 75 II 76 02 76 It 76 17 70 30 90 33 90 17 C9 43 09 39 89 06 90 03 90 27 f f 4 4(ib Latitudes and Longitudes. 10 Edit. iO Edit. •I I :\ tc Albemarle hlaud Cape Roto .... PciiU Eitcx . . . Cluiiitophe rV Point Cape Berkley . . . Ca|)e Drummniid . . Cnpe MarchHl . . Point Albemarle, (ruof) Rodoiido Rock . . . Wenham's Is. W. P. . Culpepper's lii. . . Abington Is. N. P. Cape Chn'tncrB . . Blnloes Island W. P. — E.P. . . . . . James Island ,JV. K. P. "TTT D.M. 1 OOS 59 51 00 15 0(» 09 N 15 1 24 1 44 43 29 24 24 55 Long. D.M. 91 05 W 91 16 91 25 91 32 90 54 90 59 91 09 91 M 91 51 92 00 90 47 90 50 90 19 90 06 iO 20 From the River St. Croix to Cape Cansor Entrance of St. Croix River Macgone's I. (ontrance of St. .John's Uivor) Cape Spencer . . . C. Chignecto, (entrance Baeon of Mines) Haute Island . . ■ Annapolis Royal . . Breyer'e Island ■ . . St. Mary's Capo . . Cape Fourchu . . . Seal Isles .... CAPE SABLE . . Sable Island (E. point) — West ditto . . Port Rosewav . . . Port Mansii«ld . . Gambier Harbour LIVERPOOL . . . Isle of Hope . v . Fort Jackson . . . Charlotte Bay . . . C. Sambro Light house HALIFAX Harbouir . Port Stephens . . . Sandwich Bay . . . Torbay, Port Ho«« .... CAPE CANSOR . Lat. n.M. 45 07 JV 45 la 45 17 45 24 45 19 44 47 44 19 44 10 43 52 43 27 43 26 44 5 14 3 43 40 43 50 44 44 6 43 53 44 13 44 34 44 30 44' 36 45 45 8 45 12 45 13 iP 18 Long. D. M. 67 08W G6 4 65 52, 64 49 64 51 65 50 66 25 66 8 66 4 65 55 65 32 60 3 60 31 65 13 64 52 64 41 64 40 64 39 64 27 83 53 63 32 63 28 61 59 61 36 61 16 61 6 60 56 i>3 Tlu Gulf of ill. Lawrence. Chedabucto Bay . • Ciut of Cansor, (S. ent.) Cape Hinchinbroke . Cape Portland . . . LOUISBUEG . . OAhEBRETpN • • 5."atery Islaiul, . . . Flint Island ... Spanish Bay, . . • PortHaupbin i • • Cape Korth If^land Chtticiin Harbour Sea Wolf Island . Port Hood . . Juetan Corp Island GUT OF CAWSOR, (North entrance) Cape St. George or Lewis . . , Picton Island . . Cape TiMinontJne . Kicliibuctu Uaibuiir St, John's I. (i\. Cap Wcb» point Cape i'^moiit Halifax Kay E. point Bear Cape . . Hilsburuugh Bay St.. P. Escuniinac . . Miscou 1. (entrance Chaleur Bay) . Cape De«i)air . Island Bonaventure Flat point . . . Cape Oaspe . . Cape Rozier . . Magdalen River . St. Ann's River Mount Camitle I. rie Bik in the river Lawrence . . I. of Anticosta, (E. P — Jupiter's River — S. VV. ditto . — W. ditto — N. ditto . . Deadman's Island Entry Island . . Amherst Island (S. W Magdalen Isl. (JV. E. Piton Island Bird Island St. Paul's Island of St. P. P.) M. 42 N 27 511 56 45 42 45 52 45 51 46 9 46 44 47 5 46 37 46 28 46 25 46 27 46 3 46 6 47 3 48 3 48 27 43 32 48 33 48 47 M8 50 49 13 49 3 46 37 48 30 49 8 49 26 49 22 49 43 49 53 47 17 47 47 15 12 47 41 47 52 47 55 47 11 J^ewfoundhmd. Limits of the Great Bank of Newfoundland, (N. point) . . . — Soutii point Outer Bank Cape Norman .Seal Islands Point Ferolle . St. John's Bay . Point Richo . Ingornechoiit Bay Bon Bay . . Cape St. Gregory South Head iMai Loni;. I). M. fiO C8W 61 12 ft I 35 61 37 61 27 61 hr, 62 27 6.^ rifi 64 36 63 45 64 10 63 51 63 36 61 62 62 43 12 55 C4 33 64 15 63 58 63 50 63 50 63 52 63 54 64 42 66 8 ^7 45 68 34 61 40 63 25 63 23 64 16 63 54 61 58 61 24 61 44 61 05 61 10 60 46 60 4 Lat. D. M. 50 15 N 41 47 51 42 51 22 51 5 50 52 50 46 SO 39 49 36 49 22 49 10 Long. D. M. 49 45W 52 45 56 56 50 57 11 57 23 57 28 57 22 58 05 58 22 58 33 4 L iOEdit. Latitudes and Longitudes. 487 ^ •inn. D. M. fio 58W Gl 12 Kl 35 61 37 61 27 ti! 55 62 27 63 36 64 36 63 45 64 10 !63 51 63 36 61 43 62 12 62 55 64 33 64 15 63 58 63 50 63 50 63 52 63 54 64 42 66 R ^7 45 68 34 22 58 33 Cape St. Georf;e Capo AiigtiillK . Cape Kny Connor bay liiifKos iblitiid . KHinea iHlatid!) , Penguins' ioiunds Kortune lieud . Burnt i8lan1 20N. 55 3^W 4R 00 59 18 St.Lunairt! bay . 51 29 55 30 47 35 59 15 Cap*: Degiute . . 51 43 65 30 47 3» 47 33 47 32 47 24 47 09 58 (M) 67 37 57 25 57 00 55 51 a Hello island . . 51 58 55 30 From (^uehcr tu Iludton's Bay. Lat. Long. 47 16 56 00 1 D. M. D. M. 47 05 56 24 3 QUEBEC 16 48 N 71 05 VV 16 50 56 24 ;, Condras inland 47 15 70 10 46 46 56 15 St. Faul'si bay 47 16 70 24 46 56 56 02 Bay of recks 48 00 69 42 46 52 56 25 Point Mille Vachc . 48 45 68 38 47 03 54 57 Manicougun point 49 11 67 42 47 10 55 03 Cape Nicholas 49 23 67 10 47 24 54 08 Cape Montpelles 49 25 66 51 47 11 54 03 Trinity ct ,e . ^^9 30 66 48 47 02 54 12 The Seven islands bay 10 10 66 00 46 52 54 00 |St. John's* river . 5»- 20 63 55 46 50 53 40 Mingan inland . 50 16 63 35 46 44 53 26 Eskimaux ikluiids . 50 13 62 55 46 40 52 64 Mount Joli 50 05 61 23 46 30 51 30 Boat Tslands 50 00 60 24 46 49 52 42 St. Mary's islands 50 08 59 50 47 )8 62 35 Little Mecdiina ditto 50 28 59 27 • 21 5^ 28 Great Mecatina point 50 45 59 08 " 30 52 20 St. Augu(.tijiv3 bay 51 15 53 50 4, 83 52 25 Eskiftiaux bay 51 28 57 30 47 57 52 30 Grand point 51 24 57 18 48 22 52 32 Forteau bay 51 32 57 00 48 30 52 50 Red cliffs ' . . 51 36 56 ^ 48 56 52 35 Black bay . . Si 43 56 47 48 52 53 00 Red bay . . 51 46 56 80 50 01 52 12 York point 51 59 $5 58 49 34 52 65 C Cape Charles . a Great bay of Eskiinaux 52 13 55 30 49 54 S3 30 54 20 57 36 49 44 53 55 S Ca])e Harrison 54 54 56 50 50 00 53 54 a St. Peter's harbour . 56 28 60 50 50 03 54 .S5 ■^ Enchanted cape 56 40 60 55 50 00 55 .30 Saddle islands 57 13 60 50 50 10 «5 30 East island 57 45 61 20 50 24 55 48 Steel point 58 07 61 50 50 19 56 15 Ci>rdiual's iiiland ^ 58 50 63 00 50 46 56 13 False blackhead 59 20 63 19 50 47 55 35 Black head 59 £0 63 37 50 56 55 38 Cape Chi(,lley 60 14 65 20 51 17 55 SO Biittoii & islandi; 60 47 65 05 ■^ ill . <1 i*aMIMlM 48U Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 10 Edit, '/ iN> t TIDES. TIDE is a periodical motion of the water of the sea, by which it ebbs and flows twice a day. The^ow? continues about G hours, during which the water gradually rises till it arrives to its greatest height ; then it be- l^ins to ebb or decrease, and continues to do so for about G more, till it has fallen to nearly its former level ; then the flow begins as before. When the water has attained its greatest height it is said to be high-water, and when it is done falling it is called low-water. The cause of the tides is th,e unequal attraction of the sun and moon upon different parts of the earth. For they attract the parts of the earth's surface nearest to them, with a greater force than they do its centre : and attract the centre more than they do the opposite surface. To restore this equilibrium the waters take a spheroidal tigurc, whose longer axis ii directed towards the attracting luminary. If the moon only acted upon the water, the time of high water would be when the moon was upon the meridian, above or below the horizon ; or rather at an hour or two after, (because the moon continues to act with considerable force for some lime after passing the meridian.) But the moon passes the meridian about 4'J', later every day ; of course, if she only acted on the tides, they would hk retarded every day 49', and it would be high water at the same distance from her passing the meridian ; and it is upon this principle that thetUne of high water is calculated in most books of navigation, although the time thus calculated will sometimes diifer an hour from the trut!,. owing to the neglect of the disturbing force of the sun. The eflect of the moon upon the tides is greater than that of the sun, notwithstanding the quantity of matter in the hitter is vastly greater than in the former : but the sun, be- ing at a much greater distance from the earth than the moon, attracts the different parts of the earth with nearly the same force ; whereas the moon being at a much less distance, attracts the different parts of the earth with very different forces. According to tlie latest observations, the mean force of the sun for raising the tides is to the mean force of the moon as 1 to 2i. By the combmed effect of these two forces, the tides come on sooner when the moon is in her Jirst and third quarters, and later in the second and fourth quarters, than they would do if caused only by tho •moon's attraction. The mean quantity of this acceleration and retai da tion is given in the Table B, subjoined ; the use of which will be explain- ed hereafter. The tides are greater than common about three days after the new and full moon ; these are called spring-tidcg. And the tide« are lower than common about three days after the tirst and last quarters ; these are call- ed the neap-tides. In the former case the sun and moon conspire to raise the tide in the same place, butin the latter the sun raises the water where the moon depresses it. When the moon is in her perigee, or nearest ap- proach to the earth, the tides rise higher than they Jo, under the same circumstfmccs, at other times ; and are lowest when she is in her apogee, or farthest distance from the earth. The spring-tideo are greatest nbout the time of the equinoxes, in March and September, and the neap-tides are less. All theae things would obtain exactly, were the whole surface of the' earth covered with sea ; but the interruptions caused by the con- tinents, i«lahds, shoals, ni. gives il'e tjjiiv; of the Mioon'o souUii:i«; at Portland ilh. f)Hm. nearly. Thi; ii umber !« 'l*!...! > 3 corresponding to V,\\. 58m. is 23m. which is (<) be added to Pj. Su-. Toecause immediately over it, in the table, is marked Add.) I o the jurn ')h. 21m. I add the time (ji'hiu;h water, on the full and change days, JOh. '16in. and the sum is 'iOh. Tim. consequently the high water is at 2()h. Cm. past noon of May 23, that is, at 8h. 6m. A. M. of May 24. And by subtracting I'.'h. Mm. from .'Dh. 6m. we have 7h. 42m. which will be nearly the time of hij;li water on the -iftcrnoon of May 2;}, 1820. In this! manner we may obtain the time of high water at any place, to a considerable dejjrce of accuracy. Bui the tides are so much influence(| by the winds, fresliets, &.c. that the calculated times will sometimes did'er a little from the uutli. Many pilots reckon the time of high-water by the point of the compass the moon is upon at that time, allowing 45 minutes for each point. Thus on the full and change days, if it is high water at noon, they say a north aiKJ south uioou makes full sea ; and if at Ilh. 1.0m. they say a S. by E. or N. by VY. mooii makes full sea ; and in like manner for any other time. But it is a veiy inJiccurate way of t'lnding the time of full sea by the bear- ing of the moon, except in places where it is high-water about noon on the full and change days. When you Jiave not a Nautical Almanac, you may find the time of high water by means of the following tables C and D ; and although the former method is the most accurate, yet the latter may be useful in many cases. To calculate the time of full sea by this method, observe the following RULE. Enter Table C, and take out the number which stands opposite to the year, and under the month for which the tide is to be calculated ; this number, added to the day of the month, will givr tbe moon's age, reject- ing 30 when the sum excd^ds thai number. A:. ;.») -s t her age found in the left hand column of Table i^. is a numberof hoi ^ ; ,.ad minutes in the ad- joined column, which being added to the time of high water at the given place on the full and change days, will ^ive tlie time of high water requir- ed, observing to reject l.ih. 24m. or 24 h. 48m. when the sum exceeds either of those times. By this rule I shall work the two pr^jceding examples. EXAMPLE 111. Required the time of high water at Charleston (S. C. ) March 17, 1820, iv. be afternoon, civil account? In the table C, opposite 1820, and under March, stand 16, which, add- ed to the day of iho month 17, gives 33, and by subtracting 30, leaves 3, the noons age : opposite 3 in Table D, is Ih. 46m. which added to 7h. Ibuu the time of high water on tue full and change days, gives 9h. Im. for the tl e 'i ^igh water; dillerin^ eleven minutes from the former method. 10 Edit Blunt'p An ^rlcdn Coast Filttt. 4^1 EXAMFIK IV. Required the time of M}>;I wiiter at Portland, (Mass.) May 23, 18£.). ui the afternoon, civil account ? In the Table C, opposite 1820, iind under May, stand 18, which added to the day of the month 23, gives (by neglecting 30) the moon's rige 11 ; opposite to this, in Table D, is Vh. 19m. which added to lull. 4.'/m. the time of high water on the full and change days, gives 2()h. 4m. from which snbtracting J'2h. 24m. (here remains 7h. 40m. for the time of full sea May 23, lo?0 ; this differs 2 minutes from the former method. In fbj third column of Table D, is given the time of (he moon's coming to the meridian, for every day of hci age ; thus, opposite 1 i days stand 8h. blm. which is the time of her coming to the meridian on that day. — Thi^ table may be of some use when a Nautical Almanac cannot be pro- cure 1 ; but being calculated upon the supposition that the moon moves uniformly in the equator, the table cannot be very accurate. The num- bers in this Table are reckoned from noon to noon ; thus, Ih. A. M. is denoted by 13h. ; 2h. A. M. by I4h. &lc. The time of new moon is easily found, by subtracting the number taken from Table C from 30. Ex. Suppose it was required to tind the time of new moon for May, 1»20 ? By examining the table, we find the number corresponding to that time is 18; this subtracted from 30 leaves 12 j therefore it will be new moon the 12th May, 1820. When the time of high water is known for any day of the moon's age, we may from thence tind the time of high water on the full and change days, by the following RULE. Find the time of the moon's coming to the meridian of Greenwich, in the 6th. page of the Nautical Almanac : to this time apply the correction^ taken from the tables A and J3, (in the same manner as directed in the preceding rule for finding the time of high water) subtract this corrected time from the observed time of high water, and the remainder will be the tinie of high water, on the change and full days. Note. If the time to be subtracted be greater than the observed time of full sea, you must increase the latter by 12h. 24m. or by 24h. 48m. nearly. EX/ MPLE. Suppose that on the 17th March, 1820, the lime of high water at Charleston, (S. C.) was found to be at 9h. 12mo. P. M. required the time of high water on the full and change days ? I find, as in example 1st. preceding, that the number to be subtracted is Ih. 57m. — taking this from yh. 12m. leaves 7h. 15m. which is the time of high water on the full and change days. When you hat'e not a Nautical Almanac, you may find the time of high water o'. lh«^ full and change by means of the Tables C and D. For in the 1 r .J. -it eximple, I find by Table C, that the moon's age was 3, cor- respon ling c ^hich, in the second column of Table D, is Ih. 46m. this subtra .V.'. i.om 9h. 7m. leaves 7h. 21m. for the time of high water on the full aud chjuig« days. 492 Blunt*8 Ameri'c.an Coast Pilot. 10 Edit. Ub . A. Til. B. Ta B. C. Tab. D. ■a "s . B 1 Coir A TABLE OC •< m "a a s. e e •3 1^ Dbk ■Is ail O 00 , ri.M Sub. 17 FOR rilfDmu THK moon's A«£. Add tho number tnkeii from this Ta- ble to tho (lay of tho month; the sum (rejeclin)j 30 or 60 if iieccssciry) § Day 1 oti X E II. M. 35 H. M. M. m Hours. 40 will bo Moon's age, nearly. 2 1 10 1 38 10 1 1 3 1 46 2 26 • 4 2 22 3 l/i 20 3 2 34 _4 >, X . , ' ^ , , 5 3 1 4 4 30 4 3 5(; Vem c ^3 a. ^ Ml 3 ; = c o 6 3 44 4 S3 4 1 y -1 c*. S < >; i-> -^,< Xi O 1^ U 7 4 35 /> 49 40 50 60 70 5 • 7 8 9 5 6 7 8 9 1 9 1 3 3.") A.1.1 2 23 1820 1821 15 26 7 I7|l6 28|26 J" i8 28 9 18 29 10 20 1 11 20 2 12 22 3 14 23 4 15 23 16 25 C 17 25 6 17 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 39 6 57 15 9 19 10 10 10 54 6 7 8 8 9 10 30 19 8 57 46 34 1822 ao 11 10 24 -P_ — . — — — — — — — 14 11 33 11 23 90 100 12 14 11 12 14 1823 18 20,18 1i 1 1311 1ft 1 12 20 2 13 22 4 !4 22 4 15 24 6 16 26 H 18 26 8 19 2^ U) .9 28 10 21 15 12 9 12 44 13 19 13 54 12 12 1824 29 12 16 17 18 13 13 14 1 50 38 Sub. 13|0 17 1825 no' 120 130 Ifi 16 18 14,0 34 150 50 i82f. U 24|23 23 24 25 25 27 29 29 1 2 19 20 14 31 15 11 15 16 ^ 27 16 16il 3 17 I 9 1027 3 5| 3 .f; 5 6 7 8 10 10 n 12 21 22 15 56 16 49 17 17 5 54 140 160 19 20 18 19 1 T f) So Add 1828 14 is'is 16 17 18 19 19 21 22 23 24 23 24 25 17 57 19 17 20 32 18 19 20 42 31 20 160 22 20 [» 2 26 21 33 21 9 21 [) 23 27 22 22 21 58 170 23 22 \) 24 28 23 4 22 46 180 9d 23 [> Ik 29 23 42 23 35 ^^ 24 ol TT"- 29i 24 24 ^ In all the preceding calculations oi' the time of high water, we have ne- glected the correction arising from the variation of the distances of the 8un and moon from the earth, and from the different declinations of those objects. These cauisos might produce a correction of 10' or 12' in the time of high wstcr, bul in general will be much less, and may therefore, be neglected. 10 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 493 "\ f FABLE IV. Shewing the TIMES i ,f HIGH WATER, at the full and change of the Hut of Jvorth Moon, at the principal Porta and Harbour* on the C< America, with the vertical rise of the Tide infect. Pl.'it KS. TIMK. IIIHK8. PI.ACK-^. TIME. Rllftl. A H. M. FEET. II. M. rEBT. Amazon Riviir 6 00 Henry (Cape) 7 40 Amelia Harbour 8 30 K Ann (Cape) II 30 11 Keniiubeck 10 45 9 Annapolis II 00 L Aiiticosta I. (W. eutl) . ;? 30 Loukout (Cap«) 9 00 7 Auguntinc, St. 7 30 M U Machiax 11 00 11 Block Island 7 37 5 Marblithead ' 11 .^0 11 Boston 11 30 11 May (Cape) 8 45 Broad Hay 10 45 9 Mount Desert 11 GO 12 C N Campbell (Port) 9 GO New-Bedford 7 37 5 Canso (Capo) 8 30 Newburyport 11 15 10 Charles (Cape) 7 45 New-Haven 10 16 Cliarlcston Bar 7 15 6 Npw-London 8 54 Cod (Cape) 11 30 eh New- York 8 54 5 I) P Delaware River (ent.) 9 00 Passamaquoddy River 11 30 r,5 E Penobscot River 10 45 10 Elizabethtown Point 8 54 5 Plymouth 11 30 6 • F Portland 10 45 9 Fear (Cape) 8 00 Portsmouth 11 15 10 Florida Keys 8 50 R Frying-Pan Shoals 6 30 Rhode Island 6 45 Fox Island 10 45 Roman (Cape) 8 00 O S Gay Head 7 37 7 St. Mary's Bar 7 30 7 (Jeorge's River 10 45 9 Sable Island » 30 Georgetown Bar 7 00 Salem 11 30 11 Goldsborough 11 00 12 Sbeepscut 10 45 9 H Simon's Bar, St. 7 30 Hatteras (Cape) 9 00 T Heniopen (Cape) 3 45 5 ITownsend 10 45 9 • • ■fK r .10.', ] APPENDIX. Ill iioto to pug<; 121, mciiiion Ih made of n light-house building on Cross Island. It in not yet completed, which prevents the int'ormntion to the mariner navigating that coast whicli is recjiiisito. No time will be lost in commu- nicating the nccesbaiy directions. At the bottom of page l.'JM mention is made of a light- house buihlingon liiirnl Island^ at the entrance of Towns- end harbour. No Air««t, NEW- YORK i whtrt, bf pctaoniit ■lUiiiion lo bii*in*««i tt* hoMi lo raialva ihal p«lion«|« which Iniiuatry Md MrMVc raucc RMiU. HE lUH FOR HALK— BOOKS : noivntr ws practical KinnAToH, /5ih««mioi», it«r«otyp«d. lil.VN'i'S AMIlHICAN coast I'lLor, loih •diiiun. THK MKMJIIAjVT\S AJ^D SHU'MAyriCHS AS.StSTAJrT, cniii>inliig Informa- tion uMful to (lie ArimrlcKii mmchuutat uwrntrn, imd maittrt or th'^it, Itc. ACc. KAVTICAL AljMA/fACS, from tht yeur 1811 to 1IS4, ioclu«lv«— to b« coutinutJ • nnually. KxplniiKiiuii itcreotyiMid, nnd Entfliih copy corriclvd. HEAMAJ^nU' A.VI) A.jrAL T.iCTICS. CHAHTS: AJfEWCHART, aalcnrtlnK from New York to Knvana, inrludinK Bahama Br nkt and ClinnnnN, improved by actual Sui«t Naw-Urlean«, inr|udiii| Mo- bkl«t kc. Willi Sailing l)lra<:iion«, and Flan of Mobil*, on a larg* icnle, from ik tunl lurvey. I , of Bahama Uiink«, frcmi actual turrvj, made in iloep Orbit, in lUfO, with SttilinK Direction*. — — ^ — \ from New-York to No»a Scotia, rxtendi,i| from latituda 38<* If. to latitude 47» N. lonKituilcSBU W. to longitude 74<' W. Including tha whole of St. (teorge'i Bank, Improved to Augutt, 1831, by gov)*rn- meiit and other luivevi, by which ihit latitude of South Shoal uf Nantacket wai found 22' wrong, and it heta, for tha Arat tinit, publiklied correct. , of the Atlantic or Weitorn Ocean, improved to 1830, with an Ana- lyiii of the authoritiei upon which the daugert have been iniertcd on tha Chart. The Trarki extend to the Equator, and areconti> nued on the Chart of the South Atlantic Ocenn. Thii it tha only genernl Chart extant which has the laiit0B of tha South Shoal of ffe itucket within 32 milfli correct. ■I ■ ■, of the Snu'h Atlantic Ocean, containing Inoro authentic information than any extant, pnrt of which dcH'Cribei dangen lately diicoverad, with original Flam 8 for tc i or land ; Night and Day Telescopaat Niglit Telifscopes, eithn to invert the object or sho# it erect ; Cases of Instruments for Navietxion and Drawing in gcnprhi. Scales and Dividers: Common and Sliding Gun- ter's acalfk; Mast-makers^ Shin nrpftiiteis', and Cordage Kules ; Marine and Cflmroua Tht>rii.oniet«rs; Log and Tim« Glunes ; Bni and Compound Magnets; Jack and Pen- Knivei of various kinds; Writing and Letter Paper : Ink and Ink Powder ; Lead and Stale Pe or by either by •'• citj, fail and not e for the [Tic, arith- ''lobes ; to 'y> and the ch, 1822. the Port of 1 >i*t, con- deicriptiop venelf jo Iter of the of unques- I, JTaOM' ff'illianm, Jonathan mdj, G. of I«-«^. Seamen, cntlemen ■! flttfe ^Hevlf 'iSZAjdlQii^^ I abadM \ with liiver, braifc Md Ivory atchai; QuadfUrta, wHli ani Nrewt ; Day and JH\^jM TtiMcopet, witli and without bniN i iveiy daMription \ Aiimutbi Ampiitnde, Stornii Bran and Wood fiianaeltk «■■ and Poekat CompaiMt ; BiMiacle Lampe, Tima^laiMtof every qui|ll>y I Titfoifft teri, Marina Baraoiatart, Scalae and Divideri, Paralial tlulaa, ProtiMtarii Caaai 11^ •triimentf, %u>llc. . ■ Bowditeh** Practical Navigator, BlunOi American Coatt Pilot, do. 8«MMknakip ia4 Naval Tactic*, do. Nautical Almannct, Ship Maatar*t AMletant— toflllMt Mtk Vtrnf Nautidal Publication of merit. | SexUntt, Quadrania, (Sompaiwii Time GJaiNi, and other inttniinaat% ciMMf and repaired at the shortest notice, and oa the nott reaionabla tarma. March, 1832. >, MATHEMATICAL* INSTRUMENTS. > JOHN ODELL, No. 76 BROAD.STREET, BOSTON, From Spenceiv Brownin{r, fe, 'luit, London : in vhnsa Manufactory ba bailiig^JiM- itant practice for upwards 'of twenty yean, and been three yetrt empimad fot||Mwai|^ ere in Boston— would further inform the Merchants, Ownera, and Oileara iC,v»a|ill. Ibathe ia a real Maker of Sextants, Quadranit, Telescopes, and CompasMli-'lMMl In brals and wood t do. Sqrveyors' Inatrumertts, accordinj to order. Has on hand— ^Spencer's best Tan^atMiQuadrants, -Teiescopai, Compaiaai Rules, Center's Scales, Wantage Rods, Timber Rules, Sofnicifcles for Land Aiiates for Caps, do. Bubblet for Levels, E. M. Blunt^s Charts, Bowdltcb's fifth edition, American Coast Pilot, and Shipmaster's Assistant. N. B. SeYtanis, Quadrants, Telescopes, Compasses for land or sea, fbithfuH; and repai>.-!l by his own hands,' having no conndaiice In Bojft, where livesai are at btak \ Mardi^ ANDREW J. ALLEN, whOlesjil^ and retail stationer. No. 66 State-Street, BosToir, Haa constantly for sale, a complete assortment of Stationary, Chmitt Cf Blmatif ^ereft^ntt' and SfuommiteHf Patent and Plain Recount Binkt. All dileh}$ Jfangatw ; Blunt*t American Coast Pilot ; dor. whole Coast of North . on 15 sheets; do. Labrador; da. Newfoundland ; dp. Brazil; do. Bahama Bai Mississippi ; do. Coast Guayana ; do. Atlaiitic or Western Ocean ; do. SoutvX,.,^ Ocean; do. West Indies^ do. Long Island Souod; do. Nautical Almanacs ; w^^j^ny article useful at sea. benjaminToring^ ^ ACCOUNT BOOK AND STATIONARY STORBfM^^ su No. 50 Statci-Street, Boston, (directly opposite Broad-Stpiftmi^^ Maps, Charta. Blanks, Navigators and Coast Pilote, Seaman'a '('wnsyUj^liMHw .Books, (all sizes) Writing Paper, Wrapping do. Oartridge do. Log do. ^rnKtMSS^'' Ink, inkstands. Sand Boxes, Pencils. Pocket Books, Cuthry of all Blacking, Brushes of all kinda, India Rubber, Sealing Was, School Bo small Bibles, with a general assortment of.every artida ip the Statienanr^^ "^iU be sold oo- as good terms as at any store in toWn. Iff K SAMUEL filAXTER, ^'fATEEMATICAL jMmVMEJTr MAIOSB: \ No. 27 Stat#6t%t, BosTOM, ^F^: I 'S * *-.:,■ OrVOglTB KUICHAHTI' EOW, ^kdooka ni3p€{i«rti,«'SeiilM ant OmZS ■/' •fully c«p«fnd. 'M^''^'^ iHMii •*«■, ./■^^ wlnf artl> , .. gm Mljr wptjtior, bttt dMM^r fiHMi amr tai- p i m < t1«. OftfpMMit* Ivorj Mnd Bos >«■• of fvtVjr tfkMflyilMt ]f4vl|lwlon, SlldhigMid Gun- Mr*! ScM«H wMi Dmi*t iiMi RoblUMO** MnpMvtd t 9tr«oubl« tod Card Manufacturers, No. 78 Bowery, New* York, niily /br aala, wholeir?e and retail, a |eneral aaeortment of lltM iMfyttt i^Carda, Booka, Stationary, ftc. A. SHEARMAN, Jun. BOOKSELLER, mW-BEDFOPJ), t i^4J>IUJ^fTS, wltl) And without tanfont Mrifwt; CJZ^fJITS, Navi- nWla, of l*te«t aclitione ; Nautiefl Almanaeat Wm«I*s PoiwMila ; £1- -•lablaB: 8eaiaen^«J«urnaU; Scales dnd Divi^ert; Caeas of Matlnamatical liFaiAlM RahirB.; Ken and Pookei Knives; Xog %per, Slates^ Blank ^^ MemoraQdums, tU- — a great variety—with almost every arlfcle of Jby.Seain«ii. elifafully attended to. Jfareh, UflB. -% — "irsiriErFofe's — *^~^ iBMTAND MATHEMAmiAL STORE, |j|B>i«lt Bay, sign of t^e Q,uadnait, pHliaBSTOV, S. C. OLfi»:riBTA«LISHED STAND. „ Nautical .Booke, and MMhematical Inatrumenta of every da< Quadrants, Spy^Glaases, sc. re}»ired and for sale. Chiono« ibr-ala, J. ((•'tHbrd^s LONGltVDE TABLjCS, beina theaboitest Indjof woriliiig Lunar O h a ai i a tlnns of any in practice. scp(4*a ^IIHfi lor Anding the tadtude at any. time of n^ht by an Altitude ""Mn^ IfillytMBl and Pefpatual C%«ular TIDE TABILE, for liikdr '«ter •tP'r daY in the year, at all the pHncipal plact" ' •t 1^.' Ilaf^Tha UNIVERSAL SIGNAL BPr . ..usmen ^ ItfcludlKg Astronomical au^ P^^— and priTata']«saei»< >' I 1 \ ■'^•' w^-:m f * *." • * -« v»* ?*l ::?l. ? • • *-**-. "-^^y^Ci»4. ^^TSPST"^ '/*>■**. . ^^t: ^' i.^ s » ■■^i1 »